Table of Contents

As filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission on February 12, 2021.

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM 20-F

 

 

 

REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

OR

 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended                     

OR

 

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

OR

 

SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Date of event requiring this shell company report                     

For the transition period from                      to                     

Commission file number:

 

 

Ferguson plc

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

N/A

(Translation of Registrant’s name into English)

Jersey, Channel Islands

(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

1020 Eskdale Road, Winnersh Triangle, Wokingham,

Berkshire, RG41 5TS. United Kingdom

(Address of principal executive offices)

Kevin Murphy

Group Chief Executive Officer

Ferguson plc

c/o 1020 Eskdale Road, Winnersh Triangle, Wokingham,

Berkshire, RG41 5TS. United Kingdom +44 (0) 118 927 3800

investor@fergusonplc.com

(Name, Telephone, E-mail and/or Facsimile number and Address of Company Contact Person)

Copies to:

Sophia Hudson, P.C.

Aaron M. Schleicher

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

601 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10022

(212) 446-4800

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of each class

 

Trading symbol

 

Name of each exchange on which registered

Ordinary Shares of 10 pence   FERG   New York Stock Exchange

 

 

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None.

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act: None.

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report: As of the date of this registration statement, the Registrant had 225,048,626 ordinary shares issued and outstanding.

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes  ☐  No  ☒

If this is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.    Yes  ☐  No  ☐

Note – Checking the box above will not relieve any registrant required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 from their obligations under those Sections.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  ☐  No  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes  ☐  No  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer  ☐      Accelerated filer     Non-accelerated filer  
         Emerging growth company  

If an emerging growth company that prepares its financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards† provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.   ☐

† The term “new or revised financial accounting standard” refers to any update issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board to its Accounting Standards Codification after April 5, 2012.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report.  ☐

Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:     U.S. GAAP ☐ International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board ☒ Other   ☐

If “Other” has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow.  Item 17  ☐  Item 18  ☐

If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes  ☐    No  ☐

(APPLICABLE ONLY TO ISSUERS INVOLVED IN BANKRUPTCY PROCEEDINGS DURING THE PAST FIVE YEARS)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed all documents and reports required to be filed by Sections 12, 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 subsequent to the distribution of securities under a plan confirmed by a court.    Yes  ☐    No  ☐

 

 

 


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page  

PART I

     1  

Item 1.

   Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers      1  

Item 2.

   Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable      2  

Item 3.

   Key Information      2  

Item 4.

   Information on the Company      24  

Item 4A.

   Unresolved Staff Comments      29  

Item 5.

   Operating and Financial Review and Prospects      29  

Item 6.

   Directors, Senior Management and Employees      47  

Item 7.

   Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions      63  

Item 8.

   Financial Information      64  

Item 9.

   The Offer and Listing      65  

Item 10.

   Additional Information      66  

Item 11.

   Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk      85  

Item 12.

   Description of Securities Other Than Equity Securities      85  

PART II

     85  

Item 13.

   Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies      85  

Item 14.

   Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds      85  

Item 15.

   Controls and Procedures      85  

Item 16.

   [Reserved]      86  

Item 16A.

   Audit Committee Financial Expert      86  

Item 16B.

   Code of Ethics      86  

Item 16C.

   Principal Accountant Fees and Services      86  

Item 16D.

   Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees      86  

Item 16E.

   Purchase of Equity Securities by Issuer & Affiliated Purchasers      86  

Item 16F.

   Change in Registrant’s Certifying Accountant      86  

Item 16G.

   Corporate Governance      86  

Item 16H.

   Mine Safety Disclosure      86  

PART III

     86  

Item 17.

   Financial Statements      86  

Item 18.

   Financial Statements      87  

Item 19.

   Exhibits      87  

 

i


Table of Contents

PRESENTATION OF FINANCIAL AND OTHER INFORMATION

General

We have included in this registration statement the Group’s audited consolidated financial statements as of July 31, 2020 and 2019, and for the years ended July 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018. The Group’s audited consolidated financial statements included herein and the accompanying notes thereto have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”). We end our fiscal year on July 31. References to fiscal 2020, fiscal 2019 and fiscal 2018 refer to the years ended July 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

Segments

As of July 31, 2020, the Group has three reportable segments: United States of America (“United States”), United Kingdom and Canada. The Group’s reportable segments are established on the basis of the operating businesses overseen by distinct divisional management teams responsible for their performance. These operating businesses are managed on a geographical basis and are regularly reviewed by the chief operating decision maker in deciding how to allocate resources and assess the performance of the businesses. All reportable segments derive their revenue from a single business activity, the distribution of plumbing and heating products. Revenue is attributed to a country based on the location of the Group company reporting the revenue. For the years ended July 31, 2019 and 2018, Canada and Central Europe were combined and disclosed as Canada and Central Europe as individually they did not meet the operating segments quantitative thresholds set out in IFRS 8 “Operating Segments.” References to Canada for fiscal 2019 and 2018 refer to Canada and Central Europe.

On January 30, 2019, the Group disposed of Wasco (its Netherlands B2B business), which was the last of its Central European businesses. Due to its size, Wasco does not meet the criteria in IFRS 5 to be classified as a discontinued operation and is therefore included in the results of the continuing operations for all periods presented in this registration statement through the date of disposition. On January 29, 2021, the Group sold its United Kingdom operations for net cash consideration of approximately $420 million. Accordingly, the Group’s United Kingdom operations will be presented in the Group’s historical financial statements as a discontinued operation in accordance with IFRS 5, and the Group now operates two segments: the United States and Canada. In connection with the sale, the Group retained future responsibility for the United Kingdom defined benefit pension scheme, the Group’s main defined benefit plan in the United Kingdom, which is referred to throughout this registration statement as the “United Kingdom Plan.”

Certain References

References in this registration statement to “Ferguson,” “Group,” “we,” “us” and “our” each refer to Ferguson plc and its subsidiaries. References to the “Company” are to Ferguson plc.

 

ii


Table of Contents

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Certain information included in this registration statement is forward-looking and involves risks, assumptions and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements cover all matters which are not historical facts and include, without limitation, our future operating or financial results, global and regional economic and political conditions, our financial condition and liquidity, including our ability to repay our indebtedness and obtain financing in the future to fund capital expenditures and other general corporate activities, legal or regulatory development changes, and other statements concerning the success of our business and strategies.

Forward-looking statements can be identified by the use of forward looking terminology, including terms such as “believes,” “estimates,” “anticipates,” “expects,” “forecasts,” “intends,” “plans,” “projects,” “goal,” “target,” “aim,” “may,” “will,” “would,” “could” or “should” or, in each case, their negative or other variations or comparable terminology. Forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance. All forward-looking statements in this registration statement are based upon information known to us on the date of this registration statement. Accordingly, no assurance can be given that any particular expectation will be met and readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on forward-looking statements, which speak only at their respective dates. Although we believe that the forward-looking statements contained in this registration statement are based on reasonable assumptions, you should be aware that many factors could affect our actual financial results or results of operations and could cause actual results to differ materially from those in such forward-looking statements, including but not limited to:

 

   

weakness in the economy, market trends, uncertainty and other conditions in the markets, for example caused by the COVID-19 virus pandemic, potential tariffs or a global trade war;

 

   

decreased demand for our products as a result of operating in highly competitive industries and the impact of declines in the residential and non-residential repair, maintenance and improvement (“RMI”) markets as well as the new construction market;

 

   

failure to rapidly identify or effectively respond to consumer wants, expectations or trends;

 

   

a failure of a key information technology system or process as well as exposure to fraud or theft resulting from payment-related risks;

 

   

privacy and protection of user data failures;

 

   

fluctuations in foreign currency and inflation, fluctuating commodity prices, unexpected product shortages as well as ineffectiveness of or disruption to our domestic or international supply chain or the fulfillment network;

 

   

inherent risks associated with acquisitions, partnerships, joint ventures, demergers and other business combinations, dispositions or strategic transactions and unsuccessful execution of our operational strategies;

 

   

regulatory, product liability and reputational risks and the failure to achieve and maintain a high level of product quality as a result of our suppliers’ or manufacturers’ mistakes or inefficiencies;

 

   

exposure of associates, contractors, customers, suppliers and other individuals to health and safety risks;

 

   

legal proceedings as well as failure to comply with domestic and foreign laws and regulations or the occurrence of unforeseen developments such as litigation;

 

   

failure to attract, retain and motivate key associates;

 

   

changes in, or interpretations of, tax legislation in the United States, the United Kingdom, Switzerland or Canada;

 

   

inability to renew leases on favorable terms or at all as well as any obligation under the applicable lease;

 

iii


Table of Contents
   

funding risks related to our defined benefit pension schemes; and

 

   

our indebtedness and changes in our credit ratings and outlook.

Additionally, forward-looking statements regarding past trends or activities should not be taken as a representation that such trends or activities will continue in the future. Other than in accordance with our legal or regulatory obligations, we undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

 

iv


Table of Contents

PART I

 

Item 1.

Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers

 

  A

Directors and Senior Management

Directors

The following table sets forth the names and positions of the members of our Board as of the date of this registration statement. The business address of all directors is: 1020 Eskdale Road, Winnersh Triangle, Wokingham, Berkshire. RG41 5TS. United Kingdom.

 

Name

  

Position

Geoff Drabble

   Chairman

Kevin Murphy

   Group Chief Executive and Executive Director

Bill Brundage

   Group Chief Financial Officer and Executive Director

Alan Murray

   Senior Independent Non-Executive Director

Tessa Bamford

   Independent Non-Executive Director

Cathy Halligan

   Independent Non-Executive Director

Brian May

   Independent Non-Executive Director

Tom Schmitt

   Independent Non-Executive Director

Nadia Shouraboura

   Independent Non-Executive Director

Jacky Simmonds

   Independent Non-Executive Director

Suzanne Wood

   Independent Non-Executive Director

Senior Management

The following table sets forth the names and positions of members of our senior management team as of the date of this registration statement. The business address for all members of senior management is: 1020 Eskdale Road, Winnersh Triangle, Wokingham, Berkshire. RG41 5TS. United Kingdom.

 

Name

  

Position

Kevin Murphy

   Group Chief Executive

Bill Brundage

   Group Chief Financial Officer

Ian Graham

   Group General Counsel

Sammie Long

   Chief Human Resources Officer

Mike Sajor

   Group Chief Information Officer

 

  B

Advisors

Our external legal advisers are Kirkland & Ellis LLP, Freshfields Bruckhaus Deringer LLP and Carey Olsen Jersey LLP.

Kirkland & Ellis LLP’s address is 601 Lexington Ave, New York, NY 10022.

Freshfields Bruckhaus Deringer LLP’s address is 100 Bishopsgate, London EC2P 2SR, United Kingdom.

Carey Olsen Jersey LLP’s address is 47 Esplanade, St. Helier, Jersey JE1 0BD, Channel Islands.

 

  C

Auditors

The Group’s auditor is Deloitte LLP (“Deloitte”), with its registered office at 1 New Street Square, London EC4A 3HQ, United Kingdom. Deloitte is an independent registered public accounting firm, registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).

 

1


Table of Contents
Item 2.

Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable

Not applicable.

 

Item 3.

Key Information

 

  A

Selected Financial Data

The following tables present selected historical financial data for the Group. The balance sheet financial data as at July 31, 2020 and 2019, and the income statement financial data for the years ended July 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, in each case as set forth below, has been derived from the Group’s audited consolidated financial statements included by reference in this registration statement. The balance sheet financial data as at July 31, 2018, as set forth below, has been derived from the Group’s unaudited consolidated financial statements, not included in this registration statement and have been prepared on the same basis as our audited consolidated financial statements. The financial data as at and for the years ended July 31, 2017 and 2016, as set forth below, has been derived from the Group’s unaudited accounting records not included in this registration statement.

Income Statement

 

     Year ended July 31,  
     2020      2019      2018      Restated(1)
2017
     Restated(1)
2016
 
    

$ millions

(except per

share amounts)

 

Revenue

     21,819        22,010        20,752        19,284        18,325  

Operating profit

     1,422        1,402        1,360        1,478        1,050  

Profit from continuing operations

     954        1,061        841        1,053        672  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Profit for the year attributable to shareholders of the Company

     961        1,108        1,267        920        831  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Basic earnings per share from continuing operations

     4.24        4.61        3.42        4.19        2.65  

Diluted earnings per share from continuing operations(2)

     4.20        4.58        3.40        4.16        2.63  

Basic earnings per share from continuing and discontinued operations

     4.28        4.81        5.16        3.66        3.28  

Diluted earnings per share from continuing and discontinued operations

     4.24        4.78        5.12        3.64        3.26  

Weighted average number of ordinary shares, in millions

     224.8        230.2        245.7        251.3        253.5  

Diluted weighted average number of ordinary shares, in millions(2)

     226.9        231.9        247.5        253.1        255.1  

Ordinary dividend per share

     2.08        2.08        1.89        1.56        1.32  

Balance Sheet

 

     Year ended July 31,  
     2020      2019      2018      Restated(1)
2017
     Restated(1)
2016
 
     $ millions  

Total assets

     13,456        11,386        10,149        12,557        10,781  

Net assets

     4,371        4,350        4,057        4,540        3,837  

Working capital(3)

     3,308        3,013        2,437        2,301        2,169  

Equity attributable to shareholders of the Company

     4,371        4,350        4,058        4,543        3,840  

 

(1)

The financial data as at and for the years ended July 31, 2017 and 2016 have been restated as a result of a change in the Group’s presentation currency from pounds sterling to U.S. dollars.

 

2


Table of Contents
(2)

The weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue during the year, excluding those held by Employee Benefit Trusts and those held by the Company as Treasury Shares. Adjusted for the impact of all potentially dilutive share options on weighted average number of ordinary shares.

(3)

Working capital is defined as current assets less current liabilities.

 

  B

Capitalization and Indebtedness

The following table presents the Group’s cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as at July 31, 2020.

 

     At July 31, 2020  
     $ millions  

Cash and cash equivalents(1)

     2,115  

Borrowings:

  

Bank loans and overdrafts(2)

     3,166  

Total borrowings

     3,166  

Equity:

  

Share capital

     30  

Share premium

     9  

Reserves

     4,332  

Total Equity

     4,371  

Total capitalization

     7,537  

 

(1)

Cash and cash equivalents at December 31, 2020 was $2,422 million.

(2)

Bank loans and overdrafts at December 31, 2020 was $3,823 million.

Except as indicated above regarding cash and cash equivalents and bank loans and overdrafts, no material changes have occurred with respect to the Group’s cash and cash equivalents and capitalizations since July 31, 2020.

 

  C

Reasons for the Offer and Use of Proceeds

Not applicable.

 

  D

Risk Factors

In addition to the other information contained in this registration statement, you should carefully consider the following risk factors before investing in our ordinary shares. The risks and uncertainties we describe below are not the only ones we face. Additional risks and uncertainties of which we are not aware or that we currently believe are immaterial may also adversely affect the business, financial condition and results of operations of the Group. If any of the possible events described below were to occur, the business, financial condition and results of operations of the Group could be materially and adversely affected. If that happens, the market price of our shares could decline, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

This registration statement also contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward looking statements as a result of various factors, including the risks described below and elsewhere in this registration statement.

Risks Relating to Our Business

Weakness in the economy, market trends, uncertainty and other conditions in the markets in which we operate, particularly in the United States, may adversely affect the profitability and financial stability of our customers, and could negatively impact our sales growth and results of operations.

Our financial performance depends significantly on industry trends and general economic conditions, including the state of the residential, commercial, civil/infrastructure and industrial markets, as well as changes

 

3


Table of Contents

in gross domestic product in the geographic markets in which we operate, particularly in the United States where we generated 86% of our revenue for fiscal 2020. Following completion of the sale of our United Kingdom operations on January 29, 2021, our exposure to the United States markets has further increased. We serve several end-markets in which the demand for our products is sensitive to the construction activity, capital spending and demand for products of our customers. Many of these customers operate in markets that are subject to cyclical fluctuations resulting from market uncertainty, costs of goods sold, currency exchange rates, foreign competition, offshoring of production, oil and natural gas prices, geopolitical developments, wage inflation and a variety of other factors beyond our control. Any of these factors could cause customers to idle or close facilities, delay purchases, reduce production levels or experience reductions in the demand for their own products or services.

Adverse conditions in, or uncertainty about, the markets in which we operate, the economy or the political climate could also adversely impact the customers of our end-markets and their confidence or financial condition, causing them to decide not to purchase our products or delay purchasing decisions or construction contracts, and could also impact their ability to pay for products. Other factors beyond our control, including but not limited to unemployment, mortgage delinquency and foreclosure rates, inventory loss due to theft, interest rate and foreign currency fluctuations, labor and healthcare costs, the availability of financing, the state of the credit markets, including mortgages, home equity loans and consumer credit, changes in tax laws affecting the real estate industry, weather, cyber-based attacks or network security breaches, natural disasters, acts of terrorism, global pandemics, such as the COVID-19 pandemic, and international trade tensions, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and/or prospects.

Any of these events could impair the ability of our customers to make full and timely payments or reduce the volume of products these customers purchase from us and could cause increased pressure on our selling prices and terms of sale. Accordingly, a significant or prolonged slowdown in activity in our relevant markets could negatively impact revenue growth and results of operations. In addition, we may have to close under-performing branches and/or showrooms from time to time as warranted by general economic conditions and/or weakness in the industries in which we operate. Such closures could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and/or prospects.

The COVID-19 pandemic has had an adverse impact and, if it is prolonged or intensifies, it could have a material and adverse impact on our business and results of operations.

In December 2019, the COVID-19 virus, commonly known as “coronavirus,” surfaced in Wuhan, China. In March 2020, the World Health Organization declared the COVID-19 outbreak a pandemic. The COVID-19 virus has spread from China to many other countries including the United States and Canada, with the number of reported cases and related deaths increasing daily and, in many countries, at a very rapid pace.

Many governments, including in the United States and Canada, imposed stringent restrictions to seek to mitigate, or slow down, the spread of COVID-19, including restrictions on international and local travel, public gatherings and participation in business meetings, as well as closures of workplaces, schools, and other public sites, and are continuing to encourage “social distancing.” The duration of such measures is highly uncertain, but could be prolonged, and stricter measures may still be put in place or reintroduced in areas where such measures have very recently started to be gradually eased.

The COVID-19 pandemic may negatively impact our supply chain. In China, which is a key market for the sourcing of own-brand products, the government imposed stringent restrictions to businesses in February 2020 to slow down the spread of COVID-19, including restrictions on travel, participation in business meetings and the closure of shops. While the Chinese government has in the interim tentatively permitted some businesses to reopen, ongoing lockdowns in other regions, such as the United States and Canada, may continue to negatively impact our supply chain. Furthermore, we are adversely impacted by production lags and low inventory replenishment expectations of manufacturers resulting from the closures and overall economic slowdown, as well as uncertainty of potential future closures due to political pressure or decisions, or if the pandemic does not continue to ease.

 

4


Table of Contents

The COVID-19 pandemic and related counter-measures have had and may continue to have an adverse effect on the Group’s results of operations. For example, our operations for the second half of fiscal 2020 were affected by the COVID-19 pandemic and the counter measures taken globally. The duration and extent of the counter measures taken in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, especially in the United States, will affect the extent of the future impact on our operating results.

As a result of government measures, the Group was required to close a number of showrooms in the United States, as they did not, in certain states, qualify as providing essential services. In addition, with the continued spread of the COVID-19 virus, we voluntarily closed showrooms in other locations and have moved to virtual consultation with our customers. Our counter locations remain open, as they have been deemed to provide essential services, but we have also shifted to a model where customers submit orders online or via telephone and visit our stores for pick up. In certain locations, we have closed stores due to a decrease in demand, and we have had to shift certain store support operations to remote or virtual. We may deem it appropriate or advisable to take further similar or additional actions in the future. Our distribution centers have not been affected by closures to date, but any change in the approach in respect of the government measures could result in the Group having to close distribution centers as well and could result in a decline of revenue. We re-opened showrooms by mid-June and are allowing customers back into our locations with appropriate protective measures in place as government measures are eased. However, the process of reopening will be a phased approach and implementing social distancing to keep employee and customer density down in our stores and other spaces may adversely affect sales volumes.

The COVID-19 pandemic has also negatively affected our workforce. Due to measures implemented by the Group and the governments in the Group’s most significant markets to protect the health and safety of employees, whom we call associates, some of our associates may in the future become unavailable, which may disrupt our operations. In order to protect our liquidity and cashflow, we have implemented a hiring freeze, a reduction in associate hours, overtime and the use of temporary staff, as well as temporary lay-offs in the worst hit regions in response to the COVID-19 virus. Globally, consumer behavior has also been affected by the COVID-19 virus, resulting in decreased customer demand, delayed payments by customers and increased impairments of receivables.

The spread of COVID-19 also caused us to modify other business practices to preserve our liquidity and cash flow position. For example, we paused current merger and acquisition activity, withdrew the interim dividend due for payment in April 2020 and suspended our $500 million share buyback program announced in February 2020. We have since reinstated our merger and acquisition activity and declared a final dividend for the year ended July 31, 2020 of 208.2 cents, which effectively reinstates the previously withdrawn interim dividend and is in line with last year’s total dividend. However, in light of continued economic uncertainty, the share buyback program remains suspended and will continue to be assessed as we gain further clarity on economic conditions.

In late February 2020, the COVID-19 pandemic caused financial markets globally to experience significant decline and volatility. In March 2020, the COVID-19 pandemic, coupled with a sharp material decline in oil prices, caused financial markets globally to experience further material declines and elevated volatility, signaling a likely economic downturn and adverse impact on Gross Domestic Product (“GDP”), as well as broader economic conditions, including in the United States. There is no assurance that the responses from central banks (which include reductions in interest rates and liquidity support) and financial support and fiscal spending by certain governments will be sufficient to support the United States or other economies or that financial markets will return to normal. The effects of the COVID-19 pandemic on the financial markets may materially and adversely affect our access to capital, cost of capital and credit ratings. In that event, there is no guarantee that debt or equity financings will be available in the future to fund our obligations, or that they will be available on terms consistent with our expectations.

There is significant uncertainty relating to the potential effect of the COVID-19 pandemic on our business. In addition to the factors mentioned above, the COVID-19 pandemic may also give rise to disruptions to our

 

5


Table of Contents

information technology system, increased cyber-attacks, higher volatility in foreign currency and inflation and changes in relevant tax laws. International travel restrictions imposed in connection with the COVID-19 pandemic may also affect our ability to ensure that we remain tax resident in (or solely in) the United Kingdom. If the Company were to cease to be UK tax resident, this could potentially result in taxes on unrealized gains of the Company, and the possible application of withholding taxes to dividend and interest payments made to the Company from certain of the Group’s subsidiaries. Any of the factors above could have a material adverse effect on the Group’s business, financial condition and results of operations and may also have the effect of heightening many of the other risks described in this “Risk Factors” section.

The industries in which we operate are highly competitive, and changes in competition, including as a result of consolidation, could result in decreased demand for our products and related service offerings and could have a material effect on our sales and profitability.

We face competition in all markets we serve, from manufacturers (including some of our own suppliers) that sell directly to certain segments of the market, wholesale distributors, supply houses, retail enterprises and online businesses that compete with price transparency. In particular, wholesale and distribution businesses in other industry sectors have been disrupted by the arrival of new competitors with lower-cost transactional business models or new technologies to aggregate demand away from incumbents. In the event that one or more online marketplace companies, which in some cases have larger customer bases, greater brand recognition and greater resources than we do, focus resources on competing in our markets, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and/or prospects. In addition, such competitors may use aggressive pricing and marketing tactics and devote substantially more financial resources to website and system development (as well as to paid search marketing) than we do. It is expected that competition could further intensify in the future as online commerce continues to grow worldwide. Increased competition may result in reduced revenue, lower operating margins, reduced profitability, loss of market share and diminished brand recognition.

The industries in which we operate are also consolidating as customers are increasingly aware of the total costs of fulfillment and of the need to have consistent sources of supply at multiple locations. This consolidation could cause the industries to become more competitive as greater economies of scale are achieved by competitors, or as competitors with new lower cost transactional business models are able to operate with lower prices. Additionally, we have experienced competitive pressure from certain of our suppliers who are now selling their products directly to customers. Suppliers can often sell their products at lower prices and maintain higher gross margins on their product sales than we can. Continued competition from our suppliers may negatively impact our business and results of operations, including through reduced sales, lower operating margins, reduced profitability, loss of market share and diminished brand recognition.

In response to these competitive pressures, among other initiatives, we are applying technology as an important medium for delivering better customer service alongside the supply of our products, and to create dedicated tools to save customers time and money. To this end, we have embedded a dedicated team and increased resources for the purpose of the exploration and incubation of new business models and new technologies, as well as having acquired a number of online businesses over the last several years. However, we may not continue to realize benefits from such investments and such initiatives may not be successful. In addition, failure to effectively execute our strategies, including the development and acquisition of such new business models or technologies, or successfully identify future market and competitive pressures, could have a material adverse effect on revenue and profitability.

We may not rapidly identify or effectively respond to consumer wants, expectations or trends, which could adversely affect our relationship with customers, our reputation, the demand for our products and our market share.

The success of our business depends in part on our ability to identify and respond promptly to evolving trends in demographics, as well as customer wants, preferences and expectations, while also managing

 

6


Table of Contents

appropriate inventory levels and maintaining our focus on delivering an excellent customer experience. For example, our customers are currently facing challenges in the form of a shortage of skilled trade professionals and a need for improved construction productivity. It is also difficult to successfully predict the products and services that customers will require. In addition, each of the primary end-markets we serve has different needs and expectations, many of which evolve as the demographics in a particular market change.

We also need to offer more localized assortments of our products to appeal to needs within each end-market. If we do not successfully evolve and differentiate to meet the individual needs and expectations of, or within, a particular end-market, we may lose market share.

We are continuing to invest in our e-commerce and omni-channel capabilities and other technology solutions, including investments in significant upgrades to our enterprise-wide resource planning systems, to simplify our customer propositions and to optimize the supply chain and branch network to deliver a more efficient business. Our corporate venture capital and strategic partnering arm, Ferguson Ventures, is continuing to help discover, invest in and partner with technology companies and start-ups to, among other things, help address industry problems, including the shortage of skilled trade professionals and the need for improved construction productivity.

The cost and potential problems and interruptions associated with these initiatives could disrupt or reduce the efficiency of our online and in-store operations in the near term, lead to product availability issues and negatively affect our relationship with our customers. Furthermore, accomplishing these initiatives will require a substantial investment in additional information technology associates, and other specialized associates. We may face significant competition in the market for these resources and may not be successful in our hiring efforts. Failure to choose the right investments and implement them in the right manner and at the right pace could adversely affect our relationship with customers, our reputation, the demand for our products and services, and our market share. In addition, our branch and omni-channel initiatives, enhanced supply chain, and new or upgraded information technology systems might not provide the anticipated benefits. It might take longer than expected to realize the anticipated benefits, or the initiatives might fail altogether, each of which could adversely impact our competitive position and our financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.

We could be adversely impacted by declines in the residential and non-residential RMI markets, as well as the new construction market.

Our end markets focusing on the residential and non-residential RMI and new construction markets are dependent, in part, upon certain macroeconomic trends in these markets. For example, for fiscal 2020, the Group’s businesses operating in the RMI markets in the United States, United Kingdom and Canada generated 59%, 64% and 57% of the total revenue for each segment.

In addition, economic weakness may cause unanticipated shifts in our end-market preferences and purchasing practices and in the business models and strategies of our customers. Such shifts may alter the nature and prices of products demanded by the end consumer, and, in turn, our customers and could adversely affect our operating performance.

Management monitors the activity levels of these markets through various indicators of home improvement and repair spending and commercial/industrial construction spending. For example, one of the indicators we use in the residential RMI market is the Leading Indicator of Remodeling Activity (“LIRA”), which provides a short-term outlook of national home improvement and repair spending to owner-occupied homes in the United States. As a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, LIRA projections for fiscal 2021 are expected to grow modestly, but decelerate through the year. In our commercial and civil/infrastructure markets, management uses the American Institute of Architects Billings Index—Commercial/Industrial (“AIA Billings Index”), which is a leading economic indicator of construction activity and is widely seen as reflecting prospective construction spending. Any score below 50 indicates a decline in the business activity across the architecture profession, whereas an

 

7


Table of Contents

index score above 50 indicates growth. While the AIA Billings Index averaged above 50 throughout fiscal 2019, dipping below 50 in only two months during that year, the index score has dipped below 50 for 11 out of the last 17 months since July 2019, with the most recent reading of 42.6 in December 2020.

A failure of a key information technology system or process could adversely affect the operations of our business.

Technology systems and data are fundamental to the future growth and success of our business. In managing our business, we rely on the integrity and security of, and consistent access, to data from these systems such as sales, customer data, merchandise ordering, inventory replenishment and order fulfillment. A major disruption of the information technology systems and their backup mechanisms may cause us to incur significant costs to repair the systems, experience a critical loss of data and/or result in business interruptions.

For these information technology systems and processes to operate effectively, we or our service providers must periodically maintain and update them. In addition, our systems and the third-party systems on which we rely are subject to damage or interruption from a number of causes, including: power outages; computer and telecommunications failures; computer viruses; security breaches; cyber-attacks, including the use of ransomware; catastrophic events such as fires, floods, earthquakes, tornadoes, or hurricanes; a pandemic outbreak or recurrence; acts of war or terrorism; and design or usage errors by our associates, contractors or third-party service providers. Although we and our third-party service providers seek to maintain our respective systems effectively and to successfully address the risk of compromise of the integrity, security and consistent operations of these systems, such efforts may not be successful.

We rely on data centers and other technologies and services provided by third parties in order to manage our cloud-based infrastructure and operate our business. If any of these services becomes unavailable or otherwise is unable to serve our requirements due to extended outages, interruptions, facility closure, or because it is no longer available on commercially reasonable terms, expenses could increase and our operations could be disrupted or otherwise impacted until appropriate substitute services, if available, are identified, obtained, and implemented.

If we are unable to protect our information systems against data corruption, cyber-attacks or network security breaches, or if we are unable to provide adequate security in the electronic transmission of sensitive data, it could adversely affect the operations of our business.

We may face global cybersecurity threats, which may range from uncoordinated individual attempts to sophisticated and targeted measures, known as advanced persistent threats, directed at us and our customers, suppliers and vendors. Cyber-attacks and security breaches may include, but are not limited to, attempts to access information, computer viruses, denial of service and other electronic security breaches. Cyber-attacks from computer hackers and cyber criminals and other malicious Internet-based activity continue to increase generally, and our services and systems, including the systems of our outsourced service providers, have been and may in the future continue to be the target of various forms of cyber-attacks such as DNS attacks, wireless network attacks, viruses and worms, malicious software, application centric attacks, peer-to-peer attacks, phishing attempts, backdoor trojans and distributed denial of service attacks. The techniques used by computer hackers and cyber criminals to obtain unauthorized access to data or to sabotage computer systems change frequently and generally are not detected until after an incident has occurred.

While we have instituted safeguards for the protection of our information systems and believe we use reputable third-party providers, during the normal course of business, we have experienced and expect to continue to experience attempts to breach our information systems, and we may be unable to protect sensitive data and/or the integrity of our information systems. A cybersecurity incident could be caused by malicious third-parties using sophisticated methods to circumvent firewalls, encryption and other security defenses. Techniques used to obtain unauthorized access or to sabotage systems change frequently and generally are not recognized

 

8


Table of Contents

until they are launched against a target. Accordingly we may be unable to anticipate these techniques or implement adequate preventative measures.

As a result, we or our service providers could experience errors, interruptions, delays or cessations of service in key portions of our information technology infrastructure, which could significantly disrupt our operations and be costly, time consuming and resource-intensive to remedy. As a result, we could forego revenue or profit margins if we are unable to operate. Furthermore, if critical information systems fail or otherwise become unavailable, our ability to process orders, maintain proper levels of inventories, collect accounts receivable and disburse funds could be adversely affected. Any such interruption of the Group’s information systems could also subject us to additional costs. Loss of customer, supplier, associate or other business information could disrupt operations, damage our reputation and expose us to claims from customers, suppliers, financial institutions, regulators, payment card associations, associates and others, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and/or prospects.

Since the beginning of the COVID-19 pandemic, cyber-attacks targeting companies have increased in frequency, scope and potential harm. Cybercriminals are seeking to use the COVID-19 pandemic for commercial gain by deploying a variety of ransomware and other malware, phishing, using the subject of coronavirus or COVID-19 as a lure, registering new domain names containing wording related to coronavirus or COVID-19, and attacking newly deployed remote access and teleworking infrastructure. The COVID-19 pandemic may also cause an extended period of remote work arrangements which could strain our business continuity plans, introduce operational risk, including but not limited to, cybersecurity risks, and impair our ability to manage our business. As these strategies continue to evolve, we may not be able to successfully protect our operational and information technology systems and platforms against such threats and we may incur significant costs in the attempt to modify or enhance our protective measures or investigate or remediate any vulnerability, which could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity, financial condition and the operating results of our business.

Fluctuating commodity prices, as well as unexpected product shortages, may adversely affect the Group’s business, financial condition and results of operations.

Some of our products contain significant amounts of commodity-priced materials, predominantly plastic, copper and steel, and other components which are subject to price changes based upon fluctuations in the commodities market. To a lesser extent, fluctuations in the price of fuel could affect transportation costs. Volatility in prices has increased in recent months due in part to the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on the global economy. Our ability to adjust prices in a timely manner to account for such fluctuations may often depend on market conditions, our fixed costs and other factors. In the event circumstances require us to adapt our product prices and operational strategies to reflect fluctuating commodity prices, there can be no assurance that such adaptations will be effective and a failure to successfully adapt could, for example, result in write-downs of inventories which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and/or prospects.

Acquisitions, partnerships, joint ventures, demergers, dispositions and other business combinations or strategic transactions involve a number of inherent risks, any of which could result in the benefits anticipated not being realized and could have an adverse effect on results of operations.

Acquisitions are an important part of our growth model and we regularly consider and enter into strategic transactions, including mergers, acquisitions, investments and other growth, market and geographic expansion strategies, with the expectation that these transactions will result in increases in sales, cost savings, synergies and various other benefits.

During fiscal 2020, 2019 and 2018, we completed a total of 6, 15 and 13 acquisitions, respectively. We may not realize any anticipated benefits from such transactions or partnerships, or any future ones, we may be exposed to additional liabilities of any acquired business or joint venture and we may be exposed to litigation in

 

9


Table of Contents

connection with any transaction. Furthermore, we may have trouble identifying suitable acquisition targets in the future. Our ability to deliver the expected benefits from any strategic transactions that we do complete is subject to numerous uncertainties and risks, including our ability to integrate personnel, labor models, financial, supply chain and logistics, IT and other systems successfully; disruption of our ongoing business and distraction of management; hiring additional management and other critical personnel; and increasing the scope, geographic diversity and complexity of our operations.

Effective internal controls are necessary to provide reliable and accurate financial reports, and the integration of businesses may create complexity in our financial systems and internal controls and make them more difficult to manage. Integration of businesses into our internal control system could cause us to fail to meet our financial reporting obligations. Additionally, any impairment of goodwill or other assets acquired in a strategic transaction or charges to earnings associated with any strategic transaction, may materially reduce our profitability. Following integration, an acquired business may not produce the expected margins or cash flows. Our shareholders may react unfavorably to substantial strategic transactions. Furthermore, we may finance these strategic transactions by incurring additional debt or raising equity, which could increase leverage or impact our ability to access capital in the future.

Execution of our operational strategies could prove unsuccessful, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and/or prospects.

To achieve our key priorities, we must drive profitable growth across our operational businesses by fulfilling customer wants, capitalizing on attractive growth opportunities and achieving excellent execution. Fulfilling customer wants through differentiated service offerings that support our customers’ projects is a key part of our strategy to drive profitable growth. If service levels were to significantly decrease, customers might purchase from our competitors instead, resulting in reduced revenue, lower operating margins, reduced profitability, loss of market share and/or diminished brand recognition.

Development of our operating model is a key part of driving profitable growth. There is a risk that we are not sufficiently agile in adapting our operating model and therefore cannot adapt to changing customer wants and/or are unable to flex our cost base when required. Any failure to appropriately address some or all of these risks could damage our reputation and have a significant adverse effect on our business.

If our domestic or international supply chain or our fulfillment network for our products is ineffective or disrupted for any reason, or if these operations are subject to trade policy changes, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

We source, distribute and sell products from domestic and international suppliers, and their ability to reliably and efficiently fulfill our orders is critical to our business success. We purchase from approximately 39,000 suppliers located in various countries around the world.

Financial instability among key suppliers, political instability and labor unrest in source countries or elsewhere in our supply chain, changes in the total costs in our supply chain (also reflecting changes in fuel, labor and currency exchange rates), port labor disputes and security, the outbreak of pandemics, including COVID-19, weather-related events, natural disasters, work stoppages, shipping capacity restraints, changes in trade policy, retaliatory trade restrictions imposed by either the United States, Europe, China or another major source country, tariffs or duties, fluctuations in currency exchange rates and transport availability, capacity and costs are all beyond our control and could negatively impact our business if they seriously disrupted the movement of products through our supply chain or increased their costs. Additionally, as we add fulfillment capabilities or pursue strategies with different fulfillment requirements, our fulfillment network becomes increasingly complex and operating it becomes more challenging. If our fulfillment network does not operate properly or if a supplier fails to deliver on its commitments, we could experience delays in inventory, increased delivery costs or lack of availability, any of which could lead to lower revenue and decreased customer

 

10


Table of Contents

confidence, and adversely affect our results of operations. Furthermore, our existing suppliers may decide to supply products directly to end users that are our existing or potential customers, which would have a detrimental effect on our ability to keep and procure customers, and maintain and win business, thereby having a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and/or prospects.

The recent COVID-19 pandemic has led to work and travel restrictions within, to, and out of a number of countries, resulting in supply chain disruptions and delays. These restrictions and delays, which may expand depending on the progression of the COVID-19 pandemic, have impacted and may continue to impact suppliers and manufacturers of certain of our products. This may make it difficult for our suppliers to source and manufacture products in, and to export our products from, affected areas. As a result, we have faced and may continue to face supply chain disruptions and delays, which could negatively affect our business and financial results. Even if we are able to find alternative sources for such products, they may cost more, which could adversely impact our profitability and financial condition.

If we fail to qualify for supplier rebates or are unable to maintain or adequately renegotiate our rebate arrangements, our results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

Many of our products are purchased pursuant to rebate arrangements that entitle us to receive a rebate based on specified purchases. Some arrangements require us to purchase minimum quantities and result in higher rebates with increased quantities of purchases. These rebates effectively reduce the costs of our products, and we manage our business to take advantage of these programs. Rebate arrangements are subject to renegotiation with our suppliers from time to time. In addition, consolidation of suppliers may result in the reduction or elimination of rebate programs in which we participate. If we are unable to qualify for these rebates, are unable to renew rebate programs on desirable terms, or a supplier materially reduces or stops offering rebates, our costs could materially increase and our gross margins and income could be materially adversely affected.

Fluctuations in foreign currency and inflation may have an adverse effect on reported results of operations.

Our exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency rates results primarily from the translation exposure associated with the preparation of the Group’s financial statements, as well as from transaction exposure associated with transactions in currencies other than an entity’s functional currency. Up until the end of our 2017 fiscal year, the Group reported its results in pounds sterling and its main currency exposure arose on the translation of the U.S. dollar and, to a lesser extent, Canadian dollar earnings into pounds sterling. From the beginning of fiscal 2018 onwards, the Group has presented its audited consolidated financial statements in U.S. dollars and, as the majority of revenue is generated in U.S. dollars, the impact of foreign exchange rate movements has been reduced. For the 2020 fiscal year, we received 86% of our revenue in U.S. dollars and the remaining 14% in other currencies, which we then translated into U.S. dollars for financial reporting purposes.

We are exposed to foreign currency exchange rate risk with respect to the U.S. dollar relative to the local currencies of our international subsidiaries, predominantly the Canadian dollar (and prior to the sale of our United Kingdom operations, pounds sterling), arising from transactions in the normal course of business, such as sales and loans to wholly-owned subsidiaries, sales to third-party customers, purchases from suppliers and bank loans and lines of credit denominated in foreign currencies. Following the completion of the sale of our United Kingdom operations, our only significant foreign exchange exposure from a revenue perspective is Canadian dollars. We also have foreign currency exposure to the extent receipts and expenditures are not denominated in the subsidiary’s functional currency, which could impact sales, costs and cash flows. Volatility arising from movements of the value of the U.S. dollar relative to the Canadian dollar has increased in recent months due in part to the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on the global economy. Fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates could affect the Group’s results of operations and impact reported net sales and net earnings.

 

11


Table of Contents

Our own brand products subject us to certain increased risks such as regulatory, product liability and reputational risks that could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

As we expand our own brand product offerings organically and through acquisitions, we may become subject to increased risks due to our greater role in the design, marketing and sale of those products. The risks include greater responsibility to administer and comply with applicable regulatory requirements, increased potential product liability and product recall exposure, and increased potential reputational risks related to the responsible sourcing of those products. To effectively execute on our “own brand” product differentiation strategy, we must also be able to successfully protect our proprietary rights and successfully navigate and avoid claims related to the proprietary rights of third parties. In addition, an increase in sales of our own brand products may adversely affect sales of our suppliers’ products, which in turn could adversely affect our relationships with certain of our suppliers. Any failure to appropriately address some or all of these risks could damage our reputation and have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

Failure to achieve and maintain a high level of product quality as a result of our suppliers’ or manufacturers’ mistakes or inefficiencies could damage our reputation and negatively impact our revenue and results of operations.

To continue to be successful, we must continue to preserve, grow and leverage the value of our brand in the marketplace. Reputational value is based in large part on perceptions of subjective qualities. Even an isolated incident, such as a high-profile product recall, or the aggregate effect of individually insignificant incidents, can erode trust and confidence, particularly if such incident or incidents result in adverse publicity, governmental investigations or litigation, and as a result, could tarnish our brand and lead to adverse effects on our business.

In particular, product quality issues as a result of our suppliers’ or manufacturers’ acts or omissions could negatively impact customer confidence in our brands and our products. As we do not have direct control over the quality of the products manufactured or supplied by such third-party suppliers, we are exposed to risks relating to the quality of the products we distribute. If our product offerings do not meet applicable safety standards or customers’ expectations regarding safety or quality, or are alleged to have quality issues or to have caused personal injury or other damage, we could experience lower revenue and increased costs and be exposed to legal, financial and reputational risks, as well as governmental enforcement actions. In addition, actual, potential or perceived product safety concerns could result in costly product recalls.

We seek to enter into contracts with suppliers which provide for indemnification from any costs associated with the provision of defective products. However, there can be no assurance that such contractual rights will be obtained or adequate, or that related indemnification claims will be successfully asserted by us.

The nature of our operations may expose our associates, contractors, customers, suppliers and other individuals to health and safety risks and we may incur property, casualty or other losses not covered by our insurance policies.

The nature of our operations can expose our associates, contractors, customers, suppliers and other individuals to health and safety risks (including potential exposure to COVID-19), which can lead to loss of life or severe injuries. Such risks also include exposure to the potential for litigation from third parties. In the United States, in particular, the risk of litigation is generally higher than in other parts of our business in areas such as workers’ compensation, general employer liability and environmental and asbestos litigation.

For example, as a result of our past business activities, we are exposed, principally through indemnification claims, to various claims related to asbestos, for which we recognized environmental and legal provisions amounting to $72 million on our balance sheet as at July 31, 2020. In future periods, we could be subject to cash costs or non-cash charges to earnings if any of these litigation matters are resolved on unfavorable terms, or if

 

12


Table of Contents

our estimates regarding legal provisions accounting are incorrect. Factors which could cause actual results to differ from these estimates include: (i) increases in the number of, or adverse trends in, asbestos claims filed against any of the Group’s subsidiaries; (ii) increases in the cost of resolving current and future asbestos claims as a result of adverse trends relating to settlement costs, dismissal rates, legal fees and/or judgment sizes; (iii) decreases in the amount of insurance available to cover asbestos claims as a result of adverse changes in the interpretation of insurance policies or the insolvency of insurers; (iv) the emergence of new trends or legal theories that enlarge the scope of potential claimants and/or new procedural mechanisms that facilitate their claims; (v) the impact of bankruptcies of other companies whose share of liability may be imposed on the Group’s subsidiaries under state, federal or national liability laws; (vi) unpredictable aspects of the litigation process; (vii) adverse changes in the mix of asbestos related diseases with respect to which asbestos claims are made against the Group’s subsidiaries; (viii) potential legislative changes; and (ix) changes in the discount rate used to determine the discounted liability.

Although we maintain insurance we believe to be sufficient to cover estimated product liability claims and other types of claims in various jurisdictions, there can be no assurance that such insurance will provide adequate coverage against potential claims. If we do not have adequate contractual indemnification or insurance available, such claims could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and/or prospects.

We are and may continue to be involved in legal proceedings in the course of our business, and while we cannot predict the outcomes of those proceedings and other contingencies with certainty, some of these outcomes may adversely impact our business.

We are and may continue to be involved in legal proceedings such as consumer and employment and other litigation that arises from time to time in the course of our business. Litigation is inherently unpredictable, and the outcome of some of these proceedings and other contingencies could require us to take or refrain from taking actions which could adversely impact the business or could result in excessive verdicts. Additionally, involvement in these lawsuits and related inquiries and other proceedings may involve significant expense, divert management’s attention and resources from other matters, and negatively affect our reputation.

Changes in our credit ratings and outlook may reduce access to capital and increase borrowing costs.

The Company’s credit ratings are based on a number of factors, including our financial strength and factors outside of our control, such as conditions affecting our industry generally or the introduction of new rating practices and methodologies. The COVID-19 pandemic could negatively impact our credit ratings and thereby adversely affect our access to capital and cost of capital. We cannot provide assurances that our current credit ratings will remain in effect or that the ratings will not be lowered, suspended or withdrawn entirely by the rating agencies. If rating agencies lower, suspend or withdraw the ratings, the market price or marketability of our securities may be adversely affected. Pressure on the ratings could also arise from higher shareholder payouts or larger acquisitions than we have currently planned that result in increased leverage, or in a deterioration in the metrics used by the rating agencies to assess creditworthiness. In addition, any change in ratings could make it more difficult for the Group to raise capital on acceptable terms, impact the ability to obtain adequate financing and result in higher interest costs on future financings.

In order to compete, we must attract, retain and motivate key associates, and the failure to do so could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We depend on our executive officers and senior management to run our businesses. As the Group develops new business models and new ways of working, it needs to develop suitable skill sets within the organization. Furthermore, as the Group continues to execute strategic change programs, including corporate migrations, it is important that existing skill sets and talent are retained. Failure to do so could delay the execution of strategic change programs, result in loss of institutional knowledge and reduce the Group’s supply of future management skill.

 

13


Table of Contents

We customarily negotiate employment agreements and non-competition agreements with key personnel of the companies we acquire in order to maintain key customer relationships and manage the transition of the acquired business. The loss of senior management and other key personnel, or the inability to hire and retain qualified replacements, both generally and in connection with the execution of key business strategies, including corporate migrations, could adversely affect the Group’s business, financial condition and/or results of operations.

Furthermore, the Group’s ability to provide high-quality products, advice and services on a timely basis depends, to a significant extent, on having an adequate number of qualified associates, including those in managerial, technical, sales, marketing and support positions. Accordingly, our ability to increase productivity and profitability and support our growth strategies may be limited by our ability to employ, train, motivate and retain skilled personnel, which in turn may be hindered by any present or future restructurings and cost savings initiatives. We face significant competition in attracting and retaining skilled personnel, such as personnel with technical skills, so we may be unsuccessful in attracting and retaining the personnel required to conduct and expand our operations and, in particular, develop our technology and grow our online presence, which could have a negative effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and/or prospects.

Our workforce constitutes a significant proportion of our cost base. Any inflationary pressures, as well as changes in applicable laws and regulations or other factors resulting in increased labor costs, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and/or prospects.

As a result of the outbreak of the COVID-19 pandemic, several governments around the world have imposed restrictions to help avoid, or slow down, the spread of COVID-19, including restrictions on international and local travel, public gatherings and participation in business meetings, as well as closures of universities, schools, stores and restaurants. These restrictions could negatively impact our workforce. If significant numbers of associates, key personnel and/or senior management become unavailable due to sickness, legal requirements or self-isolation, our operations could be disrupted and materially adversely affected.

We are subject to various risks related to the local and international nature of our business, including domestic and foreign laws, regulations and standards. Failure to comply with such laws and regulations or the occurrence of unforeseen developments such as litigation could adversely affect our business.

Our business operates in the United States and Canada, and is subject to specific risks of conducting business in different jurisdictions across these countries and other parts of the world, including China, Taiwan, India, Thailand, South Korea and Vietnam. Our business is subject to a wide array of domestic and international laws, regulations and standards in jurisdictions where we operate, including advertising and marketing regulations, anti-bribery and corruption/money laundering laws, anti-competition regulations, data protection (including payment card industry data security standards) and cyber security requirements (including protection of information and incident responses), environmental protection laws, foreign exchange controls and cash repatriation restrictions, government business regulations applicable to us as a government contractor selling to federal, state and local government entities, import and export requirements, intellectual property laws, labor laws, product compliance laws, supplier regulations regarding the sources of supplies or products, tax laws, zoning laws, unclaimed property laws and laws, regulations and standards applicable to other commercial matters. In particular, occupational health and safety or consumer product safety regulation may require that we take appropriate corrective action (including but not limited to product recall) in respect of products that we have distributed. Managing a product recall or other corrective action can be expensive and can divert the attention of management and other personnel for significant time periods. Moreover, we are also subject to audits and inquiries by government agencies in the normal course of business.

Failure to comply with any of these laws, regulations and standards could result in civil, criminal, monetary and non-monetary penalties as well as potential damage to the Company’s reputation. Changes in these laws, regulations and standards, or in their interpretation, could increase the cost of doing business, including, among

 

14


Table of Contents

other factors, as a result of increased investments in technology and the development of new operational processes. Furthermore, while we have implemented policies and procedures designed to facilitate compliance with these laws, regulations and standards, there can be no assurance that associates, contractors or agents will not violate such laws, regulations and standards or our policies. Any product recall or other corrective action may negatively affect customer confidence in the relevant Group member’s products and the Group itself, regardless of whether it is successfully implemented. Any such failure to comply or violation could individually or in the aggregate materially adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Regulation in the areas of privacy and protection of user data could harm our business.

In the course of our business, we receive and store a large volume of personal information. This information is increasingly subject to legislation and regulations related to privacy, data protection, and information security in numerous jurisdictions around the world. For example, in the United States, due to the absence of overarching federal law, there is a patchwork of privacy legislation formed by individual state laws. Illustrative of this point is the California Consumer Privacy Act 2018 (the “CCPA”), which came into effect in January 2020 with an enforcement date of July 1, 2020. The CCPA has given California consumers more control over the personal information that businesses collect about them. The law created new data privacy rights for California consumers and requires certain businesses who collect personal information from California consumers to comply with various data protection duties (including certain notice obligations). Businesses that are subject to the CCPA who fail to comply with the CCPA may be subject to class action lawsuits and fines per incident of noncompliance.

Similarly, the European Union’s General Data Protection Regulation (the “GDPR”) came into effect on May 25, 2018. The GDPR was implemented into laws enforceable in the UK by the Data Protection Act 2018. The UK formally left the EU on January 31, 2020 and following the end of the UK’s transition period from the EU, the GDPR (as it existed on December 31, 2020) has been retained in UK law (“UK GDPR”), which applies in the UK from January 1, 2021.Although the UK GDPR/GDPR have limited impact on our business they notably have a greater extra-territorial reach and have a significant impact on data controllers and data processors either with an establishment in the UK/EU (as applicable), or which offer goods or services to UK or European Union data subjects, or which monitor UK or European Union data subjects’ behavior within the UK or European Union (as applicable). The regime imposes more stringent operational requirements on both data controllers and data processors, and introduces significant penalties for non-compliance with fines of up to €20 million or up to 4% of the annual global revenues of the infringing business, whichever is greater, depending on the type and severity of the breach.

These data privacy and data protection laws and regulations are typically intended to protect the privacy of personal information that is collected, processed, and transmitted in or from the governing jurisdiction. In many cases, these laws apply not only to third-party transactions, but also to transfers of information between us and our subsidiaries, including associate information. While we have invested and continue to invest significant resources to comply with data privacy regulations, including the GDPR, UK GDPR and CCPA, many of these regulations are new, complex, and subject to interpretation. Non-compliance with these laws could result in negative publicity, damage to our reputation, penalties, or significant legal liability. We could be adversely affected if legislation or regulations are expanded to require changes in our business practices or if governing jurisdictions interpret or implement their legislation or regulations in ways that negatively affect our business.

Changes in, or interpretations of, United States, United Kingdom, Swiss or Canadian tax laws could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and/or prospects.

The wider macro political and economic situation is uncertain in many of the territories in which we operate and policy changes could affect our future tax rate. A combination of growing international trade pressures, rising debt levels and the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic is creating economic and political uncertainty which could lead to changes to the prevailing tax regime and adversely impact the Group’s results.

Our future results could also be adversely affected by changes in the effective tax rate as a result of fluctuations in our overall profitability and changes in the mix of earnings in countries with differing statutory

 

15


Table of Contents

tax rates, changes in tax legislation, the results of the examination of previously filed tax returns and continuing assessment of our tax exposures any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and/or prospects.

Any future change in taxation legislation or the interpretation of tax legislation in the United States, the United Kingdom, Switzerland or Canada could materially affect our results of operations.

Potential tariffs, regional or global barriers to trade or a global trade war could increase the cost of our products, which could adversely impact the competitiveness of our products and our financial results.

Trade tensions between the United States and China escalated in 2018 generally, and have continued to remain elevated in 2019 and 2020. Between July 2018 and December 2019, the United States government imposed tariffs on a variety of imports from China with rates ranging from 10% to 25% and the Chinese government retaliated with tariffs ranging from 5% to 10% on United States imports. On December 13, 2019, however, the United States and China each confirmed that the two countries had reached a ‘‘Phase One’’ deal in the ongoing trade war, resulting in the signing of economic and trade agreement on December 15, 2019 between the United States and China, which went into effect in January 2020. It remains unclear what additional actions, if any, will be taken by the United States or other governments with respect to international trade agreements, the imposition of tariffs on goods imported into the United States, the erection of barriers to trade, tax policy related to international commerce, or other trade matters. The current United States tariffs on China-origin goods and the related geopolitical uncertainty between the United States and China, which is a key market for the sourcing of our products, and between the United States and the European Union, have caused, and may continue to cause, our product costs to increase, which could have a material adverse effect on our competitiveness of our products and our business, liquidity, financial condition and results of operations. At this point in time, it remains to be seen what effects the new United States Presidential administration, if any, will have on a long term comprehensive agreement on tariffs between the United States and China or on trade tensions between the United States and the European Union.

We occupy most of our facilities under short-term non-cancelable leases. We may be unable to renew leases on favorable terms or at all. Also, if we close a facility, we may remain obligated under the applicable lease.

Most of our branches and distribution centers are located in leased premises. Many of our current leases are non-cancelable and typically have terms of around five years, with options to renew for specified periods of time. There can be no assurance that we will be able to renew our current or future leases on favorable terms or at all which could have an adverse effect on our ability to operate our business and on our results of operations. In addition, if we close or cease to use a facility, we generally remain committed to perform our obligations under the applicable lease, which include, among other things, payment of the base rent for the balance of the lease term.

We are subject to payment-related risks that could increase our operating costs, expose us to fraud or theft, subject us to potential liability, and potentially disrupt our business.

We accept payments using a variety of methods, including trade credit, cash, checks, credit and debit cards, PayPal and gift cards, and we may offer new payment options over time. Acceptance of these payment options subjects us to rules, regulations, contractual obligations and compliance requirements, including payment network rules and operating guidelines, data security standards and certification requirements, and rules governing electronic funds transfers. These requirements may change over time or be reinterpreted, making compliance more difficult or costly. For certain payment methods, including credit and debit cards, we pay interchange and other fees, which may increase over time and raise our operating costs. We rely on third parties to provide payment processing services, including the processing of credit cards, debit cards, and other forms of electronic payment. If these companies become unable to provide these services to us, or if their systems are compromised, it could potentially disrupt our business.

 

16


Table of Contents

The payment methods that we offer also subject us to potential fraud and theft by criminals, who are becoming increasingly more sophisticated, seeking to obtain unauthorized access to or exploit weaknesses that may exist in the payment systems. If we fail to comply with applicable rules or requirements for the payment methods we accept, or if payment-related data is compromised due to a breach or misuse of data, we may be liable for costs incurred by payment card issuing banks and other third parties or be subject to fines and higher transaction fees, or our ability to accept or facilitate certain types of payments may be impaired. In addition, our customers could lose confidence in certain payment types, which may result in a shift to other payment types or potential changes to our payment systems that may result in higher costs. As a result, our business and operating results could be adversely affected.

Also, certain of the Group’s customers or suppliers or other third parties may seek to obtain products fraudulently from, or submit fraudulent invoices to, any member of the Group. The Group has sought to extend best practice with a number of processes and controls to minimize opportunities for fraud. If the Group is unsuccessful in detecting fraudulent activities, it could suffer loss directly and/or lose the confidence of its customers and/or suppliers, which could have a material adverse effect on the Group’s business, financial condition, results of operations and/or prospects.

In addition, our operations are working capital intensive, and our inventories, accounts receivable and accounts payable are significant components of our net asset base. We manage our inventories and accounts payable through our purchasing policies and our accounts receivable through our customer credit policies. If we fail to adequately manage our product purchasing or customer credit policies, our working capital and financial condition may be adversely affected.

We have funding risks related to our defined benefit pension schemes.

Our pension fund liabilities are partially matched with a portfolio of assets, comprising equity and debt securities alongside diversified growth assets and further investments designed to hedge the underlying interest and inflation risk inherent in the associated liabilities. The United Kingdom Plan, the Group’s main defined benefit plan in the United Kingdom, which is closed to future service accrual, also has a buy-in insurance policy which covers a large proportion of the existing pensioner population. The market value of these assets can rise and fall over time which impact the funding position of the plan. On an accounting basis, the liabilities of the Group’s pension plans are measured using a discount rate assessed by reference to corporate bond yields, which can also vary significantly between reporting periods. As of July 31, 2020, we had recognized on our balance sheet a net pension liability of $61 million in respect of defined benefit schemes, a decrease of $214 million from a net pension asset of $153 million recognized as of July 31, 2019. The Group’s pension plan liabilities are measured on a technical basis using actuarial valuations. As required by United Kingdom pensions regulation, the United Kingdom Plan went through its triennial actuarial valuation exercise based on the United Kingdom Plan’s financial position as of April 30, 2019. As a result of this exercise, in July 2020, the Group agreed with the trustees of the United Kingdom Plan to a deficit reduction plan amounting to contributions totaling £30 million in the period to August 2021. As of the date of this registration statement, the contributions totaling £30 million have been paid in full. Following completion of the sale of our United Kingdom operations on January 29, 2021, the Group retained future responsibility for the United Kingdom Plan, as the ongoing liabilities were not transferred to the purchaser.

Following the disposal of the Group’s business operations in the Nordic region in March 2018, the Group made a one-off contribution of $94 million to the United Kingdom Plan. The Group also elected to make an additional one-off contribution of $26 million into the United Kingdom Plan following the disposal of the United Kingdom operations in January 2021. Although we do not expect additional one-off contributions, any requirement to pay such additional sums, due to factors such as a deterioration in economic conditions or changes in actuarial assumptions, could have an adverse effect on our financial condition. In addition, actions by the Pensions Regulator or the trustees of our pension schemes or any material revisions to the existing pension legislation could result in us being required to incur significant additional costs immediately or in short timeframes. Such costs, in turn, could have an adverse effect on our financial condition.

 

17


Table of Contents

The Group’s strategy could be materially adversely affected by its indebtedness.

As of July 31, 2020, we had total borrowings of $3.2 billion. We may incur substantial additional indebtedness in the future, in particular in connection with future acquisitions which remain a core part of our strategy, some of which may be secured by some or all of our assets. Our overall level of indebtedness from time to time may have an adverse effect on our strategy, including requiring us to dedicate portions of our cash flow to payments on our debt, thereby reducing funds available for reinvestment in the business; restricting us from securing the financing, if necessary, to pursue acquisition opportunities; limiting our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and industry; and placing us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that have lower levels of indebtedness.

We may need to refinance some or all of our debt upon maturity either on terms which could potentially be less favorable than the existing terms or under unfavorable market conditions, which may also have an adverse effect on our strategy.

Changes in accounting standards and subjective assumptions, estimates and judgments by management related to complex accounting matters, could significantly affect our financial results or financial condition.

IFRS and related accounting pronouncements, implementation guidelines and interpretations with regard to a wide range of matters that are relevant to our business, such as revenue recognition, asset impairment, impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets, inventories, lease obligations, self-insurance, tax matters, pensions and litigation, are complex and involve many subjective assumptions, estimates and judgments. Changes in accounting standards or their interpretation or changes in underlying assumptions and estimates or judgments could significantly change our reported or expected financial performance or financial condition.

Specifically, changes to financial accounting standards require operating leases to be recognized on our balance sheet. We have significant obligations relating to our current operating leases. The IASB released IFRS 16 “Leases” (“IFRS 16”) replacing International Accounting Standard 17 (“IAS 17”) “Leases,” which the Group adopted on August 1, 2019. The standard makes changes to the treatment of leases in the Group’s financial statements, requiring the use of a single model to recognize a lease liability and a right of use asset for all leases, including those classified as operating leases under IAS 17 (the previously applicable standard), unless the underlying asset has a low value or the lease term is 12 months or less. Rental charges in the income statement previously recorded under IAS 17 are replaced with depreciation and interest charges under IFRS 16, and right of use assets will be subject to impairment reviews in accordance with IAS 36 “Impairment of Assets,” replacing the previous requirement to recognize a provision for onerous lease contracts. The new standard is effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2019 and, accordingly, was effective for the Group for fiscal 2020.

Risks Relating to Our Registration with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission and Ownership of Our Ordinary Shares

The obligations associated with being a public company in the United States will require significant resources and management attention.

As a public company in the United States, we will incur legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not previously incur. We will become subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (“Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), the listing requirements of the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”), and other applicable securities rules and regulations. The Exchange Act requires that we file annual and other reports with respect to our business, financial condition and results of operations. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we establish and maintain effective internal controls and procedures for financial reporting. Furthermore, the need to establish the corporate infrastructure demanded of a United States public company may divert management’s

 

18


Table of Contents

attention from implementing our growth strategy, which could prevent us from improving our business, financial condition and results of operations. We have made, and will continue to make, changes to our internal controls and procedures for financial reporting and accounting systems in order to meet our reporting obligations as a United States public company. However, the measures we take may not be sufficient to satisfy these obligations. In addition, compliance with these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time consuming and costly. For example, we expect these rules and regulations to make it more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to incur substantial costs to maintain the same or similar coverage. These additional obligations could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flow.

In addition, changing laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure are creating uncertainty for United States public companies, increasing legal and financial compliance costs and making some activities more time consuming. These laws, regulations and standards are subject to varying interpretations, in many cases due to their lack of specificity and, as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. This could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to disclosure and governance practices. We intend to invest resources to comply with evolving laws, regulations and standards, and this investment may result in increased general and administrative expenses and a diversion of management’s time and attention from revenue-generating activities to compliance activities. If our efforts to comply with new laws, regulations and standards differ from the activities intended by regulatory or governing bodies due to ambiguities related to their application and practice, regulatory authorities may initiate legal proceedings against us and our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flow could be adversely affected.

Our ordinary shares are subject to market price volatility and the market price may decline disproportionately in response to developments that are unrelated to our operating performance.

The market price of our ordinary shares has been and may in the future be volatile and subject to wide fluctuations. The market price of our ordinary shares may fluctuate as a result of a variety of factors including, but not limited to, general economic conditions, period to period variations in operating results or changes in revenue or profit estimates by us, industry participants or financial analysts. The market price could also be adversely affected by developments unrelated to our operating performance, such as the operating and share price performance of other companies that investors may consider comparable to us, speculation about us in the press or the investment community, unfavorable press, strategic actions by competitors (including acquisitions and restructurings), changes in market conditions, regulatory changes and broader market volatility and movements. Any or all of these factors could result in material fluctuations in the price of our ordinary shares, which could lead to investors getting back less than they invested or a total loss of their investment.

The rights afforded to our shareholders are governed by Jersey law. Not all rights available to shareholders under United States law will be available to holders of our ordinary shares.

The rights of holders of our ordinary shares are governed by Jersey law and our memorandum of association and articles of association (the “Articles”), which may not provide the level of legal certainty and transparency afforded by incorporation in a United States state.

The Company is organized under the laws of Jersey, Channel Islands, a British crown dependency that is an island located off the coast of Normandy, France. Jersey is not a member of the European Union. Jersey legislation regarding companies is largely based on English corporate law principles. However, there can be no assurance that Jersey law will not change in the future or that it will serve to protect investors in a similar fashion afforded under corporate law principles in the United States, which could adversely affect the rights of investors.

Rights afforded to shareholders under Jersey law differ in certain respects from the rights of shareholders in typical United States companies. In particular, Jersey law currently significantly limits the circumstances in

 

19


Table of Contents

which the shareholders of Jersey companies may bring derivative actions (i.e. legal actions brought by a shareholder on behalf of a company against a third party). Under Jersey law, in most cases, only the Company may be the proper plaintiff for the purposes of maintaining proceedings in respect of wrongful acts committed against us (including breaches of directors’ duties) and, generally, neither an individual shareholder, nor any group of shareholders, has any right of action in such circumstances. There are a number of judicially accepted exceptions to this general rule, including what is known as “fraud on the minority”, being where there is a prima facie case of equitable fraud on the part of the prospective defendant and the alleged wrongdoers themselves were in control of the company and improperly preventing it from bringing proceedings.

Under Article 141 of the Jersey Companies Law, as amended, (“Jersey Companies Law”), a shareholder may however apply to court for relief on the grounds that the conduct of our affairs, including a proposed or actual act or omission by us, is “unfairly prejudicial” to the interests of our shareholders generally or of some part of our shareholders, including at least the shareholder making the application. Under Article 143 of the Jersey Companies Law (which sets out the types of relief a court may grant in relation to an action brought under Article 141 of the Jersey Companies Law), the court may make an order regulating the affairs of a company, requiring a company to refrain from doing or continuing to do an act complained of, authorizing civil proceedings or providing for the purchase of shares by a company or by any of its other shareholders. In addition, Jersey law does not afford appraisal rights to dissenting shareholders in the form typically available to shareholders in a United States company.

Jersey law does not preclude a shareholder form alleging a violation of federal securities laws in the United States.

Our ability to pay dividends or effect other returns of capital in the future depends, among other things, on our financial performance.

There can be no guarantee that our historical performance will be repeated in the future, particularly given the competitive nature of the industry in which we operate, and our revenue, profit and cash flow may significantly underperform market expectations. If our cash flow underperforms market expectations, then our capacity to pay a dividend or effect other returns of capital (including, without limitation, share repurchases) may be negatively impacted. Any decision to declare and pay dividends or to effect other returns of capital will be made at the discretion of the Board and will depend on, among other things, applicable law, regulation, restrictions (if any) on the payment of dividends and/or capital returns in our financing arrangements, our financial position, retained earnings/profits, working capital requirements, finance costs, general economic conditions and other factors that the Board deems significant from time to time.

The issuance of additional ordinary shares in connection with future acquisitions, any share incentive or share option plan or otherwise may dilute all other shareholdings.

We may seek to raise financing to fund future acquisitions and other growth opportunities. We may, for these and other purposes, issue additional equity or convertible equity securities. As a result, our shareholders may suffer dilution to their percentage ownership of the Company, or the market price of the ordinary shares may be adversely affected.

We are a holding company with no business operations of our own and depend on our subsidiaries for cash, including in order to pay dividends.

We are a group holding company with no independent operations and are dependent on earnings and distributions of funds from our operating subsidiaries for cash, including in order to pay dividends to our shareholders. Our ability to pay dividends to our shareholders therefore depends on the ability of our subsidiaries to distribute profits or pay dividends to us, general economic conditions and other factors that the directors deem significant from time to time. Our distributable reserves can be affected by reductions in profitability, impairment of assets and severe market turbulence.

 

20


Table of Contents

We have not yet completed our evaluation of our internal control over financial reporting in compliance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.

We currently anticipate that we will be required to comply with the internal control evaluation and certification requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act by the end of our 2022 fiscal year. We have not yet completed our evaluation as to whether our current internal control over financial reporting is broadly compliant with Section 404. We may not be compliant and may not be able to meet the Section 404 requirements in a timely manner. If it is determined that we are not in compliance with Section 404, we may be required to implement new internal control procedures and re-evaluate our financial reporting. We may also experience higher than anticipated operating expenses during the implementation of these changes and thereafter, should we need to hire additional qualified personnel to help us become compliant with Section 404. If we fail, for any reason, to implement these changes effectively or efficiently, such failure could harm our reputation, operations, financial reporting or financial results and could result in our conclusion that our internal control over financial reporting is not effective.

In connection with the preparation of our fiscal 2020 consolidated financial statements, two material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting were identified. Our failure to establish and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting could result in our failure to accurately and timely meet our reporting obligations, which may adversely affect investor confidence in us and, as result, the value of our ordinary shares.

A material weakness is a deficiency, or combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.

In connection with the preparation of our fiscal 2020 consolidated financial statements, we and our independent registered public accounting firm identified a material weakness related to: (i) a lack of segregation of duties associated with an employee having administrator access to our consolidation system while also having the ability to prepare and post manual journal entries without independent review; and (ii) a lack of precision in and evidence of the review of consolidation and related journal entries. While there were no misstatements to the fiscal 2020 consolidated financial statements as a result of this material weakness, subsequent to our issuance of our fiscal 2020 consolidated financial statements, we have partially addressed this specific material weakness by removing the administrator access from the employee and will enhance our review of manual journal entries with the appropriate level of precision and retention of evidence of review by an independent reviewer who does not have the ability to prepare and post manual journal entries.

In addition, we and our independent registered public accounting firm identified a material weakness related to the presentation of deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities. Specifically, in connection with the preparation of our fiscal 2020 consolidated financial statements, we and our independent registered public accounting firm identified that our U.S. deferred tax assets and U.S. deferred tax liabilities associated with our accounting for leases in accordance with IFRS 16 “Leases”, were presented within the consolidated balance sheet on a gross basis as opposed to a net basis in accordance with IAS 12, “Income Taxes”. This presentation error was corrected prior to the issuance of our fiscal 2020 consolidated financial statements. To address this material weakness, we will enhance our review of the presentation of deferred taxes within our consolidated financial statements.

We plan to continue to take measures to design and implement an effective control environment. However, we cannot assure you that the measures we have taken to date, and are continuing to implement, will be sufficient to remediate such material weaknesses or prevent future material weaknesses. If we are unable to successfully maintain internal control over financial reporting, or identify any additional material weaknesses, the accuracy and timing of our financial reporting may be adversely affected. In addition, if we are unable to assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, or if our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to express an opinion as to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, when required, investor confidence in us may be adversely affected and, as a result, the value of our ordinary shares.

 

21


Table of Contents

We are a foreign private issuer and, as a result, are not subject to United States proxy rules but are subject to Exchange Act reporting obligations that, to some extent, are more lenient and less frequent than those of a United States issuer.

We will report under the Exchange Act as a non-United States company with “foreign private issuer” status, as such term is defined in Rule 3b-4 under the Exchange Act. Because we qualify as a foreign private issuer under the Exchange Act, we are exempt from certain provisions of the Exchange Act that are applicable to United States public companies, including: (i) the sections of the Exchange Act regulating the solicitation of proxies, consents or authorizations in respect of a security registered under the Exchange Act, (ii) the sections of the Exchange Act requiring insiders to file public reports of their stock ownership and trading activities and liability for insiders who profit from trades made in a short period of time and (iii) the rules under the Exchange Act requiring the filing with the SEC of quarterly reports on Form 10-Q containing unaudited financial and other specified information, or current reports on Form 8-K, upon the occurrence of specified significant events. Foreign private issuers are required to file their annual report on Form 20-F within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year, while United States domestic issuers that are non-accelerated filers are required to file their annual report on Form 10-K within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year. Foreign private issuers are also exempt from Regulation Fair Disclosure, aimed at preventing issuers from making selective disclosures of material information. As a result of the above, you may not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of companies that are not foreign private issuers.

As a foreign private issuer, we are permitted to, and we will, follow certain home country corporate governance practices in lieu of certain requirements applicable to United States issuers. This may afford less protection to holders of our ordinary shares.

As a foreign private issuer listed on the NYSE, we will be permitted to follow certain home country corporate governance practices in lieu of certain NYSE requirements. For more information regarding the corporate governance requirements in lieu of which we intend to follow home country corporate governance practices, see “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees—C. Board Practices—NYSE corporate governance exemptions.”

A foreign private issuer must disclose in its annual reports filed with the SEC, each NYSE requirement with which it does not comply followed by a description of its applicable home country practice. As a company incorporated in Jersey and which is listed on the main market of the London Stock Exchange (the “LSE”), we may follow our home country practice with respect to, among other things, the NYSE rules requiring shareholders to approve equity compensation plans and material revisions thereto. Unlike the requirements of the NYSE, the corporate governance practice and requirements in the United Kingdom do not generally require us to obtain shareholder approval for equity compensation plans and material revisions thereto, except under certain restricted circumstances.

These and other home country practices may afford less protection to holders of our ordinary shares than would be available to the shareholders of a United States corporation.

We may lose our foreign private issuer status in the future, which could result in significant additional costs and expenses.

We are a foreign private issuer and, therefore, are not required to comply with the same periodic disclosure and current reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and related rules and regulations that apply to United States domestic issuers. Under Rule 3b-4 of the Exchange Act, the determination of foreign private issuer status is made annually on the last business day of an issuer’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter and, accordingly, we will make the next determination with respect to our foreign private issuer status based on information as at January 31, 2022.

In the future, we could lose our foreign private issuer status if, for example, a majority of our voting power was held by United States citizens or residents and we fail to meet additional requirements necessary to avoid loss of

 

22


Table of Contents

foreign private issuer status. The regulatory and compliance costs to us under United States securities laws as a domestic issuer may be significantly higher. If we are not a foreign private issuer, we will be required to file periodic reports and registration statements on United States domestic issuer forms with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), which are more detailed and extensive than the forms available to a foreign private issuer. We will also be required to comply with United States federal proxy requirements, and our officers, directors and controlling shareholders will become subject to the short-swing profit disclosure and recovery provisions of Section 16 of the Exchange Act. We may also be required to modify certain of our policies to comply with good governance practices associated with United States domestic issuers. Such conversion and modifications will involve additional costs. In addition, we may lose our ability to rely upon exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements on United States stock exchanges that are available to foreign private issuers.

We have begun to evaluate a transition from IFRS to report our financial statements under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or “U.S. GAAP,” which would be required, for example, if we were to lose our status as a foreign private issuer. In connection with this transition, we have invested an amount of resources and time to convert historical financial statements prepared under IFRS from prior fiscal years into U.S. GAAP financial statements. If we were to lose our status as a foreign private issuer, we would be required to invest additional resources in this transition to comply with the current rules of the SEC that would require us to report our financial statements under U.S. GAAP on a timely basis. We expect that we would incur significant additional legal, accounting and other expenses in connection with this transition, which may negatively impact our results of operations. Furthermore, if we were to lose our status as a foreign private issuer, there is no guarantee that we would be able to complete the timely transition to U.S. GAAP in order to meet our disclosure obligations under the Exchange Act, and failure to do so could result in delayed reporting and in delisting, and could otherwise adversely affect our business and operating results.

There have been and there may in the future be certain significant differences between U.S. GAAP and IFRS, including differences related to revenue recognition, lease accounting, share-based compensation expense, income tax and the accounting for preferred shares and earnings per share. As a result, our financial information and reported earnings for future periods within a fiscal year or any interim period could be significantly different if they were prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Consequently, if we were required to begin reporting in U.S. GAAP, you may not be able to meaningfully compare our financial statements under U.S. GAAP with our historical financial statements under IFRS.

An active and liquid market for our ordinary shares may not develop or be sustained.

Prior to the effectiveness of this registration statement and successful listing of the ordinary shares on the NYSE, our ordinary shares have traded only on the LSE and there has been no established trading market for those shares in the United States. We have applied to list our ordinary shares on the NYSE and we expect that our ordinary shares will then trade on both the NYSE and the LSE. Active, liquid trading markets generally result in lower bid ask spreads and more efficient execution of buy and sell orders for market participants. If an active trading market for our ordinary shares does not develop in the United States, the price of the ordinary shares may be more volatile and it may be more difficult and time consuming to complete a transaction in our ordinary shares, which could have an adverse effect on the realized price of the ordinary shares. When our ordinary shares commence trading on the NYSE, we expect the initial listing price of our ordinary shares to be set by designated market makers and will likely be based on the current trading price of our ordinary shares on the LSE. However, we cannot predict the price at which our ordinary shares will trade and cannot guarantee that investors can sell their shares at any particular price. There is no assurance that an active and liquid trading market for our ordinary shares will develop or be sustained in the United States or maintained in the United Kingdom.

 

23


Table of Contents
Item 4.

Information on the Company

 

  A

History and Development

General History and Development

The Group was founded in 1887 when Frederick York Wolseley launched the Wolseley Sheep Shearing Machine Company. In 1979, the Group sold its manufacturing companies to focus solely on distribution. Beginning in 1980, the Group expanded its businesses through organic growth and acquisitions in the United States, Canada and Europe, including the acquisition in 1982 of Ferguson Enterprises, LLC (formerly, Ferguson Enterprises Inc.). On April 14, 1986, the Group was listed on the LSE and the then ultimate holding company of the Group changed its name to Wolseley plc.

From the 1990s to the mid-2000s, the Group continued to expand across Europe, including into the Netherlands, Switzerland, Ireland, Belgium and the Nordic region, and across the United States and Canada. In 2009, as a result of the financial crisis, the Group implemented a comprehensive restructuring program across its businesses to reduce fixed costs and close underperforming branches. During this period, the Group focused its resources on those businesses capable of generating the highest returns for shareholders and, in particular, on the core plumbing and heating markets. This strategy resulted in the disposal of a number of the Group’s businesses.

On July 31, 2017, Wolseley plc changed its name to Ferguson plc to better align the name of the Group with its largest subsidiary in the United States.

In March 2018, the Group sold Stark Group, its Nordic business, as a result of a lack of synergies with the rest of the Group’s plumbing and heating activities. Due to the Group’s strong funding position, the majority of the proceeds from the sale were subsequently distributed to shareholders.

On January 30, 2019, the Group disposed of Wasco (its Netherlands B2B business), its last remaining Central European business.

On May 10, 2019, following shareholder approval, the Group consummated a corporate restructuring and moved its headquarters and the tax residence of its holding company from Switzerland to the United Kingdom. The transaction was undertaken to simplify the Group’s corporate structure. As a result of the restructuring, the Company became the Group’s ultimate holding company, and all of the ordinary shares of the former holding company were exchanged on a one-for-one basis for ordinary shares of the Company.

On January 29, 2021, the Group sold its United Kingdom operations to Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, a global private investment firm, for net cash consideration of approximately $420 million. Accordingly, the Group’s United Kingdom operations will be presented in the Group’s historical financial statements as a discontinued operation in accordance with IFRS 5, and the Group now operates two segments: the United States and Canada. As part of the transaction, the Group retained future responsibility for the United Kingdom Plan.

We will update shareholders on the use of proceeds of the sale following its completion. Currently, we intend to make a return of substantially all of the net cash proceeds of the sale to shareholders by way of a special dividend.

The disposition did not result in significant management relocation efforts, as the majority of our senior management team, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, are located in the United States. Certain of our personnel, including our Company Secretary, remain in the United Kingdom. Additionally, after our secondary listing on the NYSE is completed, we plan to consult with shareholders to determine whether adequate support exists to approve moving the NYSE to a primary listing. Pending the outcome of such consultation, we would finalize a timeline to effect the primary listing on the NYSE.

 

24


Table of Contents

Company Information

The Company’s legal name is Ferguson plc. The Company is tax resident in the United Kingdom. The Company was incorporated and registered in Jersey on March 8, 2019 under the Companies (Jersey) Law 1991 (the “Jersey Companies Law”), as a private limited company under the name Alpha JCo Limited with company number 128484. The Company converted its status to a public limited company and changed its name to Ferguson Newco plc on March 26, 2019. The Company then changed its name to Ferguson plc on May 10, 2019. The principal legislation under which the Company operates is the Jersey Companies Law and regulations made thereunder. Although the Company (being Jersey incorporated) is not subject to the United Kingdom Companies Act 2006 (“CA 2006”), the Company retains the CA 2006 standards of governance and corporate responsibility as if it were subject to CA 2006 and adheres to the United Kingdom Corporate Governance Code 2018 (the “United Kingdom Corporate Governance Code”).

The Company’s registered office address is: 13 Castle Street St Helier, Jersey JE1 1ES Channel Islands, and the Company’s corporate headquarters address is 1020 Eskdale Road, Winnersh Triangle, Wokingham, Berkshire. RG41 5TS and its telephone number is +44 (0) 118 927 3800. The Company is also registered in the United Kingdom as Ferguson Group Holdings, UK Establishment No. BR021199. The Company’s website is www.fergusonplc.com.

 

In the United States, the business operates primarily under the Ferguson brand. In Canada, the business operates primarily under the Wolseley brand. See “Item 4. Information on the Company—B. Business Overview” for information regarding our principal business segments in our geographic markets.

See “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—B. Liquidity and Capital Resources—Debt Facilities—Capital expenditure” for a description of our capital expenditures.

There has been no public takeover offer as of the date of this registration statement by third parties in respect of the Group’s shares or by the Group in respect of other companies’ shares which have occurred during the last and current financial year, other than in respect of acquisitions by the Group in the ordinary course pursuant to its business strategy.

Upon the effectiveness of this registration statement, the Company will become subject to the information requirements of the Exchange Act, except that as a foreign private issuer, the Company will not be subject to the proxy rules or the short-swing profit disclosure rules of the Exchange Act. In accordance with these statutory requirements, the Company will file or furnish reports and other information with the SEC. The SEC maintains an Internet website that contains reports and other information about issuers that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that website is www.sec.gov.

 

  B

Business Overview

We are a value added distributor of plumbing and heating products. We serve customers principally in North America, predominantly within the RMI sector as well as new residential construction. We have over 39,000 suppliers that give us access to a diverse and broad range of quality products. We serve our customers through a network of 15 distribution centers, 5,700 fleet vehicles, 2,194 branches and approximately 34,000 associates, in each case, as at July 31, 2020. Prior to the sale of our United Kingdom operations, our reportable segments were the United States, the United Kingdom and Canada.

United States

The United States segment contributed 86%, 83% and 80% of total consolidated revenue in fiscal 2020, fiscal 2019 and fiscal 2018 respectively.

 

25


Table of Contents

The United States segment operates primarily under the Ferguson brand, providing a broad range of plumbing and heating products and solutions delivered through a common network of distribution centers, branches and specialist sales associates, counter service, showroom consultants and e-commerce. It operates nationally, serving the residential, commercial, civil/infrastructure and industrial end markets.

The residential end market (representing 54%, 52% and 52% of total United States segment revenue in fiscal 2020, fiscal 2019 and fiscal 2018, respectively), focuses on both new construction and RMI across single and multifamily homes. Sales are typically made to trade contractors, builders and remodeling contractors across both RMI and new construction, with our products consisting of plumbing supplies, water heaters, pipe, valves and fittings, kitchen and bathroom fixtures, appliances, HVAC units and supplies and our services including consultation, advice and project management, online tools, pro pick-up and delivery.

The commercial end market (representing 32%, 33% and 33% of total United States segment revenue in fiscal 2020, fiscal 2019 and fiscal 2018, respectively), focuses on new construction and RMI across the majority of non-residential sectors such as education, health care, government facilities, lodging and offices. Commercial provides commercial plumbing and mechanical contractors with products and services, with our products including plumbing parts and supplies, pipe, valves and fittings, fire sprinkler systems, hangers, struts and fasteners, and our services consisting of quotation services, jobsite delivery and logistics, project management and fabrication.

The civil/infrastructure end market (representing 7% of total United States segment revenue in fiscal 2020, fiscal 2019 and fiscal 2018), focuses on public and private water authorities, utility contractors, public works/line contractors and heavy highway contractors. Our products include pipe, valves and fittings, water meters and automation, irrigation and drainage, geosynthetics and stormwater management products and our services include digitally enhanced estimation, project management and design services, jobsite delivery, logistics and advanced metering infrastructure.

The industrial end market (representing 7%, 8% and 8% of total United States segment revenue in fiscal 2020, fiscal 2019 and fiscal 2018, respectively), focuses on new construction, repairs and maintenance in a variety of sectors such as chemical, energy, food and beverage, mining and pulp and paper. Our products include pipe, fittings and flanges, general industrial maintenance repair and operations products, high density polyethylene products and fabrication and our services consist of supply chain services, equipment rental and valves and automation services.

Across all of our end markets, we offer our products online, including, but not limited to, plumbing supplies, pipe, valves and fittings, kitchen and bathroom fixtures, appliances, HVAC units and supplies, hangers, struts, fasteners and water heaters. Sales from e-commerce represented 19% of total United States segment revenue in fiscal 2020.

Our United States business operates 1,442 branches serving all 50 states with approximately 27,000 associates, in each case, as at July 31, 2020. The branches are served by 10 national distribution centers, providing same-day and next-day product availability, which we believe to be a competitive advantage and an important requirement for customers.

United Kingdom

The United Kingdom segment contributed 9%, 10% and 12% of total consolidated revenue in fiscal 2020, fiscal 2019 and fiscal 2018, respectively.

On January 29, 2021, we sold our United Kingdom operations. See “Item 4—Information on the Company—A. History and Development.” Prior to the sale, our United Kingdom segment principally operated under the Wolseley brand mainly serving the trade RMI market through 542 branches, four distribution centers and approximately 5,000 associates, in each case, as at July 31, 2020. Branches provide same-day and next-day

 

26


Table of Contents

product availability, a key service offering to our customers. The segment provided plumbing and heating products and the associated PVFs to customers operating in the residential sector, air conditioning and refrigeration products to customers in the commercial sector and specialist below ground drainage products to the civil infrastructure and utilities sectors.

Canada

The Canada segment contributed 5%, 6% and 7% of total consolidated revenue in fiscal 2020, fiscal 2019 and fiscal 2018 respectively.

The Canada segment predominantly serves trade customers across the residential, commercial and industrial sectors in both RMI and new construction. The business operates 210 branches with one distribution center and approximately 2,000 associates, in each case, as at July 31, 2020. The Canada segment operates primarily under the Wolseley brand and supplies plumbing, heating, ventilation, air conditioning and refrigeration products to residential and commercial contractors. It also supplies specialist water and wastewater treatment products to residential, commercial and infrastructure contractors, and supplies PVF solutions to industrial customers.

Competitive Conditions

We believe we are well-equipped to win new customers and make attractive returns. We have leading positions in the residential and commercial end markets based on revenue as a percentage of overall market size. The markets we serve are highly fragmented with very few large competitors and a higher number of mid-size regional distributors as well as small and local distributors. While our market positions can be expanded through growth of our existing business, acquisitions also remain a core part of our growth strategy and will focus on acquisitions that bolt-on to our existing branch network as well as acquisitions that provide further capabilities to serve our customers. We believe there is a significant opportunity for strong growth and continued consolidation within each of these large, fragmented markets. Many customer projects require a range of products and services from across our businesses and we leverage our scale and expertise across the organization for the benefit of our customers. Specifically, we believe our network of suppliers, associates and the number of branches and distribution centers provides us with the scale and expertise to serve our customers better than our competitors do, as many of these competitors operate only locally. We have over 39,000 suppliers that give us access to a diverse and broad range of quality products. We serve our customers through a network of 15 distribution centers, 5,700 fleet vehicles, 2,194 branches and approximately 34,000 associates, in each case, as at July 31, 2020. We believe these factors enable continued growth in revenue as well as growth in cash flow and, therefore, may better enable us to provide investment returns to shareholders. In addition, we also benefit from significant synergies to help lower operating costs and improve margins. We have chosen to operate in each of these markets because we believe we can generate strong growth, solid gross and net margins and good returns on capital.

Value-Added Distributor

Our purpose is to act as a trusted supplier and partner to our customers, providing innovative products and solutions to make their projects better. We offer excellent service, advice and a broad range of specialist plumbing and heating products delivered where and when our customers need them. The emergence of COVID-19 has demonstrated more than ever how our customers rely on us every day to help them deliver critical infrastructure spanning almost every stage of residential, commercial, industrial and civil/infrastructure. Whatever the future challenges, we will continue to partner with our customers to keep millions of homes and businesses operating while helping them to run their business more efficiently.

Customer Base, Contractual Relationships and Seasonality

Our customer base is highly diversified, with no individually significant customer. We are not dependent on any material licenses (other than as described below under “—Intellectual Property”), industrial, commercial or financial contracts (including contracts with customers and suppliers) or new manufacturing processes. Our business is not highly seasonal.

 

27


Table of Contents

Intellectual Property

We rely on a combination of intellectual property laws, confidentiality procedures and contractual provisions to protect our proprietary assets and our brand. We have registered or applied for registration of trademarks, service marks, copyrights and internet domain names, both domestically and internationally.

Raw Materials and Commodities

We source, distribute and sell products from domestic and international suppliers. We purchase from over 39,000 suppliers located in various countries around the world. These raw materials are generally available from several sources and are not generally subject to supply constraints in normal market conditions. In the United States, approximately 10% of revenues are derived from basic products containing significant amounts of commodity-priced materials, predominantly plastic, copper and steel, and other components which can be subject to volatile price changes based upon fluctuations in the commodities market. To a lesser extent, fluctuations in the price of fuel could affect transportation costs. In general, increases in such prices increase the Group’s operating costs and negatively impact its operating profit to the extent that such increase cannot be passed on to customers. Conversely, if competitive pressures allow the Group to hold prices despite relevant raw material prices falling, profitability can increase.

Regulatory Landscape

The Company’s operations are affected by various statutes, regulations and standards in the countries and markets in which it operates, including the United States and Canada. The amount of such regulation and the penalties for any breaches can vary. While the Group is not engaged in a highly regulated industry, it is subject to the laws governing businesses generally, including laws relating to competition, product safety, timber sourcing, data protection, labor and employment practices, accounting and tax standards, international trade, fraud, bribery and corruption, land usage, the environment, health and safety, transportation, payment terms and other matters.

 

  C

Organizational Structure

The Company is the ultimate holding company of the Group and its subsidiaries. The table below lists the Group’s significant subsidiaries as at July 31, 2020.

 

Company Name

  

Principal Activity

  

Country of Incorporation

  

Ownership Interest

Ferguson Enterprises, LLC(1)    Operating company    United States    100%
Ferguson Finance (Switzerland) AG    Financing company    Switzerland    100%
Ferguson Group Holdco Limited    Investment company    England and Wales    100%
Ferguson Holdings Limited    Holding company    Jersey    100%
Ferguson Holdings (Switzerland) AG    Investment company    Switzerland    100%
Ferguson Swiss Holdings Limited    Investment company   

England and Wales

   100%
Ferguson UK Holdings Limited(2)    Investment company    England and Wales    100%
Wolseley Capital, Inc.(1)    Financing company    United States    100%
Wolseley UK Limited(3)    Operating company    England and Wales    100%

 

(1)

Ownership held in common stock.

(2)

Ownership held in ordinary shares and ordinary A shares.

(3)

This company was subsequently sold out of the Group on January 29, 2021 in connection with the disposal of our United Kingdom operations.

Unless otherwise stated, the subsidiaries as listed have share capital consisting solely of ordinary shares, which are held directly or indirectly by the Company and the proportion of ownership interest held is equal to the voting rights held by the Company.

 

28


Table of Contents
  D

Property, Plant and Equipment

As at July 31, 2020, we operated a total of 2,194 branches, of which 1,442 were located in the United States, 542 were located in the United Kingdom and 210 were located in Canada. As at July 31, 2020, approximately 19% of our United States branches, approximately 6% of our United Kingdom branches and approximately 26% of our Canada branches were owned facilities, and the remainder of our United States, United Kingdom and Canada facilities were leased.

The following tables summarizes our United States national distribution centers and United Kingdom and Canada distribution centers as at July 31, 2020:

United States:

 

Location

  

Square Feet

    

Leased/Owned

Fort Payne, AL      643,000      Owned
Stockton, CA (land)      —        Leased
Stockton, CA (building)      648,200      Owned
Perris, CA      1,039,898      Owned
Frostproof, FL      521,122      Owned
Waterloo, IA      608,800      Owned
Celina, OH      676,320      Owned
Coxsackie, NY      465,000      Owned
McGregor, TX      542,000      Owned
Front Royal, VA      753,880      Leased
Richland, WA      643,477      Owned
  

 

 

    

 

United Kingdom:

 

Location

  

Square Feet

    

Leased/Owned

Worcester(1)      229,650      Owned
Melmerby      142,000      Leased
Marston Gate      223,401      Leased
Measham      215,194      Owned
  

 

 

    

 

 

(1)

Worcester distribution center was sold on August 21, 2020.

All of our remaining United Kingdom distribution centers were sold to the purchaser in connection with the disposal of our United Kingdom operations in January 2021.

Canada:

 

Location

  

Square Feet

    

Leased/Owned

Milton, ON      292,395      Leased
  

 

 

    

 

 

Item 4A.

Unresolved Staff Comments

Not applicable.

 

Item 5.

Operating and Financial Review and Prospects

Management Overview

The following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations is intended to convey management’s perspective on our operational performance and financial performance as measured in accordance

 

29


Table of Contents

with IFRS. We intend this disclosure to assist readers in understanding and interpreting the audited consolidated financial statements included in this registration statement. This section is based on, and should be read in conjunction with, those audited consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto.

The following discussion also contains trend information and forward-looking statements. Actual results could differ materially from those discussed in these forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences include, but are not limited to, those discussed below and elsewhere in this registration statement, particularly under “Forward-Looking Statements” and “Item 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors.”

Segments

As at July 31, 2020, the Group had three reportable segments: the United States, the United Kingdom and Canada. The Group’s reportable segments are established on the basis of the operating businesses overseen by distinct divisional management teams responsible for their performance. These operating businesses are managed on a geographical basis and are regularly reviewed by the chief operating decision maker in deciding how to allocate resources and assess the performance of the businesses. All reportable segments derive their revenue from a single business activity, the distribution of plumbing and heating products. Revenue is attributed to a country based on the location of the Group company reporting the revenue.

On January 29, 2021, we sold our United Kingdom operations for net cash consideration of approximately $420 million. Accordingly, the Group’s United Kingdom operations will be presented in the Group’s historical financial statements as a discontinued operation in accordance with IFRS 5, and the Group now operates two segments: the United States and Canada. See “Item 4. Information on the Company—A. History and Development.”

 

  A

Operating Results

Key Factors Affecting Results of Operations

Our results of operations have been affected, and are expected to continue to be affected, by the following principal factors relating to our business.

COVID-19 response

The impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our business in the second half of fiscal 2020 was significant and a summary of our approach to navigate the business through the pandemic is set out below:

Our approach to managing the business focuses on three key areas: (1) protecting the health and wellbeing of our associates; (2) continuing to serve our customers during the crisis phase of the virus—a critical time of need; and (3) protecting and preserving the strength of our businesses for the long-term.

To safeguard the wellbeing of our associates and support our customers we immediately moved to operating our business in adherence with the recommended Center for Disease Control (CDC) guidelines. Cleaning protocols at all sites were put into operation alongside appropriate social distancing measures. In the early weeks of the pandemic our branches moved to pick-up and delivery only with customers encouraged to order ahead with pick-up in store or at the curbside. Showrooms moved to virtual appointments only and we also implemented new processes and protocols to keep our drivers safe including touchless signature at the point of delivery or pick-up location. At the peak of the pandemic about 14,000 associates in the United States (over 50%) were working remotely supported by technology.

Ferguson provides a critical function in the supply of essential products and services. In March 2020, we took decisive steps to ensure our key services were authorized as ‘essential’ which included Government and

 

30


Table of Contents

state level liaison across our key geographies. This allowed our associates to continue to serve customers, including supermarkets, hospitals, schools, public utilities, food producers and other manufacturers.

Ferguson has an agile business model and as short-term revenue pressure impacted the business during the second half of fiscal 2020, a key priority was the preservation of the cash flow of the business. We therefore identified significant cost and cash savings and these measures, some of which were temporary, have enabled us to remain cash generative in the second half of the year. We also took decisive action to ensure the business is appropriately sized for the post COVID-19 operating environment. Cash savings included suspension of the $500 million share buy back program, withdrawal of the interim dividend payment, a pause in our merger and acquisition program and control over capital expenditure. The Board decided to propose a final dividend for the year ended July 31, 2020, which effectively reinstated the previously withdrawn interim dividend. We have also resumed our focused merger and acquisition program, funding selective bolt-on acquisitions. The $500 million share buy back program remains suspended and will continue to be assessed as we gain further clarity on economic conditions. Further details of the financial performance and market conditions in the Group’s segments are discussed in the “Segment Results of Operations for Fiscal 2020 and Fiscal 2019” section herein.

Acquisitions and disposals

The Group has historically generated growth organically and through selective acquisitions. During fiscal 2020, fiscal 2019 and fiscal 2018, the Group completed a total of 6, 15, and 13 acquisitions, respectively, investing $351 million, $657 million, and $416 million, respectively, in these acquisitions (which includes consideration for prior year’s acquisitions in each case). Acquisitions are reflected in the Group’s audited consolidated financial statements from the date of each acquisition.

Since 2010, we have completed a number of disposals in order to focus our business on North America. During fiscal 2020, fiscal 2019 and fiscal 2018, the Group received net sales proceeds of $7 million, $201 million and $1.3 billion, respectively, from completed disposals, representing 0.1%, 1.8% and 13.0%, respectively, of the Group’s total assets.

On May 6, 2020, the Group completed the sale of its remaining 28.875% non-controlling holding in Meier Tobler AG for $31 million completing the exit of all trading operations in Continental Europe. This is in line with our strategy to focus the Group’s activities on North American markets.

Fiscal 2020 acquisitions are detailed in Note 25 to the Group’s audited consolidated financial statements.

On January 29, 2021, the Group sold its United Kingdom operations to Clayton, Dubilier & Rice, a global private investment firm, for net cash consideration of approximately $420 million. The Group’s historical financial statements have not been retrospectively revised to give effect to the sale of the United Kingdom operations, which represent the entire UK reportable segment and, accordingly, the following discussion covers the Group’s entire consolidated business during the periods indicated, without giving effect (pro forma or otherwise) to the sale of the United Kingdom operations. As of and for the year ended July 31, 2020, the United Kingdom operations represented 9% of Group revenue and 8% of Group total assets and recorded underlying trading profit of $8 million.

The United Kingdom operations will be presented in the Group’s historical financial statements as a discontinued operation in its financial reporting period for the half year ending January 31, 2021 in accordance with IFRS 5, and the Group now operates two segments: the United States and Canada. As part of the transaction, the Group retained future responsibility for the United Kingdom Plan. At July 31, 2020, the net pension liability was $27 million.

The Group does not anticipate that the sale of its United Kingdom operations will have a material effect on its liquidity or cash flow position.

 

31


Table of Contents

Revenue and underlying trading profit from acquisitions is measured until their one-year anniversary. Revenue and underlying trading profit attributable to disposals is measured from the disposal date.

Results of Operations

The following is a discussion of the Group’s results of operations during fiscal 2020, fiscal 2019 and fiscal 2018. The following provides the reader with information that will assist in understanding our audited consolidated financial statements, the changes in certain key items in those audited consolidated financial statements from year to year, and the primary factors that accounted for those changes, as well as how certain accounting principles affect our audited consolidated financial statements.

Accounting developments and changes

On August 1, 2019, the Group adopted IFRS 16 “Leases”. The standard makes changes to the treatment of leases in the financial statements, requiring the use of a single model to recognize a lease liability and a right of use asset for all leases, including those classified as operating under IAS 17 “Leases”, unless the underlying asset has a low value or the lease term is 12 months or less. Rental charges in the income statement previously recorded under IAS 17 are replaced with depreciation and interest charges under IFRS 16 and right of use assets are subject to impairment reviews in accordance with IAS 36 “Impairment of Assets” replacing the previous requirement to recognize a provision for onerous lease contracts.

The Group has applied the modified retrospective transition method and has not restated comparatives for the year ended July 31, 2019. For the majority of leases, the right of use asset on transition has been measured as if IFRS 16 had been applied since the commencement of the lease, discounted using the Group’s incremental borrowing rate as at August 1, 2019, with the difference between the right of use asset and the lease liability taken to retained earnings. For the remaining leases which relate to the Group’s US fleet, where sufficient historic information has not been available, the right of use asset has been measured as equal to the lease liability on transition. The US fleet represented $252 million of the lease liability on transition. See Note 1 to the Group’s audited consolidated financial statements included in this registration statement for further details.

The impact of the adoption of IFRS 16 on the income statement in the year ended July 31, 2020 was to decrease rental costs by $337 million, increase depreciation by $268 million and increase finance costs by $53 million. The impact on the cash flow statement was to increase cash generated from operations by $348 million, increase interest paid by $53 million and increase lease liability capital payments by $295 million. There was no impact on cash, cash equivalents and bank overdrafts.

The impact of the adoption of IFRS 16 on the opening balance sheet at August 1, 2019 and a reconciliation of the operating lease commitments for the year ended July 31, 2019 to the lease liability at August 1, 2019 under IFRS 16, are detailed in Note 1 to the Group’s audited consolidated financial statements included in this registration statement.

 

32


Table of Contents

Group Results of Operations for Fiscal 2020 and Fiscal 2019

The table below summarizes our income statement for the periods indicated and should be read in conjunction with, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to, the fiscal 2020 audited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto, which are included in this registration statement.

 

     Year ended July 31,  
     2020      2019  
     $ million  

Revenue

     21,819        22,010  

Cost of sales

     (15,398      (15,552
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross profit

     6,421        6,458  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating costs

     (4,999      (5,056
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating profit

     1,422        1,402  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Finance costs

     (151      (86

Finance income

     7        12  

Share of (loss)/profit after tax of associate

     (2      2  

Gain on disposal of interests in associates and financial assets

     7        3  

Impairment of interests in associates

     (22      (9
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Profit before tax

     1,261        1,324  

Tax

     (307      (263
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Profit from continuing operations

     954        1,061  

Profit from discontinued operations

     7        47  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Profit for the year

     961        1,108  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Revenue was $21.8 billion in fiscal 2020, a decrease of $191 million, or 0.9%, compared to the prior year period. The decline in revenue was attributed to lower sales volume of $458 million, due in part to the COVID-19 pandemic, $71 million from foreign currency translation and $233 million from business disposals. These declines were partially offset by sales price inflation of $84 million, revenue from acquisitions of $395 million and $92 million from the impact of one additional trading day in 2020.

Cost of sales was $15.4 billion for fiscal 2020, a decrease of $154 million, or 1.0% compared to the prior year period. The decline in cost of sales was primarily due to the decline in sales as noted above.

Gross profit was $6.4 billion in fiscal 2020, a decrease of $37 million, or 0.6%, compared to the prior year period. The gross profit margin of 29.4% increased 10 basis points from 29.3% in fiscal 2019, predominantly due a more favorable sales mix of higher margin products.

Operating costs were $5.0 billion for fiscal 2020, a decrease of $57 million, or 1.1%, from the prior year period. This decrease was primarily due to lower overall labor costs from lower headcount due to the COVID-19 pandemic, which impacted the business in the second half of the year.

Finance costs were $151 million for fiscal 2020, an increase of $65 million, or 75.6%, compared to the prior year period. This increase was primarily due to the adoption of the new lease accounting standard, IFRS 16, which increased finance costs by $53 million, as well as a higher level of average debt in fiscal 2020.

Impairment of interests in associates was $22 million for fiscal 2020, an increase of $13 million, or 144.4%, compared to the prior year period.

 

33


Table of Contents

Tax was $307 million for fiscal 2020, an increase of $44 million, or 16.7%, compared to the prior year period. The Company’s effective tax rate attributable to continuing operations was 24.3% for fiscal 2020 compared to 19.9% for fiscal 2019. The increase of 4.4% was primarily due to Swiss tax reform.

Profit from continuing operations for fiscal 2020 was $954 million, a decrease of $107 million, or 10.1%, compared to the prior year period. This decrease was primarily a result of revenue decline as noted above, partially offset by lower operating costs.

Profit from discontinued operations for fiscal 2020 was $7 million, a decrease of $40 million, or 85.1%, compared to the prior year period. This decrease was primarily due to the disposal of the remainder of the Nordic business in fiscal 2019, which was classified as a discontinued operation.

Segment Results of Operations for Fiscal 2020 and Fiscal 2019

United States

 

     Year Ended July 31,  
     2020      2019  
     $ million  

Revenue

     18,857        18,358  

Underlying trading profit(1)

     1,587        1,508  

 

(1)

See Note 2 to the Group’s audited consolidated financial statements included in this registration statement for additional information.

Revenue for the United States segment was $18.9 billion in fiscal 2020, an increase of $499 million, or 2.7%, compared to the prior year period. This increase was primarily due to $355 million from acquisitions, $76 million from one additional trading day in fiscal 2020 and to a lesser extent, sales volume growth within the residential and civil/infrastructure end markets.

The following table illustrates revenue growth by end market:

 

     % of United States segment
revenue

Fiscal 2020
     United States segment
revenue growth
Fiscal 2020
 

Residential

     ~54        5

Commercial

     ~32        1

Civil/Infrastructure

     ~7        9

Industrial

     ~7        (10 )% 
     

 

 

 

Total

        2.7
     

 

 

 

In fiscal 2020, revenue from the residential and commercial end markets grew 5% and 1% respectively, primarily driven by increased sales volume of core plumbing, HVAC and own brand products. Revenue from the civil/infrastructure end market grew 9%, primarily driven by increased sales volume of water management related products and services. Revenue from the industrial end market declined 10% due to lower sales volume across all major product categories.

Underlying trading profit for the United States segment was $1.6 billion for fiscal 2020, an increase of $79 million, or 5.2%, compared to the prior year period. This increase was primarily the result of sales volume growth within the residential and civil/infrastructure end markets. The remainder of underlying trading profit growth was due to acquisitions and the impact of one additional trading day in fiscal 2020.

 

34


Table of Contents

United Kingdom

 

     Year Ended July 31,  
     2020      2019  
     $ million  

Revenue

       1,879          2,281  

Underlying trading profit(1)

     8        65  

 

(1)

See Note 2 to the Group’s audited consolidated financial statements included in this registration statement for additional information.

Revenue for the United Kingdom segment was $1.9 billion in fiscal 2020, a decrease of $402 million, or 17.6%, compared to the prior year period. The decline in revenue was attributed to lower sales volume of $357 million driven by reduced sales to the repairs, maintenance and improvement sector, due in part to the COVID-19 pandemic and a $58 million decline from the disposal of a small non-core online consumer business. The remainder of the change in revenue was from foreign currency translation and acquisitions.

Underlying trading profit for the United Kingdom segment was $8 million in fiscal 2020, a decrease of $57 million, or 87.7%, compared to the prior year period. This decrease was principally a result of sales volume decline due in part to the COVD-19 pandemic.

Canada

 

     Year Ended July 31,  
     2020      2019  
     $ million  

Revenue

       1,083          1,371  

Underlying trading profit(1)

     43        76  

 

(1)

See Note 2 to the Group’s audited consolidated financial statements included in this registration statement for additional information.

Revenue for the Canada segment was $1.1 billion in fiscal 2020, a decrease of $288 million, or 21.0%, compared to the prior year period. The decline in revenue was attributed to lower sales volume of $123 million driven by reduced sales to the residential markets, due in part to the COVID-19 pandemic. The disposal of Wasco, a Dutch plumbing and heating business, reduced revenue by $175 million. The remainder of the decrease was due to foreign currency translation.

Underlying trading profit for the Canada segment was $43 million in fiscal 2020, a decrease of $33 million, or 43.4%, compared to the prior year period. This decrease was primarily a result of sales volume decline due in part to the COVID-19 pandemic.

 

35


Table of Contents

Group Results of Operations for Fiscal 2019 and Fiscal 2018

The table below summarizes our income statement and certain other measures for the periods indicated and should be read in conjunction with, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to, the 2019 audited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto, which are included in this registration statement.

 

     Year Ended July 31,  
     2019      2018  
     $ million  

Revenue

     22,010        20,752  

Cost of sales

     (15,552      (14,708
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross profit

     6,458        6,044  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating costs

     (5,056      (4,684
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating profit

     1,402        1,360  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Finance costs

     (86      (61

Finance income

     12        8  

Share of profit after tax of associate

     2        2  

Gain on disposal of interests in associates

     3        —    

Impairment of interests in associates

     (9      (122
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Profit before tax

     1,324        1,187  

Tax

     (263      (346
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Profit from continuing operations

     1,061        841  

Profit from discontinued operations

     47        426  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Profit for the period

     1,108        1,267  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Revenue was $22.0 billion in fiscal 2019, an increase of $1.3 billion, or 6.1%, compared to the prior year period. This increase was primarily due to an increase of $302 million from higher sales volume, driven by the residential and commercial end markets, $609 million from sales price inflation and $760 million from acquisitions, partially offset by a decrease of $52 million due to the impact of one fewer trading day in fiscal 2019, $187 million from the disposal of businesses and $174 million from foreign currency translation.

Cost of sales was $15.6 billion for fiscal 2019, an increase of $844 million, or 5.7%, compared to the prior year period. This increase was primarily a result of the factors discussed above.

Gross profit was $6.5 billion in fiscal 2019, an increase of $414 million, or 6.8%, compared to the prior year period. This increase was primarily a result of the factors discussed above. The gross profit margin of 29.3% increased 20 basis points from 29.1% in fiscal 2018, predominantly due to the favorable mix impact of acquisitions, driving margins higher.

Operating costs were $5.1 billion for fiscal 2019, an increase of $372 million, or 7.9%, compared to the prior year period. This increase was primarily due to $250 million in staff cost increases reflecting a 5.5% increase in the average number of associates, wage inflation and an increase in commissions and bonuses. The remaining increase in operating costs was primarily due to the increase in sales volume during fiscal 2019 discussed above.

Finance costs were $86 million for fiscal 2019, an increase of $25 million, or 41.0%, compared to the prior year period. This increase was primarily due to a higher level of average debt, including the issuance of $750 million aggregate principal amount of 4.5% notes due 2028.

Impairment of interests in associates was $9 million for fiscal 2019, a decrease of $113 million, or 92.6%, compared to the prior year period. The decrease was due to the impairment of the interest held in Meier Tobler

 

36


Table of Contents

AG in fiscal 2018 due to difficult trading conditions for the Meier Tobler Group, an investment in which the Company had a 28.875% minority holding.

Tax was $263 million for fiscal 2019, a decrease of $83 million, or 24.0%, compared to the prior year period. The Company’s effective tax rate attributable to continuing operations was 19.9% for fiscal 2019 compared to 29.1% for fiscal 2018. The decrease of 9.2% was primarily driven by a reduction in the United States federal tax rate from 35% to 21%.

Profit from continuing operations for fiscal 2019 was $1.1 billion, an increase of $220 million, or 26.2%, compared to the prior year period. This increase was primarily due to the above factors.

Profit from discontinued operations for fiscal 2019 was $47 million, a decrease of $379 million, or 89.0%, compared to the prior year period. This decrease was primarily due to the disposal of the Nordic business in fiscal 2018, which was classified as a discontinued operation.

Segment Results of Operations for Fiscal 2019 and Fiscal 2018

United States

 

     Year Ended July 31,  
     2019      2018  
     $ million  

Revenue

     18,358        16,670  

Underlying trading profit(1)

     1,508        1,406  

 

(1)

See Note 2 to the Group’s audited consolidated financial statements included in this registration statement for additional information.

Revenue for the United States segment was $18.4 billion in fiscal 2019, an increase of $1.7 billion, or 10.1%, compared to the prior year period. This increase was primarily due to an increase of $510 million from higher sales volume, driven by the residential and commercial end markets, and $531 million from sales price inflation, as well as $703 million from acquisitions, partially offset by a decrease of $56 million due to the impact of one fewer trading day in fiscal 2019.

The following table illustrates revenue growth by end market:

 

     % of United States segment
revenue
Fiscal 2019
     United States segment
revenue growth
Fiscal 2019
 

Residential

     ~52        10

Commercial

     ~33        10

Civil/Infrastructure

     ~7        7

Industrial

     ~8        11
     

 

 

 

Total

        10.1
     

 

 

 

In fiscal 2019, revenue from the residential and commercial end markets grew 10% and 10% respectively, primarily driven by increased sales volume of core plumbing, HVAC and own brand products. Revenue from the civil/infrastructure end market grew 7%, primarily driven by increased sales volume of water management related products and services. Revenue from the industrial end market grew 11%, primarily from increased product sales of pipe, valves and fittings.

Underlying trading profit for the United States segment was $1.5 billion, an increase of $102 million, or 7.3%, compared to the prior year period. This increase was primarily due to $74 million growth from sales volume and sales price inflation due to the above factors. The remainder of underlying trading profit growth was due to acquisitions, partly offset by the impact of one fewer trading day in fiscal 2019.

 

37


Table of Contents

United Kingdom

 

     Year Ended July 31,  
     2019      2018  
     $ million  

Revenue

       2,281          2,568  

Underlying trading profit(1)

     65        73  

 

(1)

See Note 2 to the Group’s audited consolidated financial statements included in this registration statement for additional information.

Revenue for the United Kingdom segment was $2.3 billion in fiscal 2019, a decrease of $287 million, or 11.2%, compared to the prior year period. This decrease was principally due to $159 million from the closure of branches and low margin wholesale distribution businesses as part of the restructuring program in 2018 and sales volume declines driven by reduced sales to the repairs, maintenance and improvement sector. The remainder of the decrease was due to $113 million of foreign currency translation and the disposal of a small non-core online consumer business.

Underlying trading profit for the United Kingdom segment was $65 million, a decrease of $8 million, or 11.0%, compared to the prior year period. This decrease was principally a result of sales volume decline due to the above factors as well as foreign currency translation.

Canada

 

     Year Ended July 31,  
     2019      2018  
     $ million  

Revenue

       1,371          1,514  

Underlying trading profit(1)

     76        83  

 

(1)

See Note 2 to the Group’s audited consolidated financial statements included in this registration statement for additional information.

Revenue for the Canada segment was $1.4 billion in fiscal 2019, a decrease of $143 million, or 9.4%, compared to the prior year period. This decrease was primarily due to the disposal of Wasco, a Dutch plumbing and heating business, which reduced revenue by $150 million and the impact of foreign currency translation, which reduced revenue by $61 million. The remainder of the change in revenue was due to revenue from acquisitions of $57 million, fully offsetting lower sales volume in the residential markets.

Underlying trading profit for the Canada segment was $76 million, a decrease of $7 million, or 8.4%, compared to the prior year period. This decrease was primarily the result of the disposal of Wasco, as well as sales volume decline due to the above factors and foreign currency translation, fully offsetting underlying trading profit from acquisitions.

 

  B

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Overview

The Group relies on continued access to funding in order to meet its operating obligations, to support investment in the organic growth of the business and to make acquisitions when opportunities arise. Its sources of funding include cash flows generated by operations and borrowings from banks and other financial institutions. The Company believes that the working capital available to the Group is sufficient for the Group’s present requirements, that is, for at least the next 12 months following the date of this registration statement.

 

38


Table of Contents

As at July 31, 2020, the Company’s borrowings (excluding bank overdrafts) were $2.9 billion, and the Group had $4.1 billion of available liquidity (comprising readily available cash of $1.9 billion and $2.2 billion of undrawn facilities). The Group anticipates that it will be able to meet its debt obligations as they become due.

Capital resources

The Group seeks a balance between certainty of funding and a flexible, cost-effective borrowings structure. The Group maintains a policy of ensuring sufficient borrowing headroom to finance all investment and anticipated bolt-on acquisitions for the following financial year with an additional contingent safety margin.

The Group’s total borrowings were $3.2 billion and $2.3 billion as at July 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively, and includes:

 

     As at July 31,  
     2020      2019  
     $ million  

Bank overdrafts

     248        47  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Bank and other loans

     —          —    

Senior unsecured loan notes

     2,918        2,297  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total borrowings

     3,166        2,344  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Debt Facilities

The following section summarizes certain material provisions of our material debt. The following description is only a summary of the material provisions of the Multicurrency Revolving Credit Facility, Bilateral loan, Trade Receivables Securitization Arrangements, Private Placements Notes, 2018 4.5% Notes, and 2020 3.25% Notes, and does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the documents governing such indebtedness.

Multicurrency Revolving Credit Facility

Our Multicurrency Revolving Credit Facility is governed by the Multicurrency Revolving Credit Facility Agreement, dated as at March 10, 2020, among the Company and Wolseley Limited (now known as Ferguson UK Holdings Limited), as original borrowers and original guarantors, the lenders and arrangers party thereto, and the agent.

The Multicurrency Revolving Credit Facility consists of a $1.1 billion unsecured, multicurrency revolving loan facility, which terminates in March 2025. The Multicurrency Revolving Credit Facility contains the ability for the original borrowers and original guarantors to apply to the lenders requesting they grant a further one-year extension to the then maturity date on both the first and second anniversary of the facility being signed. Borrowings are available to each of the borrowers under the Multicurrency Revolving Credit Facility, including future subsidiaries that accede as borrowers under the Multicurrency Revolving Credit Facility, and bear interest at a rate equal to the sum of LIBOR, or in relation to any loan in Canadian dollars, CDOR, plus an applicable margin determined based on our public credit ratings. We are required to pay a quarterly commitment fee and utilization fee in certain circumstances.

The borrowers under the Multicurrency Revolving Credit Facility are permitted to prepay and re-borrow amounts outstanding under the Multicurrency Revolving Credit Facility, in whole or in part, at any time. All obligations under our Multicurrency Revolving Credit Facility are unconditionally guaranteed by the Company and Wolseley Limited (now known as Ferguson UK Holdings Limited), to the extent each entity is not the borrower. In certain circumstances, the Multicurrency Revolving Credit Facility provides that outstanding amounts drawn must be prepaid by the borrowers.

 

39


Table of Contents

The Multicurrency Revolving Credit Facility contains certain customary affirmative covenants, as well as certain customary negative covenants that, among other things, restrict, subject to certain exceptions, the ability of the Company and its subsidiaries to incur indebtedness, grant liens on present or future assets and revenues, sell assets, or engage in acquisitions, mergers or consolidations. The Multicurrency Revolving Credit Facility also contains certain events of default and cross-default provisions. As at July 31, 2020, no borrowings were outstanding under the Multicurrency Revolving Credit Facility.

Bilateral Loan

In March 2020, the Company and Wolseley Limited (now known as Ferguson UK Holdings Limited), as original borrowers and original guarantors, entered into a $500 million bilateral loan agreement with Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation (“SMBC”) which expires on March 31, 2021 (the “Sumitomo Bilateral Loan Agreement”). The Sumitomo Bilateral Loan Agreement contains commercial terms similar to those of the Multicurrency Revolving Credit Facility, and the Company has the ability to request that SMBC, at their option, extend this agreement for a further 364 days. As at July 31, 2020, no borrowings were outstanding under the Sumitomo Bilateral Loan Agreement.

Trade Receivables Securitization Arrangements

Our Trade Receivables Securitization Arrangements are governed by: (i) the Receivables Purchase Agreement, dated as at July 31, 2013, as further amended, supplemented and restated, among the Company, Ferguson Receivables, LLC (“Ferguson Receivables”) as seller, Ferguson Enterprises, LLC (“Ferguson Enterprises”) as servicer, the originators, the lenders as conduit purchasers and committed purchasers, letters of credit banks, facility agents, administrative agent and co-administrative agent party each thereto; and (ii) the Purchase and Contribution Agreement, dated as at July 31, 2013, as further amended, supplemented and restated, among Ferguson Enterprises and its various subsidiaries party thereto as originators and Ferguson Receivables as purchaser.

The Trade Receivables Securitization Arrangements consist of trade receivables funding for up to $600 million, terminating in December 2021. Such arrangements provide for purchases of undivided ownership interests in a revolving pool of certain of the Group’s trade receivables and related security generated by the originators, transferred to the seller which are, in turn, securitized against lending advances made by the conduit purchasers and committed purchasers. At all times all borrowings under the Trade Receivables Securitization Arrangements are recorded on the balance sheet of the Group.

Fees are payable under the Trade Receivables Securitization Arrangements at a rate equal to LIBOR plus an applicable margin, determined based on our leverage ratio, which is defined as the ratio of net debt to Adjusted EBITDA (each as defined therein).

The Trade Receivables Securitization Arrangements contain certain customary affirmative covenants, as well as certain customary negative covenants that, among other things, restrict, subject to certain exceptions, the ability of the Company and its subsidiaries party thereto from incurring indebtedness, granting additional liens on the receivables and selling assets or engaging in acquisitions, mergers or consolidations.

In addition, subject to certain exceptions, the Trade Receivables Securitization Arrangements require us to maintain a leverage ratio, the level of which determines the value we receive for our pledged collateral and the extent of our financial reporting obligations. The Trade Receivables Securitization Arrangements also contain certain customary events of default and cross-default provisions. The Trade Receivables Securitization Arrangements also require that our performance in relation to trade receivables remains at set levels (specifically relating to timely payments being received from debtors and in relation to the amount of debt written off as bad debt) and that a required level of trade receivables be generated and available to support the borrowings under the arrangements. As at July 31, 2020, no drawdowns had been advanced under the Trade Receivables Securitization Arrangements.

 

40


Table of Contents

Private Placement Notes

In November 2017, Wolseley Capital, Inc. (“Wolseley Capital”) privately placed $450 million aggregate principal private placement notes (collectively, the “2017 Private Placement Notes”) guaranteed by the Company pursuant to a note and guarantee agreement dated as at November 30, 2017. The 2017 Private Placement Notes consist of $55 million of 3.30% Series L Guaranteed Senior Notes due November 30, 2023 (the “3.30% Series L Notes”), $150 million of 3.44% Series M Guaranteed Senior Notes due November 30, 2024 (the “3.44% Series M Notes”), $150 million of 3.51% Series N Guaranteed Senior Notes due November 30, 2026 (the “3.51% Series N Notes”, and together with the 3.30% Series L Notes and 3.44% Series M Notes, the “Fixed Rate 2017 Private Placement Notes”) and $95 million of Floating Rate Series O Guaranteed Senior Notes due November 30, 2023 (the “Floating Rate 2017 Private Placement Notes”).

In June 2015, Wolseley Capital privately placed $800 million aggregated principal private placement notes (collectively, the “2015 Private Placement Notes”) guaranteed by the Company pursuant to a note and guarantee agreement dated as at June 25, 2015. The 2015 Private Placement Notes consist of $250 million of 3.43% Series I Guaranteed Senior Notes due September 1, 2022, $400 million of 3.73% Series J Guaranteed Senior Notes due September 1, 2025 and $150 million of 3.83% Series K Guaranteed Senior Notes due September 1, 2027.

In November 2005, Wolseley Capital, privately placed $281 million of 5.32% Series F Guaranteed Senior Notes due November 2020 (the “2005 Private Placement Notes” and together with the 2017 Private Placement Notes and 2015 Private Placement Notes, the “Private Placement Notes”) guaranteed by the Company pursuant to a note and guarantee agreement dated as at November 16, 2005. The 2005 Private Placement Notes matured on November 16, 2020.

Interest on the Fixed Rate 2017 Private Placement Notes is payable semi-annually on May and November 30 of each year. Interest on the Floating Rate 2017 Private Placement Notes is payable quarterly on February 28, May 30, August 30 and November 30 of each year. Interest on the 2015 Private Placement Notes is payable semi-annually on March and September 1 of each year. Interest on the 2005 Private Placement Notes was payable semi-annually on May and November 15 of each year.

Wolseley Capital’s obligations under the note and guarantee agreements are unconditionally guaranteed by the Company and Wolseley Limited (now known as Ferguson UK Holdings Limited). Wolseley Capital may repay the outstanding Private Placement Notes, in whole or in part, at any time at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount being prepaid plus a “make-whole” prepayment premium. Wolseley Capital is also required to consult with noteholders upon a change of control and any consequent proposed amendments to the terms of the outstanding Private Placement Notes and if no agreement is reached regarding any proposed changes offer to repurchase the notes at a price equal to 100% of their principal amount plus accrued interest.

The note purchase agreements contain certain customary affirmative covenants, as well as certain customary negative covenants that, among other things, restrict, subject to certain exceptions, the Company’s non-guarantor subsidiaries’ ability to incur indebtedness and the Group’s ability to enter into affiliate transactions, grant liens on its assets, sell assets, or engage in acquisitions, mergers or consolidations. In addition, subject to certain exceptions, the note purchase agreements require us to maintain a leverage ratio as described above.

The outstanding Private Placement Notes contain customary events of default. Upon an event of default and an acceleration of the Private Placement Notes, the Company must repay the outstanding Private Placement Notes plus a make-whole premium and accrued and unpaid interest.

2018 4.5% Notes

In October 2018, Ferguson Finance plc (“Ferguson Finance”) issued $750 million of 4.5% Notes due 2028 (the “2018 4.5% Notes”) fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a direct, unsubordinated and unsecured senior

 

41


Table of Contents

basis by the Company and Wolseley Limited (now known as Ferguson UK Holdings Limited). Interest is payable semi-annually on April 24 and October 24, until the 2018 4.5% Notes mature on October 24, 2028. Ferguson Finance may redeem, in whole or in part, the 2018 4.5% Notes (i) at 100% of the principal amount on the notes being redeemed plus a “make-whole” prepayment premium at any time prior to three months before the October 24, 2028 maturity date (the “2018 4.5% Notes Par Call Date”) or (ii) after the 2018 4.5% Notes Par Call Date at 100% of the principal amount of the notes being redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest on the principal being redeemed. Ferguson Finance, the Company and Wolseley Limited (now known as Ferguson UK Holdings Limited) have agreed to covenants, subject to certain exceptions, which include limitations on the granting of liens and on mergers and acquisitions. The 2018 4.5% Notes contain customary events of default and upon an event of default and failure by Ferguson Finance to cure such default or secure a waiver of the default and rescission of acceleration from holders of a majority of the aggregate principal of the 2018 4.5% Notes then outstanding, it must repay the 2018 4.5% Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest.

2020 3.25% Notes

In June 2020, Ferguson Finance issued $600 million of 3.25% Notes due 2030 (the “2020 3.25% Notes”) fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a direct, unsubordinated and unsecured senior basis by the Company and Wolseley Limited (now known as Ferguson UK Holdings Limited). Interest is payable semi-annually on June 2 and December 2, until the 2030 3.25% Notes mature on June 2, 2030. Ferguson Finance may redeem, in whole or in part, the 2020 3.25% Notes (i) at 100% of the principal amount on the notes being redeemed plus a “make-whole” prepayment premium at any time prior to three months before the June 2, 2030 maturity date (the “2020 3.25% Notes Par Call Date”) or (ii) after the 2020 3.25% Notes Par Call Date at 100% of the principal amount of the notes being redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest on the principal being redeemed. Ferguson Finance, the Company and Wolseley Limited (now known as Ferguson UK Holdings Limited) have agreed to covenants, subject to certain exceptions, which include limitations on the granting of liens and on mergers and acquisitions. The 2020 3.25% Notes contain customary events of default and upon an event of default and failure by Ferguson Finance to cure such default or secure a waiver of the default and rescission of acceleration from holders of a majority of the aggregate principal of the 2020 3.25% Notes then outstanding, it must repay the 2020 3.25% Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest.

As at July 31, 2020, the maturity profile of the Group’s borrowings and undrawn facilities were as follows:

 

     As at July 31, 2020  
     Current      Non-current      Total  
     $ million  

Bank overdrafts

     248        —          248  

Senior unsecured loan notes

     283        2,635        2,918  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     531        2,635        3,166  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Bank overdrafts at July 31, 2020 of $248 million is part of the Group’s cash pooling arrangements where there is an equal and opposite balance included within cash and cash equivalents. These amounts are subject to a master netting arrangement.

 

42


Table of Contents

Non-current loans at July 31, 2020 are repayable as follows:

 

     As at July 31,
2020
 
     $ million  

Due in one to two years

     —    

Due in two to three years

     250  

Due in three to four years

     150  

Due in four to five years

     150  

Due in over five years

     2,085  
  

 

 

 

Total

     2,635  
  

 

 

 

There have been no significant changes during the year to the Group’s policies on accounting for, valuing and managing the risk of financial instruments.

Capital expenditure

Our strategy of investing in the development of the Group’s business models is supported by capital expenditure. Capital expenditure totaled $653 million, $1.1 billion and $715 million in fiscal 2020, fiscal 2019 and fiscal 2018, respectively. These investments were primarily for acquisitions and strategic projects to support future growth, such as new distribution centers, distribution hubs, technology, processes and network infrastructure.

 

     Year Ended July 31,  
     2020      2019      2018  
Capital Expenditure    $ million  

Acquisition of businesses (net of cash acquired)

     351        657        416  

Purchases of property, plant and equipment

     215        382        265  

Purchases of intangible assets

     87        36        34  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     653        1,075        715  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total capital expenditure as at December 31, 2020 for fiscal 2021 was $204 million, of which $96 million was for acquisitions and $108 million for purchases of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets, primarily in the United States. This was principally financed through operating cash flows.

Contractual obligations

The table below sets forth the Group’s anticipated contractual cash outflows (excluding interest income and income from derivatives), including interest payable in respect of its trade and other payables and bank borrowings on an undiscounted basis as at July 31, 2020.

 

     As at July 31, 2020  
     Total      Less than
1 year
     1-3 years      3-5 years      More
than
5 years
 
Contractual Obligations    $ million  

Debt including lease liabilities(a)

     4,235        561        798        631        2,245  

Interest on debt(b)

     876        148        248        195        285  

Trade(c) and other payables(d)

     3,183        2,889        54        29        211  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     8,294        3,598        1,100        855        2,741  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a)

See Note 20 to our audited consolidated financial statements for further detail related to debt.

 

43


Table of Contents
(b)

Interest on debt is calculated using the prevailing interest rate at the balance sheet date.

(c)

Trade payables are entered into with various vendors in the normal course of business to meet operating needs.

(d)

Other payables represent future payments for income taxes, provisions and retirement benefit plans. See Notes 5, 21 and 22 respectively, to our audited consolidated financial statements for further details.

Cash Flow

The table below summarizes the Group’s cash flow for fiscal 2020, fiscal 2019 and fiscal 2018.

 

     Year ended July 31,  
     2020      2019      2018  
     $ million  

Net cash generated from operating activities

     1,868        1,290        1,036  

Net cash (used in)/generated from investing activities

     (606      (783      700  

Net cash (used in)/generated from financing activities

     (485      131        (1,857
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net cash generated/(used)

     777        638        (121

Cash, cash equivalents and bank overdrafts at the beginning of the year

     1,086        458        586  

Effects of exchange rate changes

     4        (10      (7
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash, cash equivalents and bank overdrafts at the end of the year

     1,867        1,086        458  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash flows from operating activities

Net cash generated from operating activities was $1.9 billion in fiscal 2020 and $1.3 billion in fiscal 2019. The $578 million, or 44.8%, increase in cash flow from operating activities in fiscal 2020, compared to fiscal 2019 was principally a result of the change in presentation of rental costs due to IFRS 16, increasing cash generated from operating activities by $348 million.

Net cash generated from operating activities was $1.3 billion in fiscal 2019 and $1.0 billion in fiscal 2018. The $254 million, or 24.5%, increase in cash flow from operating activities in fiscal 2019, compared to fiscal 2018, was principally a result of strong performance in the United States segment for fiscal 2019 and additional pension plan contributions of $99 million in fiscal 2018.

Cash flows from investing activities

Net cash used in investing activities was $606 million in fiscal 2020 and $783 million in fiscal 2019. The $177 million, or 22.6%, decrease in cash outflow from investing activities in fiscal 2020, compared to fiscal 2019, was primarily a result of fewer acquisitions, a reduction in cash used of $306 million, and reduced spend on purchases of property, plant and equipment, a reduction in cash used of $167 million, fully offsetting a reduction in cash generated from the disposals of businesses of $194 million.

Net cash used in investing activities was $783 million in fiscal 2019 compared to net cash generated from investing activities of $700 million in fiscal 2018. The $1.5 billion, or 211.9%, decrease in cash flow from investing activities was principally a result of the disposal proceeds from the Nordic business of $1.3 billion in fiscal 2018 and an increase in acquisitions of $241 million in fiscal 2019.

Cash flows from financing activities

Net cash used in financing activities was $485 million in fiscal 2020 compared to net cash generated from financing activities of $131 million in fiscal 2019. The $616 million decrease in cash provided from financing activities was primarily driven by an increase in Treasury share purchases of $301 million and the change in presentation of lease liability capital payments of $295 million as a result of IFRS 16.

 

44


Table of Contents

Net cash generated from financing activities was $131 million in fiscal 2019 compared to net cash used in financing activities of $1.9 billion in fiscal 2018. The $2.0 billion increase in cash provided from financing activities was primarily driven by a reduction in purchase of Treasury shares of $525 million, a reduction in dividends paid to shareholders of $914 million, resulting from a special dividend paid to shareholders of $969 million in fiscal 2018, and an increase in proceeds from long term debt and short term debt of $298 million in fiscal 2019.

Transfer of Funds to the Company

There are no legal or economic restrictions, including under the agreements governing the Multicurrency Revolving Credit Facility, Trade Receivables Securitization Arrangements, outstanding Private Placement Notes, Bilateral Loan, 2018 4.5% Notes, and 2020 3.25% Notes that would limit the ability of subsidiaries to transfer funds to the Company in the form of cash dividends, loans or advances.

Financial Risk Management Policies and Hedging Activities

The Group is exposed to market risks arising from its international operations and the financial instruments which fund them. The main risks arising from the Group’s financial instruments are foreign currency risk, interest rate risk and liquidity risk. The Group has well-defined policies for the management of foreign currency risk, interest rate risk, liquidity risk and counterparty exposures, which have been consistently applied during fiscal 2020, fiscal 2019 and fiscal 2018. By the nature of its business, the Group also has trade credit and commodity price exposures, the management of which is delegated to the operating businesses. There has been no change since the previous year in the major financial risks faced by the Group.

For a description of our key policies, please refer to Note 20 to the consolidated audited financial statements, included in this registration statement.

The Group has cash balances deposited for short periods with financial institutions and enters into certain contracts (such as interest rate swaps) which entitle the Group to receive future cash flows from financial institutions. These transactions give rise to credit risk on amounts due from counterparties with a maximum exposure of $1.9 billion. This risk is managed by setting credit and settlement limits for a panel of approved counterparties. The limits are approved by our treasury committee and ratings are monitored regularly.

Critical Accounting Estimates

In applying the Group’s accounting policies, various transactions and balances are valued using estimates or assumptions. Should these estimates or assumptions prove incorrect there may be an impact on the following year’s financial statements. Management believes that the estimates and assumptions that have been applied would not give rise to a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year.

Management has exercised judgment in evaluating the impact of COVID-19 on the financial statements. Management assessed areas relevant for the Group which had the potential to be impacted such as: expected credit losses; inventory impairment; goodwill; intangible and tangible asset impairment; and deferred tax asset recognition. Management have concluded there was no material impact in these areas and no new sources of estimation uncertainty.

Our most significant accounting policies, including Revenue Recognition and Inventories, are described in Note 1 “Accounting policies” to the audited consolidated financial statements. Some of those significant accounting policies require management to make difficult, subjective, or complex judgments, or estimates. Our most critical accounting estimates, include the following:

 

   

Leases: the determination of whether extension and termination options are reasonably certain to be exercised.

 

45


Table of Contents
   

Pensions and other post-retirement benefits: the selection of the bonds to include when determining the discount rate.

Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

In connection with the preparation of our fiscal 2020 consolidated financial statements, we and our independent registered public accounting firm identified a material weakness related to: (i) a lack of segregation of duties associated with an employee having administrator access to our consolidation system while also having the ability to prepare and post manual journal entries without independent review; and (ii) lack of precision in and evidence of the review of consolidation and related journal entries. While there were no misstatements to the fiscal 2020 consolidated financial statements as a result of this material weakness, subsequent to our issuance of our fiscal 2020 consolidated financial statements, we have partially addressed this specific material weakness by removing the administrator access from the employee and will enhance our review of manual journal entries with the appropriate level of precision and retention of evidence of review by an independent reviewer who does not have the ability to prepare and post manual journal entries.

In addition, we and our independent registered public accounting firm identified a material weakness related to the presentation of deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities. Specifically, in connection with the preparation of our fiscal 2020 consolidated financial statements, we and our independent registered public accounting firm identified that our U.S. deferred tax assets and U.S. deferred tax liabilities associated with our accounting for leases in accordance with IFRS 16 “Leases”, were presented within the consolidated balance sheet on a gross basis as opposed to a net basis in accordance with IAS 12, “Income Taxes”. This presentation error was corrected prior to the issuance of our fiscal 2020 consolidated financial statements. To address this material weakness, we will enhance our review of the presentation of deferred taxes within our consolidated financial statements.

We plan to continue to take measures to design and implement an effective control environment. However, we cannot assure you that the measures we have taken to date, and are continuing to implement, will be sufficient to remediate such material weaknesses or prevent future material weaknesses. If we are unable to successfully maintain internal control over financial reporting, or identify any additional material weaknesses, the accuracy and timing of our financial reporting may be adversely affected. In addition, if we are unable to assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, or if our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to express an opinion as to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, when required, investor confidence in us may be adversely affected and, as a result, the value of our ordinary shares.

 

  C

Research and Development, Patents and Licenses, Etc.

Not applicable.

 

  D

Trend Information

For a discussion of trend information, see “—A. Operating Results—Key factors affecting results of operations.”

 

  E

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

None.

 

  F

Tabular Disclosure of Contractual Obligations

For a discussion of contractual obligations, see “—B. Liquidity and Capital Resources—Contractual obligations.”

 

46


Table of Contents
Item 6.

Directors, Senior Management and Employees

 

  A

Directors and Senior Management

The following table lists the names and positions of each member of the Board.

 

Name

  

Position

Geoff Drabble

   Chairman

Kevin Murphy

   Group Chief Executive and Executive Director

Bill Brundage

   Group Chief Financial Officer and Executive Director

Alan Murray

   Senior Independent Non-Executive Director and Employee Engagement Director

Tessa Bamford

   Independent Non-Executive Director

Cathy Halligan

   Independent Non-Executive Director

Brian May

   Independent Non-Executive Director

Tom Schmitt

   Independent Non-Executive Director

Nadia Shouraboura

   Independent Non-Executive Director

Jacky Simmonds

   Independent Non-Executive Director

Suzanne Wood

   Independent Non-Executive Director

Biographical information for each member of the Board is set forth below.

Geoff Drabble, Chairman. Mr. Drabble was appointed as Non-Executive Director in May 2019 and as Chairman in November 2019. Mr. Drabble has extensive leadership experience in the distribution, technology and manufacturing sectors, and has a deep knowledge of United States markets and operating conditions. He served as Chief Executive of Ashtead Group plc, a FTSE 100 industrial equipment rental company, for 12 years, during which he presided over a period of unprecedented growth in the business and was instrumental in creating a strong culture. He was previously an executive director of The Laird Group plc, where he was responsible for its Building Products division, and held a number of senior management positions at Black & Decker. Mr. Drabble currently serves as non-executive director at Howden Joinery Group plc and is a non-executive director and Chairman at DS Smith Plc.

Kevin Murphy, Group Chief Executive and Executive Director. Mr. Murphy was appointed as Executive Director in August 2017 and Group Chief Executive in November 2019. Mr. Murphy is a culture champion with strong executive leadership skills, has deep Group and industry knowledge, and strategic operational experience. Mr. Murphy has significant experience in strategic development and delivering operational performance improvements. Mr. Murphy joined Ferguson in 1999 as an operations manager following the acquisition of his family’s business, Midwest Pipe and Supply. Prior to his appointment as Group Chief Executive, he held a number of leadership positions in the Group’s Waterworks division and was Chief Operating Officer of Ferguson Enterprises from 2007 to 2017. He was Chief Executive Officer, USA from 2017 until his appointment as Group Chief Executive in 2019. Since Mr. Murphy’s appointment to the Board in 2017, the business had generated strong, profitable growth and continued to take market share under his leadership.

Bill Brundage, Group Chief Financial Officer and Executive Director. Mr. Brundage was appointed Group Chief Financial Officer and Executive Director in November 2020. Mr. Brundage has considerable financial management and operational experience and significant Group knowledge. Mr. Brundage is a certified public accountant with extensive Company experience. Mr. Brundage joined Ferguson in 2003 as manager of finance and was promoted to Corporate Controller two years later. In 2008, he was promoted to Vice President of Finance, a position he held until his promotion to Senior Vice President of Finance in 2016. Mr. Brundage was then appointed as Chief Financial Officer for Ferguson Enterprises, the US business, in 2017. Previously, Mr. Brundage spent five years at PricewaterhouseCoopers in the United States as a senior associate.

Alan Murray, Senior Independent Non-Executive Director and Employee Engagement Director. Mr. Murray was appointed as Independent Non-Executive Director in January 2013 and as Senior Independent

 

47


Table of Contents

Non-Executive Director in October 2013. Mr. Murray has considerable international operational and financial experience and extensive executive management experience within global businesses. He is a qualified chartered management accountant with extensive business leadership skills, executive and board experience and global business and financial reporting expertise. From 2002 to 2007, Mr. Murray served as Group Chief Executive of Hanson plc, where he had previously served as Finance Director and Chief Executive of Hanson Building Materials America. He served on the Management Board and Supervisory Board of HeidelbergCement AG and as a non-executive director of International Power plc. Currently, Mr. Murray serves as non-executive director of O-I Glass, Inc.

Tessa Bamford, Independent Non-Executive Director. Ms. Bamford was appointed as Independent Non-Executive Director in March 2011. Ms. Bamford has broad business knowledge and extensive boardroom and City of London experience. She has held senior advisory roles in both the United Kingdom and United States across a range of sectors. She held a variety of roles, including corporate finance, at J Henry Schroder & Co and Barclays de Zoete Wedd. She was a founder and director of Cantos Communications and a non-executive director of Barratt Developments plc. Currently, Ms. Bamford is a consultant at Spencer Stuart.

Cathy Halligan, Independent Non-Executive Director. Ms. Halligan was appointed as Independent Non-Executive Director in January 2019. Ms. Halligan is an experienced senior executive with extensive board, digital transformation, digital commerce, data analytics and marketing experience. She has a strong track record in the retail, e-commerce and multi-channel arenas, and has served as the Chief Marketing Officer at Walmart.com and the SVP Sales and Marketing at PowerReviews. In addition, Ms. Halligan has held senior marketing and internet roles at retailer Williams-Sonoma Inc., where she was responsible for leading efforts to launch its brands, such as Pottery Barn, on the web. She was an independent director at Wilton Brands from 2016 to 2018. Currently, Ms. Halligan serves as non-executive director at FLIR Systems, Inc. and Ulta Beauty, Inc.

Brian May, Independent Non-Executive Director. Mr. May was appointed as Independent Non-Executive Director in January 2021. Mr. May has considerable financial and operational experience and extensive industry expertise. He is a qualified chartered accountant. His career started at KPMG and followed with a 27 year career at Bunzl plc, where he held a number of roles across the Treasury and Internal Audit functions. He was Divisional Finance Director of Bunzl’s UK, Europe and Australasia division for nine years and then served as Chief Financial Officer for 14 years until his retirement in late 2019. Currently, Mr. May serves as a non-executive director at United Utilities Group PLC and ConvaTec Group plc.

Tom Schmitt, Independent Non-Executive Director. Mr. Schmitt was appointed as Independent Non-Executive Director in February 2019. Mr. Schmitt has significant operational experience and extensive knowledge of United States and international logistics and supply chain businesses. He is an experienced Chief Executive Officer with significant first-hand leadership experience of the markets in which the Group operates and a track record of driving accelerated profitable growth and promoting integrity, transparency and values-based leadership. Mr. Schmitt’s career started at BP and McKinsey and has encompassed leadership roles at FedEx, AquaTerra Corporation and Schenker AG. He served as a non-executive director of Zooplus AG from 2013 to 2016. Currently, Mr. Schmitt serves as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Forward Air Corporation, Inc.

 

48


Table of Contents

Nadia Shouraboura, Independent Non-Executive Director. Ms. Shouraboura was appointed as Independent Non-Executive Director in July 2017. Ms. Shouraboura has considerable expertise in running complex logistics and supply chain activities, and has extensive experience of cutting edge technology and e-commerce. She has substantial experience of the consumer and technology sectors. Ms. Shouraboura was a Vice President at Amazon.com, Inc. and held management positions at Exelon Power Team, Diamond Management and Starlight Multimedia Inc. She held board level positions at Hointer Inc. and Cimpress N.V. Currently, Ms. Shouraboura is a member of the Supervisory Board of X5 Retail Group N.V. and serves as a non-executive director at Mobile TeleSystems Public Joint Stock Company.

Jacky Simmonds, Independent Non-Executive Director. Ms. Simmonds was appointed as Independent Non-Executive Director in May 2014. Ms. Simmonds has extensive experience in executive remuneration and human resources within large international businesses, and significant knowledge of talent management and employee engagement. She has experience across a number of sectors. Ms. Simmonds has worked as a HR Director in a number of different consumer facing businesses, including VEON Ltd, easyJet plc and TUI Travel plc. She was a member of the Supervisory Board of TUI Deutschland, GmbH and a Director of PEAK Adventure Travel Group Limited. Currently, Ms. Simmonds serves as Chief People Officer of Experian plc.

Suzanne Wood, Independent Non-Executive Director. Ms. Wood was appointed as Independent Non-Executive Director in January 2021. Ms. Wood has significant financial and operational knowledge and extensive public company experience. Ms. Wood is a chartered accountant and an experienced Chief Financial Officer. Ms. Wood’s career started at PriceWaterhouse LLP and has encompassed Chief Financial Officer roles at Oakwood Homes Corporation, Tultex Corporation and Ashtead Group plc. Currently, Ms Wood is Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Vulcan Materials Company and serves as a non-executive director at RELX PLC.

 

The following table lists the names and positions of the Senior Management:

 

Name

  

Position

Kevin Murphy

   Group Chief Executive and Executive Director

Bill Brundage

   Group Chief Financial Officer and Executive Director

Ian Graham

   Group General Counsel

Sammie Long

   Chief Human Resources Officer

Mike Sajor

   Group Chief Information Officer

Biographical information for each Senior Manager (other than Kevin Murphy and Bill Brundage, our Executive Directors) is set forth below.

Ian Graham, Group General Counsel. Mr. Graham joined the Group as Group General Counsel in May 2019. He was most recently Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary for BAE Systems, Inc. Prior to that he held senior roles at EMCORE Corporation, UUNET Technologies, Jenner & Block LLP and McKenna & Cuneo LLP.

Sammie Long, Chief Human Resources Officer. Ms. Long was appointed Chief Human Resources Officer in 2017. Before joining the Group, Ms. Long was Chief Human Resources Officer for the Kellogg Company. Prior to her 14-year career in human resources at Kellogg, Ms. Long held human resources positions at Sharp Electronics UK Ltd and Fujitsu Services Europe.

Mike Sajor, Group Chief Information Officer. Mr. Sajor joined the Group as Group Chief Information Officer in January 2018. He was most recently Senior Vice President and Global Chief Information Officer for Apollo Education Group. Mr. Sajor has previously led large IT programs for Ann Inc. (parent company of Ann Taylor/Loft), Merck & Company, Bell Laboratories, AT&T Bell Laboratories and Lucent Technologies.

 

49


Table of Contents

The business address for each of our directors and senior management is 1020 Eskdale Road, Winnersh Triangle, Wokingham, Berkshire. RG41 5TS.

 

  B

Compensation

For fiscal 2020, the total compensation paid to the Company’s non-executive directors, executive directors and senior management as a group was $17.4 million. The total amounts set aside or accrued by the Company to provide pension, retirement or similar benefits for this group was $0.7 million.

Remuneration of Non-Executive Directors

The remuneration of the Company’s Non-Executive Directors is set by the Board with account taken of the time and responsibility involved in each role, including, where applicable, the Chairmanship of Board Committees. A summary of the annualized fees for fiscal 2020 is as follows:

 

     2019/20
(£000)(1)(2)
 

Chairman’s Fee

     402.0  

Non-Executive Director Base Fee

     70.0  

Additional Fees:

  

Senior Independent Director

     20.5  

Chair of Audit Committee

     20.5  

Chair of Remuneration Committee

     20.5  

Employee Engagement Director

     10.0  

 

Notes:

(1)

All increases to Non-Executive Director and Chairman fees from the prior financial year were broadly in line with the average salary increase awarded to the general workforce, except for the Senior Independent Director whose fee was increased above this rate in order to reflect the significant increase in workload and responsibilities associated with the role.

(2)

The Non-Executive Directors (including the Chairman) also have the benefit of a travel allowance of £2,500 (each way), where there would be a need for intercontinental flight in excess of five hours (one way) based on the home location of the Non-Executive Director or Chairman and the location of the Board (or Committee) meeting, up to a maximum of £30,000 per annum.

The following table sets out the aggregate remuneration received by each Non-Executive Director for fiscal 2020:

 

     Fees
(£000)

2019/20
     Benefits(1)
(£000)

2019/20
 

Chairman and Non-Executive Directors(2)

     

Gareth Davis(3)

     201.0        11.5  

Geoff Drabble(4)

     302.2        10.8  

Tessa Bamford

     70.0        6.8  

Cathy Halligan

     70.0        27.7  

Alan Murray

     114.2        21.2  

Tom Schmitt

     70.0        23.6  

Darren Shapland(5)

     27.7        2.1  

Nadia Shouraboura

     70.0        16.1  

Jacky Simmonds

     90.5        10.5  

 

Notes:

(1)

The taxable benefits for the Non Executive Directors (including the Chairman) relate to (i) UK taxable benefits and (ii) a travel allowance of £2,500 (each way), where there is a need for intercontinental flight in

 

50


Table of Contents
  excess of five hours (one way) based on the home location of the Non Executive Director or Chairman and the location of the Board (or Committee) meeting, up to a maximum of £30,000 per individual per annum. This allowance was introduced in November 2018.
(2)

Neither the Chairman nor the Non-Executive Directors participate in any of the Group’s employee share schemes or received any bonuses or share-based awards for fiscal 2020.

(3)

Gareth Davis remained on the Board through January 31, 2020 to provide support to Geoff Drabble who replaced him as Chairman of the Board. Gareth Davis stepped down in January 2020 and the remuneration shown above is to the date of cessation.

(4)

Geoff Drabble was appointed to the Board on May 22, 2019 and he replaced Gareth Davis as Chairman of the Board on January 31, 2020. The fees reflect that he was a Non Executive Director for part of the financial year before taking over the role of Chairman.

(5)

Darren Shapland stepped down in November 2019 and the remuneration shown above is to the date of cessation.

The Chairman and Non-Executive Directors are not entitled to receive any compensation upon the termination of their appointment and no fees will be payable in respect of any unserved portion of the term of their appointment. Further, Non-Executive Directors are not entitled to participate in the Group’s share, bonus or pension schemes. The Chairman and each Non-Executive Director is entitled to reimbursement from the Company for reasonable expenses incurred in the performance of their duties. The Chairman and Non-Executive Directors may, in certain circumstances and at the Company’s expense, obtain independent professional advice in the furtherance of their duties as directors.

Remuneration of Executive Directors/Senior Management

The aggregate amount of remuneration paid by the Company to the Executive Directors/Senior Management in fiscal 2020 was approximately $15.9 million. This amount comprises salary, annual bonus, car allowance, pension contributions and private medical insurance, and the incentive share options and award granted to the Executive Directors/Senior Management, during fiscal 2020. The table below reflects the amount of compensation paid and benefits in kind granted, to the Executive Directors, during fiscal 2020.

 

     Salary
(000)
     Benefits(1)
(000)
     Bonuses(2)
(000)
     Share-Based
Awards(3)
(000)
 

Executive Directors

           

Kevin Murphy

   $ 1,062.8      $ 128.5      $ 1,141.5      £ 2,940.8  

Mike Powell(4)

   £ 595.0      £ 20.9      £ 471.3      £ 1,785.1  

John Martin(5)

   £ 275.2      £ 27.8      £ 206.3      £ —    

 

(1)

Benefits include (i) pre-tax figures for private health insurance premiums, car benefit (car allowance and/or car), and healthcare benefits. For Kevin Murphy, this also included life insurance premium contributions. For John Martin, until he stepped down as an Executive Director, this included the provision of a driver and associated tax gross up arrangement; (ii) shares in all-employee share plans granted during the year (Kevin Murphy entered into a one-year ESPP savings contract and Mike Powell entered into a three-year UK Sharesave savings contract), the value of which represents the gain, calculated by determining the difference between the option price and the share price at the date the option price was set on the maximum number of shares granted; and (iii) pension benefits (Kevin Murphy participates in the defined contribution pension arrangements of Ferguson Enterprises, receiving contributions of 16% of base salary from Ferguson Enterprises; during fiscal 2020, John Martin and Mike Powell received salary supplements in lieu of Group pension scheme membership).

(2)

Includes bonuses earned during the financial year ended July 31, 2020.

(3)

During fiscal 2020, conditional awards over 43,625 shares and nil-cost options over 26,481 shares were granted to Kevin Murphy and Mike Powell, respectively, on December 5, 2019 under the LTIP (as defined below). The share price used to calculate the face value of those awards was 6,741 pence, which was the average share price over a 10 dealing day period immediately preceding the date of grant.

 

51


Table of Contents
(4)

Mike Powell stepped down on October 31, 2020.

(5)

John Martin stepped down in November 2019.

Bonuses

The Executive Directors are generally eligible to receive an annual bonus based on an assessment of financial and personal performance during the relevant financial year. The annual bonus earned up to the target level of payout by an Executive Director will be paid in cash, and if shareholding guidelines have been met at the time the bonus is awarded, any amounts of the annual bonus earned in excess of target will also be paid in cash. Alternatively, if shareholding guidelines have not been met at the time the bonus is awarded, amounts earned in excess of target by an Executive Director will be deferred into shares and held subject to the terms of the Deferred Bonus Plan (as described below), and subject to forfeiture for three years (or such other period as our Remuneration Committee considers appropriate) from the date the bonus is awarded. The maximum annual bonus opportunity for an Executive Director who is recruited from or based in the United States is up to 200% of base salary; and for an Executive Director who is recruited from and based in any other geography is up to 150% of base salary. All bonus payments are determined by the Remuneration Committee. The threshold, target and maximum bonus opportunities for each Executive Director for fiscal 2020 were as follows:

 

     Threshold     Target     Maximum  
   as a % of salary  

Kevin Murphy(1) (August 1 to November 18, 2019)

     56     110     140

Kevin Murphy(1) (November 19, 2019 to July 31, 2020)

     49     110     150

Mike Powell

     49     90     110

John Martin(2)

     56     100     120

 

(1)

Kevin Murphy’s bonus opportunity was measured on Group and USA business targets and the salary for the relevant period while he was Chief Executive Officer, USA and measured on Group targets and the salary for the relevant period as Group Chief Executive.

(2)

John Martin received a pro-rated bonus payment for the period August 1 to November 19, 2019.

Group Pensions

The Group operates a variety of pension schemes, including funded and unfunded defined benefit schemes in the United Kingdom and overseas. During fiscal 2020, the Group paid an aggregate amount of approximately $0.7 million to Executive Directors/Senior Management under the Group’s pension schemes.

Employee Share Schemes

The following is a summary of the main provisions of the Company Employee Share Plans that have been adopted by the Company. Participation in the schemes by the Executive Directors/Senior Management will be on terms that are consistent with the Company’s remuneration policy from time to time.

The Company maintains the following share schemes for associates: the Deferred Bonus Plan 2019 (“DBP”); the Employee Share Purchase Plan 2019 (“ESPP”); the International Sharesave Plan 2019 (“ISP”); the Long Term Incentive Plan 2019 (“LTIP”); the Ordinary Share Plan 2019 (“OSP”); and the Performance Ordinary Share Plan 2019 (“POSP”) (collectively, the “Company Employee Share Plans”). The following terms are common to each of the Company Employee Share Plans:

Dilution Limits

Newly issued ordinary shares or treasury shares of the Company may be issued to satisfy options and awards granted under any of the Company Employee Share Plans, except for the DBP, OSP and POSP.

 

52


Table of Contents

No option or award may be granted under any of the Company Employee Share Plans (excluding the DBP, OSP and POSP), if it would cause the number of ordinary shares that have been issued pursuant to awards or options granted in the preceding 10 years, under all of the Company Employee Share Plans and under certain other historic share plans, to exceed 10% of the Company’s issued ordinary share capital at the proposed date of grant. In addition, no option or award may be granted under the executive share plans of the Company Employee Share Plans (excluding the DBP, OSP and POSP) operated by the Company if it would cause the number of ordinary shares that have been issued or may be issued pursuant to awards and options granted in the preceding 10 years under such plans and under certain other historic executive share plans to exceed 5% of the Company’s issued ordinary share capital at the proposed date of grant. These limits do not include options or awards that have lapsed and do not relate to ordinary shares purchased in the market unless they are held in treasury.

Exercise Period

Vested options may be exercised during the earlier of the applicable post-termination dates set forth in the terms of the applicable plan document and/or award agreements and the scheduled expiration date of the options (which is 10 years from the option grant date under the LTIP, 90 days from the option vest date under the POSP and OSP and six months from the option vest date under the ISP and on the date of automatic exercise under the ESPP).

Timing of Grants

Awards and options under the Company Employee Share Plans may normally only be granted within 42 days after the announcement of the Company’s results for any period, although they may be granted at other times if our Remuneration Committee considers that there are exceptional circumstances justifying a grant.

Variations of Share Capital

Options and awards under the Company Employee Share Plans may be adjusted if there is a variation in the Company’s share capital (including a rights issue or any subdivision or consolidation of the share capital) or in the event of a demerger, or payment of a special dividend or similar event that materially affects the market price of the ordinary shares.

Amendments; Termination or Suspension

The Board or, where appropriate, our Remuneration Committee, may amend the Company Employee Share Plans provided that (other than in respect of the DBP, OSP and POSP) the prior approval of Company Shareholders in a general meeting is obtained to any amendments that provide an advantage to participants and that relate to eligibility, the number of ordinary shares that may be issued under the relevant scheme, the individual limit on participation, the terms on the vesting of options or awards, the rights attaching to the ordinary shares or the adjustment of options or awards. The Shareholders’ approval is not required for minor amendments to benefit the administration of a scheme to take account of a change in legislation or to obtain or maintain favorable tax, exchange control or regulatory treatment for participants or the Company. The Company Employee Share Plans may be terminated or suspended at any time but any termination will not affect participants’ subsisting rights.

Other Provisions

Options and awards granted under the Company Employee Share Plans are personal to the participant and may not be transferred except on death, and such options and awards are not pensionable.

 

53


Table of Contents

Deferred Bonus Plan 2019

Our Remuneration Committee may grant an award under the DBP to any associate (including an Executive Director/Senior Manager) who was a participant in any annual bonus plan operated by the Group during the financial year immediately preceding the proposed date of grant as a means of deferring part of that associate’s annual bonus into ordinary shares.

Our Remuneration Committee will decide whether the award will be granted in the form of an option, a conditional award or a phantom award, or any combination of these awards. No consideration will be payable for the grant of such awards. An award will be over such number of ordinary shares as have a value equal to the amount of a participant’s annual bonus which they are required to defer. The vesting date of an award will be the third anniversary of the last day of the financial year immediately preceding the proposed date of grant, or such other date as our Remuneration Committee considers appropriate.

If, before an award has vested, a participant ceases to be an associate of the Group then the award shall continue on its original vesting timetable, except that (i) awards will lapse on the date of cessation if a participant ceases to be an associate of the Group by reason of misconduct and (ii) subject to our Remuneration Committee’s discretion, awards may vest on the date of death of an associate or on cessation of employment in other exceptional circumstances.

In the event of a takeover or scheme of arrangement of the Company, awards will vest automatically, subject to our Remuneration Committee’s discretion to determine that they will be rolled-over into awards over shares in the acquiring company.

Employee Share Purchase Plan 2019

The ESPP is designed to qualify as a share purchase plan for the purposes of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). Under the ESPP, eligible associates of participating companies in the Group may be invited to apply for options to acquire ordinary shares at an exercise price fixed at the date of grant. An associate (including an Executive Director/Senior Manager) of a participating company in the Group will be eligible to participate in the ESPP if they have been continuously employed for at least one year prior to the date of grant and customarily work more than twenty hours per week and more than five months in a calendar year.

A participant is required to make savings from pay in U.S. dollars with a minimum contribution of $25 (or, in Canada, the Canadian Dollar equivalent) and a maximum contribution that reflects the maximum sterling amount permitted under the ISP (as defined below). The savings may be used to exercise the related option at the end of the relevant option period. The exercise price per ordinary share payable on exercise of an option may not be less than 85% of the market value of an ordinary share on the date of grant. The number of ordinary shares over which an option is granted will be such that the total exercise price payable will correspond to the total savings payable from the savings arrangement at the end of the one-year savings period.

An option will be exercised automatically on the exercise date specified by the Board at the time of grant, which may be no later than 60 days following the first anniversary of the date of grant unless the participant has left employment or withdrawn from the ESPP before that date.

Options normally lapse if a participant leaves employment. However, if the employment ends no more than three months prior to the normal exercise date by reason of redundancy, injury or disability, retirement, death, the sale of the company or business in which they work or any other reason in the Board’s discretion, the participant (or executor or heir) may retain the option until the earlier of the normal exercise date and three months from the date of termination (although the participant may not make any further savings contributions) and his or her options may be exercised over such number of ordinary shares at the exercise price using the savings made up to the date of death or cessation of employment.

 

54


Table of Contents

Options will, subject to the discretion of our Remuneration Committee to require roll-over, be automatically exercised following a takeover, scheme of arrangement or winding-up of the Company over the lower of (i) such number of ordinary shares at the exercise price with the savings made up to the date of the relevant event and (ii) the number of ordinary shares over which the option was granted.

International Sharesave Plan 2019

Under the ISP, eligible associates may be invited to apply for options to acquire ordinary shares at the end of a fixed option period, which will not normally be fewer than three years from the date of grant of an option at an exercise price fixed at the date of grant. The ISP includes a United Kingdom Sharesave Plan under which eligible associates in the United Kingdom shall benefit from favorable tax treatment in respect of options granted to them (the “UK Sharesave”). An associate of a participating subsidiary in the Group will be eligible to participate in the ISP if, at the date of invitation, they have been employed for such continuous period as the Board may determine (not exceeding one year, or five years in the case of the UK Sharesave).

A participant is required to enter into a savings contract with a nominated bank or savings carrier under which he or she may choose to make monthly savings from pay of between £10 and such amount as may be determined by the Board but not exceeding £500 (or such greater amount as is permitted under the UK Sharesave in accordance with applicable tax legislation) over the relevant savings period. The minimum and maximum savings amounts for participants outside the United Kingdom are the local currency equivalent of the Sterling amounts set out above. The savings may be used to exercise the related option at the end of the relevant option period. The exercise price per ordinary share payable on exercise of an option may not be less than 80% of the market value of an ordinary share on the date of grant. The number of ordinary shares over which an option is granted will be such that the total exercise price payable will correspond to the total savings payable from the savings arrangement at the end of the savings period.

Options will be exercisable for a period of six months after the end of the option period. Options normally lapse if a participant leaves employment. However, if the employment ends by reason of retirement, disability, injury, redundancy, the sale of the company or business in which they work or any other reason at the Board’s discretion, options may be exercised for up to six months after leaving over such number of ordinary shares as may be acquired at the exercise price together with the savings that have accrued up to the date of exercise, after which they will lapse. If the employment ends by reason of death, such options may be exercised for up to 12 months after the date of death (if the death occurred before the date of maturity) or for up to 12 months after the date of maturity (if the death occurred within six months following the date of maturity).

Subject to the discretion of our remuneration committee to require (or, in the case of the UK Sharesave, permit) rollover, options will be exercisable for a period of six months following a takeover, scheme of arrangement or winding-up of the Company over the lower of (i) such number of ordinary shares as may be acquired at the exercise price with the savings made up to the date of the relevant event, and (ii) the number of ordinary shares over which the option was granted.

Long Term Incentive Plan 2019

All associates of the Group, including Executive Directors/Senior Managers, are eligible to participate in the LTIP at the discretion of our Remuneration Committee. Our Remuneration Committee will decide whether an award under the LTIP will take the form of an option, a restricted share award, a conditional award or a phantom award, or any combination of these awards. Awards under the LTIP will entitle participants to acquire ordinary shares for no consideration to the extent that specified performance targets have been satisfied over a three-year performance period. Beginning with the financial year ending July 31, 2020, a United States associate may not be granted an award over ordinary shares with a market value at the date of

 

55


Table of Contents

grant in excess of five times the associate’s salary (which was previously three and a half times), and an associate based in any other geography may not be granted an award over ordinary shares with a market value at the date of grant in excess of three and a half times the associate’s salary.

An award will vest on the third anniversary of the date of grant, to the extent that the performance condition has been satisfied, conditional on the participant remaining in employment (except in certain specified circumstances). Where it is impractical for legal or regulatory reasons to deliver ordinary shares following the vesting of an award, the Company may pay, or procure the payment of, an equivalent cash amount, subject to all necessary deductions.

The Company’s shareholding guidelines require Executive Directors/Senior Managers to retain vested shares (after taking into account any shares sold to pay tax, social security or similar liabilities) received from awards made under the LTIP for two years from the vesting date (except in exceptional circumstances and with the approval of our Remuneration Committee). For awards granted as options, it will be sufficient to hold the vested but unexercised nil cost options for this period.

Awards will normally be forfeited if a participant leaves employment. However, if the employment ends by reason of injury, ill health, disability, redundancy, the sale of a participant’s employing company or the business in which he or she works or any other reason at the discretion of our Remuneration Committee, awards will vest on the original vesting date to the extent the performance condition has been met at such date, unless our Remuneration Committee determines that it should vest on the date of cessation to the extent that the performance condition has been met at such date. In the case of death, an award will vest immediately to the extent the performance condition has been met at such date. Vested awards will be subject to time prorating, unless our Remuneration Committee determines otherwise.

Awards may also vest early in the event of a takeover, scheme of arrangement or winding-up of the Company to the extent that the performance condition has been satisfied up to the date of the relevant event.

Ordinary Share Plan 2019

Any associates of the Group, excluding Executive Directors/Senior Managers of the Company, will be eligible to participate in the OSP at the discretion of our Remuneration Committee. Our Remuneration Committee shall decide whether an award under the OSP will take the form of an option, a restricted share award, a conditional award or a phantom award, or any combination of these awards. Options and awards may be over ordinary shares. No consideration is payable for the grant of such awards.

In respect of any financial year, the maximum total market value of ordinary shares over which an award is granted to a participant may not exceed 100% of the participant’s salary (subject to the discretion of our Remuneration Committee to determine otherwise). Our Remuneration Committee will determine the vesting date, which will not (unless it determines otherwise) be earlier than the third anniversary of the date of grant. Where it is impractical for legal or regulatory reasons to deliver ordinary shares following the vesting of an award, the Company may pay, or procure the payment of, an equivalent cash amount, subject to all necessary deductions.

Awards will normally be forfeited if a participant leaves employment. However, if the employment ends by reason of redundancy, death, injury or disability, retirement, the sale of a participant’s employing company or the business in which he or she works or any other reason at the discretion of our Remuneration Committee, awards will vest on the date of cessation.

In the event of a takeover, scheme of arrangement or winding up of the Company, subject to the discretion of our Remuneration Committee to require roll-over, all outstanding awards will automatically vest and awards granted in the form of an option will be automatically exercised provided that any exercise price payable by the participant on exercise is no more than the offer price or consideration.

 

56


Table of Contents

On the vesting of an award that takes the form of an option, the participant may exercise the option during the period of 90 days following the vesting date, provided that if the award has vested due to a participant’s death or if the participant dies during the 90-day period, the award may be exercised during the period of 12 months following the date of death.

Performance Ordinary Share Plan 2019

Any associates of the Group, excluding Executive Directors of the Company, will be eligible to participate in the POSP at the discretion of our Remuneration Committee. Our Remuneration Committee shall decide whether an award under the POSP will take the form of an option, a restricted share award, a conditional award or a phantom award, or any combination of these awards. Options and awards may be over ordinary shares. No consideration is payable for the grant of such awards.

Our Remuneration Committee will determine the vesting date, which will not (unless our Remuneration Committee determines otherwise) be earlier than the third anniversary of the date of grant. Vesting is

subject to the satisfaction of performance conditions set by our Remuneration Committee. Where it is impractical for legal or regulatory reasons to deliver ordinary shares following the vesting of an award, the Company may pay, or procure the payment of, an equivalent cash amount, subject to all necessary deductions.

Awards will normally be forfeited if a participant leaves employment. However, if the employment ends by reason of injury, ill health, disability, redundancy, retirement, the sale of a participant’s employing company or the business in which he or she works or any other reason at the discretion of our Remuneration Committee, awards will vest on the original vesting date to the extent the performance condition has been met at such date, unless our Remuneration Committee determines that it should vest on the date of cessation to the extent that the performance condition has been met at such date. In the case of death, an award will vest immediately to the extent the performance condition has been met at such date.

In the event of a takeover, scheme of arrangement or winding up of the Company, subject to the discretion of our Remuneration Committee to require roll-over, all outstanding awards will automatically vest, and awards granted in the form of an option shall be automatically exercised provided that any exercise price payable by the participant on exercise is no more than the offer price or consideration.

On the vesting of an award that takes the form of an option, the participant may exercise the option during the period of 90 days following the vesting date, provided that if the award has vested due to a participant’s death or if the participant dies during the 90-day period, the award may be exercised during the period of 12 months following the date of death.

Employee Benefit Trusts

The Company has established a Jersey trust and a United States trust (collectively, the “Trusts”) in connection with the obligation to satisfy historical and future share awards under certain of the Company Employee Share Plans and other historical share plans. The trustees of each of the Trusts have waived their rights to receive dividends on any shares held by them. As at July 31, 2020, the Jersey trust held 126,229 ordinary shares and $1,308 in cash; and the United States trust held 1,151,118 ordinary shares. The number of shares held by the Trusts represented 0.55% of the Company’s issued share capital as at July 31, 2020.

During fiscal 2020, shares were purchased by the Trusts to ensure that they continue to have sufficient shares to satisfy share awards. No shares were acquired by the Jersey trust during the year. The United States trust purchased 307,345 ordinary shares and paid £19.9 million. The Company provided funds to the Trusts to enable them to make the purchases. The number of shares purchased represented 0.13% of the Company’s issued share capital as at July 31, 2020.

 

57


Table of Contents

Executive Directors—Incentive Awards

Awards under the DBP were made on October 17, 2019 and awards under the LTIP were made on December 5, 2019. Awards under the LTIP are based on a percentage of salary determined by our Remuneration Committee. The Remuneration Committee considers the size of each grant on an annual basis, which is determined by individual performance, the ability of each individual to contribute to the achievement of the performance conditions, and market levels of remuneration. The maximum vesting is 100% of the award granted. Awards under the DBP are made where an Executive Director has not met their shareholding guidelines target

prior to payment of their bonus and the amount of the bonus in excess of target is deferred into a share award. The scheme interests awarded during fiscal 2020 are summarized below.

 

Name

   Award     

Type of Award

   Number of
Shares
(#)(1)
    

Option Expiration
Date

   Face Value of
Award
(£000)(2)(3)(4)(5)
 

Directors

              

Kevin Murphy

     LTIP      Conditional awards      43,625      n/a      2,940.8  

Mike Powell

     LTIP      Nil-cost options      26,481      December 5, 2029      1,785.1  
     DBP (6)     Nil-cost options      85      August 1, 2022      5.4  

 

(1)

Kevin Murphy and Mike Powell’s LTIP awards granted during fiscal 2020 were based on a percentage of salary as follows: Kevin Murphy (350%) and Mike Powell (300%). The DBP award granted to Mike Powell during fiscal 2020 was based on the amount of annual bonus earned in 2018/19 that exceeded the target.

(2)

The share price used to calculate the face value of the LTIP share awards granted on December 5, 2019 was 6,741 pence, which was the average share price over a 10 dealing day period immediately preceding the date of grant. The LTIP award made to Mike Powell was in the form of nil cost options. At vesting, the exercise price payable per share will be zero. The LTIP award made to Kevin Murphy was a conditional share award, and there is no exercise price.

(3)

The share price used to calculate the face value of the DBP share award granted on October 17, 2019 was 6,376 pence, which was the average share price over a 10 dealing day period preceding the date of grant. The DBP award made to Mike Powell was in the form of nil-cost options. At vesting, the exercise price per share will be nil.

(4)

Face value is calculated as required by the Large and Medium-sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) Regulations 2008, as amended as the maximum number of shares at full vesting multiplied by either the share price at date of grant or the average share price used to determine the number of shares awarded. Dividend equivalents also accrue on the LTIP and DBP awards and the amount which may be due to an Executive Director is not included in the calculation of face value.

(5)

The maximum dilution which may arise through issue of shares to satisfy the entitlement to these LTIP and DBP awards would be 0.03% calculated as at July 31, 2020.

(6)

Mike Powell’s DBP award will vest in August 2022.

Directors’ Service Agreements

The Executive Directors for fiscal 2020 have entered into service agreements, the details of which are described below. Messrs. Powell and Martin are no longer employed by the Group but continued to serve as employees during fiscal 2020.

Kevin Murphy’s Service Agreement

Kevin Murphy is employed by Ferguson Enterprises LLC as the Group Chief Executive pursuant to his employment agreement, dated September 2, 2019 (the “Murphy Employment Agreement”). Mr. Murphy’s annual base salary for the fiscal 2020 was $975,000 through November 19, 2019 as Chief Executive Officer, USA, and $1,100,000 following November 19, 2019 as Group Chief Executive, and he is eligible to receive certain car benefits and participate in a discretionary bonus scheme (which, if earned, may be deferred into

 

58


Table of Contents

an award under the DBP), a 401(k) retirement savings plan (with company contributions equal to 16% of base salary), a Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, and the benefit programs offered to senior executives (including short- and long-term disability and healthcare coverage). Mr. Murphy’s eligibility to receive grants of shares and/or options under the Company Employee Share Plans is described in the “—B. Compensation” section above.

The Murphy Employment Agreement is not for a fixed term although it is subject to immediate termination in the event of a termination for cause. Ferguson Enterprises LLC and Mr. Murphy are each permitted to terminate the Murphy Employment Agreement by providing 12 months’ prior written notice; provided, that Ferguson Enterprises LLC has sole discretion to pay Mr. Murphy the following amounts in lieu of notice, subject to his execution of a general release of claims: (i) continued base salary payments in an aggregate amount equal to Mr. Murphy’s base salary (subject to mitigation) and (ii) the cost to Ferguson Enterprises LLC of providing all other benefits for the unexpired notice period (the foregoing notice and termination terms provided in this paragraph, the “Murphy Termination Terms”). Mr. Murphy is also bound by confidentiality, intellectual property, non-competition, non-interference, non-hire, non-solicitation and non-disparagement obligations under the terms of the Murphy Employment Agreement.

Mike Powell’s Service Agreement

Mike Powell was employed by Wolseley Limited (now known as Ferguson UK Holdings Limited) and previously served as the Group Chief Financial Officer pursuant to his service agreement, dated February 28, 2017. His annual base salary for the fiscal 2020 was £595,000 and he received certain car benefits and was eligible to participate in an annual discretionary bonus scheme (with a target amount equal to 90% of Mr. Powell’s annual base salary). To the extent that Mr. Powell did not satisfy the Company’s share ownership guidelines, he was required to defer a portion of his annual bonus payment, if earned, into an award under the DBP. In addition, Mr. Powell was eligible to participate in a defined contribution pension plan, medical and healthcare insurance plans and life assurance, and he received a salary supplement equal to 25% of his annual base salary in lieu of membership of the Group pension scheme. Mr. Powell’s eligibility to receive grants of shares and/or options under the Company Employee Share Plans is described in the “—B. Compensation” section above. Mr. Powell’s service agreement generally had the same terms as the Murphy Termination Terms described above, except that Mr. Powell was required to terminate his service agreement by providing 6 months’ prior written notice. Mr. Powell is bound by confidentiality, intellectual property, non-competition, non-interference, non-hire and non-solicitation obligations.

Mr. Powell had also entered into a director appointment letter, dated March 22, 2019, pursuant to which he was appointed as a director and Group Chief Financial Officer. Mr. Powell did not receive any additional remuneration for such appointment, but was entitled to Company reimbursement for travel business expenses, including expenses incurred for travel to and attendance at Company board and shareholders’ meetings.

Following notification in May 2020 of his intention to resign, Mr. Powell stepped down as Chief Financial Officer and as director on October 31, 2020. He did not receive any payment for loss of office. Mr. Powell received annual base salary, benefits and pension payments up to his date of departure. Mr. Powell was not eligible to participate in the Bonus Plan or receive a LTIP grant for fiscal 2021. All outstanding unvested awards granted under the Company’s 2015 Long Term Incentive Plan and 2019 Long Term Incentive Plan lapsed. His share options under the Company’s International Sharesave Plan 2011 and International Sharesave Plan 2019 lapsed upon cessation of his employment. Mr. Powell’s awards under the Company’s Deferred Bonus Plan 2016 and Deferred Bonus Plan 2019 will continue and vest on their original vesting dates.

 

59


Table of Contents

John Martin’s Service Agreement

John Martin was employed by Wolseley Limited (now known as Ferguson UK Holdings Limited), and previously served as the Group Chief Executive Officer, pursuant to a service agreement dated August 31, 2016. John Martin’s annual base salary for fiscal 2020 was £917,200, and he received car benefits and was eligible to participate in the Ferguson Group defined contribution pension plan, a permanent health insurance scheme and annual discretionary bonus scheme (with a target performance amount equal to 100% of Mr. Martin’s annual base salary). To the extent that Mr. Martin did not satisfy the Company’s share ownership guidelines, then he was required to defer a portion of any bonus payment, if earned, into an award under the DBP. He received a salary supplement equal to 30% of his annual base salary in lieu of membership of the Group pension scheme. Mr. Martin’s service agreement generally had the same terms as the Murphy Termination Terms described above; except that Mr. Martin was required to terminate his service agreement by providing six months’ prior written notice. Mr. Martin’s eligibility to receive grants of shares and/or options under the Company Employee Share Schemes is described in the “—B Compensation” section above. Mr. Martin is bound by confidentiality, intellectual property, non-competition, non-interference, non-hire and non-solicitation obligations.

Mr. Martin had also entered into director appointment letters, dated August 31, 2016 and March 22, 2019, pursuant to which he was appointed as a director and Group Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Martin did not receive any additional remuneration for such appointment, but was entitled to Company reimbursement for travel business expenses, including expenses incurred for travel to and attendance at Company board and shareholders’ meetings.

Mr. Martin stepped down as Group Chief Executive and as director on November 19, 2019. He did not receive any payment for loss of office and remained an employee through September 3, 2020. During such period, Mr. Martin continued to receive his annual base salary, benefits and pension payments and remained eligible to earn his bonus for fiscal 2020, which was prorated based on the number of calendar days from the beginning of the performance period through November 19, 2019 and subject to an assessment of the relevant performance measures. Mr. Martin was not eligible to receive a LTIP grant for fiscal 2020. However, his (i) outstanding awards granted under the Company’s 2015 Long Term Incentive Plan will receive good leaver termination treatment, (ii) 2017 and 2018 awards were prorated to reflect the number of calendar days in which he was employed during the vesting period prior to his termination date, and (iii) any awards that remain subject to performance measures will continue to vest and become exercisable on their scheduled vesting dates, subject to their relevant terms. His termination will not be treated as a good leaver termination under the Company’s International Sharesave Plan 2011, and he will be entitled to cancel his savings contract at any time or continue to save until September 3, 2020. Mr. Martin’s options will lapse upon the earlier to occur of the cessation of his employment or cancellation of his savings contract.

 

  C

Board Practices

For a discussion of director’s service agreements, see “—B. Compensation—Director’s Service Agreements.”

Term of Office

All Non-Executive Directors are appointed for terms of between one and three years. Under the United Kingdom Corporate Governance Code, all directors are subject to a vote for re-election each year at the Annual General Meeting.

Board of Directors and Key Committees

The Board is collectively responsible for the long-term success of the Company. The Board’s primary role is to provide effective and entrepreneurial leadership necessary to enable the Group’s business objectives to be met and to review the overall strategic development of the Group as a whole.

 

60


Table of Contents

Certain strategic decisions and authorities of the Company are reserved as matters for the Board, with other matters, responsibilities and authorities delegated to its Committees. The matters reserved for the Board for its decision are set out in a formal schedule, which include: the Group’s vision, mission and values and their alignment with culture; strategy and management; principal risks and risk appetite; capital and corporate structure; financial reporting and controls; internal control and risk management systems; tax and treasury matters; major corporate transactions, contracts and commitments; shareholder communications; succession

planning and appointments to the Board and senior management; remuneration of Directors and senior management; delegation of authority and division of responsibilities; corporate governance; Group policies; and other miscellaneous matters.

Audit Committee

The Audit Committee oversees, monitors and makes recommendations as appropriate in relation to the Group’s financial statements, accounting processes, audit (internal and external), risk management and internal controls and matters relating to fraud and whistleblowing. The current members of the Audit Committee are: Messrs. Murray (Chair) and May and Mmes. Bamford, Halligan and Ms. Wood.

Remuneration Committee

The Remuneration Committee reviews and recommends to the Board the framework and policy for the remuneration of the Chairman, the Executive Directors and our executive committee, taking into account the business strategy of the Group and how the Remuneration Policy reflects and supports that strategy. The current members of the Remuneration Committee are: Mmes. Simmonds (Chair) and Halligan, and Messrs. Drabble, Murray and Schmitt.

Nominations Committee

The Nominations Committee regularly reviews the structure, size and composition of the Board and its committees. It also identifies and nominates suitable candidates to be appointed to the Board (subject to Board approval) and considers succession generally. The current members of the Nominations Committee are: Messrs. Drabble (Chair), May, Murray and Schmitt, and Mmes. Bamford, Halligan, Shouraboura, Simmonds and Wood.

Major Announcements Committee

The Major Announcements Committee meets as required to consider the Company’s disclosure obligations regarding material information where the matter is unexpected and non-routine. The current members of the Major Announcements Committee are: Messrs. Murphy (Chair), Drabble, Murray, Brundage, Graham and Mr. Fearon, Group Director of Communications and Investor Relations.

NYSE Corporate Governance Exemptions

As a foreign private issuer listed on the NYSE, we will be permitted to follow certain home country corporate governance practices in lieu of the provisions of the NYSE. We follow corporate governance standards which are substantially similar to those followed by U.S. domestic companies under NYSE listing standards, except that under the UK Corporate Governance Code, shareholder pre-approval is not generally required for the adoption or material amendment of equity compensation plans, except with respect to either of the following two types of equity compensation plans: (i) an equity compensation plan under which employees or former employees are entitled to participate and permits the issue of new shares or transfer of treasury shares; or (ii) a long-term equity compensation plan in which a director is entitled to participate, whether or not it involves new issue or treasury shares, but excluding, for the purposes of (ii), long-term equity compensation plans in which all, or substantially all, of the company’s employees are eligible to participate or a single director is the only participant established specifically to recruit or retain the relevant individual.

 

61


Table of Contents
  D

Employees

Our associates are essential to the long-term success of the Group. We continue to invest in the development of our people and strive to ensure that we are positioned to attract and retain the best talent. Our associates enable us to deliver excellent customer service, develop strong relationships, maximize operational efficiencies and accelerate the adoption of new operating models.

The table below sets forth the average number of full time equivalent (“FTE”) associates by business segment for the periods presented.

 

     As at July 31,  

FTE associates by Business Segment

   2020      2019      2018  

United States

     27,059        27,447        25,129  

Canada

     2,473        2,974        2,962  

United Kingdom

     5,031        5,439        5,871  

Other

     74        79        94  

Total Group

     34,637        35,939        34,056  

 

  E

Share Ownership

The table below shows, in relation to each of our directors and senior management team, the total number of ordinary shares beneficially owned as at February 8, 2021.

The number of ordinary shares beneficially owned is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC, and the information is not necessarily indicative of beneficial ownership for any other purpose. Under such rules, beneficial ownership includes any shares over which the individual has sole or shared voting power or investment power, or the right to receive the economic benefit of ownership, as well as any shares that the individual has the right to acquire within 60 days of February 8, 2021 through the exercise of any option, warrant or other right. Except as otherwise indicated, and subject to applicable community property laws, the persons named in the table have sole voting and investment power and the right to receive the economic benefit of ownership with respect to all ordinary shares held by that person.

 

62


Table of Contents

The percentage of ordinary shares beneficially owned is calculated on the basis of 225,048,626 ordinary shares outstanding as at February 8, 2021. Ordinary shares that a person has the right to acquire within 60 days of February 8, 2021 are deemed outstanding for purposes of computing the percentage ownership of the person holding such rights, but are not deemed outstanding for purposes of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.

 

Name

   Number of Ordinary
Shares Beneficially
Owned
     Percentage of Ordinary
Shares Outstanding
 

Geoff Drabble

     4,983        *  

Kevin Murphy

     57,565        *  

Bill Brundage

     13,612        *  

Alan Murray

     2,368        *  

Tessa Bamford

     1,940        *  

Cathy Halligan

     425        *  

Brian May

     —          —    

Tom Schmitt

     1,350        *  

Nadia Shouraboura

     —          —    

Jacky Simmonds

     1,894        *  

Suzanne Wood

     —          —    

Ian Graham

     —          —    

Sammie Long

     8,717        *  

Mike Sajor

     —          —    

 

*

Less than 1% of our outstanding shares.

 

Item 7.

Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions

 

  A

Major Shareholders

To the extent known to the Company, it is neither directly nor indirectly owned nor controlled by another corporation, any government, or any other person. In addition, there are no arrangements, known to the Company, the operation of which may result in a change in its control in the future.

As at February 8, 2021 the table below sets out details of notifications, relating to beneficial ownership of more than 3% of our ordinary shares, received pursuant to the UK Financial Conduct Authority Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rule 5 and the Company’s Articles of Association.

 

Name of Shareholder

   Ordinary
Shares
     Percentage of
Share Capital(1)
    Date Notification
Received

BlackRock

     24,276,845        9.64   December 13, 2013

Trian Fund Management, L.P.

     11,935,627        5.14   June 12, 2019

FIL Limited

     12,339,472        4.95   February 15, 2010

Norges Bank

     8,660,609        3.61   October 10, 2017

 

(1)

Pursuant to the Company’s Articles of Association, shareholders are required to notify the Company when their holdings reach, exceed or fall below 3% and each 1% threshold thereafter up to 100%. The Company is reliant upon shareholders providing notification when they reach, exceed or fall below a given threshold. The percentage of share capital is provided as at the date of disclosure by the relevant shareholder. Since the disclosure date, the shareholders’ interests may have changed.

As at February 8, 2021, there were 290 holders in the United States holding 232,333 ordinary shares.

 

63


Table of Contents
  B

Related Party Transactions

As of the date of this registration statement, in fiscal 2021, the Group purchased goods and services on an arms’ length basis totaling approximately $10.6 million from a company that is controlled by another company in respect of which one of the Group’s non-executive directors is the chief executive officer.

In fiscal 2020, the Group purchased goods and services on an arms’ length basis totaling approximately $18 million from (and owed $0 million in respect of these goods and services to) a company that is controlled by another company in respect of which one of the Group’s non-executive directors is the chief executive officer.

In fiscal 2019, the Group purchased goods and services on an arms’ length basis totaling approximately $18.1 million from (and owed $0 million in respect of these goods and services to) a company that is controlled by another company in respect of which one of the Group’s non-executive directors is the chief executive officer, $7 million of which was incurred after the appointment of such non-executive director.

 

  C

Interests of Experts and Counsel

Not applicable.

 

Item 8.

Financial Information

 

  A

Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information

Financial Statements

Audited consolidated financial statements are set forth under “Item 18. Financial Statements.

Legal Proceedings

There are no governmental, legal or arbitration proceedings (including such proceedings which are pending or threatened of which the Group is aware) during a period covering at least the previous 12 months preceding the date of this registration statement which may have, or have had in the recent past, significant effects on the Group’s financial position or profitability.

Dividend Policy

The Company maintains a policy that establishes priorities for the utilization of capital, which, in order of importance, are: (i) to re-invest in organic growth opportunities; (ii) to fund the ordinary dividend to grow in line with the Group’s expectations of long-term earnings growth; (iii) to fund selective bolt-on acquisitions to improve the Group’s market leadership positions or expand the capabilities of the Group’s existing business model; and (iv) if there is excess cash after these priorities, to return it to shareholders.

The Company currently intends to make a return of substantially all of the net cash proceeds from the sale of its UK operations to shareholders by way of a special dividend. See “Item 4. Information on the Company—A. History and Development.”

 

  B

Significant Changes

On December 8, 2020, we published our unaudited quarterly management report, from which we have included select financial information for the three months ended October 31, 2020 below. The information

 

64


Table of Contents

contained in this section is unaudited and does not constitute interim financial statements in accordance with International Accounting Standard 34, Interim Financial Reporting. Neither the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, nor any other independent accountants, have compiled, examined, or performed any procedures with respect to the unaudited quarterly management report, nor have they expressed any opinion or any other form of assurance on such information, and assume no responsibility for, and disclaim any association with, the unaudited quarterly management report.

Revenue

The table below illustrates our revenue by reportable segment for the three months ended October 31, 2020.

 

     Three months ended
October 31,
 
     2020      2019  
     $m  

USA

     5,050        4,893  

UK

     569        541  

Canada

     322        315  

Underlying Trading Profit

The table below illustrates our underlying trading profit by reportable segment for the three months ended October 31, 2020.

 

     Three months ended
October 31,
 
     2020      2019  
     $m  

USA

     473        425  

UK

     25        15  

Canada

     23        19  

Dividends

On December 11, 2020, we paid a dividend of approximately $467 million to our shareholders.

United Kingdom Plan Obligations

On January 29, 2021, the Group sold its United Kingdom operations. Following completion of the sale, the Group retained future responsibility for the United Kingdom Plan, as the ongoing liabilities were not transferred to the purchaser, and increased the expected employer contributions to the United Kingdom Plan from $15 million to $55 million for the year ended July 31, 2021. This is an increase of $40 million from the previously expected employer contributions disclosed in Note 22 to our audited consolidated financial statements as at July 31, 2020. See “Item 3. Key Information—D. Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Business—Risk Factors—Risks Related to—We have funding risks related to our defined benefit pension schemes” for additional information.

 

Item 9.

The Offer and Listing

 

  A

Offer and Listing Details

The Company intends to list its ordinary shares of 10 pence on the NYSE in the United States.

The principal trading market of the Company’s ordinary shares is currently the LSE, where the Company’s shares are traded under the symbol “FERG”. The Company’s ordinary shares are also listed and trade in the form

 

65


Table of Contents

of American Depositary Shares (“ADRs”) in the United States over-the-counter market, or OTCQX, under the symbol (“FERGY”). Ten ADRs represent one ordinary share. In connection with the listing contemplated by this registration statement, the ADR program will be cancelled.

 

  B

Plan of Distribution

Not applicable.

 

  C

Markets

See Item 9. A. Offer and Listing Details for all stock exchanges where the Company’s ordinary shares are traded.

 

  D

Selling Shareholders

Not applicable.

 

  E

Dilution

Not applicable.

 

  F

Expenses of the Issue

Not applicable.

 

Item 10.

Additional Information

 

  A

Share Capital

As of February 8, 2021, our authorized share capital consisted of 500,000,000 ordinary 10 pence shares. 232,171,182 shares were issued, of which 7,122,556 were held as treasury shares and 833,189 were held in two employee benefit trusts. Employee share plan awards may be satisfied by using treasury shares, shares held in employee benefit trusts, new issue shares or market purchased shares. As of such date (i) 395,944 ordinary shares were issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options to purchase additional ordinary shares, with exercises prices ranging from £nil to £43.55 per share and with expiration dates ranging from May 31, 2021 to November 30, 2025 and (ii) an additional 1,850,182 ordinary shares were issuable upon vesting of conditional share awards (both with and without performance conditions).

All of the allotted and issued shares are fully paid or credited as fully paid.

As of July 31, 2020, our authorized share capital consisted of 500,000,000 ordinary 10 pence shares. 232,171,182 shares were issued, of which 7,280,222 shares were held as treasury shares and 1,277,347 shares were held in two employee benefit trusts. Employee share plan awards may be satisfied by using treasury shares, shares held in employee benefit trusts, new issue shares or market purchased shares. As of such date (i) 662,995 ordinary shares were issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options to purchase additional ordinary shares, with exercises prices ranging from £nil to £43.55 per share and with expiration dates ranging from November 30, 2020 to November 30, 2025 and (ii) an additional 1,879,756 ordinary shares were issuable upon vesting of conditional share awards (both with and without performance conditions).

As of July 31, 2019, our authorized share capital consisted of 500,000,000 ordinary 10 pence shares. 232,171,182 shares were issued, of which 2,036,945 were held as treasury shares and 1,563,778 were held in two employee benefit trusts. Share plan awards may be satisfied by using treasury shares, shares held in employee

 

66


Table of Contents

benefit trusts, new issue shares or market purchased shares. As of such date (i) 980,120 ordinary shares were issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options to purchase additional ordinary shares, with exercises prices ranging from £nil to £46.33 per share and with expiration dates ranging from November 30, 2019 to November 30, 2024 and (ii) an additional 1,810,814 ordinary shares were issuable upon vesting of conditional share awards (both with and without performance conditions).

For additional information on our ordinary shares in issue, treasury shares and the shares held in employee benefit trusts, please refer to note 23 to our audited consolidated financial statements, included elsewhere in this registration statement. For additional information on our ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options to purchase ordinary shares, please refer to “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees—B Compensation—Employee Share Schemes.”

Below is information regarding changes in our ordinary share capital since August 1, 2017 through July 31, 2020:

 

   

During fiscal 2018, we (i) issued 646,988 ordinary shares out of treasury and 492,870 ordinary shares out of employee benefit trusts to satisfy share plan awards (whether options at exercise prices ranging from £nil to £42.69 or nil cost conditional share awards), (ii) purchased 564,476 ordinary shares into the employee benefit trusts and (iii) repurchased 9,178,209 ordinary shares pursuant to a share buyback program and held them in treasury.

 

   

On June 10, 2018, a share consolidation was effected in connection with the payment of a special dividend. The share consolidation reduced the number of existing 10 53/66 pence shares by approximately the same percentage as the total amount of the special dividend (equivalent to approximately 5.3% of the market capitalization of the Company at the time). Shareholders received 18 ordinary shares of 11 227/563 pence for every 19 ordinary shares of 10 53/66 pence held on June 8, 2018 (the “Special Dividend and Share Consolidation Record Date”). Following the Special Dividend and Share Consolidation Record Date the Company’s issued share capital was 252,602,622 ordinary shares of 11 227/563 pence. In connection with the issuance of such shares, there was no change in voting rights.

 

   

Due to the share consolidation, shares issued and outstanding were reduced by 14,033,479 ordinary shares, shares in treasury were reduced by 1,135,929 ordinary shares and shares in the employee benefit trusts were reduced by 80,156 ordinary shares.

 

   

During fiscal 2019, we (i) issued 180,210 new issue ordinary shares, 219,648 ordinary shares out of treasury and 402,827 ordinary shares out of employee benefit trusts to satisfy share plan awards (whether options at exercise prices ranging from £nil to £47.45 or nil cost conditional share awards), (ii) purchased 540,000 ordinary shares into the employee benefit trusts and (iii) repurchased 2,090,371 ordinary shares pursuant to a share buyback program and held them in treasury.

 

   

On May 10, 2019 (the “Scheme Effective Date”) pursuant to a scheme of arrangement under Article 125 of the Jersey Companies Law between the former holding company of the Group and its shareholders (the “Scheme”), and as sanctioned by the Royal Court of Jersey, all of the issued 11 227/563 pence ordinary shares in the former holding company (the “Scheme Shares”), which were listed on the Official List and of trading on the London Stock Exchange’s main market for listed securities with effect from the Scheme Effective Date were delisted and transferred to the Company. In consideration of the transfer of the Scheme Shares to the Company, for each ordinary 11 227/563 pence share held in the former holding company by shareholders at the Scheme record time of 6:00 pm on May 9, 2019 the shareholders of the former holding company received one ordinary share of 10 pence each in the Company.

In connection with the issuance of such shares, there was no change in voting rights and no consideration was paid for. Among such shares, two were subscribed on incorporation of the Company by the subscriber to the memorandum of association of the Company and were paid up in full by that

 

67


Table of Contents

subscriber (the “Subscriber Shares”). Upon the Scheme Effective Date, the Subscriber Shares ceased to be entitled to dividends or distributions, no longer carried the right to receive notice of, attend or vote at any meeting and became redeemable at any time thereafter, for their nominal amount, at the option of the Board. The Subscriber Shares were redeemed on the Scheme Effective Date and cancelled thereafter.

Prior to the Scheme Effective Date, 20,611,650 treasury shares of the former holding company were cancelled.

 

   

During fiscal 2020, we (i) issued 348,293 ordinary shares out of treasury and 593,776 ordinary shares out of employee benefit trusts to satisfy share plan awards (whether options at exercise prices ranging from £nil to £46.33 or nil cost conditional share awards), (ii) purchased 307,345 ordinary shares into the employee benefit trust and (iii) repurchased 5,591,570 ordinary shares pursuant to two share buyback programs and held them in treasury.

 

  B

Memorandum and Articles of Association

Limited companies formed under the laws of Jersey are governed in general by two organizational documents, a Memorandum of Association and the Articles of Association. The Memorandum of Association sets forth the basic constitutional details of the company and its authorized share capital. The Articles of Association set forth other general corporate matters, including the rights of shareholders and provisions concerning shareholder and director meetings and directors’ terms and fees.

Ferguson plc is a public limited company governed by the Jersey Companies Law, and regulations made thereunder. It was incorporated and registered in Jersey on March 8, 2019 under the Jersey Companies Law as a private limited company under the name Alpha JCo Limited with company number 128484. The Company converted its status to a public limited company and changed its name to Ferguson Newco plc on March 26, 2019. The Company then changed its name to Ferguson plc on May 10, 2019. It is registered in the United Kingdom as Ferguson Group Holdings, UK Establishment No. BR021199.

Under Jersey Companies Law, the capacity of a Jersey company is not limited by anything contained in its memorandum or articles of association. Accordingly, the Memorandum of Association does not contain an objects clause.

Summary of the Articles of Association

The following summary of certain provisions of the Articles does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by the full terms of the Articles.

Directors

Permitted Interests of Directors

Subject to the provisions of Jersey Companies Law, as long as a director has disclosed the nature and extent of his or her interest to the Board, a director can: (i) be a party to, or otherwise have an interest in, any transaction or arrangement with the Company or in which the Company has a direct or indirect interest; (ii) act by himself or herself or through his or her firm in a paid professional role for the Company (other than as auditor); and (iii) be a director, officer or employee of, or a party to a transaction or arrangement with, or otherwise interested in, any body corporate in which the Company has any interest whether direct or indirect.

A director who has, and is permitted to have, any interest referred to in the above paragraph can keep any remuneration or other benefit which he or she derives as a result of having that interest as if he or she were not a director. Any disclosure may be made at a meeting of the Board, by notice in writing or by general notice or

 

68


Table of Contents

otherwise in accordance with Jersey Companies Law. The Board may authorize directors’ actual and potential conflicts of interests, provided that any director concerned does not vote or count towards the quorum at the meeting where the matter is considered. Where a director’s relationship with another person has been authorized and such relationship gives rise to an actual or potential conflict of interest, the director will not be in breach of the general duties he or she owes to the Company if he or she absents himself or herself from meetings, or makes arrangements not to receive documents and information, relating to the actual or potential conflict of interest for so long as he or she reasonably believes that the same subsists.

Borrowing Powers

Subject to the relevant legislation and the Articles, the Board can exercise all the Company’s powers relating to borrowing money, giving security over all or any of the Company’s business and activities, property, assets (present and future) and uncalled capital, and issuing debentures and other securities.

Retirement

Where the appointment is made by the Board, the director must retire at the next general meeting and can then be put forward by the Board for reappointment by shareholders in accordance with the Articles. At every annual general meeting, one third of the directors on the Board must retire or, if the number of directors is not divisible by three, the number of directors nearest to one third shall retire from office but: (i) if any directors will have been a director for three years or more since he or she was last appointed (or re-appointed) at the date fixed for the annual general meeting, he or she must retire; and (ii) if there is only one director, he or she must retire. A director who retires at an annual general meeting may be proposed for re-appointment if he or she is willing to act as a director. Subject to Jersey Companies Law and the Articles, the directors to retire by rotation will firstly be those directors who wish to retire without reappointment, and secondly those who have served the longest as a director since their last appointment or re-appointment. If directors were last re-appointed directors on the same day, they can agree among themselves who is to retire. If they cannot agree, then they must draw lots to decide. In the event that all directors retire at an annual general meeting and at the end of such meeting the number of directors that have been appointed or re-appointed is less than the minimum number of directors required under the Articles, all retiring directors will be deemed to have been re-appointed as directors to act for the purpose of filling vacancies and calling a general meeting as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter (at which point they shall retire).

No Share Qualification

Directors do not need to be shareholders in the Company.

Shares

Subject to the provisions of Jersey Companies Law relating to authority to allot, pre-emption rights or otherwise and to any resolution of the Company in a general meeting passed pursuant to those provisions and any provision of the Articles, all unissued shares for the time being in the capital of the Company are at the disposal of the Board. The Board may allot such shares on any terms and conditions, grant options over them, offer them for sale or otherwise dispose of them in any other way. The Board may issue shares which are to be redeemed or are liable to be redeemed at the option of the Company or the holder on such terms as provided by the Articles subject to the provisions of Jersey Companies Law.

Voting Rights

Subject to any rights or restrictions as to voting attached to any shares, on a show of hands, every member present in person or (subject to certain conditions) by proxy shall have one vote, and, on a poll, every member present in person or by proxy has one vote for every share of which he or she is the holder.

 

69


Table of Contents

If at the time of any general meeting or class meeting, a member owes the Company any money in relation to his or her share, he or she will not be entitled to vote that share (either in person or by proxy) or exercise any other right attached to that share at that general meeting or class meeting. A member may not (amongst other things) exercise voting rights in the Company in respect of shares which are the subject of a restriction notice served after failure to provide the Company with information concerning interests in certain shares required to be provided by the Company, in accordance with the Articles.

All Non-Executive Directors are appointed for terms of between one and three years. Under the United Kingdom Corporate Governance Code, all directors are subject to a vote for re-election each year at the Annual General Meeting.

Dividends and other distributions

Subject to the provisions of Jersey Companies Law, the members may, by ordinary resolution, declare dividends, but no dividend shall exceed the amount recommended by the Board. Subject to the provisions of Jersey Companies Law, the Board may pay interim dividends if it appears to the Board that it is justified by the financial position of the Company.

Except as otherwise provided by the rights attached to shares, all dividends shall be declared and paid according to the amounts paid up on the shares on which the dividend is paid. All dividends shall be apportioned and paid proportionately to the amounts paid up on the shares during the whole period in respect of which the dividend is paid. Any amount paid on a share in advance of the date on which a call is payable will not be treated as paid up for these purposes.

The Company does not have to pay interest on any dividend or other money due to a member in respect of his or her shares, unless the rights of the share state otherwise. If a dividend or other money payable in respect of a share remains unclaimed for 12 years from the date it was declared or became due for payment, the Board can pass a resolution to forfeit the payment and the member will lose the right to the dividend.

If recommended by the Board, members can pass an ordinary resolution to direct that a dividend will be satisfied in whole or in part by distributing assets instead of cash. This includes, amongst other things, paid up shares or debentures of another company. The Board can make any arrangements it wishes to settle any difficulties which may arise in connection with the distribution, including for example (i) the valuation of the assets, or (ii) the payment of cash to any member on the basis of that value in order to adjust the rights of members, and (iii) the transfer of any asset to a trustee. The Board may, if authorized by an ordinary resolution of the Company, offer members the right to elect to receive shares by way of scrip dividend (which are credited as fully paid) instead of cash in respect of some or all of their dividend.

Lien and Forfeiture

The Company has the right to any unpaid money on a partly paid share. This covers any money which is owed to the Company by the member, where the money has been called for or is payable under the terms on which the share was issued. The Company has the right to sell any partly paid share if a member fails to pay any money due on the partly paid share within 14 clear days of notice of the amount of money owed being given to the holder of the share or to the person entitled to the share by transmission.

The Board can call at any time on members on one or more occasions to pay any money which they owe to the Company on a share, provided that there must be at least one month between the payment dates of two consecutive calls and that the call is made in accordance with the Articles and the terms of allotment of the relevant share. Members must be given at least one month’s notice of a requirement to pay and the notice must state when and where the payment is to be made. If a member does not pay the money due under a call or any instalment of a call by the due date, he or she must pay interest on the amount due from the due date until it is

 

70


Table of Contents

actually paid. If the terms of any allotment of any share require money to be paid when the share is allotted or on a fixed date, the amount payable will be treated in the same way as if a valid call had been made for that money the same date the money is due. If the money is not paid, the provisions of the Articles relating to calls and forfeiture will apply as if the member had been notified of a valid call for that amount on that date.

Ownership of Shares by Non-UK Persons

There are no provisions in the Articles that restrict non-UK residents or overseas shareholders from holding shares or from exercising voting rights attaching to shares.

Pre-emption Rights

If the Company issues certain specific kinds of additional securities, current members will generally have pre-emption rights to those securities on a pro rata basis. Pre-emption rights are transferable during the subscription period relating to a particular offering. The members may, by way of special resolution, grant authority to the Board to allot shares as if the pre-emption rights did not apply.

Liquidation Rights

If the Company is wound up, the liquidator can, with the approval of a special resolution passed by the members and any other sanction required by Jersey Companies Law, divide some or all of the Company’s assets among the members. The liquidator may determine the value of such assets and how they are to be divided between the members.

Disclosure of Shareholdings

Pursuant to the Articles, the provisions of chapter five of the United Kingdom Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules are deemed to be incorporated by reference in the Articles as if the Company were a UK issuer. Accordingly, the Articles require members to notify the Company if the voting rights attached to shares held by them (subject to some exceptions) reach, exceed or fall below 3% and each 1% threshold thereafter up to 100%. In addition, pursuant to the Articles, the Company may also send a notice to any person whom it knows or believes to be interested in its shares, requiring such person to confirm whether he or she has such an interest and, if so, details of that interest. Under the Articles, if a member fails to supply the information requested in the notice or provides information that is materially inaccurate, the Board may serve a restriction notice on such person stating amongst other things that the member may not attend or vote at any general meeting or class meeting in respect of some or all of his or her shares.

Rights to Share in Ferguson’s Profits

If authorized by ordinary resolution of the members, the Board can pass a resolution to capitalize any undistributed profits (unless required for paying a preferential dividend) or other sum in any reserve or fund. The amount capitalized must be distributed to the members or holders of shares of any class on the record date as if it were distributed by way of dividend.

Changes in capital and allotment of securities

The Company, may, by special resolution of its shareholders, alter its Memorandum of Association to increase or reduce the number of shares that it is authorized to issue, to consolidate all or any of its shares (whether issued or not) into fewer shares or to divide all or any of our shares (whether issued or not) into more shares, in each case in compliance with the Jersey Companies Law.

Subject to the provisions of the Jersey Companies Law, the board has the discretion to issue authorized but unissued shares.

 

71


Table of Contents

Variation of Rights

Subject to the provisions of Jersey Companies Law, rights attached to any class of shares in the capital of the Company may be varied or abrogated either with the written consent of the holders of at least three quarters in nominal value of the issued shares of the class, or with the sanction of a special resolution passed at a separate class meeting of the class of members affected. While the Company’s shares are divided into different classes, the rights of a share will be treated as varied if either (i) the capital paid up on that share or class of shares is reduced (unless this results from the Company buying back or redeeming its own shares), or (ii) another share is allotted which has (a) priority for payment of a dividend, (b) priority on a return of capital or (c) voting rights more favorable than those attached to that share or class of shares.

General Meetings

The Company holds an annual general meeting each year in accordance with the requirements of Jersey Companies Law. All other general meetings of the members are called general meetings. The Board can call a general meeting whenever it decides to, and may make arrangements for persons entitled to attend the general meeting to do so by simultaneous attendance and participation at a satellite meeting place anywhere in the world. All annual general meetings can only be held if members have been given at least 21 clear days’ notice. Members must be given at least 14 clear days’ notice of all other general meetings. The members can require the Board to call a general meeting in accordance with Jersey Companies Law.

Notice of a general meeting must be sent to all of the Company’s members (subject to certain exceptions for holders of partly-paid shares), the Board and the auditors. The notice calling a general meeting must specify the place, day, time and general nature of the business of the meeting. A notice calling an annual general meeting must state that the meeting is an annual general meeting. A member may attend and/or vote at general meetings or class meetings in person or by proxy. The Articles contain provisions for the appointment of proxies, including electronic communication of appointments and cut off times for appointments prior to general meetings. Even if a director is not a member, he or she is entitled to attend and speak at any general meeting or class meeting. A quorum for a general meeting is three people (including members and/or proxies) entitled to vote at the meeting. If a quorum is not present within 30 minutes of the time set for the general meeting (or such longer time not exceeding one hour as the chair of the meeting may determine), the meeting shall be adjourned to such later time and date as the chair of the meeting may determine, unless the meeting was called at the request of the members in which case it shall be dissolved. If the general meeting is adjourned for more than 30 days, the Board must give members at least seven clear days’ notice of the adjourned meeting.

Change of Control

There are no provisions in the Articles which would have an effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in the control of the Company.

Other Jersey, Channel Islands Law Considerations

Purchase or redemption of own shares

The Company may not buy back or redeem its shares unless its directors who are to authorize the buy back or redemption have made a statutory solvency statement that, immediately following the date on which the buy back or redemption is proposed, the Company will be able to discharge its liabilities as they fall due and, having regard to prescribed factors, the Company will be able to continue to carry on business and discharge its liabilities as they fall due for the 12 months immediately following the date on which the buy back or redemption is proposed (or until the company is dissolved on a solvent basis, if earlier).

If the above conditions are met, the Company may purchase shares in the manner described below.

 

72


Table of Contents

It may purchase on a stock exchange its own fully paid shares pursuant to a special resolution of its shareholders. The resolution authorizing the purchase must specify:

 

   

the maximum number of shares to be purchased;

 

   

the maximum and minimum prices which may be paid; and

 

   

a date, not being later than 18 months after the passing of the resolution, on which the authority to purchase is to expire.

It may purchase its own fully paid shares otherwise than on a stock exchange pursuant to a special resolution of its shareholders but only if the purchase is made on the terms of a written purchase contract which has been approved by an ordinary resolution of its shareholders. The shareholder from whom the Company proposes to purchase or redeem shares is not entitled to take part in such shareholder vote in respect of the shares to be purchased.

The Company may fund a redemption or purchase of its own shares from any source. The Company cannot purchase its shares if, as a result of such purchase, only redeemable shares would remain in issue.

If authorized by a resolution of its shareholders, any shares that it redeems or purchases may be held by the Company as treasury shares. Any shares held by the Company as treasury shares may be cancelled, sold, transferred for the purposes of or under an employee share scheme or held without cancelling, selling or transferring them. Shares redeemed or purchased by the Company are cancelled where the Company has not been authorized to hold these as treasury shares.

Mandatory Bids

The United Kingdom City Code on takeovers and mergers (the “City Code”) applies to the Company. Under the City Code, if an acquisition of an interest in the Company’s ordinary shares were to increase the aggregate holding of an acquirer and its “concert parties” to an interest in the Company’s ordinary shares carrying 30% or more of the voting rights in the Company, the acquirer and, depending upon the circumstance, its concert parties, would be required (except with the consent of the UK Takeover Panel) to make an offer in cash (or accompanied by a cash alternative) for the outstanding ordinary shares in the Company at a price not less than the highest price paid for any interest in the Company’s ordinary shares by the acquirer or its concert parties during the 12 months prior to the announcement of the offer. A similar obligation to make such a mandatory offer would also arise on the acquisition of the Company’s ordinary shares by a person (together with its concert parties) interested in the Company’s ordinary shares carrying between 30% and 50% of the voting rights in the Company if the effect of such acquisition were to increase the percentage of shares carrying voting rights in which he or she is interested.

Squeeze-Out and Sell-Out

Jersey Companies Law provides that where a person (the “Offeror”) makes a takeover offer to acquire all of the shares (or all of the shares of any class) in a Jersey company (other than any shares already held by the Offeror at the date of the offer), if the Offeror has by virtue of acceptances of the offer acquired or contracted to acquire not less than 90% in nominal value of the shares (or class of shares) to which the offer relates, the Offeror may (subject to the requirements of Jersey Companies Law), by notice to the holders of the shares (or class of shares) to which the offer relates which the Offeror has not already acquired or contracted to acquire, compulsorily acquire those shares. A holder of any shares who receives a notice of compulsory acquisition may (within six weeks from the date on which such notice was given) apply to the Royal Court of Jersey for an order that the Offeror not be entitled and bound to purchase the holder’s shares or that the Offeror purchase the holder’s shares on terms different to those of the offer.

Where before the end of the period within which the takeover offer can be accepted, the Offeror has by virtue of acceptances of the offer acquired or contracted to acquire not less than 90% in nominal value of all of

 

73


Table of Contents

the shares (or all of the shares of a particular class) of the Jersey company, the holder of any such shares (or class of shares) who has not accepted the offer may, by written notice to the Offeror, require the Offeror to acquire the holder’s shares. The Offeror shall (subject to the requirements of Jersey Companies Law) be entitled and bound to acquire the holder’s shares on the terms of the offer or on such other terms as may be agreed. Where a holder gives the Offeror a notice of compulsory acquisition, each of the Offeror and the holder of the shares is entitled to apply to the Royal Court for an order that the terms on which the Offeror is entitled and bound to acquire the holder’s shares shall be such as the court thinks fit.

Settlement and dealings in ordinary Shares following listing on the                

Uncertificated Shareholders

Pursuant to the Articles, following the listing of the ordinary shares on the NYSE, ordinary shares which are held by shareholders in uncertificated form immediately prior to such listing will automatically be transferred to and deposited with The Depositary Trust Company system. However, in order to enable holders of uncertificated shares to continue to transfer and settle their interests in shares through CREST after the US listing takes effect, in the manner in which they did prior to the US listing becoming effective, such shareholders will receive depositary interests through CREST representing ordinary shares (“DIs”) on a one for one basis. Accordingly, after the US listing becomes effective, uncertificated shareholders will instead be able to transfer and settle their interests in the ordinary shares in CREST accounts in the form of DIs.

Certificated Shareholders

Pursuant to the Articles, shareholders who hold their ordinary shares in certificated form immediately prior to the listing of the ordinary shares on the NYSE will continue to hold their ordinary shares directly. However, their existing share certificates will be cancelled, and they will instead hold their ordinary shares directly through The Direct Registration System. The name of each such holder will be entered as the registered owner of the relevant number of ordinary shares on the Company’s register of members.

Comparison of United States and Jersey Corporate Law

Set forth below is a comparison of certain shareholder rights and corporate governance matters under Delaware law and Jersey law:

 

     
Corporate law issue    Delaware law    Jersey law
Special Meetings of Shareholders    Shareholders generally do not have the right to call meetings of shareholders unless that right is granted in the certificate of incorporation or by-laws. However, if a corporation fails to hold its annual meeting within a period of 30 days after the date designated for the annual meeting, or if no date has been designated for a period of 13 months after its last annual meeting, the Delaware Court of Chancery may order a meeting to be held upon the application of a shareholder.    Shareholders holding 10% or more of a Jersey company’s voting rights and entitled to vote at the relevant meeting may legally require our directors to call a meeting of shareholders. The Jersey Financial Services Commission (“JFSC”), may, at the request of any officer, secretary or shareholder, call or direct the calling of an annual general meeting. Failure to call an annual general meeting in accordance with the requirements of the Jersey Companies Law is a criminal offence on the part of a Jersey company and its directors and secretary.
Interested Director Transactions    Interested director transactions are permissible and may not be legally voided if:    An interested director must disclose to the company the nature and extent of any interest in a transaction with the company, or one of its subsidiaries, which to a

 

74


Table of Contents
     
Corporate law issue    Delaware law    Jersey law
  

 

•  either a majority of disinterested directors, or a majority in interest of holders of shares of the corporation’s capital stock entitled to vote upon the matter, approves the transaction upon disclosure of all material facts; or

 

•  the transaction is determined to have been fair as to the corporation as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified by the board of directors, a committee thereof or the shareholders.

  

material extent conflicts or may conflict with the interests of the company and of which the director is aware.

 

Failure to disclose an interest entitles the company or a shareholder to apply to the court for an order setting aside the transaction concerned and directing that the director account to the company for any profit.

 

A transaction is not voidable and a director is not accountable notwithstanding a failure to disclose an interest if the transaction is confirmed by special resolution and the nature and extent of the director’s interest in the transaction are disclosed in reasonable detail in the notice calling the meeting at which the resolution is passed.

 

Although it may still order that a director account for any profit, a court will not set aside a transaction unless it is satisfied that the interests of third parties who have acted in good faith would not thereby be unfairly prejudiced and the transaction was not reasonable and fair in the interests of the company at the time it was entered into.

 

Our Articles set out a limited number of transactions and matters in which a director may be interested and in which he or she may vote and be counted in the quorum in relation to a resolution on the matter.

Cumulative Voting    The certificate of incorporation of a Delaware corporation may provide that shareholders of any class or classes or of any series may vote cumulatively either at all elections or at elections under specified circumstances.    There are no provisions in the Jersey Companies Law relating to cumulative voting.
Approval of Corporate Matters by Written Consent    Unless otherwise specified in a corporation’s certificate of incorporation, shareholders may take action permitted to be taken at an annual or special meeting, without a meeting, notice or a vote, if consents, in writing, setting forth the action, are signed by shareholders with not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to    If permitted by the articles of association of a company, a written consent signed and passed by the specified majority of members may affect any matter that otherwise may be brought before a shareholders’ meeting, except for the removal of a company’s auditors. Such consent shall be deemed effective when the instrument, or the last of several

 

75


Table of Contents
     
Corporate law issue    Delaware law    Jersey law
   authorize the action at a meeting. All consents must be dated and are only effective if the requisite signatures are collected within 60 days of the earliest dated consent delivered.   

instruments, is signed by the specified majority of members or on such later date as is specified in the resolution.

 

Our Articles do not contain provisions regarding shareholder resolutions in writing.

 

Business Combinations    With certain exceptions, a merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of a Delaware corporation must be approved by the board of directors and a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote thereon.   

A sale or disposal of all or substantially all the assets of a Jersey company must be approved by the board of directors and, only if the articles of association of the company require, by the shareholders in a general meeting. A merger involving a Jersey company must be generally documented in a merger agreement which must be approved by special resolution of that company.

 

In the case of a merger requiring approval by special resolution, our Articles specify that a special resolution of the Company must be passed by three-fourths of the shareholders who (being entitled to do so) vote in person, or by proxy. The Articles do not contain provisions regarding shareholder resolutions in writing. Further, in certain scenarios, the UK listing rules to which we are subject also require shareholder approval for dispositions and business combination transactions.

Limitations on Director’s Liability and Indemnification of Directors and Officers   

Directors owe a fiduciary duty to the corporation and its shareholders, including a duty of care, pursuant to which directors must properly apprise themselves of all reasonable available information, and a duty of loyalty, pursuant to which they must protect the interests of the corporation and refrain from conduct that injures the corporation or its shareholders or that deprives the corporation or its shareholders of any profit or advantage.

 

A Delaware corporation may indemnify a director or officer of the corporation against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in defense of an action, suit or

  

The Jersey Companies Law does not contain any provision permitting Jersey companies to limit the liabilities of directors for breach of fiduciary duty.

 

However, a Jersey company may exempt from liability, and indemnify directors and officers, for liabilities:

 

•  incurred in defending any civil or criminal legal proceedings where:

 

   judgment is given in the person’s favour or the person is acquitted;

 

   the proceedings are discontinued other than by reason of such person (or someone on their behalf) giving

 

76


Table of Contents
     
Corporate law issue    Delaware law    Jersey law
   proceeding by reason of his or her position if (i) the director or officer acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and (ii) with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, the director or officer had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.   

some benefit or suffering some detriment; or

   the proceedings are settled on terms that such person (or someone on their behalf) gives some benefit or suffers some detriment but in the opinion of a majority of the disinterested directors, the person was substantially successful on the merits in the person’s resistance to the proceedings;

 

•  incurred to anyone other than to the company if the person acted in good faith with a view to the best interests of the company;

 

•  incurred in connection with an application made to the court for relief from liability for negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust under Article 212 of the Jersey Companies Law in which relief is granted to the person by the court; or

 

•  incurred in a case in which the company normally maintains insurance for persons other than directors.

 

Our Articles provide that the Company is required to indemnify every director or other officer of the Company (other than any person (whether an officer or not) engaged by the Company as auditor) out of its assets against any liability incurred by him or her for negligence, default, breach of duty, breach of trust or otherwise in relation to the affairs of the Company. The extent of such indemnities shall be limited in accordance with the provisions of the Jersey Companies Law.

Appraisal Rights    A shareholder of a Delaware corporation participating in certain major corporate transactions may, under certain circumstances, be entitled to appraisal rights under which the shareholder may receive cash in the amount of the fair value of the shares held by that shareholder (as determined by a court) in lieu of the consideration the shareholder    There are no appraisal rights under the Jersey Companies Law.

 

77


Table of Contents
     
Corporate law issue    Delaware law    Jersey law
   would otherwise receive in the transaction.   
Shareholder Suits    Class actions and derivative actions generally are available to the shareholders of a Delaware corporation for, among other things, breach of fiduciary duty, corporate waste and actions not taken in accordance with applicable law. In such actions, the court has discretion to permit the winning party to recover attorneys’ fees incurred in connection with such action.   

Under Article 141 of the Jersey Companies Law, a shareholder may apply to court for relief on the ground that the conduct of a company’s affairs, including a proposed or actual act or omission by a company, is “unfairly prejudicial” to the interests of shareholders generally or of some part of shareholders, including at least the shareholder making the application.

 

There may also be customary law personal actions available to shareholders. Under Article 143 of the Jersey Companies Law (which sets out the types of relief a court may grant in relation to an action brought under Article 141 of the Jersey Companies Law), the court may make an order regulating the affairs of a company, requiring a company to refrain from doing or continuing to do an act complained of, authorizing civil proceedings and providing for the purchase of shares by a company or by any of its other shareholders.

Inspection of Books and Records    All shareholders of a Delaware corporation have the right, upon written demand, to inspect or obtain copies of the corporation’s shares ledger and its other books and records for any purpose reasonably related to such person’s interest as a shareholder.   

The register of shareholders and books containing the minutes of general meetings or of meetings of any class of shareholders of a Jersey company must during business hours be open to the inspection of a shareholder of the company without charge.

 

The register of directors and secretaries must during business hours (subject to such reasonable restrictions as the company may by its articles of association or in general meeting impose, but so that not less than two hours in each business day be allowed for inspection) be open to the inspection of a shareholder or director of the company without charge.

Amendments to Charter    Amendments to the certificate of incorporation of a Delaware corporation require the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote thereon or such greater vote as is provided for in the certificate    The memorandum of association and the articles of association of a Jersey company may only be amended by special resolution (being a two-thirds majority if the articles of association of the company do not specify a greater majority) passed

 

78


Table of Contents
     
Corporate law issue    Delaware law    Jersey law
   of incorporation. A provision in the certificate of incorporation requiring the vote of a greater number or proportion of the directors or of the holders of any class of shares than is required by Delaware corporate law may not be amended, altered or repealed except by such greater vote.   

by shareholders in general meeting or by written resolution signed by all the shareholders entitled to vote.

 

Our Articles specify that a special resolution of the Company is required to be passed by three-fourths of the shareholders who (being entitled to do so) vote in person, or by proxy. The Articles do not contain provisions regarding shareholder resolutions in writing.

 

  C

Material Contracts

Our material contracts include (i) the Multicurrency Revolving Credit Facility Agreement; (ii) the Bilateral Loan Agreement; and (iii) the indenture governing the 2020 3.25% Notes. For a description of these material contracts, see “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—B Liquidity and Capital Resources.”

 

  D

Exchange Controls

There are currently no Jersey foreign exchange control restrictions on remittances of dividends on the ordinary shares or on the conduct of the Registrant’s operations.

 

  E

Taxation

United States Taxation

The following is a general summary based on present law of certain United States federal income tax considerations relevant to the ownership and disposition of our ordinary shares by a US Holder (as defined below). It addresses only US Holders (as defined below) that hold our ordinary shares as capital assets within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code and that use the U.S. dollar as their functional currency.

This summary is for general information only and is not a substitute for tax advice. It is not a complete description of all of the tax considerations that may be relevant to a particular US Holder. It does not address all of the considerations relevant to US Holders subject to special tax regimes, such as banks and other financial institutions, insurance companies, dealers in currencies and securities, traders in securities that elect mark-to-market treatment, regulated investment companies, real estate investment trusts, tax-exempt entities, retirement plans, individual retirement accounts or other tax -deferred accounts, pass-through entities (including S-corporations), entities or arrangements treated as partnerships for United States federal income tax purposes, United States expatriates, investors liable for alternative minimum tax, persons holding our ordinary shares as part of a hedge, straddle, conversion or other integrated financial transaction, persons holding ordinary shares through a permanent establishment or fixed base outside the United States, persons who acquired their ordinary shares through the exercise of an employee stock option or otherwise as compensation, or persons that own directly, indirectly or constructively 5% or more (by voting power or value) of the equity interests of the Company. This summary does not address any United States federal taxes other than the income tax (such as estate and gift tax), any United States state and local tax considerations, any non-United States tax considerations, or any considerations relating to FATCA (by which we mean Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, the Treasury regulations and administrative guidance thereunder, and any intergovernmental agreement entered into in connection therewith). This summary also does not apply to any person other than a US Holder (as defined below).

 

79


Table of Contents

As used here, “US Holder” means a beneficial owner of our ordinary shares that for United States federal income tax purposes is (i) an individual citizen or resident of the United States, (ii) a corporation organized in or under the laws of the United States, any State thereof, or the District of Columbia, (iii) a trust subject to the control of a United States person and the primary supervision of a United States court or (iv) an estate the income of which is subject to United States federal income taxation regardless of its source.

The United States federal tax consequences to a partner in a partnership generally will depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. US Holders that are partnerships are urged to consult their own tax advisers about the tax consequences to their partners of owning or disposing of our ordinary shares.

The directors of the Company believe, and this discussion assumes, that the Company is not, nor has it been, a passive foreign investment company (“PFIC”) for United States federal income tax purposes. In addition, the directors of the Company believe, and this discussion assumes, that the Company will not be a PFIC for the current taxable year or in the foreseeable future. The Company’s status as a PFIC must be determined annually, and it therefore could change. If the Company has been a PFIC for any year during a US Holder’s holding period, or if the Company were to be a PFIC in any year during any US Holder’s holding period, such US Holder could suffer material adverse tax consequences.

The Company also believes, and this discussion also assumes, that the Company will be treated as a non-US corporation for US federal income tax purposes.

Dividends on Ordinary Shares

US Holders generally must include dividends paid on our ordinary shares in their gross income as ordinary income from foreign sources. Generally, distributions in excess of a corporation’s current and accumulated earnings and profits are treated as a non-taxable return of capital to the extent of the shareholder’s basis in its shares, and thereafter as capital gain. However, the Company does not maintain calculations of its earnings and profits in accordance with United States federal income tax principles. US Holders therefore should assume that any distribution by the Company with respect to our ordinary shares will be treated as ordinary dividend income. Dividends will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction generally available to United States corporations. However, dividends should be eligible for the reduced rate on qualified dividend income available to certain eligible non-corporate US Holders that satisfy a minimum holding period and other generally applicable requirements if the Company qualifies for benefits under the income tax treaty between the United Kingdom and the United States (the “US-UK Treaty”). The Company expects to qualify for benefits under the US-UK Treaty.

Dividends paid to US Holders in a currency other than U.S. dollars will be includible in income in a U.S. dollar amount determined at the spot rate on the date of receipt whether or not converted into U.S. dollars at that time. A US Holder will have a basis in the non-United States currency received equal to its U.S. dollar value on the date of receipt. Gain or loss on a subsequent conversion or other disposition of the non-United States currency for a different amount generally will be treated as ordinary income or loss from sources within the United States for foreign tax credit limitation purposes.

Dispositions of Ordinary Shares

US Holders generally will recognize a capital gain or loss on the sale or other disposition of ordinary shares in an amount equal to the difference between their adjusted tax basis in the shares and the U.S. dollar value of the amount realized. Any gain will be a long-term gain if the US Holder has held the ordinary shares for a period longer than one year. Any loss will be a long-term loss if the US Holder has held the ordinary shares for a period longer than one year. Deductions for capital losses are subject to limitations. Any gain or loss generally will be treated as arising from United States sources. US Holders should consult their tax advisers regarding any special rules relating to “extraordinary dividends” that may be potentially applicable to them if they have received a dividend from the Company in an amount greater than 10% of that US Holder’s tax basis in its ordinary shares.

 

80


Table of Contents

A US Holder that receives a currency other than U.S. dollars in exchange for its shares will realize an amount equal to the U.S. dollar value of the currency received at the spot rate on the date of disposition (or, if the shares are traded on an established securities market and a US Holder is a cash-basis or electing accrual basis taxpayer, at the spot rate on the settlement date). A US Holder will have a tax basis in the currency received equal to the U.S. dollar value of the currency on the settlement date. Any currency gain or loss realized on the settlement date or on a subsequent conversion or other disposition of the currency for a different U.S. dollar amount generally will be United States source ordinary income or loss.

Gain or loss realized by a US holder on the sale or exchange of ordinary shares will generally be treated as US-source gain or loss for US foreign tax credit purposes.

Medicare Tax on Net Investment Income

Certain non-corporate US Holders whose income exceeds certain thresholds generally will be subject to a 3.8% surtax on their “net investment income” (which generally includes, among other things, dividends on, and capital and foreign currency gain from, the sale or other disposition of the ordinary shares). Non-corporate US Holders should consult their own tax advisers regarding the possible effect of such tax on their ownership and disposition of the ordinary shares.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

Dividends on our ordinary shares and proceeds from the disposition of such shares may be reported to the United States Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) unless the holder is a corporation or otherwise establishes a basis for exemption. Backup withholding tax may apply to amounts subject to reporting if the holder fails to provide an accurate taxpayer identification number on a properly complete IRS Form W-9 or to meet other conditions. The amount of any backup withholding tax may be credited against or refunded to the extent it exceeds the holder’s United States federal income tax liability, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

Certain US Holders are required to report to the IRS information about their investment in ordinary shares not held through an account with a domestic financial institution. Investors who fail to report required information could become subject to substantial penalties. US Holders should consult their tax advisers about these and any other reporting requirements arising from their investment in our ordinary shares.

United Kingdom Taxation

The following statements are intended only as a general guide to certain UK tax considerations and do not purport to be a complete analysis of all potential UK tax consequences of acquiring, holding or disposing of the ordinary shares. They are based on current UK law and what is understood to be the current practice of Her Majesty’s Revenue and Customs (“HMRC”) as at the date of this Form 20-F, both of which may change, possibly with retroactive effect. They apply only to shareholders who are resident, and in the case of individuals domiciled, for tax purposes in (and only in) the UK (except insofar as express reference is made to the treatment of non-UK residents), who hold their ordinary shares as an investment (other than where a tax exemption applies, for example where the ordinary shares are held in an individual savings account or pension arrangement) and who are the absolute beneficial owner of both the ordinary shares and any dividends paid on them. The tax position of certain categories of shareholders who are subject to special rules is not considered (except insofar as express reference is made to the treatment of exempt shareholders) and it should be noted that they may incur liabilities to UK tax on a different basis to that described below. This includes persons acquiring their ordinary shares in connection with employment, dealers in securities, insurance companies, collective investment schemes, charities, exempt pension funds, and temporary non-residents and non-residents carrying on a trade, profession or vocation in the UK.

 

81


Table of Contents

The statements summarize the current position and are intended as a general guide only. Shareholders who are in any doubt as to their tax position or who may be subject to tax in a jurisdiction other than the UK are strongly recommended to consult their own professional advisers.

Income from Ordinary Shares

Ferguson is not required to withhold UK tax when paying a dividend. Liability to tax on dividends will depend upon the individual circumstances of a shareholder.

UK Resident Individual Shareholders

Under current UK tax rules specific rates of tax apply to dividend income. These include a nil rate of tax (the “dividend allowance”) for the first £2,000 of non-exempt dividend income in any tax year and different rates of tax for dividend income that exceeds the dividend allowance. No tax credit attaches to dividend income. For these purposes “dividend income” includes UK and non-UK source dividends and certain other distributions in respect of shares.

An individual shareholder who is resident for tax purposes in the United Kingdom and who receives a dividend from Ferguson will not be liable to UK tax on the dividend to the extent that (taking account of any other non-exempt dividend income received by the shareholder in the same tax year) that dividend falls within the dividend allowance.

To the extent that (taking account of any other non-exempt dividend income received by the shareholder in the same tax year) the dividend exceeds the dividend allowance, it will be subject to income tax at 7.5% to the extent that it falls below the threshold for higher rate income tax. To the extent that (taking account of other non-exempt dividend income received by the shareholder in the same tax year) it falls above the threshold for higher rate income tax then the dividend will be taxed at 32.5% to the extent that it is within the higher rate band, or 38.1% to the extent that it is within the additional rate band. For the purposes of determining which of the taxable bands dividend income falls into, dividend income is treated as the highest part of a shareholder’s income. In addition, dividends within the dividend allowance which would (if there was no dividend allowance) have fallen within the basic or higher rate bands will use up those bands respectively for the purposes of determining whether the threshold for higher rate or additional rate income tax is exceeded.

UK Resident Corporate Shareholders

It is likely that most dividends paid on the ordinary shares to UK resident corporate shareholders would fall within one or more of the classes of dividend qualifying for exemption from corporation tax. However, it should be noted that the exemptions are not comprehensive and are also subject to anti-avoidance rules.

UK Resident Exempt Shareholders

UK resident shareholders who are not liable to UK tax on dividends, including exempt pension funds and charities, are not entitled to any tax credit in respect of dividends paid by Ferguson.

Non-UK Resident Shareholders

No tax credit will attach to any dividend paid by Ferguson. A shareholder resident outside the UK may also be subject to non-UK taxation on dividend income under local law. A shareholder who is resident outside the UK for tax purposes should consult his or her own tax adviser concerning his or her tax position on dividends received from Ferguson.

 

82


Table of Contents

Disposal of Shares

UK Resident Shareholders

A disposal or deemed disposal of ordinary shares by a shareholder who is resident in the UK for tax purposes may, depending upon the shareholder’s circumstances and subject to any available exemption or relief (such as the annual exempt amount for individuals), give rise to a chargeable gain or an allowable loss for the purposes of UK taxation of capital gains.

Non-UK Resident Shareholders

Shareholders who are not resident in the UK will not generally be subject to UK taxation of capital gains on the disposal or deemed disposal of ordinary shares unless they are carrying on a trade, profession or vocation in the UK through a branch or agency (or, in the case of a corporate shareholder, a permanent establishment) in connection with which the ordinary shares are used, held or acquired. Non-UK tax resident shareholders may be subject to non-UK taxation on any gain under local law.

An individual shareholder who has been resident for tax purposes in the UK but who ceases to be so resident or becomes treated as resident outside the UK for the purposes of a double tax treaty for a period of five years or less and who disposes of all or part of his or her ordinary shares during that period may be liable to capital gains tax on his or her return to the UK, subject to any available exemptions or reliefs.

Stamp Duty and SDRT

No UK stamp duty or SDRT will be payable in respect of transfers of the ordinary shares, provided that no written instrument of transfer is entered into (which should not be necessary). Ferguson has received HMRC clearance confirming that agreements to transfer ordinary shares which are traded on the LSE and settled by way of DIs will not be subject to UK SDRT.

If the ordinary shares were transferred by way of written instrument, then UK stamp duty at the rate of 0.5 per cent (rounded up to the next multiple of £5) of the amount or value of the consideration given would in principle be payable, if the instrument of transfer was executed in the UK or related “to any matter or thing done or to be done” in the UK.

Inheritance Tax

Liability to UK inheritance tax may arise in respect of ordinary shares on the death of, or on a gift of ordinary shares by, an individual holder of such ordinary shares who is domiciled, or deemed to be domiciled, in the UK.

The ordinary shares, if held directly, rather than as DIs, should not be assets situated in the UK for the purposes of UK inheritance tax. Accordingly, neither the death of a holder of such ordinary shares nor a gift of such ordinary shares by a holder should give rise to a liability to UK inheritance tax if the holder is neither domiciled nor deemed to be domiciled in the UK. However, DIs may be treated as assets situated in the UK for the purposes of UK inheritance tax. Accordingly, the death of a holder of DIs or a gift of DIs by a holder may give rise to a liability to UK inheritance tax, even if the holder is neither domiciled nor deemed to be domiciled in the UK.

For inheritance tax purposes, a transfer of assets at less than full market value may be treated as a gift and particular rules apply to gifts where the donor reserves or retains some benefit. Special rules also apply to close companies and to trustees of settlements who hold ordinary shares, bringing them within the charge to inheritance tax. Shareholders should consult an appropriate tax adviser if they make a gift or transfer at less than full market value or if they intend to hold any ordinary shares or DIs through trust arrangements.

 

83


Table of Contents

Jersey Taxation

The following summary of the anticipated treatment of holders of ordinary shares (other than residents of Jersey) is based on Jersey taxation law and practice as it is understood to apply at the date of this registration statement. It does not constitute legal or tax advice and does not address all aspects of Jersey tax law and practice. Shareholders should consult their professional advisers on the implications of acquiring, buying, holding, selling or otherwise disposing of ordinary shares under the laws of the jurisdictions in which they may be liable to taxation. Shareholders should be aware that tax laws, rules and practice and their interpretation may change.

Taxation of Ferguson shares

On the basis that it is centrally managed and controlled and considered resident for tax purposes in the UK, the Company will not be considered Jersey tax resident, therefore dividends on ordinary shares may be paid by Ferguson without withholding or deduction for or on account of Jersey income tax. The holders of ordinary shares (other than residents of Jersey) will not be subject to any tax in Jersey in respect of the holding, sale or other disposition of such ordinary shares.

Stamp Duty

In Jersey, no stamp duty is levied on the issue or transfer of the ordinary shares except that stamp duty is payable on Jersey grants of probate and letters of administration, which will generally be required to transfer ordinary shares on the death of a holder of such ordinary shares. In the case of a grant of probate or letters of administration, stamp duty is levied according to the size of the estate (wherever situate in respect of a holder of ordinary shares domiciled in Jersey, or situate in Jersey in respect of a holder of ordinary shares domiciled outside Jersey) and is payable on a sliding scale at a rate of up to 0.75% of such estate, capped at £100,000.

Jersey does not otherwise levy taxes upon capital, inheritances, capital gains or gifts nor are there other estate duties.

THE DISCUSSION ABOVE IS A GENERAL SUMMARY ONLY AND IS NOT TAX ADVICE. IT DOES NOT COVER ALL TAX MATTERS THAT MAY BE IMPORTANT TO A PARTICULAR HOLDER. EACH HOLDER SHOULD CONSULT ITS OWN TAX ADVISER ABOUT THE TAX CONSEQUENCES OF HOLDING OR DISPOSING OF OUR ORDINARY SHARES IN LIGHT OF THE HOLDER’S OWN CIRCUMSTANCES.

 

  F

Dividends and Paying Agents

Notwithstanding the aforementioned, the Company is unaware of any dividend restrictions, other than as described in this registration statement, and has no specific procedures for non-resident holders to claim dividends but might expect to pay their dividends in the same manner as resident holders. The Company expects to appoint Computershare Investor Services PLC as its registrar and Computershare Trust Company NA as its transfer agent in the United States and as its paying agent for dividends in the United States.

 

  G

Statement by Experts

The audited consolidated financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries for the period ended July 31, 2020, appearing in this Form 20-F have been audited by Deloitte, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

 

  H

Documents on Display

Upon the effectiveness of this registration statement, we will become subject to the information requirements of the Exchange Act, except that as a foreign issuer, we will not be subject to the proxy rules or the

 

84


Table of Contents

short-swing profit disclosure rules of the Exchange Act. In accordance with these statutory requirements, we will file or furnish reports and other information with the SEC. The SEC maintains an Internet website that contains reports and other information about issuers, like us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of that website is www.sec.gov.

 

  I

Subsidiary Information

Not applicable.

 

Item 11.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

 

  A

Quantitative Information about Market Risk

See “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—. B. Liquidity and Capital Resources—Financial Risk Management Policies and Hedging Activities.”

 

  B

Qualitative Information about Market Risk

See “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects—. B. Liquidity and Capital Resources—Financial Risk Management Policies and Hedging Activities.”

 

Item 12.

Description of Securities Other Than Equity Securities

 

  A

Debt Securities

Not applicable.

 

  B

Warrants and Rights

Not applicable.

 

  C

Other Securities

Not applicable.

 

  D

American Depositary Shares

Not applicable.

PART II

 

Item 13.

Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies

Not applicable.

 

Item 14.

Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds

Not applicable.

 

Item 15.

Controls and Procedures

 

  A

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Not applicable.

 

85


Table of Contents
  B

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Not applicable.

 

  C

Attestation Report of the Registered Public Accounting Firm

Not applicable.

 

  D

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Not applicable.

 

Item 16.

[Reserved]

 

Item 16A.

Audit Committee Financial Expert

Not applicable.

 

Item 16B.

Code of Ethics

Not applicable.

 

Item 16C.

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

Not applicable.

 

Item 16D.

Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees

Not applicable.

 

Item 16E.

Purchase of Equity Securities by Issuer & Affiliated Purchasers

Not applicable.

 

Item 16F.

Change in Registrant’s Certifying Accountant

Not applicable.

 

Item 16G.

Corporate Governance

Not applicable.

 

Item 16H.

Mine Safety Disclosure

Not applicable.

PART III

 

Item 17.

Financial Statements

We have elected to provide audited consolidated financial statements and the related information pursuant to Item 18.

 

86


Table of Contents
Item 18.

Financial Statements

See pages F-1 to F-55, which are incorporated herein by reference. All schedules are omitted as the required information is inapplicable or the information is presented in the Group’s audited consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.

 

Item 19.

Exhibits

 

1.1   

Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Company.

4.1    Multicurrency Revolving Credit Facility Agreement, dated as of March  10, 2020, among the Company and Wolseley Limited as original borrowers and original guarantors, the lenders and arrangers party thereto, and the agent.
4.2    Bilateral Loan Agreement, dated as of March 19, 2020, among the Company and Wolseley Limited as original borrowers and original guarantors and Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation.
4.3    Receivables Purchase Agreement, dated as of July  31, 2013, as further amended, supplemented and restated, among Ferguson plc, Ferguson Receivables, LLC as seller, Ferguson Enterprises, LLC as servicer, the originators, the lenders as conduit purchasers and committed purchasers, letters of credit banks, facility agents, administrative agent and co-administrative agent party each thereto.
4.4    Purchase and Contribution Agreement, dated as of July  31, 2013, as further amended, supplemented and restated, among Ferguson Enterprises, LLC and its various subsidiaries party thereto as originators and Ferguson Receivables, LLC as purchaser.
8.1    List of significant subsidiaries.
15.1    Consent of Deloitte.

 

87


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this Registration Statement on its behalf.

 

Ferguson plc
By:   /s/ William Brundage
  Name: William Brundage
  Title: Group Chief Financial Officer

Date: February 12, 2021


Table of Contents

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Audited Consolidated Financial Statements for the fiscal years ended July 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-3  

Consolidated Group income statement

     F-4  

Consolidated Group statement of comprehensive income

     F-5  

Consolidated Group statement of changes in equity

     F-6  

Consolidated Group balance sheet

     F-7  

Consolidated Group cash flow statement

     F-8  

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-9  

 

F-2


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the shareholders and the Board of Directors of Ferguson plc

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated group balance sheets of Ferguson plc and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as at July 31, 2020 and 2019, the related consolidated group income statements, group statements of comprehensive income, group statements of changes in equity, and group cash flow statements, for each of the three years in the period ended July 31, 2020, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as at July 31, 2020 and 2019, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended July 31, 2020, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

Change in Accounting Principle

As discussed in Note 1 to the financial statements, the Company has changed its method of accounting for leases in the year ended July 31, 2020 due to the adoption of IFRS 16 Leases.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ Deloitte LLP

London, United Kingdom

November 20, 2020

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2016.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

Group income statement

Year ended July 31, 2020

 

     Notes      2020     2019     2018  
            $m     $m     $m  

Revenue

     2        21,819       22,010       20,752  

Cost of sales

        (15,398     (15,552     (14,708
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

        6,421       6,458       6,044  

Operating costs

        (4,999     (5,056     (4,684
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating profit

     3        1,422       1,402       1,360  

Finance costs

     4        (151     (86     (61

Finance income

     4        7       12       8  

Share of (loss)/profit after tax of associates

        (2     2       2  

Gain on disposal of interests in associates and financial assets

        7       3       —    

Impairment of interests in associates

        (22     (9     (122
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit before tax

        1,261       1,324       1,187  

Tax

     5        (307     (263     (346
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit from continuing operations

        954       1,061       841  

Profit from discontinued operations

     6        7       47       426  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit for the year attributable to shareholders of the Company

        961       1,108       1,267  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per share

     8         

Continuing operations and discontinued operations

         

Basic earnings per share

        427.5c       481.3c       515.7c  

Diluted earnings per share

        423.5c       477.8c       511.9c  

Continuing operations only

         

Basic earnings per share

        424.4c       460.9c       342.3c  

Diluted earnings per share

        420.4c       457.5c       339.8c  

The Group adopted IFRS 16 “Leases” on August 1, 2019 applying the modified retrospective transition method. As a result, comparatives have not been restated and are shown on an IAS 17 “Leases” basis. See note 1 for further details.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

Group statement of comprehensive income

Year ended July 31, 2020

 

     Notes      2020     2019     2018  
            $m     $m     $m  

Profit for the year

        961       1,108       1,267  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income:

         

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:

         

Exchange gain/(loss) on translation of overseas operations(1)

        57       (86     7  

Exchange (loss)/gain on translation of borrowings and derivatives designated as hedges of overseas operations(1)

        (31     36       (11

Cumulative currency translation differences on disposals(1)

        9       1       194  

Cumulative currency translation differences on disposal of interests in associates(1)

        —         7       —    

Items that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:

         

Remeasurement of retirement benefit plans(2)

     22        (235     (36     104  

Tax credit/(charge) on items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss(2)

     5, 22        44       6       (17
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive (expense)/income for the year

        (156     (72     277  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income for the year

        805       1,036       1,544  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income attributable to:

         

Continuing operations

        787       993       926  

Discontinued operations

        18       43       618  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income for the year attributable to shareholders of the Company

        805       1,036       1,544  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Impacting the translation reserve.

(2)

Impacting retained earnings.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

Group statement of changes in equity

Year ended July 31, 2020

 

                      Reserves              
    Notes     Share
capital
    Share
premium
    Translation
reserve
    Treasury
shares
    Own
shares
    Retained
earnings
    Non-controlling
interest
    Total
equity
 
          $m     $m     $m     $m     $m     $m     $m     $m  

On August 1, 2017

      45       67       (746     (743     (76     5,996       (3     4,540  

Profit for the year

      —         —         —         —         —         1,267       —         1,267  

Other comprehensive income

      —         —         190       —         —         87       —         277  
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

      —         —         190       —         —         1,354       —         1,544  

Purchase of own shares by Employee Benefit Trusts

    23       —         —         —         —         (41     —         —         (41

Issue of own shares by Employee Benefit Trusts

    23       —         —         —         —         27       (27     —         —    

Credit to equity for share-based payments

      —         —         —         —         —         35       —         35  

Tax relating to share-based payments

    5       —         —         —         —         —         8       —         8  

Adjustment arising from change in non-controlling interest

      —         —         —         —         —         (16     2       (14

Purchase of Treasury shares

    23       —         —         —         (675     —         —         —         (675

Disposal of Treasury shares

    23       —         —         —         38       —         (14     —         24  

Dividends paid

    7       —         —         —         —         —         (1,364     —         (1,364
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At July 31, 2018

      45       67       (556     (1,380     (90     5,972       (1     4,057  
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit for the year

      —         —         —         —         —         1,108       —         1,108  

Other comprehensive expense

      —         —         (42     —         —         (30     —         (72
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

      —         —         (42     —         —         1,078       —         1,036  

Cancellation of Treasury shares

    23       (4     —         —         1,369       —         (1,365     —         —    

Group reconstruction

      (11     16,083       —         —         —         (16,072     —         —    

Capital reduction

      —         (16,150     —         —         —         16,150       —         —    

Issue of share capital

      —         9       —         —         —         —         —         9  

Purchase of own shares by Employee Benefit Trusts

    23       —         —         —         —         (38     —         —         (38

Issue of own shares by Employee Benefit Trusts

    23       —         —         —         —         26       (26     —         —    

Credit to equity for share-based payments

      —         —         —         —         —         34       —         34  

Tax relating to share-based payments

    5       —         —         —         —         —         6       —         6  

Adjustment arising from change in non-controlling interest

      —         —         —         —         —         —         1       1  

Purchase of Treasury shares

    23       —         —         —         (309     —         —         —         (309

Disposal of Treasury shares

    23       —         —         —         15       —         (12     —         3  

Dividends paid

    7       —         —         —         —         —         (449     —         (449
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At July 31, 2019

      30       9       (598     (305     (102     5,316       —         4,350  

Adjustment on adoption of IFRS 16

    1       —         —         —         —         —         (187     —         (187
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

On August 1, 2019

      30       9       (598     (305     (102     5,129       —         4,163  

Profit for the year

      —         —         —         —         —         961       —         961  

Other comprehensive income

      —         —         35       —         —         (191     —         (156
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

      —         —         35       —         —         770       —         805  

Purchase of own shares by Employee Benefit Trusts

    23       —         —         —         —         (26     —         —         (26

Issue of own shares by Employee Benefit Trusts

    23       —         —         —         —         40       (40     —         —    

Credit to equity for share-based payments

      —         —         —         —         —         26       —         26  

Tax relating to share-based payments

    5       —         —         —         —         —         11       —         11  

Purchase of Treasury shares

    23       —         —         —         (292     —         —         —         (292

Disposal of Treasury shares

    23       —         —         —         27       —         (16     —         11  

Dividends paid

    7                 (327       (327
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At July 31, 2020

      30       9       (563     (570     (88     5,553       —         4,371  
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-6


Table of Contents

Group balance sheet

As at July 31, 2020

 

     Notes      2020      2019  
            $m      $m  

Assets

        

Non-current assets

        

Intangible assets: goodwill

     10        1,721        1,656  

Intangible assets: other

     11        521        423  

Right of use assets

     12        1,111        —    

Property, plant and equipment

     13        1,389        1,349  

Interests in associates

        4        29  

Other financial assets

        12        42  

Retirement benefit assets

     22        —          178  

Deferred tax assets

     14        216        164  

Trade and other receivables

     16        377        340  

Derivative financial assets

     20        28        10  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
            5,379      4,191  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Current assets

        

Inventories

     15        2,880        2,821  

Trade and other receivables

     16        3,042        3,213  

Current tax receivable

        —          6  

Other financial assets

        9        9  

Derivative financial assets

     20        11        12  

Cash and cash equivalents

     17        2,115        1,133  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
            8,057      7,194  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Assets held for sale

        20        1  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

        13,456        11,386  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities

        

Current liabilities

        

Trade and other payables

     18        3,591        3,797  

Current tax payable

        293        251  

Borrowings

     19        531        52  

Lease liabilities

     12        281        —    

Obligations under finance leases

        —          2  

Provisions

     21        53        79  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
            4,749      4,181  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-current liabilities

        

Trade and other payables

     18        338        292  

Borrowings

     19        2,635        2,292  

Lease liabilities

     12        1,074        —    

Obligations under finance leases

        —          4  

Deferred tax liabilities

     14        26        56  

Provisions

     21        202        186  

Retirement benefit obligations

     22        61        25  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 
            4,336      2,855  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

        9,085        7,036  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net assets

        4,371        4,350  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Equity

        

Share capital

     23        30        30  

Share premium

        9        9  

Reserves

        4,332        4,311  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

Equity attributable to shareholders of the Company

        4,371        4,350  
     

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-7


Table of Contents

Group cash flow statement

Year ended July 31, 2020

 

     Notes      2020     2019     2018  
            $m     $m     $m  

Cash flows from operating activities

         

Cash generated from operations

     24        2,252       1,609       1,323  

Interest received

        8       13       9  

Interest paid

        (167     (90     (62

Tax paid

        (225     (242     (234
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash generated from operating activities

        1,868       1,290       1,036  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities

         

Acquisition of businesses (net of cash acquired)

     25        (351     (657     (416

Disposals of businesses (net of cash disposed of)

        7       201       1,320  

Purchases of property, plant and equipment

        (215     (382     (265

Net proceeds from disposal of property, plant and equipment, assets held for sale and right of use assets

        13       84       120  

Purchases of intangible assets

        (87     (36     (34

Acquisition of associates and other investments

        (5     (11     (35

Disposal of interests in associates and other investments

        32       18       —    

Dividends received from associates

        —         —         10  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in)/generated from investing activities

        (606     (783     700  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities

         

Proceeds from the issue of shares

     23        —         9       —    

Purchase of own shares by Employee Benefit Trusts

     23        (26     (38     (41

Purchase of Treasury shares

        (451     (150     (675

Proceeds from the sale of Treasury shares

     23        11       3       24  

Proceeds from loans and derivatives

     26        1,169       757       459  

Repayments of loans

     26        (566     (2     (261

Lease liability capital payments

     26        (295     —         —    

Finance lease capital payments

     26        —         (3     (4

Dividends paid to shareholders

        (327     (445     (1,359
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in)/generated from financing activities

        (485     131       (1,857
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash generated/(used)

        777       638       (121

Cash, cash equivalents and bank overdrafts at the beginning of the year

     26        1,086       458       586  

Effects of exchange rate changes

        4       (10     (7
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash, cash equivalents and bank overdrafts at the end of the year

     26        1,867       1,086       458  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-8


Table of Contents

Notes to the consolidated financial statements

Year ended July 31, 2020

1—Accounting policies

Basis of preparation

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”). The financial statements have also been prepared in accordance with IFRS adopted by the European Union, including interpretations issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”) and its committees.

On May 10, 2019, pursuant to a Scheme of Arrangement under Article 125 of the Companies (Jersey) Law 1991, a new parent company was introduced which is now called Ferguson plc (the “Company”). The previous parent company has been renamed as Ferguson Holdings Limited (“Old Ferguson”).

Immediately after the Scheme of Arrangement became effective the Company had the same management and corporate governance arrangements as Old Ferguson had immediately before. The consolidated assets and liabilities of the Company immediately after the effective date of the Scheme of Arrangement were the same as the consolidated assets and liabilities of Old Ferguson immediately before.

The introduction of a new parent company constitutes a group reconstruction and has been accounted for using pooling of interest method. Therefore, although the group reconstruction did not become effective until May 10, 2019, the consolidated financial statements of the Group are presented as if the Company and Old Ferguson had always been part of the same Group.

Accordingly, the results of the Group for the entire year ended July 31, 2019 are shown in the Group income statement, and the comparative figures for the year ended July 31, 2018 are also prepared on this basis. Earnings per share are unaffected by the group reconstruction.

Ferguson plc is a public company limited by shares incorporated in Jersey under the Companies (Jersey) Law 1991 and is headquartered in the UK. It operates as the ultimate parent company of the Ferguson Group. Its registered office is 26 New Street, St Helier, Jersey, JE2 3RA, Channel Islands.

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis and under the historical cost convention as modified by the revaluation of financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value.

Choices permitted by IFRS

The Group has elected to apply hedge accounting to some of its financial instruments.

Accounting developments and changes

On August 1, 2019, the Group adopted IFRS 16 “Leases”. The standard makes changes to the treatment of leases in the financial statements, requiring the use of a single model to recognize a lease liability and a right of use asset for all leases, including those classified as operating under IAS 17 “Leases”, unless the underlying asset has a low value or the lease term is 12 months or less. Rental charges in the income statement previously recorded under IAS 17 are replaced with depreciation and interest charges under IFRS 16 and right of use assets are subject to impairment reviews in accordance with IAS 36 “Impairment of Assets” replacing the previous requirement to recognize a provision for onerous lease contracts.

The Group has applied the modified retrospective transition method and has not restated comparatives for the year ended July 31, 2019. For the majority of leases, the right of use asset on transition has been measured as if IFRS 16 had been applied since the commencement of the lease, discounted using the Group’s incremental

 

F-9


Table of Contents

borrowing rate as at August 1, 2019, with the difference between the right of use asset and the lease liability taken to retained earnings. For the remaining leases which relate to the Group’s US fleet, where sufficient historic information has not been available, the right of use asset has been measured as equal to the lease liability on transition. The US fleet represented $252 million of the lease liability on transition.

The Group has elected to apply the following practical expedients on transition:

 

   

To not reassess whether contracts are, or contain, a lease at the date of initial application;

 

   

Application of a single discount rate to a portfolio of leases with reasonably similar characteristics;

 

   

Reliance on previous assessment of whether leases are onerous in accordance with IAS 37 “Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets” immediately before the date of initial application as an alternative to performing an impairment review;

 

   

Election to not apply the measurement requirements of the standard to leases where the term ends within 12 months of the date of initial application;

 

   

Exclusion of initial direct costs from the measurement of the right of use asset at the date of initial application; and

 

   

Use of hindsight, such as in determining the lease term.

The impact of the adoption of IFRS 16 on the income statement in the year ended July 31, 2020 was to decrease rental costs by $337 million, increase depreciation by $268 million and increase finance costs by $53 million. The impact on the cash flow statement was to increase cash generated from operations by $348 million, increase interest paid by $53 million and increase lease liability capital payments by $295 million. There was no impact on the net increase in cash, cash equivalents and bank overdrafts.

The impact of the adoption of IFRS 16 on the opening balance sheet on August 1, 2019 was as follows:

 

     $m  

Right of use assets

     1,220  

Property, plant and equipment

     (6

Net deferred tax assets

     69  

Lease liabilities

     (1,481

Obligations under finance leases

     6  

Other

     5  
  

 

 

 

Net retained earnings adjustment

     (187
  

 

 

 

A reconciliation of the operating lease commitments previously reported under IAS 17 in the Group’s Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended July 31, 2019 to the lease liability on August 1, 2019 under IFRS 16 is as follows:

 

     $m  

Operating lease commitments at July 31, 2019

     1,126  

Leases of low value assets

     (20

Long term leases that expire before July 31, 2020

     (12

Reasonably certain extensions or terminating options

     564  

Effect from discounting(1)

     (183
  

 

 

 

Lease liabilities due to initial application of IFRS 16 on August 1, 2019

     1,475  

Lease liabilities from finance leases under IAS 17 at July 31, 2019

     6  
  

 

 

 

Total lease liabilities on August 1, 2019

     1,481  
  

 

 

 

 

(1)

The weighted average incremental borrowing rate applied by the Group upon transition was 3.5 per cent.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

On August 1, 2018 the Group adopted IFRS 9 “Financial Instruments”. The standard makes changes to the classification and measurement of financial assets and liabilities, revises the requirements of hedge accounting and introduces a new impairment model for financial assets. The adoption of IFRS 9 has not had a material impact on the Group’s consolidated financial statements, comparatives have not been restated and there is no adjustment required to opening retained earnings.

On August 1, 2018 the Group adopted IFRS 15 “Revenue from Contracts with Customers” applying the modified retrospective approach which does not require the restatement of comparatives. The standard introduces revised principles for the recognition of revenue with a new five-step model that focuses on the transfer of control instead of a risks and rewards approach. The adoption of IFRS 15 has not had a material impact on the Group’s consolidated financial statements and there is no adjustment required to opening retained earnings. In accordance with the accounting for refund liabilities under IFRS 15, the presentation of the provision for sales returns has changed from a net basis to a gross basis on the balance sheet, with a liability of $143 million, for expected refunds to customers included within trade and other payables and an associated asset of $99 million, for the value of returned goods included within inventory, as at July 31, 2019.

The following other standards and amendments to existing standards became effective for the year ended July 31, 2020 and have not had a material impact on the Group’s consolidated financial statements:

 

   

IFRIC 23 “Uncertainty over Income Tax Treatments”;

 

   

Amendments to IFRS 9—Prepayment Features with Negative Compensation;

 

   

Amendments to IAS 28—Long term Interests in Associates and Joint Ventures;

 

   

Annual Improvements to IFRSs 2015-2017 Cycle; and

 

   

Amendments to IAS 19—Plan Amendment, Curtailment or Settlement.

Other standards and amendments to existing standards that have been issued but not yet adopted are not expected to have a material impact on the Group’s consolidated financial statements.

Critical accounting judgments

Impact of COVID-19

Management has exercised judgment in evaluating the impact of COVID-19 on the financial statements. Management assessed areas relevant for the Group which had the potential to be impacted such as: expected credit losses; inventory impairment; goodwill; intangible and tangible asset impairment; and deferred tax asset recognition. In light of the Group’s strong and resilient performance during the period, management concluded there was no material impact in these areas and no new sources of estimation uncertainty.

Leases

Property leases entered into by the Group typically include extension and termination options to provide operational flexibility to the Group. Management applied significant judgment in determining whether these options were reasonably certain to be exercised when determining the lease term on adoption of IFRS 16. In making this judgment management considered the remaining lease term, future business plans and other relevant economic factors. Specifically in respect to property leases, which represent the majority of the lease liability, a renewal option was determined to be reasonably certain to be exercised when a lease expired within the Group’s three year strategic planning horizon.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

Pensions and other post-retirement benefits

The Group operates defined benefit pension plans in the UK and in a number of overseas locations that are accounted for using methods that rely on actuarial assumptions to estimate costs and liabilities for inclusion in the consolidated financial statements.

The discount rate used is set with reference to the yield at the valuation date on high-quality corporate bonds that have a maturity approximating to the terms of the pension obligations. Significant judgment is required when selecting the bonds to include. The most significant criteria considered for selection of the bonds include the issue size of the corporate bonds, the quality of the bonds and the identification of outliers which are excluded.

Sources of estimation uncertainty

In applying the Group’s accounting policies, various transactions and balances are valued using estimates or assumptions. Should these estimates or assumptions prove incorrect there may be an impact on the following year’s financial statements. Management believes that the estimates and assumptions that have been applied would not give rise to a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year.

Accounting policies

A summary of the principal accounting policies applied by the Group in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements is set out below. The accounting policies have been applied consistently throughout the current and preceding year.

Basis of consolidation

The consolidated financial information includes the results of the parent company and entities controlled by the Company (its subsidiary undertakings and controlling interests) and its share of profit/(loss) after tax of its associates.

The financial performance of business operations is included in profit from continuing operations from the date of acquisition and up to the date of classification as a discontinued operation or sale.

Intra-group transactions and balances and any unrealized gains and losses arising from intra-group transactions are eliminated on consolidation, with the exception of gains or losses required under relevant IFRS accounting standards.

Discontinued operations

When the Group has disposed of, or classified as held for sale, a business component that represents a separate major line of business or geographical area of operations, it classifies such operations as discontinued in accordance with IFRS 5 “Non-current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations”. The post-tax profit or loss of the discontinued operations are shown as a single line on the face of the income statement separate from the other results of the Group.

Foreign currencies

Items included in the financial statements of the parent and of each of the Group’s subsidiary undertakings are measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in which the subsidiary undertaking operates (the “functional currency”). The consolidated financial statements are presented in US dollars, which is the presentational currency of the Group.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

The trading results of overseas subsidiary undertakings are translated into US dollars using the average rates of exchange ruling during the relevant financial period. The balance sheets of overseas subsidiary undertakings are translated into US dollars at the rates of exchange ruling at the year-end. Exchange differences arising on the translation into US dollars of the net assets of these subsidiary undertakings are recognized in other comprehensive income and accumulated in the translation reserve. At July 31, 2020, the translation reserve comprised $354 million in relation to pound sterling entities, $181 million in relation to US dollar entities and $28 million in relation to entities denominated in other currencies.

In the event that a subsidiary undertaking which has a non-US dollar functional currency is disposed of, the gain or loss on disposal recognized in the income statement is determined after taking into account the cumulative currency translation differences that are attributable to the subsidiary undertaking concerned.

Foreign currency transactions entered into during the year are translated into the functional currency of the entity at the rates of exchange ruling on the dates of the transactions. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are retranslated at the rate of exchange ruling at the balance sheet date. All currency translation differences are taken to the income statement. Except as noted above, changes in the fair value of derivative financial instruments, entered into to hedge foreign currency net assets and that satisfy the hedging conditions of IFRS 9 “Financial Instruments” are recognized in other comprehensive income and the translation reserve (see the separate accounting policy on derivative financial instruments).

Business combinations

The cost of an acquisition is measured as the fair value of the assets given, equity instruments issued and liabilities incurred or assumed at the date of exchange. Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in a business combination are measured initially at their fair values at the acquisition date, irrespective of the extent of any non-controlling interest. Costs related to acquisitions are expensed as incurred.

The excess of the cost of acquisition over the fair value of the Group’s share of the identifiable net assets acquired is recorded as goodwill. If the cost of acquisition is less than the fair value of the Group’s share of the net assets of the subsidiary acquired, the difference is recognized directly in the income statement.

Interests in associates

Investments in companies where significant influence is exercised are accounted for as interests in associates using the equity method of accounting from the date the investee becomes an associate. The investment is initially recognized at cost and adjusted thereafter for changes in the Group’s share in the net assets of the investee. The Group’s share of profit or loss after tax is recognized in the Group income statement and share of other comprehensive income or expense is recognized in the Group statement of other comprehensive income.

On acquisition of the investment in an associate, any excess of the cost of the investment over the Group’s share of the fair value of net assets of the investee is recognized as goodwill, which is included within the carrying amount of the investment. The requirements of IAS 36 “Impairment of Assets”, are applied to determine whether it is necessary to recognize any impairment loss with respect to the Group’s investment in an associate. Impairment losses recognized are charged to the income statement.

Revenue

The Group’s revenues are derived primarily from the sale of a broad range of plumbing and heating products and solutions. The Group’s customers predominantly operate within the repair, maintenance and improvement sector and are served through a network of branches and distribution centers.

 

F-13


Table of Contents

Revenue is the consideration expected to be received in exchange for the provision of goods falling within the Group’s ordinary activities, excluding intra-group sales, estimated and actual sales returns, trade and early settlement discounts, Value Added Tax and similar sales taxes.

Revenue from the sale of goods is recognized when the customer obtains control of the goods, which is the point they are delivered to, or collected by, the customer. Revenue from the provision of goods is only recognized when the transaction price is determinable and it is probable that the entity will collect the consideration to which it will be entitled in exchange for the goods to be transferred to the customer. Payment terms between the Group and its customers vary by the type of customer, country of sale and the products sold. The Group does not have significant financing components in its contracts and the payment due date is typically shortly after sale.

In some instances, goods are delivered directly to the customer by the supplier. The Group has concluded it is the principal in these transactions as it is primarily responsible to the customer for fulfilling the obligation and has the responsibility for identifying and directing the supplier to deliver the goods to the customer.

The Group offers a right of return to its customers for most of its goods sold. Revenue is reduced by the amount of expected returns, estimated based on historical data, in the period in which the related revenue is recorded. Returns can be reliably estimated as historic returns as a percentage of revenue have remained stable over time and the terms and conditions of sale have remained broadly unchanged for several years. Early settlement discounts are known shortly after the sale and can therefore be reliably estimated. The Group also provides customers with assurance-type warranties for some own brand goods that provide assurance the goods comply with agreed-upon specifications and will operate as specified for a set period from the date of sale. Obligations under these warranties are accounted for as provisions.

The Group has no contracts with an expected duration of more than one year.

Cost of sales

Cost of sales includes purchased goods and the cost of bringing inventory to its present location and condition.

Supplier rebates

In line with industry practice, the Group has agreements (“supplier rebates”) with a number of its suppliers whereby volume-based rebates, marketing support and other discounts are received in connection with the purchase of goods for resale from those suppliers. Rebates relating to the purchase of goods for resale are accrued as earned and are recorded initially as a deduction in inventory with a subsequent reduction in cost of sales when the related product is sold.

Volume-based rebates

The majority of volume-based rebates are determined by reference to guaranteed rates of rebate. These are calculated through a mechanical process with minimal judgment required to determine the amount recorded in the income statement.

A small proportion of volume-based rebates are subject to tiered targets where the rebate percentage increases as volumes purchased reach agreed targets within a set period of time. The majority of rebate agreements apply to purchases in a calendar year and therefore, for tiered rebates, judgment is required to estimate the rebate amount recorded in the income statement at the end of the period. The Group assesses the probability that targeted volumes will be achieved in the year based on forecasts which are informed by historical trading patterns, current performance and trends. This judgment is exercised consistently with historically insignificant true ups at the end of the period.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

An amount due in respect of supplier rebates is not recognized within the income statement until all the relevant performance criteria, where applicable, have been met and the goods have been sold to a third party.

Other rebates

The Group has also entered into other rebate agreements which represent a smaller element of the Group’s overall supplier rebates, which are recognized in the income statement when all performance conditions have been fulfilled.

Supplier rebates receivable

Supplier rebates are offset with amounts owing to each supplier at the balance sheet date and are included within trade payables where the Group has the legal right to offset and net settles balances. Where the supplier rebates are not offset against amounts owing to a supplier, the outstanding amount is included within prepayments.

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquisition over the fair value of the Group’s share of the net identifiable assets of the acquired subsidiary undertaking at the date of acquisition. Goodwill on acquisitions of subsidiary undertakings is included within intangible assets. Goodwill is allocated to cash generating units or aggregations of cash generating units (together “CGUs”) where synergy benefits are expected. CGUs are independent sources of income streams and represent the lowest level within the Group at which the associated goodwill is monitored for management purposes. The Group considers that a CGU is a business unit because independent cash flows cannot be identified below this level.

Goodwill is not amortized but is tested annually for impairment and carried at cost less accumulated impairment losses. For goodwill impairment testing purposes, no CGU is larger than the operating segments determined in accordance with IFRS 8 “Operating Segments”. The recoverable amount of goodwill and acquired intangible assets are assessed on the basis of the higher of fair value less costs to sell and the value in use estimate for CGUs to which they are attributed. Where carrying value exceeds the recoverable amount a provision for the impairment is established with a charge included in the income statement.

Gains and losses on the disposal of an entity include the carrying amount of goodwill relating to the entity sold.

Other intangible assets

An intangible asset, which is an identifiable non-monetary asset without physical substance, is recognized to the extent that it is probable that the expected future economic benefits attributable to the asset will flow to the Group and that its cost can be measured reliably. The asset is deemed to be identifiable when it is separable or when it arises from contractual or other legal rights.

Intangible assets, primarily brands, trade names and customer relationships, acquired as part of a business combination are capitalized separately from goodwill and are carried at cost less accumulated amortization and accumulated impairment losses. Amortization is calculated using the reducing balance method for customer relationships and the straight-line method for other intangible assets.

The cost of the intangible assets is amortized and charged to operating costs in the income statement over their estimated useful lives as follows:

 

Customer relationships

   4–25 years

Trade names and brands

   1–15 years

Other

   1–4 years

 

F-15


Table of Contents

Computer software that is not integral to an item of property, plant and equipment is recognized separately as an intangible asset and is carried at cost less accumulated amortization and accumulated impairment losses. Costs include software licenses and external and internal costs directly attributable to the development, design and implementation of the computer software. Costs in respect of training and data conversion are expensed as incurred. Amortization is calculated using the straight-line method so as to charge the cost of the computer software to operating costs in the income statement over its estimated useful life of between three and five years.

Leases (applicable for the year ended July 31, 2020)

The Group enters into leases in the normal course of its business; these principally relate to property for the Group’s branches, distribution centers and offices which have varying terms including extension and termination options and periodic rent reviews.

The Group recognizes a right of use asset and a lease liability at the lease commencement date. Non-lease components of a contract are not separated from lease components and instead are accounted for as a single lease component.

Lease liabilities are initially measured at the present value of lease payments using the interest rate implicit in the lease, or if this is not readily available, at the Group’s incremental borrowing rate. Lease payments comprise fixed payments, variable payments that depend on an index or rate, payments expected under residual value guarantees and payments under purchase and termination options which are reasonably certain to be exercised. Lease terms are initially determined as the non-cancellable period of a lease adjusted for options to extend or terminate a lease that are reasonably certain to be exercised and management judgment is required in making this determination.

Lease liabilities are subsequently measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method. Lease liabilities are remeasured when there is a change in future lease payments as a result of a rent review or a change in an index or rate, or if there is a significant event which changes the assessment of whether it is reasonably certain that extension or termination options will be exercised.

Right of use assets are carried at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses and any subsequent remeasurement of the lease liability. Initial cost comprises the lease liability adjusted for lease payments at or before the commencement date, lease incentives received, initial direct costs and an estimate of restoration costs. Right of use assets are depreciated on a straight-line basis to the earlier of the end of the useful life of the asset or the end of the lease term and tested for impairment if an indicator exists.

Leases that have a term of 12 months or less and leases for which the underlying asset is of low value are recognized as an expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

Operating leases (applicable for the years ended July 31, 2019 and July 31, 2018)

Leases where the lessor retains substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership are classified as operating leases. The cost of operating leases (net of any incentives received from the lessor) is charged to the income statement on a straight line basis over the period of the leases.

Property, plant and equipment (“PPE”)

PPE is carried at cost less accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment losses, except for land and assets in the course of construction, which are not depreciated and are carried at cost less accumulated impairment losses. Cost includes expenditure that is directly attributable to the acquisition of the items. In addition, subsequent costs are included in the asset’s carrying amount or recognized as a separate asset, as appropriate, only when it is probable that future economic benefits associated with the item will flow to the Group and the cost of the item can be measured reliably. All other repairs and maintenance costs are charged to the income statement during the financial period in which they are incurred.

 

F-16


Table of Contents

Assets are depreciated to their estimated residual value using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives as follows:

 

Freehold buildings

   20–50 years

Leasehold improvements

   over the period of the lease

Plant and machinery

   7–10 years

Computer hardware

   3–5 years

Fixtures and fittings

   5–7 years

Motor vehicles

   4 years

The residual values and estimated useful lives of PPE are reviewed and adjusted if appropriate at each balance sheet date.

Assets and disposal groups held for sale

Assets are classified as held for sale if their carrying amount will be recovered by sale rather than by continuing use in the business. Where a group of assets and their directly associated liabilities are to be disposed of in a single transaction, such disposal groups are also classified as held for sale. For this to be the case, the asset or disposal group must be available for immediate sale in its present condition and management must be committed to and have initiated a plan to sell the asset or disposal group which, when initiated, was expected to result in a completed sale within 12 months. Assets that are classified as held for sale are not depreciated. Assets or disposal groups that are classified as held for sale are measured at the lower of their carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell.

Inventories

Inventories, which comprise goods purchased for resale, are stated at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Cost is determined using the first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) method or the average cost method as appropriate to the nature of the transactions in those items of inventory. The cost of goods purchased for resale includes import and custom duties, transport and handling costs, freight and packing costs and other attributable costs less trade discounts, rebates and other subsidies. It excludes borrowing costs. Net realizable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less applicable variable selling expenses.

Provisions are made against slow-moving, obsolete and damaged inventories for which the net realizable value is estimated to be less than the cost. The risk of obsolescence of slow-moving inventory is assessed by comparing the level of inventory held to estimated future sales on the basis of historical experience.

Trade receivables

Trade receivables are recognized initially at their transaction price and measured subsequently at amortized cost using the effective interest method, less the loss allowance. The loss allowance for trade receivables is measured at an amount equal to lifetime expected credit losses, estimated based on historical write-offs adjusted for forward-looking information where appropriate. A loss allowance of 100 per cent is recognized against all trade receivables more than 180 days past due because historical experience indicates that these are generally not recoverable. The loss is recognized in the income statement. Trade receivables are written off when recoverability is assessed as being remote. Subsequent recoveries of amounts previously written off are credited to the income statement.

Provisions

Provisions for self-insured risks, legal claims and environmental restoration are recognized when the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of past events, it is more likely than not that an outflow

 

F-17


Table of Contents

of resources will be required to settle the obligation and the amount can be reliably estimated. Such provisions are measured at the present value of management’s best estimate of the expenditure required to settle the present obligation at the balance sheet date. The discount rate used to determine the present value reflects current market assessments of the time value of money. Provisions are not recognized for future operating losses.

Retirement benefit obligations

Contributions to defined contribution pension plans and other post-retirement benefits are recorded within operating profit.

For defined benefit pension plans and other post-retirement benefits, the cost of providing benefits is determined annually using the Projected Unit Credit Method by independent qualified actuaries. The current and past service cost of defined benefit pension plans is recorded within operating profit.

The net interest amount is calculated by applying the discount rate to the defined benefit net asset or liability at the beginning of the period. The pension plan net interest is presented as finance income or expense.

Actuarial gains and losses arising from experience adjustments. Changes in actuarial assumptions and the return from pension plan assets, excluding amounts recorded in net interest on the net pension plan liability/asset are charged or credited to equity in other comprehensive income in the period in which they arise.

The liability or asset recognized in the balance sheet in respect of defined benefit pension plans is the fair value of plan assets less the present value of the defined benefit obligation at the end of the reporting period. Where a plan is in a net asset position the asset is recognized where trustees do not have unilateral power to augment benefits prior to a wind-up.

Tax

Current tax represents the expected tax payable (or recoverable) on the taxable income (or losses) for the year using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date and taking into account any adjustments arising from prior years.

Deferred tax is provided in full, using the liability method, on temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the consolidated financial statements. Deferred tax is not accounted for if it arises from initial recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction, other than a business combination, that at the time of the transaction affects neither accounting nor taxable profit or loss.

Deferred tax is determined using tax rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date and are expected to apply when the related deferred tax asset is realized or the deferred tax liability is settled. Deferred tax assets are recognized to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profit will be available against which the temporary differences can be utilized.

Deferred tax is provided on temporary differences arising on investments in subsidiaries except where the timing of the reversal of the temporary difference is controlled by the Group and it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

Tax provisions

The Group is subject to income taxes in numerous jurisdictions. Judgment is sometimes required in determining the worldwide provision for income taxes. There may be transactions for which the ultimate tax determination is uncertain and may be challenged by the tax authorities. The Group recognizes liabilities for anticipated or actual tax audit issues based on estimates of whether additional taxes will be due. Where an outflow of funds to a tax authority is

 

F-18


Table of Contents

considered probable and the Group can make a reliable estimate of the outcome of the dispute, management calculates the provision using the most likely amount or the expected value approach, depending on which is most appropriate for the uncertain tax provision. In assessing its uncertain tax provisions, management takes into account the specific facts of each dispute, the likelihood of settlement and professional advice where required. Where the ultimate liability in a dispute varies from the amounts provided, such differences could impact the current and deferred income tax assets and liabilities in the period in which the dispute is concluded.

Share capital

Where any Group company purchases the Company’s equity share capital (Treasury shares), the consideration paid, including any directly attributable incremental costs (net of tax), is deducted from equity attributable to shareholders of the Company until the shares are cancelled, reissued or disposed of. Where such shares are subsequently sold or reissued, any consideration received, net of any directly attributable incremental transaction costs and the related tax effects, is included in equity attributable to shareholders of the Company.

Share-based payments

Share-based incentives are provided to employees under the Group’s long term incentive plans and all-employee sharesave plans. The Group recognizes a compensation cost in respect of these plans that is based on the fair value of the awards, measured using Binomial and Monte Carlo valuation methodologies. For equity-settled plans, the fair value is determined at the date of grant (including the impact of any non-vesting conditions such as a requirement for employees to save) and is not subsequently remeasured unless the conditions on which the award was granted are modified. For cash-settled plans, the fair value is determined at the date of grant and is remeasured at each balance sheet date until the liability is settled. Generally, the compensation cost is recognized on a straight-line basis over the vesting period. Adjustments are made to reflect expected and actual forfeitures during the vesting period due to the failure to satisfy service conditions or non-market performance conditions.

Dividends payable

Dividends on ordinary shares are recognized in the Group’s consolidated financial statements in the period in which the dividends are approved by the shareholders of the Company or paid.

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents includes cash in-hand, deposits held at call with banks with original maturities of three months or less and bank overdrafts to the extent there is a legal right of offset and practice of net settlement with cash balances. Bank overdrafts are shown within borrowings in current liabilities on the balance sheet to the extent that there is no legal right of offset and no practice of net settlement with cash balances.

Derivative financial instruments

Derivative financial instruments, in particular interest rate swaps and foreign exchange swaps, are used to manage the financial risks arising from the business activities of the Group and the financing of those activities. There is no trading activity in derivative financial instruments.

At the inception of a hedging transaction involving the use of derivative financial instruments, the Group documents the relationship between the hedged item and the hedging instrument together with its risk management objective and the strategy underlying the proposed transaction. The Group also documents its assessment, both at the inception of the hedging relationship and subsequently on an ongoing basis, of the effectiveness of the hedge in offsetting movements in the fair values or cash flows of the hedged items. Derivative financial instruments are recognized as assets and liabilities measured at their fair values at the balance sheet date. Where derivative financial

 

F-19


Table of Contents

instruments do not fulfil the criteria for hedge accounting contained in IFRS 9, changes in their fair values are recognized in the income statement. When hedge accounting is used, the relevant hedging relationships are classified as fair value hedges, cash flow hedges or net investment hedges.

Where the hedging relationship is classified as a fair value hedge, the carrying amount of the hedged asset or liability is adjusted by the increase or decrease in its fair value attributable to the hedged risk and the resulting gain or loss is recognized in the income statement where, to the extent that the hedge is effective, it will be offset by the change in the fair value of the hedging instrument. If the hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, the adjustment to the carrying amount of a hedged item for which the effective interest method is used is amortized to profit or loss over the period to maturity. Where the hedging relationship is classified as a cash flow hedge or as a net investment hedge, to the extent the hedge is effective, changes in the fair value of the hedging instrument arising from the hedged risk are recognized directly in other comprehensive income.

When the hedged item is recognized in the financial statements, the accumulated gains and losses recognized in equity are either recycled to the income statement or, if the hedged item results in a non-financial asset, are recognized as adjustments to its initial carrying amount. When a hedging instrument expires or is sold, or when a hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, any cumulative gain or loss existing in equity at that time remains in equity and is recognized when the forecast transaction is ultimately recognized in the income statement. When a forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, the cumulative gain or loss that was reported in equity is immediately transferred to the income statement.

Borrowings

Borrowings are recognized initially at the fair value of the consideration received net of transaction costs incurred. Borrowings are subsequently measured at amortized cost with any difference between the initial amount and the maturity amount being recognized in the income statement using the effective interest method.

2—Segmental analysis

The Group’s operating segments are established on the basis of the operating businesses overseen by distinct divisional management teams responsible for their performance. These operating businesses are managed on a geographical basis and are regularly reviewed by the chief operating decision-maker, which is determined to be the Group Chief Executive Officer and the Group Chief Financial Officer, in deciding how to allocate resources and assess the performance of the businesses. All operating segments derive their revenue from a single business activity, the distribution of plumbing and heating products. Revenue is attributed to a country based on the location of the Group company reporting the revenue.

The Group has combined the Canada and Central Europe operating segments into one reportable segment as individually they do not meet the quantitative thresholds set out in IFRS 8 “Operating Segments” to be separately disclosed. In 2019, the Group disposed of its Dutch business, Wasco, which was the last of its Central European businesses.

The Group’s business is not highly seasonal and the Group’s customer base is highly diversified, with no individually significant customer.

An analysis of segment revenue from external customers is as follows:

 

     2020      2019      2018  
     $m      $m      $m  

USA

     18,857        18,358        16,670  

UK

     1,879        2,281        2,568  

Canada and Central Europe

     1,083        1,371        1,514  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Revenue from external customers

     21,819        22,010        20,752  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-20


Table of Contents

There is no revenue from inter-segment transactions.

An additional disaggregation of revenue by end market is as follows:

 

     2020      2019      2018  
     $m      $m      $m  

Residential

     10,087        9,599        8,699  

Commercial

     6,116        6,054        5,501  

Civil/Infrastructure

     1,315        1,212        1,129  

Industrial

     1,339        1,493        1,341  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

USA

     18,857        18,358        16,670  

UK

     1,879        2,281        2,568  

Canada and Central Europe

     1,083        1,371        1,514  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Continuing operations

     21,819        22,010        20,752  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Underlying trading profit is the segment measure of profit and loss reviewed by the chief operating decision maker. Underlying trading profit is defined as profit before tax excluding central and other costs, (loss)/gain on disposal of businesses, business restructuring costs, corporate restructuring costs and pension plan changes/closure costs, amortization of acquired intangible assets, net finance costs, share of profit after tax of associates, gain on disposal of interests in associates and other investments and impairment of interests in associates. As a result of the Group’s adoption of IFRS 16, from August 1, 2019, underlying trading profit also excludes interest and depreciation solely related to leases and adjust for the inclusion of the lease expenses under the Group’s policy under IAS 17 (i.e. the lease standard in effect prior to the adoption of IFRS 16). An analysis of underlying trading profit by reportable segment and the reconciliation between underlying trading profit by reportable segment and profit before tax is as follows:

 

     2020      2019      2018  
     $m      $m      $m  

Underlying trading profit

        

USA

     1,587        1,508        1,406  

UK

     8        65        73  

Canada and Central Europe

     43        76        83  

Reconciliation of underlying trading profit to profit before tax

        

Total reportable segments results

     1,638        1,649        1,562  

Central and other costs

     (35      (43      (55

(Loss)/gain on disposal of businesses

     (3      23        —    

Business restructuring(1)

     (93      (108      (72

Corporate restructuring(2)

     (24      —          (5

Pension plan changes/closure(3)

     —          (9      (5

Amortization of acquired intangible assets

     (130      (110      (65

Net finance costs

     (144      (74      (53

Share of profit after tax of associates

     (2      2        2  

Gain on disposal of interests in associates and other investments

     7        3        —    

Impairment of interests in associates

     (22      (9      (122

Impact of leases

     69        —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Profit before tax

     1,261        1,324        1,187  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

For the year ended July 31, 2020, business restructuring principally comprises costs incurred in the USA, UK and Canada in respect of cost actions taken to ensure the business is appropriately sized for the post Covid-19 operating environment. For the year ended July 31, 2019, business restructuring comprises costs

 

F-21


Table of Contents
  incurred in the USA, UK and Canada in respect of their business transformation strategies and costs relating to the change in the Group corporate headquarters. For the year ended July 31, 2018, business restructuring comprises costs incurred in the UK in respect of its business transformation strategy and includes $19 million charged to cost of sales for inventory write downs.
(2)

For the year ended July 31, 2020, corporate restructuring principally relates to the proposed demerger of the UK business and the Group’s planned listing in the USA. For the year ended July 31, 2018 corporate restructuring principally relate to the Group’s UK head office restructuring.

(3)

For the year ended July 31, 2019, pension plan changes/closure relate to changes in the defined benefit pension plan in the UK. For the year ended July 31, 2018, pension plan changes/closure relate to settlement costs on the closure of a defined benefit pension plan in the USA.

Other information on assets and liabilities by segment is set out in the following tables:

 

     2020     2019  
     Segment
assets(1)
     Segment
liabilities(1)
    Segment
net assets/
(liabilities)
    Segment
assets
     Segment
liabilities
    Segment
net assets/
(liabilities)
 
     $m      $m     $m     $m      $m     $m  

USA

     9,338        (4,402     4,936       8,252        (3,243     5,009  

UK

     1,093        (742     351       1,144        (553     591  

Canada and Central Europe

     603        (315     288       564        (267     297  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total reportable segments

     11,034        (5,459     5,575       9,960        (4,063     5,897  

Central and other costs

     49        (132     (83     97        (282     (185

Discontinued

     3        (9     (6     4        (34     (30

Tax assets/(liabilities)

     216        (319     (103     170        (307     (137

Derivative financial assets/(liabilities)

     39        —         39       22        —         22  

Cash and cash equivalents

     2,115        —         2,115       1,133        —         1,133  

Borrowings

     —          (3,166     (3,166     —          (2,344     (2,344

Finance leases

     —          —         —         —          (6     (6
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Group assets/(liabilities)

     13,456        (9,085     4,371       11,386        (7,036     4,350  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

As at July 31, 2020, segment assets includes right of use assets and segment liabilities includes lease liabilities.

Geographical information on non-current assets is set out in the table below. Non-current assets includes goodwill, other intangible assets, right of use assets, property, plant and equipment and interests in associates.

 

     2020      2019  
     $m      $m  

USA

     4,134        3,036  

UK

     357        225  

Canada and Central Europe

     255        196  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Group

     4,746        3,457  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-22


Table of Contents
    2020  
    Additions to
goodwill
    Additions to other
acquired intangible
assets and interests
in associates
    Additions to
non-acquired
intangible assets
    Additions to right
of use assets
    Additions to
property, plant and
equipment
 
    $m     $m     $m     $m     $m  

USA

    66       107       79       86       199  

UK

    12       31       5       19       13  

Canada and Central Europe

    —         —         3       10       2  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total reportable segments

    78       138       87       115       214  

Central and other costs

    —         —         —         —         —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Group

    78       138       87       115       214  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     2019  
     Additions to
goodwill
     Additions to other
acquired intangible
assets and interests
in associates
     Additions to
non-acquired
intangible assets
     Additions to
property, plant and
equipment
 
     $m      $m      $m      $m  

USA

     258        224        26        327  

UK

     —          —          8        33  

Canada and Central Europe

     1        —          2        11  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total reportable segments

     259        224        36        371  

Central and other costs

     —          —          —          3  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Group

     259        224        36        374  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

    2020  
    Impairment of
goodwill, other
acquired intangible
assets and interests
in associates
    Amortization of
other acquired
intangible assets
    Amortization
and impairment
of non-acquired
intangible assets
    Depreciation and
impairment of
right of use
assets
    Depreciation and
impairment of
property, plant and
equipment
 
    $m     $m     $m     $m     $m  

USA

    —         113       26       226       131  

UK

    —         16       6       37       20  

Canada and Central Europe

    —         1       2       14       7  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total reportable segments

    —         130       34       277       158  

Central and other costs

    22       —         1       1       1  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Group

    22       130       35       278       159  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

    2019  
    Impairment of
goodwill, other
acquired intangible
assets and interests
in associates
    Amortization of
other acquired
intangible assets
    Amortization and
impairment of
non-acquired
intangible assets
    Depreciation and
impairment of
property, plant and
equipment
 
    $m     $m     $m     $m  

USA

    —         102       20       118  

UK

    —         —         8       21  

Canada and Central Europe

    —         8       2       8  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total reportable segments

    —         110       30       147  

Central and other costs

    9       —         1       —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Group

    9       110       31       147  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-23


Table of Contents

3—Operating profit

Amounts charged/(credited) in arriving at operating profit from continuing operations include:

 

     Notes      2020      2019      2018  
            $m      $m      $m  

Amortization of acquired intangible assets

     11        130        110        65  

Amortization of non-acquired intangible assets

     11        35        31        26  

Impairment of non-acquired intangible assets

     11        —          —          2  

Depreciation of right of use assets

     12        268        —          —    

Impairment of right of use assets

     12        10        —          —    

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment

     13        154        147        145  

Impairment of property, plant and equipment

     13        5        —          7  

Impairment of assets held for sale

        —          4        —    

Loss/(gain) on disposal of businesses

        3        (23      —    

Amounts included in cost of sales with respect to inventory

        15,237        15,427        14,618  

Staff costs

     9        3,137        3,163        2,913  

Operating lease rentals: land and buildings

        —          252        240  

Operating lease rentals: plant and machinery

        —          88        85  

Trade receivables impairment

        17        11        13  

4—Net finance costs

 

     2020      2019      2018  
     $m      $m      $m  

Finance income

     7        12        8  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Interest cost on borrowings

     (108      (97      (65

Unwind of fair value adjustment to senior unsecured loan notes

     5        6        7  

Lease liability expense

     (53      —          —    

Finance lease charges

     —          —          (1

Net interest income/(expense) on defined benefit obligation (note 22)

     3        5        (1

Valuation gains/(losses) on financial instruments

     2        —          (1
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Finance costs

     (151      (86      (61
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total net finance costs

     (144      (74      (53
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Finance costs relating to discontinued operations are disclosed in note 6.

5—Tax

The tax charge for the year comprises:

 

     2020      2019      2018  
     $m      $m      $m  

Current year tax charge

     294        306        297  

Adjustments to tax charge in respect of prior years

     (16      4        7  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current tax charge

     278        310        304  

Deferred tax charge/(credit): origination and reversal of temporary differences

     29        (47      42  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total tax charge

     307        263        346  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-24


Table of Contents

The deferred tax charge of $29 million (2019: credit of $47 million and 2018: charge of $42 million) includes a credit of $6 million (2019: charge of $3 million and 2018: credit $8 million) resulting from changes in tax rates.

Tax on items charged to the Group statement of comprehensive income:

 

     2020      2019      2018  
     $m      $m      $m  

Deferred tax credit/(charge) on remeasurement of retirement benefit plans

     44        6        (17
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total tax on items credited/(charged) to the Group statement of comprehensive income

     44        6        (17
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Tax on items credited to equity:

 

     2020      2019      2018  
     $m      $m      $m  

Current tax credit on share-based payments

     6        5        7  

Deferred tax credit on share-based payments

     5        1        1  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total tax on items credited to equity

     11        6        8  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

There is no tax charge in the statement of changes in equity which relates to changes in tax rates (2019: $nil and 2018: $3 million).

The Group has made provisions for the liabilities likely to arise from open audits and assessments. At July 31, 2020, the Group has recognized provisions of $294 million (2019: $254 million and 2018: $237 million) in respect of its uncertain tax positions. The total provision has increased by $40 million in the year due primarily to increases related to certain cross-border transfer pricing risks. Although there is uncertainty regarding the timing of the resolution of these matters, management do not believe that the Group’s uncertain tax provisions constitute a major source of estimation uncertainty as they consider that there is no significant risk of a material change to its estimate of these provisions within the next 12 months.

 

     Total profit/tax from continuing operations  
     2020     Restated 2019     Restated 2018  

Tax reconciliation:

   $m     %     $m     %     $m     %  

Profit before tax

     1,261         1,324         1,187    

Expected tax at weighted average tax rate(1)

     (266     21.1       (220     16.6       (268     22.6  

Adjusted for the effects of:

            

Over/(under) provisions in respect of prior periods(2)

     2       (0.2     2       (0.1     (3     0.3  

discrete items which are non-tax deductible(3)

     1       (0.1     (7     0.6       (1     0.1  

current year charge in relation to uncertain tax provisions(4)

     (33     2.6       (35     2.6       (43     3.6  

tax credits and incentives

     6       (0.5     4       (0.3     5       (0.4

non-taxable income

     8       (0.6     3       (0.2     (24     2.0  

other non-tax deductible expenditure(5)

     (24     1.9       (16     1.2       7       (0.6

recognition of previously unrecognized deferred tax asset

     —         —         11       (0.8     (28     2.3  

other

     (7     0.6       (2     0.1       1       (0.1

effect of tax rate changes(6)

     6       (0.5     (3     0.2       8       (0.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tax (charge)/credit / effective tax rate

     (307     24.3       (263     19.9       (346     29.1  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

This expected weighted average tax rate reflects the applicable statutory corporate tax rates on the accounting profits/losses in the countries in which the Group operates after intra-group financing. This

 

F-25


Table of Contents
  results in interest deductions and lower taxable profits in many of the countries and therefore reduces the tax rate.
(2)

This includes adjustments arising out of movements in uncertain tax provisions regarding prior periods and differences between the final tax liabilities in the tax computations and the tax liabilities provided in the consolidated financial statements.

(3)

This primarily relates to non-taxable disposal of businesses.

(4)

This reflects management’s assessment of the potential tax liability for the current year in relation to open tax issues and audits.

(5)

This relates to certain expenditure for which no tax relief is available such as disallowable business entertaining costs and legal/professional fees.

(6)

In 2020, this relates to the change of the deferred tax rate to 19 per cent from the previously enacted 17 per cent in the UK. In 2019, this relate to the difference between the current tax rate of 19 per cent and the deferred tax rate of 17 per cent in the UK. In 2018, this relate to the reduction in the US federal rate of tax from 35 per cent to 21 per cent from January 1, 2018.

6—Discontinued operations

The Group disposed of Stark Group on March 29, 2018 and during the year ended July 31, 2019, sold its remaining property assets in the Nordic region (together the “disposal group”). In accordance with IFRS 5 “Non-current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations”, the disposal group had been classified as discontinued.

The results from discontinued operations, which have been included in the Group income statement, are set out below:

 

     2020      2019      2018  
     $m      $m      $m  

Revenue

     —          —          1,705  

Cost of sales

     —          —          (1,285
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross profit

     —          —          420  

Operating costs:

        

gain on disposal of businesses

     —          34        439  

other

     7        13        (398
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating income

     7        47        41  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating profit

     7        47        461  

Net finance income/(costs)

     —          4        (4
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Profit before tax

     7        51        457  

Tax

     —          (4      (31
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Profit from discontinued operations

     7        47        426  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Basic earnings per share

     3.1c        20.4c        173.4c  

Diluted earnings per share

     3.1c        20.3c        172.1c  

 

F-26


Table of Contents

During the year, discontinued operations generated cash of $5 million (2019: $16 million outflow and 2018: $120 million outflow) in respect of operating activities, generated $1 million (2019: $121 million and 2018: $1,368 million) in respect of investing activities and used $nil (2019: $nil and 2018: $99 million) in respect of financing activities.

7—Dividends

Amounts recognized as distributions to equity shareholders:

 

     2020      2019      2018  
     $m      $m      $m  

Final dividend for the year ended July 31, 2017: 73.33 pence per share

     —          —          248  

Interim dividend for the year ended July 31, 2018: 57.4 cents per share

     —          —          142  

Special dividend: $4 per share

     —          —          974  

Final dividend for the year ended July 31, 2018: 131.9 cents per share

     —          303        —    

Interim dividend for the year ended July 31, 2019: 63.1 cents per share

     —          146        —    

Final dividend for the year ended July 31, 2019: 145.1 cents per share

     327        —          —    

Interim dividend for the year ended July 31, 2020: nil

     —          —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Dividends paid

     327        449        1,364  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

After careful consideration, the Board decided to withdraw the interim dividend for the year ended July 31, 2020 which was due for payment on April 30, 2020 due to the significant uncertainty around the impact and duration of the COVID-19 disruption.

Since the end of the financial year, the Directors have proposed a final ordinary dividend of $466 million (208.2 cents per share) which effectively reinstates the previously withdrawn interim dividend. The dividend is subject to approval by shareholders at the Annual General Meeting and is therefore not included in the balance sheet as a liability at July 31, 2020.

Dividends are declared in US dollars and paid in both pounds sterling and US dollars. For those shareholders paid in pounds sterling, the exchange rate used to translate the declared value was set in advance of the payment date. As a result of foreign exchange rate movements between these dates, the total amount paid (shown in the Group cash flow statement) may be different to that stated above.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

8—Earnings per share

 

     2020     2019  
     Earnings     Basic
earnings
per share
    Diluted
earnings
per share
    Earnings     Basic
earnings
per share
    Diluted
earnings
per share
 
     $m     cents     cents     $m     cents     cents  

Profit from continuing and discontinued operations attributable to shareholders of the Company

     961       427.5       423.5       1,108       481.3       477.8  

Profit from discontinued operations

     (7     (3.1     (3.1     (47     (20.4     (20.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Profit from continuing operations

     954       424.4       420.4       1,061       460.9       457.5  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     2018  
     Earnings      Basic
earnings
per share
     Diluted
earnings
per share
 
     $m      cents      cents  

Profit from continuing and discontinued operations attributable to shareholders of the Company

     1,267        515.7        511.9  

Profit from discontinued operations

     (426      (173.4      (172.1
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Profit from continuing operations

     841        342.3        339.8  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue during the year, excluding those held by Employee Benefit Trusts and those held by the Company as Treasury shares, was 224.8 million (2019: 230.2 million and 2018: 245.7 million). The impact of all potentially dilutive share options on earnings per share would be to increase the weighted average number of shares in issue to 226.9 million (2019: 231.9 million and 2018: 247.5 million).

9—Employee and key management information

 

     2020      2019      2018  
     $m      $m      $m  

Wages and salaries

     2,840        2,833        2,608  

Social security costs

     187        194        183  

Pension costs—defined contribution plans

     81        91        78  

Pension costs—defined benefit plans (note 22)

     3        11        9  

Share-based payments

     26        34        35  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total staff costs

     3,137        3,163        2,913  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The total staff costs for discontinued operations was $nil (2019: $nil and 2018: $242 million).

 

Average number of employees

   2020      2019      2018  

USA

     27,059        27,447        25,129  

UK

     5,031        5,439        5,871  

Canada and Central Europe

     2,473        2,974        2,962  

Central and other

     74        79        94  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Continuing operations

     34,637        35,939        34,056  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The average number of employees for discontinued operations was nil (2019: nil and 2018: 3,821).

 

F-28


Table of Contents

Key management personnel are those persons having authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the activities of the Group, directly or indirectly, including any Director of the Company.

The aggregate emoluments for all key management are set out in the following table:

 

Key management personnel compensation (including Directors)

   2020      2019      2018  
     $m      $m      $m  

Salaries, bonuses and other short term employee benefits

     16        13        14  

Post-employment benefits

     1        1        1  

Termination benefits

     —          —          4  

Share-based payments

     8        11        9  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total compensation

     25        25        28  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

10—Intangible assets—goodwill

 

     2020      2019  
     $m      $m  

Cost

     

On August 1

     1,789        1,605  

Exchange rate adjustment

     8        (14

Acquisitions

     78        259  

Adjustment to fair value on prior year acquisitions

     (14      (6

Disposal of businesses

     —          (55
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

At July 31

     1,861        1,789  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accumulated impairment losses

     

On August 1

     133        197  

Exchange rate adjustment

     7        (9

Disposal of businesses

     —          (55
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

At July 31

     140        133  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net book value at July 31

     1,721        1,656  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Goodwill and intangible assets acquired during the year have been allocated to the individual cash generating units or aggregated cash generating units (together “CGUs”) which are deemed to be the smallest identifiable group of assets generating independent cash inflows. CGUs have been aggregated in the disclosure below at a segmental level except for certain CGUs in the USA which are considered to be significant (more than 10 per cent of the current year goodwill balance). Impairment reviews were performed for each individual CGU during the year ended July 31, 2020.

 

     2020      2019  
     Long term
growth rate
     Post-tax
discount
rate
     Pre-tax
discount
rate
     Goodwill      Long term
growth
rate
     Post-tax
discount
rate
     Pre-tax
discount
rate
     Goodwill  
     %              %              %              $m      %              %              %              $m  

Blended Branches(1)

              991                 973  

Waterworks

              183                 188  

Rest of USA

              353                 314  
           

 

 

             

 

 

 

USA

     2.2        8.1        10.8        1,527        2.2        9.3        12.6        1,475  

UK

     1.5        7.7        9.4        55        2.0        8.0        9.8        39  

Canada

     1.3        7.8        10.8        139        2.0        8.5        11.6        142  
           

 

 

             

 

 

 

Total

              1,721                 1,656  
           

 

 

             

 

 

 

 

(1)

Due to a reorganization of the reporting structure, a component of the eBusiness CGU has been reallocated to the Blended Branches CGU. As a result, the eBusiness CGU is no longer considered to be significant and is not disclosed separately. The comparative has been reclassified for comparability.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

The relevant inputs, including key assumptions, to the value in use calculations of each CGU are set out below.

Cash flow forecasts for years one to three are derived from the most recent Board approved strategic plan. The forecast for year five represents an estimate of “mid-cycle” trading performance for the CGU based on historic analysis. Year four is calculated as the average of the final year of the strategic plan and year five’s mid-cycle estimate. The other inputs include: a risk-adjusted pre-tax discount rate, calculated by reference to the weighted average cost of capital (“WACC”) of each country and reflecting the latest equity market risk factors; and the 30-year long term growth rate by country, as published by the IMF in April 2020.

The strategic plan is developed based on analyses of sales, markets and costs at a regional level. Consideration is given to past events, knowledge of future contracts and the wider economy. It takes into account both current business and future initiatives. The most recent strategic plans were approved by the Board in July 2020. The plans take into account the impact of COVID-19 on recent trading and reflect the Board’s latest expectations of future trading activity in a post COVID-19 environment.

Management has performed a sensitivity analysis across all CGUs which have goodwill and acquired intangible assets using reasonably possible changes in the following key impairment review assumptions: compound average revenue growth rate, post-tax discount rate and long term growth rate, keeping all other assumptions constant. The sensitivity analysis included an assessment of the break-even point for each of the key assumptions and the break-even point was considered for reasonableness in light of the recent impact of COVID-19 on the trading activities of the business. The sensitivity testing identified no reasonably possible changes in key assumptions that would cause the carrying amount of any CGU to exceed its recoverable amount. As a result, management do not believe that the key impairment review assumptions constitute a major source of estimation uncertainty as they consider that there is no significant risk of a material change to its estimate of these assumptions within the next 12 months.

11—Intangible assets—other

 

           Acquired intangible assets  
     Software     Trade
names and
brands
    Customer
relationships
    Other      Total  
     $m     $m     $m     $m      $m  

Cost

           

On August 1, 2018

     224       176       482       165        1,047  

Exchange rate adjustment

     (5     (1     (3     —          (9

Acquisitions

     —         19       202       3        224  

Adjustment to fair value on prior year acquisitions

     —         —         7       —          7  

Additions

     36       —         —         —          36  

Disposal of businesses

     (12     (2     (15     —          (29

Disposals

     (40     —         —         —          (40
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

At July 31, 2019

     203       192       673       168        1,236  

Exchange rate adjustment

     5       1       4       —          10  

Acquisitions

     13       34       101       3        151  

Adjustment to fair value on prior year acquisitions

     —         4       9       2        15  

Additions

     87       —         —         —          87  

Disposals

     (2     —         —         —          (2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

At July 31, 2020

     306       231       787       173        1,497  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-30


Table of Contents
           Acquired intangible assets  
     Software     Trade
names and
brands
    Customer
relationships
    Other      Total  
     $m     $m     $m     $m      $m  

Accumulated amortization and impairment losses

           

On August 1, 2018

     153       72       420       94        739  

Exchange rate adjustment

     (3     (1     (3     —          (7

Amortization charge for the year

     31       26       65       19        141  

Disposal of businesses

     (7     (2     (13     —          (22

Disposals

     (38     —         —         —          (38
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

At July 31, 2019

     136       95       469       113        813  

Exchange rate adjustment

     2       1       3       —          6  

Amortization charge for the year

     35       28       85       17        165  

Disposals

     (8     —         —         —          (8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

At July 31, 2020

     165       124       557       130        976  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net book value at July 31, 2020

     141       107       230       43        521  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net book value at July 31, 2019

     67       97       204       55        423  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

At July 31, 2020, customer relationships net book value includes $80 million (2019: $93 million) in relation to the acquisition of Jones Stephens which had a remaining amortization period of 8 years (2019: 9 years).

12—Leases

Movement in right of use assets for the year ended July 31, 2020 were as follows:

 

     Land and
buildings
     Plant and
machinery
     Total right of
use assets
 
     $m      $m      $m  

Net book value at July 31, 2019

     —          —          —    

Adjustment on adoption of IFRS 16

     940        280        1,220  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net book value on August 1, 2019

     940        280        1,220  

Acquisition of businesses

     28        2        30  

Additions

     54        61        115  

Disposals and remeasurements

     19        (3      16  

Depreciation charge for the year

     (191      (77      (268

Impairment charge for the year

     (9      (1      (10

Exchange rate adjustments

     8        —          8  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net book value at July 31, 2020

     849        262        1,111  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Group’s land and building leases include leases for branches, distribution centers and offices. Leases in the USA and Canada often include one or more options to extend the lease term and some of the Group’s leases include options to terminate early. Certain leases include variable lease payments that are linked to a consumer price index or market rate. The Group’s land and building leases have a weighted average remaining lease term at July 31, 2020 of 5.9 years.

The Group’s plant and machinery leases include leases for fleet vehicles, trucks and company cars. These leases have a weighed average remaining lease term at July 31, 2020 of 4.5 years.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

The maturity of lease liabilities at July 31, 2020 was as follows:

 

     2020  
     $m  

Due in less than one year

     325  

Due in one to two years

     326  

Due in two to three years

     282  

Due in three to four years

     211  

Due in four to five years

     146  

Due in over five years

     218  
  

 

 

 

Total undiscounted lease payments

     1,508  

Effect of discounting

     (153
  

 

 

 

Lease liabilities

     1,355  
  

 

 

 

Current lease liabilities

     281  

Non-current lease liabilities

     1,074  
  

 

 

 

Lease liabilities

     1,355  
  

 

 

 

At July 31, 2020 the Group was committed to future undiscounted lease payments of $nil million relating to short term leases.

Amounts charged/(credited) to the Group income statement during the year were as follows:

 

     2020  
     $m  

Depreciation of right of use assets

     268  

Impairment of right of use assets

     10  

Short term lease expense

     15  

Low-value lease expense

     16  

Sublease income

     (2
  

 

 

 

Charged to operating costs

     307  

Charged to finance costs

     53  
  

 

 

 

Total amount charged to the Group income statement

     360  
  

 

 

 

Operating lease commitments under IAS 17

Future minimum lease payments under non-cancelable leases for the year ended July 31, 2019 were as follows:

 

     2019  
     $m  

Less than one year

     342  

After one year and less than five years

     631  

After five years

     153  
  

 

 

 

Total operating lease commitments

     1,126  
  

 

 

 

 

F-32


Table of Contents

13—Property, plant and equipment

 

     Land and buildings                    
     Freehold     Finance
leases
    Leasehold
improvements
    Plant and
machinery
    Other
equipment
    Total  
     $m     $m     $m     $m     $m     $m  

Cost

            

On August 1, 2018

     949       3       448       680       232       2,312  

Exchange rate adjustment

     (7     —         (6     (9     (5     (27

Acquisitions

     82       —         —         10       3       95  

Additions

     193       —         76       73       32       374  

Disposal of businesses

     (35     —         —         (19     (5     (59

Disposals and transfers

     2       (2     (20     (56     (38     (114
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At July 31, 2019

     1,184       1       498       679       219       2,581  

Adjustments on adoption of IFRS 16

     —         (1     —         (2     (13     (16
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

On August 1, 2019

     1,184       —         498       677       206       2,565  

Exchange rate adjustment

     5       —         5       8       4       22  

Acquisitions

     15       —         —         4       —         19  

Additions

     127       —         11       70       6       214  

Disposal and transfers

     2       —         (17     (40     (26     (81

Reclassification as held for sale

     (30     —         —         (1     —         (31
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At July 31, 2020

     1,303       —         497       718       190       2,708  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated depreciation and impairment losses

            

On August 1, 2018

     259       —         322       481       164       1,226  

Exchange rate adjustment

     (2     —         (3     (7     (4     (16

Depreciation charge for the year

     31       —         31       61       24       147  

Disposal of businesses

     (8     —         —         (9     (3     (20

Disposals and transfers

     (2     —         (12     (51     (40     (105
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At July 31, 2019

     278       —         338       475       141       1,232  

Adjustments on adoption of IFRS 16

     —         —         —         (1     (9     (10
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

On August 1, 2019

     278       —         338       474       132       1,222  

Exchange rate adjustment

     1       —         3       6       3       13  

Depreciation charge for the year

     36       —         34       62       22       154  

Impairment charge for the year

     1       —         2       2       —         5  

Disposals

     —         —         (13     (36     (19     (68

Reclassification as held for sale

     (7     —         —         —         —         (7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At July 31, 2020

     309       —         364       508       138       1,319  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net book value at July 31, 2020

     994       —         133       210       52       1,389  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Owned assets

     906       —         160       203       74       1,343  

Assets under finance leases

     —         1       —         1       4       6  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net book value at July 31, 2019

     906       1       160       204       78       1,349  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-33


Table of Contents

14—Deferred tax assets and liabilities

Deferred tax assets and liabilities, which are offset where the Group has a legally enforceable right to do so, are shown in the balance sheet after offset as follows:

 

     2020      2019  
     $m      $m  

Deferred tax assets

     216        164  

Deferred tax liabilities

     (26      (56
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     190        108  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The following are the major deferred tax assets and liabilities recognized by the Group and movements thereon during the current and prior reporting year:

 

    Goodwill
and
intangible
assets
    Share-
based
payments
    Property,
plant and
equipment
    Right of
use
assets
    Lease
liabilities
    Retirement
benefit
obligations
    Inventories     Tax
losses
    Trade
and
other
payables
    Other     Total  
    $m     $m     $m     $m     $m     $m     $m     $m     $m     $m     $m  

On August 1, 2018

    (47     23       34       —         —         36       (95     87       22       28       88  

Credit/(charge) to income

    4       1       5       —         —         (4     (21     1       18       43       47  

Credit to other comprehensive income

    —         —         —         —         —         6       —         —         —         —         6  

Credit to equity

    —         1       —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         1  

Acquisitions

    (31     —         (4     —         —         —         2       —         —         —         (33

Disposal of businesses

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         1       1  

Exchange rate adjustment

    —         —         (4     —         —         2       —         —         —         —         (2
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At July 31, 2019

    (74     25       31       —         —         40       (114     88       40       72       108  

Adjustment on adoption of IFRS 16

    —         —         —         (298     372       —         —         —         (5     —         69  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

On August 1, 2019

    (74     25       31       (298     372       40       (114     88       35       72       177  

Credit/(charge) to income

    3       (2     (14     27       (34     1       5       11       (13     (13     (29

Credit to other comprehensive income

    —         —         —         —         —         44       —         —         —         —         44  

Credit to equity

    —         5       —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         5  

Acquisitions

    (12     —         1       (4     4       —         —         —         —         —         (11

Exchange rate adjustment

    —         —         4       —         —         (1     —         1       —         —         4  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At July 31, 2020

    (83     28       22       (275     342       84       (109     100       22       59       190  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Legislation has been enacted in the UK to increase the standard rate of UK corporation tax from 17 per cent to 19 per cent with effect from April 1, 2020. Accordingly, the UK deferred tax assets and liabilities have been calculated based on a 19 per cent tax rate which materially reflects the rate for the period in which the deferred tax assets and liabilities are expected to reverse.

Net deferred tax assets have been recognized on the basis that sufficient taxable profits are forecast to be available in the future to enable them to be utilized.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

In addition, the Group has unrecognized gross tax losses totaling $369 million (2019: $367 million) that have not been recognized on the basis that their future economic benefit is uncertain. These losses have no expiry date and relate predominantly to capital losses.

No deferred tax liability has been recognized in respect of taxable temporary differences associated with unremitted earnings from the Group’s subsidiary undertakings. However, tax may arise on $442 million (2019: $436 million) of temporary differences but the Group is in a position to control the timing of their reversal and it is probable that such differences will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

15—Inventories

 

     2020      2019  
     $m      $m  

Goods purchased for resale

     3,089        2,997  

Inventory provisions

     (209      (176
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net inventories

     2,880        2,821  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

16—Trade and other receivables

 

     2020      2019  
     $m      $m  

Current

     

Trade receivables

     2,604        2,747  

Less: provision for expected credit losses

     (36      (28
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net trade receivables

     2,568        2,719  

Other receivables

     139        143  

Prepayments

     335        351  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     3,042      3,213  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-current

     

Other receivables

     377        340  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Included in prepayments is $289 million (2019: $277 million) due in relation to supplier rebates where there is no right of offset against trade payable balances.

Trade receivables have been aged with respect to the payment terms specified in the terms and conditions established with customers. The loss allowance for trade receivables by aging category is as follows:

 

At July 31, 2020

   Amounts
not yet due
    Less than
six months
past due
    More than
six months
past due
    Total  
     $m     $m     $m     $m  

Expected credit loss rate

     0.6     1.1     100  

Gross trade receivables

     1,836       751       17       2,604  

Lifetime expected credit losses

     (11     (8     (17     (36
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net trade receivables

     1,825       743       —         2,568  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-35


Table of Contents

At July 31, 2019

   Amounts
not yet due
    Less than
six months
past due
    More than
six months
past due
    Total  
     $m     $m     $m     $m  

Expected credit loss rate

     0.4     0.9     100  

Gross trade receivables

     1,934       799       14       2,747  

Lifetime expected credit losses

     (7     (7     (14     (28
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net trade receivables

     1,927       792       —         2,719  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

No contracts contain a significant financing component and payment from customers is typically due within 30 to 60 days.

The contractual amount outstanding on trade receivables that were written off during the year and that are subject to enforcement activity was $12 million (2019: $12 million).

17—Cash and cash equivalents

 

     2020      2019  
     $m      $m  

Cash and cash equivalents

     2,115        1,133  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Included in the balance at July 31, 2020 is an amount of $248 million (2019: $18 million) which is part of the Group’s cash pooling arrangements where there is an equal and opposite balance included within bank overdrafts (note 19). These amounts are subject to a master netting arrangement.

At July 31, 2020, cash and cash equivalents included $93 million (2019: $87 million) which is used to collateralize letters of credit on behalf of Ferguson Insurance Limited.

18—Trade and other payables

 

     2020      2019  
     $m      $m  

Current

     

Trade payables

     2,855        2,885  

Tax and social security

     114        112  

Other payables

     115        116  

Accruals and deferred income

     507        684  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     3,591      3,797  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-current

     

Other payables

     338        292  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Trade payables are stated net of $50 million (2019: $44 million) due from suppliers with respect to supplier rebates where an agreement exists that allows these to be net settled.

Accruals and deferred income includes $nil (2019: $159 million) payable in relation to the irrevocable and non-discretionary share buy back program announced in July 2019 and settled on September 24, 2019.

 

F-36


Table of Contents

19—Borrowings

 

     2020      2019  
     Current      Non-
current
     Total      Current      Non-
current
     Total  
     $m      $m      $m      $m      $m      $m  

Bank overdrafts

     248        —             248        47        —             47  

Senior unsecured loan notes

     283        2,635        2,918        5        2,292        2,297  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total borrowings

     531        2,635        3,166        52        2,292        2,344  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

In June 2020, the Group successfully issued $600 million of 10 year 3.25 per cent notes maturing in June 2030 in the USA bond market. In October 2018, the Group successfully issued $750 million of 10 year 4.5 per cent notes maturing in October 2028 in the USA bond market. At July 31, 2020 total USA bond debt was $1,350 million (2019: $750 million) which is held at par value.

The carrying value of the USPP senior unsecured loan notes of $1,568 million comprises a par value of $1,530 million and a fair value adjustment of $38 million (2019: $1,547 million, $1,530 million and $17 million respectively).

The Group applies fair value hedge accounting to debt of $355 million (2019: $355 million), swapping fixed interest rates into floating interest rates using a series of interest rate swaps.

Included in bank overdrafts at July 31, 2020 is an amount of $248 million (2019: $18 million) which is part of the Group’s cash pooling arrangements where there is an equal and opposite balance included within cash and cash equivalents (note 17). These amounts are subject to a master netting arrangement.

In April 2020, Ferguson Finance Plc was approved as an eligible issuer under the Covid Corporate Financing Facility (CCFF), all commercial paper issued under the CCFF was fully repaid in June 2020 and as a result there are no balances recognized in the financial statements at the balance sheet date. The Group did not utilize the funds that were previously drawn down under the facility and Ferguson Finance Plc’s CCFF eligibility expired in October 2020. There are no unfulfilled conditions or contingencies associated with the facility.

No bank loans were secured against trade receivables and the trade receivables facility of $600 million was undrawn at July 31, 2020 and July 31, 2019.

There have been no significant changes during the year to the Group’s policies on accounting for, valuing and managing the risk of financial instruments. These policies are summarized in note 1.

Non-current loans are repayable as follows:

 

     2020      2019  
     $m      $m  

Due in one to two years

     —          282  

Due in two to three years

     250        —    

Due in three to four years

     150        250  

Due in four to five years

     150        150  

Due in over five years

     2,085        1,610  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     2,635        2,292  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-37


Table of Contents

20—Financial instruments and financial risk management

Financial instruments by measurement basis

The carrying value of financial instruments by category as defined by IFRS 9 “Financial Instruments” is as follows:

 

    2020     2019(2)  
    $m     $m  

Financial assets

   

Financial assets at fair value through profit and loss

    307       267  

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

    12       27  

Financial assets at amortized cost

    3,114       3,258  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financial liabilities

   

Financial liabilities at fair value through profit and loss

    265       240  

Financial liabilities at amortized cost(1)

    7,474       5,569  
 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

As at July 31, 2020, financial liabilities at amortized cost include lease liabilities.

(2)

The financial asset and financial liability associated with the executive deferred compensation plan has been reclassified as at fair value through profit and loss and the comparatives have been restated for comparability.

Financial instruments in the category “fair value through profit and loss” and “fair value through other comprehensive income” are measured in the balance sheet at fair value. Fair value measurements can be classified in the following hierarchy:

 

   

Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (level 1).

 

   

Inputs other than quoted prices included within level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly (level 2).

 

   

Inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (that is, unobservable inputs) (level 3).

The Group’s derivatives relate principally to interest rate swaps to manage its exposure to interest rate movements on its borrowings. They are measured at fair value through profit and loss using forward interest curves which are level 2 inputs. The current element of derivative financial assets is $11 million (2019: $12 million) and the non-current element is $28 million (2019: $10 million). Total net derivative financial instruments is an asset of $39 million (2019: $22 million). No transfers between levels occurred during the current or prior year.

The Group’s executive deferred compensation plan comprises a financial asset of $268 million (2019: $245 million) which is measured at fair value through profit and loss using level 1 inputs and a financial liability of $265 million (2019: $240 million) which is measured at fair value through profit and loss using level 2 inputs. The fair value of the liability is calculated with reference to the fair value of the associated asset. The financial asset is all classified as non-current. The current element of the financial liability is $13 million (2019: $12 million) and the non-current element is $252 million (2019: $228 million). No transfers between levels occurred during the current or prior year.

The Group has made the irrevocable election to designate its investments in equity instruments as financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income as this presentation is more representative of the nature of the Group’s investments. The fair value of the investments in the current and prior year are measured using market derived valuation methods which are level 2 inputs. The investments are classified as non-current financial assets in the balance sheet. No dividends were received from these investments in the current and prior year.

 

F-38


Table of Contents

The Group’s other financial instruments are measured at amortized cost. Other receivables include an amount of $71 million (2019: $67 million) which has been discounted at a rate of 1.0 per cent (2019: 2.0 per cent) due to the long term nature of the receivable. Other current assets and liabilities are either of short maturity or bear floating rate interest and their fair values approximate to book values. The only non-current financial assets or liabilities for which fair value does not approximate to book value are the USPP senior unsecured loan notes, which had a book value of $1,568 million (2019: $1,547 million) and a fair value (level 2) of $1,671 million (2019: $1,621 million), and the USA bond debt which had a book value of $1,350 million (2019: $750 million) and a fair value (level 1) of $1,488 million (2019: $789 million).

Disclosure of offsetting arrangements

The financial instruments which have been offset in the financial statements are disclosed below:

 

At July 31, 2020

   Notes      Gross
balances(1)
    Offset
amounts(2)
    Financial
statements(3)
    Cash
pooling
amounts(4)
    Net
total(5)
 
            $m     $m     $m     $m     $m  

Financial assets

             

Non-current assets

             

Derivative financial assets

        28       —         28       —         28  

Current assets

             

Derivative financial assets

        19       (8     11       —         11  

Cash and cash equivalents

     17        2,115       —         2,115       (248     1,867  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
        2,162       (8     2,154       (248     1,906  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financial liabilities

             

Current liabilities

             

Derivative financial liabilities

        8       (8     —         —         —    

Borrowings

     19        531       —         531       (248     283  

Non-current liabilities

             

Borrowings

     19        2,635       —         2,635       —         2,635  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
        3,174       (8     3,166       (248     2,918  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total excluding lease liabilities

     26        (1,012     —         (1,012     —         (1,012
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

At July 31, 2019

   Notes      Gross
balances(1)
     Offset
amounts(2)
    Financial
statements(3)
     Cash
pooling
amounts(4)
    Net
total(5)
 
            $m      $m     $m      $m     $m  

Financial assets

               

Non-current assets

               

Derivative financial assets

        10        —         10        —         10  

Current assets

               

Derivative financial assets

        23        (11     12        —         12  

Cash and cash equivalents

     17        1,133        —         1,133        (18     1,115  
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
        1,166        (11     1,155        (18     1,137  
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-39


Table of Contents

At July 31, 2019

   Notes      Gross
balances(1)
    Offset
amounts(2)
    Financial
statements(3)
    Cash
pooling
amounts(4)
    Net
total(5)
 
            $m     $m     $m     $m     $m  

Financial liabilities

             

Current liabilities

             

Derivative financial liabilities

        11       (11     —         —         —    

Borrowings

     19        52       —         52       (18     34  

Finance leases

        2       —         2       —         2  

Non-current liabilities

             

Borrowings

     19        2,292       —         2,292       —         2,292  

Finance leases

        4       —         4       —         4  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
        2,361       (11     2,350       (18     2,332  
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total excluding lease liabilities

     26        (1,195     —         (1,195     —         (1,195
     

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

The gross amounts of the recognized financial assets and liabilities under a master netting agreement, or similar arrangement.

(2)

The amounts offset in accordance with the criteria in IAS 32.

(3)

The net amounts presented in the Group balance sheet.

(4)

The amounts subject to a master netting arrangement, or similar arrangement, not included in (3).

(5)

The net amount after deducting the amounts in (4) from the amounts in (3).

Risk management policies

The Group is exposed to market risks arising from its international operations and the financial instruments which fund them. The main risks arising from the Group’s financial instruments are foreign currency risk, interest rate risk and liquidity risk. The Group has well-defined policies for the management of these risks which have been consistently applied during the financial years ended July 31, 2020 and July 31, 2019. By the nature of its business, the Group also has trade credit and commodity price exposures, the management of which is delegated to the operating businesses. There has been no change since the previous year in the major financial risks faced by the Group.

Policies for managing each of these risks are regularly reviewed and are summarized below. When the Group enters into derivative transactions (principally interest rate swaps and foreign exchange contracts), the purpose of such transactions is to hedge certain interest rate and currency risks arising from the Group’s operations and its sources of finance. It is, and has been throughout the period under review, the Group’s policy that no trading in financial instruments or speculative transactions be undertaken.

Capital structure and risk management

The capital structure of the Group consists of derivative financial assets/(liabilities), cash and cash equivalents, borrowings, and equity of the Group (comprising share capital, share premium and reserves). To assess the appropriateness of its capital structure based on current and forecast trading, the Group’s principal measure of financial gearing is the ratio of net debt to adjusted EBITDA. The Group aims to operate with investment grade credit metrics and keep this ratio within one to two times. Of the Group’s borrowing facilities, only the US Private Placement debt contains a financial covenant limiting the ratio of net debt to adjusted EBITDA to 3.5:1. All other borrowing facilities and USA bond debt are covenant free.

The Group’s sources of funding currently comprise cash flows generated from operations, equity contributed by shareholders and borrowings from banks and other financial institutions. In order to maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Group may pay a special dividend, return capital to shareholders, repurchase its own shares, issue new shares or sell assets to reduce debt.

 

F-40


Table of Contents

Credit risk

The Group provides sales on credit terms to most of its customers. There is an associated risk that customers may not be able to pay outstanding balances. At July 31, 2020, the maximum exposure to credit risk was $2,568 million (2019: $2,719 million).

Each of the Group’s businesses have established procedures in place to review and collect outstanding receivables. Significant outstanding and overdue balances are regularly reviewed and resulting actions are put in place on a timely basis. In some cases, protection is provided through credit insurance arrangements. All of the major businesses use professional and dedicated credit teams, in some cases field-based. Appropriate provisions are made for debts that may be impaired on a timely basis. Concentration of credit risk in trade receivables is limited as the Group’s customer base is large and unrelated. Accordingly, the Group considers that there is no further credit risk provision required above the current provision for expected credit losses. The aging of trade receivables is detailed in note 16.

The Group has cash balances deposited for short periods with financial institutions and enters into certain contracts (such as interest rate swaps) which entitle the Group to receive future cash flows from financial institutions. These transactions give rise to credit risk on amounts due from counterparties with a maximum exposure of $1,873 million (2019: $1,089 million). This risk is managed by setting credit and settlement limits for a panel of approved counterparties. The limits are approved by the Treasury Committee and ratings are monitored regularly.

Liquidity risk

The Group maintains a policy of ensuring sufficient borrowing headroom to finance all investment and capital expenditure included in its strategic plan, with an additional contingent safety margin.

The Group has estimated its anticipated contractual cash outflows (excluding interest income and income from derivatives), including interest payable in respect of its borrowings (excluding bank overdrafts) and lease liabilities, on an undiscounted basis. The principal assumptions are that floating rate interest is calculated using the prevailing interest rate at the balance sheet date and cash flows in foreign currency are translated using spot rates at the balance sheet date. These cash flows can be analyzed by maturity as follows:

 

     2020      2019  
     Trade
and
other
payables
     Debt
including
lease
liabilities
     Interest
on
debt
including
lease
liabilities
     Total      Trade
and
other
payables
     Debt      Interest
on
debt
     Total  
     $m      $m      $m      $m      $m      $m      $m      $m  

Due in less than one year

     2,889        561        148        3,598        3,133        2        85        3,220  

Due in one to two years

     34        291        131        456        53        282        97        432  

Due in two to three years

     20        507        117        644        26        1        86        113  

Due in three to four years

     15        345        103        463        15        250        78        343  

Due in four to five years

     14        286        92        392        14        150        74        238  

Due in over five years

     211        2,245        285        2,741        184        1,601        295        2,080  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     3,183        4,235        876        8,294        3,425        2,286        715        6,426  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Group relies on continued access to funding in order to meet its operating obligations, to support the growth of the business and to make acquisitions when opportunities arise. Its sources of funding include cash flows generated by operations and borrowings from banks and other financial institutions. The Group holds a $1,100 million (2019: £800 million) revolving credit facility that matures in March 2025, a $500 million bi-lateral facility that matures in March 2021 (2019: $nil), and a $600 million (2019: $600 million) securitization

 

F-41


Table of Contents

facility that matures in December 2021. This facility is secured against the trade receivables of Ferguson Enterprises, LLC. All facilities were undrawn at July 31, 2020 and July 31, 2019. During the year, as a result of COVID-19, the Group introduced measures to preserve its liquidity such as suspension of the $500 million share buy back program announced in February 2020, withdrawing the interim dividend due for payment in April 2020 and pausing acquisition activity which remains an important part of the Group’s strategy.

The maturity profile of the Group’s undrawn facilities is as follows:

 

     2020      2019  
     $m      $m  

Less than one year

     500        —    

Between one and two years

     600        —    

Between two and three years

     —          600  

Between three and four years

     —          973  

Between four and five years

     1,100        —    

After five years

     —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     2,200        1,573  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

At July 31, 2020 the Group has total available facilities, excluding bank overdrafts, of $5,118 million (2019: $3,870 million), of which $2,918 million is drawn (note 19) and $2,200 million is undrawn (2019: $2,297 million and $1,573 million respectively). The Group does not have any debt factoring or supply chain financing arrangements.

Foreign currency risk

The Group has significant overseas businesses whose revenues are mainly denominated in the currencies of the countries in which the operations are located. Approximately 86 per cent (2019: 83 per cent) of the Group’s revenue is in US dollars. Within each country it operates, the Group does not have significant transactional foreign currency cash flow exposures. However, those that do arise may be hedged with either forward contracts or currency options. The Group does not normally hedge profit translation exposure since such hedges have only a temporary effect.

The Group’s policy is to adjust the currencies in which its derivative financial assets/(liabilities), cash and cash equivalents and borrowings, (the year ended July 31, 2019 also included finance leases), are denominated materially to match the currencies in which its trading profit is generated. The net effect of currency translation was to decrease revenue by $71 million (2019: decrease by $174 million) and to decrease trading profit by $1 million (2019: decrease by $6 million). These currency effects primarily reflect a movement of the average US dollar exchange rate against pounds sterling and Canadian dollars as follows:

 

     2020     2019  
     Strengthening
of USD
    Strengthening
of USD
 

Pound sterling

     2.1     4.4

Canadian dollars

     1.6     3.8

 

F-42


Table of Contents

Derivative financial assets/(liabilities), cash and cash equivalents and borrowings by currency was as follows:

 

At July 31, 2020

   Interest rate
swaps
     Cash and
borrowings
     Total  
     $m      $m      $m  

US dollars

     39        (1,186      (1,147

Pounds sterling

     —          (38      (38

Other currencies

     —          173        173  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     39        (1,051      (1,012
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

At July 31, 2020

   Interest
rate
swaps
     Finance
lease
obligations
    Cash and
borrowings
    Currency
brought
forward
    
Total
 
     $m      $m     $m     $m      $m  

US Dollars

     18        (3     (1,465     —          (1,450

Pounds sterling

     —          (3     85       3        85  

Other currencies

     —          —         169       1        170  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     18        (6     (1,211     4        (1,195
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Currency bought forward comprises short term foreign exchange contracts which were designated and effective as hedges of overseas operations.

Net investment hedging

Exchange differences arising from the translation of the net investment in foreign operations are recognized in the statement of comprehensive income and accumulated in the translation reserve. Gains and losses on those hedging instruments designated as hedges of the net investments in foreign operations are recognized in equity in the statement of comprehensive income and accumulated in the translation reserve to the extent that the hedging relationship is effective.

The Group has net financial liabilities denominated in foreign currencies which have been designated as hedges of the net investment in its overseas subsidiaries. The principal value of those financial liabilities designated as hedges at the balance sheet date was $368 million (2019: $327 million). The loss on translation of those financial instruments into US dollars of $31 million (2019: $36 million gain) has been taken to the statement of comprehensive income. There was no hedge ineffectiveness in the year.

Interest rate risk

At July 31, 2020, 85 per cent (2019: 80 per cent) of borrowings (excluding bank overdrafts) were at fixed rates. The Group borrows in the desired currencies principally at rates determined by reference to short term benchmark rates applicable to the relevant currency or market, such as LIBOR. Rates which reset at least every 12 months are regarded as floating rates and the Group then, if appropriate, considers interest rate swaps to generate the desired interest rate profile.

The Group reviews deposits and borrowings by currency at Treasury Committee and Board meetings. The Treasury Committee gives prior approval to any variations from floating rate arrangements.

 

F-43


Table of Contents

The interest rate profile of the Group’s derivative financial assets/(liabilities), cash and cash equivalents and borrowings, (the year ended July 31, 2019 also included finance leases), including the effect of interest rate swaps is set out below:

 

     2020     2019  
     Floating     Fixed     Total     Floating      Fixed     Total  
     $m     $m     $m     $m      $m     $m  

US dollars

     1,284       (2,431     (1,147     384        (1,834     (1,450

Pounds sterling

     (38     —         (38     88        (3     85  

Other currencies

     173       —         173       170        —         170  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     1,419       (2,431     (1,012     642        (1,837     (1,195
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Group’s weighted average cost of debt is 5.4 per cent. Fixed rate borrowings at July 31, 2020 carried a weighted average interest rate of 3.7 per cent fixed for a weighted average duration of 7.0 years (2019: 3.9 per cent for 7.8 years). Floating rate borrowings, excluding overdrafts, at July 31, 2020 had a weighted average interest rate of 1.7 per cent (2019: 3.7 per cent).

The Group holds interest rate swap contracts comprising fixed interest receivable on $355 million of notional principal. These contracts expire between November 2023 and November 2026 and the fixed interest rates range between 3.3 per cent and 3.5 per cent. These swaps were designated as a fair value hedge against a portion of the Group’s outstanding debt.

Monitoring interest rate and foreign currency risk

The Group monitors its interest rate and foreign currency risk by reviewing the effect on financial instruments over various periods of a range of possible changes in interest rates and exchange rates. The financial impact for reasonable approximation of possible changes in interest rates and exchange rates are as follows. The Group has estimated that an increase of one per cent in the principal floating interest rates to which it is exposed would result in a credit to the income statement of $14 million (2019: $6 million). The Group has estimated that a weakening of the US dollar by 10 per cent against financial instruments denominated in a foreign currency in which the Group does business would result in a charge to the translation reserve of $52 million (2019: $10 million credit). The Group does not consider that there is a useful way of quantifying the Group’s exposure to any of the macroeconomic variables that might affect the collectability of receivables or the prices of commodities.

 

F-44


Table of Contents

21—Provisions

 

     Environmental
and legal
    Ferguson
Insurance
    Restructuring     Property
provisions
    Other
provisions
    Total  
     $m     $m     $m     $m     $m     $m  

At July 31, 2018

     82       74       51       16       51       274  

Utilized in the year

     (5     (18     (22     (1     (4     (50

Changes in discount rate

     5       —         —         —         —         5  

(Credit)/charge for the year

     (1     22       13       1       6       41  

Acquisition of businesses

     2       —         —         —         —         2  

Exchange rate adjustment

     (1     (1     (2     (1     (2     (7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At July 31, 2019

     82       77       40       15       51       265  

Adjustment on adoption of IFRS 16

     —         —         (14     14       (1     (1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

On August 1, 2019

     82       77       26       29       50       264  

Utilized in the year

     (4     (20     (27     (1     (4     (56

Changes in discount rate

     6       —         —         1       —         7  

(Credit)/charge for the year

     (1     18       22       1       (10     30  

Acquisition of businesses

     2       —         —         —         —         2  

Exchange rate adjustment

     1       1       1       3       2       8  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At July 31, 2020

     86       76       22       33       38       255  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Provisions have been analyzed between current and non-current as follows:

 

At July 31, 2020

   Environmental
and legal
     Ferguson
Insurance
     Restructuring      Property
provisions
     Other
provisions
     Total  
     $m      $m      $m      $m      $m      $m  

Current

     10        5        10        8        20        53  

Non-current

     76        71        12        25        18        202  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total provisions

     86        76        22        33        38        255  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

At July 31, 2019

   Environmental
and legal
     Ferguson
Insurance
     Restructuring      Property
Provisions
     Other
provisions
     Total  
     $m      $m      $m      $m      $m      $m  

Current

     12        6        25        5        31        79  

Non-current

     70        71        15        10        20        186  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total provisions

     82        77        40        15        51        265  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The environmental and legal provision includes $72 million (2019: $70 million) for the estimated liability for asbestos litigation on a discounted basis using a long term discount rate of 1.0 per cent (2019: 2.0 per cent). This amount has been actuarially determined as at July 31, 2020 based on advice from independent professional advisers. The Group has insurance that it currently believes significantly covers the estimated liability and accordingly an insurance receivable of $71 million (2019: $67 million) has been recorded in other receivables. Based on current estimates, the amount of performing insurance cover significantly exceeds the expected level of future claims and no material profit or cash flow impact is therefore expected to arise in the foreseeable future. Due to the nature of these provisions, the timing of any settlements is uncertain.

Ferguson Insurance provisions represent an estimate, based on historical experience, of the ultimate cost of settling outstanding claims and claims incurred but not reported on certain risks retained by the Group (principally USA casualty and global property damage). Due to the nature of these provisions, the timing of any settlements is uncertain.

 

F-45


Table of Contents

Restructuring provisions include branch closure costs. The weighted average maturity of these obligations is approximately two years.

Property provisions include dilapidations on leased properties. The weighted average maturity of these obligations is approximately two years.

Other provisions include warranty costs relating to businesses disposed of. The weighted average maturity of these obligations is approximately two years.

22—Retirement benefit obligations

 

(i)

Long term benefit plans provided by the Group

The principal UK defined benefit plan is the Wolseley Group Retirement Benefits Plan which provides benefits based on final pensionable salaries. The assets are held in separate trustee administered funds. The Group contribution rate is calculated on the Projected Unit Credit Method and agreed with an independent consulting actuary. The plan was closed to new entrants in 2009, it was closed to future service accrual in December 2013, when it was replaced by a defined contribution plan, and during October 2016, it was closed for future non-inflationary salary accrual.

In 2017, the Group secured a buy-in insurance policy with Pension Insurance Corporation for the UK defined benefit plan. This policy covered all of the benefits provided by the plan to pensioner members at the time. The insurance asset is valued as exactly equal to the insured liabilities. The deferred members of the plan at the time were not covered by this policy.

In 2019, the Group offered some deferred members of the UK defined benefit plan an enhanced transfer value to settle their benefits accrued under the plan.

The principal plans operated for USA employees are defined contribution plans, which are established in accordance with USA 401k rules. Companies contribute to both employee compensation deferral and profit sharing plans. The Group completed a buy out of its primary defined benefit plan in the USA in 2018.

In Canada, defined benefit plans and a defined contribution plan are operated. Most of the Canadian defined benefit plans are funded. The contribution rate is calculated on the Projected Unit Credit Method as agreed with independent consulting actuaries.

The Group operates a number of smaller defined benefit and defined contribution plans providing pensions or other long term benefits such as long service or termination awards.

Investment policy

The Group’s investment strategy for its funded post-employment plans is decided locally and, if relevant, by the trustees of the plan and takes account of the relevant statutory requirements. The Group’s objective for the investment strategy is to achieve a target rate of return in excess of the increase in the liabilities, while taking an acceptable amount of investment risk relative to the liabilities.

This objective is implemented by using specific allocations to a variety of asset classes that are expected over the long term to deliver the target rate of return. Most investment strategies have significant allocations to equities, with the intention that this will result in the ongoing cost to the Group of the post-employment plans being lower over the long term and within acceptable boundaries of risk.

For the UK plan, the buy-in insurance policy represents approximately 32 per cent of the plan assets. For the remaining assets, the strategy is to invest in a balanced portfolio of equities, government bonds, corporate bonds

 

F-46


Table of Contents

and securitized fixed income assets. The investment strategy is subject to regular review by the trustees of the plan in consultation with the Company. For the non-UK plans, the investment strategy is to invest predominantly in equities and bonds.

Investment risk

The present value of the UK defined benefit plan liability is calculated using a discount rate determined by reference to high quality corporate bond yields; if the actual return on plan assets is below this rate, it will decrease a net surplus or increase a net pension liability. Currently, the plan has a relatively balanced investment in equity securities, growth assets and debt instruments. Due to the long term nature of the plan liabilities, the trustees of the pension plan consider the investment allocation an appropriate balance between higher return growth assets and lower risk assets which provide protection against the inflation and interest risk inherent in the plan’s underlying liabilities.

Interest risk

A decrease in the bond interest rate will increase the UK plan liability and this will be partially offset by an increase in the value of the plan’s debt investments.

Longevity risk

The present value of the defined benefit obligation is calculated by reference to the best estimate of the mortality of the UK plan participants both during and after their employment. An increase in the life expectancy of the plan participants will increase the plan’s liability.

 

(ii)

Financial impact of plans

 

As disclosed in the Group balance sheet

   2020      2019  
     $m      $m  

Non-current asset

     —          178  

Non-current liability

     (61      (25
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net (liability)/asset

     (61      153  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     2020     2019  

Analysis of Group balance sheet net asset

   UK     Non-UK     Total     UK     Non-UK     Total  
     $m     $m     $m     $m     $m     $m  

Fair value of plan assets

     2,012       110       2,122       1,788       116       1,904  

Present value of defined benefit obligations

     (2,039     (144     (2,183     (1,610     (141     (1,751
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (liability)/asset

     (27     (34     (61     178       (25     153  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Analysis of total expense recognized in the Group income statement

   2020      2019      2018  
     $m      $m      $m  

Current service cost

     —          —          1  

Administrative costs

     3        2        3  

Exceptional settlement losses, past service costs and administrative costs

            9        5  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Charged to operating costs (note 3)

     3        11        9  

(Credited)/charged to finance costs (note 4)

     (3      (5      1  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total expense recognized in the Group income statement

     —          6        10  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-47


Table of Contents

Expected employer contributions to the defined benefit plans for the year ending July 31, 2021 are $15 million.

The remeasurement of the defined benefit net liability is included in the Group statement of comprehensive income.

 

Analysis of amount recognized in the Group statement of comprehensive income

   2020      2019      2018  
     $m      $m      $m  

The return on plan assets (excluding amounts included in net interest expense)

     96        134        22  

Actuarial (loss)/gain arising from changes in demographic assumptions

     (62      38        12  

Actuarial loss arising from changes in financial assumptions

     (211      (210      74  

Actuarial (loss)/gain arising from experience adjustments

     (58      2        (4
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Remeasurement of retirement benefit plans

     (235      (36      104  

Tax

     44        6        (17
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total amount recognized in the Group statement of comprehensive income

     (191      (30      87  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The cumulative amount of actuarial losses recognized in the Group statement of comprehensive income is $759 million (2019: $524 million and 2018: $488 million).

The fair value of plan assets is as follows:

 

     2020     2019  
     UK     Non-UK     Total     UK     Non-UK     Total  
     $m     $m     $m     $m     $m     $m  

On August 1

     1,788       116       1,904       1,824       121       1,945  

Interest income

     39       3       42       48       4       52  

Employers’ contributions

     15       —         15       34       1       35  

Benefit payments

     (64     (9     (73     (110     (10     (120

Remeasurement gain:

            

Return on plan assets (excluding amounts included in net interest expense)

     94       2       96       132       2       134  

Exchange rate adjustment

     140       (2     138       (140     (2     (142
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At July 31

     2,012       110       2,122       1,788       116       1,904  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Actual return on plan assets

     133       5       138       180       6       186  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Employers’ contributions included special funding contributions of $13 million (2019: $32 million).

 

F-48


Table of Contents

The plan assets were invested in a diversified portfolio comprised of:

 

     2020      2019  
     UK      Non-UK      Total      UK      Non-UK      Total  
     $m      $m      $m      $m      $m      $m  

Equity type assets quoted

     165        65        230        241        69        310  

Government bonds quoted

     566        23        589        495        25        520  

Corporate bonds quoted

     385        12        397        142        12        154  

Cash

     44        —          44        85        —          85  

Insurance policies

     609        —          609        580        —          580  

Securitized fixed income assets

     167        —          167        154        —          154  

Other

     76        10        86        91        10        101  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total fair value of assets

     2,012        110        2,122        1,788        116        1,904  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The present value of defined benefit obligations is as follows:

 

     2020     2019  
     UK     Non-UK     Total     UK     Non-UK     Total  
     $m     $m     $m     $m     $m     $m  

On August 1

     1,610       141       1,751       1,631       140       1,771  

Current service costs (including administrative costs)

     3       —         3       4       —         4  

Past service costs

     —         —         —         7       —         7  

Interest cost

     35       4       39       42       5       47  

Benefit payments

     (64     (9     (73     (110     (10     (120

Remeasurement loss/(gain):

            

Actuarial loss/(gain) arising from changes in demographic assumptions

     62       —         62       (38     —         (38

Actuarial loss arising from changes in financial assumptions

     202       9       211       199       11       210  

Actuarial loss/(gain) arising from experience adjustments

     57       1       58       1       (3     (2

Exchange rate adjustment

     134       (2     132       (126     (2     (128
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At July 31

     2,039       144       2,183       1,610       141       1,751  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

An analysis of the present value of defined benefit obligations by funding status is shown below:

 

     2020      2019  
     $m      $m  

Amounts arising from wholly unfunded plans

     3        3  

Amounts arising from plans that are wholly or partly funded

     2,180        1,748  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total present value of defined benefit obligations

     2,183        1,751  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-49


Table of Contents
(iii)

Valuation assumptions

The financial assumptions used to estimate defined benefit obligations are:

 

     2020      2019  
     UK      Non-UK      UK      Non-UK  
     %      %      %      %  

Discount rate

     1.5        2.4        2.2        2.9  

Inflation rate

     2.9        2.0        3.2        2.0  

Increase to deferred benefits during deferment

     2.1        n/a        2.1        n/a  

Increases to pensions in payment

     2.6        2.0        2.8        2.0  

Salary increases

     2.1        2.5        2.1        2.5  

The life expectancy assumptions used to estimate defined benefit obligations are:

 

     2020      2019  
     UK      Non-UK      UK      Non-UK  
     Years      Years      Years      Years  

Current pensioners (at age 65)—male

     22        22        21        22  

Current pensioners (at age 65)—female

     25        24        23        24  

Future pensioners (at age 65)—male

     23        23        23        23  

Future pensioners (at age 65)—female

     26        26        25        25  

The weighted average duration of the defined benefit obligation is 21.1 years (2019: 22.0 years).

 

(iv)

Sensitivity analysis

The Group considers that the most sensitive assumptions are the discount rate, inflation rate and life expectancy. The sensitivity analyses below shows the (increase)/decrease on the Group’s defined benefit plan net liability of reasonably possible changes of the respective assumptions occurring at the end of the reporting period, while holding all other assumptions constant.

 

     2020      2019  
     Change     UK      Non-UK      Change     UK      Non-UK  
           $m      $m            $m      $m  

Discount rate

     +0.25     88        5        +0.25     71        5  
     (0.25 )%      (96      (5      (0.25 )%      (77      (4

Inflation rate

     +0.25     (85      —          +0.25     (64      —    
     (0.25 )%      75        4        (0.25 )%      64        3  

Life expectancy

     +1 year       (56      (5      +1 year       (34      (3

The UK defined benefit plan holds a buy-in policy asset which exactly equals the insured liability. The above sensitivities are in respect of the Group’s remaining defined benefit plan net asset.

 

F-50


Table of Contents

23—Share capital

 

(i)

Ordinary shares in issue

On May 10, 2019, pursuant to a Scheme of Arrangement under Article 125 of the Companies (Jersey) Law 1991, a new parent company was introduced which is now called Ferguson plc (the “Company”). The previous parent company has been renamed as Ferguson Holdings Limited (“Old Ferguson”).

 

     2020      2019  

Allotted and issued shares

   Number of
shares
     Cost      Number of
shares
     Cost  
            $m             $m  

Number/cost of ordinary 10 pence shares in the Company (million)

     232        30        232        30  

The authorized share capital of the Company is 500 million ordinary 10 pence shares (2019: 500 million ordinary 10 pence shares).

All the allotted and issued shares, including those held by Employee Benefit Trusts and in Treasury, are fully paid or credited as fully paid.

A summary of the movements in the year is detailed in the following table:

 

     2020      2019  

Number of ordinary 11227/563 pence shares in Old Ferguson in issue on August 1

     —          252,602,622  

Cancellation of Treasury shares

     —          (20,611,650

Group reconstruction

     —          (231,990,972
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Number of ordinary 11227/563 pence shares in Old Ferguson in issue at July 31

     —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Number of ordinary 10 pence shares in the Company in issue on August 1

     232,171,182        —    

Initial subscriber shares issued on March 8, 2019

     —          2  

Group reconstruction

     —          231,990,972  

Redemption of initial subscriber shares

     —          (2

New shares issued to settle options

     —          180,210  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Number of ordinary 10 pence shares in the Company in issue at July 31

     232,171,182        232,171,182  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

During the year, the Company issued nil (2019: 180,210) ordinary shares with a nominal value of 10 pence per share to participants in the long term incentive plans and all-employee sharesave plans. Consideration received, net of transaction costs, amounted to $nil (2019: $9 million).

 

(ii)

Treasury shares

The shares purchased under the Group’s buy back programs have been retained in issue as Treasury shares and represent a deduction from equity attributable to shareholders of the Company.

 

F-51


Table of Contents

A summary of the movements in Treasury shares in the year is detailed in the following table:

 

     2020      2019  
     Number of
shares
     Cost      Number of
shares
     Cost  
            $m             $m  

Treasury shares held by Old Ferguson on August 1

     —          —          20,777,872        1,380  

Disposal of Treasury shares to settle share options.

     —          —          (166,222      (11

Cancellation of Treasury shares

     —          —          (20,611,650      (1,369
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Treasury shares held by Old Ferguson at July 31

     —          —          —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Treasury shares held by the Company on August 1

     2,036,945        146        —          —    

Treasury shares purchased under irrevocable commitment from prior year

     2,139,221        159        —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
        305        

Treasury shares purchased

     3,452,349        292        2,090,371        150  

Disposal of Treasury shares to settle share options

     (348,293      (27      (53,426      (4
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Treasury shares held by the Company at July 31

     7,280,222        570        2,036,945        146  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Treasury shares purchase irrevocably committed to at July 31

        —             159  
           

Treasury shares total cost at July 31

        570           305  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Consideration received in respect of shares transferred to participants in certain long term incentive plans and all-employee plans amounted to $11 million (2019: $3 million).

 

(iii)

Own shares

Two Employee Benefit Trusts have been established in connection with the Company’s discretionary share option plans and long term incentive plans.

A summary of the movements in own shares held in Employee Benefit Trusts is detailed in the following table:

 

     2020      2019  
     Number of
shares
     Cost      Number of
shares
     Cost  
            $m             $m  

Own shares in Old Ferguson on August 1

     —          —          1,426,605        90  

New shares purchased

     —          —          540,000        38  

Exercise of share options

     —          —          (396,192      (26

Group reconstruction

     —          —          (1,570,413      (102
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Own shares in Old Ferguson at July 31

     —          —          —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Own shares in the Company on August 1

     1,563,778        102        —          —    

Group reconstruction

     —          —          1,570,413        102  

New shares purchased

     307,345        26        —          —    

Exercise of share options

     (593,776      (40      (6,635      —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Own shares in the Company at July 31

     1,277,347        88        1,563,778        102  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Consideration received in respect of shares transferred to participants in the discretionary share option plans and long term incentive plans amounted to $nil (2019: $nil). At July 31, 2020, the shares held in the trusts had a market value of $114 million (2019: $117 million).

 

F-52


Table of Contents

Dividends due on shares held by the Employee Benefit Trusts are waived in accordance with the provisions of the trust deeds.

24—Reconciliation of profit to cash generated from operations

Profit for the year is reconciled to cash generated from continuing and discontinued operations as follows:

 

     2020      2019      2018  
     $m      $m      $m  

Profit for the year attributable to shareholders

     961        1,108        1,267  

Net finance costs

     144        70        57  

Share of loss/(profit) after tax of associates

     2        (2      (2

Gain on disposal of interests in associates

     (7      (3       

Impairment of interests in associates

     22        9        122  

Tax charge

     307        267        377  

Loss/(gain) on disposal and closure of businesses and revaluation of assets held for sale

     3        (53      (407

Amortization and impairment of goodwill and acquired intangible assets

     130        110        65  

Amortization and impairment of non-acquired intangible assets

     35        31        28  

Depreciation and impairment of right of use assets

     278        —          —    

Depreciation and impairment of property, plant and equipment

     159        147        152  

Gain on disposal of property, plant and equipment, assets held for sale and right of use assets

     (3      (7      (6

Decrease/(increase) in inventories

     19        (172      (102

Decrease/(increase) in trade and other receivables

     210        (132      (351

(Decrease)/increase in trade and other payables

     (9      227        208  

Decrease in provisions and other liabilities

     (25      (25      (120

Share-based payments

     26        34        35  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash generated from operations

     2,252        1,609        1,323  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

25—Acquisitions

The Group acquired the following businesses during the year ended July 31, 2020, which are all engaged in the distribution of plumbing and heating products and were acquired to support growth in the USA and UK. All transactions have been accounted for by the acquisition method of accounting.

 

Name

   Date of
acquisition
     Country of
incorporation
     Shares/asset
deal
     Acquired %  

Continental Product Engineering Ltd

     August 2019        UK        Shares        100  

Process Instruments & Controls, LLC

     September 2019        USA        Assets        100  

S. W. Anderson Sales Corporation

     November 2019        USA        Shares        100  

Columbia Pipe & Supply Co

     March 2020        USA        Shares        100  

Rencor Controls, Inc

     March 2020        USA        Assets        100  

MFP Design, LLC

     March 2020        USA        Assets        100  

 

F-53


Table of Contents

The assets and liabilities acquired and the consideration for all acquisitions in the year are as follows:

 

     2020      2019  
     $m      $m  

Intangible assets:

     

Software

     13        —    

Trade names and brands

     34        19  

Customer relationships

     101        202  

Other

     3        3  

Right of use assets

     30        —    

Property, plant and equipment

     19        95  

Inventories

     58        122  

Trade and other receivables

     62        93  

Cash, cash equivalents and bank overdrafts

     6        11  

Obligations under finance leases

     —          (3

Lease liabilities

     (30      —    

Trade and other payables

     (28      (71

Deferred tax

     (11      (33

Provisions

     (2      (2
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     255        436  

Goodwill arising

     78        259  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Consideration

     333        695  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Satisfied by:

     

Cash

     321        656  

Deferred consideration

     12        39  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total consideration

     333        695  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The fair values acquired are provisional figures, being the best estimates currently available. Further adjustments may be necessary when additional information is available for some of the judgmental areas.

The goodwill arising on these acquisitions is attributable to the anticipated profitability of the new markets and product ranges to which the Group has gained access and additional profitability and operating efficiencies available in respect of existing markets.

The acquisitions contributed $185 million to revenue, $15 million to trading profit, $17 million loss to the Group’s operating profit, $24 million loss to the Group’s profit before tax and $18 million loss to the Group’s profit after tax for the period between the date of acquisition and the balance sheet date.

If each acquisition had been completed on the first day of the financial year, continuing revenue would have been $21,993 million, continuing trading profit would have been $1,686 million, continuing operating profit would have been $1,419 million, continuing profit before tax would have been $1,253 million and continuing profit after tax would have been $949 million.

 

F-54


Table of Contents

The net outflow of cash in respect of the purchase of businesses is as follows:

 

     2020      2019      2018  
     $m      $m      $m  

Purchase consideration

     321        656        376  

Deferred and contingent consideration in respect of prior year acquisitions

     36        12        47  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cash consideration

     357        668        423  

Cash, cash equivalents and bank overdrafts acquired

     (6      (11      (7
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net cash outflow in respect of the purchase of businesses

     351        657        416  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

26—Changes in cash and cash equivalents, bank overdrafts and liabilities arising from financing activities

 

    Cash and
cash
equivalents

(note 17)
    Bank
overdrafts
(note 19)
    Total cash,
cash and
cash
equivalents
and bank
overdrafts
    Derivative
financial
instruments
(note 20)
    Loans
(note 19)
    Obligations
under
finance
leases
    Total
excluding
lease
liabilities
    Lease
Liabilities
(note 12)
    Total
including
lease
liabilities
 
    $m     $m     $m     $m     $m     $m     $m     $m     $m  

On August 1, 2017

    2,525       (1,982     543       26       (1,266     (9     (706     —         (706

Cash movements

                 

Proceeds from loans and derivatives

        —         (9     (450     —         (459     —         (459

Repayments of loans

        —         —         261       —         261       —         261  

Finance lease capital payments

        —         —         —         4       4       —         4  

Changes due to disposal of businesses

        (42     —         7       —         (35     —         (35

Changes due to acquisition of businesses

        7       —         —         —         7       —         7  

Held for sale movements

        43       —         (105     —         (62     —         (62

Other cash flows

        (86     —         —         —         (86     —         (86

Non-cash movements

                 

New finance leases

        —         —         —         (1     (1     —         (1

Fair value and other adjustments

        —         (17     16       —         (1     —         (1

Exchange movements

        (7     (2     7       —         (2     —         (2
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At July 31, 2018

    833       (375     458       (2     (1,530     (6     (1,080     —         (1,080

Cash movements

                 

Proceeds from loans and derivatives

        —         (7     (750     —         (757     —         (757

Repayments of loans

        —         —         2       —         2       —         2  

Finance lease capital payments

        —         —         —         3       3       —         3  

Changes due to disposal of businesses

        (1     —         —         —         (1     —         (1

Changes due to acquisition of businesses

        11       —         —         (3     8       —         8  

Other cash flows

        628       —         —         —         628       —         628  

Non-cash movements

                 

Fair value and other adjustments

        —         25       (26     —         (1     —         (1

Exchange movements

        (10     6       7       —         3       —         3  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At July 31, 2019

    1,133       (47     1,086       22       (2,297     (6     (1,195     —         (1,195

Adjustment on adoption of IFRS 16

    —         —         —         —         —         6       6       (1,481     (1,475
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

On August 1, 2019

    1,133       (47     1,086       22       (2,297     —         (1,189     (1,481     (2,670

Cash movements

                 

Proceeds from loans and derivatives

        —         (7     (1,162     —         (1,169     —         (1,169

Repayments of loans

        —         —         566       —         566       —         566  

Lease liability capital payments(1)

        —         —         —         —         —         295       295  

Interest paid on lease liabilities(1)

        —         —         —         —         —         53       53  

Changes due to acquisition of businesses

        6       —         —         —         6       —      

 

6

 

Other cash flows

        771       —         —         —         771       —         771  

Non-cash movements

                 

Lease liability additions

        —         —         —         —         —         (115     (115

Changes in lease liabilities due to acquisition of businesses

        —         —         —         —         —         (30     (30

Discount unwinding on lease liabilities

        —         —         —         —         —         (53     (53

Fair value and other adjustments

        —         28       (20     —         8       (16     (8

Exchange movements

        4       (4     (5     —         (5     (8     (13
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At July 31, 2020

    2,115       (248     1,867       39       (2,918     —         (1,012     (1,355     (2,367
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-55


Table of Contents

 

(1)

Total cash outflow in relation to leases including short term leases, leases of low value assets and sublease income in the year ended July 31, 2020, was $377 million.

27—Related party transactions

The Group purchases goods and services from a company which is an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of a company whose chief executive officer is also a Ferguson Non Executive Director. In the year ended July 31, 2020, the Group purchased goods and services totaling $18 million (2019: $7 million) from and owed $nil (2019: $nil) to this company. The goods and services are purchased on an arm’s-length basis.

There are no other related party transactions requiring disclosure under IAS 24 “Related Party Disclosures” in the years ended July 31, 2020, July 31, 2019 and July 31, 2018 other than the compensation of key management personnel which is set out in note 9.

28—Contingent liabilities

Group companies are, from time to time, subject to certain claims and litigation arising in the normal course of business in relation to, among other things, the products that they supply, contractual and commercial disputes and disputes with employees. Provision is made if, on the basis of current information and professional advice, liabilities are considered likely to arise. In the case of unfavorable outcomes, the Group may benefit from applicable insurance protection.

Warranties and indemnities in relation to business disposals

Over the past few years, the Group has disposed of a number of non-core businesses and various Group companies have provided certain standard warranties and indemnities to acquirers and other third parties. Provision is made where the Group considers that a liability is likely to crystallize, though it is possible that claims in respect of which no provision has been made could crystallize in the future. Group companies have also made contractual commitments for certain property and other obligations which could be called upon in an event of default. As at the date of this report, appropriate provisions have been made in respect of claims relating to businesses disposed of.

Environmental liabilities

The operations of certain Group companies are subject to specific environmental regulations. From time to time, the Group conducts preliminary investigations through third parties to assess potential risks including potential soil or groundwater contamination of sites. Where an obligation to remediate contamination arises, this is provided for, though future liabilities could arise from sites for which no provision is made.

Outcome of claims and litigation

The outcome of claims and litigation to which Group companies are party cannot readily be foreseen as, in some cases, the facts are unclear, further time is needed to assess properly the merits of the case, or they are part of continuing legal proceedings. However, based on information currently available, the Directors consider that the cost to the Group of an unfavorable outcome arising from such litigation is not expected to have a material adverse effect on the financial position of the Group.

29—Events after the reporting period

There are no post-balance sheet events requiring disclosure under IAS 10 “Events after the Reporting Period”.

 

F-56

Exhibit 1.1

COMPANIES (JERSEY) LAW 1991

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

OF

FERGUSON PLC

a par value public limited company

Company number: 128484

Incorporated the 8 day of March 2019


COMPANY NO. 128484

COMPANIES (JERSEY) LAW 1991

 

 

A PUBLIC COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

 

 

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

of

FERGUSON PLC

 

 

PRELIMINARY

1.    The regulations comprising the Standard Table in the Companies (Standard Table) (Jersey) Order 1992 and any similar regulations made under any other legislation containing standard articles of association do not apply to the Company.

2.    In these Articles, except where the subject or context otherwise requires:

Act means the United Kingdom Companies Act 2006 including any modification or re-enactment of it for the time being in force;

allot, allotted and allotment mean, in relation to new shares, when they are set aside for the person they are intended for. When that person becomes the registered owner of the shares, the shares become issued shares;

ADR means an American depositary receipt issued by the ADR Depositary which evidences any number of ADSs;

ADR Depositary shall have the meaning given in Article 250;

ADS means an American depositary share, which represents one-tenth of a share in the Company;

Articles means these articles of association as altered from time to time by special resolution;

auditors means the auditors of the Company;

 

Page | 1


the Board means the directors or any of them acting as the board of directors of the Company;

certificated share means a share in the capital of the Company that is not an uncertificated share and references in these Articles to a share being held in certificated form shall be construed accordingly;

Circular means the shareholder circular published by the Company in relation to the US Listing dated 1 July 2020;

clear days in relation to the sending of a notice means the period excluding the day on which a notice is given or deemed to be given and the day for which it is given or on which it is to take effect;

Companies Law means the Companies (Jersey) Law 1991 including any modification or re-enactment of it for the time being in force;

the Company means Ferguson plc, a company limited by shares, incorporated in Jersey on 8 March 2019 with registered number 128484;

Depositary Interest shall have the meaning given in Article 248;

DI Custodian shall have the meaning given in Article 248;

DI Depositary shall have the meaning given in Article 248;

Direct Registration System means a book-entry method of holding shares of the Company in uncertificated form;

director means a director of the Company;

Disclosure and Transparency Rules means the UK Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules in force from time to time relating to the disclosure of information in respect of financial instruments which have been admitted to trading on a regulated market or for which a request for admission to trading on such a market has been made, as published by the Financial Conduct Authority of the United Kingdom;

dividend means dividend or bonus;

DTC shall have the meaning given in Article 248;

DTC Participant means any financial institution (or any nominee of such institution) having one or more participant accounts with DTC for receiving, holding and delivering the securities and cash held in DTC;

entitled by transmission means, in relation to a share in the capital of the Company, entitled as a consequence of the death or bankruptcy of the holder or otherwise by operation of law;

FCA means the Financial Conduct Authority, acting in its capacity as the competent authority for the purposes of Part VI of FSMA and in the exercise of its functions in respect of the admission to listing on the Official List otherwise than in accordance with Part VI of FSMA;

 

Page | 2


FSMA means the UK Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, as amended from time to time;

group means the Company and its subsidiary undertakings;

holder in relation to a share in the capital of the Company means the member whose name is entered in the register as the holder of that share;

Jersey means the Island of Jersey;

Listing Rules means the UK Listing Rules in force from time to time, as published by the FCA;

member means a member of the Company;

nominal amount and nominal value mean in respect of a share, the par value of such share;

office means the registered office of the Company;

Official List means the list maintained by the FCA acting in its capacity as the UK Listing Authority in accordance with Section 74(1) of the United Kingdom Financial Services and Markets Act 2000;

Operator has the meaning given to the expression “authorised operator” in the Regulations;

paid means paid or credited as paid;

poll means that, on a vote, the number of votes a member has will depend on the number of shares he or she owns;

recognised person means a recognised clearing house or a nominee of a recognised clearing house or of a recognised investment exchange, each of which terms has the meaning given to it by section 778 of the Act;

register means the register of members of the Company;

Regulations means the Companies (Uncertificated Securities) (Jersey) Order 1999 including any modification or re-enactment of them for the time being in force;

Relevant Member shall have the meaning given in Article 248;

seal means the common seal of the Company and includes any official seal kept by the Company by virtue of Articles 23 or 24 of the Companies Law;

 

Page | 3


secretary means the secretary of the Company and includes a joint, assistant, deputy or temporary secretary and any other person appointed to perform the duties of the secretary;

uncertificated share means a share in the capital of the Company which is recorded on the register as being held in uncertificated form and references in these Articles to a share being held in uncertificated form shall be construed accordingly;

United Kingdom means Great Britain and Northern Ireland; and

US Listing shall have the meaning given in Article 248.

3.    Where, in relation to a share, these Articles refer to a relevant system, the reference is to the relevant system in which that share is a participating security at the relevant time.

References to a document or information being sent, supplied or given to or by a person mean such document or information, or a copy of such document or information, being sent, supplied, given, delivered, issued or made available to or by, or served on or by, or deposited with or by that person by any method authorised by these Articles, and sending, supplying and giving shall be construed accordingly.

References to writing mean the representation or reproduction of words, symbols or other information in a visible form by any method or combination of methods, whether in electronic form or otherwise, and written shall be construed accordingly.

Words denoting the singular number include the plural number and vice versa; words denoting the masculine gender include the feminine gender; and words denoting persons include corporations.

Words or expressions contained in these Articles which are not defined in Article 2 but are defined in the Companies Law or the Act (or if defined in both, in the Companies Law) have the same meaning as in the Companies Law or the Act as the case may be (but excluding any modification of the Companies Law or the Act not in force at the date of adoption of these Articles) unless inconsistent with the subject or context.

Words or expressions contained in these Articles which are not defined in Article 2 but are defined in the Regulations have the same meaning as in the Regulations (but excluding any modification of the Regulations not in force at the date of adoption of these Articles) unless inconsistent with the subject or context.

Subject to the preceding two paragraphs, references to any provision of any enactment (including any statute, order, regulation or rules), whether of Jersey or the United Kingdom or otherwise, include any modification or re-enactment of that provision for the time being in force.

Headings and marginal notes are inserted for convenience only and do not affect the construction of these Articles.

 

Page | 4


In these Articles, (a) powers of delegation shall not be restrictively construed but the widest interpretation shall be given to them; (b) the word Board in the context of the exercise of any power contained in these Articles includes any committee consisting of one or more directors, any director, any other officer of the Company and any local or divisional board, manager or agent of the Company to which or, as the case may be, to whom the power in question has been delegated; (c) no power of delegation shall be limited by the existence or, except where expressly provided by the terms of delegation, the exercise of that or any other power of delegation; and (d) except where expressly provided by the terms of delegation, the delegation of a power shall not exclude the concurrent exercise of that power by any other body or person who is for the time being authorised to exercise it under these Articles or under another delegation of the power.

For the purposes of Article 90 of the Companies Law, it is hereby specified that a resolution shall be a special resolution when it is passed by three-fourths of the members who (being entitled to do so) vote in person, or by proxy, at a general meeting of the Company or at a separate meeting of a class of members of the Company (as the case may be).

SHARE CAPITAL AND LIMITED LIABILITY

4.    The liability of the members is limited to the amount, if any, unpaid on the shares held by them.

5.    Subject to the provisions of the Companies Law and without prejudice to any rights attached to any existing shares or class of shares, any share may be issued with such rights or restrictions as the Company may by ordinary resolution determine or, subject to and in default of such determination, as the Board shall determine.

6.    The Board may issue share warrants to bearer in respect of any fully paid shares under a seal of the Company or in any other manner authorised by the Board. Any share while represented by such a warrant shall be transferable by delivery of the warrant relating to it. In any case in which a warrant is so issued, the Board may provide for the payment of dividends or other moneys on the shares represented by the warrant by coupons or otherwise. The Board may decide, either generally or in any particular case or cases, that any signature on a warrant may be applied by electronic or mechanical means or printed on it or that the warrant need not be signed by any person.

7.    The Board may determine, and from time to time vary, the conditions on which share warrants to bearer shall be issued and, in particular, the conditions on which:

 

(a)

a new warrant or coupon shall be issued in place of one worn-out, defaced, lost or destroyed (but no new warrant shall be issued unless the Company is satisfied beyond reasonable doubt that the original has been destroyed); or

 

(b)

the bearer shall be entitled to attend and vote at general meetings; or

 

(c)

a warrant may be surrendered and the name of the bearer entered in the register in respect of the shares specified in the warrant.

 

Page | 5


The bearer of such a warrant shall be subject to the conditions for the time being in force in relation to the warrant, whether made before or after the issue of the warrant. Subject to those conditions and to the provisions of the Companies Law, the bearer shall be deemed to be a member of the Company and shall have the same rights and privileges as he or she would have if his or her name had been included in the register as the holder of the shares comprised in the warrant. The provisions of this Article 7 and of Article 6 are subject to the Companies Law.

8.    The Company shall not be bound by or be compelled in any way to recognise any right in respect of the share represented by a share warrant other than the bearer’s absolute right to the warrant.

9.    Subject to the provisions of the Regulations, the Board may permit the holding of shares in any class of shares in uncertificated form and the transfer of title to shares in that class by means of a relevant system and may determine that any class of shares shall cease to be a participating security. Subject to the Companies Law and the Regulations, the Board may lay down regulations not included in these Articles which (in addition to, or in substitution for, any provisions in these Articles):

 

(a)

apply to the issue, holding or transfer of shares in uncertificated form and/or the exercise of any rights in respect of or in connection with such shares;

 

(b)

set out (where appropriate) the procedures for conversion and/or redemption of shares in uncertificated form; and/or

 

(c)

the directors consider necessary or desirable in connection with the holding of shares in uncertificated form.

10.    Shares in the capital of the Company that fall within a certain class shall not form a separate class of shares from other shares in that class because any share in that class:

 

(a)

is held in uncertificated form; or

 

(b)

is permitted in accordance with the Regulations to become a participating security.

11.    Where any class of shares is a participating security and the Company is entitled under any provision of the Companies Law, the Regulations or these Articles to sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of, forfeit, re-allot, accept the surrender of, or otherwise enforce a lien over, a share held in uncertificated form, the Company shall be entitled, subject to the provisions of the Companies Law, the Regulations, these Articles and the facilities and requirements of the relevant system:

 

(a)

to require the holder of that uncertificated share by notice to change (or require the Operator to change or instruct the change of) that share into certificated form within the period specified in the notice and to hold that share in certificated form so long as required by the Company;

 

Page | 6


(b)

to require the holder of that uncertificated share by notice to give any instructions necessary to transfer title to that share by means of the relevant system within the period specified in the notice;

 

(c)

to require the holder of that uncertificated share by notice to appoint any person to take any step, including, without limitation, the giving of any instructions by means of the relevant system, necessary to transfer that share within the period specified in the notice;

 

(d)

to require the Operator to take all such actions as the Company may be entitled to require the Operator to take pursuant to the Regulations, or otherwise request the Operator take any actions, with a view to converting that uncertificated share into certificated form; and

 

(e)

to take any action that the Board considers appropriate to achieve the sale, transfer, disposal, forfeiture, re-allotment or surrender of that share, or otherwise to enforce a lien in respect of that share.

12.    Authority to allot

12.1    Subject to the provisions of the Companies Law and these Articles (including the provisions of this Article 12 and Article 13 relating to the authority to allot, pre-emption rights and otherwise) and to any resolution passed by the Company and without prejudice to any rights attached to existing shares, the unissued shares of the Company (whether forming part of the original or any increased capital) and any shares held by the Company as treasury shares from time to time shall be at the disposal of the Board which may offer, allot, grant options over or otherwise deal with or dispose of them to such persons, at such times and for such consideration and upon such terms as the Board may decide.

12.2    The Board shall be generally and unconditionally authorised to exercise all the powers of the Company to allot Equity Securities but, the authority conferred by this Article 12.2 must be exercised in accordance with the following provisions.

12.3    In respect of each Allotment Period, the Board shall be authorised under Article 12.2 of this Article to allot Equity Securities only up to an aggregate nominal amount equal to the Authorised Allotment Amount. The Authorised Allotment Amount in respect of an Allotment Period, for the purposes of the authority conferred pursuant to Article 12.2, shall be determined by ordinary resolution.

12.4    During each Allotment Period the Board shall be empowered to allot Equity Securities wholly for cash pursuant to and within the terms of the authority in Article 12.2 above:

 

(a)

in connection with a pre-emptive issue; and

 

(b)

otherwise than in connection with a pre-emptive issue, up to an aggregate nominal amount equal to the Non Pre-emptive Amount,

 

Page | 7


as if Article 13 did not apply to any such allotment. The Non Pre-emptive Amount in respect of an Allotment Period, for the purposes of the authority conferred pursuant to Article 12.2, shall be determined by special resolution. For the avoidance of doubt, this Article 12.4 does not restrict the Board from allotting Equity Securities for a consideration that is wholly or partly otherwise than in cash.

12.5    The Board may, during any Allotment Period make offers or agreements (whether or not conditional) within the terms of the authority in Article 12.2 above which would, or might, require shares to be allotted or sold after the expiry of such Allotment Period. Any such allotment or sale shall count towards the Authorised Allotment Amount in existence during the Allotment Period in which the offer or agreement was made or entered into, notwithstanding the fact that the allotment or sale may not take place until after the expiry of such Allotment Period.

12.6    In this Article and in Articles 13 and 14:

 

(a)

a reference to the allotment of Equity Securities also includes the sale or transfer of Equity Securities in the Company that immediately before the sale or transfer are held by the Company as treasury shares;

 

(b)

the Allotment Period means the period ending on the date of the first annual general meeting of the Company or on 31 December 2019, whichever is earlier, or any other period (not exceeding 15 months on any occasion) for which the authority conferred by Article 12.2 is renewed by ordinary resolution of the Company in general meeting stating the Authorised Allotment Amount for such period;

 

(c)

the Authorised Allotment Amount for each Allotment Period shall be that stated in the relevant ordinary resolution in respect of such period or any increased amount fixed by ordinary resolution;

 

(d)

Equity Securities has the same meaning as defined in section 560 of the Act, as if the Company were a company incorporated in the United Kingdom to which such provisions apply;

 

(e)

the Non Pre-emptive Amount for each Allotment Period shall be stated in the relevant special resolution in respect of such period, or any increased amount fixed by special resolution;

 

(f)

Employee Share Schemes means any employee and/or executive incentive plan or scheme established (whether before or after the adoption of these Articles) for the benefit of employees and/or executives and/or their relations (as determined in accordance with such plans or schemes) of the Company and/or any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries (whether or not such plan or scheme is open to all employees, executives or relations or not) and which is operated either by the Company or any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries or by a third party on their behalf and under the terms of which employees and/or executives, and (if applicable) their relations may acquire and/or benefit from shares or any interest therein, whether directly, or pursuant to any option over shares granted to them or otherwise;

 

Page | 8


(g)

pre-emptive issue means an offer of Equity Securities to ordinary shareholders or an invitation to ordinary shareholders to apply to subscribe for Equity Securities and, if in accordance with their rights the Board so determines, holders of other Equity Securities of any class (whether by way of rights issue, open offer or otherwise) where the Equity Securities respectively attributable to the interests of ordinary shareholders or holders of other Equity Securities, if applicable are proportionate (as nearly as practicable) to the respective numbers of ordinary shares or other Equity Securities, but subject to such exclusions or other arrangements as the Board may deem necessary or expedient in relation to fractional entitlements or any legal, regulatory or practical problems under the laws or regulations of any territory or the requirements of any regulatory body or stock exchange; and

 

(h)

the nominal amount of any securities shall be taken to be, in the case of rights to subscribe for or to convert any securities into shares of the Company, the aggregate nominal amount of such share or shares which may be allotted pursuant to such rights.

12.7    The Board may, at any time after the allotment of a share but before a person has been entered into the register as the holder of the share, recognise a renunciation of the share by the allottee in favour of another person and may grant to an allottee a right to effect a renunciation on such terms and conditions as the Board thinks fit.

13.    Pre-emptive rights

13.1    Subject to the provisions of Article 12 above and Article 13.1(b) below or unless otherwise authorised or approved by the Company by way of a special resolution, no unissued Equity Securities in the capital of the Company shall be allotted wholly for cash unless the following provisions are complied with:

 

(a)

all Equity Securities to be allotted (the relevant shares) shall first be offered on the same or more favourable terms to the holders (excluding any shares held by the Company as treasury shares) in proportion to their existing holdings of ordinary shares subject to such exclusions or other arrangements as the Board may deem necessary or expedient in relation to fractional entitlements or any legal, regulatory or practical problems under the laws or regulations of any territory or the requirements of any regulatory body or stock exchange;

 

(b)

such offer shall be made by written notice (the offer notice) from the Board specifying the number and price of the relevant shares and shall invite each holder to state in writing within a period not being less than 14 days, whether they are willing to accept any of the relevant shares and if so, the maximum number of relevant shares they are willing to take;

 

(c)

at the expiration of the period during which each holder may accept the relevant shares as specified in the offer notice, the Board shall allocate the relevant shares to or amongst the holders who have notified to the Board their willingness to accept any of the relevant shares but so that no holder shall be obliged to take more than the maximum number of shares notified by him or her under Article 13.1(b) above; and

 

Page | 9


(d)

if any of the relevant shares are not accepted and remain unallocated pursuant to the offer under Article 13.1(a) above, the Board shall be entitled to allot, grant options over or otherwise dispose of such shares to any person in such manner as they see fit provided that those shares shall not be disposed of on terms which are more favourable than the terms of the offer pursuant to Article 13.1(a) above.

13.2    Article 13.1 shall not apply with respect to any Equity Securities or options which may be allotted or granted in accordance with the Company’s Employee Share Schemes or to the issue of Equity Securities pursuant to the exercise of any such options. For the avoidance of doubt, the provisions of Article 13.1 shall not apply to the allotment of any Equity Securities for a consideration that is wholly or partly otherwise than in cash and the Board may allot or otherwise dispose of any unissued shares or Equity Securities in the capital of the Company for a consideration that is wholly or partly otherwise than in cash to such persons at such time and generally on such terms as they see fit.

LISTING RULES AND DISCLOSURE AND TRANSPARENCY RULES

14.    If at any time the Company has any class of shares admitted to trading on the Official List, the Company shall, in relation to the adoption by the Company of Employee Share Schemes or long-term incentive schemes (as defined in the Listing Rules), comply with the provisions of Listing Rules 9.4.1 to 9.4.3 as if it were a company incorporated in the United Kingdom to which such provisions apply.

15.    For the purpose of Articles 16, 17 and 18:

 

(a)

Relevant Share Capital means the Company’s issued share capital of any class carrying rights to vote in all circumstances at general meetings of the Company, and for the avoidance of doubt:

 

  (i)

where the Company’s share capital is divided into different classes of shares, references to Relevant Share Capital are to the issued share capital of each such class taken separately; and

 

  (ii)

the temporary suspension of voting rights in respect of shares comprised in the issued share capital of the Company of any such class does not affect the application of Articles 16, 17 and 18 in relation to interests in those or any other shares comprised in that class;

 

(b)

interest means, in relation to the Relevant Share Capital, any interest of any kind whatsoever (including, without limitation, a short position) in any shares comprised therein (disregarding any restraints or restrictions to which the exercise of any right attached to the interest in the share is, or may be, subject) and without limiting the meaning of interest a person shall be taken to have an interest in a share if:

 

  (i)

he or she enters into a contract for its purchase by him or her (whether for cash or other consideration); or

 

Page | 10


  (ii)

not being the registered holder, he or she is entitled to exercise any right conferred by the holding of the share or is entitled to control the exercise or non-exercise of any such right; or

 

  (iii)

he or she is a beneficiary of a trust where the property held on trust includes an interest in the share; or

 

  (iv)

otherwise than by virtue of having an interest under a trust, he or she has a right to call for delivery of the share to himself or herself or to his or her order; or

 

  (v)

otherwise than by virtue of having an interest under a trust, he or she has a right to acquire an interest in the share or is under an obligation to take an interest in the share; or

 

  (vi)

he or she has a right to subscribe for the share; or

 

  (vii)

he or she is the holder, writer or issuer of derivatives (including options, futures, and contracts for difference) involving shares whether or not: (a) they are cash-settled only; (b) the shares are obliged to be delivered; or (c) the person in question holds the underlying shares absolutely or conditionally, whether legally enforceable or not and evidenced in writing or not, and it shall be immaterial that a share in which a person has an interest is unidentifiable;

 

  (viii)

for the purpose of Article 15(b)(vii) above, a derivative shall, in relation to shares include:

 

  (A)

rights, options or interests (whether described as units or otherwise) in, or in respect of , the shares;

 

  (B)

contracts or arrangements, the purpose or pretended purpose of which is to secure or increase a profit or avoid or reduce a loss, wholly or party by reference to the price or value, or a change in the price or value of shares or any rights, options or interests under Article 15(b)(viii)(A) of this definition above;

 

  (C)

rights options or interests (whether described as units or otherwise) in options or interests under, Article 15(b)(viii)(A) of this definition above;

 

  (D)

instruments or other documents creating, acknowledging or evidencing any rights, options or interest or any contracts referred to in Articles 15(b)(viii)(A), (B) and (C) of this definition above; and

 

  (E)

the right of a person to:

 

  (I)

require another person to deliver the underlying shares; or

 

Page | 11


  (II)

receive from another person a sum of money if the price of the underlying shares increases or decreases;

 

(c)

a person is taken to be interested in any shares in which his or her spouse or any infant child or step-child of his or hers is interested; and infant means a person under the age of 18 years;

 

(d)

a person is taken to be interested in shares if a body corporate is interested in them and:

 

  (i)

that body corporate or its directors are accustomed to act in accordance with his or her directions or instructions; or

 

  (ii)

he or she is entitled to exercise or control or direct the exercise of one-third or more of the voting power at general meetings of the body corporate,

PROVIDED THAT:

 

  (A)

where a person is entitled to exercise or control the exercise of one-third or more of the voting power at general meetings of a body corporate and that body corporate is entitled to exercise or control the exercise of any of the voting power at general meetings of another body corporate (the effective voting power) then, for purposes of sub-paragraph (ii) above, the effective voting power is taken as exercisable by that person; and

 

  (B)

for purposes of this Article, a person is entitled to exercise or control the exercise of voting power if he or she has a right (whether subject to conditions or not) the exercise of which would make him or her so entitled or he or she is under any obligation (whether or not so subject) the fulfilment of which would make him or her so entitled;

 

(e)

a sale is an arm’s length sale if the Board is satisfied that it is a bona fide sale of the whole of the beneficial ownership of the shares to a party unconnected with the holder or with any person appearing to be interested in such shares and shall include a sale made by way of or in pursuance of acceptance of a takeover offer and a sale made through a recognised investment exchange or any other stock exchange outside the United Kingdom. For this purpose an associate (within the definition of that expression in section 435 of the United Kingdom Insolvency Act 1986) shall be included amongst the persons who are connected with the holder or any person appearing to be interested in such shares;

 

(f)

person appearing to be interested in any shares shall mean any person named in a response to a Disclosure Notice issued under Article 17 or otherwise notified to the Company by a member as being so interested or shown in any register or record kept by the Company under the Companies Law or otherwise as so interested or, taking into account a response or failure to respond in the light of the response to any other Disclosure Notice and any other relevant information in the possession of the Company, any person whom the Company knows or has reasonable cause to believe is or may be so interested;

 

Page | 12


(g)

person with a 0.25 per cent. interest means a person who is shown in any register or record kept by the Company under the Companies Law or otherwise to hold, or to have an interest in, shares in the Company which comprise in total at least 0.25 per cent. in number or nominal value of the shares comprised in the Relevant Share Capital (calculated exclusive of any shares held as treasury shares) in issue at the date of service of the Restriction Notice (as defined in Article 18.1);

 

(h)

relevant period means (i) in the case of the obligation of each holder to comply with the notification obligations under the Disclosure and Transparency Rules pursuant to Article 16, the period required to make the relevant notification as provided under the relevant provision of the Disclosure and Transparency Rules and (ii) in relation to an obligation of any person required to give information pursuant to a Disclosure Notice issued under Article 17, a period of 14 days following service of a Disclosure Notice;

 

(i)

Relevant Restrictions mean in the case of a Restriction Notice served on a person with a 0.25 per cent. interest that:

 

  (i)

the shares shall not confer on the holder any right to attend or vote either personally or by proxy at any general meeting of the Company or at any separate general meeting of the holders of any class of shares in the Company or to exercise any other right conferred by membership in relation to general meetings;

 

  (ii)

the Board may withhold payment of all or any part of any dividends or other moneys payable in respect of the shares and the holder shall not be entitled to receive shares in lieu of dividends;

 

  (iii)

the Board may decline to register a transfer of any of the shares which are certificated shares, unless such a transfer is pursuant to an arm’s length sale,

and in any other case mean only the restriction specified in sub-paragraph (i) above of this definition; and

 

(j)

Disclosure Notice means a notice in writing served by the Company under Article 17 requiring particulars of interests in shares or of the identity of person interested in shares.

16.    Disclosure and Transparency Rules

16.1    If at any time the Company has any class of shares admitted to trading on the Official List, the provisions of Chapter 5 of the Disclosure and Transparency Rules shall be deemed to be incorporated by reference into these Articles and each member must comply with the notification obligations to the Company contained therein including, without limitation, the provisions of DTR 5.1.2, as if the Company were a

 

Page | 13


UK-Issuer (and not a non-UK Issuer) (in each case, as defined in DTR 5.1) for the purposes of these provisions. The vote holder and issuer notification rules shall apply, for the avoidance of doubt, to the Company as well as each holder of shares.

17.    Investigation of interest in shares

17.1    The Company may issue a Disclosure Notice requiring any person whom the Company knows or has reasonable cause to believe to be interested in shares comprised in the Relevant Share Capital or to have been so interested at any time during the three years immediately preceding the date on which the notice is issued:

 

(a)

to confirm that fact or (as the case may be) to indicate whether or not it is the case; and

 

(b)

if he or she holds, or has during the time held, any such interest, to give such further information as may be required in accordance with the following provisions of this Article.

17.2    The notice may request the person to whom it is addressed:

 

(a)

to give particulars of his or her present or past interest in shares comprised in the Relevant Share Capital (held by him or her at any time during the three-year period mentioned in Article 17.1);

 

(b)

where the interest is a present interest and any other interest in the shares subsists, or in any case, where another interest in the shares subsisted during that three-year period at any time when his or her own interest subsisted, to give (so far as lies within his or her knowledge) such particulars with respect to that other interest as may be required by the notice including the identity of the persons interested in the shares in question; and

 

(c)

where his or her interest is a past interest, to give (so far as lies within his or her knowledge) particulars of the identity of the person who held that interest immediately upon his or her ceasing to hold it.

17.3    The information required by the notice must be given within the relevant period.

17.4    This Article applies in relation to a person who has or previously had, or is or was entitled to acquire, a right to subscribe for shares in the Company which would on issue be comprised in Relevant Share Capital as it applies in relation to a person who is or was interested in shares so comprised; and reference above in this Article to interest in shares so comprised and to shares so comprised shall be read accordingly in any such case as including any such right and shares which would on issue be so comprised.

17.5    The Company will keep a register of information received pursuant to this Article. The Company will within 3 days of receipt of such information enter in the register:

 

(a)

the fact that the requirement was imposed and the date it was imposed; and

 

Page | 14


(b)

the information received in pursuance of the requirement.

The information must be entered against the name of the present holder of the shares in question or, if there is no present holder, or the present holder is unknown, against the name of the person holding the interest. All entries will be in chronological order. The register kept for these purposes will be available for inspection by members of the Company at the Company’s registered office or at any other place specified by the Board.

18.    Restriction Notices

18.1    Where the holder holding shares comprised in the Relevant Share Capital in the Company, or any other person appearing to be interested in those shares, fails to comply within the relevant period with:

 

(a)

any of its obligations under Article 16 above (so far as the Company is, or has become, aware of such matter); or

 

(b)

any Disclosure Notice issued under Article 17 in respect of those shares or, in purported compliance with such a notice, has made a statement which is false or inadequate in a material particular,

the Company may give the holder a notice (Restriction Notice) to the effect that from the service of the Restriction Notice those shares will be subject to some or all of the Relevant Restrictions (as defined in Article 15(i)), and from service of the Restriction Notice those shares shall, notwithstanding any other provision of these Articles, be subject to those Relevant Restrictions accordingly. For the purpose of enforcing the Relevant Restrictions listed at Article 15(i), the Board may give notice to the relevant holder requiring the holder to change the relevant shares held in uncertificated form to certificated form by the time stated in the notice and to keep them in certificated form for so long as the Board requires. The notice may also state that the holder may not change any of the relevant shares held in certificated form to uncertificated form. If the holder does not comply with the notice, the Board may authorise any person to instruct the Operator to change the relevant shares held in uncertificated form to certificated form.

18.2    If after the service of a Restriction Notice in respect of any shares the Board is satisfied that all information required by any Disclosure Notice or otherwise relating to those shares or any of them from their holder or any other person appearing to be interested in the shares the subject of the Restriction Notice has been supplied, the Company shall, within seven days, cancel the Restriction Notice. The Board may at any time at its discretion cancel any Restriction Notice or exclude any shares from it. The Company shall cancel a Restriction Notice within seven days after receipt of a notice in writing that the relevant shares have been transferred pursuant to any arm’s length sale.

18.3    Where any Restriction Notice is cancelled or ceases to have effect in relation to any shares, any moneys relating to those shares which were withheld by reason of that notice shall be paid without interest to the person who would but for the notice have been entitled to them or as he or she may direct.

 

Page | 15


18.4    Any new shares in the Company issued in respect of, or as a result of a member holding, any shares subject to a Restriction Notice shall also be subject to the Restriction Notice, and the Board may make any right to an allotment of the new shares subject to restrictions corresponding to those which will apply to those shares by reason of the Restriction Notice when such shares are issued.

18.5    Any holder on whom a Restriction Notice has been served may at any time request the Company to give in writing the reason why the Restriction Notice has been served, or why it remains uncancelled, and within 14 days of receipt of such notice the Company shall give that information accordingly in such detail as the Board may determine at its discretion.

18.6    If a Disclosure Notice is given by the Company to a person appearing to be interested in any share, a copy shall at the same time be given to the holder, but the failure or omission to do so or the non-receipt of the copy by the holder shall not invalidate such notice.

19.    Subject to the provisions of the these Articles relating to authority, pre-emption rights or otherwise and of any resolution of the Company in general meeting passed pursuant to those provisions, and, in the case of redeemable shares, the provisions of Article 20:

 

(a)

all shares for the time being in the capital of the Company shall be at the disposal of the Board; and

 

(b)

the Board may reclassify, allot (with or without conferring a right of renunciation), grant options over, or otherwise dispose of them to such persons on such terms and conditions and at such times as it thinks fit.

20.    Subject to the provisions of the Companies Law, and without prejudice to any rights attached to any existing shares or class of shares, shares may be issued which are to be redeemed or are to be liable to be redeemed at the option of the Company or the holder. The Board may determine the terms, conditions and manner of redemption of shares provided that it does so before the shares are allotted.

21.    The Company may exercise all powers of paying commissions or brokerage permitted by the Companies Law. Any such commission or brokerage may be satisfied by the payment of cash or by the allotment of fully or partly paid shares or partly in one way and partly in the other.

22.    Except as required by law, the Company shall recognise no person as holding any share on any trust and (except as otherwise provided by these Articles or by law) the Company shall not be bound by or recognise any interest in any share (or in any fractional part of a share) except the holder’s absolute right to the entirety of the share (or fractional part of the share).

 

Page | 16


VARIATION OF RIGHTS

23.    Subject to the provisions of the Companies Law, if at any time the capital of the Company is divided into different classes of shares, the rights attached to any class may (unless otherwise provided by the terms of allotment of the shares of that class) be varied or abrogated, whether or not the Company is being wound up, either:

 

(a)

with the written consent of the holders of three-quarters in nominal value of the issued shares of the class (excluding any shares of that class held as treasury shares), which consent shall be in hard copy form or in electronic form sent to such address (if any) for the time being specified by or on behalf of the Company for that purpose, or in default of such specification to the office, and may consist of several documents, each executed or authenticated in such manner as the Board may approve by or on behalf of one or more holders, or a combination of both; or

 

(b)

with the sanction of a special resolution passed at a separate general meeting of the holders of the shares of the class,

but not otherwise.

24.    For the purposes of Article 23, if at any time the capital of the Company is divided into different classes of shares, unless otherwise expressly provided by the rights attached to any share or class of shares, those rights shall be deemed to be varied by:

 

(a)

the reduction of the capital paid up on that share or class of shares otherwise than by a purchase or redemption by the Company of its own shares; and

 

(b)

the allotment of another share ranking in priority for payment of a dividend or in respect of capital or which confers on its holder voting rights more favourable than those conferred by that share or class of shares,

but shall not be deemed to be varied by:

 

(c)

the creation or issue of another share ranking equally with, or subsequent to, that share or class of shares or by the purchase or redemption by the Company of its own shares; or

 

(d)

the Company permitting, in accordance with the Regulations, the holding of and transfer of title to shares of that or any other class in uncertificated form by means of a relevant system.

 

Page | 17


SHARE CERTIFICATES

25.    Every member, on becoming the holder of any certificated share (except where the Companies Law otherwise permits or requires) shall be entitled, without payment, to one certificate for all the certificated shares of each class held by him or her (and, on transferring a part of his or her holding of certificated shares of any class, to a certificate for the balance of his or her holding of certificated shares). He or she may elect to receive one or more additional certificates for any of his or her certificated shares if he or she pays a reasonable sum determined from time to time by the Board for every certificate after the first. Every certificate shall:

 

(a)

be executed under the seal or otherwise in accordance with Article 190 or in such other manner as the Board may approve; and

 

(b)

specify the number, class and distinguishing numbers (if any) of the shares to which it relates and the amount or respective amounts paid up on the shares.

The Company shall not be bound to issue more than one certificate for certificated shares held jointly by more than one person and delivery of a certificate to one joint holder shall be a sufficient delivery to all of them. Shares of different classes may not be included in the same certificate.

26.    If a share certificate is defaced, worn out, lost or destroyed, it may be renewed on such terms (if any) as to evidence and indemnity and payment of any exceptional out-of-pocket expenses reasonably incurred by the Company in investigating evidence and preparing the requisite form of indemnity as the Board may determine but otherwise free of charge, and (in the case of defacement or wearing out) on delivery up of the old certificate.

27.    Every share certificate sent in accordance with these Articles will be sent at the risk of the member or other person entitled to the share certificate. The Company shall not be responsible for any share certificate lost or delayed in the course of delivery.

LIEN

28.    The Company shall have a first and paramount lien on every share (not being a fully paid share) for all moneys payable to the Company (whether presently or not) in respect of that share. The Board may at any time (generally or in a particular case) waive any lien or declare any share to be wholly or in part exempt from the provisions of this Article. The Company’s lien on a share shall extend to any amount (including without limitation dividends) payable in respect of it.

29.    The Company may sell, in such manner as the Board determines, any share on which the Company has a lien if a sum in respect of which the lien exists is presently payable and is not paid within 14 clear days after notice has been sent to the holder of the share, or to the person entitled to it by transmission, demanding payment and stating that if the notice is not complied with the share may be sold.

30.    To give effect to that sale the Board may, if the share is a certificated share, authorise any person to execute an instrument of transfer in respect of the share sold to, or in accordance with the directions of, the buyer. If the share is an uncertificated share, the Board may exercise any of the Company’s powers under Article 11 to effect the

 

Page | 18


sale of the share to, or in accordance with the directions of, the buyer. The buyer shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money and his or her title to the share shall not be affected by any irregularity in or invalidity of the proceedings in relation to the sale.

31.    The net proceeds of the sale, after payment of the costs, shall be applied in or towards payment or satisfaction of so much of the sum in respect of which the lien exists as is presently payable. Any residue shall (if the share sold is a certificated share, on surrender to the Company for cancellation of the certificate in respect of the share sold and, whether the share sold is a certificated or uncertificated share, subject to a like lien for any moneys not presently payable as existed on the share before the sale) be paid to the person entitled to the share at the date of the sale.

CALLS ON SHARES

32.    Subject to the terms of allotment, the Board may from time to time make calls on the members in respect of any moneys unpaid on their shares (whether in respect of nominal value or premium), provided that there must be at least one calendar month between the payment date of two consecutive calls. Each member shall (subject to receiving at least one calendar month’s notice specifying when and where payment is to be made) pay to the Company the amount called on his or her shares as required by the notice. A call may be required to be paid by instalments. A call may be revoked in whole or part and the time fixed for payment of a call may be postponed in whole or part as the Board may determine. A person on whom a call is made shall remain liable for calls made on him or her even if the shares in respect of which the call was made are subsequently transferred.

33.    A call shall be deemed to have been made at the time when the resolution of the Board authorising the call was passed.

34.    The joint holders of a share shall be jointly and severally liable to pay all calls in respect of it.

35.    If a call or any instalment of a call remains unpaid in whole or in part after it has become due and payable the person from whom it is due and payable shall pay interest on the amount unpaid from the day it became due and payable until it is paid. Interest shall be paid at the rate fixed by the terms of allotment of the share or in the notice of the call or, if no rate is fixed, the rate determined by the Board, not exceeding 15 per cent. per annum, or, if higher, the appropriate rate (as defined in the Act), but the Board may in respect of any individual member waive payment of such interest wholly or in part.

36.    An amount payable in respect of a share on allotment or at any fixed date, whether in respect of nominal value or premium or as an instalment of a call, shall be deemed to be a call duly made and notified and payable on the date so fixed or in accordance with the terms of the allotment. If it is not paid the provisions of these Articles shall apply as if that amount had become due and payable by virtue of a call duly made and notified.

 

Page | 19


37.    Subject to the terms of allotment, the Board may make arrangements on the issue of shares for a difference between the allottees or holders in the amounts and times of payment of calls on their shares.

38.    The Board may, if it thinks fit, receive from any member all or any part of the moneys uncalled and unpaid on any share held by him or her. Such payment in advance of calls shall extinguish the liability on the share in respect of which it is made to the extent of the payment. The Company may pay on all or any of the moneys so advanced (until they would but for such advance become presently payable) interest at such rate agreed between the Board and the member not exceeding (unless the Company by ordinary resolution otherwise directs) 15 per cent. per annum or, if higher, the appropriate rate (as defined in the Act).

FORFEITURE AND SURRENDER

39.    If a call or any instalment of a call remains unpaid in whole or in part after it has become due and payable, the Board may give the person from whom it is due not less than seven clear days’ notice requiring payment of the amount unpaid together with any interest which may have accrued and any costs, charges and expenses incurred by the Company by reason of such non-payment. The notice shall name the place where payment is to be made and shall state that if the notice is not complied with the shares in respect of which the call was made will be liable to be forfeited.

40.    If that notice is not complied with, any share in respect of which it was sent may, at any time before the payment required by the notice has been made, be forfeited by a resolution of the Board. The forfeiture shall include all dividends or other moneys payable in respect of the forfeited share which have not been paid before the forfeiture. When a share has been forfeited, notice of the forfeiture shall be sent to the person who was the holder of the share before the forfeiture. Where the forfeited share is held in certificated form, an entry shall be made promptly in the register opposite the entry of the share showing that notice has been sent, that the share has been forfeited and the date of forfeiture. No forfeiture shall be invalidated by the omission or neglect to send that notice or to make those entries.

41.    Subject to the provisions of the Companies Laws, a forfeited share shall be deemed to belong to the Company and may be sold, re-allotted or otherwise disposed of on such terms and in such manner as the Board determines, either to the person who was the holder before the forfeiture or to any other person. At any time before sale, re-allotment or other disposal, the forfeiture may be cancelled on such terms as the Board thinks fit. Where for the purposes of its disposal a forfeited share held in certificated form is to be transferred to any person, the Board may authorise any person to execute an instrument of transfer of the share to that person. Where for the purposes of its disposal a forfeited share held in uncertificated form is to be transferred to any person, the Board may exercise any of the Company’s powers under Article 11. The Company may receive the consideration given for the share on its disposal and may register the transferee as holder of the share.

42.    A person shall cease to be a member in respect of any share which has been forfeited and shall, if the share is a certificated share, surrender the certificate for any forfeited share to the Company for cancellation. The person shall remain liable to the

 

Page | 20


Company for all moneys which at the date of forfeiture were presently payable by him or her to the Company in respect of that share with interest on that amount at the rate at which interest was payable on those moneys before the forfeiture or, if no interest was so payable, at the rate determined by the Board, not exceeding 15 per cent. per annum or, if higher, the appropriate rate (as defined in the Act), from the date of forfeiture until payment. The Board may waive payment wholly or in part or enforce payment without any allowance for the value of the share at the time of forfeiture or for any consideration received on its disposal.

43.    The Board may accept the surrender of any share which it is in a position to forfeit on such terms and conditions as may be agreed. Subject to those terms and conditions, a surrendered share shall be treated as if it had been forfeited.

44.    The forfeiture of a share shall involve the extinction at the time of forfeiture of all interest in and all claims and demands against the Company in respect of the share and all other rights and liabilities incidental to the share as between the person whose share is forfeited and the Company, except only those rights and liabilities expressly saved by these Articles, or as are given or imposed in the case of past members by the Companies Laws.

45.    A declaration under oath by a director or the secretary that a share has been duly forfeited or surrendered on a specified date shall be conclusive evidence of the facts stated in it as against all persons claiming to be entitled to the share. The declaration shall (subject if necessary to the execution of an instrument of transfer or transfer by means of the relevant system, as the case may be) constitute a good title to the share. The person to whom the share is disposed of shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money, if any, and his or her title to the share shall not be affected by any irregularity in, or invalidity of, the proceedings in reference to the forfeiture, surrender, sale, re-allotment or disposal of the share.

TRANSFER OF SHARES

46.    Without prejudice to any power of the Company to register as member a person to whom the right to any share has been transmitted by operation of law, the instrument of transfer of a certificated share may be in any usual form or in any other form which the Board may approve. An instrument of transfer shall be signed by or on behalf of the transferor and, unless the share is fully paid, by or on behalf of the transferee. An instrument of transfer need not be under seal.

47.    The Board may, in its absolute discretion, refuse to register the transfer of a certificated share which is not fully paid, provided that the refusal does not prevent dealings in shares in the Company from taking place on an open and proper basis.

48.    The Board may also refuse to register the transfer of a certificated share unless the instrument of transfer:

 

(a)

is lodged, duly stamped (if stampable), at the office or at another place appointed by the Board accompanied by the certificate for the share to which it relates and such other evidence as the Board may reasonably require to show the right of the transferor to make the transfer;

 

Page | 21


(b)

is in respect of only one class of shares; and

 

(c)

is in favour of not more than four transferees.

49.    In the case of a transfer of a certificated share where, pursuant to the Companies Law, no share certificate was required to be issued in respect of such share, the lodging of a share certificate will only be necessary if and to the extent that a certificate has been issued in respect of the share in question.

50.    If the Board refuses to register a transfer of a share in certificated form, it shall send the transferee notice of its refusal within two months after the date on which the instrument of transfer was lodged with the Company.

51.    No fee shall be charged for the registration of any instrument of transfer or other document relating to or affecting the title to a share.

52.    The Company shall be entitled to retain an instrument of transfer which is registered, but an instrument of transfer which the Board refuses to register shall be returned to the person lodging it when notice of the refusal is sent.

TRANSMISSION OF SHARES

53.    If a member dies, the survivor or survivors where he or she was a joint holder, and his or her personal representatives where he or she was a sole holder or the only survivor of joint holders, shall be the only persons recognised by the Company as having any title to his or her interest. Nothing in these Articles shall release the estate of a deceased member (whether a sole or joint holder) from any liability in respect of any share held by him or her.

54.    A person becoming entitled by transmission to a share may, on production of any evidence as to his or her entitlement properly required by the Board, elect either to become the holder of the share or to have another person nominated by him or her registered as the transferee. If he or she elects to become the holder he or she shall send notice to the Company to that effect. If he or she elects to have another person registered and the share is a certificated share, he or she shall execute an instrument of transfer of the share to that person. If he or she elects to have himself or herself or another person registered and the share is an uncertificated share, he or she shall take any action the Board may require (including without limitation the execution of any document and the giving of any instruction by means of a relevant system) to enable himself or herself or that person to be registered as the holder of the share. All the provisions of these Articles relating to the transfer of shares apply to that notice or instrument of transfer as if it were an instrument of transfer executed by the member and the death or bankruptcy of the member or other event giving rise to the transmission had not occurred.

55.    The Board may at any time send a notice requiring any such person to elect either to be registered himself or herself or to transfer the share. If the notice is not complied with within 60 days, the Board may, after the expiry of that period, withhold payment of all dividends or other moneys payable in respect of the share until the requirements of the notice have been complied with.

 

Page | 22


56.    A person becoming entitled by transmission to a share shall, on production of any evidence as to his or her entitlement properly required by the Board and subject to the requirements of Article 54, have the same rights in relation to the share as he or she would have had if he or she were the holder of the share, subject to Article 200. That person may give a discharge for all dividends and other moneys payable in respect of the share, but he or she shall not, before being registered as the holder of the share, be entitled in respect of it to receive notice of, or to attend or vote at, any meeting of the Company or to receive notice of, or to attend or vote at, any separate meeting of the holders of any class of shares in the capital of the Company.

ALTERATION OF SHARE CAPITAL

57.    All shares created by an increase of the Company’s share capital, by consolidation, division or sub-division of its share capital or the conversion of stock into paid-up shares shall be:

 

(a)

subject to all the provisions of these Articles, including without limitation provisions relating to payment of calls, lien, forfeiture, transfer and transmission; and

 

(b)

ordinary shares, unless otherwise provided by these Articles, by the resolution creating the shares or by the terms of allotment of the shares.

58.    Whenever any fractions arise as a result of a consolidation or sub-division of shares, the Board may on behalf of the members deal with the fractions as it thinks fit. In particular, without limitation, the Board may sell shares representing fractions to which any members would otherwise become entitled to any person (including, subject to the provisions of the Companies Law, the Company) and distribute the net proceeds of sale in due proportion among those members. Where the shares to be sold are held in certificated form the Board may authorise (and the relevant transferring member hereby appoints) some person to execute an instrument of transfer of the shares to, or in accordance with the directions of, the buyer. Where the shares to be sold are held in uncertificated form, the Board may do all acts and things it considers necessary or expedient to effect the transfer of the shares to, or in accordance with the directions of, the buyer. The buyer shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase moneys and his or her title to the shares shall not be affected by any irregularity in, or invalidity of, the proceedings in relation to the sale. Alternatively, without limitation, where the number of shares held by a member on a consolidation is not an exact multiple of the shares to be consolidated, the Board may issue to that member, credited as fully paid up, the minimum number of shares required to round up his or her holding to the required multiple. This issue will be by way of capitalisation of reserves and the amount required to pay up the shares can at the discretion of the Board be taken from any of the Company’s reserves or the profit and loss account and can be capitalised by applying it in paying up the shares.

GENERAL MEETINGS

59.    The Board shall convene and the Company shall hold general meetings as annual general meetings in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Law.

 

Page | 23


60.    All provisions of these Articles relating to general meetings of the Company shall, mutatis mutandis, apply to every separate general meeting of the holders of any class of shares in the capital of the Company, except that, in the case of separate general meetings of the holders of any class of shares in the capital of the Company:

 

(a)

the necessary quorum shall be two persons holding or representing by proxy at least one-third in nominal value of the issued shares of the class (excluding any shares of that class held as treasury shares) or, at any adjourned meeting of such holders, one holder present in person or by proxy, whatever the amount of his or her holding, who shall be deemed to constitute a meeting;

 

(b)

any holder of shares of the class present in person or by proxy may demand a poll; and

 

(c)

each holder of shares of the class shall, on a poll, have one vote in respect of every share of the class held by him or her.

For the purposes of this Article, where a person is present by proxy or proxies, he or she is treated only as holding the shares in respect of which those proxies are authorised to exercise voting rights.

61.    The Board may call general meetings whenever and at such times and places as it shall determine. On the requisition of members pursuant to the provisions of the Companies Law, the Board shall promptly convene a general meeting in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Law and these Articles. If there are insufficient directors in the location of the general meeting to call a general meeting any director of the Company may call a general meeting, but where no director is willing or able to do so, any two members of the Company may summon a meeting for the purpose of appointing one or more directors.

NOTICE OF GENERAL MEETINGS

62.    An annual general meeting shall be called by at least 21 clear days’ notice. Subject to the provisions of the Companies Law, all other general meetings may be called by at least 14 clear days’ notice.

63.    Subject to the provisions of the Companies Law, to the provisions of these Articles and to any restrictions imposed on any shares, the notice shall be sent to every member and every director, provided that holders of partly-paid shares shall only be entitled to notice of a general meeting if a resolution has been proposed which: (i) directly and adversely affects the rights of those shares; or (ii) is for the winding up of the Company; or (iii) involves the repayment or distribution of capital to ordinary members. The auditors are entitled to receive all notices of, and other communications relating to, any general meeting which any member is entitled to receive.

64.    Subject to the provisions of the Companies Law, the notice shall specify the time, date and place of the meeting (including without limitation any satellite meeting place arranged for the purposes of Article 74, which shall be identified as such in the notice) and the general nature of the business to be dealt with.

 

Page | 24


65.    In the case of an annual general meeting, the notice shall specify the meeting as such. In the case of a meeting to pass a special resolution, the notice shall specify the intention to propose the resolution as a special resolution.

66.    The notice shall include details of any arrangements made for the purpose of Article 76 (making clear that participation in those arrangements will not amount to attendance at the meeting to which the notice relates).

67.    Members representing at least five per cent. of the total voting rights of all members who have a right to vote on the resolution at the annual general meeting to which the request relates, or not less than 100 members who have a relevant right to vote and who hold shares in the Company on which there has been paid up an average sum, per member, of at least £100, may require the Company to circulate, to members of the Company entitled to receive notice of the next annual general meeting, notice of a resolution which may be properly moved and is intended to be moved at that meeting, and if so required the Company shall, unless the resolution:

 

(a)

would, if passed, be ineffective (whether by reason of inconsistency with any enactment or the Company’s constitution or otherwise);

 

(b)

is defamatory of any person; or

 

(c)

is frivolous or vexatious,

give such notice in the same manner as set out in the provisions of sections 339(1) to 339(3) of the Act as if it were a company incorporated in the United Kingdom to which such provisions apply.

68.    A request by the members under Article 67 may be in hard copy or in electronic form and must:

 

(a)

identify the resolution of which notice is to be given;

 

(b)

be authenticated by the person or persons making it; and

 

(c)

be received by the Company at least six weeks before the annual general meeting to which the request relates, or if later the time at which notice is given of that meeting.

69.    Where so requested by members representing at least five per cent. of the total voting rights of all holders who have a relevant right to vote, or by not less than 100 members who have a relevant right to vote and who hold shares in the Company on which there has been paid up an average sum, per member, of at least £100, the Company shall circulate, to holders of the Company entitled to receive notice of a general meeting, a statement of not more than 1,000 words with respect to:

 

(a)

a matter referred to in a proposed resolution to be dealt with at that meeting; or

 

(b)

other business to be dealt with at that meeting.

 

Page | 25


70.    A request by the members under Article 69 may be in hard copy or in electronic form and must:

 

(a)

identify the statement to be circulated;

 

(b)

be authenticated by the person or persons making it; and

 

(c)

be received by the Company at least one week before the meeting to which it relates.

71.    In Articles 67 and 69:

relevant right to vote means:

 

(a)

in relation to a statement with respect to a matter referred to in a proposed resolution, a right to vote on that resolution at a meeting to which the requests relate; and

 

(b)

in relation to any other statement, a right to vote at the meeting to which the requests relate.

72.    A holder shall have the right to nominate another person, on whose behalf he or she holds shares, to enjoy information rights (as such term is defined in section 146 of the Act). The nominated person shall have the same rights as those contained in the provisions of sections 146 to 149 (other than section 147(4)) of the Act, and the Company shall comply with all its obligations in respect of such information rights granted to nominated person as if it were a company incorporated in the United Kingdom to which such provisions of the Act apply provided that:

 

(a)

references to accounts, reports or other documents shall be construed as references to the corresponding documents (if any) under the Companies Law;

 

(b)

references to section 1145 of the Act shall not include sections 1145(4) and 1145(5);

 

(c)

section 147(4) shall be replaced by the provisions of Articles 232 to 235 with reference to “member” in those Articles being replaced by “nominated person”; and

 

(d)

references to “bankruptcy” in section 148(4) shall include bankruptcy as defined in the Interpretation (Jersey) Law 1954 and references to “winding up” shall include winding up under Part 21 of the Companies Law.

73.    Where so requested in the manner set out in section 527(4) of the Act by holders representing at least five per cent. of the total voting rights of all the holders who have a right to vote at the general meeting at which the Company’s annual accounts are laid, or by at least 100 holders who have such right to vote and hold shares in the Company on which there has been paid up an average sum, per member, of at least £100, the Company shall publish on its website a statement setting out any matter relating to the audit of the Company’s accounts or any circumstances connected with an auditor of the

 

Page | 26


Company ceasing to hold office, and the Company shall comply with all the obligations relating to the publication of such statement contained in the provisions of sections 527 to 529 (other than section 527(5) and excluding the reference to “See also section 153 (exercise of rights where shares are held on behalf of others)” in section 527(2)) of the Act as if it were a company incorporated in the United Kingdom to which such provisions apply, provided always that the Company shall not be required to comply with the obligation set out in section 527(1) of the Act where the Board believes in good faith that the rights conferred by this article are being abused.

74.    The Board may resolve to enable persons entitled to attend a general meeting to do so by simultaneous attendance and participation at a satellite meeting place anywhere in the world. The members present in person or by proxy at satellite meeting places shall be counted in the quorum for, and entitled to vote at, the general meeting in question, and that meeting shall be duly constituted and its proceedings valid if the chair of the general meeting is satisfied that adequate facilities are available throughout the general meeting to ensure that members attending at all the meeting places are able to:

 

(a)

participate in the business for which the meeting has been convened;

 

(b)

hear and see all persons who speak (whether by the use of microphones, loudspeakers, audio-visual communications equipment or otherwise) in the principal meeting place and any satellite meeting place; and

 

(c)

be heard and seen by all other persons so present in the same way.

The chair of the general meeting shall be present at, and the meeting shall be deemed to take place at, the principal meeting place.

75.    If it appears to the chair of the general meeting that the facilities at the principal meeting place or any satellite meeting place have become inadequate for the purposes referred to in Article 74, then the chair may, without the consent of the meeting, interrupt or adjourn the general meeting. All business conducted at that general meeting up to the time of that adjournment shall be valid. The provisions of Article 87 shall apply to that adjournment.

76.    The Board may make arrangements for persons entitled to attend a general meeting or an adjourned general meeting to be able to view and hear the proceedings of the general meeting or adjourned general meeting and to speak at the meeting (whether by the use of microphones, loudspeakers, audio-visual communications equipment or otherwise) by attending at a venue anywhere in the world not being a satellite meeting place. Those attending at any such venue shall not be regarded as present at the general meeting or adjourned general meeting and shall not be entitled to vote at the meeting at or from that venue. The inability for any reason of any member present in person or by proxy at such a venue to view or hear all or any of the proceedings of the meeting or to speak at the meeting shall not in any way affect the validity of the proceedings of the meeting.

77.    The Board may from time to time make any arrangements for controlling the level of attendance at any venue for which arrangements have been made pursuant to

 

Page | 27


Article 76 (including without limitation the issue of tickets or the imposition of some other means of selection) it in its absolute discretion considers appropriate, and may from time to time change those arrangements. If a member, pursuant to those arrangements, is not entitled to attend in person or by proxy at a particular venue, he or she shall be entitled to attend in person or by proxy at any other venue for which arrangements have been made pursuant to Article 76. The entitlement of any member to be present at such venue in person or by proxy shall be subject to any such arrangement then in force and stated by the notice of meeting or adjourned meeting to apply to the meeting.

78.    If, after the sending of notice of a general meeting but before the meeting is held, or after the adjournment of a general meeting but before the adjourned meeting is held (whether or not notice of the adjourned meeting is required), the Board decides that it is impracticable or unreasonable, for a reason beyond its control, to hold the meeting at the declared place (or any of the declared places, in the case of a meeting to which Article 74 applies) and/or time, it may change the place (or any of the places, in the case of a meeting to which Article 74 applies) and/or postpone the time at which the meeting is to be held. If such a decision is made, the Board may then change the place (or any of the places, in the case of a meeting to which Article 74 applies) and/or postpone the time again if it decides that it is reasonable to do so. In either case:

 

(a)

no new notice of the meeting need be sent, but the Board shall, if practicable, advertise the date, time and place of the meeting in at least two national newspapers and shall make arrangements for notices of the change of place and/or postponement to appear at the original place and/or at the original time; and

 

(b)

a proxy appointment in relation to the meeting may, if by means of a document in hard copy form, be delivered to the address or to such other place as may be specified by or on behalf of the Company in accordance with Article 108(a) or, if in electronic form, be received at the address (if any) specified by, or on behalf of, the Company in accordance with Article 108(b), at any time not less than 48 hours before the postponed time appointed for holding the meeting provided that the Board may specify, in any case, that in calculating the period of 48 hours, no account shall be taken of any part of a day that is not a working day.

79.    For the purposes of Articles 74, 75, 76, 77 and 78, the right of a member to participate in the business of any general meeting shall include, without limitation, the right to speak, vote on a show of hands, vote on a poll, be represented by a proxy and have access to all documents which are required by the Companies Law or these Articles to be made available at the meeting.

80.    The accidental omission to send a notice of a meeting or resolution, or to send any notification where required by the Companies Law or these Articles in relation to the publication of a notice of meeting on a website, or to send a form of proxy where required by the Companies Law or these Articles, to any person entitled to receive it, or the non-receipt for any reason of any such notice, resolution or notification or form of proxy by that person, whether or not the Company is aware of such omission or non-receipt, shall not invalidate the proceedings at that meeting.

 

Page | 28


81.    The Board and, at any general meeting, the chair of the general meeting may make any arrangement and impose any requirement or restriction it or he or she considers appropriate to ensure the security of a general meeting including, without limitation, requirements for evidence of identity to be produced by those attending the meeting, the searching of their personal property and the restriction of items that may be taken into the meeting place. The Board and, at any general meeting, the chair are entitled to refuse entry to a person who refuses to comply with these arrangements, requirements or restrictions.

PROCEEDINGS AT GENERAL MEETINGS

82.    No business shall be dealt with at any general meeting unless a quorum is present, but the absence of a quorum shall not preclude the choice or appointment of a chair of the meeting, which shall not be treated as part of the business of the meeting. Save as otherwise provided by these Articles, three qualifying persons present at a meeting and entitled to vote on the business to be dealt with are a quorum, unless:

 

(a)

each is a qualifying person only because he or she is authorised under the Companies Law to act as a representative of a corporation in relation to the meeting, and they are representatives of the same corporation; or

 

(b)

each is a qualifying person only because he or she is appointed as proxy of a member in relation to the meeting, and they are proxies of the same member.

For the purposes of this Article a qualifying person means (i) an individual who is a member of the Company, (ii) a person authorised under the Companies Law to act as a representative of the corporation in relation to the meeting, or (iii) a person appointed as proxy of a member in relation to the meeting.

83.    If such a quorum is not present within 30 minutes (or such longer time not exceeding one hour as the chair of the meeting may decide to wait) from the time appointed for the meeting, or if during a meeting such a quorum ceases to be present, the meeting, if convened on the requisition of members, shall be dissolved, and in any other case shall stand adjourned to such time and place as the chair of the meeting may, subject to the provisions of the Companies Law, determine. The adjourned meeting shall be dissolved if a quorum is not present within 15 minutes after the time appointed for holding the meeting.

84.    The chair, if any, of the Board or, in his or her absence, any deputy chair of the Company or, in his or her absence, some other director nominated by the Board, shall preside as chair of the meeting. If neither the chair, deputy chair nor such other director (if any) is present within 15 minutes after the time appointed for holding the meeting or is not willing to act as chair, the directors present shall elect one of their number to be chair. If there is only one director present and willing to act, he or she shall be chair. If no director is willing to act as chair, or if no director is present within 15 minutes after the time appointed for holding the meeting, the members present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote shall choose a member present in person to be chair.

 

Page | 29


85.    A director shall, notwithstanding that he or she is not a member, be entitled to attend and speak at any general meeting and at any separate meeting of the holders of any class of shares in the capital of the Company.

86.    The chair of the meeting may, with the consent of a meeting at which a quorum is present (and shall if so directed by the meeting), adjourn the meeting from time to time and from place to place. No business shall be dealt with at an adjourned meeting other than business which might properly have been dealt with at the meeting had the adjournment not taken place. In addition (and without prejudice to the chair’s power to adjourn a meeting conferred by Article 75), the chair may adjourn the meeting to another time and place without such consent if it appears to him or her that:

 

(a)

it is likely to be impracticable to hold or continue that meeting because of the number of members wishing to attend who are not present; or

 

(b)

the unruly conduct of persons attending the meeting prevents or is likely to prevent the orderly continuation of the business of the meeting; or

 

(c)

an adjournment is otherwise necessary so that the business of the meeting may be properly conducted.

87.    Any such adjournment may, subject to the provisions of the Companies Law, be for such time and to such other place (or, in the case of a meeting held at a principal meeting place and a satellite meeting place, such other places) as the chair of the meeting may, in his or her absolute discretion determine, notwithstanding that by reason of such adjournment some members may be unable to be present at the adjourned meeting. Any such member may nevertheless appoint a proxy for the adjourned meeting either in accordance with Article 108 or by means of a document in hard copy form which, if delivered at the meeting which is adjourned to the chair or the secretary or any director, shall be valid even though it is given at less notice than would otherwise be required by Article 108(a). When a meeting is adjourned for 30 days or more or for an indefinite period, notice shall be sent at least seven clear days before the date of the adjourned meeting specifying the time and place (or places, in the case of a meeting to which Article 74 applies) of the adjourned meeting and the general nature of the business to be transacted. Otherwise it shall not be necessary to send any notice of an adjournment or of the business to be dealt with at an adjourned meeting.

88.    If an amendment is proposed to any resolution under consideration but is in good faith ruled out of order by the chair of the meeting, the proceedings on the substantive resolution shall not be invalidated by any error in such ruling. With the consent of the chair, an amendment may be withdrawn by its proposer before it is voted on. No amendment to a resolution duly proposed as a special resolution may be considered or voted on (other than a mere clerical amendment to correct a patent error). No amendment to a resolution duly proposed as an ordinary resolution may be considered or voted on (other than a mere clerical amendment to correct a patent error) unless either:

 

(a)

at least 48 hours before the time appointed for holding the meeting or adjourned meeting at which the ordinary resolution is to be considered (which, if the Board so specifies, shall be calculated taking no account of any part of a day that is

 

Page | 30


  not a working day), notice of the terms of the amendment and the intention to move it has been delivered in hard copy form to the office or to such other place as may be specified by or on behalf of the Company for that purpose, or received in electronic form at such address (if any) for the time being specified by or on behalf of the Company for that purpose, or

 

(b)

the chair in his or her absolute discretion decides that the amendment may be considered and voted on.

89.    A resolution put to the vote of a general meeting shall be decided on a show of hands unless before, or on the declaration of the result of, a vote on the show of hands, or on the withdrawal of any other demand for a poll, a poll is duly demanded, or the notice of the relevant general meeting states that resolutions put to the vote of that general meeting shall be decided on a poll. Subject to the provisions of the Companies Law, a poll may be demanded by:

 

(a)

the chair of the meeting; or

 

(b)

(except on the election of the chair of the meeting or on a question of adjournment) at least three members present in person or by proxy having the right to vote on the resolution; or

 

(c)

any member or members present in person or by proxy representing not less than 10% of the total voting rights of all the members having the right to vote on the resolution (excluding any voting rights attached to any shares held as treasury shares); or

 

(d)

any member or members present in person or by proxy holding shares conferring a right to vote on the resolution, being shares on which an aggregate sum has been paid up equal to not less than 10% of the total sum paid up on all the shares conferring that right (excluding any shares conferring a right to vote on the resolution which are held as treasury shares).

The appointment of a proxy to vote on a matter at a meeting authorises the proxy to demand, or join in demanding, a poll on that matter. In applying the provisions of this Article, a demand by a proxy counts (i) for the purposes of paragraph (b) of this Article, as a demand by the member, (ii) for the purposes of paragraph (c) of this Article, as a demand by a member representing the voting rights that the proxy is authorised to exercise, and (iii) for the purposes of paragraph (d) of this Article, as a demand by a member holding the shares to which those rights are attached.

90.    Unless a poll is duly demanded (and the demand is not withdrawn before the poll is taken) a declaration by the chair of the meeting that a resolution has been carried or carried unanimously, or by a particular majority, or lost, or not carried by a particular majority shall be conclusive evidence of the fact without proof of the number or proportion of the votes recorded in favour of or against the resolution.

91.    The demand for a poll may be withdrawn before the poll is taken, but only with the consent of the chair of the meeting. A demand so withdrawn shall not be taken to have invalidated the result of a show of hands declared before the demand was made. If the demand for a poll is withdrawn, the chair or any other member entitled may demand a poll.

 

Page | 31


92.    Subject to Article 93, a poll shall be taken as the chair of the meeting directs and he or she may, and shall if required by the meeting, appoint scrutineers (who need not be members) and fix a time and place for declaring the result of the poll. The result of the poll shall be deemed to be the resolution of the meeting at which the poll was demanded.

93.    A poll demanded on the election of a chair of the meeting, or on a question of adjournment, or where the notice of the relevant general meeting states that resolutions put to the vote of that general meeting shall be decided on a poll, shall be taken immediately. A poll demanded on any other question shall be taken either at the meeting or at such time and place as the chair directs not being more than 30 days after the poll is demanded. The demand for a poll shall not prevent the continuance of a meeting for the transaction of any business other than the question on which the poll was demanded. If a poll is demanded before the declaration of the result of a show of hands and the demand is duly withdrawn, the meeting shall continue as if the demand had not been made.

94.    No notice need be sent of a poll not taken at the meeting at which it is demanded if the time and place at which it is to be taken are announced at the meeting. In any other case notice shall be sent at least seven clear days before the taking of the poll specifying the time and place at which the poll is to be taken.

95.    Where for any purpose an ordinary resolution of the Company is required, a special resolution shall also be effective.

96.    The members may require the Board to obtain an independent report on any poll taken, or to be taken, at a general meeting of the Company in accordance with the provisions of sections 342 to 349 and sections 351 to 353 of the Act (excluding sections 343(4), 343(5), 343(5), 349(4), 351(3), 351(4) and the reference to “See also section 153 (exercise of rights where shares are held on behalf of others)” in section 342(2)), and if so required the Company shall comply with such provisions as if it were a company incorporated in the United Kingdom to which such provisions apply provided that references to sections 325 and 326 of the Act contained in section 347 of the Act shall be construed as references instead to Article 96(2) and Article 96(5) of the Companies Law respectively.

VOTES OF MEMBERS

97.    Subject to any rights or restrictions attached to any shares, on a vote on a resolution on a show of hands:

 

(a)

every member who is present in person shall have one vote;

 

(b)

subject to paragraph (c), every proxy present who has been duly appointed by one or more members entitled to vote on the resolution has one vote;

 

Page | 32


(c)

a proxy has one vote for and one vote against the resolution if:

 

  (i)

the proxy has been duly appointed by more than one member entitled to vote on the resolution, and

 

  (ii)

the proxy has been instructed by one or more of those members to vote for the resolution and by one or more other of those members to vote against it.

98.    Subject to any rights or restrictions attached to any shares, on a vote on a resolution on a poll every member present in person or by proxy shall have one vote for every share of which he or she is the holder.

99.    In the case of joint holders of a share, the vote of the senior who tenders a vote, whether in person or by proxy, shall be accepted to the exclusion of the votes of the other joint holders. For this purpose seniority shall be determined by the order in which the names of the holders stand in the register.

100.    A member in respect of whom an order has been made by a court or official having jurisdiction (whether in Jersey or elsewhere) in matters concerning mental disorder may vote, whether on a show of hands or on a poll, by his or her receiver, curator bonis or other person authorised for that purpose appointed by that court or official. That receiver, curator bonis or other person may, on a show of hands or on a poll, vote by proxy. The right to vote shall be exercisable only if evidence satisfactory to the Board of the authority of the person claiming to exercise the right to vote has been delivered to the office, or another place specified in accordance with these Articles for the delivery of proxy appointments, not less than 48 hours before the time appointed for holding the meeting or adjourned meeting at which the right to vote is to be exercised provided that the Company may specify, in any case, that in calculating the period of 48 hours, no account shall be taken of any part of a day that is not a working day.

101.    No member shall be entitled to vote at a general meeting or at a separate meeting of the holders of any class of shares in the capital of the Company, either in person or by proxy, in respect of any share held by him or her unless all moneys presently payable by him or her in respect of that share have been paid.

102.    If any votes are counted which ought not to have been counted, or might have been rejected, the error shall not vitiate the result of the voting unless it is pointed out at the same meeting, or at any adjournment of the meeting, and, in the opinion of the chair of the meeting, it is of sufficient magnitude to vitiate the result of the voting.

103.    No objection shall be raised to the qualification of any voter except at the meeting or adjourned meeting or poll at which the vote objected to is tendered. Every vote not disallowed at such meeting shall be valid and every vote not counted which ought to have been counted shall be disregarded. Any objection made in due time shall be referred to the chair of the meeting whose decision shall be final and conclusive.

104.    On a poll, a member entitled to more than one vote need not, if he or she votes, use all his or her votes or cast all the votes he or she uses in the same way.

 

Page | 33


PROXIES AND CORPORATE REPRESENTATIVES

105.    The appointment of a proxy shall be made in writing and shall be in any usual form or in any other form which the Board may approve. Subject thereto, the appointment of a proxy may be:

 

(a)

in hard copy form; or

 

(b)

in electronic form, to the electronic address provided by the Company for this purpose.

106.    The appointment of a proxy, whether made in hard copy form or in electronic form, shall be executed in such manner as may be approved by or on behalf of the Company from time to time. Subject thereto, the appointment of a proxy shall be executed by the appointor or any person duly authorised by the appointor or, if the appointor is a corporation, executed by a duly authorised person or under its common seal or in any other manner authorised by its constitution.

107.    The Board may, if it thinks fit, but subject to the provisions of the Companies Law, at the Company’s expense send hard copy forms of proxy for use at the meeting and issue invitations in electronic form to appoint a proxy in relation to the meeting in such form as may be approved by the Board. The appointment of a proxy shall not preclude a member from attending and voting in person at the meeting or poll concerned. A member may appoint more than one proxy to attend on the same occasion, provided that each such proxy is appointed to exercise the rights attached to a different share or shares held by that member.

108.    Without prejudice to Article 78(b) or to the second sentence of Article 87, the appointment of a proxy shall:

 

(a)

if in hard copy form, be delivered by hand or by post to the office or such other place as may be specified by or on behalf of the Company for that purpose:

 

  (i)

in the notice convening the meeting; or

 

  (ii)

in any form of proxy sent by or on behalf of the Company in relation to the meeting,

not less than 48 hours before the time appointed for holding the meeting or adjourned meeting (or any postponed time appointed for holding the meeting pursuant to Article 78) at which the person named in the appointment proposes to vote; or

 

(b)

if in electronic form, be received at any address to which the appointment of a proxy may be sent by electronic means pursuant to the provisions of the Companies Law or these Articles or to any other address specified by or on behalf of the Company for the purpose of receiving the appointment of a proxy in electronic form:

 

  (i)

in the notice convening the meeting; or

 

Page | 34


  (ii)

in any form of proxy sent by or on behalf of the Company in relation to the meeting; or

 

  (iii)

in any invitation to appoint a proxy issued by the Company in relation to the meeting; or

 

  (iv)

on a website that is maintained by or on behalf of the Company and identifies the Company; or

 

  (v)

not less than 48 hours before the time appointed for holding the meeting or adjourned meeting (or any postponed time appointed for holding the meeting pursuant to Article 78) at which the person named in the appointment proposes to vote; or

 

(c)

in either case, where a poll is taken more than 48 hours after it is demanded, be delivered or received as aforesaid after the poll has been demanded and not less than 24 hours before the time appointed for the taking of the poll; or

 

(d)

if in hard copy form, where a poll is not taken forthwith but is taken not more than 48 hours after it was demanded, be delivered at the meeting at which the poll was demanded to the chair of the meeting or to the secretary or to any director.

In calculating the periods mentioned in this Article, the Board may specify, in any case, that no account shall be taken of any part of a day that is not a working day.

109.    Subject to the provisions of the Companies Law, where the appointment of a proxy is expressed to have been or purports to have been made, sent or supplied by a person on behalf of the holder of a share:

 

(a)

the Company may treat the appointment as sufficient evidence of the authority of that person to make, send or supply the appointment on behalf of that holder; and

 

(b)

that holder shall, if requested by or on behalf of the Company at any time, send or procure the sending of reasonable evidence of the authority under which the appointment has been made, sent or supplied (which may include a copy of such authority certified notarially or in some other way approved by the Board), to such address and by such time as may be specified in the request and, if the request is not complied with in any respect, the appointment may be treated as invalid.

110.    A proxy appointment which is not delivered or received in accordance with Article 108 shall be invalid. When two or more valid proxy appointments are delivered or received in respect of the same share for use at the same meeting, the one that was last delivered or received shall be treated as replacing or revoking the others as regards that share, provided that if the Company determines that it has insufficient evidence to decide whether or not a proxy appointment is in respect of the same share, it shall be entitled to determine which proxy appointment (if any) is to be treated as valid. Subject to the Companies Law, the Company may determine at its discretion when a proxy appointment shall be treated as delivered or received for the purposes of these Articles.

 

Page | 35


111.    A proxy appointment shall be deemed to entitle the proxy to exercise all or any of the appointing member’s rights to attend and to speak and vote at a meeting of the Company in respect of the shares to which the proxy appointment relates. The proxy appointment shall, unless it provides to the contrary, be valid for any adjournment of the meeting as well as for the meeting to which it relates.

112.    The Company shall not be required to check whether a proxy or corporate representative votes in accordance with any instructions given by the member by whom he or she is appointed. Any failure to vote as instructed shall not invalidate the proceedings on the resolution.

113.    Any corporation which is a member of the Company (in this Article the grantor) may, by resolution of its directors or other governing body, authorise such person as it thinks fit to act as its representative at any meeting of the Company or at any separate meeting of the holders of any class of shares. A director, the secretary or other person authorised for the purpose by the secretary may require all or any of such persons to produce a certified copy of the resolution of authorisation before permitting him or her to exercise his or her powers. Such person is entitled to exercise (on behalf of the grantor) the same powers as the grantor could exercise if it were an individual member of the Company.

114.    The termination of the authority of a person to act as a proxy or duly authorised representative of a corporation does not affect:

 

(a)

whether he or she counts in deciding whether there is a quorum at a meeting;

 

(b)

the validity of a poll demanded by him or her at a meeting; or

 

(c)

the validity of a vote given by that person,

unless notice of the termination was either delivered or received as mentioned in the following sentence at least 24 hours before the start of the relevant meeting or adjourned meeting or (in the case of a poll taken otherwise than on the same day as the meeting or adjourned meeting) the time appointed for taking the poll. Such notice of termination shall be either by means of a document in hard copy form delivered to the office or to such other place as may be specified by or on behalf of the Company in accordance with Article 108(a) or in electronic form received at the address specified by or on behalf of the Company in accordance with Article 108(b), regardless of whether any relevant proxy appointment was effected in hard copy form or in electronic form.

NUMBER OF DIRECTORS

115.    Unless otherwise determined by ordinary resolution, the number of directors (other than alternate directors) shall be not less than two but shall not be subject to any maximum in number.

 

Page | 36


APPOINTMENT AND RETIREMENT OF DIRECTORS

116.    At every annual general meeting one-third of the directors at the date of the notice convening the annual general meeting or, if their number is not three or a multiple of three, the number nearest to one-third shall retire from office; but if any director has at the start of the annual general meeting been in office for three years or more since his or her last appointment or re-appointment, he or she shall retire at that annual general meeting.

117.    Subject to the provisions of the Companies Law and these Articles, the directors to retire by rotation shall be, first, those who wish to retire and not be re-appointed to office and, second, those who have been longest in office since their last appointment or re-appointment. As between persons who became or were last re-appointed directors on the same day those to retire shall (unless they otherwise agree among themselves) be determined by lot. The directors to retire on each occasion (both as to number and identity) shall be determined by the composition of the Board at the date of the notice convening the annual general meeting. No director shall be required to retire or be relieved from retiring or be retired by reason of any change in the number or identity of the directors after the date of the notice but before the close of the meeting.

118.    If the Company does not fill the vacancy at the meeting at which a director retires by rotation or otherwise, the retiring director shall, if willing to act, be deemed to have been re-appointed unless at the meeting it is resolved not to fill the vacancy or unless a resolution for the re-appointment of the director is put to the meeting and lost. If a retiring director is re-appointed he or she is treated as having remained a director continuously.

119.    No person other than a retiring director shall be appointed a director at any general meeting unless:

 

(a)

he or she is recommended by the Board; or

 

(b)

not less than seven nor more than 21 days before the date appointed for the meeting, notice by a member qualified to vote at the meeting (not being the person to be proposed) has been received by the Company of the intention to propose that person for appointment stating the particulars which would, if he or she were so appointed, be required to be included in the Company’s register of directors, together with notice by that person of his or her willingness to be appointed.

120.    If, notwithstanding Articles 116 and 117, all directors retire at an annual general meeting and:

 

(a)

any resolution or resolutions for the appointment or re-appointment of the persons eligible for appointment or re-appointment as directors are put to the annual general meeting and lost, and

 

(b)

at the end of that meeting the number of directors is fewer than any minimum number of directors required under Article 116,

 

Page | 37


all retiring directors who stood for re-appointment at that meeting (the Retiring Directors) shall be deemed to have been re-appointed as directors and shall remain in office, but the Retiring Directors may only:

 

(i)

act for the purpose of filling vacancies and convening general meetings of the Company; and

 

(ii)

perform such duties as are appropriate to maintain the Company as a going concern and to comply with the Company’s legal and regulatory obligations,

but not for any other purpose.

121.    Where Article 120 applies, the Retiring Directors shall convene a general meeting as soon as reasonably practicable following the annual general meeting referred to in Article 121, and they shall retire from office at that meeting. If at the end of any meeting convened under this Article the number of directors is fewer than any minimum number of directors required under Article 116, the provisions of Article 121 and this Article shall also apply to that meeting.

122.    Except as otherwise authorised by the Companies Law, a motion for the appointment of two or more persons as directors by a single resolution shall not be made unless a resolution that it should be so made has first been agreed to by the meeting without any vote being given against it.

123.    Subject as aforesaid, the Company may by ordinary resolution appoint a person who is willing to act to be a director either to fill a vacancy or as an additional director and may also determine the rotation in which any additional directors are to retire. The appointment of a person to fill a vacancy or as an additional director shall take effect from the end of the meeting.

124.    The Board may appoint a person who is willing to act to be a director, either to fill a vacancy or as an additional director and in either case whether or not for a fixed term. Irrespective of the terms of his or her appointment, a director so appointed shall hold office only until the next following annual general meeting and shall not be taken into account in determining the directors who are to retire by rotation at the meeting. If not re-appointed at such annual general meeting, he or she shall vacate office at its conclusion.

125.    A director who retires at an annual general meeting may, if willing to act, be re-appointed. If he or she is not re-appointed, he or she shall (unless Article 121 applies) retain office until the meeting appoints someone in his or her place, or if it does not do so, until the end of the meeting.

126.    A director shall not be required to hold any shares in the capital of the Company by way of qualification.

ALTERNATE DIRECTORS

127.    Any director (other than an alternate director) may appoint any other director, or any other person approved by resolution of the Board and willing to act, to be an alternate director and may remove from office an alternate director so appointed by him or her.

 

Page | 38


128.    An alternate director shall be entitled to receive notice of all meetings of the Board and of all meetings of committees of the Board of which his or her appointor is a member, to attend and vote at any such meeting at which his or her appointor is not personally present, and generally to perform all the functions of his or her appointor (except as regards power to appoint an alternate) as a director in his or her absence.

129.    A director or any other person may act as alternate director to represent more than one director, and an alternate director shall be entitled at meetings of the Board or any committee of the Board to one vote for every director whom he or she represents (and who is not present) in addition to his or her own vote (if any) as a director, but he or she shall count as only one for the purpose of determining whether a quorum is present.

130.    An alternate director may be repaid by the Company such expenses as might properly have been repaid to him or her if he or she had been a director but shall not be entitled to receive any remuneration from the Company in respect of his or her services as an alternate director except such part (if any) of the remuneration otherwise payable to his or her appointor as such appointor may by notice to the Company from time to time direct. An alternate director shall be entitled to be indemnified by the Company to the same extent as if he or she were a director.

131.    An alternate director shall cease to be an alternate director:

 

(a)

if his or her appointor ceases to be a director; but, if a director retires by rotation or otherwise but is re-appointed or deemed to have been re-appointed at the meeting at which he or she retires, any appointment of an alternate director made by him or her which was in force immediately prior to his or her retirement shall continue after his or her re-appointment; or

 

(b)

on the happening of any event which, if he or she were a director, would cause him or her to vacate his or her office as director; or

 

(c)

if he or she resigns his or her office by notice to the Company.

132.    Any appointment or removal of an alternate director shall be by notice to the Company by the director making or revoking the appointment and shall take effect in accordance with the terms of the notice (subject to any approval required by Article 127) on receipt of such notice by the Company which shall be in hard copy form or in electronic form sent to such address (if any) for the time being specified by or on behalf of the Company for that purpose.

133.    Except as otherwise expressly provided in these Articles, an alternate director shall be deemed for all purposes to be a director. Accordingly, except where the context otherwise requires, a reference to a director shall be deemed to include a reference to an alternate director. An alternate director shall alone be responsible for his or her own acts and defaults and he or she shall not be deemed to be the agent of the director appointing him or her.

 

Page | 39


POWERS OF THE BOARD

134.    Subject to the provisions of the Companies Law and these Articles and to any directions given by special resolution, the business of the Company shall be managed by the Board which may exercise all the powers of the Company, including without limitation the power to dispose of all or any part of the undertaking of the Company. No alteration of the Articles and no such direction shall invalidate any prior act of the Board which would have been valid if that alteration had not been made or that direction had not been given. The powers given by this Article shall not be limited by any special power given to the Board by these Articles. A meeting of the Board at which a quorum is present may exercise all powers exercisable by the Board.

135.    The Board may exercise the voting power conferred by the shares in any body corporate held or owned by the Company in such manner in all respects as it thinks fit (including without limitation the exercise of that power in favour of any resolution appointing its members or any of them directors of such body corporate, or voting or providing for the payment of remuneration to the directors of such body corporate).

DELEGATION OF POWERS OF THE BOARD

136.    The Board may delegate any of its powers to any committee consisting of one or more persons (who need not be directors). The Board may also delegate to any person (who need not be a director) such of its powers as the Board considers desirable to be exercised by him or her. Any such delegation shall, in the absence of express provision to the contrary in the terms of delegation, be deemed to include authority to sub-delegate to one or more persons (whether or not directors, and whether or not acting as a committee) all or any of the powers delegated and may be made subject to such conditions as the Board may specify, and may be revoked or altered. Subject to any conditions imposed by the Board, the proceedings of a committee with two or more members shall be governed by these Articles regulating the proceedings of directors so far as they are capable of applying.

137.    The Board may establish local or divisional boards or agencies for managing any of the affairs of the Company and may appoint any persons (who need not be directors) to be members of the local or divisional boards, or any managers or agents, and may fix their remuneration. The Board may delegate to any local or divisional board, manager or agent any of the powers, authorities and discretions vested in or exercisable by the Board, with power to sub-delegate, and may authorise the members of any local or divisional board, or any of them, to fill any vacancies and to act notwithstanding vacancies. Any appointment or delegation made pursuant to this Article may be made on such terms and subject to such conditions as the Board may decide. The Board may remove any person so appointed and may revoke or vary the delegation but no person dealing in good faith and without notice of the revocation or variation shall be affected by it.

138.    The Board may establish one or more administrative committees, not being committees of the Board, consisting of one or more persons (who need not be directors) for the purposes of exercising any administrative functions of the Company. The provisions of Articles 136 and 137 shall not apply to any administrative committee so established, and the terms of reference of any such administrative committee shall be as determined by, and the proceedings of any such administrative committee shall be undertaken in accordance with any regulations established by, the Board.

 

Page | 40


139.    The Board may, by power of attorney or otherwise, appoint any person (whether or not a director) to be the agent of the Company for such purposes, with such powers, authorities and discretions (not exceeding those vested in the Board) and on such conditions as the Board determines, including without limitation authority for the agent to delegate all or any of his or her powers, authorities and discretions, and may revoke or vary such delegation.

140.    The Board may appoint any person to any office or employment having a designation or title including the word “director” or attach to any existing office or employment with the Company such a designation or title and may terminate any such appointment or the use of any such designation or title. The inclusion of the word “director” in the designation or title of any such office or employment shall not imply that the holder is a director of the Company, and the holder shall not thereby be empowered in any respect to act as, or be deemed to be, a director of the Company for any of the purposes of these Articles.

BORROWING POWERS OF THE BOARD

141.    Subject to legislation and these Articles, the Board can exercise all of the Company’s powers relating to borrowing money, giving security over all or any of the Company’s business and activities, property, assets (present and future) and uncalled capital, and issuing debentures and other securities.

142.    The Board will limit the Company’s Net Borrowings (as that term is defined in Article 143) and, so far as it is able, that of the Company’s subsidiary undertakings. Together the Company and its subsidiary undertakings are known as the Group. The Board will not allow the Net Borrowings of the Group to exceed two times the Group’s Adjusted Capital and Reserves (as that term is defined in Article 147) unless the members have passed an ordinary resolution allowing it. Any borrowings owed by one member of the Group to another will not be taken into account unless specifically provided for in this Article.

143.    For the purposes of Article 142, Net Borrowings means Gross Borrowings less Cash (as those terms are defined in Articles 144 and 145 respectively).

144.    For the purposes of Article 143, the Group’s Gross Borrowings will include all borrowings and in addition:

 

(a)

the principal amount of any money borrowed in which no member of the Group has a beneficial interest but for which the payment or repayment is guaranteed by a member of the Group;

 

(b)

the principal amount outstanding of any debentures (whether secured or unsecured) issued by any Group member in which no member of the Group has a beneficial interest in the principal, regardless of whether some or all of it is or was issued for a consideration other than cash; and

 

Page | 41


(c)

the amount outstanding under any acceptance credits opened for any member of the Group which are acceptance credits which are not acceptances of trade bills for the purchases of goods in the ordinary course of business,

but will specifically exclude:

 

(d)

any fixed or minimum premium which is payable on final repayment of any borrowing (or deemed borrowing) other than a premium payable on the redemption of deep-discount bonds;

 

(e)

amounts borrowed to repay all or part of other borrowings of any member of the Group within six months during that six month period;

 

(f)

amounts which are due or become due under any leases or leasing arrangements;

 

(g)

a proportion of money borrowed by a subsidiary undertaking which is not fully owned by the Company. The proportion excluded will be equivalent to the percentage share of the equity share capital of the borrower which is not held, directly or indirectly, by the Company; and

 

(h)

all amounts borrowed to the extent that they are used in the ordinary course of business to make loans to third parties where those loans are directly or indirectly secured against real property or an interest in real property.

145.    For the purposes of Article 143, Cash will include cash at the bank, cash in hand or cash on deposit and any marketable instruments in which the Group’s funds are invested and any other items to be treated as cash in accordance with the generally accepted accounting principles used by the Group in the preparation of its most recent consolidated audited accounts, but excluding any funds held for the purposes described in Article 144(e).

146.    Any foreign currency amounts will be translated into the functional currency used by the Group in its most recent consolidated audited accounts when calculating Net Borrowings. When setting the exchange rate the Board will use the rate of exchange in London on any convenient day not more than seven days before the day on which the calculation is made. However, the Board can use the rate of exchange in London six months before the calculation date if such calculation means that the total amount of borrowings is less. The rate of exchange used for both of these calculations is the middle market rate on the relevant day at the close of business in London.

147.    The Company’s Adjusted Capital and Reserves will be established by starting with amounts taken from the Group’s latest audited consolidated balance sheet (such amounts being those described in Article 148) and then making the adjustments set out in Article 149.

148.    For the purposes of establishing the Company’s Adjusted Capital and Reserves in accordance with Article 147, the amounts taken from the Group’s latest audited consolidated balance sheet shall consist of:

 

(a)

the amount paid up on the Company’s issued share capital; and

 

Page | 42


(b)

the amount of the Group’s consolidated capital and revenue reserves (including any share premium account, capital redemption reserve, any surplus arising on a revaluation of assets and the balance on the Group’s consolidated profit and loss account and other reserves),

(except in each case to the extent that deductions or adjustments have already been made).

149.    For the purposes of establishing the Company’s Adjusted Capital and Reserves in accordance with Article 147, the total amount taken from the Group’s latest consolidated balance sheet (in accordance with Article 148) shall then be adjusted as may be appropriate to take account of:

 

(a)

any change in the amount paid up on the Company’s issued share capital, or the amount of the Group’s consolidated capital and revenue reserves since the date of the Group’s latest audited consolidated balance sheet;

 

(b)

any distributions (other than normal preference dividends and interim dividends paid in each case out of profits earned since the date of the latest audited consolidated balance sheet) in cash or non-cash made, recommended or declared from the capital and revenue reserves or profit and loss account since the date of the latest audited consolidated balance sheet and for which no provision was made in that balance sheet; and

 

(c)

anything else which the Board and the auditors consider should be reflected,

(except to the extent that deductions or adjustments have already been made).

150.    For the purposes of Article 149, shares which are allotted will be treated as issued; shares called up or payable within six months will be treated as already paid; and where any share issue for cash has been unconditionally underwritten but not yet paid up, the proceeds of the issue will be treated as having been paid and the shares will be treated as having been issued if the moneys are due within six months of allotment.

151.    A certificate from the auditors relating to the amount of the Adjusted Capital and Reserves will be conclusive and binding on all concerned. The Board can rely on an estimate of the Adjusted Capital and Reserves made in good faith and, if as a result the borrowing limit is inadvertently exceeded, then the excess can be disregarded for three months after the Board learns that the limit has been exceeded.

152.    No person dealing with the Company or any of its subsidiary undertakings need be concerned whether the borrowing limit is observed. Borrowings incurred or security given in breach of the borrowing limit will not be invalid or ineffective unless the lender or the recipient of the security had express notice, when the borrowings were incurred or the security given, that the limit had been or would as a result be breached.

 

Page | 43


DISQUALIFICATION AND REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS

153.    A person ceases to be a director as soon as:

 

(a)

that person ceases to be a director by virtue of any provision of the Companies Law or is prohibited from being a director by law;

 

(b)

a bankruptcy order is made against that person;

 

(c)

a composition is made with that person’s creditors generally in satisfaction of that person’s debts;

 

(d)

a registered medical practitioner who is treating that person gives a written opinion to the Company stating that that person has become physically or mentally incapable of acting as a director and may remain so for more than three months;

 

(e)

notification is received by the Company from the director that the director is resigning or retiring from office, and such resignation or retirement has taken effect in accordance with its terms, or his or her office as a director is vacated pursuant to Article 124;

 

(f)

that person has been absent for more than six consecutive months without permission of the Board from meetings of the Board held during that period and his or her alternate director (if any) has not attended in his or her place during that period and the Board resolves that his or her office be vacated; or

 

(g)

that person receives notice signed by not less than three quarters of the other directors stating that that person should cease to be a director. In calculating the number of directors who are required to give such notice to the director, (i) an alternate director appointed by him or her acting in his or her capacity as such shall be excluded; and (ii) a director and any alternate director appointed by him or her and acting in his or her capacity as such shall constitute a single director for this purpose, so that notice by either shall be sufficient.

154.    The Company may by ordinary resolution remove any director from office (notwithstanding any provision of these Articles or of any agreement between the Company and such director, but without prejudice to any claim he or she may have for damages for breach of any such agreement). No special notice need be given of any resolution to remove a director in accordance with this Article and no director proposed to be removed in accordance with this Article has any special right to protest against his or her removal. The Company may, by ordinary resolution, appoint another person in place of a director removed from office in accordance with this Article. Any person so appointed shall, for the purpose of determining the time at which he or she or any other director is to retire by rotation, be treated as if he or she had become a director on the day on which the director in whose place he or she is appointed was last elected a director. In default of such appointment the vacancy arising on the removal of a director from office may be filled as a casual vacancy.

155.    When a director stops being a director for any reason, he or she will automatically stop being a member of any Board committee or sub-committee which he or she was previously a member of.

 

Page | 44


156.    The provisions contained in sections 215 to 221 of the Act in relation to payments made to directors (or a person connected to such directors) for loss of office (and the circumstances in which such payments would require the approval of members) shall apply to the Company and the Company shall comply with such provisions as if it were a company incorporated in the United Kingdom to which such provisions apply, notwithstanding sections 217(4)(a), 218(4)(a), and 219(6)(a) of such provisions.

NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS

157.    Subject to the provisions of the Companies Law, the Board may enter into, vary and terminate an agreement or arrangement with any director who does not hold executive office for the provision of his or her services to the Company. Subject to Articles 158 and 159, any such agreement or arrangement may be made on such terms as the Board determines.

158.    The ordinary remuneration of the directors who do not hold executive office for their services (excluding amounts payable under any other provision of these Articles) shall not exceed in aggregate £1,500,000 per annum or such higher amount as the Company may from time to time by ordinary resolution determine. Subject thereto, each such director shall be paid a fee for their services (which shall be deemed to accrue from day to day) at such rate as may from time to time be determined by the Board.

159.    Any director who does not hold executive office and who performs special services which in the opinion of the Board are outside the scope of the ordinary duties of a director, may (without prejudice to the provisions of Article 158) be paid such extra remuneration by way of additional fee, salary, commission or otherwise as the Board may determine.

DIRECTORSEXPENSES

160.    The directors may be paid all travelling, hotel, and other expenses properly incurred by them in connection with their attendance at meetings of the Board or committees of the Board, general meetings or separate meetings of the holders of any class of shares or of debentures of the Company or otherwise in connection with the discharge of their duties.

EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS

161.    Subject to the provisions of the Companies Law, the Board may appoint one or more of its body to be the holder of any executive office (except that of auditor) in the Company and may enter into an agreement or arrangement with any such director for his or her employment by the Company or for the provision by him or her of any services outside the scope of the ordinary duties of a director. Any such appointment, agreement or arrangement may be made on such terms, including, without limitation, terms as to remuneration, as the Board determines. The Board may revoke or vary any such appointment but without prejudice to any rights or claims which the person whose appointment is revoked or varied may have against the Company because of the revocation or variation.

 

Page | 45


162.    Any appointment of a director to an executive office shall terminate if he or she ceases to be a director but without prejudice to any rights or claims which he or she may have against the Company by reason of such cessation. A director appointed to an executive office shall not cease to be a director merely because his or her appointment to such executive office terminates.

163.    The emoluments of any director holding executive office for his or her services as such shall be determined by the Board, and may be of any description, including without limitation admission to, or continuance of, membership of any scheme (including any share acquisition scheme) or fund instituted or established or financed or contributed to by the Company for the provision of pensions, life assurance or other benefits for employees or their dependants, or the payment of a pension or other benefits to him or her or his or her dependants on or after retirement or death, apart from membership of any such scheme or fund.

DIRECTORSINTERESTS

164.    A Director must avoid a situation in which he or she has, or can have, a direct or indirect interest that conflicts, or possibly may conflict, with the interests of the Company. This duty is not infringed if the matter has been authorised by the Directors. The Board may authorise any matter proposed to it in accordance with these Articles which would, if not so authorised, involve a breach of duty by a director as described above, including, without limitation, any matter which relates to a situation in which a director has, or can have, an interest which conflicts, or possibly may conflict, with the interests of the Company. Any such authorisation will be effective only if:

 

(a)

any requirement as to quorum at the meeting at which the matter is considered is met without counting the director in question or any other interested director; and

 

(b)

the matter was agreed to without their voting or would have been agreed to if their votes had not been counted.

The Board may (whether at the time of the giving of the authorisation or subsequently) make any such authorisation subject to any limits or conditions it expressly imposes but such authorisation is otherwise given to the fullest extent permitted. The Board may vary or terminate any such authorisation at any time.

For the purposes of the Articles, a conflict of interest includes a conflict of interest and duty and a conflict of duties, and interest includes both direct and indirect interests.

165.    Provided that he or she has disclosed to the Board the nature and extent of his or her interest which he or she is required to disclose pursuant to Article 75 of the Companies Law and these Articles a director notwithstanding his or her office:

 

(a)

may be a party to, or otherwise interested in, any transaction or arrangement with the Company or in which the Company is otherwise (directly or indirectly) interested;

 

Page | 46


(b)

may act by himself or herself or his or her firm in a professional capacity for the Company (otherwise than as auditor) and he or she or his or her firm shall be entitled to remuneration for professional services as if he or she were not a director; and

 

(c)

may be a director or other officer of, or employed by, or a party to a transaction or arrangement with, or otherwise interested in, any body corporate:

 

  (i)

in which the Company is (directly or indirectly) interested as member or otherwise; or

 

  (ii)

with which he or she has such a relationship at the request or direction of the Company.

166.    A director shall not, by reason of his or her office, be accountable to the Company for any remuneration or other benefit which he or she derives from any office or employment or from any transaction or arrangement or from any interest in any body corporate:

 

(a)

the acceptance, entry into or existence of which has been approved by the Board pursuant to Article 164 (subject, in any such case, to any limits or conditions to which such approval was subject); or

 

(b)

which he or she is permitted to hold or enter into by virtue of paragraph (a), (b) or (c) of Article 165;

nor shall the receipt of any such remuneration or other benefit constitute a breach of his or her duties as a director of the Company.

167.    Any disclosure required by Article 165 may be made at a meeting of the Board, by notice in writing or by general notice or otherwise in accordance with Article 75 of the Companies Law. A declaration in relation to an interest of which the director is not aware, or where the director is not aware of the transaction or arrangement in question, is not required. For this purpose, a director is treated as being aware of matters of which he or she ought reasonably to be aware.

168.    A director shall be under no duty to the Company with respect to any information which he or she obtains or has obtained otherwise than as a director of the Company and in respect of which he or she owes a duty of confidentiality to another person. However, to the extent that his or her relationship with that other person gives rise to a conflict of interest or possible conflict of interest, this Article applies only if the existence of that relationship has been approved by the Board pursuant to Article 164. In particular, the director shall not be in breach of the general duties he or she owes to the Company because he or she fails:

 

(a)

to disclose any such information to the Board or to any director or other officer or employee of the Company; and/or

 

(b)

to use or apply any such information in performing his or her duties as a director of the Company.

 

Page | 47


169.    Where the existence of a director’s relationship with another person has been approved by the Board pursuant to Article 164 and his or her relationship with that person gives rise to a conflict of interest or possible conflict of interest, the director shall not be in breach of the general duties he or she owes to the Company because he:

 

(a)

absents himself or herself from meetings of the Board at which any matter relating to the conflict of interest or possible conflict of interest will or may be discussed or from the discussion of any such matter at a meeting or otherwise; and/or

 

(b)

makes arrangements not to receive documents and information relating to any matter which gives rise to the conflict of interest or possible conflict of interest sent or supplied by the Company and/or for such documents and information to be received and read by a professional adviser,

for so long as he or she reasonably believes such conflict of interest or possible conflict of interest subsists.

170.    The provisions of Articles 168 and 169 are without prejudice to any equitable principle or rule of law which may excuse the director from:

 

(a)

disclosing information, in circumstances where disclosure would otherwise be required under these Articles; or

 

(b)

attending meetings or discussions or receiving documents and information as referred to in Article 169, in circumstances where such attendance or receiving such documents and information would otherwise be required under these Articles or the law.

GRATUITIES, PENSIONS AND INSURANCE

171.    The Board may (by establishment of, or maintenance of, schemes or otherwise) provide benefits, whether by the payment of gratuities or pensions or by insurance or otherwise, for any past or present director or employee of the Company or any of its subsidiary undertakings or any body corporate associated with, or any business acquired by, any of them, and for any member of his or her family (including a spouse, a civil partner, a former spouse and a former civil partner) or any person who is or was dependent on him, and may (as well before as after he or she ceases to hold such office or employment) contribute to any fund and pay premiums for the purchase or provision of any such benefit.

172.    Without prejudice to the provisions of Article 247, the Board may exercise all the powers of the Company to purchase and maintain insurance for or for the benefit of any person who is or was:

 

(a)

a director, officer, employee or auditor of the Company or any body which is or was the holding company or subsidiary undertaking of the Company, or in which the Company or such holding company or subsidiary undertaking has or had any interest (whether direct or indirect) or with which the Company or such holding company or subsidiary undertaking is or was in any way allied or associated; or

 

Page | 48


(b)

a trustee of any pension fund in which employees of the Company or any other body referred to in paragraph (a) of this Article are or have been interested,

including without limitation insurance against any liability incurred by such person in respect of any act or omission in the actual or purported execution or discharge of his or her duties or in the exercise or purported exercise of his or her powers or otherwise in relation to his or her duties, powers or offices in relation to the relevant body or fund.

173.    No director or former director shall be accountable to the Company or the members for any benefit provided pursuant to these Articles. The receipt of any such benefit shall not disqualify any person from being or becoming a director of the Company.

174.    The Board is hereby authorised to make such provision as may seem appropriate for the benefit of any persons employed or formerly employed by the Company or any of its subsidiary undertakings in connection with the cessation or the transfer of the whole or part of the undertaking of the Company or any subsidiary undertaking. Any such provision shall be made by a resolution of the Board in accordance with section 247 of the Act as if the Company were a company incorporated in the United Kingdom to which such provisions apply.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE BOARD

175.    Subject to the provisions of these Articles, the Board may regulate its proceedings as it thinks fit. A director may, and the secretary at the request of a director shall, call a meeting of the Board by giving notice of the meeting to each director. Notice of a Board meeting shall be deemed to be given to a director if it is given to him or her personally or by word of mouth or sent in hard copy form to him or her at his or her last known address or such other address (if any) as may for the time being be specified by him or her or on his or her behalf to the Company for that purpose, or sent in electronic form to such address (if any) for the time being specified by him or her or on his or her behalf to the Company for that purpose. A director may also request the Board that notices of Board meetings shall be sent in hard copy form or in electronic form to any temporary address for the time being specified by him or her or on his or her behalf to the Company for that purpose, but if no such request is made to the Board, it shall not be necessary to send notice of a Board meeting to any director who is for the time being absent from the usual address specified to the Company for the purpose of providing notices to that director. No account is to be taken of directors absent from the usual address specified to the Company for the purpose of providing notices to that director when considering the adequacy of the period of notice of the meeting. Questions arising at a meeting shall be decided by a majority of votes. In the case of an equality of votes, the chair of the Board shall have a second or casting vote. Any director may waive notice of a meeting and any such waiver may be retrospective. Any notice pursuant to this Article need not be in writing if the Board so determines and any such determination may be retrospective.

 

Page | 49


176.    The quorum for the transaction of the business of the Board may be fixed by the Board and unless so fixed at any other number shall be two. A person who holds office only as an alternate director may, if his or her appointor is not present, be counted in the quorum. Any director who ceases to be a director at a Board meeting may continue to be present and to act as a director and be counted in the quorum until the termination of the Board meeting if no director objects.

177.    The continuing directors or a sole continuing director may, unless Article 121 applies, act notwithstanding any vacancies in their number, but if the number of directors is less than the number fixed as the quorum the continuing directors or director may act only for the purpose of filling vacancies or of calling a general meeting.

178.    The Board may appoint one of their number to be the chair, and one of their number to be the deputy chair, of the Board and may at any time remove either of them from such office. Unless he or she is unwilling to do so, the director appointed as chair, or in his or her stead the director appointed as deputy chair, shall preside at every meeting of the Board at which he or she is present. If there is no director holding either of those offices, or if neither the chair nor the deputy chair is willing to preside or neither of them is present within ten minutes after the time appointed for the meeting, the directors present may appoint one of their number to be chair of the meeting.

179.    All acts done by a meeting of the Board, or of a committee of the Board, or by a person acting as a director or alternate director, shall, notwithstanding that it be afterwards discovered that there was a defect in the appointment of any director or any member of the committee or alternate director or that any of them were disqualified from holding office, or had vacated office, or were not entitled to vote, be as valid as if every such person had been duly appointed and was qualified and had continued to be a director or, as the case may be, an alternate director and had been entitled to vote.

180.    A resolution in writing agreed to by all the directors entitled to receive notice of a meeting of the Board or of a committee of the Board (not being less than the number of directors required to form a quorum of the Board) shall be as valid and effectual as if it had been passed at a meeting of the Board or (as the case may be) a committee of the Board duly convened and held. For this purpose:

 

(a)

a director signifies his or her agreement to a proposed written resolution when the Company receives from him or her a document indicating his or her agreement to the resolution authenticated in the manner permitted by the Act for a document in the relevant form (as if the Company were a company incorporated in the United Kingdom to which such provisions apply);

 

(b)

the director may send the document in hard copy form or in electronic form to such address (if any) for the time being specified by the Company for that purpose;

 

(c)

if an alternate director signifies his or her agreement to the proposed written resolution, his or her appointor need not also signify his or her agreement; and

 

Page | 50


(d)

if a director signifies his or her agreement to the proposed written resolution, an alternate director appointed by him or her need not also signify his or her agreement in that capacity.

181.    Without prejudice to the first sentence of Article 175, all or any of the persons entitled to be present at a meeting of the Board or of a committee of the Board shall be deemed to be present for all purposes if each is able (directly or by electronic communication) to speak to and be heard by all those present or deemed to be present simultaneously. A director so deemed to be present shall be entitled to vote and be counted in a quorum accordingly. Such a meeting shall be deemed to take place where it is convened to be held or (if no director is present in that place) where the largest group of those participating is assembled, or, if there is no such group, where the chair of the meeting is. The word meeting in these Articles shall be construed accordingly.

182.    Except as otherwise provided by these Articles, a director shall not vote at a meeting of the Board or a committee of the Board on any resolution of the Board concerning a matter in which he or she has an interest (other than by virtue of his or her interests in shares or debentures or other securities of, or otherwise in or through, the Company) which can reasonably be regarded as likely to give rise to a conflict with the interests of the Company, unless his or her interest arises only because the resolution concerns one or more of the following matters:

 

(a)

the giving of a guarantee, security or indemnity in respect of money lent or obligations incurred by him or her or any other person at the request of or for the benefit of, the Company or any of its subsidiary undertakings;

 

(b)

the giving of a guarantee, security or indemnity in respect of a debt or obligation of the Company or any of its subsidiary undertakings for which the director has assumed responsibility (in whole or part and whether alone or jointly with others) under a guarantee or indemnity or by the giving of security;

 

(c)

a contract, arrangement, transaction or proposal concerning an offer of shares, debentures or other securities of the Company or any of its subsidiary undertakings for subscription or purchase, in which offer he or she is or may be entitled to participate as a holder of securities or in the underwriting or sub-underwriting of which he or she is to participate;

 

(d)

a contract, arrangement, transaction or proposal concerning any other body corporate in which he or she or any person connected with him or her is interested, directly or indirectly, and whether as an officer, member, creditor or otherwise, if he or she and any persons connected with him or her do not to his or her knowledge hold an interest (as that term is used in sections 820 to 825 of the Act) representing one per cent. or more of either any class of the equity share capital (excluding any shares of that class held as treasury shares) of such body corporate (or any other body corporate through which his or her interest is derived) or of the voting rights available to members of the relevant body corporate (any such interest being deemed for the purpose of this Article to be likely to give rise to a conflict with the interests of the Company in all circumstances);

 

Page | 51


(e)

a contract, arrangement, transaction or proposal for the benefit of employees of the Company or of any of its subsidiary undertakings which does not award him or her any privilege or benefit not generally accorded to the employees to whom the arrangement relates; and

 

(f)

a contract, arrangement, transaction or proposal concerning any insurance which the Company is empowered to purchase or maintain for, or for the benefit of, any directors of the Company or for persons who include directors of the Company.

For the purposes of this Article, in relation to an alternate director, an interest of his or her appointor shall be treated as an interest of the alternate director without prejudice to any interest which the alternate director has otherwise.

183.    The Company may by ordinary resolution suspend or relax to any extent, either generally or in respect of any particular matter, any provision of these Articles prohibiting a director from voting at a meeting of the Board or of a committee of the Board.

184.    Where proposals are under consideration concerning the appointment (including without limitation fixing or varying the terms of appointment) of two or more directors to offices or employments with the Company or any body corporate in which the Company is interested, the proposals may be divided and considered in relation to each director separately. In such cases each of the directors concerned shall be entitled to vote in respect of each resolution except that concerning his or her own appointment.

185.    If a question arises at a meeting of the Board or of a committee of the Board as to the entitlement of a director to vote, the question may, before the conclusion of the meeting, be referred to the chair of the meeting and his or her ruling in relation to any director other than himself or herself shall be final and conclusive except in a case where the nature or extent of the interests of the director concerned have not been fairly disclosed. If any such question arises in respect of the chair of the meeting, it shall be decided by resolution of the Board (on which the chair shall not vote) and such resolution will be final and conclusive except in a case where the nature and extent of the interests of the chair have not been fairly disclosed.

SECRETARY

186.    Subject to the provisions of the Companies Law, the secretary shall be appointed by the Board for such term, at such remuneration and on such conditions as it may think fit. Any secretary so appointed may be removed by the Board, but without prejudice to any claim for damages for breach of any contract of service between him or her and the Company.

MINUTES

187.    The Board shall cause minutes to be recorded for the purpose of:

 

(a)

all appointments of officers made by the Board; and

 

Page | 52


(b)

all proceedings at meetings of the Company, the holders of any class of shares in the capital of the Company, the Board and committees of the Board, including the names of the directors present at each such meeting.

188.    Any such minutes, if purporting to be authenticated by the chair of the meeting to which they relate or of the next meeting, shall be sufficient evidence of the proceedings at the meeting without any further proof of the facts stated in them.

THE SEAL

189.    The seal shall only be used by the authority of a resolution of the Board. The Board may determine who shall sign any document executed under the seal. If they do not, it shall be signed by at least one director and the secretary or by at least two directors. Any document may be executed under the seal by impressing the seal by mechanical means or by printing the seal or a facsimile of it on the document or by applying the seal or a facsimile of it by any other means to the document. A document executed, with the authority of a resolution of the Board, in any manner permitted by the Companies Law and expressed (in whatever form of words) to be executed by the Company has the same effect as if executed under the seal.

190.    The Board may by resolution determine either generally or in any particular case that any certificate for shares or debentures or representing any other form of security may have any signature affixed to it by some mechanical or electronic means, or printed on it or, in the case of a certificate executed under the seal, need not bear any signature.

REGISTERS

191.    Subject to the provisions of the Companies Law and the Regulations, the Company may keep an overseas or local or other register in any place, and the Board may make, amend and revoke any regulations it thinks fit about the keeping of that register.

192.    Any director or the secretary or any other person appointed by the Board for the purpose shall have power to authenticate and certify as true copies of and extracts from:

 

(a)

any document comprising or affecting the constitution of the Company, whether in hard copy form or electronic form;

 

(b)

any resolution passed by the Company, the holders of any class of shares in the capital of the Company, the Board or any committee of the Board, whether in hard copy form or electronic form; and

 

(c)

any book, record and document relating to the business of the Company, whether in hard copy form or electronic form (including without limitation the accounts).

If certified in this way, a document purporting to be a copy of a resolution, or the minutes or an extract from the minutes of a meeting of the Company, the holders of any class of shares in the capital of the Company, the Board or a committee of the Board,

 

Page | 53


whether in hard copy form or electronic form, shall be conclusive evidence in favour of all persons dealing with the Company in reliance on it or them that the resolution was duly passed or that the minutes are, or the extract from the minutes is, a true and accurate record of proceedings at a duly constituted meeting.

DIVIDENDS

193.    Subject to the provisions of the Companies Law, the Company may by ordinary resolution declare dividends in accordance with the respective rights of the members, but no dividend shall exceed the amount recommended by the Board.

194.    Subject to the provisions of the Companies Law, the Board may pay interim dividends if it appears to the Board that they are justified by the financial position of the Company. If the share capital is divided into different classes, the Board may:

 

(a)

pay interim dividends on shares which confer deferred or non-preferred rights with regard to dividends as well as on shares which confer preferential rights with regard to dividends, but no interim dividend shall be paid on shares carrying deferred or non-preferred rights if, at the time of payment, any preferential dividend is in arrear; and

 

(b)

pay at intervals settled by it any dividend payable at a fixed rate if it appears to the Board that the profits available for distribution justify the payment.

If the Board acts in good faith it shall not incur any liability to the holders of shares conferring preferred rights for any loss they may suffer by the lawful payment of an interim dividend on any shares having deferred or non-preferred rights.

195.    Dividends may be declared and paid in any currency or currencies that the Board shall determine. The Board may also determine the exchange rate and the relevant date for determining the value of the dividend in any currency.

196.    Except as otherwise provided by the rights attached to shares, all dividends shall be declared and paid according to the amounts paid up on the shares on which the dividend is paid; but no amount paid on a share in advance of the date on which a call is payable shall be treated for the purpose of this Article as paid on the share. All dividends shall be apportioned and paid proportionately to the amounts paid up on the shares during any portion or portions of the period in respect of which the dividend is paid; but, if any share is allotted or issued on terms providing that it shall rank for dividend as from a particular date, that share shall rank for dividend accordingly.

197.    A general meeting declaring a dividend may, on the recommendation of the Board, by ordinary resolution direct that it shall be satisfied wholly or partly by the distribution of assets, including without limitation paid up shares or debentures of another body corporate. The Board may make any arrangements it thinks fit to settle any difficulty arising in connection with the distribution, including, without limitation, (a) the fixing of the value for distribution of any assets, (b) the payment of cash to any member on the basis of that value in order to adjust the rights of members, and (c) the vesting of any asset in a trustee.

 

Page | 54


198.    The Board may, if authorised by an ordinary resolution of the Company offer any holder of shares the right to elect to receive shares, credited as fully paid, instead of cash in respect of the whole (or some part, to be determined by the Board) of all or any dividend specified by the ordinary resolution. The offer shall be on the terms and conditions and be made in the manner specified in Article 199 or, subject to those provisions, specified in the ordinary resolution.

199.    The following provisions shall apply to the ordinary resolution referred to in Article 198 above and any offer made pursuant to it and Article 198.

 

(a)

The ordinary resolution may specify a particular dividend, or may specify all or any dividends declared within a specified period.

 

(b)

Each holder of shares shall be entitled to that number of new shares as are together as nearly as possible equal in value to (but not greater than) the cash amount (disregarding any tax credit) of the dividend that such holder elects to forgo (each a new share). For this purpose, the value of each new share shall be:

 

  (i)

equal to the average quotation for the Company’s ordinary shares, that is, the average of the middle market quotations for those shares on the London Stock Exchange plc, as derived from the Official List, on the day on which such shares are first quoted ex the relevant dividend and the four subsequent dealing days; or

 

  (ii)

calculated in any other manner specified by the ordinary resolution,

but shall never be less than the par value of the new share.

 

(c)

A certificate or report by the auditors as to the value of a new share in respect of any dividend shall be conclusive evidence of that value.

 

(d)

On or as soon as practicable after announcing that any dividend is to be declared or recommended, the Board, if it intends to offer an election in respect of that dividend, shall also announce that intention. If, after determining the basis of allotment, the Board decides to proceed with the offer, it shall notify the holders of shares of the terms and conditions of the right of election offered to them, specifying the procedure to be followed and place at which, and the latest time by which, elections or notices amending or terminating existing elections must be delivered in order to be effective.

 

(e)

The Board shall not proceed with any election unless the Board has sufficient authority to allot shares and sufficient reserves or funds that may be appropriated to give effect to it after the basis of allotment is determined.

 

(f)

The Board may exclude from any offer any holders of shares where the Board believes the making of the offer to them would or might involve the contravention of the laws of any territory or that for any other reason the offer should not be made to them.

 

Page | 55


(g)

The dividend (or that part of the dividend in respect of which a right of election has been offered) shall not be payable in cash on shares in respect of which an election has been made (the elected shares) and instead such number of new shares shall be allotted to each holder of elected shares as is arrived at on the basis stated in paragraph (b) of this Article. For that purpose the Board shall appropriate out of any amount for the time being standing to the credit of any reserve or fund (including without limitation the profit and loss account), a sum equal to the aggregate nominal amount of the new shares to be allotted and apply it in paying up in full the appropriate number of new shares for allotment and distribution to each holder of elected shares as is arrived at on the basis stated in paragraph (b) of this Article.

 

(h)

The new shares when allotted shall rank equally in all respects with the fully paid shares of the same class then in issue except that they shall not be entitled to participate in the relevant dividend.

 

(i)

No fraction of a share shall be allotted. The Board may make such provision as it thinks fit for any fractional entitlements including, without limitation, payment in cash to holders in respect of their fractional entitlements, provision for the accrual, retention or accumulation of all or part of the benefit of fractional entitlements to or by the Company or to or by or on behalf of any holder or the application of any accrual, retention or accumulation to the allotment of fully paid shares to any holder.

 

(j)

The Board may do all acts and things it considers necessary or expedient to give effect to the allotment and issue of any share pursuant to this Article or otherwise in connection with any offer made pursuant to this Article and may authorise any person, acting on behalf of the holders concerned, to enter into an agreement with the Company providing for such allotment or issue and incidental matters. Any agreement made under such authority shall be effective and binding on all concerned.

 

(k)

The Board may, at its discretion, amend, suspend or terminate any offer pursuant to this Article.

200.    The Board may deduct from any dividend or other moneys payable to any member in respect of a share any moneys presently payable by him or her to the Company in respect of that share. Where a person is entitled by transmission to a share, the Board may retain any dividend payable in respect of that share until that person (or that person’s transferee) becomes the holder of that share.

201.    Any dividend or other moneys payable in respect of a share may be paid:

 

(a)

in cash; or

 

(b)

by cheque or warrant made payable to or to the order of the holder or person entitled to payment; or

 

Page | 56


(c)

by any direct debit, bank or other funds transfer system to the holder or person entitled to payment or, if practicable, to a person designated by notice to the Company by the holder or person entitled to payment; or

 

(d)

by any other method approved by the Board and agreed (in such form as the Company thinks appropriate) by the holder or person entitled to payment including without limitation in respect of an uncertificated share by means of the relevant system (subject to the facilities and requirements of the relevant system).

202.    If two or more persons are registered as joint holders of any share, or are entitled by transmission jointly to a share, the Company may:

 

(a)

pay any dividend or other moneys payable in respect of the share to any one of them and any one of them may give effectual receipt for that payment; and

 

(b)

for the purpose of Article 201, rely in relation to the share on the written direction, designation or agreement of, or notice to the Company by, any one of them.

203.    A cheque or warrant may be sent by post:

 

(a)

where a share is held by a sole holder, to the registered address of the holder of the share; or

 

(b)

if two or more persons are the holders, to the registered address of the person who is first named in the register; or

 

(c)

if a person is entitled by transmission to the share, as if it were a notice to be sent under Article 222; or

 

(d)

in any case, to such person and to such address as the person entitled to payment may direct by notice to the Company.

204.    Payment of a cheque or warrant by the bank on which it was drawn or the transfer of funds by the bank instructed to make the transfer or, in respect of an uncertificated share, the making of payment in accordance with the facilities and requirements of the relevant system (which, if the relevant system is CREST, may include the sending by the Company or by any person on its behalf of an instruction to the Operator of the relevant system to credit the cash memorandum account of the holder or joint holders or, if permitted by the Company, of such person as the holder or joint holders may in writing direct) shall be a good discharge to the Company. Every cheque or warrant sent or transfer of funds made by the relevant bank or system in accordance with these Articles shall be at the risk of the holder or person entitled. The Company shall have no responsibility for any sums lost or delayed in the course of payment by any method used by the Company in accordance with Article 201.

205.    No dividend or other moneys payable in respect of a share shall bear interest against the Company unless otherwise provided by the rights attached to the share.

 

Page | 57


206.    Any dividend which has remained unclaimed for 12 years from the date when it became due for payment shall, if the Board so resolves, be forfeited and cease to remain owing by the Company. The payment of any unclaimed dividend or other moneys payable in respect of a share may (but need not) be paid by the Company into an account separate from the Company’s own account. Such payment shall not constitute the Company a trustee in respect of it. The Company shall be entitled to cease sending dividend warrants and cheques by post or otherwise to a member if those instruments have been returned undelivered to, or left uncashed by, that member on at least two consecutive occasions, or, following one such occasion, reasonable enquiries have failed to establish the member’s new address. The entitlement conferred on the Company by this Article in respect of any member shall cease if the member claims a dividend or cashes a dividend warrant or cheque.

CAPITALISATION OF PROFITS AND RESERVES

207.    The Board may with the authority of an ordinary resolution of the Company:

 

(a)

subject to the provisions of this Article, resolve to capitalise any undistributed profits of the Company not required for paying any preferential dividend (whether or not they are available for distribution) or any sum standing to the credit of any reserve or other fund, including without limitation the Company’s share premium account and capital redemption reserve, if any;

 

(b)

appropriate the sum resolved to be capitalised to the members or any class of members on the record date specified in the relevant resolution who would have been entitled to it if it were distributed by way of dividend and in the same proportions;

 

(c)

apply that sum on their behalf either in or towards paying up the amounts, if any, for the time being unpaid on any shares held by them respectively, or in paying up in full shares, debentures or other obligations of the Company of a nominal amount equal to that sum but the share premium account, the capital redemption reserve, and any profits which are not available for distribution may, for the purposes of this Article, only be applied in paying up shares to be allotted to members credited as fully paid;

 

(d)

allot the shares, debentures or other obligations credited as fully paid to those members, or as they may direct, in those proportions, or partly in one way and partly in the other;

 

(e)

where shares or debentures become, or would otherwise become, distributable under this Article in fractions, make such provision as they think fit for any fractional entitlements including without limitation authorising their sale and transfer to any person, resolving that the distribution be made as nearly as practicable in the correct proportion but not exactly so, ignoring fractions altogether or resolving that cash payments be made to any members in order to adjust the rights of all parties;

 

Page | 58


(f)

authorise any person to enter into an agreement with the Company on behalf of all the members concerned providing for either:

 

  (i)

the allotment to the members respectively, credited as fully paid, of any shares, debentures or other obligations to which they are entitled on the capitalisation; or

 

  (ii)

the payment up by the Company on behalf of the members of the amounts, or any part of the amounts, remaining unpaid on their existing shares by the application of their respective proportions of the sum resolved to be capitalised,

and any agreement made under that authority shall be binding on all such members;

 

(g)

generally do all acts and things required to give effect to the ordinary resolution; and

 

(h)

for the purposes of this Article, unless the relevant resolution provides otherwise, if the Company holds treasury shares of the relevant class at the record date specified in the relevant resolution, it shall be treated as if it were entitled to receive the dividends in respect of those treasury shares which would have been payable if those treasury shares had been held by a person other than the Company.

RECORD DATES

208.    Notwithstanding any other provision of these Articles, the Company or the Board may:

 

(a)

fix any date as the record date for any dividend, distribution, allotment or issue, which may be on or at any time before or after any date on which the dividend, distribution, allotment or issue is declared, paid or made;

 

(b)

for the purpose of determining which persons are entitled to attend and vote at a general meeting of the Company, or a separate general meeting of the holders of any class of shares in the capital of the Company, and how many votes such persons may cast, specify in the notice of meeting a time, not more than 48 hours before the time fixed for the meeting (which, if the Board so specifies, shall be calculated taking no account of any part of a day that is not a working day), by which a person must be entered on the register in order to have the right to attend or vote at the meeting; changes to the register after the time specified by virtue of this Article shall be disregarded in determining the rights of any person to attend or vote at the meeting; and

 

(c)

for the purpose of sending notices of general meetings of the Company, or separate general meetings of the holders of any class of shares in the capital of the Company, under these Articles, determine that persons entitled to receive such notices are those persons entered on the register at the close of business on a day determined by the Company or the Board, which day may not be more than 21 days before the day that notices of the meeting are sent.

 

Page | 59


ACCOUNTS

209.    No member shall (as such) have any right to inspect any accounting records or other book or document of the Company except as conferred by statute or authorised by the Board or by ordinary resolution of the Company or order of a court of competent jurisdiction.

210.    Subject to the Companies Law, a copy of the Company’s annual accounts and reports for that financial year shall, at least 21 clear days before the date of the meeting at which copies of those documents are to be laid in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Law, be sent to every member and to every holder of the Company’s debentures, and to every person who is entitled to receive notice of meetings from the Company under the provisions of the Companies Law or of these Articles or, in the case of joint holders of any share or debenture, to one of the joint holders. A copy need not be sent to a person for whom the Company does not have a current address.

211.    Subject to the Companies Law, the requirements of Article 210 shall be deemed satisfied in relation to any person by sending to the person, instead of such copies, a summary financial statement derived from the Company’s annual accounts and the directors’ report, which shall be in the form and shall contain the information prescribed by the Companies Law and any regulations made under the Companies Law.

RESTRICTIONS ON POLITICAL DONATIONS

212.    The Company may not make a political donation to a political party or other political organisation, or to an independent election candidate, or incur any political expenditure, unless such donation or expenditure is authorised by an ordinary resolution in accordance with Article 213 and is passed before the donation is made or the expenditure incurred.

213.    A resolution conferring authorisation for the purposes of Article 212:

 

(a)

may relate to the Company and/or one or more subsidiaries of the Company;

 

(b)

may be expressed to relate to all companies that are subsidiaries of the Company at the time the resolution is passed or at any time during the period for which the resolution has effect (which shall be four years beginning with the date on which it is passed unless the directors determine that it is to have effect for a shorter period), without identifying them individually;

 

(c)

may authorise donations or expenditure under one or more of the following heads: (i) donations to political parties or independent election candidates; (ii) donations to political organisations other than political parties; or (iii) political expenditure, and must specify the head(s) for each company to which it relates;

 

(d)

must be expressed in general terms and must not purport to authorise particular donations or expenditure; and

 

Page | 60


(e)

must authorise donation or expenditure up to a specified amount for each of the specific heads in the period for which the resolution has effect for each company to which it relates.

COMMUNICATIONS

214.    Any notice to be sent to or by any person pursuant to these Articles (other than a notice calling a meeting of the Board) shall be in writing.

215.    Subject to Article 214 and unless otherwise provided by these Articles, the Company shall send or supply a document or information that is required or authorised to be sent or supplied to a member or any other person by the Company by a provision of the Companies Law or pursuant to these Articles or to any other rules or regulations to which the Company may be subject in such form and by such means as it may in its absolute discretion determine.

216.    Subject to Article 214 and unless otherwise provided by these Articles, a member or a person entitled by transmission to a share shall send a document or information pursuant to these Articles to the Company in such form and by such means as it may in its absolute discretion determine provided that:

 

(a)

the determined form and means are permitted by the Companies Law for the purpose of sending or supplying a document or information of that type to a company pursuant to a provision of the Companies Law; and

 

(b)

unless the Board otherwise permits, any applicable condition or limitation specified in the Companies Law or other applicable legislation, including without limitation as to the address to which the document or information may be sent, is satisfied.

Unless otherwise provided by these Articles or required by the Board and subject to applicable law, such document or information shall be authenticated in the manner specified by the Act for authentication of a document or information sent in the relevant form (as if the Company were a company incorporated in the United Kingdom to which such provisions apply).

217.    In the case of joint holders of a share any document or information shall be sent to the joint holder whose name stands first in the register in respect of the joint holding and any document or information so sent shall be deemed for all purposes sent to all the joint holders.

218.    A member whose registered address is not within the United Kingdom, an EEA State or Jersey (each a Relevant Territory) and who sends to the Company an address within a Relevant Territory at which a document or information may be sent to him or her shall be entitled to have the document or information sent to him or her at that address (provided that, in the case of a document or information sent by electronic means, including without limitation any notification that the document or information is available on a website, the Company so agrees, which agreement the Company shall be entitled to withhold in its absolute discretion including, without limitation, in circumstances in which the Company considers that the sending of the document or

 

Page | 61


information to such address using electronic means would or might infringe the laws of any other jurisdiction) but otherwise:

 

(a)

no such member shall be entitled to receive any document or information from the Company; and

 

(b)

without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, any notice of a general meeting of the Company which is in fact sent or purports to be sent to such member shall be ignored for the purpose of determining the validity of the proceedings at such general meeting.

219.    A member shall not be entitled to receive any document or information that is required or authorised to be sent or supplied to the member by the Company by a provision of the Companies Law or pursuant to these Articles or to any other rules or regulations to which the Company may be subject if documents or information sent or supplied to that member by post in accordance with the Articles have been returned undelivered to the Company:

 

(a)

on at least two consecutive occasions; or

 

(b)

on one occasion and reasonable enquiries have failed to establish the member’s address.

Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, any notice of a general meeting of the Company which is in fact sent or purports to be sent to such member shall be ignored for the purpose of determining the validity of the proceedings at such general meeting. Subject to Article 218 above, a member to whom this Article applies shall become entitled to receive such documents or information when the member has given the Company an address to which they may be sent or supplied.

220.    A member present, either in person or by proxy, at any meeting of the Company or of the holders of any class of shares in the capital of the Company shall be deemed to have been sent notice of the meeting and, where requisite, of the purposes for which it was called.

221.    The Board may from time to time issue, endorse or adopt terms and conditions relating to the use of electronic means for the sending of notices, other documents and proxy appointments by the Company to members or persons entitled by transmission and by members or persons entitled by transmission to the Company.

222.    A document or information may be sent or supplied by the Company to the person or persons entitled by transmission to a share by sending it in any manner the Company may choose authorised by these Articles for the sending of a document or information to a member, addressed to them by name, or by the title of representative of the deceased, or trustee of the bankrupt or by any similar description at the address (if any) as may be supplied for that purpose by or on behalf of the person or persons claiming to be so entitled. Until such an address has been supplied, a document or information may be sent in any manner in which it might have been sent if the death or bankruptcy or other event giving rise to the transmission had not occurred.

 

Page | 62


223.    Every person who becomes entitled to a share shall be bound by any notice in respect of that share which, before his or her name is entered in the register, has been sent to a person from whom he or she derives his or her title, provided that no person who becomes entitled by transmission to a share shall be bound by any notice sent under Article 18 to a person from whom he or she derives his or her title.

224.    Proof that a document or information was properly addressed, prepaid and posted shall be conclusive evidence that the document or information was sent. Proof that a document or information sent or supplied by electronic means was properly addressed shall be conclusive evidence that the document or information was sent or supplied. A document or information sent by the Company to a member by post shall be deemed to have been received:

 

(a)

if sent by first class post or special delivery post or equivalent from an address in one country to another address in the same country, on the day following that on which the document or information was posted;

 

(b)

if delivered personally to a member’s registered postal address, on the day on which the document or information was delivered;

 

(c)

if sent by second class mail, on the second day following that on which the document or information was posted;

 

(d)

if sent by airmail from an address in a country to an address outside that country, on the second day following that on which the document or information was posted;

 

(e)

if sent by the Company’s internal post system, on the day following that on which the document or information was posted;

 

(f)

if sent by some other method agreed between the Company and the member, when the agreed arrangements have been completed; and

 

(g)

in any other case, on the second day following that on which the document or information was posted.

225.    A document or information sent or supplied by the Company to a member in electronic form shall be deemed to have been received by the member at the time it is sent. Such a document or information shall be deemed received by the member at that time notwithstanding that the Company becomes aware that the member has failed to receive the relevant document or information for any reason and notwithstanding that the Company subsequently sends a hard copy of such document or information by post to the member.

226.    A document or information sent or supplied by the Company to a member by means of a website shall be deemed to have been received by the member:

 

(a)

when the document or information was first made available on the website; or

 

Page | 63


(b)

if later, when the member is deemed by Article 224 or 225 to have received notice of the fact that the document or information was available on the website. Such a document or information shall be deemed received by the member on that day notwithstanding that the Company becomes aware that the member has failed to receive the relevant document or information for any reason and notwithstanding that the Company subsequently sends a hard copy of such document or information by post to the member.

227.    Subject to the Companies Law, if at any time the Company is unable effectively to convene a general meeting by notices sent through the post as a result of the suspension or curtailment of postal services, notice of general meeting may be sufficiently given by local advertisement. Any notice given by advertisement for the purpose of this Article shall be advertised in at least one newspaper having a national circulation. If advertised in more than one newspaper, the advertisements shall appear on the same date. Such notice shall be deemed to have been sent to all persons who are entitled to have notice of meetings sent to them on the day when the advertisement appears. In any such case, the Company shall send confirmatory copies of the notice by post, if at least seven days before the meeting the posting of notices again becomes practicable.

228.    A notice, document or other information may be served, sent or supplied by the Company in electronic form to a member who has agreed or who has previously agreed with the Company or any member of the Company’s group, at a time that member was a holder of shares in the Company or the relevant member of the Company’s group (generally or specifically) that notices, documents or information can be sent or supplied to them in that form and has not revoked such agreement.

229.    Where the notice, document or other information is served, sent or supplied by electronic means, it may only be served, sent or supplied to an address specified for that purpose by the intended recipient (generally or specifically). Where the notice, document or other information is sent or supplied in electronic form by hand or by post, it must be handed to the recipient or sent or supplied to an address to which it could be validly sent if it were in hard copy form.

230.    A notice, document or other information may be served, sent or supplied by the Company to a member who has agreed (generally or specifically) or who has previously agreed with the Company or any member of the Company’s group, at a time that member was a holder of shares in the Company or the relevant member of the Company’s group, by being made available on a website, or pursuant to Article 231 below is deemed to have agreed, that notice, document or information can be sent or supplied to the member in that form and has not revoked such agreement.

231.    If a member has been asked individually by the Company (or previously by any member of the Company’s group as applicable) to agree that the Company may serve, send or supply notices, documents or other information generally, or specific notices, documents or other information to them by means of a website and the Company does not (or, as applicable, any member of the Company’s group did not) receive a response within a period of 28 days beginning with the date on which the Company’s (or any member of the Company’s group) request was sent (or such longer period as the

 

Page | 64


directors may specify (or, as the case may be, the directors of any member of the Company’s group may have specified)), such member will be deemed to have agreed to receive such notice, documents or other information by means of a website in accordance with Article 230 (save in respect of any notices, documents or information that are required to be sent in hard copy form pursuant to the Companies Law). A member can revoke any such deemed election in accordance with Article 235.

232.    A notice, document or other information served, sent or supplied by means of a website must be made available in a form, and by a means, that the Company reasonably considers will enable the recipient: (i) to read it, and (ii) to retain a copy of it. For this purpose, a notice, document or other information can be read only if: (i) it can be read with the naked eye; or (ii) to the extent that it consists of images (for example photographs, pictures, maps, plans or drawings), it can be seen with the naked eye.

233.    If a notice, document or other information is served, sent or supplied by means of a website, the Company must notify the intended recipient of: (i) the presence of the notice, document or other information on the website; (ii) the address of the website; (iii) place on the website where it may be accessed; and (iv) how to access the notice, document or information. The document or information is taken to be sent on the date on which the notification required by this Article 233 is sent or if later, the date on which the document or information first appeared on the website after that notification is sent.

234.    Any notice, document or other information made available on a website will be maintained on the website for the period of at least 28 days beginning with the date on which notification is received or deemed received under Article 226 above, or such shorter period as may be required by law or any regulation or rule to which the Company is subject. A failure to make a notice, document or other information available on a website throughout the period mentioned in this Article 234 shall be disregarded if: (i) it is made available on the website for part of that period; and (ii) the failure to make it available throughout that period is wholly attributable to circumstances that it would not be reasonable for the Company to prevent or avoid.

235.    Any amendment or revocation of a notification given to the Company or agreement (or deemed agreement) under Articles 228 to 234 shall only take effect if in writing, signed (or authenticated by electronic means) by the member and on actual receipt by the Company thereof.

236.    Communications sent to the Company by electronic means shall not be treated as received by the Company if it is rejected by computer virus protection arrangements.

237.    Where these Articles require or permit a notice or other document to be authenticated by a person by electronic means, to be valid it must incorporate the electronic signature or personal identification details of that person, in such form as the directors may approve, or be accompanied by such other evidence as the directors may require to satisfy themselves that the document is genuine.

238.    Where a member of the Company has received a document or information from the Company otherwise than in hard copy form, he or she is entitled to require the Company to send to him or her a version of the document or information in hard copy form within 21 days of the Company receiving the request.

 

Page | 65


DESTRUCTION OF DOCUMENTS

239.    The Company shall be entitled to destroy:

 

(a)

all instruments of transfer of shares which have been registered, and all other documents on the basis of which any entry is made in the register, at any time after the expiration of six years from the date of registration;

 

(b)

all dividend mandates, variations or cancellations of dividend mandates, and notifications of change of address at any time after the expiration of two years from the date of recording;

 

(c)

all share certificates which have been cancelled at any time after the expiration of one year from the date of the cancellation;

 

(d)

all paid dividend warrants and cheques at any time after the expiration of one year from the date of actual payment;

 

(e)

all proxy appointments which have been used for the purpose of a poll at any time after the expiration of one year from the date of use; and

 

(f)

all proxy appointments which have not been used for the purpose of a poll at any time after one month from the end of the meeting to which the proxy appointment relates and at which no poll was demanded.

240.    It shall conclusively be presumed in favour of the Company that:

 

(a)

every entry in the register purporting to have been made on the basis of an instrument of transfer or other document destroyed in accordance with Article 239 was duly and properly made;

 

(b)

every instrument of transfer destroyed in accordance with Article 239 was a valid and effective instrument duly and properly registered;

 

(c)

every share certificate destroyed in accordance with Article 239 was a valid and effective certificate duly and properly cancelled; and

 

(d)

every other document destroyed in accordance with Article 239 was a valid and effective document in accordance with its recorded particulars in the books or records of the Company,

but:

 

(e)

the provisions of this Article and Article 239 apply only to the destruction of a document in good faith and without notice of any claim (regardless of the parties) to which the document might be relevant;

 

Page | 66


(f)

nothing in this Article or Article 239 shall be construed as imposing on the Company any liability in respect of the destruction of any document earlier than the time specified in Article 239 or in any other circumstances which would not attach to the Company in the absence of this Article or Article 239; and

 

(g)

any reference in this Article or Article 239 to the destruction of any document includes a reference to its disposal in any manner.

UNTRACED MEMBERS

241.    The Company shall be entitled to sell, at the best price reasonably obtainable, the shares of a member or the shares to which a person is entitled by transmission if:

 

(a)

during the period of 12 years before the date of the notice referred to in paragraph (b) of this Article (the relevant period) at least three dividends in respect of the shares in question have been declared and all dividend warrants and cheques which have been sent in the manner authorised by these Articles in respect of the shares in question have remained uncashed;

 

(b)

the Company shall as soon as practicable after expiry of the relevant period have sent a notice of its intention to sell the shares to such member’s or other person’s last known address. Before sending any such notice, the Company shall have made reasonable enquiries to establish the address of the member or person entitled, engaging, if considered appropriate, a professional asset reunification company or tracing agent; and

 

(c)

during the relevant period and the period of three months following the date of the notice referred to in paragraph (b) of this Article the Company has received no indication either of the whereabouts or of the existence of such member or person.

242.    To give effect to any sale pursuant to Article 241, the Board may:

 

(a)

where the shares are held in certificated form, authorise any person (and the relevant transferring member hereby appoints such person) to execute an instrument of transfer of the shares to, or in accordance with the directions of, the buyer; or

 

(b)

where the shares are held in uncertificated form, do all acts and things it considers necessary or expedient to effect the transfer of the shares to, or in accordance with the directions of, the buyer.

243.    An instrument of transfer executed by that person in accordance with Article 242(a) shall be as effective as if it had been executed by the holder of, or person entitled by transmission to, the shares. An exercise by the Company of its powers in accordance with Article 242(a) shall be as effective as if exercised by the registered holder of or person entitled by transmission to the shares. The transferee shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money, and his or her title to the shares shall not be affected by any irregularity in, or invalidity of, the proceedings in reference to the sale.

 

Page | 67


244.    The net proceeds of sale shall belong to the Company which shall be obliged to account to the former member or other person previously entitled for an amount equal to the proceeds. The Company shall enter the name of such former member or other person in the books of the Company as a creditor for that amount. In relation to the debt, no trust is created and no interest is payable. The Company shall not be required to account for any money earned on the net proceeds of sale, which may be used in the Company’s business or invested in such a way as the Board from time to time thinks fit.

WINDING UP

245.    If the Company is wound up, the liquidator may, with the sanction of a special resolution of the Company and any other sanction required by law:

 

(a)

divide among the members in specie the whole or any part of the assets of the Company and may, for that purpose, value any assets and determine how the division shall be carried out as between the members or different classes of members;

 

(b)

vest the whole or any part of the assets in trustees for the benefit of the members; and

 

(c)

determine the scope and terms of those trusts,

but no member shall be compelled to accept any asset on which there is a liability.

246.    The power of sale of a liquidator shall include a power to sell wholly or partially for shares or debentures or other obligations of another body corporate, either then already constituted or about to be constituted for the purpose of carrying out the sale.

INDEMNITY

247.    Subject to the provisions of the Companies Law, but without prejudice to any indemnity to which the person concerned may otherwise be entitled, every director or other officer of the Company (other than any person (whether an officer or not) engaged by the Company as auditor) shall be indemnified out of the assets of the Company against any liability incurred by him or her for negligence, default, breach of duty, breach of trust or otherwise in relation to the affairs of the Company, provided that this Article shall be deemed not to provide for, or entitle any such person to, indemnification to the extent that it would cause this Article, or any element of it, to be treated as void under the Companies Law or otherwise unlawful under the Companies Law.

ARRANGEMENTS IN RESPECT OF THE LISTING OF THE SHARES IN THE

UNITED STATES OF AMERICA

248.    Subject to Article 249, immediately upon the effectiveness of the listing of the shares of the Company on either the New York Stock Exchange or the Nasdaq Stock Market (as the Board shall determine) (the US Listing), the legal title to each share in the Company that was in issue immediately prior to the US Listing shall be automatically transferred (without any further action by the member of the Company

 

Page | 68


who held such share immediately prior to the US Listing (the Relevant Member) or the Company) to Cede & Co., which will be the registered holder of such share, as nominee of The Depository Trust Company (DTC), to be held on behalf of Computershare Trust Company N.A. (or such other person as the Board may nominate) (the DI Custodian), as custodian for Computershare Investor Services PLC (or such other person as the Board may nominate) (the DI Depositary), which shall hold its interest in such share on trust as bare trustee under English law for the Relevant Member, against the issue to such Relevant Member of a depositary interest representing one share in the Company (a Depositary Interest) under the arrangements described in the shareholder circular published by the Company in relation to the US Listing dated 1 July 2020 (the Circular) and the Relevant Member will be bound by the terms and conditions of the DI Deed (as defined in the Circular) made by the DI Depositary concerning the Depositary Interests.

249.    Article 248 will not apply in respect of shares in the Company held by a Relevant Member in certificated form immediately prior to the US Listing. Instead the Relevant Member shall be entered as the registered holder of such shares through DTC’s Direct Registration System immediately upon the effectiveness of the US Listing.

250.    Nothing in Articles 248 and 249 shall apply to shares that are in issue immediately prior to the US Listing and that are held by JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (the ADR Depositary), in its capacity as depositary of shares in connection with the Company’s ADR facility that is in operation immediately prior to the US Listing. Instead, immediately upon the effectiveness of the US Listing, the legal title to such shares in the Company shall be transferred as follows: (i) subject to, and in exchange for, the cancellation of all ADSs held by Cede & Co. (as nominee for DTC) immediately prior to the US Listing, Cede & Co. (as nominee of DTC) will receive, and be registered as the holder of, such number of shares in the Company as is equal to the number of shares which such ADSs represent, to be held on behalf of the DTC participants that (immediately prior to the US Listing) held interests in ADSs through DTC; and (ii) subject to, and in exchange for, the cancellation of all ADSs held by each other registered holder immediately prior to the US Listing, without any action being required on the part of each other registered holder, each such other registered holder will receive, and be registered on the transfer books of the Company as the holder of, such number of shares in the Company as is equal to the number of shares which such ADSs represent, provided that in the case of both (i) and (ii) above, (A) registered holders whose holding of ADSs cannot be exchanged for an exact number of shares in the Company (and who would otherwise be left with a fractional entitlement) will not be allocated fractions of shares in the Company and (B) instead, the fractions of shares will be aggregated and the whole number of shares represented thereby will be sold by Computershare Trust Company N.A. (or such other person as the Board may appoint), as the Company’s transfer agent, in the open market with the net cash proceeds from the sale thereof being distributed to any registered holders entitled thereto.

 

Page | 69


251.    All preferences and elections of Relevant Members holding their shares in certificated form relating to the payment currency policy of dividends which are in force immediately prior to the US Listing (including, without limitation, preferences to receive dividends in accordance with the Company’s default payment currency for dividends at such time) will be continued after the US Listing becomes effective unless and until varied or revoked by such Relevant Member at any time thereafter.

252.    The Company may appoint any person as attorney and/or agent for the Relevant Member to execute and deliver as transferor a form of register removal, transfer or instructions of transfer on behalf of the Relevant Member (or any subsequent holder or any nominee of such Relevant Member or any such subsequent holder) in favour of Cede & Co., as nominee of DTC, and do all such other things and execute and deliver all such documents as may in the opinion of the Company or any attorney and/or agent appointed by it be necessary or desirable to give effect to the arrangements described in Articles 248 to 251.

 

Page | 70


CONTENTS

 

CLAUSE    PAGE  

PRELIMINARY

     1  

SHARE CAPITAL AND LIMITED LIABILITY

     5  

LISTING RULES AND DISCLOSURE AND TRANSPARENCY RULES

     10  

VARIATION OF RIGHTS

     16  

SHARE CERTIFICATES

     17  

LIEN

     18  

CALLS ON SHARES

     19  

FORFEITURE AND SURRENDER

     20  

TRANSFER OF SHARES

     21  

TRANSMISSION OF SHARES

     22  

ALTERATION OF SHARE CAPITAL

     23  

GENERAL MEETINGS

     23  

NOTICE OF GENERAL MEETINGS

     24  

PROCEEDINGS AT GENERAL MEETINGS

     29  

VOTES OF MEMBERS

     32  

PROXIES AND CORPORATE REPRESENTATIVES

     34  

NUMBER OF DIRECTORS

     37  

APPOINTMENT AND RETIREMENT OF DIRECTORS

     37  

ALTERNATE DIRECTORS

     39  

POWERS OF THE BOARD

     40  

DELEGATION OF POWERS OF THE BOARD

     40  

BORROWING POWERS OF THE BOARD

     41  

DISQUALIFICATION AND REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS

     44  

NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS

     45  

DIRECTORSEXPENSES

     46  

EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS

     46  

DIRECTORSINTERESTS

     46  

GRATUITIES, PENSIONS AND INSURANCE

     49  

PROCEEDINGS OF THE BOARD

     50  

SECRETARY

     53  

MINUTES

     53  


THE SEAL

     53  

REGISTERS

     54  

DIVIDENDS

     54  

CAPITALISATION OF PROFITS AND RESERVES

     58  

RECORD DATES

     60  

ACCOUNTS

     60  

RESTRICTIONS ON POLITICAL DONATIONS

     61  

COMMUNICATIONS

     61  

DESTRUCTION OF DOCUMENTS

     66  

UNTRACED MEMBERS

     67  

WINDING UP

     68  

INDEMNITY

     69  

ARRANGEMENTS IN RESPECT OF THE LISTING OF THE SHARES IN THE

     69  

UNITED STATES OF AMERICA

     69  

Exhibit 4.1

Dated 10 March 2020

FERGUSON PLC

BARCLAYS BANK PLC

BNP PARIBAS

and

ING BANK N.V., LONDON BRANCH

(as Coordinators)

ING BANK N.V., LONDON BRANCH

(as Agent)

 

 

 

MULTICURRENCY REVOLVING

FACILITY AGREEMENT

US$1,100,000,000

 

 

 

 

LOGO


CONTENTS    

 

CLAUSE    PAGE  

1.

 

Definitions and interpretation

     1  

2.

 

The Facility

     25  

3.

 

Purpose

     30  

4.

 

Conditions of utilisation

     30  

5.

 

Utilisation

     31  

6.

 

Extension option

     32  

7.

 

Optional currencies

     33  

8.

 

Repayment

     34  

9.

 

Prepayment and cancellation

     35  

10.

 

Interest

     39  

11.

 

Interest periods

     41  

12.

 

Changes to the calculation of interest

     42  

13.

 

Fees

     44  

14.

 

Tax gross up

     45  

15.

 

Increased costs

     58  

16.

 

Other indemnities

     59  

17.

 

Mitigation by the Finance Parties

     60  

18.

 

Costs and expenses

     61  

19.

 

Guarantee and indemnity

     62  

20.

 

Representations

     66  

21.

 

Information Undertakings

     72  

22.

 

General Undertakings

     76  

23.

 

Events of Default

     83  

24.

 

Changes to the Lenders

     88  

25.

 

Changes to the Obligors

     93  

26.

 

Role of the Agent, the Coordinators and the Mandated Lead Arrangers

     96  

27.

 

Conduct of business by the Finance Parties

     106  

28.

 

Sharing among the Finance Parties

     106  

29.

 

Payment mechanics

     108  

30.

 

Contractual Recognition of Bail-In

     112  

31.

 

Set-off

     114  

32.

 

Notices

     114  

 

-i-


33.

  Calculations and certificates      116  

34.

  Partial invalidity      117  

35.

  Remedies and Waivers      117  

36.

  Amendments and Waivers      117  

37.

  Confidentiality      122  

38.

  Confidentiality of Funding Rates and Reference Bank Quotations      126  

39.

  Lending affiliates      128  

40.

  Counterparts      134  

41.

  USA Patriot Act      134  

42.

  Trial by jury      135  

43.

  Governing law      135  

44.

  Enforcement      135  

Schedule 1 The Original Parties

     137  

Schedule 2 Conditions precedent

     138  

Schedule 3 Utilisation Request

     139  

Schedule 4 Form of Transfer Certificate

     140  

Schedule 5 Form of Accession Letter

     141  

Schedule 6 Timetables

     142  

Schedule 7 Form of Resignation Letter

     143  

Schedule 8 Form of Increase Confirmation

     144  

Schedule 9 Form of Accordion Confirmation

     145  

Schedule 10 Guarantee Principles

     146  

Schedule 11 Form of New Lending Affiliate Appointment Notice

     147  

Schedule 12 Form of Lending Affiliate Loan Notice

     148  

Schedule 13 Form of Lending Affiliate Resignation Notice

     149  

Schedule 14 LMA Form of Confidentiality Undertaking

     150  

 

-ii-


THIS AGREEMENT is dated 10 March 2020

BETWEEN:

 

(1)

FERGUSON PLC (incorporated in Jersey under registered number 128484);

 

(2)

WOLSELEY LIMITED (incorporated in England and Wales under registered number 00029846) (together with Ferguson plc, the Original Borrowers and the Original Guarantors);

 

(3)

BARCLAYS BANK PLC, BNP PARIBAS and ING BANK N.V., LONDON BRANCH as coordinators (each a Coordinator and together the Coordinators);

 

(4)

BANK OF AMERICA MERRILL LYNCH INTERNATIONAL DESIGNATED ACTIVITY COMPANY, BANK OF CHINA LIMITED, LONDON BRANCH, FIFTH THIRD BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES PLC, PNC BANK, NA, RBC EUROPE LIMITED, SUMITOMO MITSUI BANKING CORPORATION, LONDON BRANCH and THE TORONTO-DOMINION BANK, LONDON BRANCH (together with the Coordinators, each a bookrunner and a Mandated Lead Arranger and together the Mandated Lead Arrangers);

 

(5)

THE FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS listed in Part C of Schedule 1 (The Original Parties) as Lenders (the Original Lenders); and

 

(6)

ING BANK N.V., LONDON BRANCH as agent of the Lenders (the Agent).

IT IS AGREED as follows:

 

1.

Definitions and interpretation

 

1.1

Definitions

In this Agreement:

2005 USPP Notes means the 5.32% Series F guaranteed senior notes due 2020 issued by Wolseley Capital Inc. on 16 November 2005.

2015 USPP Notes means the 3.43% Series I guaranteed senior notes due 2022, the 3.73% Series J guaranteed senior notes due 2025 and the 3.83% Series K guaranteed senior notes due 2027, each issued by Wolseley Capital Inc. on 25 June 2015.

2017 USPP Notes means the 3.30% Series L guaranteed senior notes due 2023, the 3.44% Series M guaranteed senior notes due 2024, the 3.51% Series N guaranteed senior notes due 2026 and the floating rate Series O guaranteed senior notes due 2023, each issued by Wolseley Capital Inc. on 30 November 2017.

2018 Bonds means the US$750,000,000 4.5% notes due 2028 issued by Ferguson Finance plc.

Acceptable Bank means a bank or financial institution which has a rating for its long-term unsecured and non-credit enhanced debt obligations of A- or higher

 

1


by Standard & Poor’s Rating Services or Fitch Ratings Limited or A3 or higher by Moody’s Investor Services Limited or a comparable rating from an internationally recognised credit rating agency.

Accession Letter means a document substantially in the form set out in Schedule 5 (Form of Accession Letter).

Accordion Confirmation means a confirmation substantially in the form set out in Schedule 9 (Form of Accordion Confirmation).

Accordion Increase has the meaning given to that term in Clause 2.2 (Accordion).

Accordion Increase Date has the meaning given to that term in Clause 2.2 (Accordion).

Accordion Lender has the meaning given to that term in Clause 2.2 (Accordion).

Accordion Request has the meaning given to that term in Clause 2.2 (Accordion).

Additional Borrower means a company which becomes an Additional Borrower in accordance with Clause 25 (Changes to the Obligors).

Additional Guarantor means a company which becomes an Additional Guarantor in accordance with Clause 25 (Changes to the Obligors).

Additional Obligor means an Additional Borrower or an Additional Guarantor.

Affiliate means, in relation to any person, a Subsidiary of that person or a Holding Company of that person or any other Subsidiary of that Holding Company.

Agents Spot Rate of Exchange means:

 

  (a)

the Agent’s spot rate of exchange; or

 

  (b)

(if the Agent does not have an available spot rate of exchange) any other publicly available spot rate of exchange selected by the Agent (acting reasonably),

for the purchase of the relevant currency with the Base Currency in the London foreign exchange market at or about 11:00 a.m. on a particular day.

Agreed Material Subsidiaries means

 

  (a)

Ferguson Enterprises LLC; and

 

  (b)

Wolseley UK Limited,

in each case, for so long as the relevant person remains a member of the Group.

Anti-Terrorism Laws means the OFAC Laws and Regulations, the Executive Order, the USA Patriot Act, the BSA and any other applicable requirements of law and governmental guidance for the prevention of terrorism, terrorist financing and drug trafficking or the prevention and detection of money laundering violations, in each case, of the United States or any member state of the European Union.

 

2


Applicable Base Rate means:

 

  (a)

in relation to any loan denominated in Canadian dollars, CDOR;

 

  (b)

in relation to any Loan denominated in any other currency, LIBOR.

Authorisation means an authorisation, consent, approval, resolution, licence, exemption, filing, notarisation or registration.

Availability Period means the period from and including the date of this Agreement to and including the date falling one Month prior to the applicable Termination Date.

Available Commitment means a Lender’s Commitment minus:

 

  (a)

the Base Currency Amount of its participation in any outstanding Loans; and

 

  (b)

in relation to any proposed Utilisation, the Base Currency Amount of its participation in any Loans that are due to be made on or before the proposed Utilisation Date,

other than that Lender’s participation in any Loans that are due to be repaid or prepaid on or before the proposed Utilisation Date.

Available Facility means the aggregate for the time being of each Lender’s Available Commitment.

Bank Levy means:

 

  (a)

the bank levy imposed by the United Kingdom, as set out in the Finance Act 2011;

 

  (b)

the bank levy imposed by the Government of the Republic of France, as set out in the Finance Bill 2011;

 

  (c)

the bank levy imposed by the Federal Republic of Germany, as set out in the Bank Restructuring Act published in the Federal Law Gazette on 14 December 2010; or

 

  (d)

any levy or tax of a similar nature to those described in paragraphs (a), (b) or (c) above proposed, announced or imposed on or before the date of this Agreement in any other jurisdiction by reference to the assets or liabilities of a financial institution or other entity carrying out financial transactions,

but disregarding any provision thereof that is more onerous than the provisions as announced or otherwise in force on the date of this Agreement.

Base Currency means US dollars.

Base Currency Amount means, in relation to a Loan, the amount specified in the Utilisation Request delivered by a Borrower for that Loan (or, if the amount

 

3


requested is not denominated in the Base Currency, that amount converted into the Base Currency at the Agent’s Spot Rate of Exchange on the date which is three Business Days before the Utilisation Date or, if later, on the date the Agent receives the Utilisation Request) adjusted to reflect any repayment or prepayment of the Loan.

Basel III means:

 

  (a)

the agreements on capital requirements, a leverage ratio and liquidity standards contained in “Basel III: A global regulatory framework for more resilient banks and banking systems”, “Basel III: International framework for liquidity risk measurement, standards and monitoring” and “Guidance for national authorities operating the countercyclical capital buffer” published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision on 16 December 2010, each as amended, supplemented or restated;

 

  (b)

the rules for global systemically important banks contained in “Global systemically important banks: assessment methodology and the additional loss absorbency requirement – Rules text” published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in November 2011, as amended, supplemented or restated; and

 

  (c)

any further guidance or standards published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision relating to “Basel III” or the “Basel III framework”.

Board means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States (or any successor).

Borrower means an Original Borrower or an Additional Borrower unless it has ceased to be a Borrower in accordance with Clause 25 (Changes to the Obligors).

Break Costs means the amount (if any) by which:

 

  (a)

the interest (excluding Margin and the impact of any benchmark zero floor) which a Lender should have received for the period from the date of receipt of all or any part of its participation in a Loan or Unpaid Sum to the last day of the current Interest Period in respect of that Loan or Unpaid Sum, had the principal amount or Unpaid Sum received been paid on the last day of that Interest Period;

exceeds:

 

  (b)

the amount which that Lender would be able to obtain by placing an amount equal to the principal amount or Unpaid Sum received by it on deposit with a leading bank in the Relevant Market for a period starting on the Business Day following receipt or recovery and ending on the last day of the current Interest Period.

BSA means the United States Bank Secrecy Act, 31 U.S.C. §§ 5311 et seq.

 

4


Business Day means a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks are open for general business in London and Jersey and:

 

  (a)

(in relation to any date for payment or purchase of a currency other than Canadian dollars) the principal financial centre of the country of that currency; or

 

  (b)

(in relation to any date for payment or purchase of Canadian dollars) Toronto.

CDOR means in relation to any Loan in Canadian dollars:

 

  (a)

the applicable Screen Rate as of the Specified Time for Canadian dollars and for a period equal in length to the Interest Period of that Loan; or

 

  (b)

as otherwise determined pursuant to Clause 12.1 (Unavailability of Screen Rate),

and, if, in either case, that rate is below zero, CDOR will be deemed to be zero.

Code means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

Commitment means:

 

  (a)

in relation to an Original Lender, the amount in the Base Currency set opposite its name under the heading “Commitment (US$)” in Part C of Schedule 1 (The Original Parties) and the amount of any other Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement or assumed by it in accordance with Clause 2.2 (Accordion) or Clause 2.3 (Increase); and

 

  (b)

in relation to any other Lender, the amount in the Base Currency of any Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement or assumed by it in accordance with Clause 2.2 (Accordion) or Clause 2.3 (Increase),

to the extent not cancelled, reduced or transferred by it under this Agreement.

Confidential Information means all information relating to the Parent, any Obligor, the Group, the Finance Documents or the Facility of which a Finance Party becomes aware in its capacity as, or for the purpose of becoming, a Finance Party or which is received by a Finance Party in relation to, or for the purpose of becoming a Finance Party under, the Finance Documents or the Facility from either:

 

  (a)

any member of the Group or any of its advisers; or

 

  (b)

another Finance Party, if the information was obtained by that Finance Party directly or indirectly from any member of the Group or any of its advisers,

 

5


in whatever form, and includes information given orally and any document, electronic file or any other way of representing or recording information which contains or is derived or copied from such information but excludes:

 

  (i)

information that:

 

  (A)

is or becomes public information other than as a direct or indirect result of any breach by that Finance Party of Clause 37 (Confidentiality); or

 

  (B)

is identified in writing at the time of delivery as non-confidential by any member of the Group or any of its advisers; or

 

  (C)

is known by that Finance Party before the date the information is disclosed to it in accordance with paragraphs (a) or (b) above or is lawfully obtained by that Finance Party after that date, from a source which is, as far as that Finance Party is aware, unconnected with the Group and which, in either case, as far as that Finance Party is aware, has not been obtained in breach of, and is not otherwise subject to, any obligation of confidentiality; and

 

  (ii)

any Funding Rate or Reference Bank Quotation.

Confidentiality Undertaking means a confidentiality undertaking substantially in the recommended form of the LMA as set out in Schedule 14 (LMA Form of Confidentiality Undertaking) or in any other form agreed between the Parent and the Agent.

Consolidated Total Assets means, at any time, the total assets of the Parent and its Subsidiaries that would be shown on a consolidated balance sheet of the Parent and its Subsidiaries as of such time prepared in accordance with the relevant GAAP.

CTA means the United Kingdom Corporation Tax Act 2009.

Default means an Event of Default or any event or circumstance specified in Clause 23 (Events of Default) which would (with the expiry of a grace period, the giving of notice, the making of any determination under the Finance Documents or any combination of any of the foregoing in each case as specified in Clause 23 (Events of Default)) be an Event of Default.

Defaulting Lender means any Lender:

 

  (a)

which has failed to make its participation in a Loan available or has notified the Agent that it will not make its participation in a Loan available by the Utilisation Date of that Loan in accordance with Clause 5.4 (Lenders participation);

 

  (b)

which has otherwise rescinded or repudiated a Finance Document; or

 

  (c)

with respect to which an Insolvency Event has occurred and is continuing,

 

6


unless, in the case of paragraph (a) above:

 

  (i)

its failure to pay is caused by:

 

  (A)

administrative or technical error; or

 

  (B)

a Disruption Event; and

payment is made within five Business Days of its due date; or

 

  (ii)

the Lender is disputing in good faith whether it is contractually obliged to make the payment in question.

Designated Person means a person:

 

  (a)

listed in the annex to, or otherwise subject to the provisions of, an Executive Order;

 

  (b)

listed on any Lists; or

 

  (c)

owned or controlled by, or acting for or on behalf of, any person referred to in (a) or (b) above.

Disruption Event means either or both of:

 

  (a)

a material disruption to those payment or communications systems or to those financial markets which are, in each case, required to operate in order for payments to be made in connection with the Facility (or otherwise in order for the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents to be carried out) which disruption is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, any of the Parties; or

 

  (b)

the occurrence of any other event which results in a disruption (of a technical or systems-related nature) to the treasury or payments operations of a Party preventing that, or any other Party:

 

  (i)

from performing its payment obligations under the Finance Documents; or

 

  (ii)

from communicating with other Parties in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents;

and which (in either case) is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, the Party whose operations are disrupted.

EBIT means, in relation to any period, operating profit as reported in the annual or semi-annual consolidated financial statements of the Parent for the period, before taking into account:

 

  (a)

interest, commissions, discounts and other fees incurred or received or receivable by any member of the Group in respect of Financial Indebtedness or other finance charges deducted in calculating operating profit;

 

  (b)

tax;

 

  (c)

any share of profit of any associated company or undertaking, except for dividends received in cash by any member of the Group; and

 

7


  (d)

all exceptional items as defined in the Group’s financial statements.

Environment means all or any of the following: the air including air within buildings (and other natural or man-made structures above or below ground), water (including ground and surface water) and land (including surface and sub-surface soil).

Environmental Approval means any permit, licence, authorisation, consent or other approval required by or issued in connection with any Environmental Law.

Environmental Law means all applicable laws and regulations having legal effect and relating to the protection of the Environment.

ERISA means the United States Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder from time to time in effect.

ERISA Affiliate means any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that is treated as a single employer together with the Parent under section 414 of the Code or that is treated as under common control with the Parent under section 4001 of ERISA.

Event of Default means any event or circumstance specified as such in Clause 23 (Events of Default).

Excluded Priority Indebtedness means, at any time, the sum (without double counting) of:

 

  (a)

the aggregate of the outstanding principal amount of Financial Indebtedness up to an amount not exceeding the Receivables Cap (or its equivalent in other currency or currencies) of the Group secured by Security permitted by paragraph (i) of Clause 22.5 (Negative Pledge); and

 

  (b)

the aggregate of the outstanding Financial Indebtedness of the type described in paragraph (f) of the definition of Financial Indebtedness.

Executive Order means the United States Executive Order No. 13224, 66 Fed. Reg. 49079, on Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions with Persons who Commit, Threaten to Commit, or Support Terrorism, which came into effect on 23 September 2001.

Existing Facility means the Facility, as defined in the Existing Facility Agreement.

Existing Facility Agreement means the £800,000,000 revolving facility agreement dated 3 June 2015 (as amended from time to time) between, inter alios, Wolseley plc, Barclays Bank PLC, Lloyds Bank plc and Societe Generale, London Branch (as coordinators) and ING Bank N.V., London Branch (as agent).

Facility means the revolving loan facility made available under this Agreement as described in Clause 2 (The Facility).

 

8


Facility Office means the office or offices notified by a Lender to the Agent in writing on or before the date it becomes a Lender (or, following that date, by not less than five Business Days’ written notice) as the office or offices through which it will perform its obligations under this Agreement.

FATCA means:

 

  (a)

sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code or any associated regulations;

 

  (b)

any treaty, law or regulation of any other jurisdiction, or relating to an intergovernmental agreement between the US an any other jurisdiction, which (in either case) facilitates the implementation of any law or regulation referred to in paragraph (a) above; or

 

  (c)

any agreement pursuant to the implementation of any treaty, law or regulation referred to in paragraphs (a) or (b) above with the US Internal Revenue Service, the US government or any governmental or taxation authority in any other jurisdiction.

FATCA Application Date means:

 

  (a)

in relation to a “withholdable payment” described in section 1473(1)(A)(i) of the Code (which relates to payments of interest and certain other payments from sources within the US), 1 July 2014; or

 

  (b)

in relation to a “passthru payment” described in section 1471(d)(7) of the Code not falling within paragraph (a) above, the first date from which such payment may become subject to a deduction or withholding required by FATCA.

FATCA Deduction means a deduction or withholding from a payment under a Finance Document required by FATCA.

FATCA Exempt Party means a Party that is entitled to receive payments free from any FATCA Deduction.

Fee Letter means any letter or letters dated on or about the date of this Agreement between a/the Coordinator(s) and the Parent (or the Agent and the Parent) setting out any of the fees referred to in Clause 13 (Fees).

Ferguson Receivables Facility means the receivables purchase facility under an agreement dated 31 July 2013 between (amongst others) Ferguson Receivables, LLC as seller and Royal Bank of Canada as administrative agent.

Finance Document means this Agreement, any Fee Letter, any Accession Letter, any Resignation Letter and any other document designated as such by the Agent and the Parent.

Finance Party means the Agent, a Coordinator, a Mandated Lead Arranger or a Lender.

Financial Indebtedness means any indebtedness in respect of:

 

  (a)

moneys borrowed and debit balances at banks;

 

9


  (b)

any debenture, bond, note, loan stock or other security;

 

  (c)

any acceptance or documentary credit being acceptances or documentary credits in respect of finance obligations but excluding acceptance or documentary credits in respect of trade performance obligations;

 

  (d)

receivables sold or discounted (otherwise than those accounted for under the relevant GAAP on a non-recourse basis);

 

  (e)

the acquisition cost of any assets to the extent payable before or after the time of acquisition or possession by the party liable where the advance or deferred payment is arranged primarily as a method of raising finance or financing the acquisition of that asset;

 

  (f)

any leases and hire purchase agreements (whether in respect of land, machinery, equipment or otherwise) which would be shown as liabilities in a balance sheet in accordance with the relevant GAAP;

 

  (g)

interest swap, cap or collar arrangements (and the amount of such indebtedness shall be the mark-to-market valuation of such transaction at the relevant time);

 

  (h)

currency swap, cap or collar arrangements (and the amount of such indebtedness shall be the mark-to-market valuation of such transaction at the relevant time);

 

  (i)

amounts raised under any other transaction which is required to be shown as financial indebtedness in accordance with the relevant GAAP; or

 

  (j)

any guarantee, indemnity or similar assurance against financial loss of any person in respect of indebtedness of a type referred to in (a) to (i) above,

but any calculation of the aggregate of the Financial Indebtedness of the Group and any calculation hereunder:

 

  (i)

shall not include any indebtedness of one member of the Group to another member of the Group; and

 

  (ii)

shall be on the basis that no amount shall be taken into account more than once in the same calculation.

Fitch means Fitch Ratings Limited.

Fraudulent Transfer Law means any applicable United States Bankruptcy Law (including, without limitation, Section 548 of Title 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code) or any United States state fraudulent transfer or conveyance law.

Funding Rate means any individual rate notified by a Lender to the Agent pursuant to paragraph (a)(ii) of Clause 12.4 (Cost of Funds).

 

10


GAAP means:

 

  (a)

in relation to the Parent, IFRS as in effect from time to time in the United Kingdom and interpreted in line with the Group’s accounting policies as applied in the audited financial statements of the Group or (if notified to the Agent in accordance with paragraph (c) of Clause 21.2 (Requirements as to financial statements)) US GAAP;

 

  (b)

in relation to Wolseley Limited, accounting principles, standards and practices generally accepted from time to time in the United Kingdom and issued or adopted by the Accounting Standards Board of the United Kingdom; and

 

  (c)

in relation to any other Obligor, accounting principles, standards and practices generally accepted from time to time in that Obligor’s jurisdiction of incorporation.

Group means the Parent and its Subsidiaries for the time being and, for the purposes of Clause 20.7 (Financial Statements) shall include subsidiary undertakings (within the meaning of Section 1162 of the Companies Act 2006) of the Parent and member of the Group shall be construed accordingly.

Guarantee Principles means the principles set out in Schedule 10 (Guarantee Principles).

Guarantor means the Original Guarantor or an Additional Guarantor unless it has ceased to be a Guarantor in accordance with Clause 25 (Changes to the Obligors).

Holding Company means, in relation to a company or corporation, any other company or corporation in respect of which it is a Subsidiary and includes a holding company within the meaning of Article 2 and 2A of the Jersey Companies Law.

IFRS means international accounting standards within the meaning of IAS Regulation 1606/2002 to the extent applicable to the relevant financial statements.

Impaired Agent means the Agent at any time when:

 

  (a)

it has failed to make (or has notified a Party that it will not make) a payment required to be made by it under the Finance Documents by the due date for payment;

 

  (b)

the Agent otherwise rescinds or repudiates a Finance Document;

 

  (c)

(if the Agent is also a Lender) it is a Defaulting Lender under paragraph (a) or (b) of the definition of Defaulting Lender; or

 

  (d)

an Insolvency Event has occurred and is continuing with respect to the Agent,

unless, in the case of paragraph (a) above:

 

  (i)

its failure to pay is caused by:

 

  (A)

administrative or technical error; or

 

11


  (B)

a Disruption Event; and

payment is made within five Business Days of its due date; or

 

  (ii)

the Agent is disputing in good faith whether it is contractually obliged to make the payment in question.

Increase Confirmation means a confirmation substantially in the form set out in Schedule 8 (Form of Increase Confirmation).

Increase Lender has the meaning given to that term in Clause 2.3 (Increase).

Insolvency Event in relation to an entity means that the entity:

 

  (a)

is dissolved (other than pursuant to a consolidation, amalgamation or merger);

 

  (b)

becomes insolvent or is unable to pay its debts or fails or admits in writing its inability generally to pay its debts as they become due;

 

  (c)

makes a general assignment, arrangement or composition with or for the benefit of its creditors;

 

  (d)

institutes or has instituted against it, by a regulator, supervisor or any similar official with primary insolvency, rehabilitative or regulatory jurisdiction over it in the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organisation or the jurisdiction of its head or home office, a proceeding seeking a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or any other relief under any bankruptcy or insolvency law or other similar law affecting creditors’ rights, all other than by way of an Undisclosed Administration, or a petition is presented for its winding-up or liquidation by it or such regulator, supervisor or similar official;

 

  (e)

has instituted against it a proceeding seeking a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or any other relief under any bankruptcy or insolvency law or other similar law affecting creditors’ rights, or a petition is presented for its winding-up or liquidation, and, in the case of any such proceeding or petition instituted or presented against it, such proceeding or petition is instituted or presented by a person or entity not described in paragraph (d) above and:

 

  (i)

results in a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or the entry of an order for relief or the making of an order for its winding-up or liquidation; or

 

  (ii)

is not dismissed, discharged, stayed or restrained in each case within 30 days of the institution or presentation thereof;

 

  (f)

has a resolution passed for its winding-up, official management or liquidation (other than pursuant to a consolidation, amalgamation or merger);

 

12


  (g)

seeks or becomes subject to the appointment of an administrator, provisional liquidator, conservator, receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for it or for all or substantially all its assets, all other than by way of an Undisclosed Administration;

 

  (h)

has a secured party take possession of all or substantially all its assets or has a distress, execution, attachment, sequestration or other legal process levied, enforced or sued on or against all or substantially all its assets and such secured party maintains possession, or any such process is not dismissed, discharged, stayed or restrained, in each case within 30 days thereafter;

 

  (i)

causes or is subject to any event with respect to it which, under the applicable laws of any jurisdiction, has an analogous effect to any of the events specified in paragraphs (a) to (h) above; or

 

  (j)

takes any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any of the foregoing acts.

Interest Period means, in relation to a Loan, each period determined in accordance with Clause 11 (Interest Periods) and, in relation to an Unpaid Sum, each period determined in accordance with Clause 10.3 (Default interest).

Interpolated Screen Rate means, in relation to the Applicable Base Rate for any Loan, the rate (rounded to the same number of decimal places as the two relevant Screen Rates) which results from interpolating on a linear basis between:

 

  (a)

the applicable Screen Rate for the longest period (for which that Screen Rate is available) which is less than the Interest Period of that Loan; and

 

  (b)

the applicable Screen Rate for the shortest period (for which that Screen Rate is available) which exceeds the Interest Period of that Loan,

each as of the Specified Time for the currency of that Loan.

IRS means the U.S. Internal Revenue Service.

ITA means the United Kingdom Income Tax Act 2007.

Jersey means the Bailiwick of Jersey.

Jersey Companies Law means the Companies (Jersey) Law 1991.

Lender means:

 

  (a)

any Original Lender; and

 

  (b)

any bank or financial institution which has become a Party as a “Lender” in accordance with Clause 2.2 (Accordion), Clause 2.3 (Increase), or Clause 24 (Changes to the Lenders),

which in each case has not ceased to be a Party as such in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

13


LIBOR means, in relation to any Loan:

 

  (a)

the applicable Screen Rate as of the Specified Time for the currency of that Loan and for a period equal in length to the Interest Period of that Loan; or

 

  (b)

as otherwise determined pursuant to Clause 12.1 (Unavailability of Screen Rate),

and, if, in either case, that rate is below zero, LIBOR will be deemed to be zero.

Lists means the list of Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons maintained by OFAC and/or on any other similar list of any United States or European Union governmental organisation.

LMA means the Loan Market Association.

Loan means a loan made or to be made under the Facility or the principal amount outstanding for the time being of that loan.

Majority Lenders means:

 

  (a)

if there are no Loans then outstanding, a Lender or Lenders whose Commitments aggregate more than 6623 per cent of the Total Commitments (or, if the Total Commitments have been reduced to zero, aggregated more than 6623 per cent of the Total Commitments immediately prior to the reduction); or

 

  (b)

at any other time, a Lender or Lenders whose participations in the Loans then outstanding aggregate more than 6623 per cent of all the Loans then outstanding.

Margin means at any time the percentage rate per annum determined at such time to be the Margin in accordance with Clause 10.5 (Margin).

Margin Stock means margin stock or margin security within the meaning of Regulations T, U and X.

Marketable Securities means certificates of deposit, gilt-edged securities or other EU, UK or US governmental securities which are freely tradable, units in Sociétés d’Investissement à Capital Variable (managed by reputable banks or financial institutions), commercial paper rated at least A1/P1 by Standard and Poor’s Corporation or Moody’s Investor Services, Inc., UK Certificates of Tax Deposit and such other liquid investments as the Parent may from time to time agree in writing with the Agent (acting on instructions of the Majority Lenders).

Material Adverse Effect means a material adverse effect on:

 

  (a)

the ability of the Obligors (taken together) to perform their payment obligations under the Finance Documents; or

 

  (b)

the validity or enforceability of any material provision of the Finance Documents; or

 

  (c)

for the purposes of Clause 20 (Representations) only, the business operations, affairs, financial condition, assets or properties of the Group taken as a whole.

 

14


Material Subsidiary means, at any time:

 

  (a)

subject to the proviso below, the Agreed Material Subsidiaries; or

 

  (b)

any Subsidiary:

 

  (i)

the net assets of which represents at least 10 per cent of the consolidated net assets of the Group; or

 

  (ii)

whose earnings before interest and tax (calculated in the same manner as EBIT, but by reference to the company concerned) represents 10 per cent or more of the EBIT of the Group,

calculated by reference to the latest audited financial consolidated statements of the Parent and the latest audited financial statements of the relevant Subsidiary (unconsolidated, in the case of a Subsidiary which itself has any Subsidiaries),

provided always that an Agreed Material Subsidiary shall cease to be a Material Subsidiary if its net assets or earnings before interest and tax calculated as above do not satisfy either of the thresholds set out in subparagraphs (b)(i) or (b)(ii) above.

Moody’s means Moody’s Investors Service Limited.

Month means a period starting on one day in a calendar month and ending on the numerically corresponding day in the next calendar month, except that:

 

  (a)

(subject to paragraph (c) below) if the numerically corresponding day is not a Business Day, that period shall end on the next Business Day in that calendar month in which that period is to end if there is one, or if there is not, on the immediately preceding Business Day;

 

  (b)

if there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month in which that period is to end, that period shall end on the last Business Day in that calendar month; and

 

  (c)

if an Interest Period begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month, that Interest Period shall end on the last Business Day in the calendar month in which that Interest Period is to end.

The above rules will only apply to the last Month of any period.

Multiemployer Plan means any Plan that is a multiemployer plan (as such term is defined in section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA).

New Holding Company has the meaning given to it in Clause 9.2 (Change of control).

New Lender has the meaning given to that term in Clause 24 (Changes to the Lenders).

 

15


Non-U.S. Plan means any plan, fund or other similar program that:

 

  (a)

is established or maintained outside the United States of America by an Obligor or any Subsidiary primarily for the benefit of employees of such Obligor or one or more Subsidiaries residing outside the United States of America, which plan, fund or other similar program provides, or results in, retirement income, a deferral of income in contemplation of retirement or payments to be made upon termination of employment; and

 

  (b)

is not subject to ERISA or the Code.

Obligor means a Borrower or a Guarantor.

OFAC means the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the United States Department of the Treasury.

OFAC Laws and Regulations means the Executive Order or regulations of OFAC codified at 31 C.F.R., Subtitle B, Chapter V.

Optional Currency means a currency (other than the Base Currency) which complies with the conditions set out in Clause 7.2 (Conditions relating to Optional Currencies).

Original Financial Statements means:

 

  (a)

in relation to the Parent, the financial statements of the Group for the period ending on 31 July 2019;

 

  (b)

in relation to Wolseley Limited, its audited financial statements for its financial year ended 31 July 2019; and

 

  (c)

in relation to any other Obligor, its audited financial statements (if any) delivered to the Agent as required by Clause 25 (Changes to the Obligors).

Original Obligor means an Original Borrower or an Original Guarantor.

Parent means Ferguson plc (incorporated in Jersey under registered number 128484) or, following a Permitted Change of Control as defined in Clause 9.2 (Change of control), the New Holding Company from the date it accedes to this Agreement.

Participating Member State means any member state of the European Union that has the euro as its lawful currency in accordance with legislation of the European Union relating to Economic and Monetary Union.

Party means a party to this Agreement.

PBGC means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation referred to and defined in ERISA or any successor thereto.

Permitted Change of Control has the meaning given to it in Clause 9.2 (Change of control).

Plan means an “employee benefit plan” (as defined in section 3(3) of ERISA) subject to Title I or IV of ERISA or section 412 of the Code that is or, within

 

16


the preceding five years, has been established or maintained, or to which contributions are or, within the preceding five years, have been made or required to be made, by either Obligor or any ERISA Affiliate or with respect to which either Obligor or any ERISA Affiliate may have any actual or contingent, direct or indirect liability.

Pre-Approved Jurisdiction means the UK, USA, Jersey or Canada.

Pre-Transfer Lender means, in relation to any Accordion Increase, any Lender party to this Agreement on the date the Agent receives the notice pursuant to paragraph (a) of Clause 2.2 (Accordion) in relation to such Accordion Increase.

Priority Indebtedness means, at any time, the sum (without duplication) of:

 

  (a)

the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Financial Indebtedness of the Parent (other than any guarantees issued in connection with cash pooling arrangements of the Group which have been entered into in the ordinary course of treasury activities, issued in favour of the financial institution providing such arrangements or one or more of its Affiliates), each Obligor and each other member of the Group secured by Security permitted pursuant to Clause 22.5 (Negative Pledge) at such time; and

 

  (b)

the aggregate unpaid principal amount of unsecured Financial Indebtedness of all members of the Group (other than the Parent) at such time, other than unsecured Financial Indebtedness:

 

  (i)

in the case of a person which becomes a member of the Group after the date of this Agreement, of that person which is outstanding at the time such person becomes a member of the Group, provided such Financial Indebtedness was not incurred in contemplation of it becoming a member of the Group (and any replacement or extension of such Financial Indebtedness provided that the principal amount thereof (on the date such person became a member of the Group) is not increased);

 

  (ii)

incurred by any member of the Group (other than the Parent) that is a special purpose finance company to the extent that the proceeds of such Financial Indebtedness are either directly or via one or more non-trading vehicles on-lent to a Guarantor (and which member of the Group does not own any assets other than those consistent with its special purpose finance nature);

 

  (iii)

of a Subsidiary owed to the Parent or any other Subsidiary;

 

  (iv)

of any Guarantor, so long as the guarantee of such Guarantor under this Agreement shall be in full force and effect and neither such Guarantor nor any person acting on its behalf shall have contested in any manner the validity, binding nature or enforceability of such guarantee;

 

  (v)

of the type described in paragraphs (g) and (h) of the definition of Financial Indebtedness; and

 

17


  (vi)

any guarantees issued in connection with cash pooling arrangements of the Group which have been entered into in the ordinary course of treasury activities, issued in favour of the financial institutions providing such arrangements.

Qualifying Lender has the meaning given to it in Clause 14 (Tax Gross Up).

Quotation Day means, in relation to any period for which an interest rate is to be determined:

 

  (a)

(if the currency is sterling) the first day of that period; or

 

  (b)

(for any other currency) two Business Days before the first day of that period,

unless market practice differs in the Relevant Market for a currency, in which case the Quotation Day for that currency will be determined by the Agent in accordance with market practice in the Relevant Market (and if quotations would normally be given by leading banks in the Relevant Market on more than one day, the Quotation Day will be the last of those days).

Rating Agency means Fitch, Moody’s or S&P, together the Rating Agencies.

Receivables Cap means the amount in US dollars equal to 70 per cent. of the “Net Receivables Balance” under (and as defined in) the Ferguson Receivables Facility, disregarding any amendments to the Ferguson Receivables Facility (or termination of the Ferguson Receivables Facility) after the date of this Agreement.

Reference Banks means such banks as may be appointed by the Agent in consultation with the Parent and which have accepted such appointment and such banks from time to time.

Reference Bank Rate means the arithmetic mean of the rates (rounded upwards to four decimal places) as supplied to the Agent at its request by the Reference Banks:

 

  (a)

in relation to LIBOR:

 

  (i)

if:

 

  (A)

the Reference Bank is a contributor to the applicable Screen Rate; and

 

  (B)

it consists of a single figure,

the rate (applied to the relevant Reference Bank and the relevant currency and period) which contributors to the applicable Screen Rate are asked to submit to the relevant administrator; or

 

  (ii)

in any other case, the rate at which the relevant Reference Bank could fund itself in the relevant currency for the relevant period with reference to the unsecured wholesale funding market; or

 

18


  (b)

in relation to CDOR, the rate at which the relevant Reference Bank could fund itself in the relevant currency for the relevant period with reference to the unsecured wholesale funding market.

Reference Bank Quotation means any quotation supplied to the Agent by a Reference Bank.

Regulation T, Regulation U or Regulation X means Regulation T, U or, as the case may be, X of the Board as from time to time in effect and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder or thereof.

Related Fund means, in relation to a fund (the first fund, a fund which is managed or advised by the same investment manager or investment adviser as the first fund or, if it is managed by a different investment manager or investment adviser, a fund whose investment manager or investment adviser is an Affiliate of the investment manager or investment adviser of the first fund.

Relevant Market means:

 

  (a)

in relation to Canadian dollars, the market for Canadian bankers’ acceptances; and

 

  (b)

in relation to any other currency, the London interbank market.

Relevant Nominating Body means any applicable central bank, regulator or other supervisory authority or a group of them, or any working group or committee sponsored or chaired by, or constituted at the request of, any of them or the Financial Stability Board.

Repeating Representations means each of the representations set out in Clauses 20.1 (Status), 20.2 (Binding obligations), 20.3 (Non-conflict with other obligations), 20.4 (Power and authority), 20.5 (No default), 20.11 (Governing law and enforcement), 20.15 (Validity and admissibility in evidence) and 20.17 (Sanctions).

Replacement Benchmark means a benchmark rate which is:

 

  (a)

formally designated, nominated or recommended as the replacement for a Screen Rate by:

 

  (i)

the administrator of that Screen Rate (provided that the market or economic reality that such benchmark rate measures is the same as that measured by that Screen Rate); or

 

  (ii)

any Relevant Nominating Body,

and if replacements have, at the relevant time, been formally designated, nominated or recommended under both paragraphs, the “Replacement Benchmark” will be the replacement under paragraph (ii) above;

 

  (b)

in the opinion of the Majority Lenders and the Parent, generally accepted in the international or any relevant domestic syndicated loan markets as the appropriate successor to a Screen Rate; or

 

19


  (c)

in the opinion of the Majority Lenders and the Parent, an appropriate successor to a Screen Rate.

Representative means any delegate, agent, manager, administrator, nominee, attorney trustee or custodian.

Resignation Letter means a letter substantially in the form set out in Schedule 7 (Form of Resignation Letter).

Restricted Lender shall have the meaning given to it in Clause 22.15 (Sanctions).

Rollover Loan means one or more Loans:

 

  (a)

made or to be made on the same day that a maturing Loan is due to be repaid;

 

  (b)

the aggregate amount of which is equal to or less than the maturing Loan;

 

  (c)

in the same currency as the maturing Loan (unless it arose as a result of the operation of Clause 7.3 (Unavailability of a currency)); and

 

  (d)

made or to be made to the same Borrower for the purpose of refinancing a maturing Loan.

S&P means Standard & Poor’s Rating Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies Inc.

Sanctions means all sanctions administered and enacted by the United Nations Security Council, the European Union, the United States of America, the United Kingdom or Australia or the respective governmental institutions and agencies of any of the foregoing (including, without limitation, the U.S. Department of the Treasury Office of Foreign Assets Control).

Screen Rate means:

 

  (a)

in relation to LIBOR, the London interbank offered rate administered by ICE Benchmark Administration Limited (or any other person which takes over the administration of that rate) for the relevant currency and period displayed on pages LIBOR01 or LIBOR02 of the Thomson Reuters screen (or any replacement Thomson Reuters page which displays that rate); or

 

  (b)

in relation to CDOR, the average bid rate for Canadian bankers’ acceptances (with a period to maturity equal in length to the relevant period (disregarding any inconsistency arising from the last day of that period being determined pursuant to the terms of this Agreement)) displayed on page CDOR of the Thomson Reuters screen (or any replacement Thomson Reuters page which displays that rate),

or, in each case, on the appropriate page of such other information service which publishes that rate from time to time in place of Thomson Reuters. If the agreed page is replaced or service ceases to be available, the Agent may specify another page or service displaying the appropriate rate after consultation with the Parent and the Lenders.

 

20


Screen Rate Replacement Event means, in relation to a Screen Rate:

 

  (a)

the methodology, formula or other means of determining that Screen Rate has, in the opinion of the Majority Lenders, and the Parent materially changed;

 

  (b)

 

  (i)

 

  (A)

the administrator of that Screen Rate or its supervisor publicly announces that such administrator is insolvent; or

 

  (B)

information is published in any order, decree, notice, petition or filing, however described, of or filed with a court, tribunal, exchange, regulatory authority or similar administrative, regulatory or judicial body which reasonably confirms that the administrator of that Screen Rate is insolvent,

provided that, in each case, at that time, there is no successor administrator to continue to provide that Screen Rate;

 

  (ii)

the administrator of that Screen Rate publicly announces that it has ceased or will cease, to provide that Screen Rate permanently or indefinitely and, at that time, there is no successor administrator to continue to provide that Screen Rate;

 

  (iii)

the supervisor of the administrator of that Screen Rate publicly announces that such Screen Rate has been or will be permanently or indefinitely discontinued; or

 

  (iv)

the administrator of that Screen Rate or its supervisor announces that that Screen Rate may no longer be used; or

 

  (c)

the administrator of that Screen Rate determines that that Screen Rate should be calculated in accordance with its reduced submissions or other contingency or fallback policies or arrangements and either:

 

  (i)

the circumstance(s) or event(s) leading to such determination are not (in the opinion of the Majority Lenders and the Obligors) temporary; or

 

  (ii)

that Screen Rate is calculated in accordance with any such policy or arrangement for a period no less than one Month; or

 

  (d)

in the opinion of the Majority Lenders and the Obligors, that Screen Rate is otherwise no longer appropriate for the purposes of calculating interest under this Agreement.

 

21


Security means a mortgage, charge, pledge, lien, security interest or other encumbrance securing any obligation of any person or any other type of right of any creditor to have its claims satisfied in priority to other creditors with or from the proceeds of any properties, assets or revenues of any kind (but for the avoidance of doubt shall not include a right arising out of the ordinary course of trading by the relevant person or any right of set-off arising by contract or by law which would not otherwise constitute a mortgage, charge or pledge).

Specified Time means a time determined in accordance with Schedule 6 (Timetables).

Subsidiary means a subsidiary of the Parent within the meaning of section 1159 of the Companies Act 2006 and includes a subsidiary within the meaning of Article 2 and 2A of the Jersey Companies Law.

Tax means any tax, levy, impost, duty or other charge or withholding of a similar nature (including any penalty or interest payable in connection with any failure to pay or any delay in paying any of the same).

Termination Date means (subject to Clause 6 (Extension Option)) the date falling five years after the date of this Agreement.

Total Commitments means the aggregate of the Commitments from time to time, being US$1,100,000,000 at the date of this Agreement.

Transfer Certificate means a certificate substantially in the form set out in Schedule 4 (Form of Transfer Certificate) or any other form agreed between the Agent and the Parent.

Transfer Date means, in relation to a transfer, the later of:

 

  (a)

the proposed Transfer Date specified in the Transfer Certificate; and

 

  (b)

the date on which the Agent executes the Transfer Certificate.

UK Borrower means a Borrower incorporated under the laws of, or resident for tax purposes in, the United Kingdom.

Undisclosed Administration means in relation to a Lender, the appointment of an administrator, provisional liquidator, conservator, receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official by a supervisory authority or regulator under or based on the law in the country where such Lender is subject to home jurisdiction supervision if applicable law requires that such appointment is not to be publicly disclosed.

United States, USA and US means the United States of America, its territories, possessions and other areas subject to the jurisdiction of the United States of America.

Unpaid Sum means any sum due and payable but unpaid by an Obligor under the Finance Documents.

US Bankruptcy Law means title 11, United States Code or any other United States federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law.

 

22


US Borrower, US Guarantor or US Obligor means a Borrower or a Guarantor or an Obligor, as the case may be, incorporated under the laws of, or of any State (including the District of Columbia) of, the United States.

US Financings means the 2005 USPP Notes, the 2015 USPP Notes, the 2017 USPP Notes and the 2018 Bonds.

US GAAP means accounting principles, standards and practices generally accepted from time to time in the United States and issued or adapted by the Financial Accounting Standards Board of the United States.

U.S. Debtor Relief Laws means the U.S. Bankruptcy Law and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, judicial management or similar debtor relief laws of the United States from time to time in effect and affecting the rights of creditors generally.

US Tax Obligor means:

 

  (a)

a Borrower which is resident for tax purposes in the United States; or

 

  (b)

an Obligor some or all of whose payments under the Finance Documents are from sources within the United States for United States federal income tax purposes.

USA Patriot Act means the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001, Public Law 107-56, 115 Stat. 272 (2001), of the United States as amended.

Utilisation means a utilisation of the Facility.

Utilisation Date means the date of a Utilisation, being the date on which a Loan is to be made.

Utilisation Request means a notice substantially in the form set out in Schedule 3 (Utilisation Request).

VAT means:

 

  (a)

any Tax charged in accordance with the Value Added Tax Act 1994, as may be amended or substituted from time to time;

 

  (b)

any Tax imposed in compliance with the Council Directive of 28 November 2006 on the common system of value added tax (EC Directive 2006/112); and

 

  (c)

any other Tax of a similar nature, whether imposed in substitution for, or levied in addition to, such Tax referred to in paragraphs (a) or (b) above, or imposed elsewhere.

 

23


1.2

Construction

 

  (a)

Unless a contrary indication appears, any reference in this Agreement to:

 

  (i)

the Agent, any Coordinator, any Mandated Lead Arranger, any Finance Party, any Lender, any Obligor or any Party shall be construed so as to include its successors in title, permitted assigns and permitted transferees;

 

  (ii)

assets includes present and future properties, revenues and rights of every description;

 

  (iii)

a Finance Document or any other agreement or instrument is a reference to that Finance Document or other agreement or instrument as amended, novated, supplemented, extended or restated;

 

  (iv)

indebtedness includes any obligation (whether incurred as principal or as surety) for the payment or repayment of money, whether present or future, actual or contingent;

 

  (v)

a person includes any person, firm, company, corporation, government, state or agency of a state or any association, trust or partnership (whether or not having separate legal personality) or two or more of the foregoing;

 

  (vi)

a regulation includes any regulation, rule, official directive, order, request or guideline (whether or not having the force of law) of any governmental, intergovernmental or supranational body, agency, department or regulatory, self-regulatory or other authority or organisation;

 

  (vii)

a provision of law is a reference to that provision as amended or re-enacted; and

 

  (viii)

unless a contrary indication appears a time of day is a reference to London time.

 

  (b)

Section, Clause and Schedule headings are for ease of reference only.

 

  (c)

Unless a contrary indication appears, a term used in any other Finance Document or in any notice given under or in connection with any Finance Document has the same meaning in that Finance Document or notice as in this Agreement.

 

  (d)

A Default (or an Event of Default) is continuing if it has not been remedied or waived.

 

24


  (e)

For all purposes under the Finance Documents, in connection with any division or plan of division under Delaware law (or any comparable event under a different jurisdiction’s laws):

 

  (i)

if any asset, right, obligation or liability of any Person becomes the asset, right, obligation or liability of a different Person, then it shall be deemed to have been transferred from the original Person to the subsequent Person; and

 

  (ii)

if any new Person comes into existence, such new Person shall be deemed to have been organised on the first date of its existence by the holders of its shares at such time.

 

1.3

Currency Symbols and Definitions

 

  (a)

US$, USD and US dollars means the lawful currency for the time being of the United States of America.

 

  (b)

£ and sterling means the lawful currency for the time being of the United Kingdom.

 

  (c)

Canadian dollars and C$ means the lawful currency for the time being of Canada.

 

1.4

Third Party Rights

 

  (a)

Unless expressly provided to the contrary in a Finance Document a person who is not a Party has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 (the Third Parties Act) to enforce or to enjoy the benefit of any term of this Agreement.

 

  (b)

Subject to Clause 36.8 (Other exceptions) but otherwise notwithstanding any term of any Finance Document, the consent of any person who is not a Party is not required to rescind or vary this Agreement at any time.

 

2.

The Facility

 

2.1

The Facility

Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Lenders make available to the Borrowers a multicurrency revolving loan facility in an aggregate amount equal to the Total Commitments and the Lenders will, when requested by the Borrowers, make advances in US dollars or Optional Currencies to the Borrowers.

 

2.2

Accordion

 

  (a)

During the Availability Period, the Parent may, by giving prior written notice to the Agent by no later than the date falling ten Business Days prior to the date of the proposed increase (each an Accordion Request), request that the Total Commitments be increased (and the Total Commitments shall be so increased) in an aggregate amount that (when aggregated with all of the other Commitments increased pursuant to this Clause 2.2) does not exceed US$250,000,000 (an Accordion Increase).

 

  (b)

The Agent shall notify each Pre-Transfer Lender immediately upon receiving any Accordion Request. For the avoidance of doubt, no Pre-Transfer Lender shall be under any obligation to participate in any Accordion Increase.

 

25


  (c)

The Parent shall first invite the Pre-Transfer Lenders to participate in an Accordion Increase pro rata to their then respective Commitments. If a Pre-Transfer Lender does not elect fully to participate in an Accordion Increase by written notice to the Agent and the Parent (where such notice is received no later than ten Business Days after the date of the relevant Accordion Request), the Parent shall be entitled (but is not obliged) to offer the declining Pre-Transfer Lender’s pro rata portion in the respective Accordion Increase (or such lower amount as it may have declined) to other banks or financial institutions.

 

  (d)

An Accordion Increase shall be effected as follows:

 

  (i)

the increased Commitments will be assumed by one or more Pre-Transfer Lenders, other Lenders and/or other banks or financial institutions selected by the Parent (which shall not be a member of the Group) (each an Accordion Lender) and each of which confirms its willingness to assume and does assume all the obligations of a Lender corresponding to that part of the increased Commitments which it is to assume, as if it had been an Original Lender (such confirmation and assumption to be evidenced by its execution of an Accordion Confirmation);

 

  (ii)

the Obligors and any Accordion Lender shall assume obligations towards one another and/or acquire rights against one another in respect of such relevant part of the increased Commitments as the Obligors and the Accordion Lender would have assumed and/or acquired had the Accordion Lender been an Original Lender in respect of the relevant increased Commitments;

 

  (iii)

each Accordion Lender shall become a Party as a “Lender” and any Accordion Lender and each of the other Finance Parties shall assume obligations towards one another in respect of the relevant part of the increased Commitments and acquire rights against one another in respect of such relevant part of the increased Commitments as that Accordion Lender and those Finance Parties would have assumed and/or acquired had the Accordion Lender been an Original Lender in respect of the relevant part of the increased Commitments;

 

  (iv)

the Commitments of the other Lenders shall continue in full force and effect; and

 

  (v)

any increase in the Total Commitments shall take effect on the date specified by the Parent in an Accordion Request or any later date on which the conditions set out in paragraphs (e) below are satisfied (the Accordion Increase Date).

 

26


  (e)

Subject to paragraph (f) below, an increase in the Total Commitments will only be effective when:

 

  (i)

the Agent executes an otherwise duly completed Accordion Confirmation; and

 

  (ii)

in relation to an Accordion Lender which is not a Pre-Transfer Lender before the relevant increase, the Agent has completed all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to the assumption of the increased Commitments by that Accordion Lender, the completion of which the Agent shall promptly notify to the Parent and that Accordion Lender.

 

  (f)

Any Accordion Increase is subject to the further conditions precedent that on the date of an Accordion Request and on the Accordion Increase Date:

 

  (i)

the Repeating Representations on that date are correct in all material respects; and

 

  (ii)

no Event of Default is continuing.

 

  (g)

The Agent shall, immediately upon receipt by it of a duly completed Accordion Confirmation appearing on its face to comply with the terms of this Agreement, execute that Accordion Confirmation.

 

  (h)

The Parent may exercise its option to request an Accordion Increase no more than three times during the life of the Facility.

 

  (i)

Each Accordion Lender, by executing the Accordion Confirmation, confirms (for the avoidance of doubt) that the Agent has authority to execute on its behalf any amendment or waiver that has been approved by or on behalf of the requisite Lender or Lenders in accordance with this Agreement on or prior to the date on which the increase becomes effective.

 

  (j)

Clause 24.5 (Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders) shall apply mutatis mutandis in this Clause 2.2 in relation to an Accordion Lender as if references in that Clause to:

 

  (i)

an Existing Lender were references to all the Lenders immediately prior to the relevant increase;

 

  (ii)

the New Lender were references to that Accordion Lender; and

 

  (iii)

a re-transfer and re-assignment were references to respectively a transfer and assignment.

 

  (k)

For the avoidance of doubt, any amounts due or owing to the Pre-Transfer Lenders pursuant to any Finance Document on or before the date of any increase in the Total Commitments pursuant to this Clause 2.2 (including, without limitation, all amounts in respect of interest, fees and commission) shall be for the account of such Pre-Transfer Lenders and no Accordion Lender shall have any interest in, or any rights in respect of, any such amount.

 

27


  (l)

Each Party shall enter into such documents or agreements as are required in order to give effect to this Clause 2.2 (Accordion).

 

2.3

Increase

 

  (a)

During the Availability Period, the Parent may, by giving prior notice to the Agent by no later than the date falling 20 Business Days after the effective date of a cancellation of:

 

  (i)

the Available Commitments of a Defaulting Lender in accordance with Clause 9.7 (Right of cancellation in relation to a Defaulting Lender); or

 

  (ii)

the Commitments of a Lender in accordance with Clause 9.1 (Illegality),

request that the Total Commitments be increased (and the Total Commitments under the Facility shall be so increased) in an aggregate amount in the Base Currency of up to the amount of the Available Commitments or Commitments so cancelled as follows:

 

  (A)

the increased Commitments will be assumed by one or more Lenders or other banks or financial institutions (each an Increase Lender) selected by the Parent (which shall not be a member of the Group) and each of which confirms its willingness to assume and does assume all the obligations of a Lender corresponding to that part of the increased Commitments which it is to assume, as if it had been an Original Lender;

 

  (B)

each Obligor and any Increase Lender shall assume such obligations towards one another and/or acquire rights against one another as the Obligors and the Increase Lender would have assumed and/or acquired had the Increase Lender been an Original Lender;

 

  (C)

each Increase Lender shall become a Party as a Lender and any Increase Lender and each of the other Finance Parties shall assume such obligations towards one another and acquire rights against one another as that Increase Lender and those Finance Parties would have assumed and/or acquired had the Increase Lender been an Original Lender;

 

  (D)

the Commitments of the other Lenders shall continue in full force and effect; and

 

  (E)

any increase in the Total Commitments shall take effect on the date specified by the Parent in the notice referred to above or any later date on which the conditions set out in paragraph (b) below are satisfied.

 

28


  (b)

An increase in the Total Commitments will only be effective on:

 

  (i)

the execution by the Agent of an Increase Confirmation from the relevant Increase Lender;

 

  (ii)

in relation to an Increase Lender which is not a Lender immediately prior to the relevant increase, the performance by the Agent of all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to the assumption of the increased Commitments by that Increase Lender, the completion of which the Agent shall promptly notify to the Parent and the Increase Lender.

 

  (c)

Each Increase Lender, by executing the Increase Confirmation, confirms (for the avoidance of doubt) that the Agent has authority to execute on its behalf any amendment or waiver that has been approved by or on behalf of the requisite Lender or Lenders in accordance with this Agreement on or prior to the date on which the increase becomes effective.

 

  (d)

Unless the Agent otherwise agrees or the increased Commitment is assumed by an existing Lender, the Parent shall, on the date upon which the increase takes effect, pay to the Agent (for its own account) a fee of US$3,000 and the Parent shall promptly on demand pay the Agent the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) reasonably incurred by it in connection with any increase in Commitments under this Clause 2.3.

 

  (e)

The Parent may pay to the Increase Lender a fee in the amount and at the times agreed between the Parent and the Increase Lender in a letter between the Parent and the Increase Lender setting out that fee. A reference in this Agreement to a Fee Letter shall include any letter referred to in this paragraph.

 

  (f)

Clause 24.5 (Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders) shall apply mutatis mutandis in this Clause 2.3 in relation to an Increase Lender as if references in that Clause to:

 

  (i)

an Existing Lender were references to all the Lenders immediately prior to the relevant increase;

 

  (ii)

the New Lender were references to that Increase Lender; and

 

  (iii)

a re-transfer and re-assignment were references to respectively a transfer and assignment.

 

2.4

Finance Parties’ rights and obligations

 

  (a)

The obligations of each Finance Party under the Finance Documents are several. Failure by a Finance Party to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents does not affect the obligations of any other Party under the Finance Documents. No Finance Party is responsible for the obligations of any other Finance Party under the Finance Documents.

 

29


  (b)

The rights of each Finance Party under or in connection with the Finance Documents are separate and independent rights and any debt arising under the Finance Documents to a Finance Party from an Obligor is a separate and independent debt in respect of which a Finance Party shall be entitled to enforce its rights in accordance with paragraph (c) below. The rights of each Finance Party include any debt owing to that Finance Party under the Finance Documents and, for the avoidance of doubt, any part of a Loan or any other amount owed by an Obligor which relates to a Finance Party’s participation in the Facility or its role under a Finance Document (including any such amount payable to the Agent on its behalf) is a debt owing to that Finance Party by that Obligor.

 

  (c)

A Finance Party may, except as specifically provided in the Finance Documents, separately enforce its rights under or in connection with the Finance Documents.

 

3.

Purpose

 

3.1

Purpose

Each Borrower shall apply all amounts borrowed by it under the Facility in or towards:

 

  (a)

repaying or prepaying the Existing Facility in full; and

 

  (b)

following the repayment or prepayment and cancellation of the Existing Facility in full, the general corporate purposes of the Group (including the repayment of other existing Financial Indebtedness of the Group).

 

3.2

Monitoring

No Finance Party is bound to monitor or verify the application of any amount borrowed pursuant to this Agreement.

 

4.

Conditions of utilisation

 

4.1

Initial conditions precedent

No Borrower may deliver a Utilisation Request unless the Agent has received all of the documents and other evidence listed in Part A of Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent) in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent (acting reasonably). The Agent shall notify the Parent and the Lenders promptly upon being so satisfied.

 

30


4.2

Further conditions precedent

The Lenders will only be obliged to comply with Clause 5.4 (Lenders’ participation) if on the date of the Utilisation Request and on the proposed Utilisation Date:

 

  (a)

in the case of a Rollover Loan, no Event of Default is continuing or would result from the proposed Loan and, in the case of any other Loan, no Default is continuing or would result from the proposed Loan; and

 

  (b)

the Repeating Representations to be made by each Obligor are true in all material respects.

 

4.3

Maximum number of Loans

 

  (a)

A Borrower may not deliver a Utilisation Request if as a result of the proposed Utilisation:

 

  (i)

20 or more Loans would be outstanding; or

 

  (ii)

Loans in more than six currencies would be outstanding.

 

  (b)

Any Loan made by a single Lender under Clause 7.3 (Unavailability of a currency) shall not be taken into account in this Clause 4.3.

 

5.

Utilisation

 

5.1

Delivery of a Utilisation Request

A Borrower may utilise the Facility by delivery to the Agent of a duly completed Utilisation Request not later than the Specified Time.

 

5.2

Completion of a Utilisation Request

 

  (a)

Each Utilisation Request is irrevocable and will not be regarded as having been duly completed unless:

 

  (i)

the proposed Utilisation Date is a Business Day within the applicable Availability Period;

 

  (ii)

it identifies the Borrower;

 

  (iii)

the currency and amount of the Utilisation comply with Clause 5.3 (Currency and amount); and

 

  (iv)

the proposed Interest Period complies with Clause 11 (Interest Periods).

 

  (b)

Only one Loan may be requested in each Utilisation Request.

 

5.3

Currency and amount

 

  (a)

The currency specified in a Utilisation Request must be the Base Currency or an Optional Currency.

 

  (b)

Unless otherwise agreed by the Lenders, the amount of the proposed Loan must be a minimum of US$10,000,000 (or in any Optional Currency such convenient amount being approximately equivalent to US$10,000,000 as the Agent may specify) or, if less, the Available Facility.

 

31


5.4

Lenders’ participation

 

  (a)

If the conditions set out in this Agreement have been met, and subject to Clause 8.1 (Repayment of Loans) each Lender shall make its participation in each Loan available by the Utilisation Date through its Facility Office.

 

  (b)

The amount of each Lender’s participation in each Loan will be equal to the proportion borne by its Available Commitment to the Available Facility immediately prior to making the Loan.

 

  (c)

The Agent shall determine the Base Currency Amount of each Loan which is to be made in an Optional Currency and shall notify each Lender of the amount, currency and the Base Currency Amount of each Loan and the amount of its participation in that Loan, in each case by the Specified Time.

 

6.

Extension option

 

  (a)

A Borrower (or the Parent on behalf of a Borrower) may by notice to the Agent (the Initial Extension Request) not more than 60 days and not less than 30 days before the first anniversary of the date of this Agreement (the First Anniversary), request that the Termination Date be extended for a further period of one year.

 

  (b)

Whether or not an Initial Extension Request has been made, a Borrower (or the Parent on behalf of a Borrower) may by notice to the Agent (the Second Extension Request) no more than 60 days and not less than 30 days before the second anniversary of the date of this Agreement (the Second Anniversary), request that the applicable Termination Date:

 

  (i)

with respect to Lenders who have agreed to the Initial Extension Request, be extended for a further period of one year; and/or

 

  (ii)

if no Initial Extension Request has been made, or with respect to Lenders who refused the Initial Extension Request:

 

  (A)

be extended for a period of one year; or

 

  (B)

be extended for a period of two years,

as selected by the Parent in the notice to the Agent.

 

  (c)

The Agent must promptly notify the Lenders of any Initial Extension Request or Second Extension Request (an Extension Request).

 

  (d)

Each Lender may, in its sole discretion, agree to any Extension Request. Subject to no Event of Default being continuing on the First Anniversary or Second Anniversary (as applicable) of the date of this Agreement, each Lender that agrees to an Extension Request by the date falling 10

 

32


  days before the relevant anniversary of the date of this Agreement will extend its Commitments for a further period of one year or two years, as applicable, from the then current Termination Date and the Termination Date with respect to the Commitments of that Lender will be extended accordingly.

 

  (e)

If any Lender fails to reply to an Extension Request on or before the date falling 10 days before the relevant anniversary of the date of this Agreement, it will be deemed to have refused that Extension Request and its Commitments will not be extended.

 

  (f)

Subject to paragraph (h) below, each Extension Request is irrevocable.

 

  (g)

If one or more (but not all) of the Lenders agree to an Extension Request, then the Agent must notify the Borrower and the Lenders which have agreed to the extension, identifying in that notification which Lenders have not agreed to the Extension Request.

 

  (h)

The Borrower (or the Parent on behalf of a Borrower) may, on the basis that one or more of the Lenders have not agreed to the Extension Request and no later than the date falling 5 days before the relevant anniversary of the date of this Agreement, withdraw the request by notice to the Agent which will promptly notify the Lenders.

 

  (i)

The Borrower may elect whether or not (and when) any fee is payable to the Lenders who agree to an Extension Request. The proposed extension fee (if any) and timing for payment of any fee shall be included in the Initial Extension Request and/or the Second Extension Request (as applicable). Any fee payable will be distributed by the Agent to such agreeing Lenders.

 

7.

Optional currencies

 

7.1

Selection of currency

A Borrower (or the Parent on behalf of a Borrower) shall select the currency of a Loan in a Utilisation Request.

 

7.2

Conditions relating to Optional Currencies

A currency will constitute an Optional Currency in relation to a Loan if it is:

 

  (a)

readily available in the amount required and freely convertible into the Base Currency in the Relevant Market on the Quotation Day and the Utilisation Date for that Loan; and

 

  (b)

sterling or Canadian dollars, or has been approved by the Agent (acting on the instructions of all the Lenders) as an Optional Currency in relation to that Loan on or prior to receipt by the Agent of the relevant Utilisation Request in relation to that Loan.

 

33


7.3

Unavailability of a currency

If before the Specified Time on any Quotation Day:

 

  (a)

a Lender notifies the Agent that the Optional Currency requested is not readily available to it in the amount required; or

 

  (b)

a Lender notifies the Agent that compliance with its obligation to participate in a Loan in the proposed Optional Currency would contravene a law or regulation applicable to it,

the Agent will give notice to the relevant Borrower to that effect by the Specified Time on that day. In this event, any Lender that gives notice pursuant to this Clause 7.3 will be required to participate in the Loan in the Base Currency (in an amount equal to that Lender’s proportion of the Base Currency Amount or, in respect of a Rollover Loan, an amount equal to that Lender’s proportion of the Base Currency Amount of the maturing Loan that is due to be repaid) and its participation will be treated as a separate Loan denominated in the Base Currency during that Interest Period.

 

7.4

Participation in a Loan

Each Lender’s participation in a Loan will be determined in accordance with paragraph (b) of Clause 5.4 (Lenders’ participation).

 

7.5

Canadian dollar Limit

The Agent shall not, unless otherwise agreed by the Parent and the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders), process a Utilisation Request for a Loan in Canadian dollars if as a result of the proposed Utilisation the aggregate amount of Loans outstanding in Canadian dollars would exceed the equivalent of US$150,000,000 (calculated at the Agent’s Spot Rate of Exchange on the date of its receipt of the Utilisation Request).

 

8.

Repayment

 

8.1

Repayment of Loans

 

  (a)

Each Borrower which has drawn a Loan shall repay that Loan on the last day of its Interest Period.

 

  (b)

Without prejudice to each Borrower’s obligation under paragraph (a) above, if one or more Loans are to be made available to a Borrower:

 

  (i)

on the same day that a maturing Loan is due to be repaid by that Borrower;

 

  (ii)

in the same currency as the maturing Loan (unless it arose as a result of the operation of Clause 7.3 (Unavailability of a currency)); and

 

  (iii)

in whole or in part for the purpose of refinancing the maturing Loan;

 

34


the aggregate amount of the new Loans shall be treated as if applied in or towards repayment of the maturing Loan so that:

 

  (A)

if the amount of the maturing Loan exceeds the aggregate amount of the new Loans:

 

  (I)

the relevant Borrower will only be required to pay an amount in cash in the relevant currency equal to that excess; and

 

  (II)

each Lender’s participation (if any) in the new Loans shall be treated as having been made available and applied by the relevant Borrower in or towards repayment of that Lender’s participation (if any) in the maturing Loan and that Lender will not be required to make its participation in the new Loans available in cash; and

 

  (B)

if the amount of the maturing Loan is equal to or less than the aggregate amount of the new Loans:

 

  (I)

the relevant Borrower will not be required to make any payment in cash; and

 

  (II)

each Lender will be required to make its participation in the new Loans available in cash only to the extent that its participation (if any) in the new Loans exceeds that Lender’s participation (if any) in the maturing Loan and the remainder of that Lender’s participation in the new Loans shall be treated as having been made available and applied by the relevant Borrower in or towards repayment of that Lender’s participation in the maturing Loan.

 

  (c)

Each Borrower shall repay all outstanding Loans in full on the applicable Termination Date.

 

9.

Prepayment and cancellation

 

9.1

Illegality

If, in any applicable jurisdiction, it becomes unlawful for any Lender to perform any of its obligations as contemplated by this Agreement or to fund or maintain its participation in any Loan or it becomes unlawful for any Affiliate of a Lender for that Lender to do so:

 

  (a)

that Lender shall promptly notify the Agent upon becoming aware of that event;

 

  (b)

upon the Agent notifying the Parent, the Commitment of that Lender will be immediately cancelled; and

 

35


  (c)

each Borrower shall repay that Lender’s participation in the Loans made to that Borrower on the last day of the Interest Period for each Loan occurring after the Agent has notified the Parent or, if earlier, the date specified by the Lender in the notice delivered to the Agent (being no earlier than the last day of any applicable grace period permitted by law) and that Lender’s corresponding Commitment shall be cancelled in the amount of the participations repaid.

 

9.2

Change of control

 

  (a)

Subject to paragraph (c) below, if any person (whether alone or together with any associated person or persons) gains control at any time of the Parent or, following a Permitted Change of Control, the New Holding Company:

 

  (i)

the Parent, or the New Holding Company, as the case may be, shall promptly notify the Agent upon becoming aware of that event;

 

  (ii)

the Parties agree to consult in good faith and consider any proposed amendments to the terms hereof; and

 

  (iii)

if no agreement is reached between the Parties within 30 days of the notification in subparagraph (i) above, if a Lender so requires the Agent shall, by not less than five days’ notice to the Parent cancel the Commitment of that Lender and declare the participation of that Lender in all outstanding Loans, together with accrued interest, and all other amounts accrued under the Finance Documents immediately due and payable, whereupon the Commitment of that Lender will be cancelled and all such participations in outstanding Loans, accrued interest and other amounts will become immediately due and payable.

 

  (b)

For the purpose of paragraph (a) above associated persons means, in relation to any person, a person who is acting in concert (as defined in the City Code on Takeover and Mergers) with that person or is a connected person (as defined in Section 839 of the Income and Corporation Taxes Act 1988) of that person and control means the power (directly or indirectly) to direct the management and policies of an entity whether through the ownership of voting capital, by contract or otherwise.

 

  (c)

Paragraph (a) above shall not apply to any situation in which, as a result of any bona fide scheme of arrangement, offer, arrangement or reorganisation in respect of the Parent and/or the Group, one or more companies (the ultimate Holding Company of such companies or corporations being the New Holding Company) are interposed between the Parent and those persons (the Existing Shareholders) which are the

 

36


  Parent’s shareholders immediately prior to the relevant transaction taking place (the Permitted Change of Control) provided that:

 

  (i)

the New Holding Company (and any of its Subsidiaries which is a Holding Company of the Parent) becomes an Additional Guarantor within 30 days of the date on which the Permitted Change of Control comes into effect; and

 

  (ii)

the Existing Shareholders control the New Holding Company and the Parent after the Permitted Change of Control occurs.

 

  (d)

If a Permitted Change of Control occurs, the Parent and the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) shall enter into negotiations in good faith for a period not exceeding 30 days with a view to agreeing any amendments to this Agreement which are necessary as a result of the Permitted Change of Control. If any amendments are agreed they shall take effect and be binding on each of the Parties in accordance with their terms. If no amendments have been agreed within such 30 day period, the Parties agree that this Agreement will be amended only to the extent that the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) reasonably specifies is necessary:

 

  (i)

to enable the New Holding Company and each Subsidiary of the New Holding Company which is also a Holding Company of the Parent to become a party to this Agreement as an Additional Guarantor; and

 

  (ii)

to reflect any requirements of the law of the jurisdiction in which each such person is incorporated (the Local Law), to ensure that each such proposed Additional Guarantor is able to comply with its obligations under this Agreement to the fullest extent permitted by each relevant Local Law.

 

9.3

Cancellation at end of Availability Period

At the end of the last day of any Availability Period, any Available Commitments will be automatically cancelled.

 

9.4

Voluntary cancellation

The Parent may, if it gives the Agent not less than five Business Days’ (or such shorter period as the Majority Lenders may agree) prior written notice, cancel the whole or any part (being a minimum amount of US$10,000,000) of the Available Facility. Any cancellation under this Clause 9.4 shall reduce the Commitments of the Lenders rateably.

 

9.5

Voluntary Prepayment of Loans

The Borrower to which a Loan has been made may, if it gives the Agent not less than five Business Days’ (or such shorter period as the Majority Lenders may agree) prior written notice, prepay the whole or any part of a Loan (but if in part, being an amount that reduces the Base Currency Amount of the Loan by a minimum amount of US$5,000,000).

 

37


9.6

Right of repayment and cancellation in relation to a single Lender

 

  (a)

If:

 

  (i)

any sum payable to any Lender by an Obligor is required to be increased under paragraph (c) of Clause 14.2 (Tax gross-up); or

 

  (ii)

any Lender claims indemnification from the Parent under Clause 14.9 (Tax Indemnity) or Clause 15 (Increased Costs),

the Parent may, whilst the circumstance giving rise to the requirement for indemnification continues, give the Agent notice of cancellation of the Commitment of that Lender and its intention to procure the repayment of that Lender’s participation in the Loans.

 

  (b)

On receipt of a notice referred to in paragraph (a) above, the Available Commitment of that Lender shall immediately be reduced to zero.

 

  (c)

On the last day of each Interest Period which ends after the Parent has given notice under paragraph (a) above each Borrower to which a Loan is outstanding shall repay that Lender’s participation in that Loan and the Commitment of the Lender shall immediately be reduced to zero.

 

9.7

Right of cancellation in relation to a Defaulting Lender

 

  (a)

If any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, the Parent may, at any time whilst the Lender continues to be a Defaulting Lender, give the Agent five Business Days’ notice of cancellation of the Available Commitment of that Lender.

 

  (b)

On the notice referred to in paragraph (a) above becoming effective, the Available Commitment of the Defaulting Lender shall immediately be reduced to zero.

 

  (c)

The Agent shall as soon as practicable after receipt of a notice referred to in paragraph (a) above, notify all the Lenders.

 

9.8

Other provisions relating to prepayment and cancellation

 

  (a)

Any notice of cancellation or prepayment given by any Party under this Clause 9 shall be irrevocable and, unless a contrary indication appears in this Agreement, shall specify the date or dates upon which the relevant cancellation or prepayment is to be made and the amount of that cancellation or prepayment.

 

  (b)

Any prepayment under this Agreement shall be made together with accrued interest on the amount prepaid and, subject to any Break Costs, without premium or penalty.

 

  (c)

Unless a contrary indication appears in this Agreement, any part of the Facility which is prepaid may be reborrowed in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

38


  (d)

The Borrowers shall not repay or prepay all or any part of the Loans or cancel all or any part of the Commitments except at the times and in the manner expressly provided for in this Agreement.

 

  (e)

Subject to Clause 2.3 (Increase), no amount of the Total Commitments cancelled under this Agreement may be subsequently reinstated.

 

  (f)

Unless a contrary indication appears in this Agreement, any cancellation shall be made pro rata to the Commitments of each Lender.

 

  (g)

If the Agent receives a notice under this Clause 9 it shall promptly forward a copy of that notice to either the Parent or the affected Lender, as appropriate.

 

10.

Interest

 

10.1

Calculation of interest

The rate of interest on each Loan for each Interest Period is the percentage rate per annum which is the aggregate of the applicable:

 

  (a)

Margin; and

 

  (b)

 

  (i)

in relation to any Loan in Canadian dollars, CDOR; or

 

  (ii)

in relation to any other Loan, LIBOR:

 

10.2

Payment of interest

The Borrower to which a Loan has been made shall pay accrued interest on that Loan on the last day of each Interest Period (and, if the Interest Period is longer than six Months, on the dates falling at six monthly intervals after the first day of the Interest Period).

 

10.3

Default interest

 

  (a)

If an Obligor fails to pay any amount payable by it under a Finance Document on its due date, interest shall accrue on the overdue amount from the due date up to the date of actual payment (both before and after judgment) at a rate which is 1.00 per cent higher than the rate which would have been payable if the overdue amount had, during the period of non-payment, constituted a Loan in the currency of the overdue amount for successive Interest Periods, each of a duration selected by the Agent (acting reasonably). Any interest accruing under this Clause 10.3 shall be immediately payable by the Obligor on demand by the Agent.

 

  (b)

Default interest (if unpaid) arising on an overdue amount will be compounded with the overdue amount at the end of each Interest Period applicable to that overdue amount but will remain immediately due and payable.

 

39


10.4

Notification of rates of interest

The Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders and the relevant Borrower of the determination of a rate of interest under this Agreement.

 

10.5

Margin

 

  (a)

The initial Margin is 0.30 per cent. per annum.

 

  (b)

The Margin will subsequently be set in accordance with paragraphs (c) to (f) below to be the percentage rate per annum set out opposite the relevant Credit Rating (defined below) below.

 

Credit Rating

   Margin (% per
annum
 

A-/A3 or higher

     0.20  

BBB+/Baa1

     0.25  

BBB/Baa2

     0.35  

BBB-/Baa3

     0.50  

BB+/Ba1 or lower

     0.75  

 

  (c)

During any period in which there is no Credit Rating, the Margin shall be calculated on the basis of a credit rating of BB+/Ba1 or lower.

 

  (d)

If one Rating Agency assigns a different Credit Rating to that assigned by the other Rating Agency (or Rating Agencies), the applicable Margin will be the average applicable Margin as determined in accordance with the grid above.

 

  (e)

During any period in which the Credit Rating comprises rating(s) from only one Rating Agency, then the Margin shall be calculated on the basis of the Credit Rating of the agency that provides such rating(s).

 

  (f)

For the purposes of paragraph (b) above any reduction or increase in the Margin during the Interest Period of a Loan shall be determined on the Business Day following receipt by the Agent of notice from the Parent of a change to the Credit Rating with a Rating Agency in accordance with paragraph (g) below and shall take effect from the date of publication of the relevant Credit Rating by the Rating Agency.

 

  (g)

Promptly after becoming aware of the same, the Parent shall inform the Agent in writing if either (i) there is any change in the Credit Rating with a Rating Agency or (ii) if any of the circumstances contemplated by paragraphs (c) to (f) above arise.

 

40


  (h)

During any period in which there is an Event of Default continuing, the Margin shall be calculated on the basis of a credit rating of BB+/Ba1 or lower.

 

  (i)

For the purposes of this Clause 10.5 (Margin), Credit Rating means, in respect of Fitch, Moody’s or S&P:

 

  (i)

the long term corporate credit rating of the Parent published by Fitch, Moody’s or, as the case may be, S&P; or

 

  (ii)

if neither Fitch nor Moody’s nor S&P publishes a long term corporate credit rating of the Parent as provided in (i) above, the lowest senior unsecured public debt rating published by Fitch, Moody’s or S&P (as the case may be) in respect of the Parent.

 

10.6

Modification and/or discontinuation of certain benchmarks

Without prejudice to any other provisions of this Agreement (including in particular this Clause 10 and Clause 36.4 (Replacement of Screen Rate), each Party acknowledges and agrees for the benefit of the other Parties that:

 

  (a)

interbank offer rate benchmarks (i) may be subject to methodological or other changes which could affect their value, (ii) may not comply with applicable laws and regulations (such as the Regulation (EU) 2016/1011 of the European Parliament and of the Council, as amended (EU Benchmarks Regulation)) and/or (iii) may be permanently discontinued; and

 

  (b)

the occurrence of any of the aforementioned events and/or a Screen Rate Replacement Event may have adverse consequences which may materially impact the economics of the financing transaction contemplated under this Agreement.

 

11.

Interest periods

 

11.1

Selection of Interest Periods

 

  (a)

A Borrower (or the Parent on behalf of a Borrower) may select an Interest Period for a Loan in the Utilisation Request for that Loan.

 

  (b)

Subject to this Clause 11, a Borrower (or the Parent) may select an Interest Period of one week, one Month, two, three or six Months or any other period agreed between the Parent and the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders if the requested period is less than six Months or acting on the instructions of all the Lenders if the requested period is more than six Months).

 

  (c)

Notwithstanding Clause 11.2 (Non-Business Days), an Interest Period for a Loan shall not extend beyond the applicable Termination Date.

 

  (d)

Each Interest Period for a Loan shall start on the Utilisation Date.

 

  (e)

A Loan has one Interest Period only.

 

41


  (f)

A Borrower (or the Parent on behalf of a Borrower) may only select up to ten (10) one week Interest Periods in any calendar year.

 

11.2

Non-Business Days

If an Interest Period would otherwise end on a day which is not a Business Day, that Interest Period will instead end on the next Business Day in that calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not).

 

12.

Changes to the calculation of interest

 

12.1

Unavailability of Screen Rate

 

  (a)

Interpolated Screen Rate: If no Screen Rate is available for LIBOR or CDOR (as applicable) for the Interest Period of a Loan, the applicable LIBOR or CDOR shall be the Interpolated Screen Rate for a period equal in length to the Interest Period of that Loan.

 

  (b)

Reference Bank Rate: If no Screen Rate is available for LIBOR or CDOR (as applicable) for:

 

  (i)

the currency of a Loan; or

 

  (ii)

the Interest Period of a Loan and it is not possible to calculate the Interpolated Screen Rate,

the applicable LIBOR or CDOR shall be the Reference Bank Rate as of the Specified Time for the currency of that Loan and for a period equal in length to the Interest Period of that Loan.

 

  (c)

Cost of funds: If paragraph (b) above applies but no Reference Bank Rate is available for the relevant currency or Interest Period there shall be no LIBOR or CDOR (as applicable) for that Loan and Clause 12.4 (Cost of funds) shall apply to that Loan for that Interest Period.

 

12.2

Calculation of Reference Bank Rate

 

  (a)

Subject to paragraph (b) below, if LIBOR or CDOR is to be determined on the basis of a Reference Bank Rate but a Reference Bank does not supply a quotation by the Specified Time, the Reference Bank Rate shall be calculated on the basis of the quotations of the remaining Reference Banks.

 

  (b)

If at or about:

 

  (i)

12 noon on the Quotation Day; or

 

  (ii)

in the case of CDOR, 11.00 a.m. (Toronto time) on the Quotation Day,

none or only one of the Reference Banks supplies a quotation, there shall be no Reference Bank Rate for the relevant Interest Period.

 

42


12.3

Market disruption

If before:

 

  (a)

close of business in London on the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest Period; or

 

  (b)

in the case of a Loan in Canadian dollars, close of business in London on the day falling one Business Day after the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest Period,

the Agent receives notifications from a Lender or Lenders (whose participations in a Loan exceed 35 per cent. of that Loan) that the cost to it of funding its participation in that Loan from whatever source it may reasonably select would be in excess of LIBOR or CDOR (as applicable) then Clause 12.4 (Cost of funds) shall apply to that Loan for the relevant Interest Period.

 

12.4

Cost of funds

 

  (a)

If this Clause 12.4 applies, the rate of interest on each Lender’s share of the relevant Loan for the relevant Interest Period shall be the percentage rate per annum which is the sum of:

 

  (i)

the Margin; and

 

  (ii)

the rate notified to the Agent by that Lender as soon as practicable and in any event before interest is due to be paid in respect of that Interest Period, to be that which expresses as a percentage rate per annum the cost to that Lender of funding its participation in that Loan from whatever source it may reasonably select.

 

  (b)

If this Clause 12.4 applies and the Agent or the Parent so requires, the Agent and the Parent shall enter into negotiations (for a period of not more than 30 days) with a view to agreeing a substitute basis for determining the rate of interest.

 

  (c)

Any alternative basis agreed pursuant to paragraph (b) above shall, with the prior consent of all the Lenders and the Parent, be binding on all Parties.

 

12.5

Break Costs

 

  (a)

Each Borrower shall, within three Business Days of demand by a Finance Party, pay to that Finance Party its Break Costs attributable to all or any part of a Loan or Unpaid Sum being paid by that Borrower on a day other than the last day of an Interest Period for that Loan or Unpaid Sum.

 

  (b)

Each Lender shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after a demand by the Agent, provide a certificate confirming the amount of its Break Costs for any Interest Period in which they accrue.

 

43


13.

Fees

 

13.1

Commitment fee

 

  (a)

The Parent shall pay to the Agent (for the account of each Lender) a fee in the Base Currency computed at the rate of 35 per cent of the applicable Margin per annum on that Lender’s Available Commitment during the applicable Availability Period.

 

  (b)

The accrued commitment fee is payable in arrear:

 

  (i)

on the last day of each successive period of three Months ending on 31 January, 30 April, 31 July and 31 October in each year prior to the end of the applicable Availability Period;

 

  (ii)

on the last day of the applicable Availability Period;

 

  (iii)

on any earlier day when the Total Commitments are reduced to zero; and

 

  (iv)

to a particular Lender on the date on which that Lender’s participations are repaid and its Commitment cancelled as provided for in Clause 9.6 (Right of repayment and cancellation in relation to a single Lender).

 

  (c)

No commitment fee is payable to the Agent (for the account of a Lender) on any Available Commitment of that Lender for any date on which that Lender is a Defaulting Lender.

 

13.2

Arrangement fee

The Parent shall pay to the Agent (for the account of each Mandated Lead Arranger) an arrangement fee in the amount and at the times agreed in a Fee Letter.

 

13.3

Agency fee

The Parent shall pay to the Agent (for its own account) an agency fee in the amount and at the times agreed in a Fee Letter.

 

13.4

Participation fee

The Parent shall pay to the Agent (for the account of each Lender) a participation fee in the amount and at the times agreed in a Fee Letter.

 

13.5

Utilisation fee

 

  (a)

The Parent shall pay to the Agent (for the account of each Lender) a utilisation fee on the Base Currency Amount of each Lender’s aggregate participation in the Loans computed at the rate of:

 

  (i)

for each day on which the aggregate principal Base Currency Amount of the Loans is less than or equal to 3313 per cent of the Total Commitments, 0.075 per cent per annum;

 

44


  (ii)

for each day on which the aggregate principal Base Currency Amount of the Loans exceeds 3313 per cent of the Total Commitments but is less than or equal to 6623 per cent of the Total Commitments, 0.15 per cent per annum; and

 

  (iii)

for each day on which the aggregate principal Base Currency Amount of the Loans exceeds 6623 per cent of the Total Commitments, 0.30 per cent per annum.

 

  (b)

The utilisation fee shall accrue from day to day and shall be payable in arrears on each commitment fee payment date as set out in paragraph (b) of Clause 13.1 (Commitment fee) above.

 

14.

Tax gross up

 

14.1

Definitions

 

  (a)

In this Agreement:

Borrower DTTP Filing means an HM Revenue & Customs’ Form DTTP, duly completed and filed by the relevant Borrower, which:

 

  (i)

where it relates to a UK Treaty Lender that is an Original Lender, contains the scheme reference number and jurisdiction of tax residence stated opposite that Lender’s name in Schedule 1 (The Original Parties), and

 

  (A)

where the UK Borrower is an Original Borrower, is filed with HM Revenue & Customs within 30 days of the date of this Agreement; or

 

  (B)

where the UK Borrower is an Additional Borrower, is filed with HM Revenue & Customs within 30 days of the date on which that UK Borrower becomes an Additional Borrower; or

 

  (ii)

where it relates to a UK Treaty Lender that is not an Original Lender, contains the scheme reference number and jurisdiction of tax residence stated in respect of that Lender in the documentation which it executes on becoming a Party as a Lender; and

 

  (A)

where the UK Borrower is a Borrower as at the date on which that Treaty Lender becomes a Party as a Lender, is filed with HM Revenue & Customs within 30 days of that date; or

 

  (B)

where the UK Borrower is not a Borrower as at the date on which that Treaty Lender becomes a Party as a Lender, is filed with HM Revenue & Customs within 30 days of the date on which that Borrower becomes an Additional Borrower.

 

45


Change of Law means any change which occurs after the date of this agreement or, if later, after the date on which the relevant Lender became a Lender pursuant to this Agreement (as applicable) in any law, regulation or treaty (or in the interpretation, administration or application of any law, regulation or treaty) or any published practice or published concession of any relevant tax authority.

Protected Party means a Finance Party which is or will be subject to any liability, or required to make any payment, for or on account of Tax in relation to a sum received or receivable (or any sum deemed for the purposes of Tax to be received or receivable) under a Finance Document.

Tax Confirmation means a confirmation by a Lender that the person beneficially entitled to interest payable to that Lender in respect of an advance under a Finance Document is either:

 

  (i)

a company resident in the United Kingdom for United Kingdom tax purposes;

 

  (ii)

a partnership each member of which is:

 

  (A)

a company so resident in the United Kingdom; or

 

  (B)

a company not so resident in the United Kingdom which carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment and which brings into account in computing its chargeable profits (within the meaning of section 19 of the CTA) the whole of any share of interest payable in respect of that advance that falls to it by reason of Part 17 of the CTA; or

 

  (iii)

a company not so resident in the United Kingdom which carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment and which brings into account interest payable in respect of that advance in computing the chargeable profits (within the meaning of section 19 of the CTA) of that company.

Tax Credit means a credit against, relief or remission for, or repayment of any Tax.

Tax Deduction means a deduction or withholding for or on account of Tax from a payment under a Finance Document, other than a FATCA Deduction.

Tax Payment means an increased payment made by an Obligor to a Finance Party under Clause 14.2 (Tax gross-up).

UK Non-Bank Lender means a Lender which is not an Original Lender and which gives a Tax Confirmation in the documentation which it executes on becoming a Party as a Lender.

 

46


UK Qualifying Lender means:

 

  (i)

a Lender which is beneficially entitled to interest payable to that Lender in respect of an advance under a Finance Document and is:

 

  (A)

a Lender:

 

  (I)

which is a bank (as defined for the purpose of section 879 of the ITA) making an advance under a Finance Document and is within the charge to United Kingdom corporation tax as respects any payments of interest made in respect of that advance or would be within such charge as respects such payments apart from section 18A of the CTA; or

 

  (II)

in respect of an advance made under a Finance Document by a person that was a bank (as defined for the purpose of section 879 of the ITA) at the time that that advance was made and which is within the charge to United Kingdom corporation tax as respects any payments of interest made in respect of that advance; or

 

  (B)

a Lender which is:

 

  (I)

a company resident in the United Kingdom for United Kingdom tax purposes;

 

  (II)

a partnership each member of which is:

 

  (aa)

a company so resident in the United Kingdom; or

 

  (bb)

a company not so resident in the United Kingdom which carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment and which brings into account in computing its chargeable profits (within the meaning of section 19 of the CTA) the whole of any share of interest payable in respect of that advance that falls to it by reason of Part 17 of the CTA;

 

  (III)

a company not so resident in the United Kingdom which carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment and which brings into account interest payable in respect of that advance in computing the chargeable profits (within the meaning of section 19 of the CTA) of that company; or

 

  (C)

a UK Treaty Lender; or

 

47


  (ii)

a Lender which is a building society (as defined for the purpose of section 880 of the ITA) making an advance under a Finance Document.

UK Treaty Lender means a Lender which:

 

  (i)

is treated as a resident of a UK Treaty State for the purposes of the relevant UK Treaty;

 

  (ii)

does not carry on a business in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment with which that Lender’s participation in the Loan is effectively connected; and

 

  (iii)

meets all other requirements in the relevant UK Treaty for full exemption from United Kingdom Tax on interest payable under the Finance Documents, except that for this purpose it shall be assumed that any necessary procedural formalities are fulfilled.

UK Treaty State means a jurisdiction having a double taxation agreement (a UK Treaty) with the United Kingdom which makes provision for full exemption from tax imposed by the United Kingdom on interest.

U.S. Qualifying Lender means a Lender which is a person which:

 

  (i)

is a United States person (as defined in section 7701(a)(30) of the Code); or

 

  (ii)

is not a United States person (as so defined) but is entitled to a complete exemption from, or a full refund of, withholding of U.S. federal income tax on interest payable to it on such date in respect of any Loan; or

 

  (iii)

in the case of a Lender, that is not a United States person (as so defined), that acquires a Loan through an assignment or transfer from another U.S. Qualifying Lender after the date of this Agreement, is entitled to the same, or a lower, rate of withholding of U.S. federal income tax on interest payable to the assigning or transferring U.S. Qualifying Lender on the date the Loan in assigned or transferred.

Withholding Form means IRS Form W-8BEN, W-8BEN-E, W-8ECI or W-9 (or in each case, any substitute or successor form thereto) either directly or under cover of IRS Form W-8IMY (or any substitute or successor form) or any other IRS form by which a person may validly claim complete exemption from withholding of U.S. federal income tax on interest payments to that person (or, in the case of a Lender that acquires a Loan through an assignment or transfer from another Lender after the date of this Agreement, claiming a rate of withholding of U.S. federal income tax on interest payments equal to, or lower than, the rate of withholding of U.S. federal income tax on interest payments to the assigning or transferring Lender on the date the Loan in assigned or transferred); provided, that in the case of IRS Form W-8BEN or

 

48


W-8BEN-E (including as an attachment to IRS Form W-8IMY), the Lender presenting such IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E either:

 

  (i)

has claimed eligibility for benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States of America is a party and establishing a complete exemption from withholding of U.S. federal income tax on interest payments pursuant to such treaty; or

 

  (ii)

has claimed the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 871(h) or 881(c) of the Code and attached thereto a certificate to the effect that such Lender is not (x) a “bank” described in Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (y) a “10 percent shareholder” of any of the Obligors within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3) or 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code; or (z) a “controlled foreign corporation” described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code.

 

  (b)

In this Clause 14 a reference to determines or determined means a determination made in good faith in the absolute discretion of the person making the determination.

 

14.2

Tax gross-up

 

  (a)

Each Obligor shall make all payments to be made by it without any Tax Deduction, unless a Tax Deduction is required by law.

 

  (b)

The Parent or a Finance Party shall promptly upon becoming aware that an Obligor must make a Tax Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of a Tax Deduction) notify the Agent accordingly. If the Agent receives such notification from a Lender it shall notify the Parent and that Obligor.

 

  (c)

If a Tax Deduction is required by law to be made by an Obligor, the amount of the payment due from that Obligor shall be increased to an amount which (after making any Tax Deduction) leaves an amount equal to the payment which would have been due if no Tax Deduction had been required.

 

  (d)

A payment shall not be increased under paragraph (c) above by reason of a Tax Deduction on account of Tax imposed by the United Kingdom, if on the date on which the payment falls due:

 

  (i)

the payment could have been made to the relevant Lender without a Tax Deduction if the Lender had been a UK Qualifying Lender, but on that date that Lender is not or has ceased to be a UK Qualifying Lender other than as a result of any change after the date it became a Lender under this Agreement in (or in the interpretation, administration, or application of) any law or UK Treaty or any published practice or published concession of any relevant taxing authority; or

 

49


  (ii)

the relevant Lender is a UK Qualifying Lender solely by virtue of paragraph (i)(B) of the definition of UK Qualifying Lender and:

 

  (A)

an officer of H.M. Revenue & Customs has given (and not revoked) a direction (a Direction) under section 931 of the ITA which relates to the payment and that Lender has received from the Obligor making the payment or from the Parent a certified copy of that Direction; and

 

  (B)

the payment could have been made to the Lender without any Tax Deduction if that Direction had not been made; or

 

  (iii)

the relevant Lender is a UK Qualifying Lender solely by virtue of paragraph (i)(B) of the definition of UK Qualifying Lender and:

 

  (A)

the relevant Lender has not given a Tax Confirmation to the Parent; and

 

  (B)

the payment could have been made to the Lender without any Tax Deduction if the Lender had given a Tax Confirmation to the Parent, on the basis that the Tax Confirmation would have enabled the Parent to have formed a reasonable belief that the payment was an “excepted payment” for the purpose of section 930 of the ITA; or

 

  (iv)

the relevant Lender is a UK Treaty Lender and the Obligor making the payment is able to demonstrate that the payment could have been made to the Lender without the Tax Deduction had that Lender complied with its obligations under paragraph (h) or (i) (as applicable) below.

 

  (e)

A payment shall not be increased under paragraph (c) above by reason of a Tax Deduction on account of a Tax imposed by the United States, if on the date on which the payment falls due the payment could have been made to the relevant Lender without a Tax Deduction if the Lender had been a U.S. Qualifying Lender, but on that date that Lender is not or has ceased to be a U.S. Qualifying Lender other than as a result of any Change of Law.

Provided, however, that no payment will be due to the extent that a Tax Deduction is imposed as a result of the US Tax Obligor not being provided with a duly completed Withholding Form by a Lender if such Lender was required to do so under paragraph (l) below.

 

  (f)

If an Obligor is required to make a Tax Deduction, that Obligor shall make that Tax Deduction and any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction within the time allowed and in the minimum amount required by law.

 

50


  (g)

Within 30 days of making either a Tax Deduction or any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction, the Obligor making that Tax Deduction shall deliver to the Agent for the Finance Party entitled to the payment a statement under section 975 of the ITA or other evidence reasonably satisfactory to that Finance Party that the Tax Deduction has been made or (as applicable) any appropriate payment paid to the relevant taxing authority.

 

  (h)

 

  (i)

Subject to paragraph (ii) below, a UK Treaty Lender and each Obligor which makes a payment to which that UK Treaty Lender is entitled shall co-operate in completing any procedural formalities necessary for that Obligor to obtain authorisation to make that payment without a Tax Deduction, including, to the extent reasonably practicable, making and filing an appropriate application for relief under the relevant UK Treaty.

 

  (ii)

 

  (A)

A UK Treaty Lender which is an Original Lender and that holds a passport under the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme, and which wishes that scheme to apply to this Agreement, shall confirm its scheme reference number and its jurisdiction of tax residence opposite its name in Part C of Schedule 1 (The Original Parties); and

 

  (B)

a UK Treaty Lender which is not an Original Lender and that holds a passport under the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme, and which wishes that scheme to apply to this Agreement, shall confirm its scheme reference number and its jurisdiction of tax residence in the documentation which it executes on becoming a Party as a Lender,

and, having done so, that Lender shall be under no obligation pursuant to paragraph (h) above.

 

  (i)

If a UK Treaty Lender has confirmed its scheme reference number and its jurisdiction of tax residence in accordance with paragraph (h)(ii) above and:

 

  (i)

a UK Borrower making a payment to that Lender has not made a Borrower DTTP Filing in respect of that Lender; or

 

  (ii)

a UK Borrower making a payment to that Lender has made a Borrower DTTP Filing in respect of that Lender but:

 

  (A)

that Borrower DTTP Filing has been rejected by HM Revenue & Customs; or

 

  (B)

HM Revenue & Customs has not given the UK Borrower authority to make payments to that Lender without a Tax Deduction within 60 days of the date of the Borrower DTTP Filing,

 

51


and in each case, the UK Borrower has notified that Lender in writing, that Lender and the UK Borrower shall co-operate in completing any additional procedural formalities necessary for that UK Borrower to obtain authorisation to make that payment without a Tax Deduction.

 

  (j)

If a UK Treaty Lender has not confirmed its scheme reference number and jurisdiction of tax residence in accordance with paragraph (h)(ii) above, no Obligor shall make a Borrower DTTP Filing or file any other form relating to the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme in respect of that Lender’s Commitment(s) or its participation in any Loan unless the Lender otherwise agrees.

 

  (k)

A UK Borrower shall, promptly on making a Borrower DTTP Filing, deliver a copy of that Borrower DTTP Filing to the Agent for delivery to the relevant Lender.

 

  (l)

In relation to each Borrower which is a US Borrower, each Lender which is a U.S. Qualifying Lender shall submit to that Borrower, on or prior to the date on which such U.S. Qualifying Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of that Borrower) and before any payments of interest are made, two duly completed and signed copies of the relevant Withholding Form. However, no Lender shall be required to submit any Withholding Form if that Lender is not allowed validly to do so as a result of a Change of Law after the date such Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement, and in which case the Lender shall immediately inform the Parent and provide the reason as to why it is not allowed validly to do so. The Lender shall also notify the Borrower and the Parent if any Withholding Form previously delivered becomes obsolete or inaccurate in any respect. In any such circumstances, the Lender shall take all necessary but commercially reasonable steps to obtain any exemption (if any) from US federal withholding tax on interest payable by the relevant Borrower to that Lender on Loans under this Agreement that is available to that Lender in the circumstances.

 

  (m)

A UK Non-Bank Lender shall promptly notify the Parent and the Agent if there is any change in the position from that set out in the Tax Confirmation.

 

14.3

Tax Credit

If an Obligor makes a Tax Payment and the relevant Finance Party determines that:

 

  (a)

a Tax Credit is attributable to an increased payment of which that Tax Payment forms part, to that Tax Payment or to a Tax Deduction in consequence of which that Tax Payment was required; and

 

  (b)

that Finance Party has obtained and utilised that Tax Credit,

 

52


the Finance Party shall pay an amount to the Obligor which that Finance Party determines will leave it (after that payment) in the same after-Tax position as it would have been in had the Tax Payment not been required to be made by the Obligor.

 

14.4

Lender Status Confirmation

 

  (a)

Each Lender which becomes a Party to this Agreement after the date of this Agreement shall indicate in the Transfer Certificate, Increase Confirmation or Accordion Confirmation (as appropriate) which it executes on becoming a Party as a Lender, and for the benefit of the Agent, which of the following categories it falls in:

 

  (i)

with respect to a UK Borrower:

 

  (A)

not a UK Qualifying Lender;

 

  (B)

a UK Qualifying Lender (other than a UK Treaty Lender);

 

  (C)

a UK Treaty Lender;

 

  (ii)

with respect to a US Borrower:

 

  (A)

a U.S. Qualifying Lender; or

 

  (B)

not a U.S. Qualifying Lender.

If such Lender fails to indicate its status in accordance with this Clause 14.4 then such Lender shall be treated for the purposes of this Agreement (including by each Obligor) as if it is not a UK Qualifying Lender or a U.S. Qualifying Lender until such time as it notifies the Agent which category applies (and the Agent, upon receipt of such notification, shall inform the Parent). For the avoidance of doubt, a Transfer Certificate, Increase Confirmation or Accordion Confirmation shall not be invalidated by any failure of a Lender to comply with this Clause 14.4.

 

14.5

Stamp taxes

The Parent shall pay and, within three Business Days of demand, indemnify each Finance Party against any cost, loss or liability that Finance Party incurs in relation to all stamp duty, registration and other similar Taxes payable in respect of any Finance Document.

 

14.6

Value added tax

 

  (a)

All amounts set out or expressed in a Finance Document to be payable by any Party to a Finance Party which (in whole or in part) constitute the consideration for a supply or supplies for VAT purposes shall be deemed to be exclusive of any VAT which is chargeable on such supply or supplies, and accordingly, subject to paragraph (b) below, if VAT is or becomes chargeable on any supply made by any Finance Party to any Party under a Finance Document, and such Finance Party is required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT, that Party shall pay to

 

53


  the Finance Party (in addition to and at the same time as paying any other consideration for such supply) an amount equal to the amount of such VAT (and such Finance Party shall promptly provide an appropriate VAT invoice to such Party).

 

  (b)

If VAT is or becomes chargeable on any supply made by any Finance Party (the Supplier) to any other Finance Party (the Recipient) under a Finance Document, and any Party other than the Recipient (the Subject Party) is required by the terms of any Finance Document to pay an amount equal to the consideration for such supply to the Supplier (rather than being required to reimburse the Recipient in respect of that consideration):

 

  (i)

(where the Supplier is the person required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT), the Subject Party shall also pay to the Supplier (in addition to and at the same time as paying such amount) an amount equal to the amount of such VAT. The Recipient will (where this paragraph (i) applies) promptly pay to the Subject Party an amount equal to any credit or repayment obtained by the Recipient from the relevant tax authority which the Recipient reasonably determines is in respect of such VAT; and

 

  (ii)

(where the Recipient is the person required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT) the Subject Party must promptly, following demand from the Recipient, pay to the Recipient an amount equal to the VAT chargeable on that supply but only to the extent that the Recipient reasonably determines that it is not entitled to credit or repayment from the relevant tax authority in respect of that VAT.

 

  (c)

Where a Finance Document requires any Party to reimburse or indemnify a Finance Party for any cost or expense, that Party shall reimburse or indemnify (as the case may be) such Finance Party for the full amount of such cost or expense, including such part thereof as represents VAT, save to the extent that such Finance Party reasonably determines that it is entitled to credit or repayment in respect of such VAT from the relevant tax authority.

 

  (d)

Any reference in this Clause 14.6 (Value added tax) to any Party shall, at any time when such Party is treated as a member of a group for VAT purposes, include (where appropriate and unless the context otherwise requires) a reference to the person who is treated as making the supply, or (as appropriate) receiving the supply, under the grouping rules as provided for in Article 11 of Council Directive 2006/112/EC (or as implemented by a Member State) or the Value Added Tax Act 1994, as may be amended or substituted from time to time.

 

  (e)

In relation to any supply made by a Finance Party to any Party under a Finance Document, if reasonably requested by such Finance Party, that Party must promptly provide such Finance Party with details of that

 

54


  Party’s VAT registration and such other information as is reasonably requested in connection with such Finance Party’s VAT reporting requirements in relation to such supply.

 

14.7

FATCA Information

 

  (a)

Subject to paragraph (c) below, each Party shall, within ten Business Days of a reasonable request by another Party:

 

  (i)

confirm to that other Party whether it is:

 

  (A)

a FATCA Exempt Party; or

 

  (B)

not a FATCA Exempt Party;

 

  (ii)

supply to that other Party such forms, documentation and other information relating to its status under FATCA as that other Party reasonably requests for the purposes of that other Party’s compliance with FATCA; and

 

  (iii)

supply to that other Party such forms, documentation and other information relating to its status as that other Party reasonably requests for the purposes of that other Party’s compliance with any other law, regulation, or exchange of information regime.

 

  (b)

If a Party confirms to another Party pursuant to paragraph (a)(i) above that it is a FATCA Exempt Party and it subsequently becomes aware that it is not or has ceased to be a FATCA Exempt Party, that Party shall notify that other Party reasonably promptly.

 

  (c)

Paragraph (a) above shall not oblige any Finance Party to do anything, and paragraph (a)(iii) above shall not oblige any other Party to do anything, which would or might in its reasonable opinion constitute a breach of:

 

  (i)

any law or regulation;

 

  (ii)

any fiduciary duty; or

 

  (iii)

any duty of confidentiality.

 

  (d)

If a Party fails to confirm whether or not it is a FATCA Exempt Party or to supply forms, documentation or other information requested in accordance with paragraph (a)(i) or (ii) above (including, for the avoidance of doubt, where paragraph (b) above applies), then such Party shall be treated for the purposes of the Finance Documents (and payments under them) as if it is not a FATCA Exempt Party until such time as the Party in question provides the requested confirmation, forms, documentation or other information.

 

55


  (e)

If a Borrower is a US Tax Obligor or the Agent reasonably believes that its obligations under FATCA or any other applicable law or regulation require it, each Lender shall, within ten Business Days of:

 

  (i)

where an Original Borrower is a US Tax Obligor and the relevant Lender is an Original Lender, the date of this Agreement;

 

  (ii)

where a Borrower is a US Tax Obligor on a Transfer Date or date on which an increase in Commitments takes effect pursuant to Clause 2.3 (Increase) and the relevant Lender is a New Lender or an Increase Lender, the relevant Transfer Date or date on which an increase in Commitments takes effect pursuant to Clause 2.3 (Increase);

 

  (iii)

the date a new US Tax Obligor accedes as a Borrower; or

 

  (iv)

where a Borrower is not a US Tax Obligor, the date of a request from the Agent, supply to the Agent:

 

  (A)

a withholding certificate on Form W-8, Form W-9 or any other relevant form; or

 

  (B)

any withholding statement or other document, authorisation or waiver as the Agent may require to certify or establish the status of such Lender under FATCA or that other law or regulation.

 

  (f)

The Agent shall provide any withholding certificate, withholding statement, document, authorisation or waiver it receives from a Lender pursuant to paragraph (e) above to the relevant Borrower.

 

  (g)

If any withholding certificate, withholding statement, document, authorisation or waiver provided to the Agent by a Lender pursuant to paragraph (e) above is or becomes materially inaccurate or incomplete, that Lender shall promptly update it and provide such updated withholding certificate, withholding statement, document, authorisation or waiver to the Agent unless it is unlawful for the Lender to do so (in which case the Lender shall promptly notify the Agent). The Agent shall provide any such updated withholding certificate, withholding statement, document, authorisation or waiver to the relevant Borrower.

 

  (h)

The Agent may rely on any withholding certificate, withholding statement, document, authorisation or waiver it receives from a Lender pursuant to paragraph (e) or (g) above without further verification. The Agent shall not be liable for any action taken by it under or in connection with paragraphs (e), (f) or (g) above.

 

14.8

FATCA Deduction

 

  (a)

Each Party may make any FATCA Deduction it is required to make by FATCA, and any payment required in connection with that FATCA Deduction, and no Party shall be required to increase any payment in respect of which it makes such a FATCA Deduction or otherwise compensate the recipient of the payment for that FATCA Deduction.

 

56


  (b)

Each Party shall promptly, upon becoming aware that it must make a FATCA Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of such FATCA Deduction), notify the Party to whom it is making the payment and, in addition, shall notify the Parent and the Agent and the Agent shall notify the other Finance Parties.

 

14.9

Tax Indemnity

 

  (a)

The Parent shall (within three Business Days of demand by the Agent) pay to a Protected Party an amount equal to the loss, liability or cost which that Protected Party determines will be or has been (directly or indirectly) suffered for or on account of Tax by that Protected Party in respect of a Finance Document.

 

  (b)

Paragraph (a) above shall not apply:

 

  (i)

with respect to any Tax assessed on a Finance Party:

 

  (A)

under the law of the jurisdiction in which that Finance Party is incorporated or, if different, the jurisdiction (or jurisdictions) in which that Finance Party is treated as resident for tax purposes; or

 

  (B)

under the law of the jurisdiction in which that Finance Party’s Facility Office is located in respect of amounts received or receivable in that jurisdiction,

if that Tax is imposed on or calculated by reference to the net income, profit or gains received or receivable (but not any sum deemed to be received or receivable) by that Finance Party; or

 

  (ii)

to the extent a loss, liability or cost:

 

  (A)

is compensated for by an increased payment under Clause 14.2 (Tax gross-up);

 

  (B)

would have been compensated for by an increased payment under Clause 14.2 (Tax gross-up) but was not so compensated solely because one of the exclusions in paragraph (d) or (e) of Clause 14.2 (Tax gross-up) applied;

 

  (C)

is (i) in respect of an amount of stamp duty, registration or other similar Tax or (ii) attributable to VAT (which shall be dealt with in accordance with Clause 14.5 (Stamp taxes) and Clause 14.6 (Value added tax) respectively); or

 

  (D)

relates to a FATCA Deduction required to be made by a Party.

 

57


  (c)

A Protected Party making, or intending to make, a claim under paragraph (a) above shall promptly notify the Agent of the event which will give, or has given, rise to the claim, following which the Agent shall notify the Parent.

 

  (d)

A Protected Party shall, on receiving a payment from an Obligor under this Clause 14.9, notify the Agent.

 

15.

Increased costs

 

15.1

Increased costs

 

  (a)

Subject to Clause 15.3 (Exceptions) the Parent shall, within three Business Days of a demand by the Agent, pay for the account of a Finance Party the amount of any Increased Costs incurred by that Finance Party or any of its Affiliates as a result of:

 

  (i)

the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation or application of) any law or regulation; or

 

  (ii)

compliance with any law or regulation made in each case after the date of this Agreement.

 

  (b)

In this Agreement Increased Costs means:

 

  (i)

a reduction in the rate of return from the Facility or on a Finance Party’s (or its Affiliate’s) overall capital;

 

  (ii)

an additional or increased cost; or

 

  (iii)

a reduction of any amount due and payable under any Finance Document which is incurred or suffered by a Finance Party or any of its Affiliates to the extent that it is attributable to that Finance Party having entered into its Commitment or funding or performing its obligations under any Finance Document.

 

15.2

Increased cost claims

 

  (a)

A Finance Party intending to make a claim pursuant to Clause 15.1 (Increased costs) shall within six Months of becoming aware of the same notify the Agent of the event giving rise to the claim, following which the Agent shall promptly notify the Parent.

 

  (b)

Each Finance Party shall, as soon as practicable after a demand by the Agent, provide a certificate confirming the amount of its Increased Costs; such certificate will however not extend to information and detail that the Lender is not legally allowed to disclose, is confidential or price-sensitive.

 

58


15.3

Exceptions

Clause 15.1 (Increased costs) does not apply to the extent any Increased Cost is:

 

  (a)

attributable to a Tax Deduction required by law to be made by an Obligor;

 

  (b)

attributable to Tax on overall net income of any Finance Party in the jurisdiction in which it is treated as resident for tax purposes or in which its Facility Office is located;

 

  (c)

attributable to a FATCA Deduction required to be made by a Party;

 

  (d)

compensated for by Clause 14.9 (Tax indemnity) (or would have been compensated for under Clause 14.9 (Tax indemnity) but was not so compensated solely because any of the exclusions in paragraph (b) of Clause 14.9 (Tax indemnity) applied);

 

  (e)

in respect of an amount of (i) stamp duty, registration or other similar Tax or (ii) VAT (which shall be dealt with in accordance with Clause 14.5 (Stamp taxes) and Clause 14.6 (Value added tax) respectively);

 

  (f)

compensated for by any other provision hereof;

 

  (g)

attributable to the breach by the relevant Finance Party or its Affiliates of any law or regulation;

 

  (h)

attributable to the implementation or application or compliance with any Bank Levy;

 

  (i)

attributable to the implementation or application of or compliance with the “International Convergence of Capital Measurement and Capital Standards, a Revised Framework” published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in June 2004 in the form existing on the date of this Agreement (but excluding any amendment arising out of Basel III) (Basel II) or any other law or regulation which implements Basel II (whether such implementation, application or compliance is by a government, regulator, Finance Party or any of its Affiliates); or

 

  (j)

not notified to the Agent in accordance with paragraph (a) of Clause 15.2 (Increased cost claims) above.

In this Clause 15.3, a reference to a Tax Deduction has the same meaning given to that term in Clause 14.1 (Definitions).

 

16.

Other indemnities

 

16.1

Currency indemnity

 

  (a)

If any sum due from an Obligor under the Finance Documents (a Sum), or any order, judgment or award given or made in relation to a Sum, has to be converted from the currency (the First Currency) in which that Sum is payable into another currency (the Second Currency) for the purpose of:

 

  (i)

making or filing a claim or proof against that Obligor;

 

59


  (ii)

obtaining or enforcing an order, judgment or award in relation to any litigation or arbitration proceedings,

that Obligor shall as an independent obligation, within three Business Days of demand, indemnify each Finance Party to whom that Sum is due against any cost, loss or liability arising out of or as a result of the conversion including any discrepancy between (A) the rate of exchange used to convert that Sum from the First Currency into the Second Currency and (B) the rate or rates of exchange available to that person at the time of its receipt of that Sum.

 

  (b)

Each Obligor waives any right it may have in any jurisdiction to pay any amount under the Finance Documents in a currency or currency unit other than that in which it is expressed to be payable.

 

16.2

Other indemnities

The Parent shall (or shall procure that an Obligor will), within three Business Days of demand, indemnify each Finance Party against any cost, loss or liability incurred by that Finance Party as a result of:

 

  (a)

the occurrence of any Event of Default;

 

  (b)

a failure by an Obligor to pay any amount due under a Finance Document on its due date, including without limitation, any cost, loss or liability arising as a result of Clause 28 (Sharing among the Finance Parties);

 

  (c)

funding, or making arrangements to fund, its participation in a Loan requested by a Borrower in a Utilisation Request but not made by reason of the operation of any one or more of the provisions of this Agreement (other than by reason of default or negligence by that Lender alone); or

 

  (d)

a Loan (or part of a Loan) not being prepaid in accordance with a notice of prepayment given by a Borrower.

 

16.3

Indemnity to the Agent

The Parent shall promptly indemnify the Agent against any cost, loss or liability incurred by the Agent (acting reasonably) as a result of:

 

  (a)

investigating any event which it reasonably believes is a Default; or

 

  (b)

entering into or performing any foreign exchange contract for the purposes of Clause 7 (Optional Currencies); or

 

  (c)

acting or relying on any notice, request or instruction which it reasonably believes to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised.

 

17.

Mitigation by the Finance Parties

 

17.1

Mitigation

 

  (a)

Each Finance Party shall, in consultation with the Parent, take all reasonable steps to mitigate any circumstances which arise and which

 

60


  would result in any amount becoming payable under or cancelled pursuant to, any of Clause 9.1 (Illegality), Clause 14 (Tax Gross Up), Clause 15 (Increased Costs) including (but not limited to) transferring its rights and obligations under the Finance Documents to another Affiliate or Facility Office.

 

  (b)

Paragraph (a) above does not in any way limit the obligations of any Obligor under the Finance Documents.

 

17.2

Limitation of liability

 

  (a)

The Parent shall indemnify each Finance Party for all costs and expenses reasonably incurred by that Finance Party as a result of steps taken by it under Clause 17.1 (Mitigation).

 

  (b)

A Finance Party is not obliged to take any steps under Clause 17.1 (Mitigation) if, in the opinion of that Finance Party (acting reasonably), to do so might be prejudicial to it.

 

18.

Costs and expenses

 

18.1

Transaction expenses

The Parent shall within 14 days of demand pay the Agent and the Coordinators the amount of all out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including legal fees) reasonably and properly incurred by any of them in connection with the negotiation, preparation, printing, execution and syndication of:

 

  (a)

this Agreement and any other documents referred to in this Agreement; and

 

  (b)

any other Finance Documents executed after the date of this Agreement.

 

18.2

Amendment costs

If (a) an Obligor requests an amendment, waiver or consent or (b) an amendment is required pursuant to Clause 29.10 (Change of currency), the Parent shall, within five Business Days of demand, reimburse the Agent for the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) reasonably and properly incurred by the Agent in responding to, evaluating, negotiating or complying with that request or requirement.

 

18.3

Enforcement costs

The Parent shall, within five Business Days of demand, pay to each Finance Party the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) incurred by that Finance Party in connection with the enforcement of, or the preservation of any rights under, any Finance Document.

 

61


19.

Guarantee and indemnity

 

19.1

Guarantee and indemnity

 

  (a)

Each Guarantor irrevocably and unconditionally jointly and severally:

 

  (i)

guarantees to each Finance Party punctual performance by each Obligor of all that Obligor’s obligations under the Finance Documents (including, without limitation, all amounts which, but for any U.S. Debtor Relief Law, would become due and payable and all interest accruing after the commencement of any proceeding under a U.S. Debtor Relief Law at the rate provided for in the relevant Finance Document, whether or not allowed in any such proceeding);

 

  (ii)

undertakes with each Finance Party that whenever a Borrower does not pay any amount when due under or in connection with any Finance Document, that Guarantor shall immediately on demand pay that amount as if it was the principal obligor; and

 

  (iii)

agrees with each Finance Party that if any obligation guaranteed by it is or becomes unenforceable, invalid or illegal, it will, as an independent and primary obligation, indemnify that Finance Party immediately on demand against any cost, loss or liability it incurs as a result of a Borrower not paying any amount which would, but for such unenforceability, invalidity or illegality, have been payable by it under any Finance Document on the date when it would have been due. The amount payable by a Guarantor under this indemnity will not exceed the amount it would have had to pay under this Clause 19 if the amount claimed had been recoverable on the basis of a guarantee.

 

  (b)

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, upon occurrence of an Event of Default in accordance with paragraph (b) of Clause 23.15 (Acceleration) any presentment, demand, protest or notice of any kind required by the foregoing clauses are expressly waived.

 

19.2

Continuing guarantee

This guarantee is a continuing guarantee and will extend to the ultimate balance of sums payable by any Obligor under the Finance Documents, regardless of any intermediate payment or discharge in whole or in part.

 

19.3

Reinstatement

If any payment by an Obligor or any discharge given by a Finance Party (whether in respect of the obligations of any Obligor or any security for those obligations or otherwise) is avoided or reduced as a result of insolvency or any similar event:

 

  (a)

the liability of each Obligor shall continue as if the payment, discharge, avoidance or reduction had not occurred; and

 

  (b)

each Finance Party shall be entitled to recover the value or amount of that security or payment from each Obligor, as if the payment, discharge, avoidance or reduction had not occurred.

 

62


19.4

Waiver of defences

The obligations of each Guarantor under this Clause 19 will not be affected by an act, omission, matter or thing which, but for this Clause 19, would reduce, release or prejudice any of its obligations under this Clause 19 (without limitation and whether or not known to it or any Finance Party) including:

 

  (a)

any time, waiver or consent granted to, or composition with, any Obligor or other person;

 

  (b)

the release of any other Obligor or any other person under the terms of any composition or arrangement with any creditor of any member of the Group;

 

  (c)

the taking, variation, compromise, exchange, renewal or release of, or refusal or neglect to perfect, take up or enforce, any rights against, or security over assets of, any Obligor or other person or any non-presentation or non-observance of any formality or other requirement in respect of any instrument or any failure to realise the full value of any security;

 

  (d)

any incapacity or lack of power, authority or legal personality of or dissolution or change in the members or status of an Obligor or any other person;

 

  (e)

any amendment, novation, supplement, extension, restatement (however fundamental and whether or not more onerous) or replacement of any Finance Document or any other document or security including without limitation any change in the purpose of, any extension of or any increase in any facility or the addition of any new facility under any Finance Document or other document or security;

 

  (f)

any unenforceability, illegality or invalidity of any obligation of any person under any Finance Document or any other document or security; or

 

  (g)

any insolvency or similar proceedings.

 

19.5

Guarantor intent

Without prejudice to the generality of Clause 19.4 (Waiver of defences), each Guarantor expressly confirms that it intends that this guarantee shall extend from time to time to any (however fundamental) variation, increase, extension or addition of or to any of the Finance Documents and/or any facility or amount made available under any of the Finance Documents for the purposes of or in connection with any of the following: business acquisitions of any nature; increasing working capital; enabling investor distributions to be made; carrying out restructurings; refinancing existing facilities; refinancing any other indebtedness; making facilities available to new borrowers; any other variation or extension of the purposes for which any such facility or amount might be made available from time to time; and any fees, costs and/or expenses associated with any of the foregoing.

 

63


19.6

Immediate recourse

Each Guarantor waives any right it may have of first requiring any Finance Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) to proceed against or enforce any other rights or security or claim payment from any person before claiming from that Guarantor under this Clause 19. This waiver applies irrespective of any law or any provision of a Finance Document to the contrary.

 

19.7

Appropriations

Until all amounts which may be or become payable by the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents have been irrevocably paid in full, each Finance Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) may:

 

  (a)

refrain from applying or enforcing any other moneys, security or rights held or received by that Finance Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) in respect of those amounts, or apply and enforce the same in such manner and order as it sees fit (whether against those amounts or otherwise) and no Guarantor shall be entitled to the benefit of the same; and

 

  (b)

hold in an interest-bearing suspense account any moneys received from any Guarantor or on account of any Guarantor’s liability under this Clause 19.

 

19.8

Deferral of Guarantor’s rights

Until all amounts which may be or become payable by the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents have been irrevocably paid in full and unless the Agent otherwise directs, no Guarantor will exercise any rights which it may have by reason of performance by it of its obligations under the Finance Documents or by reason of any amount being payable, or liability arising, under this Clause 19:

 

  (a)

to be indemnified by an Obligor;

 

  (b)

to claim any contribution from any other guarantor of any Obligor’s obligations under the Finance Documents; and/or

 

  (c)

to take the benefit (in whole or in part and whether by way of subrogation or otherwise) of any rights of the Finance Parties under the Finance Documents or of any other guarantee or security taken pursuant to, or in connection with, the Finance Documents by any Finance Party.

 

  (d)

to bring legal or other proceedings for an order requiring any Obligor to make any payment, or perform any obligation, in respect of which any Guarantor has given a guarantee, undertaking or indemnity under Clause 19.1 (Guarantee and indemnity);

 

  (e)

to exercise any right of set-off against any Obligor; and/or

 

  (f)

to claim or prove as a creditor of any Obligor in competition with any Finance Party.

 

64


If a Guarantor receives any benefit, payment or distribution in relation to such rights it shall hold that benefit, payment or distribution to the extent necessary to enable all amounts which may be or become payable to the Finance Parties by the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents to be repaid in full on trust for the Finance Parties and shall promptly pay or transfer the same to the Agent or as the Agent may direct for application in accordance with Clause 29 (Payment Mechanics).

 

19.9

Release of Guarantors’ right of contribution

If any Guarantor (a Retiring Guarantor) ceases to be a Guarantor in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents for the purpose of any sale or other disposal of that Retiring Guarantor then on the date such Retiring Guarantor ceases to be a Guarantor:

 

  (a)

that Retiring Guarantor is released by each other Guarantor from any liability (whether past, present or future and whether actual or contingent) to make a contribution to any other Guarantor arising by reason of the performance by any other Guarantor of its obligations under the Finance Documents; and

 

  (b)

each other Guarantor waives any rights it may have by reason of the performance of its obligations under the Finance Documents to take the benefit (in whole or in part and whether by way of subrogation or otherwise) of any rights of the Finance Parties under any Finance Document or of any other security taken pursuant to, or in connection with, any Finance Document where such rights or security are granted by or in relation to the assets of the Retiring Guarantor.

 

19.10

Additional security

This guarantee is in addition to and is not in any way prejudiced by any other guarantee or security now or subsequently held by any Finance Party.

 

19.11

Guarantee Limitations

 

  (a)

The guarantee given by any Additional Guarantor is subject to any limitations set out in the Accession Letter applicable to such Additional Guarantor.

 

  (b)

Any term or provision of this Clause 19 or any other term in this Agreement or any Finance Document notwithstanding, the maximum aggregate amount of the obligations for which any US Guarantor shall be liable under this Agreement or any other Finance Document shall in no event exceed an amount equal to the largest amount that would not render such Guarantor’s obligations under this Agreement subject to avoidance under applicable Fraudulent Transfer Law.

 

65


19.12

Waiver of Jersey Customary Law Rights

Without prejudice to the generality of the provisions of Clause 19.4 (Waiver of defences) or otherwise:

 

  (a)

each Guarantor irrevocably and unconditionally waives and abandons any and all rights or entitlement which it has or may have under the existing or future laws of the Island of Jersey, whether by virtue of the customary law rights of droit de discussion or otherwise, to require that recourse be had to the assets of any other person before any claim is enforced against it in respect of its obligations under this Agreement, and each Guarantor irrevocably and unconditionally undertakes that if at any time proceedings are brought against it in respect of its obligations under this Agreement and any other person is not also joined in any such proceedings, it will not require that any other person be joined in or otherwise made a party to such proceedings, whether the formalities required by any law of the Island of Jersey whether existing or future in regard to the rights or obligations of sureties shall or shall not have been complied with or observed; and

 

  (b)

each Guarantor irrevocably and unconditionally waives and abandons any and all rights or entitlement which it has or may have under the existing or future laws of the Island of Jersey, whether by virtue of the customary law right of droit de division or otherwise, to require that any liability under this Agreement be divided or apportioned with any other person or reduced in any manner.

 

19.13

Limitation on Liability of US Guarantors

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Clause 19, the maximum aggregate amount recoverable from any Guarantor under this Clause 19 shall in no event exceed an amount equal to the largest amount that would not render such Guarantor’s obligations under this Clause 19 subject to avoidance under any applicable US Federal or State fraudulent obligation, transfer or conveyance law, including Section 548 of the US Bankruptcy Law.

 

20.

Representations

Each Obligor or (if it so states herein) the Parent only makes the representations and warranties set out in this Clause 20 to each Finance Party on the date of this Agreement.

 

20.1

Status

 

  (a)

It is a corporation, limited liability company, or partnership duly incorporated or otherwise formed and validly existing under the law of its jurisdiction of incorporation or organisation.

 

  (b)

It and each of its Material Subsidiaries has the power to own its assets and carry on its business as it is being conducted.

 

66


20.2

Binding obligations

The obligations expressed to be assumed by it in each Finance Document are, subject to any general principles of law limiting its obligations which are specifically referred to in any legal opinion delivered pursuant to Clause 4 (Conditions of Utilisation) or Clause 25 (Changes to the Obligors), legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations.

 

20.3

Non-conflict with other obligations

The entry into and performance by it of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents do not and will not conflict with:

 

  (a)

any law or regulation applicable to it;

 

  (b)

the constitutional documents of any member of the Group; or

 

  (c)

any agreement or instrument binding upon it or any member of the Group or any of its or any member of the Group’s assets in a material respect.

 

20.4

Power and authority

It has the power to enter into, perform and deliver the Finance Documents, and all acts, conditions and things required to be done, fulfilled and performed in order:

 

  (a)

to enable it lawfully to enter into, exercise its rights under and perform and comply with the obligations expressed to be assumed by it in the Finance Documents;

 

  (b)

to ensure that the obligations expressed to be assumed by it in the Finance Documents are legal, valid and binding; and

 

  (c)

to make the Finance Documents admissible in evidence in its jurisdiction of incorporation,

have been done, fulfilled and performed.

 

20.5

No default

 

  (a)

No Default (or, when this representation is made other than on the date of this Agreement, Event of Default) is continuing or could reasonably be expected to result from the making of any Utilisation.

 

  (b)

No other event or circumstance is outstanding which constitutes a default under any other agreement or instrument which is binding on it or any of its Subsidiaries or to which its (or any Subsidiary’s) assets are subject which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

20.6

Written information

All written information provided by any member of the Group (including its advisers) to a Finance Party in connection with the Finance Documents was true, complete and accurate in all material respects as at the date it was provided and is not (on such date) misleading in any material respect.

 

67


20.7

Financial statements

 

  (a)

The Parent’s Original Financial Statements were prepared in accordance with the relevant GAAP consistently applied unless expressly disclosed to the contrary.

 

  (b)

The Parent’s Original Financial Statements give a true and fair view of the results of the Group’s operations for that year and the state of its affairs and those of the Group at the date unless expressly disclosed to the contrary.

 

  (c)

There has been no change in the business or financial condition of the Group since publication of the Parent’s Original Financial Statements which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

  (d)

The Parent’s most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to paragraph (a) of Clause 21.1 (Financial statements):

 

  (i)

were prepared in accordance with the relevant GAAP consistently applied; and

 

  (ii)

give a true and fair view of the results of the Group’s operations for that year and the state of its affairs and those of the Group at the date of those financial statements,

in each case, unless expressly disclosed to the contrary.

 

20.8

Pari passu ranking

Its payment obligations under the Finance Documents rank at least pari passu with the claims of all its other unsecured and unsubordinated creditors, except for obligations mandatorily preferred by law applying to companies generally.

 

20.9

No proceedings pending or threatened

No litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings of or before any court, arbitral body or agency have been started or (to the best of its knowledge and belief) threatened against the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries which are reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

20.10

Compliance with ERISA; Non-U.S. Plans

 

  (a)

The Obligors and each ERISA Affiliate have operated and administered each Plan in compliance with all applicable laws except for such instances of noncompliance as have not resulted in and could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Neither of the Obligors nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred any actual or contingent, direct or indirect liability pursuant to Title I or IV of ERISA or the penalty or excise tax provisions of the Code relating to a Plan, and no event, transaction or condition has occurred or exists that would reasonably be expected to result in the incurrence of any such liability

 

68


  by either Obligor or any ERISA Affiliate, or in the imposition of any Security on any of the rights, properties or assets of either Obligor or any ERISA Affiliate, in either case pursuant to Title I or IV of ERISA or to such penalty or excise tax provisions or to section 401(a)(29) or 412 of the Code, other than such liabilities or Security as could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

  (b)

The present value of the aggregate benefit liabilities under each of the Plans (other than Multiemployer Plans), determined as of the end of such Plan’s most recently ended plan year on the basis of the actuarial assumptions specified for funding purposes in such Plan’s most recent actuarial valuation report, did not exceed the aggregate current value of the assets of such Plan allocable to such benefit liabilities by an amount that would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. The present value of the accrued benefit liabilities (whether or not vested) under each Non-U.S. Plan that is funded, determined as of the end of the Parent’s most recently ended fiscal year on the basis of reasonable actuarial assumptions, did not exceed the current value of the assets of such Non-U.S. Plan allocable to such benefit liabilities by an amount that would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. The term “benefit liabilities” has the meaning specified in section 4001 of ERISA and the terms current value and present value have the meaning specified in section 3 of ERISA.

 

  (c)

The Obligors and each ERISA Affiliate have not incurred (i) withdrawal liabilities (and are not subject to contingent withdrawal liabilities) under section 4201 or 4204 of ERISA in respect of Multiemployer Plans that individually or in the aggregate would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect or (ii) any obligation in connection with the termination of or withdrawal from any Non-U.S. Plan that would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

  (d)

The expected postretirement benefit obligation (determined as of the last day of the Parent’s most recently ended financial year in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification Topic 715-60, without regard to liabilities attributable to continuation coverage mandated by section 4980B of the Code) of the Parent and its Subsidiaries would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

  (e)

All Non-U.S. Plans have been established, operated, administered and maintained in compliance with all laws, regulations and orders applicable thereto, except where failure so to comply could not be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. All premiums, contributions and any other amounts required by applicable Non-U.S. Plan documents or applicable laws to be paid or accrued by the Obligors and any Subsidiary have been paid or accrued as required, except where failure so to pay or accrue could not be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

69


20.11

Governing law and enforcement

 

  (a)

The choice of English law as the governing law of the Finance Documents will be recognised and enforced in its jurisdiction of incorporation.

 

  (b)

Any judgment obtained in England in relation to a Finance Document will be recognised and enforced in its jurisdiction of incorporation.

 

20.12

Margin Stock

 

  (a)

No US Obligor is engaged principally, or as one of its important activities, in the business of owning or extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any Margin Stock.

 

  (b)

The proceeds of the Loans will not be used, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, for “purchasing” or “carrying” Margin Stock or for any purpose which might (whether immediately, incidentally or ultimately) cause all or any part of the Loans to be a “purpose credit” within the meaning of Regulation U or Regulation X.

 

  (c)

Neither the Obligors nor any agent acting on their behalf has taken or will take any action which might cause any Finance Document or any document delivered under or in connection with any Finance Document to violate any regulation of the Board (including Regulation T, U or X) or violate the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or any applicable United States federal or state securities law.

 

20.13

United States Regulation

 

  (a)

None of the Obligors nor any Subsidiary is subject to regulation under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, the ICC Termination Act of 1995, as amended, or the Federal Power Act, as amended.

 

  (b)

No part of the Loans will be used, directly or indirectly, for any payments to any governmental official or employee, political party, official of a political party, candidate for political office, or anyone else acting in an official capacity, in order to obtain, retain or direct business or obtain any improper advantage, in violation of the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, assuming in all cases that such Act applies to the Obligors.

 

20.14

Anti-terrorism laws and anti-money laundering laws

 

  (a)

None of the Obligors or, to the knowledge of any Obligor after due inquiry, any person who owns or controls such Obligor, any of its Affiliates, or any of its directors, managers or officers, (i) is designated a Designated Person or a person with whom the Lender is prohibited from dealing by any Anti-Terrorism Law; (ii) engages in transactions that relate to property blocked pursuant to the Executive Order (unless otherwise authorised by the relevant US Anti-Terrorism Law), evade or violate, are intended to evade or violate or attempt to evade or violate, any Anti-Terrorism Law, or (iii) to its knowledge, is or has been under

 

70


  investigation by any governmental authority for, charged with, convicted of or assessed penalties in respect of, or had any funds seized or forfeited in, any action in respect of the foregoing.

 

  (b)

Each Obligor has taken, and agrees that it shall continue to take, reasonable measures (including, without limitation, the adoption of adequate policies, procedures and internal controls) appropriate to the circumstances (in any event as required by applicable requirements of law), to ensure that such Obligor and its Subsidiaries is and shall be in compliance with Anti-Terrorism Laws.

 

20.15

Validity and admissibility in evidence

 

  (a)

All Authorisations required:

 

  (i)

to enable it lawfully to enter into, exercise its rights and comply with its obligations in the Finance Documents to which it is a party; and

 

  (ii)

to make the Finance Documents to which it is a party admissible in evidence in its country of incorporation,

have been obtained or effected and are in full force and effect.

 

  (b)

All Authorisations necessary for the conduct of the business, trade and ordinary activities of members of the Group have been obtained or effected and are in full force and effect if failure to obtain or effect those Authorisations has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

20.16

Deduction of tax

It is not required to make any deduction for or on account of Tax from any payment it may make under any Finance Document to a Lender which is:

 

  (a)

in the case of a UK Borrower:

 

  (i)

a UK Qualifying Lender:

 

  (A)

falling within paragraph (i)(A) of the definition of UK Qualifying Lender;

 

  (B)

except where a Direction has been given under section 931 of the ITA in relation to the payment concerned, falling within paragraph (i)(B) of the definition of UK Qualifying Lender; or

 

  (C)

falling within paragraph (ii) of the definition of UK Qualifying Lender; or

 

  (ii)

a UK Treaty Lender and the payment is one specified in a direction given by the Commissioners of Revenue & Customs under Regulation 2 of the Double Taxation Relief (Taxes on Income) (General) Regulations 1970 (SI 1970/488); or

 

71


  (b)

in the case of a US Tax Obligor, a U.S. Qualifying Lender.

 

20.17

Sanctions

 

  (a)

The relevant members of the Group have in place policies and procedures designed to promote and achieve compliance with applicable Sanctions.

 

  (b)

No member of the Group nor, to the best of its knowledge, any director, employee, officer or Affiliate (when acting in their capacity as such) of any member of the Group, is an individual or entity currently the target of any Sanctions.

 

20.18

Repetition

 

  (a)

The Repeating Representations are deemed to be made by:

 

  (i)

the Parent and each Obligor by reference to the facts and circumstances then existing on the date of each Utilisation Request and the first day of each Interest Period; and

 

  (ii)

in the case of an Additional Obligor, by such Additional Obligor and the Parent by reference to the facts and circumstances then existing on the day on which the company becomes (or it is proposed that the company becomes) an Additional Obligor.

 

  (b)

The representation and warranty in paragraph (d) of Clause 20.7 (Financial Statements) shall only be given on each date of delivery of the relevant financial statements to the Agent pursuant to paragraph (a) of Clause 21.1 (Financial statements) by reference to the financial statements so delivered.

 

  (c)

The representation and warranty in Clause 20.6 (Written information) is given in respect of the relevant information on the date on which that information is delivered to the relevant Finance Party.

 

21.

Information Undertakings

The undertakings in this Clause 21 remain in force from the date of this Agreement for so long as any amount is outstanding under the Finance Documents or any Commitment is in force.

 

21.1

Financial statements

The Parent shall supply to the Agent in sufficient copies for all the Lenders:

 

  (a)

as soon as the same become available, but in any event within 120 days after the end of each of its financial years, its audited consolidated financial statements for that financial year;

 

  (b)

as soon as the same become available, but in any event within 180 days after the end of each of its financial years, the audited financial statements of each Obligor for that financial year; and

 

72


  (c)

as soon as the same become available, but in any event within 90 days after the end of each half of each of its financial years its condensed consolidated financial statements for that financial half year.

 

21.2

Requirements as to financial statements

 

  (a)

Each set of financial statements delivered by the Parent pursuant to Clause 21.1 (Financial statements) shall be certified by a director of the relevant Obligor as fairly representing its financial condition as at the date as at which those financial statements were drawn up.

 

  (b)

Subject to paragraph (c) below, the Parent shall procure that each set of financial statements of an Obligor delivered pursuant to Clause 21.1 (Financial statements) is prepared using the relevant GAAP.

 

  (c)

The Parent may, in relation to any set of its financial statements, notify the Agent that there has been a change in the relevant GAAP, accounting practices or financial reference periods from IFRS to US GAAP if it delivers to the Agent a description of any change necessary for those financial statements to reflect the GAAP, accounting practices and reference periods upon which the Parent’s Original Financial Statements were prepared.

Any reference in this Agreement to any financial statements of the Parent shall be construed as a reference to those financial statements as adjusted to reflect the basis upon which the Parent’s Original Financial Statements were prepared.

 

  (d)

If the Parent notifies the Agent of a change in accordance with paragraph (c) above the Parent and the Agent shall enter into negotiations in good faith with a view to agreeing any amendments to this Agreement which are necessary as a result of the change. To the extent practicable these amendments will be such as to ensure that the change does not result in any material alteration to the commercial effect of the obligations under this Agreement. If any amendments are agreed they shall take effect and be binding on each of the Parties in accordance with their terms.

 

21.3

List of Material Subsidiaries

The Parent shall supply to the Agent, with each set of financials statements delivered pursuant to paragraph (a) or (c) of Clause 21.1 (Financial statements), a list (signed by one director of the Parent) of all Material Subsidiaries as at the date as at which those financial statements were drawn up.

 

21.4

Information: miscellaneous

The Parent shall supply to the Agent (in sufficient copies for all the Lenders, if the Agent so requests):

 

  (a)

all documents dispatched by the Parent to its shareholders (or any class of them) or its creditors generally at the same time as they are dispatched;

 

73


  (b)

promptly upon becoming aware of them, the details of any litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings which are current, threatened or pending against any member of the Group, and which, if adversely determined, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and

 

  (c)

promptly, such further information regarding the financial condition, business and operations of any member of the Group as any Finance Party (through the Agent) may reasonably request.

 

21.5

Notification of default

Each Obligor shall notify the Agent of any Default (and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it) promptly upon becoming aware of its occurrence (unless that Obligor is aware that a notification has already been provided by another Obligor).

 

21.6

Use of websites

 

  (a)

The Parent may satisfy its obligation under this Agreement to deliver any information in relation to those Lenders (the Website Lenders) who accept this method of communication by posting this information onto an electronic website designated by the Parent and the Agent (the Designated Website) if:

 

  (i)

the Agent expressly agrees (after consultation with each of the Lenders) that it will accept communication of the information by this method;

 

  (ii)

both the Parent and the Agent are aware of the address of and any relevant password specifications for the Designated Website; and

 

  (iii)

the information is in a format previously agreed between the Parent and the Agent.

If any Lender (a Paper Form Lender) does not agree to the delivery of information electronically then the Agent shall notify the Parent accordingly and the Parent shall supply the information to the Agent (in sufficient copies for each Paper Form Lender) in paper form. In any event the Parent shall supply the Agent with at least one copy in paper form of any information required to be provided by it.

 

  (b)

The Agent shall supply each Website Lender with the address of and any relevant password specifications for the Designated Website following designation of that website by the Parent and the Agent.

 

  (c)

The Parent shall promptly upon becoming aware of its occurrence notify the Agent if:

 

  (i)

the Designated Website cannot be accessed due to technical failure;

 

  (ii)

the password specifications for the Designated Website change;

 

74


  (iii)

any new information which is required to be provided under this Agreement is posted onto the Designated Website;

 

  (iv)

any existing information which has been provided under this Agreement and posted onto the Designated Website is amended; or

 

  (v)

the Parent becomes aware that the Designated Website or any information posted onto the Designated Website is or has been infected by any electronic virus or similar software.

If the Parent notifies the Agent under subparagraphs (c)(i) or paragraph (c)(v) above, all information to be provided by the Parent under this Agreement after the date of that notice shall be supplied in paper form unless and until the Agent and each Website Lender is satisfied that the circumstances giving rise to the notification are no longer continuing.

 

  (d)

Any Website Lender may request, through the Agent, one paper copy of any information required to be provided under this Agreement which is posted onto the Designated Website. The Parent shall comply with any such request within ten Business Days.

 

21.7

“Know your customer” checks

 

  (a)

If:

 

  (i)

the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation made after the date of this Agreement;

 

  (ii)

any change in the status of an Obligor (or of a Holding Company of any Obligor) after the date of this Agreement; or

 

  (iii)

a proposed assignment or transfer by a Lender of any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to a party that is not a Lender prior to such assignment or transfer,

obliges the Agent or any Lender (or, in the case of subparagraph (iii) above, any prospective new Lender) to comply with “know your customer” or similar identification procedures in circumstances where the necessary information is not already available to it, each Obligor shall promptly upon the request of the Agent or any Lender supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent (for itself or on behalf of any Lender) or any Lender (for itself or, in the case of the event described in subparagraph (iii) above, on behalf of any prospective new Lender) in order for the Agent, such Lender or, in the case of the event described in subparagraph (iii) above, any prospective new Lender to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.

 

75


  (b)

Each Lender shall promptly upon the request of the Agent supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent (for itself) in order for the Agent to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.

 

  (c)

The Parent shall, by not less than ten Business Days’ prior written notice to the Agent, notify the Agent (which shall promptly notify the Lenders) of its intention to request that the New Holding Company, any of the Subsidiaries of the New Holding Company which is also a Holding Company of the Parent or one of the Parent’s Subsidiaries becomes an Additional Obligor pursuant to Clause 25 (Changes to the Obligors).

 

  (d)

Following the giving of any notice pursuant to paragraph (c) above, if the accession of such Additional Obligor obliges the Agent or any Lender to comply with “know your customer” or similar identification procedures in circumstances where the necessary information is not already available to it, the Parent shall promptly upon the request of the Agent or any Lender supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent (for itself or on behalf of any Lender) or any Lender (for itself or on behalf of any prospective new Lender) in order for the Agent or such Lender or any prospective new Lender to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the accession of the relevant person to this Agreement as an Additional Obligor.

 

22.

General Undertakings

The undertakings in this Clause 22 remain in force from the date of this Agreement for so long as any amount is outstanding under the Finance Documents or any Commitment is in force.

 

22.1

Authorisations

Each Obligor shall promptly:

 

  (a)

obtain, comply with and do all that is necessary to maintain in full force and effect; and

 

  (b)

supply certified copies to the Agent of,

any Authorisation required under any law or regulation of its jurisdiction of incorporation to enable it to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents and to ensure the legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence in its jurisdiction of incorporation of any Finance Document.

 

76


22.2

Compliance with laws

Each Obligor shall comply in all respects with all laws to which it may be subject, if failure so to comply would in aggregate have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

22.3

Insurance

Each Obligor shall, and the Parent shall procure that each member of the Group shall, maintain insurances on and in relation to its business and assets with such underwriters or insurance companies, and against such risks and to such extent, as in each case it reasonably considers to be appropriate to such business and assets.

 

22.4

Claims Pari Passu

The Obligors shall ensure that at all times the claims of the Lenders against the Obligors under any of the Finance Documents rank at least pari passu with the claims of all its other unsecured and unsubordinated creditors save those whose claims are preferred by any bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation or other similar laws of general application.

 

22.5

Negative Pledge

No Obligor shall and the Parent shall at all times ensure that no other member of the Group will, without the prior written consent of the Majority Lenders create or permit to subsist any Security over all or any of its present or future revenues or assets other than:

 

  (a)

any Security existing on the date of this Agreement which secures only indebtedness secured thereby at the date hereof or any replacement or substitute of such Security where the principal amount secured thereby does not exceed the principal amount secured by the Security which it substitutes or replaces;

 

  (b)

any lien arising solely by operation of law securing obligations incurred in good faith in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (c)

any Security upon a specific asset or specific assets where such Security is given solely for the purpose of financing the cost of the acquisition of such specific asset or specific assets or any replacement or substitution of such Security and where the principal amount secured by each such Security does not exceed the cost of such acquisition;

 

  (d)

any rights by way of reservation or retention of title which are required by the supplier of any property in the normal course of such supplier’s business;

 

  (e)

any Security over any asset of any member of the Group acquired by such member of the Group subject to such Security and which secures only indebtedness secured thereby at the date of such acquisition;

 

  (f)

any Security created by any member of the Group prior to its becoming a member of the Group and securing only indebtedness incurred by such

 

77


  member of the Group prior to its becoming a member of the Group and not incurred in contemplation of its so becoming a member of the Group and which secures only indebtedness secured thereby at the date on which such member becomes a member of the Group;

 

  (g)

any Security on property or assets of any Subsidiary securing indebtedness owing to the Parent; and

 

  (h)

any Security in connection with cash pooling arrangements of the Group which arrangements are entered into in the ordinary course of treasury business, to the extent that such Security is granted in favour of the financial institutions or their Affiliates operating those arrangements over any of the bank accounts which are the subject thereof;

 

  (i)

any Security granted by any member of the Group over:

 

  (i)

receivables held by any member of the Group in connection with:

 

  (A)

a securitisation of receivables; or

 

  (B)

any receivables financing that is effected on an on-balance sheet basis; or

 

  (ii)

the shares in or bank accounts of an issuing vehicle that is the issuer of such securitisation,

securing Financial Indebtedness in an outstanding amount which does not exceed at any time, when aggregated with the aggregate amount of outstanding cash advances received by a member of the Group in respect of uncollected receivables which have been disposed of in accordance with paragraph (f) of Clause 22.6 (Disposals), the Receivables Cap (or its equivalent in any other currency or currencies); and

 

  (j)

Security in addition to that described in paragraphs (a) to (i) above provided that following the granting of, and giving effect to, such Security, the Obligors shall be in compliance with Clause 22.10 (Priority Indebtedness).

 

22.6

Disposals

No Obligor will, and the Parent will procure that no other member of the Group will sell, lease (as lessor) or otherwise dispose of any of their respective properties or assets, including the shares or other equity in any Subsidiary (collectively, a Disposal), except for:

 

  (a)

Disposals in the ordinary course of business and Disposals of obsolete assets no longer used in the business of the relevant Obligor or other member of the Group;

 

  (b)

Disposals to any other member of the Group for the time being;

 

  (c)

Disposals in exchange for other property or assets reasonably equivalent as to type and value;

 

78


  (d)

Disposals of assets in any transaction which, under GAAP, would result in the assets so disposed of, and the liabilities incurred in connection therewith, being reflected in the consolidated accounts of the Parent;

 

  (e)

Disposals of ownership interests in any member of the Group in exchange for interests with reasonably equivalent value in another person;

 

  (f)

Disposals by any member of the Group of receivables in connection with off balance sheet securitisations of receivables and limited recourse receivables financings provided that, at any time, the aggregate amount of outstanding cash advances received by a member of the Group in respect of all such uncollected receivables as are disposed of (construed in accordance with the following provisions of this paragraph) does not, when aggregated with the aggregate amount of any Financial Indebtedness referred to in paragraph (i) of Clause 22.5 (Negative Pledge) which is outstanding at that time, exceed the Receivables Cap (or its equivalent in any other currency or currencies). For the purposes of determining whether an uncollected receivable has been “disposed of” for these purposes, no account shall be taken of receivables which are subject to a receivables financing transaction, but in respect of which (a) no cash has been advanced to a member of the Group and (b) a member of the Group is entitled to a related receivable from the provider of the relevant financing;

 

  (g)

Disposals of assets to the extent that the proceeds are:

 

  (i)

applied within 12 Months of the receipt of such proceeds towards the purchase of other assets for use in the Group’s business provided that such business is consistent with the nature of the Group’s business as carried on at the date of this Agreement; or

 

  (ii)

applied promptly to permanently prepay (or repurchase or redeem) and cancel any outstanding Financial Indebtedness of the Group;

 

  (h)

Disposals of assets acquired or constructed after the date of this Agreement, within one year following the acquisition or construction of the relevant asset, if the disposing Group member concurrently with the Disposal enters into a leaseback arrangement in relation to the asset on arm’s length terms;

 

  (i)

the Disposal of ownership interests in any member of the Group and other assets in connection with the demerger of the business operated by the Group in the UK, by way of a distribution in specie of the entire share capital of Wolseley Group Limited (to become Wolseley Group plc) to the shareholders of the Parent; or

 

  (j)

Disposals not otherwise permitted pursuant to any of paragraphs (a) to (i) provided that:

 

  (i)

each such Disposal is made on arm’s length terms;

 

79


  (ii)

is contractually committed to at a time when no Event of Default is continuing; and

 

  (iii)

after giving effect thereto the aggregate book value of the properties and assets subject to all such Disposals pursuant to this paragraph (j) during any financial year of the Parent does not exceed 20% of Consolidated Total Assets as of the last day of the financial year of the Parent then most recently ended.

 

22.7

No substantial change

The Parent shall procure that no substantial change shall be made to the general nature of the business of the Group as carried on at the date hereof, except by reason of a disposal or disposals permitted hereunder.

 

22.8

Merger

No Obligor shall enter into any amalgamation, demerger, merger, consolidation or corporate reconstruction, other than on a solvent basis in circumstances where the relevant Obligor is the surviving entity and its obligations pursuant to the Finance Documents are not adversely affected.

 

22.9

Employee Benefit Matters

The Obligors shall promptly notify the Agent upon becoming aware of any of the following, providing a written notice setting forth the nature thereof and the action, if any, that the Parent or an ERISA Affiliate proposes to take with respect thereto:

 

  (a)

with respect to any Plan, any reportable event, as defined in section 4043(c) of ERISA and the regulations thereunder, for which notice thereof has not been waived pursuant to such regulations as in effect on the date hereof; or

 

  (b)

the taking by the PBGC of steps to institute, or the threatening by the PBGC of the institution of, proceedings under section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Plan, or the receipt by either Obligor or any ERISA Affiliate of a notice from a Multiemployer Plan that such action has been taken by the PBGC with respect to such Multiemployer Plan; or

 

  (c)

any event, transaction or condition that would be reasonably likely to result in the incurrence of any material liability by any Obligor or any ERISA Affiliate pursuant to Title I or IV of ERISA or the penalty or excise tax provisions of the Code relating to Plans, or in the imposition of any Security on any of the rights, properties or assets of any Obligor or any ERISA Affiliate pursuant to Title I or IV of ERISA or such penalty or excise tax provisions, if such liability or Security, taken together with any other such liabilities or Security then existing, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; or

 

  (d)

receipt of notice of the imposition of a material financial penalty (which for this purpose shall mean any tax, penalty or other liability, whether by way of indemnity or otherwise) with respect to one or more Non-U.S. Plans.

 

80


22.10

Priority Indebtedness

The Parent will not permit at any time Priority Indebtedness, other than Excluded Priority Indebtedness, to exceed 15% of Consolidated Total Assets.

 

22.11

Environmental

Each Obligor shall, and the Parent shall procure that each member of the Group shall, comply with all applicable Environmental Laws, and with the terms of all Environmental Approvals necessary for the ownership and operation of its businesses from time to time, in each case where failure could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

22.12

Margin Stock

No Obligor may use any Loan, directly or indirectly, to buy or carry Margin Stock or to extend credit to others for the purpose of buying or carrying Margin Stock.

 

22.13

United States Regulations

Each Obligor shall ensure that neither it, nor any other member of the Group will, by act or omission, become subject to any of the categories, laws or regulations described in Clause 20.13 (United States Regulation).

 

22.14

Anti-Terrorism Laws and Anti-Money Laundering Laws

 

  (a)

Each Obligor shall immediately notify the Lender if such Obligor obtains knowledge that any of the representations contained in Clause 20.14 (Anti-terrorism laws and anti-money laundering laws) is incorrect as of any date.

 

  (b)

Each Obligor shall not, and it will procure that none of its Affiliates shall, knowingly in contravention of any Anti-Terrorism Law:

 

  (i)

conduct any business with or engage in making or receiving any contribution of funds, goods or services to or for the benefit of any Designated Person; or

 

  (ii)

deal in, or otherwise engage in any transaction relating to, any property or interest in property blocked pursuant to any Anti-Terrorism Law.

 

  (c)

No Designated Person shall have a controlling interest of any nature whatsoever in any Obligor with the result that an investment in any Obligor (whether direct or indirect) or the Commitment would be in violation of any Anti-Terrorism Law.

 

  (d)

At all times throughout the term of the Facility, to the knowledge of each Obligor, based upon reasonable inquiry by such Obligor, none of the

 

81


  funds that are used to repay Loans shall be derived from any unlawful activity, with the result that:

 

  (i)

such repayment or any transaction contemplated by the Finance Documents (whether directly or indirectly) is prohibited by law; or

 

  (ii)

the Commitment or Loans would be in violation of law.

 

  (e)

Each Obligor shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to:

 

  (i)

violate any Anti-Terrorism Law;

 

  (ii)

require any Lender to take any action that would cause it to violate any Anti-Terrorism Law, it being understood that each Lender can refuse to honour any such request otherwise validly made by any Obligor under this Agreement;

 

  (iii)

conduct any transaction for the benefit of any Designated Person in violation of any Anti-Terrorism Law;

 

  (iv)

engage in any transaction relating to any property blocked pursuant to any Anti-Terrorism Law, in violation of any Anti-Terrorism Law;

 

  (v)

repay the Loans with any funds derived from any unlawful activity with the result that the making of the Loans would be in violation of law; or

 

  (vi)

cause or permit the proceeds of any Utilisation to be used, directly or indirectly, to make a loan or other advance to, invest or contribute or otherwise support the activities or business of any person, entity, country or governmental authority that is subject to sanctions administered under any Anti-Terrorism Law; or

 

  (vii)

engage in or conspire to engage in any transaction that evades or violates, or is intended to evade or violate, or attempts to evade or violate any Anti-Terrorism Law.

 

  (f)

Each Obligor shall deliver to the Agent any certificates or other evidence requested from time to time by any Lender in its reasonable discretion, to confirm such Obligor’s compliance with this Clause 22.14 (Anti-Terrorism Laws and Anti-Money Laundering Laws) to the extent the same is requested so as to enable such Lender to comply with an applicable law or regulation or request made of it by a regulatory body or an advisor which such Lender is customarily in the habit of complying with in respect of such matters.

 

82


22.15

Sanctions

 

  (a)

No Obligor shall (and shall procure that none of its Subsidiaries shall):

 

  (i)

knowingly (having taken the requisite due diligence), directly or indirectly, use the proceeds of the Facility or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any member of the Group, joint venture partner or other person or entity (each a Relevant Transaction) to fund any activities or business of or with any person or entity or in any country or territory where, at the time of such funding, such Relevant Transaction would be in breach of applicable Sanctions;

 

  (ii)

knowingly (after due and careful enquiry) engage in, or conspire to engage in, any transaction that breaches, or is intended to breach, any Sanctions; or

 

  (iii)

otherwise breach any Sanctions that it is aware (after due and careful enquiry) are binding on it.

 

  (b)

In relation to each Lender that notifies the Agent to this effect (each a Restricted Lender), Clause 20.17 (Sanctions) and this Clause 22.15 shall only apply for the benefit of that Restricted Lender to the extent that those provisions would not result in:

 

  (i)

any violation of, conflict with or liability under EU Regulation (EC) 2271/96 in conjunction with EU Regulation 2018/1100; or

 

  (ii)

a violation or conflict with section 7 foreign trade rules (AWV) (Außenwirtschaftsverordnung) (in connection with section 4 paragraph 1(a) no. 3 foreign trade law (AWG) (Außenwirtschaftsgesetz)) or a similar anti-boycott statute.

 

  (c)

In connection with any amendment, waiver, determination or direction relating to any part of Clause 20.17 (Sanctions) and this Clause 22.15 of which a Restricted Lender does not have the benefit, the Commitments of that Restricted Lender will be excluded for the purpose of determining whether the consent of the Majority Lenders has been obtained or whether the determination or direction by the Majority Lenders has been made.

 

23.

Events of Default

Each of the events or circumstances set out in Clause 23.1 (Non-payment) to 23.14 (Material Adverse Change) is an Event of Default.

 

23.1

Non-payment

An Obligor fails to pay any sum due from it under any of the Finance Documents at the time (or within five Business Days of the due date, unless such failure to pay is due to the Obligor’s inability or unwillingness to pay), in the currency and in the manner specified therein.

 

83


23.2

Misrepresentation

 

  (a)

Any representation or warranty made or deemed to be made by an Obligor in this Agreement or in any written notice or other document, certificate or written statement delivered by it pursuant hereto or in connection herewith is or proves to have been incorrect, untrue or misleading when made or deemed to be made in any material respect.

 

  (b)

No Event of Default under paragraph (a) above will occur if the event or circumstance giving rise to the representation or statement being incorrect, untrue or misleading is capable of remedy and is remedied within 21 days after the Agent has given notice to the Parent or relevant Obligor.

 

23.3

Other Obligations

An Obligor fails duly to perform or comply with any other obligation expressed to be assumed by it in any of the Finance Documents and such failure (if capable of remedy) is not remedied within 21 days after the Agent has given notice thereof to the Obligor.

 

23.4

Cross Acceleration

 

  (a)

Any Financial Indebtedness of any Obligor or Material Subsidiary is not paid when due nor within any originally applicable grace period.

 

  (b)

Any Financial Indebtedness of any Obligor or Material Subsidiary is declared to be or otherwise becomes due and payable prior to its specified maturity as a result of an event of default (however described).

 

  (c)

Any commitment for any Financial Indebtedness of any Obligor or Material Subsidiary is cancelled or suspended by a creditor of any Obligor or Material Subsidiary as a result of an event of default (however described).

 

  (d)

No Event of Default will occur under this Clause 23.4 if the aggregate amount of Financial Indebtedness or commitment for Financial Indebtedness falling within paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) above is less than US$25,000,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency or currencies).

 

23.5

Cross Default - USPP notes

 

  (a)

Any creditor of any member of the Group becomes entitled to declare any Financial Indebtedness of any member of the Group incurred under the 2005 USPP Notes, the 2015 USPP Notes and/or the 2017 USPP Notes due and payable prior to its specified maturity as a result of an event of default (howsoever described) occurring solely in respect of a breach of the leverage ratio covenant comparing the ratio of borrowings to earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation (howsoever described) in such financing.

 

  (b)

No Event of Default will occur under this Clause 23.5 if the aggregate amount of Financial Indebtedness falling within paragraph (a) above is less than US$75,000,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency or currencies).

 

84


23.6

Insolvency and Rescheduling

 

  (a)

Either an Obligor or any Material Subsidiary is unable to pay its debts as they fall due, commences negotiations with any one or more of its creditors with a view to the general readjustment or rescheduling of its indebtedness or makes a general assignment for the benefit of or a composition with its creditors in each case by reason of financial difficulties.

 

  (b)

Without prejudice to paragraph (a) above or paragraph (c) below, any of the following occurs in respect of any US Obligor:

 

  (i)

it makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors;

 

  (ii)

it commences a voluntary case or proceeding under any US Bankruptcy Law;

 

  (iii)

an involuntary proceeding under any US Bankruptcy Law is commenced against it and is not challenged by appropriate means within thirty (30) days and is not dismissed or stayed within sixty (60) days after commencement of such case; or

 

  (iv)

a custodian, conservator, receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official is appointed under any US Bankruptcy Law for, or takes charge of, all or a substantial part of the property of such US Obligor or such appointment is requested by any Obligor.

 

  (c)

Without prejudice to paragraph (a) above or (b) above, any corporate action, legal proceedings or other procedure or step is taken in respect of any Obligor or any Material Subsidiary being declared “bankrupt” within the meaning of Article 8 of the Interpretation (Jersey) Law 1954 including a declaration of en desastre being made in respect of the property of an Obligor or any Material Subsidiary or the appointment of the Viscount of the Royal Court of Jersey in respect of the property of an Obligor or any Material Subsidiary or any corporate action, legal proceedings or other procedure or step is taken with its creditors in accordance with Article 125 (“Power of company to compromise with creditors and members”) of the Jersey Companies Law.

 

23.7

Winding-Up

Either an Obligor or any Material Subsidiary takes any corporate action or a resolution or order is passed or made for its winding-up, dissolution, administration or re-organisation including under any of the provisions of Part 21 of the Jersey Companies Law or for the appointment of a receiver, administrator, administrative receiver, trustee, the Viscount of the Royal Court of Jersey or similar officer having similar powers in any jurisdiction of it or of any or all of its revenues and assets the aggregate value of which exceeds US$10,000,000 (other than for the purposes of and followed by a reconstruction

 

85


previously approved in writing by the Majority Lenders, unless during or following such reconstruction any Obligor or any Material Subsidiary becomes or is declared to be insolvent).

 

23.8

Execution or Distress

Any execution or distress or attachment or legal process is levied against, enforced upon or sued out against, or an encumbrancer takes possession of, the whole or any substantial part of the assets of either of an Obligor or any Material Subsidiary and remains undischarged for 60 days.

 

23.9

Failure to comply with Final Judgment

A final judgment or judgments for the payment of money aggregating in excess of US$25,000,000 (or its equivalent in the relevant currency of payment) are rendered against one or more of the Obligors and their Material Subsidiaries and such judgments are not, within 60 days after entry thereof, complied with or stayed pending appeal, or are not complied with within 60 days after the expiration of such stay.

 

23.10

Ownership of the Obligors

An Obligor (other than the Parent) is not or ceases to be a Subsidiary of the Parent.

 

23.11

Repudiation

An Obligor repudiates any of the Finance Documents or does or causes to be done any act or thing evidencing an intention to repudiate any of the Finance Documents.

 

23.12

Illegality

At any time it is or becomes unlawful for an Obligor to perform or comply with any or all of its material obligations under any of the Finance Documents or any of the obligations of an Obligor under any of the Finance Documents is not or ceases to be legal, valid and binding (in each case, subject only to customary reservations as to legal matters) unless, in each case (other than in the case of the guarantee from the Parent (or, following a Permitted Change of Control, the New Holding Company) under this Agreement), the Lenders are satisfied that:

 

  (a)

those obligations have been promptly assumed by another Obligor and continue to be in all respects valid, binding and enforceable; and

 

  (b)

the guarantee of each Guarantor under this Agreement is in all respects valid, binding and enforceable to the obligations which have been assumed by the new Obligor.

 

23.13

ERISA

If:

 

  (a)

any Plan shall fail to satisfy the minimum funding standards of ERISA or the Code for any plan year or part thereof or a waiver of such standards or extension of any amortization period is sought or granted under section 412 of the Code;

 

86


  (b)

a notice of intent to terminate any Plan shall have been filed with the PBGC or the PBGC shall have instituted proceedings under ERISA section 4042 to terminate or appoint a trustee to administer any Plan or the PBGC shall have notified any Obligor or any ERISA Affiliate that a Plan may become a subject of any such proceedings;

 

  (c)

the sum of (x) the aggregate “amount of unfunded benefit liabilities” (within the meaning of section 4001(a)(18) of ERISA) under all Plans, determined in accordance with Title IV of ERISA, plus (y) the amount (if any) by which the aggregate present value of accrued benefit liabilities under all funded Non-U.S. Plans exceeds the aggregate current value of the assets of such Non-U.S. Plans allocable to such liabilities, shall exceed US$25,000,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency);

 

  (d)

any Obligor or any ERISA Affiliate shall have incurred or is reasonably expected to incur any liability pursuant to Title I or IV of ERISA or the penalty or excise tax provisions of the Code relating to Plans;

 

  (e)

any Obligor or any ERISA Affiliate withdraws from any Multiemployer Plan;

 

  (f)

any Obligor or any Subsidiary establishes or amends any employee welfare benefit plan that provides post-employment welfare benefits in a manner that would increase the liability of the Parent or any Subsidiary thereunder;

 

  (g)

any Obligor or any Subsidiary fails to administer or maintain a Non-U.S. Plan in compliance with the requirements of any and all applicable laws, statutes, rules, regulations or court orders or any Non-U.S. Plan is involuntarily terminated or wound up; or

 

  (h)

any Obligor or any Subsidiary becomes subject to the imposition of a financial penalty (which for this purpose shall mean any tax, penalty or other liability, whether by way of indemnity or otherwise) with respect to one or more Non-U.S. Plans,

and any such event or events described in paragraphs (a) through (h) above, either individually or together with any other such event or events, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The term employee welfare benefit plan shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3 of ERISA.

 

23.14

Material Adverse Change

Any change occurs in the business or financial condition of the Group taken as a whole which has a Material Adverse Effect.

 

87


23.15

Acceleration

 

  (a)

On and at any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing the Agent may, and shall if so directed by the Majority Lenders, by notice to the Parent:

 

  (i)

cancel the Total Commitments whereupon they shall immediately be cancelled;

 

  (ii)

declare that all or part of the Loans, together with accrued interest, and all other amounts accrued under the Finance Documents be immediately due and payable, whereupon they shall become immediately due and payable; and/or

 

  (iii)

declare that all or part of the Loans be payable on demand, whereupon they shall immediately become payable on demand by the Agent on the instructions of the Majority Lenders.

 

  (b)

If an Event of Default occurs in a U.S. court of competent jurisdiction under paragraph (b) of Clause 23.6 (Insolvency and Rescheduling) in relation to:

 

  (i)

any US Borrower:

 

  (A)

the Total Commitments in relation to such US Borrower shall immediately be cancelled; and

 

  (B)

all of the Loans made to such US Borrower, together with accrued interest, and all other amounts accrued under the Finance Documents with respect to such US Borrower shall be immediately due and payable,

in each case automatically and without any direction, notice, declaration or other act, all of which are expressly waived; or

 

  (ii)

any US Guarantor, each amount expressed by Clause 19 (Guarantee and Indemnity) to be payable by that US Guarantor on demand shall, after that Event of Default has occurred, be immediately due and payable by that US Guarantor without the need for any demand or other claim on that US Guarantor or any other Obligor.

 

24.

Changes to the Lenders

 

24.1

Assignments and transfers by the Lenders

 

  (a)

Subject to this Clause 24, a Lender (the Existing Lender) may:

 

  (i)

assign any of its rights; or

 

  (ii)

transfer by novation any of its rights and obligations,

to another bank or financial institution (the New Lender).

 

88


  (b)

In addition to the other rights provided to Lenders under this Clause 24, each Lender may without consulting with or obtaining consent from any Obligor, at any time charge, assign or otherwise create Security in or over (whether by way of collateral or otherwise) all or any of its rights under any Finance Document to secure obligations of that Lender including, without limitation:

 

  (i)

any charge, assignment or other Security to secure obligations to a federal reserve, central bank or other applicable governing body or authority;

 

  (ii)

in the case of any Lender which is a fund, any charge, assignment or other Security granted to any holders (or trustee or representatives of holders) of obligations owed, or securities issued, by that Lender as security for those obligations or securities,

except that no such charge or assignment of Security shall:

 

  (A)

release a Lender from any of its obligations under the Finance Documents or substitute the beneficiary of the relevant charge, assignment or Security for the Lender as a party to any of the Finance Documents; or

 

  (B)

require any payments to be made by an Obligor or grant to any person any more extensive rights than those required to be made or granted to the relevant Lender under the Finance Documents.

 

24.2

Parent consent

 

  (a)

The consent of the Parent is required for an assignment or transfer by an Existing Lender, unless the assignment or transfer is to another Lender or an Affiliate of any Lender or, if at the time of such assignment or transfer there is a continuing Event of Default.

 

  (b)

The consent of the Parent to an assignment or transfer must not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. The Parent will be deemed to have given its consent ten Business Days after it has received a written request from the Existing Lender unless consent is expressly refused by the Parent within that time.

 

24.3

Other conditions of assignment or transfer

 

  (a)

An assignment will only be effective on:

 

  (i)

receipt by the Agent of written confirmation from the New Lender (in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent) that the New Lender will assume the same obligations to the other Finance Parties as it would have been under if it had been an Original Lender; and

 

  (ii)

performance by the Agent of all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and

 

89


  regulations in relation to such assignment to a New Lender, the completion of which the Agent shall promptly notify to the Existing Lender and the New Lender.

 

  (b)

A transfer will only be effective if the procedure set out in Clause 24.6 (Procedure for transfer) is complied with.

 

  (c)

If:

 

  (i)

a Lender assigns or transfers any of its rights or obligations under the Finance Documents or changes its Facility Office; and

 

  (ii)

as a result of circumstances existing at the date the assignment, transfer or change occurs, an Obligor would be obliged to make a payment to the New Lender or Lender acting through its new Facility Office under Clause 14 (Tax Gross Up) or Clause 15 (Increased Costs),

then the New Lender or Lender acting through its new Facility Office is only entitled to receive payment under those Clauses to the same extent as the Existing Lender or Lender acting through its previous Facility Office would have been if the assignment, transfer or change had not occurred. This paragraph (c) shall not apply:

 

  (i)

in respect of an assignment or transfer made in the ordinary course of the primary syndication of any Facility; or

 

  (ii)

in relation to Clause 14.2 (Tax gross-up), to a UK Treaty Lender that has included a confirmation of its scheme reference number and its jurisdiction of tax residence in accordance with paragraph (h)(ii)(B) of Clause 14.2 (Tax gross-up), if the UK Borrower making the payment has not made a Borrower DTTP Filing in respect of that UK Treaty Lender.

 

24.4

Assignment or transfer fee

The New Lender shall, on the date upon which an assignment or transfer takes effect, pay to the Agent (for its own account) a fee of US$3,000.

 

24.5

Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders

 

  (a)

Unless expressly agreed to the contrary, an Existing Lender makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility to a New Lender for:

 

  (i)

the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of the Finance Documents or any other documents;

 

  (ii)

the financial condition of any Obligor;

 

  (iii)

the performance and observance by any Obligor of its obligations under the Finance Documents or any other documents; or

 

90


  (iv)

the accuracy of any statements (whether written or oral) made in or in connection with any Finance Document or any other document,

and any representations or warranties implied by law are excluded.

 

  (b)

Each New Lender confirms to the Existing Lender and the other Finance Parties that it:

 

  (i)

has made (and shall continue to make) its own independent investigation and assessment of the financial condition and affairs of each Obligor and its related entities in connection with its participation in this Agreement and has not relied exclusively on any information provided to it by the Existing Lender in connection with any Finance Document; and

 

  (ii)

will continue to make its own independent appraisal of the creditworthiness of each Obligor and its related entities whilst any amount is or may be outstanding under the Finance Documents or any Commitment is in force.

 

  (c)

Nothing in any Finance Document obliges an Existing Lender to:

 

  (i)

accept a re-transfer from a New Lender of any of the rights and obligations assigned or transferred under this Clause 24; or

 

  (ii)

support any losses directly or indirectly incurred by the New Lender by reason of the non-performance by any Obligor of its obligations under the Finance Documents or otherwise.

 

24.6

Procedure for transfer

 

  (a)

Subject to the conditions set out in Clause 24.2 (Parent consent) and Clause 24.3 (Other conditions of assignment or transfer) a transfer is effected in accordance with paragraph (c) below when the Agent executes an otherwise duly completed Transfer Certificate delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender and the Agent makes a corresponding entry in the Register pursuant to paragraph (g) of Clause 26.3 (Duties of the Agent). The Agent shall, subject to paragraph (b) below, as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt by it of a duly completed Transfer Certificate appearing on its face to comply with the terms of this Agreement and delivered in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, execute that Transfer Certificate.

 

  (b)

The Agent shall only be obliged to execute a Transfer Certificate delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender and make a corresponding entry in the Register once it is satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to the transfer to such New Lender.

 

91


  (c)

On the Transfer Date:

 

  (i)

to the extent that in the Transfer Certificate the Existing Lender seeks to transfer by novation its rights and obligations under the Finance Documents each of the Obligors and the Existing Lender shall be released from further obligations towards one another under the Finance Documents and their respective rights against one another under the Finance Documents shall be cancelled (being the Discharged Rights and Obligations);

 

  (ii)

each of the Obligors and the New Lender shall assume obligations towards one another and/or acquire rights against one another which differ from the Discharged Rights and Obligations only insofar as that Obligor and the New Lender have assumed and/or acquired the same in place of that Obligor and the Existing Lender;

 

  (iii)

the Agent, the Mandated Lead Arrangers, the New Lender and other Lenders shall acquire the same rights and assume the same obligations between themselves as they would have acquired and assumed had the New Lender been an Original Lender with the rights and/or obligations acquired or assumed by it as a result of the transfer and to that extent the Agent, the Mandated Lead Arrangers and the Existing Lender shall each be released from further obligations to each other under this Agreement; and

 

  (iv)

the New Lender shall become a Party as a Lender.

 

24.7

Copy of Transfer Certificate, Accordion Confirmation or Increase Confirmation to Parent

The Agent shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after it has executed a Transfer Certificate, Accordion Confirmation or Increase Confirmation send to the Parent a copy of that Transfer Certificate, Accordion Confirmation or Increase Confirmation.

 

24.8

Lender Affiliates

A Lender may by notice to the Agent nominate an Affiliate of that Lender (a Lender Affiliate) as being the entity through which that Lender will perform its obligations under this Agreement. If the Agent receives any such notice, the Agent shall treat the Lender Affiliate as being responsible for the funding obligations of the relevant Lender under this Agreement, but a breach by the Lender Affiliate of any such obligation shall not relieve the affiliated Lender of that Lender Affiliate of such obligation, in respect of which it shall remain liable.

 

24.9

Increased costs on change of Lender or Facility Office

If a Lender assigns or transfers any portion of its Commitment or changes its Facility Office or designates an Affiliate to perform its obligations pursuant to Clause 24.8 (Lender Affiliates) and, as a result of circumstances existing at the time of the assignment, transfer or change, an Obligor would be obliged to pay

 

92


an amount under Clause 14 (Tax Gross Up) or Clause 15 (Increased Costs), that Obligor need only pay such amount to the extent it would have been obliged if that assignment, transfer or change had not occurred.

 

25.

Changes to the Obligors

 

25.1

Assignments and transfer by Obligors

No Obligor may assign any of its rights or transfer any of its rights or obligations under the Finance Documents.

 

25.2

Additional Borrowers

 

  (a)

Subject to compliance with the provisions of paragraphs (c) and (d) of Clause 21.7 (Know your customer checks), the Parent may request that any of its wholly owned Subsidiaries becomes an Additional Borrower or, in connection with a Permitted Change of Control, the New Holding Company (and any of its Subsidiaries which is a Holding Company of the Parent) becomes an Additional Borrower. That Subsidiary, the New Holding Company or any of its Subsidiaries which is a Holding Company of the Parent, as the case may be, shall become an Additional Borrower if:

 

  (i)

all of the Lenders approve the addition of that entity unless such entity is incorporated in a Pre-Approved Jurisdiction;

 

  (ii)

the Parent delivers to the Agent a duly completed and executed Accession Letter;

 

  (iii)

the Parent confirms that no Default is continuing or would occur as a result of that Subsidiary becoming an Additional Borrower;

 

  (iv)

the Agent has given the notification referred to in paragraph (b) below; and

 

  (v)

the Repeating Representations, when made by the proposed Additional Borrower, are true in all materials respects and

 

  (vi)

in the case of a proposed Additional Borrower which would become a US Borrower, the Repeating Representations shall, for the purpose of this Clause 25.2 only, also include Clause 20.10 (Compliance with ERISA; Non-U.S. Plans), Clause 20.12 (Margin Stock), Clause 20.13 (United States Regulation), Clause 20.14 (Anti-terrorism laws and anti-money laundering laws) and Clause 20.17 (Sanctions). Notwithstanding the foregoing, this paragraph (vi) shall also apply to a proposed Additional Borrower which would become a Borrower for purposes of Clause 20.10 (Compliance with ERISA; Non-U.S. Plans).

 

  (b)

The Agent shall notify the Parent and the Lenders promptly upon being satisfied that it has received (in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to it) all the documents and other evidence listed in Part B of Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent) in relation to that Additional Borrower.

 

93


  (c)

Subject to paragraph (d) below, each Subsidiary acceding as an Additional Borrower must, on the date of such accession, accede as an Additional Guarantor. The Agent shall not give the notification referred to in paragraph (b) above unless the relevant Additional Borrower, on or before such notification has completed its accession as an Additional Guarantor.

 

  (d)

If any Subsidiary of the Parent becomes or is to become an Additional Borrower (and hence an Additional Guarantor also) or an Additional Guarantor only and, as a result of the application of the Guarantee Principles, or otherwise with the approval of the Agent, limitations are to be placed on the guarantee obligations of the relevant Additional Guarantor, then the Agent shall, and is hereby authorised by the Finance Parties to, enter into such amendments to the terms of Clause 19 (Guarantee and Indemnity) (by way of its countersignature of the relevant Accession Letter, which shall contain amendments to Clause 19 (Guarantee and Indemnity) in respect of the relevant Additional Borrower or Additional Guarantor) as are appropriate to give effect to those limitations.

 

25.3

Additional Guarantors

 

  (a)

Subject to compliance with the provisions of paragraphs (c) and (d) of Clause 21.7 (Know your customer checks), the Parent may request that any of its Subsidiaries become an Additional Guarantor or, in connection with a Permitted Change of Control, the New Holding Company (and any of its Subsidiaries which is a Holding Company of the Parent) becomes an Additional Guarantor. That Subsidiary, the New Holding Company or any of its Subsidiaries which is a Holding Company of the Parent, as the case may be, shall become an Additional Guarantor (subject to the Guarantee Principles) if:

 

  (i)

the Parent delivers to the Agent a duly completed and executed Accession Letter;

 

  (ii)

the Agent has received all of the documents and other evidence listed in Part B of Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent) in relation to that Additional Guarantor, each in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent; and

 

  (iii)

the Repeating Representations, when made by the proposed Additional Guarantor, are true in all materials respects and

in the case of a proposed Additional Guarantor which would become a US Guarantor, the Repeating Representations shall, for the purpose of this Clause 25.3 only, also include Clause 20.10 (Compliance with ERISA; Non-U.S. Plans), Clause 20.12 (Margin Stock), Clause 20.13 (United States Regulation), Clause 20.14 (Anti-terrorism laws and anti-money laundering laws) and Clause 20.17 (Sanctions).

 

94


  (b)

The Parent shall ensure that each Subsidiary which becomes a “Subsidiary Guarantor” or any kind of guarantor under any of the US Financings becomes an Additional Guarantor at the same time in accordance with paragraphs (a)(i) and (a)(ii) above.

 

  (c)

The Agent shall notify the Parent and the Lenders promptly upon being satisfied that it has received (in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to it) all the documents and other evidence listed in Part B of Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent).

 

25.4

Repetition of Representations

Delivery of an Accession Letter constitutes confirmation by the relevant Subsidiary or the New Holding Company, as the case may be, that the Repeating Representations are true and correct in relation to it as at the date of delivery as if made by reference to that Subsidiary or the New Holding Company, as the case may be, to the facts and circumstances then existing.

 

25.5

Resignation of a Borrower

 

  (a)

The Parent may request that a Borrower (other than the Parent) ceases to be a Borrower by delivering to the Agent a Resignation Letter.

 

  (b)

The Agent shall accept a Resignation Letter and notify the Parent and the Lenders of its acceptance if:

 

  (i)

no Default is continuing or would result from the acceptance of the Resignation Letter (and the Parent has confirmed this is the case); and

 

  (ii)

the Borrower is under no actual or contingent obligations as a Borrower under any Finance Documents,

whereupon that company shall cease to be a Borrower and shall have no further rights or obligations under the Finance Documents.

 

25.6

Resignation of a Guarantor

 

  (a)

The Parent may request that a Guarantor (other than the Parent) ceases to be a Guarantor by delivering to the Agent a Resignation Letter.

 

  (b)

The Agent shall accept a Resignation Letter and notify the Parent and the Lenders of its acceptance if:

 

  (i)

no Default is continuing or would result from the acceptance of the Resignation Letter (and the Parent has confirmed this is the case); and

 

  (ii)

where the Guarantor is also a Borrower, it is under no actual or contingent obligations as a Borrower and has resigned and ceased (or will on the same date resign and cease) to be a Borrower under Clause 25.5 (Resignation of a Borrower),

whereupon that company shall cease to be a Guarantor and shall have no further rights or obligations under the Finance Documents.

 

95


26.

Role of the Agent, the Coordinators and the Mandated Lead Arrangers

 

26.1

Appointment of the Agent

 

  (a)

Each other Finance Party appoints the Agent to act as its agent under and in connection with the Finance Documents.

 

  (b)

Each other Finance Party authorises the Agent to perform the duties, obligations and responsibilities and to exercise the rights, powers, authorities and discretions specifically given to the Agent under or in connection with the Finance Documents together with any other incidental rights, powers, authorities and discretions.

 

26.2

Instructions

 

  (a)

The Agent shall:

 

  (i)

unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, exercise or refrain from exercising any right, power, authority or discretion vested in it as Agent in accordance with any instructions given to it by:

 

  (A)

all Lenders if the relevant Finance Document stipulates the matter is an all Lender decision; and

 

  (B)

in all other cases, the Majority Lenders; and

 

  (ii)

not be liable for any act (or omission) if it acts (or refrains from acting) in accordance with paragraph (i) above.

 

  (b)

The Agent shall be entitled to request instructions, or clarification of any instruction, from the Majority Lenders (or, if the relevant Finance Document stipulates the matter is a decision for any other Lender or group of Lenders, from that Lender or group of Lenders) as to whether, and in what manner, it should exercise or refrain from exercising any right, power, authority or discretion. The Agent may refrain from acting unless and until it receives any such instructions or clarification that it has requested.

 

  (c)

Save in the case of decisions stipulated to be a matter for any other Lender or group of Lenders under the relevant Finance Document and unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, any instructions given to the Agent by the Majority Lenders shall override any conflicting instructions given by any other Parties and will be binding on all Finance Parties.

 

  (d)

The Agent may refrain from acting in accordance with any instructions of any Lender or group of Lenders until it has received any indemnification and/or security that it may in its discretion require (which may be greater in extent than that contained in the Finance Documents and which may include payment in advance) for any cost, loss or liability which it may incur in complying with those instructions.

 

96


  (e)

In the absence of instructions, the Agent may act (or refrain from acting) as it considers to be in the best interest of the Lenders.

 

  (f)

The Agent is not authorised to act on behalf of a Lender (without first obtaining that Lender’s consent) in any legal or arbitration proceedings relating to any Finance Document.

 

26.3

Duties of the Agent

 

  (a)

Subject to paragraph (b) below, the Agent shall promptly forward to a Party the original or a copy of any document which is delivered to the Agent for that Party by any other Party.

 

  (b)

Without prejudice to Clause 24.7 (Copy of Transfer Certificate, Accordion Confirmation or Increase Confirmation to Parent), paragraph (a) above shall not apply to any Transfer Certificate, Increase Confirmation or Accordion Confirmation.

 

  (c)

Except where a Finance Document specifically provides otherwise, the Agent is not obliged to review or check the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any document it forwards to another Party.

 

  (d)

If the Agent receives notice from a Party referring to this Agreement, describing a Default and stating that the circumstance described is a Default, it shall promptly notify the other Finance Parties.

 

  (e)

The Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders of any default arising under Clause 23.1 (Non-payment).

 

  (f)

The Agent shall provide to the Parent, within five Business Days of a request by the Parent (but no more frequently than once per calendar month), a list (which may be in electronic form) setting out the names of the Lenders as at the date of that request, their respective Commitments, the address and fax number (and the department or officer, if any, for whose attention any communication is to be made) of each Lender for any communication to be made or document to be delivered under or in connection with the Finance Documents, the electronic mail address and/or any other information required to enable the sending and receipt of information by electronic mail or other electronic means to and by each Lender to whom any communication under or in connection with the Finance Documents may be made by that means and the account details of each Lender for any payment to be distributed by the Agent to that Lender under the Finance Documents.

 

  (g)

The Agent, solely for this purpose acting as non-fiduciary agent of the Borrowers, shall maintain a copy of each Transfer Certificate delivered to it and a register for the recording of the names and addresses of the Finance Parties, and Commitments of, and principal amount of the Loans owing to, each Finance Party pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (for the purposes of this provision, the Register). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and the Borrowers, the Agent and the Lenders shall treat each person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender

 

97


  hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrowers and any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice and each Lender hereby consents to the disclosure of the information contained in the Register.

 

  (h)

The Agent’s duties under the Finance Documents are solely mechanical and administrative in nature.

 

26.4

Role of the Coordinators and the Mandated Lead Arrangers

Except as specifically provided in the Finance Documents, no Mandated Lead Arranger or Coordinator has any obligations of any kind to any other Party under or in connection with any Finance Document.

 

26.5

No fiduciary duties

 

  (a)

Nothing in this Agreement constitutes the Agent, a Coordinator or a Mandated Lead Arranger as a trustee or fiduciary of any other person.

 

  (b)

Neither the Agent, a Coordinator nor a Mandated Lead Arranger shall be bound to account to any Lender for any sum or the profit element of any sum received by it for its own account.

 

26.6

Business with the Group

The Agent, the Coordinators and the Mandated Lead Arrangers may accept deposits from, lend money to and generally engage in any kind of banking or other business with any member of the Group.

 

26.7

Rights and discretions of the Agent

 

  (a)

The Agent may:

 

  (i)

rely on any representation, communication, notice or document believed by it to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised;

 

  (ii)

assume that:

 

  (A)

any instructions received by it from the Majority Lenders, any Lenders or any group of Lenders are duly given in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents; and

 

  (B)

unless it has received notice of revocation, that those instructions have not been revoked; and

 

  (iii)

rely on a certificate from any person:

 

  (A)

as to any matter of fact or circumstance which might reasonably be expected to be within the knowledge of that person; or

 

98


  (B)

to the effect that such person approves of any particular dealing, transaction, step, action or thing,

as sufficient evidence that that is the case and, in the case of paragraph (A) above, may assume the truth and accuracy of that certificate.

 

  (b)

The Agent may assume (unless it has received notice to the contrary in its capacity as agent for the Lenders) that:

 

  (i)

no Default has occurred (unless it has actual knowledge of a Default arising under Clause 23.1 (Non-payment));

 

  (ii)

any right, power, authority or discretion vested in any Party or any group of Lenders has not been exercised; and

 

  (iii)

any notice or request made by the Parent (other than a Utilisation Request) is made on behalf of and with the consent and knowledge of all the Obligors.

 

  (c)

The Agent may engage, pay for and rely on the advice or services of any lawyers, accountants, surveyors or other experts.

 

  (d)

The Agent may act in relation to the Finance Documents through its officers, employees and agents.

 

  (e)

The Agent may disclose to any other Party any information it reasonably believes it has received as agent under this Agreement.

 

  (f)

Without prejudice to the generality of paragraph (e) above, the Agent may disclose the identity of a Defaulting Lender to the other Finance Parties and the Parent and shall disclose the same upon the written request of the Parent or the Majority Lenders.

 

  (g)

Notwithstanding any other provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, neither the Agent nor a Mandated Lead Arranger or a Coordinator is obliged to do or omit to do anything if it would or might in its reasonable opinion constitute a breach of any law or regulation or a breach of a fiduciary duty or duty of confidentiality.

 

  (h)

Notwithstanding any provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, the Agent is not obliged to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of its duties, obligations or responsibilities or the exercise of any right, power, authority or discretion if it has grounds for believing the repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against, or security for, such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.

 

26.8

Majority Lenders’ instructions

 

  (a)

Unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, the Agent shall (i) exercise any right, power, authority or discretion vested in it as Agent in accordance with any instructions given to it by the Majority Lenders (or, if so instructed by the Majority Lenders, refrain from

 

99


  exercising any right, power, authority or discretion vested in it as Agent) and (ii) not be liable for any act (or omission) if it acts (or refrains from taking any action) in accordance with an instruction of the Majority Lenders.

 

  (b)

Unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, any instructions given by the Majority Lenders will be binding on all the Finance Parties.

 

  (c)

The Agent may refrain from acting in accordance with the instructions of the Majority Lenders (or, if appropriate, the Lenders) until it has received such security as it may require for any cost, loss or liability (together with any associated VAT) which it may incur in complying with the instructions.

 

  (d)

In the absence of instructions from the Majority Lenders, (or, if appropriate, the Lenders) the Agent may act (or refrain from taking action) as it considers to be in the best interest of the Lenders.

 

  (e)

The Agent is not authorised to act on behalf of a Lender (without first obtaining that Lender’s consent) in any legal or arbitration proceedings relating to any Finance Document.

 

26.9

Responsibility for documentation

Neither the Agent, a Coordinator nor any Mandated Lead Arranger is responsible or liable for:

 

  (a)

the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any information (whether oral or written) supplied by the Agent, a Coordinator, a Mandated Lead Arranger, an Obligor or any other person in or in connection with any Finance Document or the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document; or

 

  (b)

the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Finance Document or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document.

 

26.10

No duty to monitor

The Agent shall not be bound to enquire:

 

  (a)

whether or not any Default has occurred;

 

  (b)

as to the performance, default or any breach by any Party of its obligations under any Finance Document; or

 

  (c)

whether any other event specified in any Finance Document has occurred.

 

100


26.11

Exclusion of liability

 

  (a)

Without limiting paragraph (i) below (and without prejudice to any other provision of any Finance Document excluding or limiting the liability of the Agent), the Agent will not be liable for:

 

  (i)

any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value, or any liability whatsoever arising as a result of taking or not taking any action under or in connection with any Finance Document, unless directly caused by its gross negligence or wilful misconduct;

 

  (ii)

exercising, or not exercising, any right, power, authority or discretion given to it by, or in connection with, any Finance Document or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with, any Finance Document, other than by reason of its gross negligence or wilful misconduct; or

 

  (iii)

without prejudice to the generality of paragraphs (i) and (ii) above, any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value or any liability whatsoever (including, without limitation, for negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever but not including any claim based on the fraud of the Agent) arising as a result of:

 

  (A)

any act, event or circumstance not reasonably within its control; or

 

  (B)

the general risks of investment in, or the holding of assets in, any jurisdiction,

including (in each case and without limitation) such damages, costs, losses, diminution in value or liability arising as a result of: nationalisation, expropriation or other governmental actions; any regulation, currency restriction, devaluation or fluctuation; market conditions affecting the execution or settlement of transactions or the value of assets (including any Disruption Event); breakdown, failure or malfunction of any third party transport, telecommunications, computer services or systems; natural disasters or acts of God; war, terrorism, insurrection or revolution; or strikes or industrial action.

 

  (b)

No Party (other than the Agent) may take any proceedings against any officer, employee or agent of the Agent in respect of any claim it might have against the Agent or in respect of any act or omission of any kind by that officer, employee or agent in relation to any Finance Document and any officer, employee or agent of the Agent may rely on this Clause.

 

  (c)

The Agent will not be liable for any delay (or any related consequences) in crediting an account with an amount required under the Finance Documents to be paid by the Agent if the Agent has taken all necessary steps as soon as reasonably practicable to comply with the regulations or operating procedures of any recognised clearing or settlement system used by the Agent for that purpose.

 

101


  (d)

Nothing in this Agreement shall oblige the Agent, a Coordinator or a Mandated Lead Arranger to carry out:

 

  (i)

any “know your customer” or other checks in relation to any person; or

 

  (ii)

any check on the extent to which any transaction contemplated by this Agreement might be unlawful for any Lender or for any Affiliate of any Lender,

on behalf of any Lender and each Lender confirms to the Agent, the Coordinators and the Mandated Lead Arrangers that it is solely responsible for any such checks it is required to carry out and that it may not rely on any statement in relation to such checks made by the Agent, the Coordinators or the Mandated Lead Arrangers.

 

  (e)

Without prejudice to any provision of any Finance Document excluding or limiting the Agent’s liability, any liability of the Agent arising under or in connection with any Finance Document shall be limited to the amount of actual loss which has been suffered (as determined by reference to the date of default of the Agent or, if later, the date on which the loss arises as a result of such default) but without reference to any special conditions or circumstances known to the Agent at any time which increase the amount of that loss. In no event shall the Agent be liable for any loss of profits, goodwill, reputation, business opportunity or anticipated saving, or for special, punitive, indirect or consequential damages, whether or not the Agent has been advised of the possibility of such loss or damages.

 

26.12

Lenders’ indemnity to the Agent

Each Lender shall (in proportion to its share of the Total Commitments or, if the Total Commitments are then zero, to its share of the Total Commitments immediately prior to their reduction to zero) indemnify the Agent, within three Business Days of demand, against any cost, loss or liability (including, without limitation, for negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever) incurred by the Agent (otherwise than by reason of the Agent’s gross negligence or wilful misconduct) (or, in the case of any cost, loss or liability pursuant to Clause 29.11 (Disruption to Payment Systems etc.), notwithstanding the Agent’s negligence, gross negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever but not including any claim based on the fraud of the Agent) in acting as Agent under the Finance Documents (unless the Agent has been reimbursed by an Obligor pursuant to a Finance Document).

 

26.13

Resignation of the Agent

 

  (a)

The Agent may resign and appoint one of its Affiliates as successor by giving notice to the other Finance Parties and the Parent.

 

102


  (b)

Alternatively the Agent may resign by giving 30 days’ notice to the other Finance Parties and the Parent, in which case the Majority Lenders (after consultation with the Parent) may appoint a successor Agent.

 

  (c)

If the Majority Lenders have not appointed a successor Agent in accordance with paragraph (b) above within 30 days after notice of resignation was given, the retiring Agent (after consultation with the Parent) may appoint a successor Agent (acting through an office in the United Kingdom).

 

  (d)

The retiring Agent shall, at its own cost, make available to the successor Agent such documents and records and provide such assistance as the successor Agent may reasonably request for the purposes of performing its functions as Agent under the Finance Documents.

 

  (e)

The Agent’s resignation notice shall only take effect upon the appointment of a successor.

 

  (f)

Upon the appointment of a successor, the retiring Agent shall be discharged from any further obligation in respect of the Finance Documents but shall remain entitled to the benefit of Clause 16.3 (Indemnity to the Agent) and this Clause 26 (and any agency fees for the account of the retiring Agent shall cease to accrue from (and shall be payable on) that date). Its successor and each of the other Parties shall have the same rights and obligations amongst themselves as they would have had if such successor had been an original Party.

 

  (g)

The Agent shall resign in accordance with paragraph (a) (and, to the extent applicable, shall use reasonable endeavours to appoint a successor Agent pursuant to paragraph (b) if on or after the date which is three months before the earliest FATCA Application Date relating to any payment to the Agent under the Finance Documents, either:

 

  (i)

the Agent fails to respond to a request under Clause 14.7 (FATCA Information) and the Parent or a Lender reasonably believes that the Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date;

 

  (ii)

the information supplied by the Agent pursuant to Clause 14.7 (FATCA Information) indicates that the Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date; or

 

  (iii)

the Agent notifies the Parent and the Lenders that the Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date;

and (in each case) the Parent or a Lender reasonably believes that a Party will be required to make a FATCA Deduction that would not be required if the Agent were a FATCA Exempt Party, and the Parent or that Lender, by notice to the Agent, requires it to resign.

 

103


26.14

Replacement of the Agent

 

  (a)

After consultation with the Parent, the Majority Lenders may, by giving 30 days’ notice to the Agent (or, at any time the Agent is an Impaired Agent, by giving any shorter notice determined by the Majority Lenders) replace the Agent by appointing a successor Agent acting through an office in the UK.

 

  (b)

The retiring Agent shall (at its own cost if it is an Impaired Agent and otherwise at the expense of the Lenders) make available to the successor Agent such documents and records and provide such assistance as the successor Agent may reasonably request for the purposes of performing its functions as Agent under the Finance Documents.

 

  (c)

The appointment of the successor Agent shall take effect on the date specified in the notice from the Majority Lenders to the retiring Agent. As from this date, the retiring Agent shall be discharged from any further obligation in respect of the Finance Documents but shall remain entitled to the benefit of Clause 16.3 (Indemnity to the Agent) and this Clause 26 (and any agency fees for the account of the retiring Agent shall cease to accrue from (and shall be payable on) that date).

 

  (d)

Any successor Agent and each of the other Parties shall have the same rights and obligations amongst themselves as they would have had if such successor had been an original Party.

 

26.15

Confidentiality

 

  (a)

In acting as agent for the Finance Parties, the Agent shall be regarded as acting through its agency division which shall be treated as a separate entity from any other of its divisions or departments.

 

  (b)

If information is received by another division or department of the Agent, it may be treated as confidential to that division or department and the Agent shall not be deemed to have notice of it.

 

26.16

Relationship with the Lenders

 

  (a)

The Agent may treat each Lender as a Lender, entitled to payments under this Agreement and acting through its Facility Office unless it has received not less than five Business Days prior notice from that Lender to the contrary in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

  (b)

Any Lender may by notice to the Agent appoint a person to receive on its behalf all notices, communications, information and documents to be made or despatched to that Lender under the Finance Documents. Such notice shall contain the address, fax number and (where communication by electronic mail or other electronic means is permitted under Clause 32.6 (Electronic communication)) electronic mail address and/or any other information required to enable the sending and receipt of information by that means (and, in each case, the department or officer, if any, for whose attention communication is to be made) and be treated as a notification of a substitute address, fax number, electronic mail

 

104


  address, department and officer by that Lender for the purposes of Clause 32.2 (Addresses) and paragraph (a)(iii) of Clause 32.6 (Electronic communication) and the Agent shall be entitled to treat such person as the person entitled to receive all such notices, communications, information and documents as though that person were that Lender. Nothing in this paragraph (a) relieves any Lender of its obligations under this Agreement.

 

26.17

Credit appraisal by the Lenders

Without affecting the responsibility of any Obligor for information supplied by it or on its behalf in connection with any Finance Document, each Lender confirms to the Agent, the Coordinators and the Mandated Lead Arrangers that it has been, and will continue to be, solely responsible for making its own independent appraisal and investigation of all risks arising under or in connection with any Finance Document including but not limited to:

 

  (a)

the financial condition, status and nature of each member of the Group;

 

  (b)

the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Finance Document and any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document;

 

  (c)

whether that Lender has recourse, and the nature and extent of that recourse, against any Party or any of its respective assets under or in connection with any Finance Document, the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document; and

 

  (d)

the adequacy, accuracy and/or completeness of any information provided by the Agent, any Party or by any other person under or in connection with any Finance Document, the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document.

 

26.18

Role of Reference Banks

 

  (a)

No Reference Bank is under any obligation to provide a quotation or any other information to the Agent.

 

  (b)

No Reference Bank will be liable for any action taken by it under or in connection with any Finance Document, or for any Reference Bank Quotation, unless directly caused by its gross negligence or wilful misconduct.

 

  (c)

No Party (other than the relevant Reference Bank) may take any proceedings against any officer, employee or agent of any Reference Bank in respect of any claim it might have against that Reference Bank or in respect of any act or omission of any kind by that officer, employee or agent in relation to any Finance Document, or to any Reference Bank

 

105


  Quotation, and any officer, employee or agent of each Reference Bank may rely on this Clause 26.18 subject to Clause 1.4 (Third party rights) and the provisions of the Third Parties Act.

 

26.19

Third party Reference Banks

A Reference Bank which is not a Party may rely on Clause 26.18 (Role of Reference Banks), Clause 36.8 (Other exceptions) and Clause 38 (Confidentiality of Reference Bank Quotations) subject to Clause 1.4 (Third party rights) and the provisions of the Third Parties Act.

 

26.20

Deduction from amounts payable by the Agent

If any Party owes an amount to the Agent under the Finance Documents the Agent may, after giving notice to that Party, deduct an amount not exceeding that amount from any payment to that Party which the Agent would otherwise be obliged to make under the Finance Documents and apply the amount deducted in or towards satisfaction of the amount owed. For the purposes of the Finance Documents that Party shall be regarded as having received any amount so deducted.

 

26.21

Agent’s Management Time

Any amount payable to the Agent under Clause 16.3 (Indemnity to the Agent), Clause 18 (Costs and Expenses) and Clause 26.12 (Lenders’ indemnity to the Agent) shall include the cost of utilising the Agent’s management time or other resources and will be calculated on the basis of such reasonable daily or hourly rates as the Agent may notify to the Parent and the Lenders, and is in addition to any fee paid or payable to the Agent under Clause 13 (Fees).

 

27.

Conduct of business by the Finance Parties

No provision of this Agreement will (save as expressly provided to the contrary):

 

  (a)

interfere with the right of any Finance Party to arrange its affairs (tax or otherwise) in whatever manner it thinks fit;

 

  (b)

oblige any Finance Party to investigate or claim any credit, relief, remission or repayment available to it or the extent, order and manner of any claim; or

 

  (c)

oblige any Finance Party to disclose any information relating to its affairs (tax or otherwise) or any computations in respect of Tax.

 

28.

Sharing among the Finance Parties

 

28.1

Payments to Finance Parties

If a Finance Party (a Recovering Finance Party) receives or recovers any amount from an Obligor other than in accordance with Clause 29 (Payment Mechanics) (a Recovered Amount) and applies that amount to a payment due under the Finance Documents then:

 

  (a)

the Recovering Finance Party shall, within three Business Days, notify details of the receipt or recovery, to the Agent;

 

106


  (b)

the Agent shall determine whether the receipt or recovery is in excess of the amount the Recovering Finance Party would have been paid had the receipt or recovery been received or made by the Agent and distributed in accordance with Clause 29 (Payment Mechanics), without taking account of any Tax which would be imposed on the Agent in relation to the receipt, recovery or distribution; and

 

  (c)

the Recovering Finance Party shall, within three Business Days of demand by the Agent, pay to the Agent an amount (the Sharing Payment) equal to such receipt or recovery less any amount which the Agent determines may be retained by the Recovering Finance Party as its share of any payment to be made, in accordance with Clause 29.6 (Partial payments).

 

28.2

Redistribution of payments

The Agent shall treat the Sharing Payment as if it had been paid by the relevant Obligor and distribute it between the Finance Parties (other than the Recovering Finance Party) (the Sharing Finance Parties) in accordance with Clause 29.6 (Partial payments).

 

28.3

Recovering Finance Party’s rights

On a distribution by the Agent under Clause 28.2 (Redistribution of payments) of a payment received by a Recovering Finance Party from an Obligor, as between the relevant Obligor and the Recovering Finance Party, an amount of the Recovered Amount equal to the Sharing Payment will be treated as not having been paid by that Obligor.

 

28.4

Reversal of redistribution

If any part of the Sharing Payment received or recovered by a Recovering Finance Party becomes repayable and is repaid by that Recovering Finance Party, then:

 

  (a)

each Sharing Finance Party shall, upon request of the Agent, pay to the Agent for the account of that Recovering Finance Party an amount equal to the appropriate part of its share of the Sharing Payment (together with an amount as is necessary to reimburse that Recovering Finance Party for its proportion of any interest on the Sharing Payment which that Recovering Finance Party is required to pay) (the Redistributed Amount); and

 

  (b)

as between the relevant Obligor and each relevant Sharing Finance Party, an amount equal to the relevant Redistributed Amount will be treated as not having been paid by that Obligor.

 

107


28.5

Exceptions

 

  (a)

This Clause 28 shall not apply to the extent that the Recovering Finance Party would not, after making any payment pursuant to this Clause, have a valid and enforceable claim against the relevant Obligor.

 

  (b)

A Recovering Finance Party is not obliged to share with any other Lender any amount which the Recovering Finance Party has received or recovered as a result of taking legal or arbitration proceedings, if:

 

  (i)

it notified that other Finance Party of the legal or arbitration proceedings; and

 

  (ii)

that other Finance Party had an opportunity to participate in those legal or arbitration proceedings but did not do so as soon as reasonably practicable having received notice and did not take separate legal or arbitration proceedings.

 

29.

Payment mechanics

 

29.1

Payments to the Agent

 

  (a)

On each date on which an Obligor or a Lender is required to make a payment under a Finance Document, that Obligor or Lender shall make the same available to the Agent (unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document) for value on the due date at the time and in such funds specified by the Agent as being customary at the time for settlement of transactions in the relevant currency in the place of payment.

 

  (b)

Payment shall be made to such account in the principal financial centre of the country of that currency (or, in relation to euro, in a principal financial centre in a Participating Member State or London) with such bank as the Agent specifies.

 

29.2

Distributions by the Agent

Each payment received by the Agent under the Finance Documents for another Party shall, subject to Clause 29.3 (Distributions to an Obligor) and Clause 29.4 (Clawback) be made available by the Agent as soon as practicable after receipt to the Party entitled to receive payment in accordance with this Agreement (in the case of a Lender, for the account of its Facility Office), to such account as that Party may notify to the Agent by not less than five Business Days’ notice with a bank in the principal financial centre of the country of that currency (or, in relation to euro, in a principal financial centre in a Participating Member State or London).

 

29.3

Distributions to an Obligor

The Agent may (with the consent of the Obligor or in accordance with Clause 31 (Set-Off)) apply any amount received by it for that Obligor in or towards payment (on the date and in the currency and funds of receipt) of any amount due from that Obligor under the Finance Documents or in or towards purchase of any amount of any currency to be so applied.

 

108


29.4

Clawback

 

  (a)

Where a sum is to be paid to the Agent under the Finance Documents for another Party, the Agent is not obliged to pay that sum to that other Party (or to enter into or perform any related exchange contract) until it has been able to establish to its satisfaction that it has actually received that sum.

 

  (b)

If the Agent pays an amount to another Party and it proves to be the case that the Agent had not actually received that amount, then the Party to whom that amount (or the proceeds of any related exchange contract) was paid by the Agent shall on demand refund the same to the Agent together with interest on that amount from the date of payment to the date of receipt by the Agent, calculated by the Agent to reflect its cost of funds.

 

29.5

Impaired Agent

 

  (a)

If, at any time, the Agent becomes an Impaired Agent, any Obligor or a Lender which is required to make a payment under the Finance Documents to the Agent in accordance with Clause 29.1 (Payments to the Agent) may instead either pay that amount direct to the required recipient or pay that amount to an interest-bearing account held with an Acceptable Bank and in relation to which no Insolvency Event has occurred and is continuing, in the name of the Obligor or the Lender making the payment and designated as a trust account for the benefit of the Party or Parties beneficially entitled to that payment under the Finance Documents. In each case such payments must be made on the due date for payment under the Finance Documents.

 

  (b)

All interest accrued on the amount standing to the credit of the trust account shall be for the benefit of the beneficiaries of that trust account pro rata to their respective entitlements.

 

  (c)

A Party which has made a payment in accordance with this Clause 29.5 shall be discharged of the relevant payment obligation under the Finance Documents and shall not take any credit risk with respect to the amounts standing to the credit of the trust account.

 

  (d)

Promptly upon the appointment of a successor Agent in accordance with Clause 26.14 (Replacement of the Agent), each Party which has made a payment to a trust account in accordance with this Clause 29.5 shall give all requisite instructions to the bank with whom the trust account is held to transfer the amount (together with any accrued interest) to the successor Agent for distribution in accordance with Clause 29.2 (Distributions by the Agent).

 

109


29.6

Partial payments

 

  (a)

If the Agent receives a payment that is insufficient to discharge all the amounts then due and payable by an Obligor under the Finance Documents, the Agent shall apply that payment towards the obligations of that Obligor under the Finance Documents in the following order:

 

  (i)

first, in or towards payment pro rata of any unpaid fees, costs and expenses of the Agent, the Coordinators or the Mandated Lead Arrangers under the Finance Documents;

 

  (ii)

secondly, in or towards payment pro rata of any accrued interest, fee or commission due but unpaid under this Agreement;

 

  (iii)

thirdly, in or towards payment pro rata of any principal due but unpaid under this Agreement; and

 

  (iv)

fourthly, in or towards payment pro rata of any other sum due but unpaid under the Finance Documents.

 

  (b)

The Agent shall, if so directed by the Majority Lenders, vary the order set out in subparagraphs (a)(ii) to (iv) above.

 

  (c)

Paragraphs (a) and (b) above will override any appropriation made by an Obligor.

 

29.7

No set-off by Obligors

All payments to be made by an Obligor under the Finance Documents shall be calculated and be made without (and free and clear of any deduction for) set-off or counterclaim.

 

29.8

Business Days

 

  (a)

Any payment which is due to be made on a day that is not a Business Day shall be made on the next Business Day in the same calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not).

 

  (b)

During any extension of the due date for payment of any principal or Unpaid Sum under this Agreement interest is payable on the principal or Unpaid Sum at the rate payable on the original due date.

 

29.9

Currency of account

 

  (a)

Subject to paragraphs (b) to (e) below, the Base Currency is the currency of account and payment for any sum due from an Obligor under any Finance Document.

 

  (b)

A repayment of a Loan or Unpaid Sum or a part of a Loan or Unpaid Sum shall be made in the currency in which that Loan or Unpaid Sum is denominated on its due date.

 

  (c)

Each payment of interest shall be made in the currency in which the sum in respect of which the interest is payable was denominated when that interest accrued.

 

110


  (d)

Each payment in respect of costs, expenses or Taxes shall be made in the currency in which the costs, expenses or Taxes are incurred.

 

  (e)

Any amount expressed to be payable in a currency other than the Base Currency shall be paid in that other currency.

 

29.10

Change of currency

 

  (a)

Unless otherwise prohibited by law, if more than one currency or currency unit are at the same time recognised by the central bank of any country as the lawful currency of that country, then:

 

  (i)

any reference in the Finance Documents to, and any obligations arising under the Finance Documents in, the currency of that country shall be translated into, or paid in, the currency or currency unit of that country designated by the Agent (after consultation with the Parent); and

 

  (ii)

any translation from one currency or currency unit to another shall be at the official rate of exchange recognised by the central bank for the conversion of that currency or currency unit into the other, rounded up or down by the Agent (acting reasonably).

 

  (b)

If a change in any currency of a country occurs, this Agreement will, to the extent the Agent (acting reasonably and after consultation with the Parent) specifies to be necessary, be amended to comply with any generally accepted conventions and market practice in the Relevant Market and otherwise to reflect the change in currency.

 

29.11

Disruption to Payment Systems etc

If either the Agent determines (in its discretion) that a Disruption Event has occurred or the Agent is notified by the Parent that a Disruption Event has occurred:

 

  (a)

the Agent may, and shall if requested to do so by the Parent, consult with the Parent with a view to agreeing with the Parent such changes to the operation or administration of the Facility as the Agent may deem necessary in the circumstances;

 

  (b)

the Agent shall not be obliged to consult with the Parent in relation to any changes mentioned in paragraph (a) above if, in its opinion, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances and, in any event, shall have no obligation to agree to such changes;

 

  (c)

the Agent may consult with the Finance Parties in relation to any changes mentioned in paragraph (a) above but shall not be obliged to do so if, in its opinion, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances;

 

  (d)

any such changes agreed upon by the Agent and the Parent shall (whether or not it is finally determined that a Disruption Event has occurred) be binding upon the Parties as an amendment to (or, as the case may be, waiver of) the terms of the Finance Documents notwithstanding the provisions of Clause 36 (Amendments and Waivers);

 

111


  (e)

the Agent shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses whatsoever (including, without limitation for negligence, gross negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever but not including any claim based on the fraud of the Agent) arising as a result of its taking, or failing to take, any actions pursuant to or in connection with this Clause 29.11; and

 

  (f)

the Agent shall notify the Finance Parties of all changes agreed pursuant to paragraph (d) above.

 

30.

Contractual Recognition of Bail-In

 

  (a)

In this Clause 30:

Article 55 BRRD means Article 55 of Directive 2014/59/EU establishing a framework for the recovery and resolution of credit institutions and investment firms.

Bail-In Action means the exercise of any Write-down and Conversion Powers.

Bail-In Legislation means:

 

  (i)

in relation to an EEA Member Country which has implemented, or which at any time implements, Article 55 BRRD, the relevant implementing law or regulation as described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule from time to time; and

 

  (ii)

in relation to any state other than such an EEA Member Country or (to the extent that the United Kingdom is not such an EEA Member Country) the United Kingdom, any analogous law or regulation from time to time which requires contractual recognition of any Write-down and Conversion Powers contained in that law or regulation.

EEA Member Country means any member state of the European Union, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway.

EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule means the document described as such and published by the Loan Market Association (or any successor person) from time to time.

Resolution Authority means any body which has authority to exercise any Write-down and Conversion Powers.

UK Bail-In Legislation means (to the extent that the United Kingdom is not an EEA Member Country which has implemented, or implements, Article 55 BRRD) Part I of the United Kingdom Banking Act 2009 and any other law or regulation applicable in the United Kingdom relating to the resolution of unsound or failing banks, investment firms or other financial institutions or their affiliates (otherwise than through liquidation, administration or other insolvency proceedings).

 

112


Write-down and Conversion Powers means:

 

  (i)

in relation to any Bail-In Legislation described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule from time to time, the powers described as such in relation to that Bail-In Legislation in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule;

 

  (ii)

in relation to any other applicable Bail-In Legislation:

 

  (A)

any powers under that Bail-In Legislation to cancel, transfer or dilute shares issued by a person that is a bank or investment firm or other financial institution or affiliate of a bank, investment firm or other financial institution, to cancel, reduce, modify or change the form of a liability of such a person or any contract or instrument under which that liability arises, to convert all or part of that liability into shares, securities or obligations of that person or any other person, to provide that any such contract or instrument is to have effect as if a right had been exercised under it or to suspend any obligation in respect of that liability or any of the powers under that Bail-In Legislation that are related to or ancillary to any of those powers; and

 

  (B)

any similar or analogous powers under that Bail-In Legislation; and

 

  (iii)

in relation to any UK Bail-In Legislation:

 

  (A)

any powers under that UK Bail-In Legislation to cancel, transfer or dilute shares issued by a person that is a bank or investment firm or other financial institution or affiliate of a bank, investment firm or other financial institution, to cancel, reduce, modify or change the form of a liability of such a person or any contract or instrument under which that liability arises, to convert all or part of that liability into shares, securities or obligations of that person or any other person, to provide that any such contract or instrument is to have effect as if a right had been exercised under it or to suspend any obligation in respect of that liability or any of the powers under that UK Bail-In Legislation that are related to or ancillary to any of those powers; and

 

  (B)

any similar or analogous powers under that UK Bail-In Legislation.

 

  (b)

Notwithstanding any other term of any Finance Document or any other agreement, arrangement or understanding between the Parties, each Party acknowledges and accepts that any liability of any Party to any other Party under or in connection with the Finance Documents may be

 

113


  subject to Bail-In Action by the relevant Resolution Authority and acknowledges and accepts to be bound by the effect of:

 

  (i)

any Bail-In Action in relation to any such liability, including (without limitation):

 

  (A)

a reduction, in full or in part, in the principal amount, or outstanding amount due (including any accrued but unpaid interest) in respect of any such liability;

 

  (B)

a conversion of all, or part of, any such liability into shares or other instruments of ownership that may be issued to, or conferred on, it; and

 

  (C)

a cancellation of any such liability; and

 

  (ii)

a variation of any term of any Finance Document to the extent necessary to give effect to any Bail-In Action in relation to any such liability.

 

31.

Set-off

A Finance Party may set off any matured obligation due from an Obligor under the Finance Documents (to the extent beneficially owned by that Finance Party) against any matured obligation owed by that Finance Party to that Obligor, regardless of the place of payment, booking branch or currency of either obligation. If the obligations are in different currencies, the Finance Party may convert either obligation at a market rate of exchange in its usual course of business for the purpose of the set-off.

 

32.

Notices

 

32.1

Communications in writing

Any communication to be made under or in connection with the Finance Documents shall be made in writing and, unless otherwise stated, may be made by fax or letter.

 

32.2

Addresses

The address and fax number (and the department or officer, if any, for whose attention the communication is to be made) of each Party for any communication or document to be made or delivered under or in connection with the Finance Documents is:

 

  (a)

in the case of the Original Obligors, that identified with its signature below;

 

  (b)

in the case of each Lender or any other Additional Obligor, that notified in writing to the Agent on or prior to the date on which it becomes a Party; and

 

  (c)

in the case of the Agent, that identified with its signature below,

 

114


or any substitute address or fax number or department or officer as the Party may notify to the Agent (or the Agent may notify to the other Parties, if a change is made by the Agent) by not less than five Business Days’ notice.

 

32.3

Delivery

 

  (a)

Any communication or document made or delivered by one person to another under or in connection with the Finance Documents will only be effective:

 

  (i)

if by way of fax, when received in legible form; or

 

  (ii)

if by way of letter, when it has been left at the relevant address or five Business Days after being deposited in the post postage prepaid in an envelope addressed to it at that address;

and, if a particular department or officer is specified as part of its address details provided under Clause 32.2 (Addresses), if addressed to that department or officer.

 

  (b)

Any communication or document to be made or delivered to the Agent will be effective only when actually received by the Agent and then only if it is expressly marked for the attention of the department or officer identified with the Agent’s signature below (or any substitute department or officer as the Agent shall specify for this purpose).

 

  (c)

All notices from or to an Obligor shall be sent through the Agent.

 

  (d)

Any communication or document made or delivered to the Parent in accordance with this Clause will be deemed to have been made or delivered to each of the Obligors.

 

32.4

Notification of address and fax number

Promptly upon receipt of notification of an address or fax number or change of address or fax number pursuant to Clause 32.2 (Addresses) or changing its own address or fax number, the Agent shall notify the other Parties.

 

32.5

Communication when Agent is Impaired Agent

If the Agent is an Impaired Agent the Parties may, instead of communicating with each other through the Agent, communicate with each other directly and (while the Agent is an Impaired Agent) all the provisions of the Finance Documents which require communications to be made or notices to be given to or by the Agent shall be varied so that communications may be made and notices given to or by the relevant Parties directly. This provision shall not operate after a replacement Agent has been appointed.

 

32.6

Electronic communication

 

  (a)

Any communication to be made between the Agent and a Lender under or in connection with the Finance Documents may be made by electronic mail or other electronic means, if the Agent and the relevant Lender:

 

  (i)

agree that, unless and until notified to the contrary, this is to be an accepted form of communication;

 

115


  (ii)

notify each other in writing of their electronic mail address and/or any other information required to enable the sending and receipt of information by that means; and

 

  (iii)

notify each other of any change to their address or any other such information supplied by them.

 

  (b)

Any electronic communication made between the Agent and a Lender will be effective only when actually received in readable form and in the case of any electronic communication made by a Lender to the Agent only if it is addressed in such a manner as the Agent shall specify for this purpose.

 

32.7

English language

 

  (a)

Any notice given under or in connection with any Finance Document must be in English.

 

  (b)

All other documents provided under or in connection with any Finance Document must be:

 

  (i)

in English; or

 

  (ii)

if not in English, and if so required by the Agent, accompanied by a certified English translation and, in this case, the English translation will prevail unless the document is a constitutional, statutory or other official document.

 

33.

Calculations and certificates

 

33.1

Accounts

In any litigation or arbitration proceedings arising out of or in connection with a Finance Document, the entries made in the accounts maintained by a Finance Party are prima facie evidence of the matters to which they relate.

 

33.2

Certificates and Determinations

Any certification or determination by a Finance Party of a rate or amount under any Finance Document is, in the absence of manifest error, conclusive evidence of the matters to which it relates.

 

33.3

Day count convention

Any interest, commission or fee accruing under a Finance Document will accrue from day to day and is calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a year of 360 days or, in any case where the practice in the Relevant Market differs, in accordance with that market practice.

 

116


34.

Partial invalidity

If, at any time, any provision of the Finance Documents is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect under any law of any jurisdiction, neither the legality, validity or enforceability of the remaining provisions nor the legality, validity or enforceability of such provision under the law of any other jurisdiction will in any way be affected or impaired.

 

35.

Remedies and Waivers

No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of any Finance Party, any right or remedy under the Finance Documents shall operate as a waiver, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right or remedy prevent any further or other exercise or the exercise of any other right or remedy. The rights and remedies provided in this Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

 

36.

Amendments and Waivers

 

36.1

Required consents

 

  (a)

Subject to Clause 36.2 (Exceptions) and Clause 36.3 (Other exceptions), any term of the Finance Documents may be amended or waived only with the consent of the Majority Lenders and the Obligors and any such amendment or waiver will be binding on all Parties.

 

  (b)

The Agent may effect, on behalf of any Finance Party, any amendment or waiver permitted by this Clause.

 

36.2

Exceptions

Subject to Clause 36.4 (Replacement of Screen Rate), an amendment or waiver that has the effect of changing or which relates to:

 

  (a)

the definition of Majority Lenders in Clause 1.1 (Definitions);

 

  (b)

an extension to the date of payment of any amount under the Finance Documents;

 

  (c)

a reduction in the Margin or a reduction in the amount of any payment of principal, interest, fees or commission payable;

 

  (d)

other than pursuant to Clause 2.2 (Accordion) or Clause 6 (Extension option), an increase in or an extension of any Commitment;

 

  (e)

a change to the Borrowers other than in accordance with Clause 25 (Changes to the Obligors);

 

  (f)

any provision which expressly requires the consent of all the Lenders; or

 

  (g)

Clause 2.4 (Finance Parties rights and obligations), Clause 9.1 (Illegality), Clause 24 (Changes to the Lenders), Clause 28 (Sharing among the Finance Parties) or this Clause 36,

 

117


shall not be made without the prior consent of all the Lenders.

 

36.3

Other exceptions

 

  (a)

An amendment or waiver which relates to the rights or obligations of the Agent, the Coordinators or the Mandated Lead Arrangers may not be effected without the consent of the Agent, the Mandated Lead Arrangers or the Coordinators (as appropriate).

 

  (b)

If any Lender fails to respond to a request for a consent, waiver or amendment of or in relation to any of the terms of any Finance Document or other vote of Lenders under the terms of this Agreement within 15 Business Days (or such longer time period in relation to that request as the Parent and the Agent may agree) of that request being made, its Commitment and/or participation shall not be included for the purpose of calculating the Total Commitments or participations under the Loans when ascertaining whether any relevant percentage (including, for the avoidance of doubt, unanimity) of Total Commitments and/or participations has been obtained to approve that request.

 

36.4

Replacement of Screen Rate

 

  (a)

Subject to Clause 36.3 (Other exceptions), if a Screen Rate Replacement Event has occurred in relation to any Screen Rate for a currency which can be selected for a Loan, any amendment or waiver which relates to:

 

  (i)

providing for the use of a Replacement Benchmark in relation to that currency in place of that Screen Rate; and

 

  (ii)

 

  (A)

aligning any provision of any Finance Document to the use of that Replacement Benchmark;

 

  (B)

enabling that Replacement Benchmark to be used for the calculation of interest under this Agreement (including, without limitation, any consequential changes required to enable that Replacement Benchmark to be used for the purposes of this Agreement);

 

  (C)

implementing market conventions applicable to that Replacement Benchmark;

 

  (D)

providing for appropriate fallback (and market disruption) provisions for that Replacement Benchmark; or

 

  (E)

adjusting the pricing to reduce or eliminate, to the extent reasonably practicable, any transfer of economic value from one Party to another as a result of the application of that Replacement Benchmark (and if any adjustment or method for calculating any adjustment has been formally designated, nominated or recommended by the Relevant Nominating Body, the adjustment shall be determined on the basis of that designation, nomination or recommendation),

 

118


may be made with the consent of the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) and the Obligors.

 

  (b)

If any Lender fails to respond to a request for an amendment or waiver described in paragraph (a) above within 15 Business Days (or such longer time period in relation to any request which the Parent and the Agent may agree) of that request being made:

 

  (i)

its Commitment(s) shall not be included for the purpose of calculating the Total Commitments when ascertaining whether any relevant percentage of Total Commitments has been obtained to approve that request; and

 

  (ii)

its status as a Lender shall be disregarded for the purpose of ascertaining whether the agreement of any specified group of Lenders has been obtained to approve that request.

 

36.5

Replacement of Lender

 

  (a)

If at any time any Lender becomes a Non-Consenting Lender (as defined in paragraph (c) below) then the Parent may, on ten Business Days’ prior written notice to the Agent and such Lender:

 

  (i)

replace such Lender by requiring such Lender to (and such Lender shall) transfer pursuant to Clause 24 (Changes to the Lenders) all (and not part only) of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to a Lender or other bank or financial institution (a Replacement Lender) selected by the Parent (which shall not be a member of the Group), which confirms its willingness to assume and does assume all the obligations of the transferring Lender (including the assumption of the transferring Lender’s participations on the same basis as the transferring Lender) for a purchase price in cash payable at the time of transfer equal to the outstanding principal amount of such Lender’s participation in the outstanding Utilisations and all accrued interest, Break Costs and other amounts payable in relation thereto under the Finance Documents; or

 

  (ii)

prepay such Lender.

 

  (b)

The replacement or prepayment of a Lender pursuant to this Clause 36.5 shall be subject to the following conditions:

 

  (i)

the Parent shall have no right to replace the Agent;

 

  (ii)

neither the Agent nor the Lender shall have any obligation to the Parent to find a Replacement Lender;

 

  (iii)

in the event of a replacement or prepayment of a Non-Consenting Lender such replacement or prepayment must take place no later

 

119


  than 30 days after the date the Non-Consenting Lender notifies the Parent and the Agent of its failure or refusal to give a consent in relation to, or agree to any waiver or amendment to the Finance Documents requested by the Parent;

 

  (iv)

in no event shall the Lender replaced under this paragraph (b) be required to pay or surrender to such Replacement Lender any of the fees received by such Lender pursuant to the Finance Documents; and

 

  (v)

the Lender shall only be obliged to transfer its rights and obligations pursuant to paragraph (a) above once it is satisfied that it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to that transfer.

 

  (c)

A Lender shall perform the checks described in paragraph (b)(v) above as soon as reasonably practicable following delivery of a notice referred to in paragraph (a) above and shall notify the Agent and the Parent when it is satisfied that it has complied with those checks.

 

  (d)

In the event that:

 

  (i)

the Parent or the Agent (at the request of the Parent) has requested the Lenders to give a consent in relation to, or to agree to a waiver or amendment of, any provisions of the Finance Documents;

 

  (ii)

the consent, waiver or amendment in question requires the approval of all the Lenders; and

 

  (iii)

Lenders whose Commitments aggregate more than 85% of the Total Commitments (or, if the Total Commitments have been reduced to zero, aggregated more than 85% of the Total Commitments prior to that reduction) have consented or agreed to such waiver or amendment,

then any Lender who does not and continues not to consent or agree to such waiver or amendment by the date falling 15 Business Days (or such longer time period as the Parent and the Agent may agree) after the date of the relevant request shall be deemed a Non-Consenting Lender.

 

36.6

Disenfranchisement of Defaulting Lenders

 

  (a)

For so long as a Defaulting Lender has any Available Commitment, in ascertaining the Majority Lenders or whether any given percentage (including, for the avoidance of doubt, unanimity) of the Total Commitments has been obtained to approve any request for a consent, waiver, amendment or other vote under the Finance Documents, that Defaulting Lender’s Commitments will be reduced by the amount of its Available Commitments.

 

120


  (b)

For the purposes of this Clause 36.6, the Agent may assume that the following Lenders are Defaulting Lenders:

 

  (i)

any Lender which has notified the Agent that it has become a Defaulting Lender; and

 

  (ii)

any Lender in relation to which it is aware that any of the events or circumstances referred to in paragraphs (a), (b) or (c) of the definition of Defaulting Lender has occurred,

unless it has received notice to the contrary from the Lender concerned (together with any supporting evidence reasonably requested by the Agent) or the Agent is otherwise aware that the Lender has ceased to be a Defaulting Lender.

 

36.7

Replacement of a Defaulting Lender

 

  (a)

The Parent may, at any time a Lender has become and continues to be a Defaulting Lender, by giving ten Business Days’ prior written notice to the Agent and such Lender prepay such Lender or:

 

  (i)

replace such Lender by requiring such Lender to (and to the extent permitted by law such Lender shall) transfer pursuant to Clause 24 (Changes to the Lenders) all (and not part only) of its rights and obligations under this Agreement; or

 

  (ii)

require such Lender to (and to the extent permitted by law such Lender shall) transfer pursuant to Clause 24 (Changes to the Lenders) all (and not part only) of the undrawn Commitment of that Lender,

to a Lender or other bank or financial institution (a Default Replacement Lender) selected by the Parent (which shall not be a member of the Group), and which (unless the Agent is an Impaired Agent) is acceptable to the Agent (acting reasonably), which confirms its willingness to assume and does assume all the obligations or all the relevant obligations of the transferring Lender (including the assumption of the transferring Lender’s participations or unfunded participations (as the case may be) on the same basis as the transferring Lender) for a purchase price in cash payable at the time of transfer equal to the outstanding principal amount of such Lender’s participation in the outstanding Utilisations and all accrued interest, Break Costs and other amounts payable in relation thereto under the Finance Documents.

 

  (b)

Any prepayment or transfer of rights and obligations of a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this Clause shall be subject to the following conditions:

 

  (i)

the Parent shall have no right to replace the Agent;

 

  (ii)

neither the Agent nor the Defaulting Lender shall have any obligation to the Parent to find a Default Replacement Lender;

 

121


  (iii)

the transfer or prepayment must take place no later than 90 days after the notice referred to in paragraph (a) above;

 

  (iv)

in no event shall the Defaulting Lender be required to pay or surrender to the Default Replacement Lender any of the fees received by the Defaulting Lender pursuant to the Finance Documents; and

 

  (v)

the Defaulting Lender shall only be obliged to transfer its rights and obligations pursuant to paragraph (a) above once it is satisfied that it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to that transfer to the Replacement Lender.

 

  (c)

The Defaulting Lender shall perform the checks described in paragraph (b)(v) above as soon as reasonably practicable following delivery of a notice referred to in paragraph (a) above and shall notify the Agent and the Parent when it is satisfied that it has complied with those checks.

 

36.8

Other exceptions

An amendment or waiver which relates to the rights or obligations of the Agent, a Co-ordinator, a Mandated Lead Arranger or a Reference Bank (each in their capacity as such) may not be effected without the consent of the Agent, that Co-ordinator, that Mandated Lead Arranger or that Reference Bank, as the case may be.

 

37.

Confidentiality

 

37.1

Confidential Information

Each Finance Party agrees to keep all Confidential Information confidential and not to disclose it to anyone, save to the extent permitted by Clause 37.2 (Disclosure of Confidential Information) and Clause 37.3 (Disclosure to numbering service providers) and to ensure that all Confidential Information is protected with security measures and a degree of care that would apply to its own confidential information.

 

37.2

Disclosure of Confidential Information

Any Finance Party may disclose:

 

  (a)

to any of its Affiliates and Related Funds and any of its or their officers, directors, employees, professional advisers, auditors, partners and Representatives such Confidential Information as that Finance Party shall consider appropriate if any person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given pursuant to this paragraph (a) is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no such requirement to so inform if the recipient is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of the information or is otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to the Confidential Information;

 

122


  (b)

to any person:

 

  (i)

to (or through) whom it assigns or transfers (or may potentially assign or transfer) all or any of its rights and/or obligations under one or more Finance Documents and to any of that person’s Affiliates, Related Funds, Representatives and professional advisers;

 

  (ii)

with (or through) whom it enters into (or may potentially enter into), whether directly or indirectly, any sub-participation in relation to, or any other transaction under which payments are to be made or may be made by reference to, one or more Finance Documents and/or one or more Obligors and to any of that person’s Affiliates, Related Funds, Representatives and professional advisers;

 

  (iii)

appointed by any Finance Party or by a person to whom paragraph (b)(i) or (b)(ii) above applies to receive communications, notices, information or documents delivered pursuant to the Finance Documents on its behalf (including, without limitation, any person appointed under paragraph (b) of Clause 26.16 (Relationship with the Lenders));

 

  (iv)

who invests in or otherwise finances (or may potentially invest in or otherwise finance), directly or indirectly, any transaction referred to in paragraph (b)(i) or (b)(ii) above;

 

  (v)

to whom information is required or requested to be disclosed by any court of competent jurisdiction or any governmental, banking, taxation or other regulatory authority or similar body, the rules of any relevant stock exchange or pursuant to any applicable law or regulation;

 

  (vi)

to whom or for whose benefit that Finance Party charges, assigns or otherwise creates Security (or may do so) pursuant to paragraph (b) of Clause 24.1 (Assignments and transfers by the Lenders);

 

  (vii)

to whom information is required to be disclosed in connection with, and for the purposes of, any litigation, arbitration, administrative or other investigations, proceedings or disputes;

 

  (viii)

who is a Party; or

 

  (ix)

with the consent of the Parent;

in each case, such Confidential Information as that Finance Party shall consider appropriate if:

 

  (A)

in relation to paragraphs (b)(i), (b)(ii) and (b)(iii) above, the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered into a Confidentiality Undertaking except that there shall be no requirement for a

 

123


  Confidentiality Undertaking if the recipient is a professional adviser and is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of the Confidential Information;

 

  (B)

in relation to paragraph (b)(iv) above, the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered into a Confidentiality Undertaking or is otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to the Confidential Information they receive and is informed that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information;

 

  (C)

in relation to paragraphs (b)(v), (b)(vi) and (b)(vii) above, the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given is informed of its confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no requirement to so inform if, in the opinion of that Finance Party, it is not practicable so to do in the circumstances;

 

  (c)

to any person appointed by that Finance Party or by a person to whom paragraph (b)(i) or (b)(ii) above applies to provide administration or settlement services in respect of one or more of the Finance Documents including without limitation, in relation to the trading of participations in respect of the Finance Documents, such Confidential Information as may be required to be disclosed to enable such service provider to provide any of the services referred to in this paragraph (c) if the service provider to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered into a confidentiality agreement substantially in the form of the LMA Master Confidentiality Undertaking for Use With Administration/Settlement Service Providers or such other form of confidentiality undertaking agreed between the Parent and the relevant Finance Party;

 

  (d)

to any rating agency or monoline insurer (including its professional advisers) such Confidential Information as may be required to be disclosed to enable such rating agency to carry out its normal rating activities in relation to the Finance Documents and/or the Obligors if the rating agency to whom the Confidential Information is to be given is informed of its confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information.

 

37.3

Disclosure to numbering service providers

 

  (a)

Any Finance Party may disclose to any national or international numbering service provider appointed by that Finance Party to provide identification numbering services in respect of this Agreement, the Facility and/or one or more Obligors the following information:

 

  (i)

names of Obligors;

 

124


  (ii)

country of domicile of Obligors;

 

  (iii)

place of incorporation of Obligors;

 

  (iv)

date of this Agreement;

 

  (v)

Clause 43 (Governing law);

 

  (vi)

the names of the Agent and the Mandated Lead Arrangers;

 

  (vii)

date of each amendment and restatement of this Agreement;

 

  (viii)

amount of Total Commitments;

 

  (ix)

currencies of the Facility;

 

  (x)

type of Facility;

 

  (xi)

ranking of Facility;

 

  (xii)

relevant Termination Date for Facility;

 

  (xiii)

changes to any of the information previously supplied pursuant to paragraphs (i) to (xii) above; and

 

  (xiv)

such other information agreed between such Finance Party and the Parent,

to enable such numbering service provider to provide its usual syndicated loan numbering identification services.

 

  (b)

The Parties acknowledge and agree that each identification number assigned to this Agreement, the Facility and/or one or more Obligors by a numbering service provider and the information associated with each such number may be disclosed to users of its services in accordance with the standard terms and conditions of that numbering service provider.

 

  (c)

The Agent shall notify the Parent and the other Finance Parties of:

 

  (i)

the name of any numbering service provider appointed by the Agent in respect of this Agreement, the Facility and/or one or more Obligors; and

 

  (ii)

the number or, as the case may be, numbers assigned to this Agreement, the Facility and/or one or more Obligors by such numbering service provider.

 

37.4

Entire agreement

This Clause 37 (Confidentiality) constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties in relation to the obligations of the Finance Parties under the Finance Documents regarding Confidential Information and supersedes any previous agreement, whether express or implied, regarding Confidential Information.

 

125


37.5

Inside information

Each of the Finance Parties acknowledges that some or all of the Confidential Information is or may be price-sensitive information and that the use of such information may be regulated or prohibited by applicable legislation including securities law relating to insider dealing and market abuse and each of the Finance Parties undertakes not to use any Confidential Information for any unlawful purpose.

 

37.6

Notification of disclosure

Each of the Finance Parties agrees (to the extent permitted by law and regulation) to inform the Parent:

 

  (a)

of the circumstances of any disclosure of Confidential Information made pursuant to paragraph (b)(v) of Clause 37.2 (Disclosure of Confidential Information) except where such disclosure is made to any of the persons referred to in that paragraph during the ordinary course of its supervisory or regulatory function; and

 

  (b)

upon becoming aware that Confidential Information has been disclosed in breach of this Clause 37 (Confidentiality).

 

37.7

Continuing obligations

The obligations in this Clause 37 (Confidentiality) are continuing and, in particular, shall survive and remain binding on each Finance Party for a period of 12 Months from the earlier of:

 

  (a)

the date on which all amounts payable by the Obligors under or in connection with this Agreement have been paid in full and all Commitments have been cancelled or otherwise cease to be available; and

 

  (b)

the date on which such Finance Party otherwise ceases to be a Finance Party.

 

38.

Confidentiality of Funding Rates and Reference Bank Quotations

 

38.1

Confidentiality and disclosure

 

  (a)

The Agent and each Obligor agree to keep each Funding Rate (and, in the case of the Agent, each Reference Bank Quotation) confidential and not to disclose it to anyone, save to the extent permitted by paragraphs (b), (c) and (d) below.

 

  (b)

The Agent may disclose:

 

  (i)

any Funding Rate (but not, for the avoidance of doubt, any Reference Bank Quotation) to the relevant Borrower pursuant to Clause 10.4 (Notification of rates of interest); and

 

  (ii)

any Funding Rate or any Reference Bank Quotation to any person appointed by it to provide administration services in

 

126


  respect of one or more of the Finance Documents to the extent necessary to enable such service provider to provide those services if the service provider to whom that information is to be given has entered into a confidentiality agreement substantially in the form of the LMA Master Confidentiality Undertaking for Use With Administration/Settlement Service Providers or such other form of confidentiality undertaking agreed between the Agent and the relevant Lender or Reference Bank, as the case may be.

 

  (c)

The Agent may disclose any Funding Rate or any Reference Bank Quotation, and each Obligor may disclose any Funding Rate, to:

 

  (i)

any of its Affiliates and any of its or their officers, directors, employees, professional advisers, auditors, partners and Representatives if any person to whom that Funding Rate or Reference Bank Quotation is to be given pursuant to this paragraph (i) is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that it may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no such requirement to so inform if the recipient is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of that Funding Rate or Reference Bank Quotation or is otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to it;

 

  (ii)

any person to whom information is required or requested to be disclosed by any court of competent jurisdiction or any governmental, banking, taxation or other regulatory authority or similar body, the rules of any relevant stock exchange or pursuant to any applicable law or regulation if the person to whom that Funding Rate or Reference Bank Quotation is to be given is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that it may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no requirement to so inform if, in the opinion of the Agent or the relevant Obligor, as the case may be, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances;

 

  (iii)

any person to whom information is required to be disclosed in connection with, and for the purposes of, any litigation, arbitration, administrative or other investigations, proceedings or disputes if the person to whom that Funding Rate or Reference Bank Quotation is to be given is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that it may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no requirement to so inform if, in the opinion of the Agent or the relevant Obligor , as the case may be, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances; and

 

  (iv)

any person with the consent of the relevant Lender or Reference Bank, as the case may be.

 

  (d)

The Agent’s obligations in this Clause 38 relating to Reference Bank Quotations are without prejudice to its obligations to make notifications

 

127


  under Clause 10.4 (Notification of rates of interest) provided that (other than pursuant to paragraph (b)(i) above) the Agent shall not include the details of any individual Reference Bank Quotation as part of any such notification.

 

38.2

Related obligations

 

  (a)

The Agent and each Obligor acknowledge that each Funding Rate (and, in the case of the Agent, each Reference Bank Quotation) is or may be price-sensitive information and that its use may be regulated or prohibited by applicable legislation including securities law relating to insider dealing and market abuse and the Agent and each Obligor undertake not to use any Funding Rate or, in the case of the Agent, any Reference Bank Quotation for any unlawful purpose.

 

  (b)

The Agent and each Obligor agree (to the extent permitted by law and regulation) to inform the relevant Lender or Reference Bank, as the case may be:

 

  (i)

of the circumstances of any disclosure made pursuant to paragraph (c)(ii) of Clause 38.1 (Confidentiality and disclosure) except where such disclosure is made to any of the persons referred to in that paragraph during the ordinary course of its supervisory or regulatory function; and

 

  (ii)

upon becoming aware that any information has been disclosed in breach of this Clause 38.

 

38.3

No Event of Default

No Event of Default will occur under Clause 23.3 (Other obligations) by reason only of an Obligor’s failure to comply with this Clause 38.

 

39.

Lending affiliates

 

39.1

Lending Affiliate definitions

In this Agreement:

Appointing Lender means in relation to a New Lending Affiliate, the Lender which is party to the New Lending Affiliate Appointment Notice relating to that New Lending Affiliate.

Appointment Date means, in relation to the appointment of a New Lending Affiliate, the later of:

 

  (a)

the proposed Appointment Date specified in the relevant New Lending Affiliate Appointment Notice; and

 

  (b)

the date on which the Agent executes the relevant New Lending Affiliate Appointment Notice.

 

128


Lending Affiliate means, in relation to a Lender, a New Lending Affiliate of that Lender, which in each case has not ceased to be a Party as such in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

Lending Affiliate Loan means, in relation to a Lending Affiliate, a Loan in which that Lending Affiliate has been nominated to participate pursuant to Clause 39.4 (Nomination of Lending Affiliate Loans).

Lending Affiliate Loan Notice means a notice substantially in the form set out in Schedule 12 (Form of Lending Affiliate Loan Notice).

Lending Affiliate Resignation Notice means a notice substantially in the form set out in Schedule 13 (Form of Lending Affiliate Resignation Notice).

New Lending Affiliate means, in relation to a Lender, an entity which has become a Party as a “New Lending Affiliate” of that Lender in accordance with Clause 39.2 (Appointment of New Lending Affiliates).

New Lending Affiliate Appointment Notice means a notice substantially in the form set out in Schedule 11 (Form of New Lending Affiliate Appointment Notice).

 

39.2

Appointment of New Lending Affiliates

 

  (a)

Subject to this Clause 39.2 an entity shall become a Party as a “New Lending Affiliate” of a Lender on the relevant Appointment Date if:

 

  (i)

that entity is an Affiliate of that Lender;

 

  (ii)

that Affiliate is a bank or financial institution or is a trust, fund or other entity which is regularly engaged in or established for the purpose of making, purchasing or investing in loans, securities or other financial assets;

 

  (iii)

that Lender and that Affiliate deliver to the Agent a duly completed New Lending Affiliate Appointment Notice in relation to that Affiliate; and

 

  (iv)

the Agent executes that New Lending Affiliate Appointment Notice.

 

  (b)

The Agent shall, subject to paragraph (c) below, as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt by it of a duly completed New Lending Affiliate Appointment Notice appearing on its face to comply with the terms of this Agreement and delivered in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, execute that New Lending Affiliate Appointment Notice.

 

  (c)

The Agent shall only be obliged to execute a New Lending Affiliate Appointment Notice delivered to it by a Lender and an Affiliate of that Lender once it is satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to that Affiliate becoming a Party as a New Lending Affiliate.

 

129


  (d)

The Agent shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after it has executed a New Lending Affiliate Appointment Notice, send to the Parent a copy of that New Lending Affiliate Appointment Notice.

 

  (e)

If a proposed appointment of an Affiliate of a Lender as a New Lending Affiliate obliges that Affiliate to comply with “know your customer” or similar identification procedures in circumstances where the necessary information is not already available to it, each Obligor shall promptly upon the request of that Lender supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by that Lender (on behalf of that Affiliate) in order for that Affiliate to carry out and be satisfied that it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.

 

39.3

Lending Affiliates as Lenders

 

  (a)

Subject to this Clause 39, any reference in a Finance Document to a “Lender” shall be construed to include a Lending Affiliate.

 

  (b)

An Appointing Lender and each of its Lending Affiliates shall be treated as a single Lender for the purposes of:

 

  (i)

determining an Appointing Lender’s Available Commitment or whether participations exceed an Appointing Lender’s Commitment; and

 

  (ii)

Clause 9.1 (Illegality), Clause 9.2 (Change of control), Clause 9.6 (Right of repayment and cancellation in relation to a single Lender), paragraph (b) of Clause 11.1 (Selection of Interest Periods) and Clause 36.7 (Replacement of a Defaulting Lender).

 

39.4

Nomination of Lending Affiliate Loans

 

  (a)

An Appointing Lender may, by delivery of a duly completed Lending Affiliate Loan Notice to the Agent and the Parent no later than the applicable time specified in paragraph (b) below, nominate any of its Lending Affiliates to participate in any Loan, or class of Loan, specified in that Lending Affiliate Loan Notice.

 

  (b)

Any Lending Affiliate Loan Notice delivered pursuant to paragraph (a) above shall be delivered:

 

  (i)

to the extent that a Loan specified in that Lending Affiliate Loan Notice is a Loan to which paragraph (b) of Clause 8.1 (Repayment of Loans) would have applied had that Loan not been specified in that Lending Affiliate Loan Notice, no later than five Business Days before the proposed Utilisation Date of that Loan; and

 

130


  (ii)

in any other case, no later than five Business Days before the proposed Utilisation Date of any Loan specified in that Lending Affiliate Loan Notice,

or, in each case, at such later time agreed by the Agent and the Parent.

 

  (c)

A Loan, or class of Loan, may only be specified pursuant to paragraph (a) above by reference to any of:

 

  (i)

the Borrower(s) of that Loan or those Loans;

 

  (ii)

the jurisdiction of incorporation of the Borrower(s) of that Loan or those Loans;

 

  (iii)

the currency of that Loan or those Loans; or

 

  (iv)

in the case of the specification of an individual Loan, the proposed Utilisation Date of that Loan.

 

  (d)

Clause 24 (Changes to the Lenders) shall not apply to any nomination of a Lending Affiliate Loan or to the effects of that nomination pursuant to this Clause 39.

 

39.5

Participation by Lending Affiliate

 

  (a)

An Appointing Lender which nominates its Lending Affiliate to participate in any Loan, or class of Loan, pursuant to Clause 39.4 (Nomination of Lending Affiliate Loans) will be released from its obligations under the Finance Documents which relate to that Loan, or class of Loan, and that Lending Affiliate will be bound by obligations equivalent to those obligations.

 

  (b)

Without prejudice to Clause 26.12 (Lenders’ indemnity to the Agent) an Appointing Lender shall not be responsible for, or liable for any damages, costs or losses to any person arising as a result of, the non-performance by any Lending Affiliate of that Appointing Lender of that Lending Affiliate’s obligations under the Finance Documents.

 

39.6

Payments

Notwithstanding Clause 26.16 (Relationship with the Lenders) any obligation under any Finance Document to pay an amount to a Lender, or to the Agent on a Lender’s behalf, in relation to a Lending Affiliate Loan shall be construed as an obligation to pay that amount to the Lending Affiliate nominated by that Lender to participate in that Lending Affiliate Loan or to the Agent on behalf of that Lending Affiliate.

 

39.7

Commitments and voting

 

  (a)

Without prejudice to Clause 39.5 (Participation by Lending Affiliate), a Lending Affiliate has no Commitment and any portion of a Commitment which relates to any Lending Affiliate Loan of that Lending Affiliate remains part of the Commitment of the Appointing Lender of that Lending Affiliate.

 

131


  (b)

Any term of this Agreement which acts to cancel or reduce a Commitment on the repayment or prepayment of a Loan shall, in the case of the repayment or prepayment of a Lending Affiliate Loan of a Lending Affiliate, operate to cancel or reduce the corresponding portion of the Commitment of the Appointing Lender of that Lending Affiliate.

 

  (c)

No reference in a Finance Document to a “Lender” shall be construed to include any Lending Affiliate for the purposes of ascertaining whether the agreement of any specified group of Lenders has been obtained to approve any request for a consent, waiver, amendment or any other vote of Lenders under the Finance Documents. The agreement of any Lending Affiliate is not required to approve a request for any such consent, waiver, amendment or vote.

 

39.8

Effect on assignments and transfers

 

  (a)

Any assignment or transfer by an Appointing Lender pursuant to Clause 24 (Changes to the Lenders) of its rights and/or obligations under the Finance Documents which relate to that portion of its Commitment which relates to a Lending Affiliate Loan shall be construed to include an assignment or transfer, as the case may be, by it, on behalf of its Lending Affiliate nominated to participate in that Lending Affiliate Loan, of that Lending Affiliate’s rights and/or obligations under the Finance Documents which relate to that Lending Affiliate Loan.

 

  (b)

Subject to paragraph (c) below the rights and/or obligations of a Lending Affiliate under the Finance Documents may not be assigned or transferred other than pursuant to an assignment or transfer by its Appointing Lender described in paragraph (a) above.

 

  (c)

A Lending Affiliate (the Existing Lending Affiliate) may, subject to Clause 24 (Changes to the Lenders), assign any of its rights under any Finance Document which relate to an outstanding Lending Affiliate Loan to another Lending Affiliate of its Appointing Lender (the Alternative Lending Affiliate) or to its Appointing Lender.

 

  (d)

An assignment described in paragraph (c) above will only be effective on receipt by the Agent of written confirmation from the Alternative Lending Affiliate or, as the case may be, the Appointing Lender (in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent) that the Alternative Lending Affiliate or, as the case may be, the Appointing Lender will assume the same obligations to the other Finance Parties as it would have been under if, in the case of an Alternative Lending Affiliate, it had been nominated to participate in that Lending Affiliate Loan or, in the case of an Appointing Lender, the Existing Lending Affiliate had not been nominated to participate in that Lending Affiliate Loan.

 

  (e)

Paragraph (a)(i) of Clause 24.3 (Other conditions of assignment or transfer) shall not apply to an assignment described in paragraph (c) above.

 

132


39.9

Communications

 

  (a)

Each Lending Affiliate shall be represented by its Appointing Lender for all administrative purposes under the Finance Documents and each Lending Affiliate shall deal with each other Party exclusively through its Appointing Lender.

 

  (b)

The Agent shall be entitled to carry out all dealings with a Lending Affiliate through the Appointing Lender of that Lending Affiliate and may give to that Appointing Lender any notice, document or other communication required to be given by the Agent to that Lending Affiliate.

 

39.10

Defaulting Lenders

An Appointing Lender shall be treated as a Defaulting Lender if any Lending Affiliate of that Appointing Lender is a Defaulting Lender and a Lending Affiliate shall be treated as a Defaulting Lender if its Appointing Lender is a Defaulting Lender.

 

39.11

Other adjustments

 

  (a)

Any obligation under this Agreement for a Lending Affiliate to transfer its rights and obligations under this Agreement shall be construed as an obligation for the Appointing Lender of that Lending Affiliate to transfer its rights and obligations under this Agreement which relate to that portion of its Commitment which relates to any Lending Affiliate Loan of that Lending Affiliate.

 

  (b)

If:

 

  (i)

a Lending Affiliate is nominated to participate in any Loan, or class of Loan, pursuant to the delivery of a Lending Affiliate Loan Notice; and

 

  (ii)

as a result of circumstances existing at the date of delivery of that Lending Affiliate Loan Notice an Obligor would be obliged to make a payment to that Lending Affiliate under Clause 14 (Tax Gross-Up and Indemnities) or Clause 15 (Increased Costs),

then that Lending Affiliate is only entitled to receive payment under those Clauses in respect of a Lending Affiliate Loan which is the subject of that Lending Affiliate Loan Notice to the same extent as its Appointing Lender would have been if that Loan had not been a Lending Affiliate Loan. This paragraph (b) shall not apply:

 

  (iii)

in respect of a Lending Affiliate Loan which is the subject of a Lending Affiliate Loan Notice delivered by an Appointing Lender at or about the same time as that Appointing Lender becomes a Party as a Lender in the ordinary course of the primary syndication of the Facility; or

 

133


  (iv)

in relation to Clause 14.2 (Tax gross-up), to a Lending Affiliate that is a UK Treaty Lender and that has included a confirmation of its scheme reference number and its jurisdiction of tax residence in accordance with paragraph (h)(ii)(B) of Clause 14.2 (Tax gross-up) if the Obligor making the payment has not made a Borrower DTTP Filing in respect of that UK Treaty Lender.

 

39.12

Resignation of Lending Affiliate

 

  (a)

If no Lending Affiliate Loan in respect of which a Lending Affiliate has rights or obligations under this Agreement is outstanding, that Lending Affiliate and its Appointing Lender may request that such Lending Affiliate (the Resigning Lending Affiliate) ceases to be a Lending Affiliate by delivering to the Agent a Lending Affiliate Resignation Notice.

 

  (b)

The Agent shall as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt by it of a duly completed Lending Affiliate Resignation Notice appearing on its face to comply with the terms of this Agreement, and delivered in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, accept that Lending Affiliate Resignation Notice and notify the Appointing Lender of that Resigning Lending Affiliate and the Parent of its acceptance.

 

  (c)

Upon notification by the Agent to that Appointing Lender and the Parent of its acceptance of the resignation of that Resigning Lending Affiliate:

 

  (i)

that Resigning Lending Affiliate shall cease to be a Lending Affiliate and shall have no further rights or obligations under the Finance Documents as a Lending Affiliate; and

 

  (ii)

any nomination of that Lending Affiliate to participate in any Loan, or class of Loan, shall be cancelled.

 

  (d)

A Lending Affiliate shall, and its Appointing Lender shall procure that such Lending Affiliate will, resign pursuant to this Clause 39.12 if:

 

  (i)

that Lending Affiliate ceases to be an Affiliate of its Appointing Lender; or

 

  (ii)

its Appointing Lender ceases to be a Party.

 

40.

Counterparts

Each Finance Document may be executed in any number of counterparts, and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of the Finance Document.

 

41.

USA Patriot Act

Any Lender subject to the provisions of the USA Patriot Act hereby notifies each Obligor that pursuant to the requirements of the USA Patriot Act, such Lender is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies such Obligor, which information includes the name and address of such Obligor and other information that will allow such Lender to identify such Obligor in accordance with the USA Patriot Act.

 

134


42.

Trial by jury

EACH PARTY HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT THAT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, ANY OTHER FINANCE DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). THIS WAIVER IS INTENDED TO APPLY TO ALL DISPUTES. EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS CLAUSE. IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, THIS AGREEMENT MAY BE FILED AS A WRITTEN CONSENT TO A TRIAL BY THE COURT.

 

43.

Governing law

This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it is governed by English law.

 

44.

Enforcement

 

44.1

Jurisdiction

 

  (a)

The courts of England have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement (including a dispute relating to the existence, validity or termination of this Agreement or any non-contractual obligation arising out of or in connection with this Agreement) (a Dispute).

 

  (b)

The Parties agree that the courts of England are the most appropriate and convenient courts to settle Disputes and accordingly no Party will argue to the contrary.

 

  (c)

Notwithstanding paragraph (a) above, no Finance Party shall be prevented from taking proceedings relating to a Dispute in any other courts with jurisdiction. To the extent allowed by law, the Finance Parties may take concurrent proceedings in any number of jurisdictions.

 

135


44.2

Service of process

Without prejudice to any other mode of service allowed under any relevant law, each Obligor (other than an Obligor incorporated in England and Wales):

 

  (a)

irrevocably appoints Wolseley Limited as its agent for service of process in relation to any proceedings before the English courts in connection with any Finance Document; and

 

  (b)

agrees that failure by a process agent to notify the relevant Obligor of the process will not invalidate the proceedings concerned.

THIS AGREEMENT has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement.

 

136


Schedule 1

The Original Parties


Schedule 2

Conditions precedent


Schedule 3

Utilisation Request

 


Schedule 4

Form of Transfer Certificate


Schedule 5

Form of Accession Letter


Schedule 6

Timetables


Schedule 7

Form of Resignation Letter


Schedule 8

Form of Increase Confirmation


Schedule 9

Form of Accordion Confirmation


Schedule 10

Guarantee Principles


Schedule 11

Form of New Lending Affiliate Appointment Notice


Schedule 12

Form of Lending Affiliate Loan Notice


Schedule 13

Form of Lending Affiliate Resignation Notice


Schedule 14

LMA Form of Confidentiality Undertaking


SIGNATORIES

Parent

 

FERGUSON PLC

/s/ Phil Scott

Name: Phil Scott

 

Position:   Group Head of Tax & Treasury
Address:   26 New Street
  St Helier
  Jersey
  JE2 3RA
  Channel Islands

With a copy to:

1020 Eskdale RoadWinnersh Triangle

Berkshire

RG41 5TS

FAO: Phil Scott and Dan Smithson

 

Email:   Phil.Scott@fergusonplc.com, Dan.Smithson@fergusonplc.com

 

[Signature Page to Multicurrency Revolving Facility Agreement]


Original Borrowers
For and on behalf of
FERGUSON PLC

/s/ Phil Scott

Name: Phil Scott

 

Position:   Group Head of Tax & Treasury
Address:   26 New Street
  St Helier
  Jersey
  JE2 3RA
  Channel Islands

With a copy to:

1020 Eskdale RoadWinnersh Triangle

Berkshire

RG41 5TS

FAO: Phil Scott and Dan Smithson

 

Email:   Phil.Scott@fergusonplc.com, Dan.Smithson@fergusonplc.com

 

WOLSELEY LIMITED

/s/ Phil Scott

By: Phil Scott

 

Address:   1020 Eskdale RoadWinnersh Triangle
  Berkshire
  RG41 5TS
  FAO: Phil Scott and Dan Smithson

 

Email:

 

Phil.Scott@fergusonplc.comDan.Smithson@fergusonplc.com

 

[Signature Page to Multicurrency Revolving Facility Agreement]


Original Guarantors
FERGUSON PLC

/s/ Phil Scott

Name: Phil Scott

 

Position:   Group Head of Tax & Treasury
Address:   26 New Street
  St Helier
  Jersey
  JE2 3RA
  Channel Islands

With a copy to:

1020 Eskdale RoadWinnersh Triangle

Berkshire

RG41 5TS

FAO: Phil Scott and Dan Smithson

 

Email:

 

Phil.Scott@fergusonplc.comDan.Smithson@fergusonplc.com

 

WOLSELEY LIMITED

/s/ Phil Scott

By: Phil Scott

 

Address:

 

1020 Eskdale RoadWinnersh Triangle

 

Berkshire

 

RG41 5TS

 

FAO: Phil Scott and Dan Smithson

 

Email:

 

Phil.Scott@fergusonplc.com, Dan.Smithson@fergusonplc.com

 

[Signature Page to Multicurrency Revolving Facility Agreement]


Coordinators
BARCLAYS BANK PLC
By:  

/s/ Roger Cosby                    

Name:   Roger Cosby
Title:   Director

 

[Signature Page to Multicurrency Revolving Facility Agreement]


BNP PARIBAS
By:  

/s/ D.J. Reynolds

Name:   D.J. Reynolds

 

By:  

/s/ Leone McKinley

Name:   Leone McKinley

 

[Signature Page to Multicurrency Revolving Facility Agreement]


ING BANK N.V., LONDON BRANCH
By:  

/s/ Siobhan Walker

Name:   Siobhan Walker
Title:   Managing Director
By:  

/s/ Francesca Mosca

Name:   Francesca Mosca
Title:   Director

 

[Signature Page to Multicurrency Revolving Facility Agreement]


Mandated Lead Arrangers

BANK OF AMERICA MERRILL LYNCH INTERNATIONAL DESIGNATED ACTIVITY COMPANY

 

By:  

/s/ Shubhashis De

Name:   Shubhashis De
Title:   Director

 

[Signature Page to Multicurrency Revolving Facility Agreement]


BANK OF CHINA LIMITED, LONDON BRANCH
By:  

/s/ Stephen Hardman                    

Name:   Stephen Hardman
Title:   Head of UK Division
By:  

/s/ Xiao Liang                    

Name:   Xiao Liang
Title:   Deputy General Manager

 

[Signature Page to Multicurrency Revolving Facility Agreement]


FIFTH THIRD BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
By:  

/s/ Suneel Gill                    

Name:   Suneel Gill
Title:   Managing Director

 

[Signature Page to Multicurrency Revolving Facility Agreement]


J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES PLC
By:  

/s/ Jon Abando                    

Name:   Jon Abando

 

[Signature Page to Multicurrency Revolving Facility Agreement]


PNC BANK, NA
By:  

/s/ Troy Pierce

Name:   Troy Pierce
Title:   Vice President

 

[Signature Page to Multicurrency Revolving Facility Agreement]


RBC EUROPE LIMITED
By:  

/s/ Colleen Osborne

Name:   Colleen Osborne
Title:   Vice President

 

[Signature Page to Multicurrency Revolving Facility Agreement]


SUMITOMO MITSUI BANKING CORPORATION, LONDON BRANCH

 

By:  

/s/ Samantha Taylor

Name:   Samantha Taylor
Title:   Vice President
By:  

/s/ Reiko Mori

Name:   Reiko Mori
Title:   Managing Director

 

[Signature Page to Multicurrency Revolving Facility Agreement]


THE TORONTO-DOMINION BANK, LONDON BRANCH

 

By:  

/s/ Philip Bates

Name:   Philip Bates
Title:   MD & Head of European Corporate Banking

 

[Signature Page to Multicurrency Revolving Facility Agreement]


Original Lenders
BARCLAYS BANK PLC
By:  

/s/ Roger Cosby

Name:   Roger Cosby
Title:   Director

 

[Signature Page to Multicurrency Revolving Facility Agreement]


BNP PARIBAS LONDON BRANCH
By:  

/s/ D.J. Reynolds                    

Name:   D.J. Reynolds
By:  

/s/ Leone McKinley

Name:   Leone McKinley

 

[Signature Page to Multicurrency Revolving Facility Agreement]


ING BANK N.V., LONDON BRANCH
By:  

/s/ Siobhan Walker                    

Name:   Siobhan Walker
Title:   Managing Director
By:  

/s/ Francesca Mosca

Name:   Francesca Mosca
Title:   Director

 

[Signature Page to Multicurrency Revolving Facility Agreement]


BANK OF AMERICA MERRILL LYNCH INTERNATIONAL DESIGNATED ACTIVITY COMPANY

 

By:  

/s/ Shubhashis De

Name:   Shubhashis De
Title:   Director

 

[Signature Page to Multicurrency Revolving Facility Agreement]


BANK OF CHINA LIMITED, LONDON BRANCH
By:  

/s/ Stephen Hardman

Name:   Stephen Hardman
Title:   Head of UK Division
By:  

/s/ Xiao Liang

Name:   Xiao Liang
Title:   Deputy General Manager

 

[Signature Page to Multicurrency Revolving Facility Agreement]


FIFTH THIRD BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
By:  

/s/ Suneel Gill

Name:   Suneel Gill
Title:   Managing Director

 

[Signature Page to Multicurrency Revolving Facility Agreement]


JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., LONDON BRANCH
By:  

/s/ Tushar Agarwal

Name:   Tushar Agarwal
Title:   Executive Director

 

[Signature Page to Multicurrency Revolving Facility Agreement]


PNC BANK, NA
By:  

/s/ Troy Pierce

Name:   Troy Pierce
Title:   Vice President

 

[Signature Page to Multicurrency Revolving Facility Agreement]


RBC EUROPE LIMITED
By:  

/s/ Colleen Osborne                

Name:   Colleen Osborne
Title:   Vice President

 

[Signature Page to Multicurrency Revolving Facility Agreement]


SUMITOMO MITSUI BANKING CORPORATION, LONDON BRANCH

By:  

/s/ Samantha Taylor

Name:   Samantha Taylor
Title:   Vice President
By:  

/s/ Reiko Mori

Name:   Reiko Mori
Title:   Managing Director

 

[Signature Page to Multicurrency Revolving Facility Agreement]


THE TORONTO-DOMINION BANK, LONDON BRANCH
By:  

/s/ Philip Bates

Name:   Philip Bates
Title:   MD & Head of European Corporate Banking

 

[Signature Page to Multicurrency Revolving Facility Agreement]


Agent
ING BANK N.V., LONDON BRANCH
By:  

/s/ Ibironke Sofowora

Name:   Ibironke Sofowora
Title:   Authorised Signatory
By:  

/s/ James Thompson

Name:   James Thompson
Title:   Authorised Signatory

 

Address:    ING Bank N.V., London Branch
   8-10 Moorgate
   London
   EC2R 6DA
Attention:    Ibironke Sofowora
Facsimile:    0207 767 7324
Email:    loans.agency@uk.ing.com and ibironke.sofowora@ing.com

 

[Signature Page to Multicurrency Revolving Facility Agreement]

Exhibit 4.2

Dated 19 March 2020

FERGUSON PLC

SUMITOMO MITSUI BANKING CORPORATION, LONDON BRANCH

(as Mandated Lead Arranger)

SUMITOMO MITSUI BANKING CORPORATION EUROPE LIMITED

(as Agent)

 

 

 

REVOLVING

FACILITY AGREEMENT

US$500,000,000

 

 

 

 

LOGO


CONTENTS

 

CLAUSE    PAGE  

1.

 

Definitions and interpretation

     1  

2.

 

The Facility

     23  

3.

 

Purpose

     25  

4.

 

Conditions of utilisation

     25  

5.

 

Utilisation

     26  

6.

 

Extension option

     27  

7.

 

Repayment

     28  

8.

 

Prepayment and cancellation

     29  

9.

 

Interest

     32  

10.

 

Interest periods

     33  

11.

 

Changes to the calculation of interest

     34  

12.

 

Fees

     35  

13.

 

Tax gross up

     36  

14.

 

Increased costs

     48  

15.

 

Other indemnities

     50  

16.

 

Mitigation by the Finance Parties

     51  

17.

 

Costs and expenses

     51  

18.

 

Guarantee and indemnity

     52  

19.

 

Representations

     57  

20.

 

Information Undertakings

     63  

21.

 

General Undertakings

     67  

22.

 

Events of Default

     74  

23.

 

Changes to the Lenders

     79  

24.

 

Changes to the Obligors

     84  

25.

 

Role of the Agent and the Mandated Lead Arranger

     87  

26.

 

Conduct of business by the Finance Parties

     97  

27.

 

Sharing among the Finance Parties

     97  

28.

 

Payment mechanics

     98  

29.

 

Contractual Recognition of Bail-In

     102  

30.

 

Set-off

     104  

31.

 

Notices

     104  

32.

 

Calculations and certificates

     106  

 

-i-


33.

 

Partial invalidity

     107  

34.

 

Remedies and Waivers

     107  

35.

 

Amendments and Waivers

     107  

36.

 

Confidentiality

     112  

37.

 

Confidentiality of Funding Rates

     117  

38.

 

Lending affiliates

     118  

39.

 

Counterparts

     124  

40.

 

USA Patriot Act

     124  

41.

 

Trial by jury

     124  

42.

 

Governing law

     125  

43.

 

Enforcement

     125  

Schedule 1 The Original Parties

     127  

Schedule 2 Conditions precedent

     128  

Schedule 3 Utilisation Request

     129  

Schedule 4 Form of Transfer Certificate

     130  

Schedule 5 Form of Accession Letter

     131  

Schedule 6 Timetables

     132  

Schedule 7 Form of Resignation Letter

     133  

Schedule 8 Form of Increase Confirmation

     134  

Schedule 9 Guarantee Principles

     135  

Schedule 10 Form of New Lending Affiliate Appointment Notice

     136  

Schedule 11 Form of Lending Affiliate Loan Notice

     137  

Schedule 12 Form of Lending Affiliate Resignation Notice

     138  

Schedule 13 LMA Form of Confidentiality Undertaking

     139  

 

-ii-


THIS AGREEMENT is dated 19 March 2020

BETWEEN:

 

(1)

FERGUSON PLC (incorporated in Jersey under registered number 128484);

 

(2)

WOLSELEY LIMITED (incorporated in England and Wales under registered number 00029846) (together with Ferguson plc, the Original Borrowers and the Original Guarantors);

 

(3)

SUMITOMO MITSUI BANKING CORPORATION, LONDON BRANCH (the Mandated Lead Arranger);

 

(4)

THE FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS listed in Part C of Schedule 1 (The Original Parties) as Lenders (the Original Lenders); and

 

(5)

SUMITOMO MITSUI BANKING CORPORATION EUROPE LIMITED as agent of the Lenders (the Agent).

IT IS AGREED as follows:

 

1.

Definitions and interpretation

 

1.1

Definitions

In this Agreement:

2005 USPP Notes means the 5.32% Series F guaranteed senior notes due 2020 issued by Wolseley Capital Inc. on 16 November 2005.

2015 USPP Notes means the 3.43% Series I guaranteed senior notes due 2022, the 3.73% Series J guaranteed senior notes due 2025 and the 3.83% Series K guaranteed senior notes due 2027, each issued by Wolseley Capital Inc. on 25 June 2015.

2017 USPP Notes means the 3.30% Series L guaranteed senior notes due 2023, the 3.44% Series M guaranteed senior notes due 2024, the 3.51% Series N guaranteed senior notes due 2026 and the floating rate Series O guaranteed senior notes due 2023, each issued by Wolseley Capital Inc. on 30 November 2017.

2018 Bonds means the US$750,000,000 4.5% notes due 2028 issued by Ferguson Finance plc.

2020 Facility Agreement means the US$1,100,000,000 facility agreement dated 10 March 2020 between, among others, the Original Borrowers, the Original Guarantors and ING Bank N.V., London Branch as agent.

Acceptable Bank means a bank or financial institution which has a rating for its long-term unsecured and non-credit enhanced debt obligations of A- or higher by Standard & Poor’s Rating Services or Fitch Ratings Limited or A3 or higher by Moody’s Investor Services Limited or a comparable rating from an internationally recognised credit rating agency.

 

1


Accession Letter means a document substantially in the form set out in Schedule 5 (Form of Accession Letter).

Additional Borrower means a company which becomes an Additional Borrower in accordance with Clause 24 (Changes to the Obligors).

Additional Guarantor means a company which becomes an Additional Guarantor in accordance with Clause 24 (Changes to the Obligors).

Additional Obligor means an Additional Borrower or an Additional Guarantor.

Affiliate means, in relation to any person, a Subsidiary of that person or a Holding Company of that person or any other Subsidiary of that Holding Company.

Agreed Material Subsidiaries means

 

  (a)

Ferguson Enterprises LLC; and

 

  (b)

Wolseley UK Limited,

in each case, for so long as the relevant person remains a member of the Group.

Anti-Terrorism Laws means the OFAC Laws and Regulations, the Executive Order, the USA Patriot Act, the BSA and any other applicable requirements of law and governmental guidance for the prevention of terrorism, terrorist financing and drug trafficking or the prevention and detection of money laundering violations, in each case, of the United States or any member state of the European Union.

Applicable Base Rate means LIBOR.

Authorisation means an authorisation, consent, approval, resolution, licence, exemption, filing, notarisation or registration.

Availability Period means the period from and including the Effective Date to and including the date falling one Month prior to the applicable Termination Date.

Available Commitment means a Lender’s Commitment minus:

 

  (a)

the amount of its participation in any outstanding Loans; and

 

  (b)

in relation to any proposed Utilisation, the amount of its participation in any Loans that are due to be made on or before the proposed Utilisation Date,

other than that Lender’s participation in any Loans that are due to be repaid or prepaid on or before the proposed Utilisation Date.

Available Facility means the aggregate for the time being of each Lender’s Available Commitment.

 

2


Bank Levy means:

 

  (a)

the bank levy imposed by the United Kingdom, as set out in the Finance Act 2011;

 

  (b)

the bank levy imposed by the Government of the Republic of France, as set out in the Finance Bill 2011;

 

  (c)

the bank levy imposed by the Federal Republic of Germany, as set out in the Bank Restructuring Act published in the Federal Law Gazette on 14 December 2010; or

 

  (d)

any levy or tax of a similar nature to those described in paragraphs (a), (b) or (c) above proposed, announced or imposed on or before the date of this Agreement in any other jurisdiction by reference to the assets or liabilities of a financial institution or other entity carrying out financial transactions,

but disregarding any provision thereof that is more onerous than the provisions as announced or otherwise in force on the date of this Agreement.

Basel III means:

 

  (a)

the agreements on capital requirements, a leverage ratio and liquidity standards contained in “Basel III: A global regulatory framework for more resilient banks and banking systems”, “Basel III: International framework for liquidity risk measurement, standards and monitoring” and “Guidance for national authorities operating the countercyclical capital buffer” published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision on 16 December 2010, each as amended, supplemented or restated;

 

  (b)

the rules for global systemically important banks contained in “Global systemically important banks: assessment methodology and the additional loss absorbency requirement – Rules text” published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in November 2011, as amended, supplemented or restated; and

 

  (c)

any further guidance or standards published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision relating to “Basel III” or the “Basel III framework”.

Board means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States (or any successor).

Borrower means an Original Borrower or an Additional Borrower unless it has ceased to be a Borrower in accordance with Clause 24 (Changes to the Obligors).

Break Costs means the amount (if any) by which:

 

  (a)

the interest (excluding Margin and the impact of any benchmark zero floor) which a Lender should have received for the period from the date of receipt of all or any part of its participation in a Loan or Unpaid Sum

 

3


  to the last day of the current Interest Period in respect of that Loan or Unpaid Sum, had the principal amount or Unpaid Sum received been paid on the last day of that Interest Period;

exceeds:

 

  (b)

the amount which that Lender would be able to obtain by placing an amount equal to the principal amount or Unpaid Sum received by it on deposit with a leading bank in the Relevant Market for a period starting on the Business Day following receipt or recovery and ending on the last day of the current Interest Period.

BSA means the United States Bank Secrecy Act, 31 U.S.C. §§ 5311 et seq.

Business Day means a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks are open for general business in London and Jersey and New York.

Code means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

Commitment means:

 

  (a)

in relation to an Original Lender, the amount set opposite its name under the heading “Commitment (US$)” in Part C of Schedule 1 (The Original Parties) and the amount of any other Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement or assumed by it in accordance with Clause 2.2 (Increase); and

 

  (b)

in relation to any other Lender, the amount of any Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement or assumed by it in accordance with Clause 2.2 (Increase),

to the extent not cancelled, reduced or transferred by it under this Agreement.

Confidential Information means all information relating to the Parent, any Obligor, the Group, the Finance Documents or the Facility of which a Finance Party becomes aware in its capacity as, or for the purpose of becoming, a Finance Party or which is received by a Finance Party in relation to, or for the purpose of becoming a Finance Party under, the Finance Documents or the Facility from either:

 

  (a)

any member of the Group or any of its advisers; or

 

  (b)

another Finance Party, if the information was obtained by that Finance Party directly or indirectly from any member of the Group or any of its advisers,

 

4


in whatever form, and includes information given orally and any document, electronic file or any other way of representing or recording information which contains or is derived or copied from such information but excludes:

 

  (i)

information that:

 

  (A)

is or becomes public information other than as a direct or indirect result of any breach by that Finance Party of Clause 36 (Confidentiality); or

 

  (B)

is identified in writing at the time of delivery as non-confidential by any member of the Group or any of its advisers; or

 

  (C)

is known by that Finance Party before the date the information is disclosed to it in accordance with paragraphs (a) or (b) above or is lawfully obtained by that Finance Party after that date, from a source which is, as far as that Finance Party is aware, unconnected with the Group and which, in either case, as far as that Finance Party is aware, has not been obtained in breach of, and is not otherwise subject to, any obligation of confidentiality; and

 

  (ii)

any Funding Rate.

Confidentiality Undertaking means a confidentiality undertaking substantially in the recommended form of the LMA as set out in Schedule 13 (LMA Form of Confidentiality Undertaking) or in any other form agreed between the Parent and the Agent.

Consolidated Total Assets means, at any time, the total assets of the Parent and its Subsidiaries that would be shown on a consolidated balance sheet of the Parent and its Subsidiaries as of such time prepared in accordance with the relevant GAAP.

CTA means the United Kingdom Corporation Tax Act 2009.

Default means an Event of Default or any event or circumstance specified in Clause 22 (Events of Default) which would (with the expiry of a grace period, the giving of notice, the making of any determination under the Finance Documents or any combination of any of the foregoing in each case as specified in Clause 22 (Events of Default)) be an Event of Default.

Defaulting Lender means any Lender:

 

  (a)

which has failed to make its participation in a Loan available or has notified the Agent that it will not make its participation in a Loan available by the Utilisation Date of that Loan in accordance with Clause 5.4 (Lenders participation);

 

  (b)

which has otherwise rescinded or repudiated a Finance Document; or

 

  (c)

with respect to which an Insolvency Event has occurred and is continuing,

 

5


unless, in the case of paragraph (a) above:

 

  (i)

its failure to pay is caused by:

 

  (A)

administrative or technical error; or

 

  (B)

a Disruption Event; and

payment is made within five Business Days of its due date; or

 

  (ii)

the Lender is disputing in good faith whether it is contractually obliged to make the payment in question.

Designated Person means a person:

 

  (a)

listed in the annex to, or otherwise subject to the provisions of, an Executive Order;

 

  (b)

listed on any Lists; or

 

  (c)

owned or controlled by, or acting for or on behalf of, any person referred to in (a) or (b) above.

Disruption Event means either or both of:

 

  (a)

a material disruption to those payment or communications systems or to those financial markets which are, in each case, required to operate in order for payments to be made in connection with the Facility (or otherwise in order for the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents to be carried out) which disruption is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, any of the Parties; or

 

  (b)

the occurrence of any other event which results in a disruption (of a technical or systems-related nature) to the treasury or payments operations of a Party preventing that, or any other Party:

 

  (i)

from performing its payment obligations under the Finance Documents; or

 

  (ii)

from communicating with other Parties in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents;

and which (in either case) is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, the Party whose operations are disrupted.

EBIT means, in relation to any period, operating profit as reported in the annual or semi-annual consolidated financial statements of the Parent for the period, before taking into account:

 

  (a)

interest, commissions, discounts and other fees incurred or received or receivable by any member of the Group in respect of Financial Indebtedness or other finance charges deducted in calculating operating profit;

 

  (b)

tax;

 

  (c)

any share of profit of any associated company or undertaking, except for dividends received in cash by any member of the Group; and

 

6


  (d)

all exceptional items as defined in the Group’s financial statements.

Effective Date means 1 April 2020.

Environment means all or any of the following: the air including air within buildings (and other natural or man-made structures above or below ground), water (including ground and surface water) and land (including surface and sub-surface soil).

Environmental Approval means any permit, licence, authorisation, consent or other approval required by or issued in connection with any Environmental Law.

Environmental Law means all applicable laws and regulations having legal effect and relating to the protection of the Environment.

ERISA means the United States Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder from time to time in effect.

ERISA Affiliate means any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that is treated as a single employer together with the Parent under section 414 of the Code or that is treated as under common control with the Parent under section 4001 of ERISA.

Event of Default means any event or circumstance specified as such in Clause 22 (Events of Default).

Excluded Priority Indebtedness means, at any time, the sum (without double counting) of:

 

  (a)

the aggregate of the outstanding principal amount of Financial Indebtedness up to an amount not exceeding the Receivables Cap (or its equivalent in other currency or currencies) of the Group secured by Security permitted by paragraph (i) of Clause 21.5 (Negative Pledge); and

 

  (b)

the aggregate of the outstanding Financial Indebtedness of the type described in paragraph (f) of the definition of Financial Indebtedness.

Executive Order means the United States Executive Order No. 13224, 66 Fed. Reg. 49079, on Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions with Persons who Commit, Threaten to Commit, or Support Terrorism, which came into effect on 23 September 2001.

Facility means the revolving loan facility made available under this Agreement as described in Clause 2 (The Facility).

Facility Office means the office or offices notified by a Lender to the Agent in writing on or before the date it becomes a Lender (or, following that date, by not less than five Business Days’ written notice) as the office or offices through which it will perform its obligations under this Agreement.

FATCA means:

 

  (a)

sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code or any associated regulations;

 

7


  (b)

any treaty, law or regulation of any other jurisdiction, or relating to an intergovernmental agreement between the US an any other jurisdiction, which (in either case) facilitates the implementation of any law or regulation referred to in paragraph (a) above; or

 

  (c)

any agreement pursuant to the implementation of any treaty, law or regulation referred to in paragraphs (a) or (b) above with the US Internal Revenue Service, the US government or any governmental or taxation authority in any other jurisdiction.

FATCA Application Date means:

 

  (a)

in relation to a “withholdable payment” described in section 1473(1)(A)(i) of the Code (which relates to payments of interest and certain other payments from sources within the US), 1 July 2014; or

 

  (b)

in relation to a “passthru payment” described in section 1471(d)(7) of the Code not falling within paragraph (a) above, the first date from which such payment may become subject to a deduction or withholding required by FATCA.

FATCA Deduction means a deduction or withholding from a payment under a Finance Document required by FATCA.

FATCA Exempt Party means a Party that is entitled to receive payments free from any FATCA Deduction.

Ferguson Receivables Facility means the receivables purchase facility under an agreement dated 31 July 2013 between (amongst others) Ferguson Receivables, LLC as seller and Royal Bank of Canada as administrative agent.

Finance Document means this Agreement, any Accession Letter, any Resignation Letter and any other document designated as such by the Agent and the Parent.

Finance Party means the Agent, the Mandated Lead Arranger or a Lender.

Financial Indebtedness means any indebtedness in respect of:

 

  (a)

moneys borrowed and debit balances at banks;

 

  (b)

any debenture, bond, note, loan stock or other security;

 

  (c)

any acceptance or documentary credit being acceptances or documentary credits in respect of finance obligations but excluding acceptance or documentary credits in respect of trade performance obligations;

 

  (d)

receivables sold or discounted (otherwise than those accounted for under the relevant GAAP on a non-recourse basis);

 

  (e)

the acquisition cost of any assets to the extent payable before or after the time of acquisition or possession by the party liable where the advance or deferred payment is arranged primarily as a method of raising finance or financing the acquisition of that asset;

 

8


  (f)

any leases and hire purchase agreements (whether in respect of land, machinery, equipment or otherwise) which would be shown as liabilities in a balance sheet in accordance with the relevant GAAP;

 

  (g)

interest swap, cap or collar arrangements (and the amount of such indebtedness shall be the mark-to-market valuation of such transaction at the relevant time);

 

  (h)

currency swap, cap or collar arrangements (and the amount of such indebtedness shall be the mark-to-market valuation of such transaction at the relevant time);

 

  (i)

amounts raised under any other transaction which is required to be shown as financial indebtedness in accordance with the relevant GAAP; or

 

  (j)

any guarantee, indemnity or similar assurance against financial loss of any person in respect of indebtedness of a type referred to in (a) to (i) above,

but any calculation of the aggregate of the Financial Indebtedness of the Group and any calculation hereunder:

 

  (i)

shall not include any indebtedness of one member of the Group to another member of the Group; and

 

  (ii)

shall be on the basis that no amount shall be taken into account more than once in the same calculation.

Fitch means Fitch Ratings Limited.

Fraudulent Transfer Law means any applicable United States Bankruptcy Law (including, without limitation, Section 548 of Title 10 of the United States Bankruptcy Code) or any United States state fraudulent transfer or conveyance law.

Funding Rate means any individual rate notified by a Lender to the Agent pursuant to paragraph (a)(ii) of Clause 11.3 (Cost of Funds).

GAAP means:

 

  (a)

in relation to the Parent, IFRS as in effect from time to time in the United Kingdom and interpreted in line with the Group’s accounting policies as applied in the audited financial statements of the Group or (if notified to the Agent in accordance with paragraph (c) of Clause 20.3 (Requirements as to financial statements)) US GAAP;

 

  (b)

in relation to Wolseley Limited, accounting principles, standards and practices generally accepted from time to time in the United Kingdom and issued or adopted by the Accounting Standards Board of the United Kingdom; and

 

9


  (c)

in relation to any other Obligor, accounting principles, standards and practices generally accepted from time to time in that Obligor’s jurisdiction of incorporation.

Group means the Parent and its Subsidiaries for the time being and, for the purposes of Clause 19.7 (Financial Statements) shall include subsidiary undertakings (within the meaning of Section 1162 of the Companies Act 2006) of the Parent and member of the Group shall be construed accordingly.

Guarantee Principles means the principles set out in Schedule 9 (Guarantee Principles).

Guarantor means the Original Guarantor or an Additional Guarantor unless it has ceased to be a Guarantor in accordance with Clause 24 (Changes to the Obligors).

Holding Company means, in relation to a company or corporation, any other company or corporation in respect of which it is a Subsidiary and includes a holding company within the meaning of Article 2 and 2A of the Jersey Companies Law.

IFRS means international accounting standards within the meaning of IAS Regulation 1606/2002 to the extent applicable to the relevant financial statements.

Impaired Agent means the Agent at any time when:

 

  (a)

it has failed to make (or has notified a Party that it will not make) a payment required to be made by it under the Finance Documents by the due date for payment;

 

  (b)

the Agent otherwise rescinds or repudiates a Finance Document;

 

  (c)

(if the Agent is also a Lender) it is a Defaulting Lender under paragraph (a) or (b) of the definition of Defaulting Lender; or

 

  (d)

an Insolvency Event has occurred and is continuing with respect to the Agent,

unless, in the case of paragraph (a) above:

 

  (i)

its failure to pay is caused by:

 

  (A)

administrative or technical error; or

 

  (B)

a Disruption Event; and

payment is made within five Business Days of its due date; or

 

  (ii)

the Agent is disputing in good faith whether it is contractually obliged to make the payment in question.

Increase Confirmation means a confirmation substantially in the form set out in Schedule 8 (Form of Increase Confirmation).

Increase Lender has the meaning given to that term in Clause 2.2 (Increase).

 

10


Insolvency Event in relation to an entity means that the entity:

 

  (a)

is dissolved (other than pursuant to a consolidation, amalgamation or merger);

 

  (b)

becomes insolvent or is unable to pay its debts or fails or admits in writing its inability generally to pay its debts as they become due;

 

  (c)

makes a general assignment, arrangement or composition with or for the benefit of its creditors;

 

  (d)

institutes or has instituted against it, by a regulator, supervisor or any similar official with primary insolvency, rehabilitative or regulatory jurisdiction over it in the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organisation or the jurisdiction of its head or home office, a proceeding seeking a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or any other relief under any bankruptcy or insolvency law or other similar law affecting creditors’ rights, all other than by way of an Undisclosed Administration, or a petition is presented for its winding-up or liquidation by it or such regulator, supervisor or similar official;

 

  (e)

has instituted against it a proceeding seeking a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or any other relief under any bankruptcy or insolvency law or other similar law affecting creditors’ rights, or a petition is presented for its winding-up or liquidation, and, in the case of any such proceeding or petition instituted or presented against it, such proceeding or petition is instituted or presented by a person or entity not described in paragraph (d) above and:

 

  (i)

results in a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or the entry of an order for relief or the making of an order for its winding-up or liquidation; or

 

  (ii)

is not dismissed, discharged, stayed or restrained in each case within 30 days of the institution or presentation thereof;

 

  (f)

has a resolution passed for its winding-up, official management or liquidation (other than pursuant to a consolidation, amalgamation or merger);

 

  (g)

seeks or becomes subject to the appointment of an administrator, provisional liquidator, conservator, receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official for it or for all or substantially all its assets, all other than by way of an Undisclosed Administration;

 

  (h)

has a secured party take possession of all or substantially all its assets or has a distress, execution, attachment, sequestration or other legal process levied, enforced or sued on or against all or substantially all its assets and such secured party maintains possession, or any such process is not dismissed, discharged, stayed or restrained, in each case within 30 days thereafter;

 

11


  (i)

causes or is subject to any event with respect to it which, under the applicable laws of any jurisdiction, has an analogous effect to any of the events specified in paragraphs (a) to (h) above; or

 

  (j)

takes any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any of the foregoing acts.

Interest Period means, in relation to a Loan, each period determined in accordance with Clause 10 (Interest Periods) and, in relation to an Unpaid Sum, each period determined in accordance with Clause 9.3 (Default interest).

Interpolated Screen Rate means, in relation to the Applicable Base Rate for any Loan, the rate (rounded to the same number of decimal places as the two relevant Screen Rates) which results from interpolating on a linear basis between:

 

  (a)

the applicable Screen Rate for the longest period (for which that Screen Rate is available) which is less than the Interest Period of that Loan; and

 

  (b)

the applicable Screen Rate for the shortest period (for which that Screen Rate is available) which exceeds the Interest Period of that Loan,

each as of the Specified Time for the currency of that Loan.

IRS means the U.S. Internal Revenue Service.

ITA means the United Kingdom Income Tax Act 2007.

Jersey means the Bailiwick of Jersey.

Jersey Companies Law means the Companies (Jersey) Law 1991.

Lender means:

 

  (a)

any Original Lender; and

 

  (b)

any bank or financial institution which has become a Party as a “Lender” in accordance with Clause 2.2 (Increase), or Clause 23 (Changes to the Lenders),

which in each case has not ceased to be a Party as such in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

LIBOR means, in relation to any Loan:

 

  (a)

the applicable Screen Rate as of the Specified Time for the currency of that Loan and for a period equal in length to the Interest Period of that Loan; or

 

  (b)

as otherwise determined pursuant to Clause 11.1 (Unavailability of Screen Rate),

and, if, in either case, that rate is below zero, LIBOR will be deemed to be zero.

Lists means the list of Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons maintained by OFAC and/or on any other similar list of any United States or European Union governmental organisation.

 

12


LMA means the Loan Market Association.

Loan means a loan made or to be made under the Facility or the principal amount outstanding for the time being of that loan.

Majority Lenders means:

 

  (a)

if there are no Loans then outstanding, a Lender or Lenders whose Commitments aggregate more than 6623 per cent of the Total Commitments (or, if the Total Commitments have been reduced to zero, aggregated more than 6623 per cent of the Total Commitments immediately prior to the reduction); or

 

  (b)

at any other time, a Lender or Lenders whose participations in the Loans then outstanding aggregate more than 6623 per cent of all the Loans then outstanding.

Margin means 0.325 per cent. per annum.

Margin Stock means margin stock or margin security within the meaning of Regulations T, U and X.

Marketable Securities means certificates of deposit, gilt-edged securities or other EU, UK or US governmental securities which are freely tradable, units in Sociétés d’Investissement à Capital Variable (managed by reputable banks or financial institutions), commercial paper rated at least A1/P1 by Standard and Poor’s Corporation or Moody’s Investor Services, Inc., UK Certificates of Tax Deposit, such other liquid investments as the Parent may from time to time agree in writing with the Agent (acting on instructions of the Majority Lenders) and such other liquid investments as may be agreed pursuant to the 2020 Facility Agreement.

Material Adverse Effect means a material adverse effect on:

 

  (a)

the ability of the Obligors (taken together) to perform their payment obligations under the Finance Documents; or

 

  (b)

the validity or enforceability of any material provision of the Finance Documents; or

 

  (c)

for the purposes of Clause 19 (Representations) only, the business operations, affairs, financial condition, assets or properties of the Group taken as a whole.

Material Subsidiary means, at any time:

 

  (a)

subject to the proviso below, the Agreed Material Subsidiaries; or

 

  (b)

any Subsidiary:

 

  (i)

the net assets of which represents at least 10 per cent of the consolidated net assets of the Group; or

 

13


  (ii)

whose earnings before interest and tax (calculated in the same manner as EBIT, but by reference to the company concerned) represents 10 per cent or more of the EBIT of the Group,

calculated by reference to the latest audited financial consolidated statements of the Parent and the latest audited financial statements of the relevant Subsidiary (unconsolidated, in the case of a Subsidiary which itself has any Subsidiaries),

provided always that an Agreed Material Subsidiary shall cease to be a Material Subsidiary if its net assets or earnings before interest and tax calculated as above do not satisfy either of the thresholds set out in subparagraphs (b)(i) or (b)(ii) above.

Moody’s means Moody’s Investors Service Limited.

Month means a period starting on one day in a calendar month and ending on the numerically corresponding day in the next calendar month, except that:

 

  (a)

(subject to paragraph (c) below) if the numerically corresponding day is not a Business Day, that period shall end on the next Business Day in that calendar month in which that period is to end if there is one, or if there is not, on the immediately preceding Business Day;

 

  (b)

if there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month in which that period is to end, that period shall end on the last Business Day in that calendar month; and

 

  (c)

if an Interest Period begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month, that Interest Period shall end on the last Business Day in the calendar month in which that Interest Period is to end.

The above rules will only apply to the last Month of any period.

Multiemployer Plan means any Plan that is a multiemployer plan (as such term is defined in section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA).

New Holding Company has the meaning given to it in Clause 8.2 (Change of control).

New Lender has the meaning given to that term in Clause 23 (Changes to the Lenders).

Non-U.S. Plan means any plan, fund or other similar program that:

 

  (a)

is established or maintained outside the United States of America by an Obligor or any Subsidiary primarily for the benefit of employees of such Obligor or one or more Subsidiaries residing outside the United States of America, which plan, fund or other similar program provides, or results in, retirement income, a deferral of income in contemplation of retirement or payments to be made upon termination of employment; and

 

  (b)

is not subject to ERISA or the Code.

 

14


Obligor means a Borrower or a Guarantor.

OFAC means the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the United States Department of the Treasury.

OFAC Laws and Regulations means the Executive Order or regulations of OFAC codified at 30 C.F.R., Subtitle B, Chapter V.

Original Financial Statements means:

 

  (a)

in relation to the Parent, the financial statements of the Group for the period ending on 31 July 2019;

 

  (b)

in relation to Wolseley Limited, its audited financial statements for its financial year ended 31 July 2019; and

 

  (c)

in relation to any other Obligor, its audited financial statements (if any) delivered to the Agent as required by Clause 24 (Changes to the Obligors).

Original Obligor means an Original Borrower or an Original Guarantor.

Parent means Ferguson plc (incorporated in Jersey under registered number 128484) or, following a Permitted Change of Control as defined in Clause 8.2 (Change of control), the New Holding Company from the date it accedes to this Agreement.

Participating Member State means any member state of the European Union that has the euro as its lawful currency in accordance with legislation of the European Union relating to Economic and Monetary Union.

Party means a party to this Agreement.

PBGC means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation referred to and defined in ERISA or any successor thereto.

Permitted Change of Control has the meaning given to it in Clause 8.2 (Change of control).

Plan means an “employee benefit plan” (as defined in section 3(3) of ERISA) subject to Title I or IV of ERISA or section 412 of the Code that is or, within the preceding five years, has been established or maintained, or to which contributions are or, within the preceding five years, have been made or required to be made, by either Obligor or any ERISA Affiliate or with respect to which either Obligor or any ERISA Affiliate may have any actual or contingent, direct or indirect liability.

Pre-Approved Jurisdiction means the UK, USA, Jersey or Canada.

Priority Indebtedness means, at any time, the sum (without duplication) of:

 

  (a)

the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Financial Indebtedness of the Parent (other than any guarantees issued in connection with cash pooling arrangements of the Group which have been entered into in the ordinary course of treasury activities, issued in favour of the financial

 

15


  institution providing such arrangements or one or more of its Affiliates), each Obligor and each other member of the Group secured by Security permitted pursuant to Clause 21.5 (Negative Pledge) at such time; and

 

  (b)

the aggregate unpaid principal amount of unsecured Financial Indebtedness of all members of the Group (other than the Parent) at such time, other than unsecured Financial Indebtedness:

 

  (i)

in the case of a person which becomes a member of the Group after the date of this Agreement, of that person which is outstanding at the time such person becomes a member of the Group, provided such Financial Indebtedness was not incurred in contemplation of it becoming a member of the Group (and any replacement or extension of such Financial Indebtedness provided that the principal amount thereof (on the date such person became a member of the Group) is not increased);

 

  (ii)

incurred by any member of the Group (other than the Parent) that is a special purpose finance company to the extent that the proceeds of such Financial Indebtedness are either directly or via one or more non-trading vehicles on-lent to a Guarantor (and which member of the Group does not own any assets other than those consistent with its special purpose finance nature);

 

  (iii)

of a Subsidiary owed to the Parent or any other Subsidiary;

 

  (iv)

of any Guarantor, so long as the guarantee of such Guarantor under this Agreement shall be in full force and effect and neither such Guarantor nor any person acting on its behalf shall have contested in any manner the validity, binding nature or enforceability of such guarantee;

 

  (v)

of the type described in paragraphs (g) and (h) of the definition of Financial Indebtedness; and

 

  (vi)

any guarantees issued in connection with cash pooling arrangements of the Group which have been entered into in the ordinary course of treasury activities, issued in favour of the financial institutions providing such arrangements.

Qualifying Lender has the meaning given to it in Clause 13 (Tax Gross Up).

Quotation Day means, in relation to any period for which an interest rate is to be determined two Business Days before the first day of that period, unless market practice differs in the Relevant Market for a currency, in which case the Quotation Day for that currency will be determined by the Agent in accordance with market practice in the Relevant Market (and if quotations would normally be given by leading banks in the Relevant Market on more than one day, the Quotation Day will be the last of those days).

Rating Agency means Fitch, Moody’s or S&P, together the Rating Agencies.

 

16


Receivables Cap means the amount in US dollars equal to 70 per cent. of the “Net Receivables Balance” under (and as defined in) the Ferguson Receivables Facility, disregarding any amendments to the Ferguson Receivables Facility (or termination of the Ferguson Receivables Facility) after the date of this Agreement.

Regulation T, Regulation U or Regulation X means Regulation T, U or, as the case may be, X of the Board as from time to time in effect and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder or thereof.

Related Fund means, in relation to a fund (the first fund, a fund which is managed or advised by the same investment manager or investment adviser as the first fund or, if it is managed by a different investment manager or investment adviser, a fund whose investment manager or investment adviser is an Affiliate of the investment manager or investment adviser of the first fund.

Relevant Market means the London interbank market.

Relevant Nominating Body means any applicable central bank, regulator or other supervisory authority or a group of them, or any working group or committee sponsored or chaired by, or constituted at the request of, any of them or the Financial Stability Board.

Repeating Representations means each of the representations set out in Clauses 19.1 (Status), 19.2 (Binding obligations), 19.3 (Non-conflict with other obligations), 19.4 (Power and authority), 19.5 (No default), 19.11 (Governing law and enforcement), 19.15 (Validity and admissibility in evidence) and 19.17 (Sanctions).

Replacement Benchmark means a benchmark rate which is:

 

  (a)

formally designated, nominated or recommended as the replacement for a Screen Rate by:

 

  (i)

the administrator of that Screen Rate (provided that the market or economic reality that such benchmark rate measures is the same as that measured by that Screen Rate); or

 

  (ii)

any Relevant Nominating Body,

and if replacements have, at the relevant time, been formally designated, nominated or recommended under both paragraphs, the “Replacement Benchmark” will be the replacement under paragraph (ii) above;

 

  (b)

in the opinion of the Majority Lenders and the Parent, generally accepted in the international or any relevant domestic syndicated loan markets as the appropriate successor to a Screen Rate; or

 

  (c)

in the opinion of the Majority Lenders and the Parent, an appropriate successor to a Screen Rate.

Representative means any delegate, agent, manager, administrator, nominee, attorney trustee or custodian.

 

17


Resignation Letter means a letter substantially in the form set out in Schedule 7 (Form of Resignation Letter).

Restricted Lender shall have the meaning given to it in Clause 21.15 (Sanctions).

Rollover Loan means one or more Loans:

 

  (a)

made or to be made on the same day that a maturing Loan is due to be repaid;

 

  (b)

the aggregate amount of which is equal to or less than the maturing Loan; and

 

  (c)

made or to be made to the same Borrower for the purpose of refinancing a maturing Loan.

S&P means Standard & Poor’s Rating Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies Inc.

Sanctions means all sanctions administered and enacted by the United Nations Security Council, the European Union, the United States of America, the United Kingdom or Australia or the respective governmental institutions and agencies of any of the foregoing (including, without limitation, the U.S. Department of the Treasury Office of Foreign Assets Control).

Screen Rate means the London interbank offered rate administered by ICE Benchmark Administration Limited (or any other person which takes over the administration of that rate) for the relevant currency and period displayed on pages LIBOR01 or LIBOR02 of the Thomson Reuters screen (or any replacement Thomson Reuters page which displays that rate) or on the appropriate page of such other information service which publishes that rate from time to time in place of Thomson Reuters. If the agreed page is replaced or service ceases to be available, the Agent may specify another page or service displaying the appropriate rate after consultation with the Parent and the Lenders.

Screen Rate Replacement Event means, in relation to a Screen Rate:

 

  (a)

the methodology, formula or other means of determining that Screen Rate has, in the opinion of the Majority Lenders, and the Parent materially changed;

 

  (b)

 

  (i)

 

  (A)

the administrator of that Screen Rate or its supervisor publicly announces that such administrator is insolvent; or

 

  (B)

information is published in any order, decree, notice, petition or filing, however described, of or filed with a court, tribunal, exchange, regulatory authority or similar

 

18


  administrative, regulatory or judicial body which reasonably confirms that the administrator of that Screen Rate is insolvent,

provided that, in each case, at that time, there is no successor administrator to continue to provide that Screen Rate;

 

  (ii)

the administrator of that Screen Rate publicly announces that it has ceased or will cease, to provide that Screen Rate permanently or indefinitely and, at that time, there is no successor administrator to continue to provide that Screen Rate;

 

  (iii)

the supervisor of the administrator of that Screen Rate publicly announces that such Screen Rate has been or will be permanently or indefinitely discontinued; or

 

  (iv)

the administrator of that Screen Rate or its supervisor announces that that Screen Rate may no longer be used; or

 

  (c)

the administrator of that Screen Rate determines that that Screen Rate should be calculated in accordance with its reduced submissions or other contingency or fallback policies or arrangements and either:

 

  (i)

the circumstance(s) or event(s) leading to such determination are not (in the opinion of the Majority Lenders and the Obligors) temporary; or

 

  (ii)

that Screen Rate is calculated in accordance with any such policy or arrangement for a period no less than one Month; or

 

  (d)

in the opinion of the Majority Lenders and the Obligors, that Screen Rate is otherwise no longer appropriate for the purposes of calculating interest under this Agreement.

Security means a mortgage, charge, pledge, lien, security interest or other encumbrance securing any obligation of any person or any other type of right of any creditor to have its claims satisfied in priority to other creditors with or from the proceeds of any properties, assets or revenues of any kind (but for the avoidance of doubt shall not include a right arising out of the ordinary course of trading by the relevant person or any right of set-off arising by contract or by law which would not otherwise constitute a mortgage, charge or pledge).

Specified Time means a time determined in accordance with Schedule 6 (Timetables).

Subsidiary means a subsidiary of the Parent within the meaning of section 1159 of the Companies Act 2006 and includes a subsidiary within the meaning of Article 2 and 2A of the Jersey Companies Law.

Tax means any tax, levy, impost, duty or other charge or withholding of a similar nature (including any penalty or interest payable in connection with any failure to pay or any delay in paying any of the same).

 

19


Termination Date means (subject to Clause 6 (Extension Option)) the date falling 364 days after the Effective Date.

Total Commitments means the aggregate of the Commitments from time to time, being US$500,000,000 at the date of this Agreement.

Transfer Certificate means a certificate substantially in the form set out in Schedule 4 (Form of Transfer Certificate) or any other form agreed between the Agent and the Parent.

Transfer Date means, in relation to a transfer, the later of:

 

  (a)

the proposed Transfer Date specified in the Transfer Certificate; and

 

  (b)

the date on which the Agent executes the Transfer Certificate.

UK Borrower means a Borrower incorporated under the laws of, or resident for tax purposes in, the United Kingdom.

Undisclosed Administration means in relation to a Lender, the appointment of an administrator, provisional liquidator, conservator, receiver, trustee, custodian or other similar official by a supervisory authority or regulator under or based on the law in the country where such Lender is subject to home jurisdiction supervision if applicable law requires that such appointment is not to be publicly disclosed.

United States, USA and US means the United States of America, its territories, possessions and other areas subject to the jurisdiction of the United States of America.

Unpaid Sum means any sum due and payable but unpaid by an Obligor under the Finance Documents.

US Bankruptcy Law means title 10, United States Code or any other United States federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law.

US Borrower, US Guarantor or US Obligor means a Borrower or a Guarantor or an Obligor, as the case may be, incorporated under the laws of, or of any State (including the District of Columbia) of, the United States.

US Financings means the 2005 USPP Notes, the 2015 USPP Notes, the 2017 USPP Notes and the 2018 Bonds.

US GAAP means accounting principles, standards and practices generally accepted from time to time in the United States and issued or adapted by the Financial Accounting Standards Board of the United States.

U.S. Debtor Relief Laws means the U.S. Bankruptcy Law and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, judicial management or similar debtor relief laws of the United States from time to time in effect and affecting the rights of creditors generally.

 

20


US Tax Obligor means:

 

  (a)

a Borrower which is resident for tax purposes in the United States; or

 

  (b)

an Obligor some or all of whose payments under the Finance Documents are from sources within the United States for United States federal income tax purposes.

USA Patriot Act means the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001, Public Law 107-56, 115 Stat. 272 (2001), of the United States as amended.

Utilisation means a utilisation of the Facility.

Utilisation Date means the date of a Utilisation, being the date on which a Loan is to be made.

Utilisation Request means a notice substantially in the form set out in Schedule 3 (Utilisation Request).

VAT means:

 

  (a)

any Tax charged in accordance with the Value Added Tax Act 1994, as may be amended or substituted from time to time;

 

  (b)

any Tax imposed in compliance with the Council Directive of 28 November 2006 on the common system of value added tax (EC Directive 2006/112); and

 

  (c)

any other Tax of a similar nature, whether imposed in substitution for, or levied in addition to, such Tax referred to in paragraphs (a) or (b) above, or imposed elsewhere.

 

1.2

Construction

 

  (a)

Unless a contrary indication appears, any reference in this Agreement to:

 

  (i)

the Agent, the Mandated Lead Arranger, any Finance Party, any Lender, any Obligor or any Party shall be construed so as to include its successors in title, permitted assigns and permitted transferees;

 

  (ii)

assets includes present and future properties, revenues and rights of every description;

 

  (iii)

a Finance Document or any other agreement or instrument is a reference to that Finance Document or other agreement or instrument as amended, novated, supplemented, extended or restated;

 

21


  (iv)

indebtedness includes any obligation (whether incurred as principal or as surety) for the payment or repayment of money, whether present or future, actual or contingent;

 

  (v)

a person includes any person, firm, company, corporation, government, state or agency of a state or any association, trust or partnership (whether or not having separate legal personality) or two or more of the foregoing;

 

  (vi)

a regulation includes any regulation, rule, official directive, order, request or guideline (whether or not having the force of law) of any governmental, intergovernmental or supranational body, agency, department or regulatory, self-regulatory or other authority or organisation;

 

  (vii)

a provision of law is a reference to that provision as amended or re-enacted; and

 

  (viii)

unless a contrary indication appears a time of day is a reference to London time.

 

  (b)

Section, Clause and Schedule headings are for ease of reference only.

 

  (c)

Unless a contrary indication appears, a term used in any other Finance Document or in any notice given under or in connection with any Finance Document has the same meaning in that Finance Document or notice as in this Agreement.

 

  (d)

A Default (or an Event of Default) is continuing if it has not been remedied or waived.

 

  (e)

For all purposes under the Finance Documents, in connection with any division or plan of division under Delaware law (or any comparable event under a different jurisdiction’s laws):

 

  (i)

if any asset, right, obligation or liability of any Person becomes the asset, right, obligation or liability of a different Person, then it shall be deemed to have been transferred from the original Person to the subsequent Person; and

 

  (ii)

if any new Person comes into existence, such new Person shall be deemed to have been organised on the first date of its existence by the holders of its shares at such time.

 

1.3

Currency Symbols and Definitions

US$, USD and US dollars means the lawful currency for the time being of the United States of America.

 

1.4

Third Party Rights

 

  (a)

Unless expressly provided to the contrary in a Finance Document a person who is not a Party has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 (the Third Parties Act) to enforce or to enjoy the benefit of any term of this Agreement.

 

22


  (b)

Subject to Clause 35.4 (Other exceptions) but otherwise notwithstanding any term of any Finance Document, the consent of any person who is not a Party is not required to rescind or vary this Agreement at any time.

 

2.

The Facility

 

2.1

The Facility

Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Lenders make available to the Borrowers a US dollar revolving loan facility in an aggregate amount equal to the Total Commitments and the Lenders will, when requested by the Borrowers, make advances in US dollars to the Borrowers.

 

2.2

Increase

 

  (a)

During the Availability Period, the Parent may, by giving prior notice to the Agent by no later than the date falling 20 Business Days after the effective date of a cancellation of:

 

  (i)

the Available Commitments of a Defaulting Lender in accordance with Clause 8.7 (Right of cancellation in relation to a Defaulting Lender); or

 

  (ii)

the Commitments of a Lender in accordance with Clause 8.1 (Illegality),

request that the Total Commitments be increased (and the Total Commitments under the Facility shall be so increased) in an aggregate amount of up to the amount of the Available Commitments or Commitments so cancelled as follows:

 

  (A)

the increased Commitments will be assumed by one or more Lenders or other banks or financial institutions (each an Increase Lender) selected by the Parent (which shall not be a member of the Group) and each of which confirms its willingness to assume and does assume all the obligations of a Lender corresponding to that part of the increased Commitments which it is to assume, as if it had been an Original Lender;

 

  (B)

each Obligor and any Increase Lender shall assume such obligations towards one another and/or acquire rights against one another as the Obligors and the Increase Lender would have assumed and/or acquired had the Increase Lender been an Original Lender;

 

  (C)

each Increase Lender shall become a Party as a Lender and any Increase Lender and each of the other Finance Parties shall assume such obligations towards one another and acquire rights against one another as that

 

23


  Increase Lender and those Finance Parties would have assumed and/or acquired had the Increase Lender been an Original Lender;

 

  (D)

the Commitments of the other Lenders shall continue in full force and effect; and

 

  (E)

any increase in the Total Commitments shall take effect on the date specified by the Parent in the notice referred to above or any later date on which the conditions set out in paragraph (b) below are satisfied.

 

  (b)

An increase in the Total Commitments will only be effective on:

 

  (i)

the execution by the Agent of an Increase Confirmation from the relevant Increase Lender;

 

  (ii)

in relation to an Increase Lender which is not a Lender immediately prior to the relevant increase, the performance by the Agent of all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to the assumption of the increased Commitments by that Increase Lender, the completion of which the Agent shall promptly notify to the Parent and the Increase Lender.

 

  (c)

Each Increase Lender, by executing the Increase Confirmation, confirms (for the avoidance of doubt) that the Agent has authority to execute on its behalf any amendment or waiver that has been approved by or on behalf of the requisite Lender or Lenders in accordance with this Agreement on or prior to the date on which the increase becomes effective.

 

  (d)

Unless the Agent otherwise agrees or the increased Commitment is assumed by an existing Lender, the Parent shall, on the date upon which the increase takes effect, pay to the Agent (for its own account) a fee of US$3,000 and the Parent shall promptly on demand pay the Agent the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) reasonably incurred by it in connection with any increase in Commitments under this Clause 2.2.

 

  (e)

The Parent may pay to the Increase Lender a fee in the amount and at the times agreed between the Parent and the Increase Lender in a letter between the Parent and the Increase Lender setting out that fee.

 

  (f)

Clause 23.5 (Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders) shall apply mutatis mutandis in this Clause 2.2 in relation to an Increase Lender as if references in that Clause to:

 

  (i)

an Existing Lender were references to all the Lenders immediately prior to the relevant increase;

 

  (ii)

the New Lender were references to that Increase Lender; and

 

24


  (iii)

a re-transfer and re-assignment were references to respectively a transfer and assignment.

 

2.3

Finance Parties’ rights and obligations

 

  (a)

The obligations of each Finance Party under the Finance Documents are several. Failure by a Finance Party to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents does not affect the obligations of any other Party under the Finance Documents. No Finance Party is responsible for the obligations of any other Finance Party under the Finance Documents.

 

  (b)

The rights of each Finance Party under or in connection with the Finance Documents are separate and independent rights and any debt arising under the Finance Documents to a Finance Party from an Obligor is a separate and independent debt in respect of which a Finance Party shall be entitled to enforce its rights in accordance with paragraph (c) below. The rights of each Finance Party include any debt owing to that Finance Party under the Finance Documents and, for the avoidance of doubt, any part of a Loan or any other amount owed by an Obligor which relates to a Finance Party’s participation in the Facility or its role under a Finance Document (including any such amount payable to the Agent on its behalf) is a debt owing to that Finance Party by that Obligor.

 

  (c)

A Finance Party may, except as specifically provided in the Finance Documents, separately enforce its rights under or in connection with the Finance Documents.

 

3.

Purpose

 

3.1

Purpose

Each Borrower shall apply all amounts borrowed by it under the Facility in or towards the general corporate purposes of the Group.

 

3.2

Monitoring

No Finance Party is bound to monitor or verify the application of any amount borrowed pursuant to this Agreement.

 

4.

Conditions of utilisation

 

4.1

Initial conditions precedent

No Borrower may deliver a Utilisation Request unless the Agent has received all of the documents and other evidence listed in Part A of Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent) in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent (acting reasonably). The Agent shall notify the Parent and the Lenders promptly upon being so satisfied.

 

25


4.2

Further conditions precedent

The Lenders will only be obliged to comply with Clause 5.4 (Lenders’ participation) if on the date of the Utilisation Request and on the proposed Utilisation Date:

 

  (a)

in the case of a Rollover Loan, no Event of Default is continuing or would result from the proposed Loan and, in the case of any other Loan, no Default is continuing or would result from the proposed Loan; and

 

  (b)

the Repeating Representations to be made by each Obligor are true in all material respects.

 

4.3

Maximum number of Loans

A Borrower may not deliver a Utilisation Request if as a result of the proposed Utilisation 5 or more Loans would be outstanding.

 

5.

Utilisation

 

5.1

Delivery of a Utilisation Request

A Borrower may utilise the Facility by delivery to the Agent of a duly completed Utilisation Request not later than the Specified Time.

 

5.2

Completion of a Utilisation Request

 

  (a)

Each Utilisation Request is irrevocable and will not be regarded as having been duly completed unless:

 

  (i)

the proposed Utilisation Date is a Business Day within the applicable Availability Period;

 

  (ii)

it identifies the Borrower;

 

  (iii)

the currency and amount of the Utilisation comply with Clause 5.3 (Currency and amount); and

 

  (iv)

the proposed Interest Period complies with Clause 10 (Interest Periods).

 

  (b)

Only one Loan may be requested in each Utilisation Request.

 

5.3

Currency and amount

 

  (a)

The currency specified in a Utilisation Request must be US dollars.

 

  (b)

Unless otherwise agreed by the Lenders, the amount of the proposed Loan must be a minimum of US$10,000,000 or, if less, the Available Facility.

 

5.4

Lenders’ participation

 

  (a)

If the conditions set out in this Agreement have been met, and subject to Clause 7.1 (Repayment of Loans) each Lender shall make its participation in each Loan available by the Utilisation Date through its Facility Office.

 

26


  (b)

The amount of each Lender’s participation in each Loan will be equal to the proportion borne by its Available Commitment to the Available Facility immediately prior to making the Loan.

 

  (c)

The Agent shall notify each Lender of the amount of each Loan and the amount of its participation in that Loan, in each case by the Specified Time.

 

6.

Extension option

 

  (a)

A Borrower (or the Parent on behalf of a Borrower) may by notice to the Agent (the Extension Request) not more than 60 days and not less than 30 days before the first anniversary of the Effective Date (the First Anniversary), request that the Termination Date be extended for a further period of 364 days.

 

  (b)

The Agent must promptly notify the Lenders of any Extension Request.

 

  (c)

Each Lender may, in its sole discretion, agree to any Extension Request. Subject to no Event of Default being continuing on the First Anniversary, each Lender that agrees to an Extension Request by the date falling 10 days before the First Anniversary will extend its Commitments for a further period of 364 days from the then current Termination Date and the Termination Date with respect to the Commitments of that Lender will be extended accordingly.

 

  (d)

If any Lender fails to reply to an Extension Request on or before the date falling 10 days before the First Anniversary, it will be deemed to have refused that Extension Request and its Commitments will not be extended.

 

  (e)

Subject to paragraph (g) below, an Extension Request is irrevocable.

 

  (f)

If one or more (but not all) of the Lenders agree to an Extension Request, then the Agent must notify the Borrower and the Lenders which have agreed to the extension, identifying in that notification which Lenders have not agreed to the Extension Request.

 

  (g)

The Borrower (or the Parent on behalf of a Borrower) may, on the basis that one or more of the Lenders have not agreed to the Extension Request and no later than the date falling 5 days before the First Anniversary, withdraw the request by notice to the Agent which will promptly notify the Lenders.

 

  (h)

If the Extension Request is accepted by the Lenders, the Parent shall pay a fee equal to 0.10 per cent. of each extending Lender’s Commitment. This fee shall be paid to the Agent (for the account of the extending Lenders) within five Business Days from the date on which the Termination Date is extended.

 

27


7.

Repayment

 

7.1

Repayment of Loans

 

  (a)

Each Borrower which has drawn a Loan shall repay that Loan on the last day of its Interest Period.

 

  (b)

Without prejudice to each Borrower’s obligation under paragraph (a) above, if one or more Loans are to be made available to a Borrower:

 

  (i)

on the same day that a maturing Loan is due to be repaid by that Borrower; and

 

  (ii)

in whole or in part for the purpose of refinancing the maturing Loan;

the aggregate amount of the new Loans shall be treated as if applied in or towards repayment of the maturing Loan so that:

 

  (A)

if the amount of the maturing Loan exceeds the aggregate amount of the new Loans:

 

  (I)

the relevant Borrower will only be required to pay an amount in cash equal to that excess; and

 

  (II)

each Lender’s participation (if any) in the new Loans shall be treated as having been made available and applied by the relevant Borrower in or towards repayment of that Lender’s participation (if any) in the maturing Loan and that Lender will not be required to make its participation in the new Loans available in cash; and

 

  (B)

if the amount of the maturing Loan is equal to or less than the aggregate amount of the new Loans:

 

  (I)

the relevant Borrower will not be required to make any payment in cash; and

 

  (II)

each Lender will be required to make its participation in the new Loans available in cash only to the extent that its participation (if any) in the new Loans exceeds that Lender’s participation (if any) in the maturing Loan and the remainder of that Lender’s participation in the new Loans shall be treated as having been made available and applied by the relevant Borrower in or towards repayment of that Lender’s participation in the maturing Loan.

 

  (c)

Each Borrower shall repay all outstanding Loans in full on the applicable Termination Date.

 

28


8.

Prepayment and cancellation

 

8.1

Illegality

If, in any applicable jurisdiction, it becomes unlawful for any Lender to perform any of its obligations as contemplated by this Agreement or to fund or maintain its participation in any Loan or it becomes unlawful for any Affiliate of a Lender for that Lender to do so:

 

  (a)

that Lender shall promptly notify the Agent upon becoming aware of that event;

 

  (b)

upon the Agent notifying the Parent, the Commitment of that Lender will be immediately cancelled; and

 

  (c)

each Borrower shall repay that Lender’s participation in the Loans made to that Borrower on the last day of the Interest Period for each Loan occurring after the Agent has notified the Parent or, if earlier, the date specified by the Lender in the notice delivered to the Agent (being no earlier than the last day of any applicable grace period permitted by law) and that Lender’s corresponding Commitment shall be cancelled in the amount of the participations repaid.

 

8.2

Change of control

 

  (a)

Subject to paragraph (c) below, if any person (whether alone or together with any associated person or persons) gains control at any time of the Parent or, following a Permitted Change of Control, the New Holding Company:

 

  (i)

the Parent, or the New Holding Company, as the case may be, shall promptly notify the Agent upon becoming aware of that event;

 

  (ii)

the Parties agree to consult in good faith and consider any proposed amendments to the terms hereof; and

 

  (iii)

if no agreement is reached between the Parties within 30 days of the notification in subparagraph (i) above, if a Lender so requires the Agent shall, by not less than five days’ notice to the Parent cancel the Commitment of that Lender and declare the participation of that Lender in all outstanding Loans, together with accrued interest, and all other amounts accrued under the Finance Documents immediately due and payable, whereupon the Commitment of that Lender will be cancelled and all such participations in outstanding Loans, accrued interest and other amounts will become immediately due and payable.

 

  (b)

For the purpose of paragraph (a) above associated persons means, in relation to any person, a person who is acting in concert (as defined in the City Code on Takeover and Mergers) with that person or is a connected person (as defined in Section 839 of the Income and Corporation Taxes Act 1988) of that person and control means the power (directly or indirectly) to direct the management and policies of an entity whether through the ownership of voting capital, by contract or otherwise.

 

29


  (c)

Paragraph (a) above shall not apply to any situation in which, as a result of any bona fide scheme of arrangement, offer, arrangement or reorganisation in respect of the Parent and/or the Group, one or more companies (the ultimate Holding Company of such companies or corporations being the New Holding Company) are interposed between the Parent and those persons (the Existing Shareholders) which are the Parent’s shareholders immediately prior to the relevant transaction taking place (the Permitted Change of Control) provided that:

 

  (i)

the New Holding Company (and any of its Subsidiaries which is a Holding Company of the Parent) becomes an Additional Guarantor within 30 days of the date on which the Permitted Change of Control comes into effect; and

 

  (ii)

the Existing Shareholders control the New Holding Company and the Parent after the Permitted Change of Control occurs.

 

  (d)

If a Permitted Change of Control occurs, the Parent and the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) shall enter into negotiations in good faith for a period not exceeding 30 days with a view to agreeing any amendments to this Agreement which are necessary as a result of the Permitted Change of Control. If any amendments are agreed they shall take effect and be binding on each of the Parties in accordance with their terms. If no amendments have been agreed within such 30 day period, the Parties agree that this Agreement will be amended only to the extent that the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) reasonably specifies is necessary:

 

  (i)

to enable the New Holding Company and each Subsidiary of the New Holding Company which is also a Holding Company of the Parent to become a party to this Agreement as an Additional Guarantor; and

 

  (ii)

to reflect any requirements of the law of the jurisdiction in which each such person is incorporated (the Local Law), to ensure that each such proposed Additional Guarantor is able to comply with its obligations under this Agreement to the fullest extent permitted by each relevant Local Law.

 

8.3

Cancellation at end of Availability Period

At the end of the last day of any Availability Period, any Available Commitments will be automatically cancelled.

 

8.4

Voluntary cancellation

The Parent may, if it gives the Agent not less than five Business Days’ (or such shorter period as the Majority Lenders may agree) prior written notice, cancel the whole or any part (being a minimum amount of US$10,000,000) of the Available Facility. Any cancellation under this Clause 8.4 shall reduce the Commitments of the Lenders rateably.

 

30


8.5

Voluntary Prepayment of Loans

The Borrower to which a Loan has been made may, if it gives the Agent not less than five Business Days’ (or such shorter period as the Majority Lenders may agree) prior written notice, prepay the whole or any part of a Loan (but if in part, being an amount that reduces the Loan by a minimum amount of US$5,000,000).

 

8.6

Right of repayment and cancellation in relation to a single Lender

 

  (a)

If:

 

  (i)

any sum payable to any Lender by an Obligor is required to be increased under paragraph (c) of Clause 13.2 (Tax gross-up); or

 

  (ii)

any Lender claims indemnification from the Parent under Clause 13.9 (Tax Indemnity) or Clause 14 (Increased Costs),

the Parent may, whilst the circumstance giving rise to the requirement for indemnification continues, give the Agent notice of cancellation of the Commitment of that Lender and its intention to procure the repayment of that Lender’s participation in the Loans.

 

  (b)

On receipt of a notice referred to in paragraph (a) above, the Available Commitment of that Lender shall immediately be reduced to zero.

 

  (c)

On the last day of each Interest Period which ends after the Parent has given notice under paragraph (a) above each Borrower to which a Loan is outstanding shall repay that Lender’s participation in that Loan and the Commitment of the Lender shall immediately be reduced to zero.

 

8.7

Right of cancellation in relation to a Defaulting Lender

 

  (a)

If any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, the Parent may, at any time whilst the Lender continues to be a Defaulting Lender, give the Agent five Business Days’ notice of cancellation of the Available Commitment of that Lender.

 

  (b)

On the notice referred to in paragraph (a) above becoming effective, the Available Commitment of the Defaulting Lender shall immediately be reduced to zero.

 

  (c)

The Agent shall as soon as practicable after receipt of a notice referred to in paragraph (a) above, notify all the Lenders.

 

8.8

Other provisions relating to prepayment and cancellation

 

  (a)

Any notice of cancellation or prepayment given by any Party under this Clause 8 shall be irrevocable and, unless a contrary indication appears in this Agreement, shall specify the date or dates upon which the relevant cancellation or prepayment is to be made and the amount of that cancellation or prepayment.

 

31


  (b)

Any prepayment under this Agreement shall be made together with accrued interest on the amount prepaid and, subject to any Break Costs, without premium or penalty.

 

  (c)

Unless a contrary indication appears in this Agreement, any part of the Facility which is prepaid may be reborrowed in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

  (d)

The Borrowers shall not repay or prepay all or any part of the Loans or cancel all or any part of the Commitments except at the times and in the manner expressly provided for in this Agreement.

 

  (e)

Subject to Clause 2.2 (Increase), no amount of the Total Commitments cancelled under this Agreement may be subsequently reinstated.

 

  (f)

Unless a contrary indication appears in this Agreement, any cancellation shall be made pro rata to the Commitments of each Lender.

 

  (g)

If the Agent receives a notice under this Clause 8 it shall promptly forward a copy of that notice to either the Parent or the affected Lender, as appropriate.

 

9.

Interest

 

9.1

Calculation of interest

The rate of interest on each Loan for each Interest Period is the percentage rate per annum which is the aggregate of the applicable:

 

  (a)

Margin; and

 

  (b)

LIBOR.

 

9.2

Payment of interest

The Borrower to which a Loan has been made shall pay accrued interest on that Loan on the last day of each Interest Period (and, if the Interest Period is longer than six Months, on the dates falling at six monthly intervals after the first day of the Interest Period).

 

9.3

Default interest

 

  (a)

If an Obligor fails to pay any amount payable by it under a Finance Document on its due date, interest shall accrue on the overdue amount from the due date up to the date of actual payment (both before and after judgment) at a rate which is 1.00 per cent higher than the rate which would have been payable if the overdue amount had, during the period of non-payment, constituted a Loan in the currency of the overdue amount for successive Interest Periods, each of a duration selected by the Agent (acting reasonably). Any interest accruing under this Clause 9.3 shall be immediately payable by the Obligor on demand by the Agent.

 

32


  (b)

Default interest (if unpaid) arising on an overdue amount will be compounded with the overdue amount at the end of each Interest Period applicable to that overdue amount but will remain immediately due and payable.

 

9.4

Notification of rates of interest

The Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders and the relevant Borrower of the determination of a rate of interest under this Agreement.

 

9.5

Modification and/or discontinuation of certain benchmarks

Without prejudice to any other provisions of this Agreement (including in particular this Clause 9 and Clause 35.5 (Replacement of Screen Rate), each Party acknowledges and agrees for the benefit of the other Parties that:

 

  (a)

interbank offer rate benchmarks (i) may be subject to methodological or other changes which could affect their value, (ii) may not comply with applicable laws and regulations (such as the Regulation (EU) 2016/1011 of the European Parliament and of the Council, as amended (EU Benchmarks Regulation)) and/or (iii) may be permanently discontinued; and

 

  (b)

the occurrence of any of the aforementioned events and/or a Screen Rate Replacement Event may have adverse consequences which may materially impact the economics of the financing transaction contemplated under this Agreement.

 

10.

Interest periods

 

10.1

Selection of Interest Periods

 

  (a)

A Borrower (or the Parent on behalf of a Borrower) may select an Interest Period for a Loan in the Utilisation Request for that Loan.

 

  (b)

Subject to this Clause 10, a Borrower (or the Parent) may select an Interest Period of one week, one Month, two, three or six Months or any other period agreed between the Parent and the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders if the requested period is less than six Months or acting on the instructions of all the Lenders if the requested period is more than six Months).

 

  (c)

Notwithstanding Clause 10.2 (Non-Business Days), an Interest Period for a Loan shall not extend beyond the applicable Termination Date.

 

  (d)

Each Interest Period for a Loan shall start on the Utilisation Date.

 

  (e)

A Loan has one Interest Period only.

 

  (f)

A Borrower (or the Parent on behalf of a Borrower) may only select up to ten (10) one week Interest Periods in any calendar year.

 

33


10.2

Non-Business Days

If an Interest Period would otherwise end on a day which is not a Business Day, that Interest Period will instead end on the next Business Day in that calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not).

 

11.

Changes to the calculation of interest

 

11.1

Unavailability of Screen Rate

 

  (a)

Interpolated Screen Rate: If no Screen Rate is available for LIBOR for the Interest Period of a Loan, the applicable LIBOR shall be the Interpolated Screen Rate for a period equal in length to the Interest Period of that Loan.

 

  (b)

Cost of funds: If no Screen Rate is available for LIBOR for:

 

  (i)

US dollars; or

 

  (ii)

the Interest Period of a Loan and it is not possible to calculate the Interpolated Screen Rate,

there shall be no LIBOR for that Loan and Clause 11.3 (Cost of funds) shall apply to that Loan for that Interest Period.

 

11.2

Market disruption

If before close of business in London on the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest Period the Agent receives notifications from a Lender or Lenders (whose participations in a Loan exceed 35 per cent. of that Loan) that the cost to it of funding its participation in that Loan from whatever source it may reasonably select would be in excess of LIBOR then Clause 11.3 (Cost of funds) shall apply to that Loan for the relevant Interest Period.

 

11.3

Cost of funds

 

  (a)

If this Clause 11.3 applies, the rate of interest on each Lender’s share of the relevant Loan for the relevant Interest Period shall be the percentage rate per annum which is the sum of:

 

  (i)

the Margin; and

 

  (ii)

the rate notified to the Agent by that Lender as soon as practicable and in any event before interest is due to be paid in respect of that Interest Period, to be that which expresses as a percentage rate per annum the cost to that Lender of funding its participation in that Loan from whatever source it may reasonably select.

 

  (b)

If this Clause 11.3 applies and the Agent or the Parent so requires, the Agent and the Parent shall enter into negotiations (for a period of not more than 30 days) with a view to agreeing a substitute basis for determining the rate of interest.

 

34


  (c)

Any alternative basis agreed pursuant to paragraph (b) above shall, with the prior consent of all the Lenders and the Parent, be binding on all Parties.

 

11.4

Break Costs

 

  (a)

Each Borrower shall, within three Business Days of demand by a Finance Party, pay to that Finance Party its Break Costs attributable to all or any part of a Loan or Unpaid Sum being paid by that Borrower on a day other than the last day of an Interest Period for that Loan or Unpaid Sum.

 

  (b)

Each Lender shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after a demand by the Agent, provide a certificate confirming the amount of its Break Costs for any Interest Period in which they accrue.

 

12.

Fees

 

12.1

Commitment fee

 

  (a)

The Parent shall pay to the Agent (for the account of each Lender) a fee computed at the rate of 35 per cent of the applicable Margin per annum on that Lender’s Available Commitment during the applicable Availability Period.

 

  (b)

The accrued commitment fee is payable in arrear:

 

  (i)

on the last day of each successive period of three Months ending on 31 January, 30 April, 31 July and 31 October in each year prior to the end of the applicable Availability Period;

 

  (ii)

on the last day of the applicable Availability Period;

 

  (iii)

on any earlier day when the Total Commitments are reduced to zero; and

 

  (iv)

to a particular Lender on the date on which that Lender’s participations are repaid and its Commitment cancelled as provided for in Clause 8.6 (Right of repayment and cancellation in relation to a single Lender).

 

  (c)

No commitment fee is payable to the Agent (for the account of a Lender) on any Available Commitment of that Lender for any date on which that Lender is a Defaulting Lender.

 

12.2

Upfront fee

The Parent shall pay to the Agent (for the account of the Mandated Lead Arranger) an upfront fee of US$750,000 (being 0.15 per cent. of the Total Commitments at the date of this Agreement) within 10 Business Days of the Effective Date.

 

35


13.

Tax gross up

 

13.1

Definitions

 

  (a)

In this Agreement:

Borrower DTTP Filing means an HM Revenue & Customs’ Form DTTP, duly completed and filed by the relevant Borrower, which:

 

  (i)

where it relates to a UK Treaty Lender that is an Original Lender, contains the scheme reference number and jurisdiction of tax residence stated opposite that Lender’s name in Schedule 1 (The Original Parties), and

 

  (A)

where the UK Borrower is an Original Borrower, is filed with HM Revenue & Customs within 30 days of the date of this Agreement; or

 

  (B)

where the UK Borrower is an Additional Borrower, is filed with HM Revenue & Customs within 30 days of the date on which that UK Borrower becomes an Additional Borrower; or

 

  (ii)

where it relates to a UK Treaty Lender that is not an Original Lender, contains the scheme reference number and jurisdiction of tax residence stated in respect of that Lender in the documentation which it executes on becoming a Party as a Lender; and

 

  (A)

where the UK Borrower is a Borrower as at the date on which that Treaty Lender becomes a Party as a Lender, is filed with HM Revenue & Customs within 30 days of that date; or

 

  (B)

where the UK Borrower is not a Borrower as at the date on which that Treaty Lender becomes a Party as a Lender, is filed with HM Revenue & Customs within 30 days of the date on which that Borrower becomes an Additional Borrower.

Change of Law means any change which occurs after the date of this Agreement or, if later, after the date on which the relevant Lender became a Lender pursuant to this Agreement (as applicable) in any law, regulation or treaty (or in the interpretation, administration or application of any law, regulation or treaty) or any published practice or published concession of any relevant tax authority.

Protected Party means a Finance Party which is or will be subject to any liability, or required to make any payment, for or on account of Tax in relation to a sum received or receivable (or any sum deemed for the purposes of Tax to be received or receivable) under a Finance Document.

 

36


Tax Confirmation means a confirmation by a Lender that the person beneficially entitled to interest payable to that Lender in respect of an advance under a Finance Document is either:

 

  (i)

a company resident in the United Kingdom for United Kingdom tax purposes;

 

  (ii)

a partnership each member of which is:

 

  (A)

a company so resident in the United Kingdom; or

 

  (B)

a company not so resident in the United Kingdom which carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment and which brings into account in computing its chargeable profits (within the meaning of section 19 of the CTA) the whole of any share of interest payable in respect of that advance that falls to it by reason of Part 17 of the CTA; or

 

  (iii)

a company not so resident in the United Kingdom which carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment and which brings into account interest payable in respect of that advance in computing the chargeable profits (within the meaning of section 19 of the CTA) of that company.

Tax Credit means a credit against, relief or remission for, or repayment of any Tax.

Tax Deduction means a deduction or withholding for or on account of Tax from a payment under a Finance Document, other than a FATCA Deduction.

Tax Payment means an increased payment made by an Obligor to a Finance Party under Clause 13.2 (Tax gross-up).

UK Non-Bank Lender means a Lender which is not an Original Lender and which gives a Tax Confirmation in the documentation which it executes on becoming a Party as a Lender.

UK Qualifying Lender means:

 

  (i)

a Lender which is beneficially entitled to interest payable to that Lender in respect of an advance under a Finance Document and is:

 

  (A)

a Lender:

 

  (I)

which is a bank (as defined for the purpose of section 879 of the ITA) making an advance under a Finance Document and is within the charge to United Kingdom corporation tax as respects any payments of interest made in respect of that advance or would be within such charge as respects such payments apart from section 18A of the CTA; or

 

37


  (II)

in respect of an advance made under a Finance Document by a person that was a bank (as defined for the purpose of section 879 of the ITA) at the time that that advance was made and which is within the charge to United Kingdom corporation tax as respects any payments of interest made in respect of that advance; or

 

  (B)

a Lender which is:

 

  (I)

a company resident in the United Kingdom for United Kingdom tax purposes;

 

  (II)

a partnership each member of which is:

 

  (aa)

a company so resident in the United Kingdom; or

 

  (bb)

a company not so resident in the United Kingdom which carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment and which brings into account in computing its chargeable profits (within the meaning of section 19 of the CTA) the whole of any share of interest payable in respect of that advance that falls to it by reason of Part 17 of the CTA;

 

  (III)

a company not so resident in the United Kingdom which carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment and which brings into account interest payable in respect of that advance in computing the chargeable profits (within the meaning of section 19 of the CTA) of that company; or

 

  (C)

a UK Treaty Lender; or

 

  (ii)

a Lender which is a building society (as defined for the purpose of section 880 of the ITA) making an advance under a Finance Document.

UK Treaty Lender means a Lender which:

 

  (i)

is treated as a resident of a UK Treaty State for the purposes of the relevant UK Treaty;

 

  (ii)

does not carry on a business in the United Kingdom through a permanent establishment with which that Lender’s participation in the Loan is effectively connected; and

 

38


  (iii)

meets all other requirements in the relevant UK Treaty for full exemption from United Kingdom Tax on interest payable under the Finance Documents, except that for this purpose it shall be assumed that any necessary procedural formalities are fulfilled.

UK Treaty State means a jurisdiction having a double taxation agreement (a UK Treaty) with the United Kingdom which makes provision for full exemption from tax imposed by the United Kingdom on interest.

U.S. Qualifying Lender means a Lender which is a person which:

 

  (i)

is a United States person (as defined in section 7701(a)(30) of the Code); or

 

  (ii)

is not a United States person (as so defined) but is entitled to a complete exemption from, or a full refund of, withholding of U.S. federal income tax on interest payable to it on such date in respect of any Loan; or

 

  (iii)

in the case of a Lender, that is not a United States person (as so defined), that acquires a Loan through an assignment or transfer from another U.S. Qualifying Lender after the date of this Agreement, is entitled to the same, or a lower, rate of withholding of U.S. federal income tax on interest payable to the assigning or transferring U.S. Qualifying Lender on the date the Loan in assigned or transferred.

Withholding Form means IRS Form W-8BEN, W-8BEN-E, W-8ECI or W-9 (or in each case, any substitute or successor form thereto) either directly or under cover of IRS Form W-8IMY (or any substitute or successor form) or any other IRS form by which a person may validly claim complete exemption from withholding of U.S. federal income tax on interest payments to that person (or, in the case of a Lender that acquires a Loan through an assignment or transfer from another Lender after the date of this Agreement, claiming a rate of withholding of U.S. federal income tax on interest payments equal to, or lower than, the rate of withholding of U.S. federal income tax on interest payments to the assigning or transferring Lender on the date the Loan in assigned or transferred); provided, that in the case of IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (including as an attachment to IRS Form W-8IMY), the Lender presenting such IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E either:

 

  (i)

has claimed eligibility for benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States of America is a party and establishing a complete exemption from withholding of U.S. federal income tax on interest payments pursuant to such treaty; or

 

  (ii)

has claimed the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 871(h) or 881(c) of the Code and attached thereto a certificate to the effect that such Lender is not (x) a “bank” described in Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (y) a “10 percent

 

39


  shareholder” of any of the Obligors within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3) or 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code; or (z) a “controlled foreign corporation” described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code.

 

  (b)

In this Clause 13 a reference to determines or determined means a determination made in good faith in the absolute discretion of the person making the determination.

 

13.2

Tax gross-up

 

  (a)

Each Obligor shall make all payments to be made by it without any Tax Deduction, unless a Tax Deduction is required by law.

 

  (b)

The Parent or a Finance Party shall promptly upon becoming aware that an Obligor must make a Tax Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of a Tax Deduction) notify the Agent accordingly. If the Agent receives such notification from a Lender it shall notify the Parent and that Obligor.

 

  (c)

If a Tax Deduction is required by law to be made by an Obligor, the amount of the payment due from that Obligor shall be increased to an amount which (after making any Tax Deduction) leaves an amount equal to the payment which would have been due if no Tax Deduction had been required.

 

  (d)

A payment shall not be increased under paragraph (c) above by reason of a Tax Deduction on account of Tax imposed by the United Kingdom, if on the date on which the payment falls due:

 

  (i)

the payment could have been made to the relevant Lender without a Tax Deduction if the Lender had been a UK Qualifying Lender, but on that date that Lender is not or has ceased to be a UK Qualifying Lender other than as a result of any change after the date it became a Lender under this Agreement in (or in the interpretation, administration, or application of) any law or UK Treaty or any published practice or published concession of any relevant taxing authority; or

 

  (ii)

the relevant Lender is a UK Qualifying Lender solely by virtue of paragraph (i)(B) of the definition of UK Qualifying Lender and:

 

  (A)

an officer of H.M. Revenue & Customs has given (and not revoked) a direction (a Direction) under section 931 of the ITA which relates to the payment and that Lender has received from the Obligor making the payment or from the Parent a certified copy of that Direction; and

 

  (B)

the payment could have been made to the Lender without any Tax Deduction if that Direction had not been made; or

 

40


  (iii)

the relevant Lender is a UK Qualifying Lender solely by virtue of paragraph (i)(B) of the definition of UK Qualifying Lender and:

 

  (A)

the relevant Lender has not given a Tax Confirmation to the Parent; and

 

  (B)

the payment could have been made to the Lender without any Tax Deduction if the Lender had given a Tax Confirmation to the Parent, on the basis that the Tax Confirmation would have enabled the Parent to have formed a reasonable belief that the payment was an “excepted payment” for the purpose of section 930 of the ITA; or

 

  (iv)

the relevant Lender is a UK Treaty Lender and the Obligor making the payment is able to demonstrate that the payment could have been made to the Lender without the Tax Deduction had that Lender complied with its obligations under paragraph (h) or (i) (as applicable) below.

 

  (e)

A payment shall not be increased under paragraph (c) above by reason of a Tax Deduction on account of a Tax imposed by the United States, if on the date on which the payment falls due the payment could have been made to the relevant Lender without a Tax Deduction if the Lender had been a U.S. Qualifying Lender, but on that date that Lender is not or has ceased to be a U.S. Qualifying Lender other than as a result of any Change of Law.

Provided, however, that no payment will be due to the extent that a Tax Deduction is imposed as a result of the US Tax Obligor not being provided with a duly completed Withholding Form by a Lender if such Lender was required to do so under paragraph (l) below.

 

  (f)

If an Obligor is required to make a Tax Deduction, that Obligor shall make that Tax Deduction and any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction within the time allowed and in the minimum amount required by law.

 

  (g)

Within 30 days of making either a Tax Deduction or any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction, the Obligor making that Tax Deduction shall deliver to the Agent for the Finance Party entitled to the payment a statement under section 975 of the ITA or other evidence reasonably satisfactory to that Finance Party that the Tax Deduction has been made or (as applicable) any appropriate payment paid to the relevant taxing authority.

 

  (h)

 

  (i)

Subject to paragraph (ii) below, a UK Treaty Lender and each Obligor which makes a payment to which that UK Treaty Lender is entitled shall co-operate in completing any procedural formalities necessary for that Obligor to obtain authorisation to

 

41


  make that payment without a Tax Deduction, including, to the extent reasonably practicable, making and filing an appropriate application for relief under the relevant UK Treaty.

 

  (ii)

 

  (A)

A UK Treaty Lender which is an Original Lender and that holds a passport under the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme, and which wishes that scheme to apply to this Agreement, shall confirm its scheme reference number and its jurisdiction of tax residence opposite its name in Part C of Schedule 1 (The Original Parties); and

 

  (B)

a UK Treaty Lender which is not an Original Lender and that holds a passport under the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme, and which wishes that scheme to apply to this Agreement, shall confirm its scheme reference number and its jurisdiction of tax residence in the documentation which it executes on becoming a Party as a Lender,

and, having done so, that Lender shall be under no obligation pursuant to paragraph (h) above.

 

  (i)

If a UK Treaty Lender has confirmed its scheme reference number and its jurisdiction of tax residence in accordance with paragraph (h)(ii) above and:

 

  (i)

a UK Borrower making a payment to that Lender has not made a Borrower DTTP Filing in respect of that Lender; or

 

  (ii)

a UK Borrower making a payment to that Lender has made a Borrower DTTP Filing in respect of that Lender but:

 

  (A)

that Borrower DTTP Filing has been rejected by HM Revenue & Customs; or

 

  (B)

HM Revenue & Customs has not given the UK Borrower authority to make payments to that Lender without a Tax Deduction within 60 days of the date of the Borrower DTTP Filing,

and in each case, the UK Borrower has notified that Lender in writing, that Lender and the UK Borrower shall co-operate in completing any additional procedural formalities necessary for that UK Borrower to obtain authorisation to make that payment without a Tax Deduction.

 

  (j)

If a UK Treaty Lender has not confirmed its scheme reference number and jurisdiction of tax residence in accordance with paragraph (h)(ii) above, no Obligor shall make a Borrower DTTP Filing or file any other form relating to the HMRC DT Treaty Passport scheme in respect of that Lender’s Commitment(s) or its participation in any Loan unless the Lender otherwise agrees.

 

42


  (k)

A UK Borrower shall, promptly on making a Borrower DTTP Filing, deliver a copy of that Borrower DTTP Filing to the Agent for delivery to the relevant Lender.

 

  (l)

In relation to each Borrower which is a US Borrower, each Lender which is a U.S. Qualifying Lender shall submit to that Borrower, on or prior to the date on which such U.S. Qualifying Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of that Borrower) and before any payments of interest are made, two duly completed and signed copies of the relevant Withholding Form. However, no Lender shall be required to submit any Withholding Form if that Lender is not allowed validly to do so as a result of a Change of Law after the date such Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement, and in which case the Lender shall immediately inform the Parent and provide the reason as to why it is not allowed validly to do so. The Lender shall also notify the Borrower and the Parent if any Withholding Form previously delivered becomes obsolete or inaccurate in any respect. In any such circumstances, the Lender shall take all necessary but commercially reasonable steps to obtain any exemption (if any) from US federal withholding tax on interest payable by the relevant Borrower to that Lender on Loans under this Agreement that is available to that Lender in the circumstances.

 

  (m)

A UK Non-Bank Lender shall promptly notify the Parent and the Agent if there is any change in the position from that set out in the Tax Confirmation.

 

13.3

Tax Credit

If an Obligor makes a Tax Payment and the relevant Finance Party determines that:

 

  (a)

a Tax Credit is attributable to an increased payment of which that Tax Payment forms part, to that Tax Payment or to a Tax Deduction in consequence of which that Tax Payment was required; and

 

  (b)

that Finance Party has obtained and utilised that Tax Credit,

the Finance Party shall pay an amount to the Obligor which that Finance Party determines will leave it (after that payment) in the same after-Tax position as it would have been in had the Tax Payment not been required to be made by the Obligor.

 

13.4

Lender Status Confirmation

 

  (a)

Each Lender which becomes a Party to this Agreement after the date of this Agreement shall indicate in the Transfer Certificate or Increase Confirmation (as appropriate) which it executes on becoming a Party as a Lender, and for the benefit of the Agent, which of the following categories it falls in:

 

  (i)

with respect to a UK Borrower:

 

  (A)

not a UK Qualifying Lender;

 

43


  (B)

a UK Qualifying Lender (other than a UK Treaty Lender);

 

  (C)

a UK Treaty Lender;

 

  (ii)

with respect to a US Borrower:

 

  (A)

a U.S. Qualifying Lender; or

 

  (B)

not a U.S. Qualifying Lender.

If such Lender fails to indicate its status in accordance with this Clause 13.4 then such Lender shall be treated for the purposes of this Agreement (including by each Obligor) as if it is not a UK Qualifying Lender or a U.S. Qualifying Lender until such time as it notifies the Agent which category applies (and the Agent, upon receipt of such notification, shall inform the Parent). For the avoidance of doubt, a Transfer Certificate or Increase Confirmation shall not be invalidated by any failure of a Lender to comply with this Clause 13.4.

 

13.5

Stamp taxes

The Parent shall pay and, within three Business Days of demand, indemnify each Finance Party against any cost, loss or liability that Finance Party incurs in relation to all stamp duty, registration and other similar Taxes payable in respect of any Finance Document.

 

13.6

Value added tax

 

  (a)

All amounts set out or expressed in a Finance Document to be payable by any Party to a Finance Party which (in whole or in part) constitute the consideration for a supply or supplies for VAT purposes shall be deemed to be exclusive of any VAT which is chargeable on such supply or supplies, and accordingly, subject to paragraph (b) below, if VAT is or becomes chargeable on any supply made by any Finance Party to any Party under a Finance Document, and such Finance Party is required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT, that Party shall pay to the Finance Party (in addition to and at the same time as paying any other consideration for such supply) an amount equal to the amount of such VAT (and such Finance Party shall promptly provide an appropriate VAT invoice to such Party).

 

  (b)

If VAT is or becomes chargeable on any supply made by any Finance Party (the Supplier) to any other Finance Party (the Recipient) under a Finance Document, and any Party other than the Recipient (the Subject Party) is required by the terms of any Finance Document to pay an amount equal to the consideration for such supply to the Supplier (rather than being required to reimburse the Recipient in respect of that consideration):

 

  (i)

(where the Supplier is the person required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT), the Subject Party shall also

 

44


  pay to the Supplier (in addition to and at the same time as paying such amount) an amount equal to the amount of such VAT. The Recipient will (where this paragraph (i) applies) promptly pay to the Subject Party an amount equal to any credit or repayment obtained by the Recipient from the relevant tax authority which the Recipient reasonably determines is in respect of such VAT; and

 

  (ii)

(where the Recipient is the person required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT) the Subject Party must promptly, following demand from the Recipient, pay to the Recipient an amount equal to the VAT chargeable on that supply but only to the extent that the Recipient reasonably determines that it is not entitled to credit or repayment from the relevant tax authority in respect of that VAT.

 

  (c)

Where a Finance Document requires any Party to reimburse or indemnify a Finance Party for any cost or expense, that Party shall reimburse or indemnify (as the case may be) such Finance Party for the full amount of such cost or expense, including such part thereof as represents VAT, save to the extent that such Finance Party reasonably determines that it is entitled to credit or repayment in respect of such VAT from the relevant tax authority.

 

  (d)

Any reference in this Clause 13.6 (Value added tax) to any Party shall, at any time when such Party is treated as a member of a group for VAT purposes, include (where appropriate and unless the context otherwise requires) a reference to the person who is treated as making the supply, or (as appropriate) receiving the supply, under the grouping rules as provided for in Article 11 of Council Directive 2006/112/EC (or as implemented by a Member State) or the Value Added Tax Act 1994, as may be amended or substituted from time to time.

 

  (e)

In relation to any supply made by a Finance Party to any Party under a Finance Document, if reasonably requested by such Finance Party, that Party must promptly provide such Finance Party with details of that Party’s VAT registration and such other information as is reasonably requested in connection with such Finance Party’s VAT reporting requirements in relation to such supply.

 

13.7

FATCA Information

 

  (a)

Subject to paragraph (c) below, each Party shall, within ten Business Days of a reasonable request by another Party:

 

  (i)

confirm to that other Party whether it is:

 

  (A)

a FATCA Exempt Party; or

 

  (B)

not a FATCA Exempt Party;

 

  (ii)

supply to that other Party such forms, documentation and other information relating to its status under FATCA as that other Party reasonably requests for the purposes of that other Party’s compliance with FATCA; and

 

45


  (iii)

supply to that other Party such forms, documentation and other information relating to its status as that other Party reasonably requests for the purposes of that other Party’s compliance with any other law, regulation, or exchange of information regime.

 

  (b)

If a Party confirms to another Party pursuant to paragraph (a)(i) above that it is a FATCA Exempt Party and it subsequently becomes aware that it is not or has ceased to be a FATCA Exempt Party, that Party shall notify that other Party reasonably promptly.

 

  (c)

Paragraph (a) above shall not oblige any Finance Party to do anything, and paragraph (a)(iii) above shall not oblige any other Party to do anything, which would or might in its reasonable opinion constitute a breach of:

 

  (i)

any law or regulation;

 

  (ii)

any fiduciary duty; or

 

  (iii)

any duty of confidentiality.

 

  (d)

If a Party fails to confirm whether or not it is a FATCA Exempt Party or to supply forms, documentation or other information requested in accordance with paragraph (a)(i) or (ii) above (including, for the avoidance of doubt, where paragraph (b) above applies), then such Party shall be treated for the purposes of the Finance Documents (and payments under them) as if it is not a FATCA Exempt Party until such time as the Party in question provides the requested confirmation, forms, documentation or other information.

 

  (e)

If a Borrower is a US Tax Obligor or the Agent reasonably believes that its obligations under FATCA or any other applicable law or regulation require it, each Lender shall, within ten Business Days of:

 

  (i)

where an Original Borrower is a US Tax Obligor and the relevant Lender is an Original Lender, the date of this Agreement;

 

  (ii)

where a Borrower is a US Tax Obligor on a Transfer Date or date on which an increase in Commitments takes effect pursuant to Clause 2.2 (Increase) and the relevant Lender is a New Lender or an Increase Lender, the relevant Transfer Date or date on which an increase in Commitments takes effect pursuant to Clause 2.2 (Increase);

 

  (iii)

the date a new US Tax Obligor accedes as a Borrower; or

 

  (iv)

where a Borrower is not a US Tax Obligor, the date of a request from the Agent, supply to the Agent:

 

  (A)

a withholding certificate on Form W-8, Form W-9 or any other relevant form; or

 

46


  (B)

any withholding statement or other document, authorisation or waiver as the Agent may require to certify or establish the status of such Lender under FATCA or that other law or regulation.

 

  (f)

The Agent shall provide any withholding certificate, withholding statement, document, authorisation or waiver it receives from a Lender pursuant to paragraph (e) above to the relevant Borrower.

 

  (g)

If any withholding certificate, withholding statement, document, authorisation or waiver provided to the Agent by a Lender pursuant to paragraph (e) above is or becomes materially inaccurate or incomplete, that Lender shall promptly update it and provide such updated withholding certificate, withholding statement, document, authorisation or waiver to the Agent unless it is unlawful for the Lender to do so (in which case the Lender shall promptly notify the Agent). The Agent shall provide any such updated withholding certificate, withholding statement, document, authorisation or waiver to the relevant Borrower.

 

  (h)

The Agent may rely on any withholding certificate, withholding statement, document, authorisation or waiver it receives from a Lender pursuant to paragraph (e) or (g) above without further verification. The Agent shall not be liable for any action taken by it under or in connection with paragraphs (e), (f) or (g) above.

 

13.8

FATCA Deduction

 

  (a)

Each Party may make any FATCA Deduction it is required to make by FATCA, and any payment required in connection with that FATCA Deduction, and no Party shall be required to increase any payment in respect of which it makes such a FATCA Deduction or otherwise compensate the recipient of the payment for that FATCA Deduction.

 

  (b)

Each Party shall promptly, upon becoming aware that it must make a FATCA Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of such FATCA Deduction), notify the Party to whom it is making the payment and, in addition, shall notify the Parent and the Agent and the Agent shall notify the other Finance Parties.

 

13.9

Tax Indemnity

 

  (a)

The Parent shall (within three Business Days of demand by the Agent) pay to a Protected Party an amount equal to the loss, liability or cost which that Protected Party determines will be or has been (directly or indirectly) suffered for or on account of Tax by that Protected Party in respect of a Finance Document.

 

  (b)

Paragraph (a) above shall not apply:

 

  (i)

with respect to any Tax assessed on a Finance Party:

 

  (A)

under the law of the jurisdiction in which that Finance Party is incorporated or, if different, the jurisdiction (or jurisdictions) in which that Finance Party is treated as resident for tax purposes; or

 

47


  (B)

under the law of the jurisdiction in which that Finance Party’s Facility Office is located in respect of amounts received or receivable in that jurisdiction,

if that Tax is imposed on or calculated by reference to the net income, profit or gains received or receivable (but not any sum deemed to be received or receivable) by that Finance Party; or

 

  (ii)

to the extent a loss, liability or cost:

 

  (A)

is compensated for by an increased payment under Clause 13.2 (Tax gross-up);

 

  (B)

would have been compensated for by an increased payment under Clause 13.2 (Tax gross-up) but was not so compensated solely because one of the exclusions in paragraph (d) or (e) of Clause 13.2 (Tax gross-up) applied;

 

  (C)

is (i) in respect of an amount of stamp duty, registration or other similar Tax or (ii) attributable to VAT (which shall be dealt with in accordance with Clause 13.5 (Stamp taxes) and Clause 13.6 (Value added tax) respectively); or

 

  (D)

relates to a FATCA Deduction required to be made by a Party.

 

  (c)

A Protected Party making, or intending to make, a claim under paragraph (a) above shall promptly notify the Agent of the event which will give, or has given, rise to the claim, following which the Agent shall notify the Parent.

 

  (d)

A Protected Party shall, on receiving a payment from an Obligor under this Clause 13.9, notify the Agent.

 

14.

Increased costs

 

14.1

Increased costs

 

  (a)

Subject to Clause 14.3 (Exceptions) the Parent shall, within three Business Days of a demand by the Agent, pay for the account of a Finance Party the amount of any Increased Costs incurred by that Finance Party or any of its Affiliates as a result of:

 

  (i)

the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation or application of) any law or regulation; or

 

  (ii)

compliance with any law or regulation made in each case after the date of this Agreement.

 

48


  (b)

In this Agreement Increased Costs means:

 

  (i)

a reduction in the rate of return from the Facility or on a Finance Party’s (or its Affiliate’s) overall capital;

 

  (ii)

an additional or increased cost; or

 

  (iii)

a reduction of any amount due and payable under any Finance Document which is incurred or suffered by a Finance Party or any of its Affiliates to the extent that it is attributable to that Finance Party having entered into its Commitment or funding or performing its obligations under any Finance Document.

 

14.2

Increased cost claims

 

  (a)

A Finance Party intending to make a claim pursuant to Clause 14.1 (Increased costs) shall within six Months of becoming aware of the same notify the Agent of the event giving rise to the claim, following which the Agent shall promptly notify the Parent.

 

  (b)

Each Finance Party shall, as soon as practicable after a demand by the Agent, provide a certificate confirming the amount of its Increased Costs; such certificate will however not extend to information and detail that the Lender is not legally allowed to disclose, is confidential or price-sensitive.

 

14.3

Exceptions

Clause 14.1 (Increased costs) does not apply to the extent any Increased Cost is:

 

  (a)

attributable to a Tax Deduction required by law to be made by an Obligor;

 

  (b)

attributable to Tax on overall net income of any Finance Party in the jurisdiction in which it is treated as resident for tax purposes or in which its Facility Office is located;

 

  (c)

attributable to a FATCA Deduction required to be made by a Party;

 

  (d)

compensated for by Clause 13.9 (Tax indemnity) (or would have been compensated for under Clause 13.9 (Tax indemnity) but was not so compensated solely because any of the exclusions in paragraph (b) of Clause 13.9 (Tax indemnity) applied);

 

  (e)

in respect of an amount of (i) stamp duty, registration or other similar Tax or (ii) VAT (which shall be dealt with in accordance with Clause 13.5 (Stamp taxes) and Clause 13.6 (Value added tax) respectively);

 

  (f)

compensated for by any other provision hereof;

 

  (g)

attributable to the breach by the relevant Finance Party or its Affiliates of any law or regulation;

 

49


  (h)

attributable to the implementation or application or compliance with any Bank Levy;

 

  (i)

attributable to the implementation or application of or compliance with the “International Convergence of Capital Measurement and Capital Standards, a Revised Framework” published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in June 2004 in the form existing on the date of this Agreement (but excluding any amendment arising out of Basel III) (Basel II) or any other law or regulation which implements Basel II (whether such implementation, application or compliance is by a government, regulator, Finance Party or any of its Affiliates); or

 

  (j)

not notified to the Agent in accordance with paragraph (a) of Clause 14.2 (Increased cost claims) above.

In this Clause 14.3, a reference to a Tax Deduction has the same meaning given to that term in Clause 13.1 (Definitions).

 

15.

Other indemnities

 

15.1

Currency indemnity

 

  (a)

If any sum due from an Obligor under the Finance Documents (a Sum), or any order, judgment or award given or made in relation to a Sum, has to be converted from the currency (the First Currency) in which that Sum is payable into another currency (the Second Currency) for the purpose of:

 

  (i)

making or filing a claim or proof against that Obligor;

 

  (ii)

obtaining or enforcing an order, judgment or award in relation to any litigation or arbitration proceedings,

that Obligor shall as an independent obligation, within three Business Days of demand, indemnify each Finance Party to whom that Sum is due against any cost, loss or liability arising out of or as a result of the conversion including any discrepancy between (A) the rate of exchange used to convert that Sum from the First Currency into the Second Currency and (B) the rate or rates of exchange available to that person at the time of its receipt of that Sum.

 

  (b)

Each Obligor waives any right it may have in any jurisdiction to pay any amount under the Finance Documents in a currency or currency unit other than that in which it is expressed to be payable.

 

15.2

Other indemnities

The Parent shall (or shall procure that an Obligor will), within three Business Days of demand, indemnify each Finance Party against any cost, loss or liability incurred by that Finance Party as a result of:

 

  (a)

the occurrence of any Event of Default;

 

50


  (b)

a failure by an Obligor to pay any amount due under a Finance Document on its due date, including without limitation, any cost, loss or liability arising as a result of Clause 27 (Sharing among the Finance Parties);

 

  (c)

funding, or making arrangements to fund, its participation in a Loan requested by a Borrower in a Utilisation Request but not made by reason of the operation of any one or more of the provisions of this Agreement (other than by reason of default or negligence by that Lender alone); or

 

  (d)

a Loan (or part of a Loan) not being prepaid in accordance with a notice of prepayment given by a Borrower.

 

15.3

Indemnity to the Agent

The Parent shall promptly indemnify the Agent against any cost, loss or liability incurred by the Agent (acting reasonably) as a result of:

 

  (a)

investigating any event which it reasonably believes is a Default; or

 

  (b)

acting or relying on any notice, request or instruction which it reasonably believes to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised.

 

16.

Mitigation by the Finance Parties

 

16.1

Mitigation

 

  (a)

Each Finance Party shall, in consultation with the Parent, take all reasonable steps to mitigate any circumstances which arise and which would result in any amount becoming payable under or cancelled pursuant to, any of Clause 8.1 (Illegality), Clause 13 (Tax Gross Up), Clause 14 (Increased Costs) including (but not limited to) transferring its rights and obligations under the Finance Documents to another Affiliate or Facility Office.

 

  (b)

Paragraph (a) above does not in any way limit the obligations of any Obligor under the Finance Documents.

 

16.2

Limitation of liability

 

  (a)

The Parent shall indemnify each Finance Party for all costs and expenses reasonably incurred by that Finance Party as a result of steps taken by it under Clause 16.1 (Mitigation).

 

  (b)

A Finance Party is not obliged to take any steps under Clause 16.1 (Mitigation) if, in the opinion of that Finance Party (acting reasonably), to do so might be prejudicial to it.

 

17.

Costs and expenses

 

17.1

Transaction expenses

The Parent shall within 14 days of demand pay the Agent and the Mandated Lead Arranger the amount of all out-of-pocket costs and expenses

 

51


(including legal fees) reasonably and properly incurred by any of them in connection with the negotiation, preparation, printing, execution and syndication of:

 

  (a)

this Agreement and any other documents referred to in this Agreement; and

 

  (b)

any other Finance Documents executed after the date of this Agreement.

 

17.2

Amendment costs

If (a) an Obligor requests an amendment, waiver or consent or (b) an amendment is required pursuant to Clause 28.10 (Change of currency), the Parent shall, within five Business Days of demand, reimburse the Agent for the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) reasonably and properly incurred by the Agent in responding to, evaluating, negotiating or complying with that request or requirement.

 

17.3

Enforcement costs

The Parent shall, within five Business Days of demand, pay to each Finance Party the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) incurred by that Finance Party in connection with the enforcement of, or the preservation of any rights under, any Finance Document.

 

18.

Guarantee and indemnity

 

18.1

Guarantee and indemnity

 

  (a)

Each Guarantor irrevocably and unconditionally jointly and severally:

 

  (i)

guarantees to each Finance Party punctual performance by each Obligor of all that Obligor’s obligations under the Finance Documents (including, without limitation, all amounts which, but for any U.S. Debtor Relief Law, would become due and payable and all interest accruing after the commencement of any proceeding under a U.S. Debtor Relief Law at the rate provided for in the relevant Finance Document, whether or not allowed in any such proceeding);

 

  (ii)

undertakes with each Finance Party that whenever a Borrower does not pay any amount when due under or in connection with any Finance Document, that Guarantor shall immediately on demand pay that amount as if it was the principal obligor; and

 

  (iii)

agrees with each Finance Party that if any obligation guaranteed by it is or becomes unenforceable, invalid or illegal, it will, as an independent and primary obligation, indemnify that Finance Party immediately on demand against any cost, loss or liability it incurs as a result of a Borrower not paying any amount which would, but for such unenforceability, invalidity or illegality, have been payable by it under any Finance Document on the date when it would have been due. The amount payable by a Guarantor under this indemnity will not exceed the amount it would have had to pay under this Clause 18 if the amount claimed had been recoverable on the basis of a guarantee.

 

52


  (b)

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, upon occurrence of an Event of Default in accordance with paragraph (b) of Clause 22.15 (Acceleration) any presentment, demand, protest or notice of any kind required by the foregoing clauses are expressly waived.

 

18.2

Continuing guarantee

This guarantee is a continuing guarantee and will extend to the ultimate balance of sums payable by any Obligor under the Finance Documents, regardless of any intermediate payment or discharge in whole or in part.

 

18.3

Reinstatement

If any payment by an Obligor or any discharge given by a Finance Party (whether in respect of the obligations of any Obligor or any security for those obligations or otherwise) is avoided or reduced as a result of insolvency or any similar event:

 

  (a)

the liability of each Obligor shall continue as if the payment, discharge, avoidance or reduction had not occurred; and

 

  (b)

each Finance Party shall be entitled to recover the value or amount of that security or payment from each Obligor, as if the payment, discharge, avoidance or reduction had not occurred.

 

18.4

Waiver of defences

The obligations of each Guarantor under this Clause 18 will not be affected by an act, omission, matter or thing which, but for this Clause 18, would reduce, release or prejudice any of its obligations under this Clause 18 (without limitation and whether or not known to it or any Finance Party) including:

 

  (a)

any time, waiver or consent granted to, or composition with, any Obligor or other person;

 

  (b)

the release of any other Obligor or any other person under the terms of any composition or arrangement with any creditor of any member of the Group;

 

  (c)

the taking, variation, compromise, exchange, renewal or release of, or refusal or neglect to perfect, take up or enforce, any rights against, or security over assets of, any Obligor or other person or any non-presentation or non-observance of any formality or other requirement in respect of any instrument or any failure to realise the full value of any security;

 

  (d)

any incapacity or lack of power, authority or legal personality of or dissolution or change in the members or status of an Obligor or any other person;

 

53


  (e)

any amendment, novation, supplement, extension, restatement (however fundamental and whether or not more onerous) or replacement of any Finance Document or any other document or security including without limitation any change in the purpose of, any extension of or any increase in any facility or the addition of any new facility under any Finance Document or other document or security;

 

  (f)

any unenforceability, illegality or invalidity of any obligation of any person under any Finance Document or any other document or security; or

 

  (g)

any insolvency or similar proceedings.

 

18.5

Guarantor intent

Without prejudice to the generality of Clause 18.4 (Waiver of defences), each Guarantor expressly confirms that it intends that this guarantee shall extend from time to time to any (however fundamental) variation, increase, extension or addition of or to any of the Finance Documents and/or any facility or amount made available under any of the Finance Documents for the purposes of or in connection with any of the following: business acquisitions of any nature; increasing working capital; enabling investor distributions to be made; carrying out restructurings; refinancing existing facilities; refinancing any other indebtedness; making facilities available to new borrowers; any other variation or extension of the purposes for which any such facility or amount might be made available from time to time; and any fees, costs and/or expenses associated with any of the foregoing.

 

18.6

Immediate recourse

Each Guarantor waives any right it may have of first requiring any Finance Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) to proceed against or enforce any other rights or security or claim payment from any person before claiming from that Guarantor under this Clause 18. This waiver applies irrespective of any law or any provision of a Finance Document to the contrary.

 

18.7

Appropriations

Until all amounts which may be or become payable by the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents have been irrevocably paid in full, each Finance Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) may:

 

  (a)

refrain from applying or enforcing any other moneys, security or rights held or received by that Finance Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) in respect of those amounts, or apply and enforce the same in such manner and order as it sees fit (whether against those amounts or otherwise) and no Guarantor shall be entitled to the benefit of the same; and

 

  (b)

hold in an interest-bearing suspense account any moneys received from any Guarantor or on account of any Guarantor’s liability under this Clause 18.

 

54


18.8

Deferral of Guarantor’s rights

Until all amounts which may be or become payable by the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents have been irrevocably paid in full and unless the Agent otherwise directs, no Guarantor will exercise any rights which it may have by reason of performance by it of its obligations under the Finance Documents or by reason of any amount being payable, or liability arising, under this Clause 18:

 

  (a)

to be indemnified by an Obligor;

 

  (b)

to claim any contribution from any other guarantor of any Obligor’s obligations under the Finance Documents; and/or

 

  (c)

to take the benefit (in whole or in part and whether by way of subrogation or otherwise) of any rights of the Finance Parties under the Finance Documents or of any other guarantee or security taken pursuant to, or in connection with, the Finance Documents by any Finance Party.

 

  (d)

to bring legal or other proceedings for an order requiring any Obligor to make any payment, or perform any obligation, in respect of which any Guarantor has given a guarantee, undertaking or indemnity under Clause 18.1 (Guarantee and indemnity);

 

  (e)

to exercise any right of set-off against any Obligor; and/or

 

  (f)

to claim or prove as a creditor of any Obligor in competition with any Finance Party.

If a Guarantor receives any benefit, payment or distribution in relation to such rights it shall hold that benefit, payment or distribution to the extent necessary to enable all amounts which may be or become payable to the Finance Parties by the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents to be repaid in full on trust for the Finance Parties and shall promptly pay or transfer the same to the Agent or as the Agent may direct for application in accordance with Clause 28 (Payment Mechanics).

 

18.9

Release of Guarantors’ right of contribution

If any Guarantor (a Retiring Guarantor) ceases to be a Guarantor in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents for the purpose of any sale or other disposal of that Retiring Guarantor then on the date such Retiring Guarantor ceases to be a Guarantor:

 

  (a)

that Retiring Guarantor is released by each other Guarantor from any liability (whether past, present or future and whether actual or contingent) to make a contribution to any other Guarantor arising by reason of the performance by any other Guarantor of its obligations under the Finance Documents; and

 

  (b)

each other Guarantor waives any rights it may have by reason of the performance of its obligations under the Finance Documents to take the benefit (in whole or in part and whether by way of subrogation or otherwise) of any rights of the Finance Parties under any Finance

 

55


  Document or of any other security taken pursuant to, or in connection with, any Finance Document where such rights or security are granted by or in relation to the assets of the Retiring Guarantor.

 

18.10

Additional security

This guarantee is in addition to and is not in any way prejudiced by any other guarantee or security now or subsequently held by any Finance Party.

 

18.11

Guarantee Limitations

 

  (a)

The guarantee given by any Additional Guarantor is subject to any limitations set out in the Accession Letter applicable to such Additional Guarantor.

 

  (b)

Any term or provision of this Clause 18 or any other term in this Agreement or any Finance Document notwithstanding, the maximum aggregate amount of the obligations for which any US Guarantor shall be liable under this Agreement or any other Finance Document shall in no event exceed an amount equal to the largest amount that would not render such Guarantor’s obligations under this Agreement subject to avoidance under applicable Fraudulent Transfer Law.

 

18.12

Waiver of Jersey Customary Law Rights

Without prejudice to the generality of the provisions of Clause 18.4 (Waiver of defences) or otherwise:

 

  (a)

each Guarantor irrevocably and unconditionally waives and abandons any and all rights or entitlement which it has or may have under the existing or future laws of the Island of Jersey, whether by virtue of the customary law rights of droit de discussion or otherwise, to require that recourse be had to the assets of any other person before any claim is enforced against it in respect of its obligations under this Agreement, and each Guarantor irrevocably and unconditionally undertakes that if at any time proceedings are brought against it in respect of its obligations under this Agreement and any other person is not also joined in any such proceedings, it will not require that any other person be joined in or otherwise made a party to such proceedings, whether the formalities required by any law of the Island of Jersey whether existing or future in regard to the rights or obligations of sureties shall or shall not have been complied with or observed; and

 

  (b)

each Guarantor irrevocably and unconditionally waives and abandons any and all rights or entitlement which it has or may have under the existing or future laws of the Island of Jersey, whether by virtue of the customary law right of droit de division or otherwise, to require that any liability under this Agreement be divided or apportioned with any other person or reduced in any manner.

 

56


18.13

Limitation on Liability of US Guarantors

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Clause 18, the maximum aggregate amount recoverable from any Guarantor under this Clause 18 shall in no event exceed an amount equal to the largest amount that would not render such Guarantor’s obligations under this Clause 18 subject to avoidance under any applicable US Federal or State fraudulent obligation, transfer or conveyance law, including Section 548 of the US Bankruptcy Law.

 

19.

Representations

Each Obligor or (if it so states herein) the Parent only makes the representations and warranties set out in this Clause 19 to each Finance Party on the date of this Agreement.

 

19.1

Status

 

  (a)

It is a corporation, limited liability company, or partnership duly incorporated or otherwise formed and validly existing under the law of its jurisdiction of incorporation or organisation.

 

  (b)

It and each of its Material Subsidiaries has the power to own its assets and carry on its business as it is being conducted.

 

19.2

Binding obligations

The obligations expressed to be assumed by it in each Finance Document are, subject to any general principles of law limiting its obligations which are specifically referred to in any legal opinion delivered pursuant to Clause 4 (Conditions of Utilisation) or Clause 24 (Changes to the Obligors), legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations.

 

19.3

Non-conflict with other obligations

The entry into and performance by it of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents do not and will not conflict with:

 

  (a)

any law or regulation applicable to it;

 

  (b)

the constitutional documents of any member of the Group; or

 

  (c)

any agreement or instrument binding upon it or any member of the Group or any of its or any member of the Group’s assets in a material respect.

 

19.4

Power and authority

It has the power to enter into, perform and deliver the Finance Documents, and all acts, conditions and things required to be done, fulfilled and performed in order:

 

  (a)

to enable it lawfully to enter into, exercise its rights under and perform and comply with the obligations expressed to be assumed by it in the Finance Documents;

 

57


  (b)

to ensure that the obligations expressed to be assumed by it in the Finance Documents are legal, valid and binding; and

 

  (c)

to make the Finance Documents admissible in evidence in its jurisdiction of incorporation,

have been done, fulfilled and performed.

 

19.5

No default

 

  (a)

No Default (or, when this representation is made other than on the date of this Agreement, Event of Default) is continuing or could reasonably be expected to result from the making of any Utilisation.

 

  (b)

No other event or circumstance is outstanding which constitutes a default under any other agreement or instrument which is binding on it or any of its Subsidiaries or to which its (or any Subsidiary’s) assets are subject which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

19.6

Written information

All written information provided by any member of the Group (including its advisers) to a Finance Party in connection with the Finance Documents was true, complete and accurate in all material respects as at the date it was provided and is not (on such date) misleading in any material respect.

 

19.7

Financial statements

 

  (a)

The Parent’s Original Financial Statements were prepared in accordance with the relevant GAAP consistently applied unless expressly disclosed to the contrary.

 

  (b)

The Parent’s Original Financial Statements give a true and fair view of the results of the Group’s operations for that year and the state of its affairs and those of the Group at the date unless expressly disclosed to the contrary.

 

  (c)

There has been no change in the business or financial condition of the Group since publication of the Parent’s Original Financial Statements which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

  (d)

The Parent’s most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to paragraph (a) of Clause 20.2 (Financial statements):

 

  (i)

were prepared in accordance with the relevant GAAP consistently applied; and

 

  (ii)

give a true and fair view of the results of the Group’s operations for that year and the state of its affairs and those of the Group at the date of those financial statements,

in each case, unless expressly disclosed to the contrary.

 

58


19.8

Pari passu ranking

Its payment obligations under the Finance Documents rank at least pari passu with the claims of all its other unsecured and unsubordinated creditors, except for obligations mandatorily preferred by law applying to companies generally.

 

19.9

No proceedings pending or threatened

No litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings of or before any court, arbitral body or agency have been started or (to the best of its knowledge and belief) threatened against the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries which are reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

19.10

Compliance with ERISA; Non-U.S. Plans

 

  (a)

The Obligors and each ERISA Affiliate have operated and administered each Plan in compliance with all applicable laws except for such instances of noncompliance as have not resulted in and could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Neither of the Obligors nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred any actual or contingent, direct or indirect liability pursuant to Title I or IV of ERISA or the penalty or excise tax provisions of the Code relating to a Plan, and no event, transaction or condition has occurred or exists that would reasonably be expected to result in the incurrence of any such liability by either Obligor or any ERISA Affiliate, or in the imposition of any Security on any of the rights, properties or assets of either Obligor or any ERISA Affiliate, in either case pursuant to Title I or IV of ERISA or to such penalty or excise tax provisions or to section 401(a)(29) or 412 of the Code, other than such liabilities or Security as could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

  (b)

The present value of the aggregate benefit liabilities under each of the Plans (other than Multiemployer Plans), determined as of the end of such Plan’s most recently ended plan year on the basis of the actuarial assumptions specified for funding purposes in such Plan’s most recent actuarial valuation report, did not exceed the aggregate current value of the assets of such Plan allocable to such benefit liabilities by an amount that would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. The present value of the accrued benefit liabilities (whether or not vested) under each Non-U.S. Plan that is funded, determined as of the end of the Parent’s most recently ended fiscal year on the basis of reasonable actuarial assumptions, did not exceed the current value of the assets of such Non-U.S. Plan allocable to such benefit liabilities by an amount that would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. The term “benefit liabilities” has the meaning specified in section 4001 of ERISA and the terms current value and present value have the meaning specified in section 3 of ERISA.

 

  (c)

The Obligors and each ERISA Affiliate have not incurred (i) withdrawal liabilities (and are not subject to contingent withdrawal liabilities) under section 4201 or 4204 of ERISA in respect of Multiemployer Plans that individually or in the aggregate would reasonably be expected to result

 

59


  in a Material Adverse Effect or (ii) any obligation in connection with the termination of or withdrawal from any Non-U.S. Plan that would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

  (d)

The expected postretirement benefit obligation (determined as of the last day of the Parent’s most recently ended financial year in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification Topic 715-60, without regard to liabilities attributable to continuation coverage mandated by section 4980B of the Code) of the Parent and its Subsidiaries would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

  (e)

All Non-U.S. Plans have been established, operated, administered and maintained in compliance with all laws, regulations and orders applicable thereto, except where failure so to comply could not be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. All premiums, contributions and any other amounts required by applicable Non-U.S. Plan documents or applicable laws to be paid or accrued by the Obligors and any Subsidiary have been paid or accrued as required, except where failure so to pay or accrue could not be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

19.11

Governing law and enforcement

 

  (a)

The choice of English law as the governing law of the Finance Documents will be recognised and enforced in its jurisdiction of incorporation.

 

  (b)

Any judgment obtained in England in relation to a Finance Document will be recognised and enforced in its jurisdiction of incorporation.

 

19.12

Margin Stock

 

  (a)

No US Obligor is engaged principally, or as one of its important activities, in the business of owning or extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any Margin Stock.

 

  (b)

The proceeds of the Loans will not be used, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, for “purchasing” or “carrying” Margin Stock or for any purpose which might (whether immediately, incidentally or ultimately) cause all or any part of the Loans to be a “purpose credit” within the meaning of Regulation U or Regulation X.

 

  (c)

Neither the Obligors nor any agent acting on their behalf has taken or will take any action which might cause any Finance Document or any document delivered under or in connection with any Finance Document to violate any regulation of the Board (including Regulation T, U or X) or violate the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or any applicable United States federal or state securities law.

 

60


19.13

United States Regulation

 

  (a)

None of the Obligors nor any Subsidiary is subject to regulation under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, the ICC Termination Act of 1995, as amended, or the Federal Power Act, as amended.

 

  (b)

No part of the Loans will be used, directly or indirectly, for any payments to any governmental official or employee, political party, official of a political party, candidate for political office, or anyone else acting in an official capacity, in order to obtain, retain or direct business or obtain any improper advantage, in violation of the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, assuming in all cases that such Act applies to the Obligors.

 

19.14

Anti-terrorism laws and anti-money laundering laws

 

  (a)

None of the Obligors or, to the knowledge of any Obligor after due inquiry, any person who owns or controls such Obligor, any of its Affiliates, or any of its directors, managers or officers, (i) is designated a Designated Person or a person with whom the Lender is prohibited from dealing by any Anti-Terrorism Law; (ii) engages in transactions that relate to property blocked pursuant to the Executive Order (unless otherwise authorised by the relevant US Anti-Terrorism Law), evade or violate, are intended to evade or violate or attempt to evade or violate, any Anti-Terrorism Law, or (iii) to its knowledge, is or has been under investigation by any governmental authority for, charged with, convicted of or assessed penalties in respect of, or had any funds seized or forfeited in, any action in respect of the foregoing.

 

  (b)

Each Obligor has taken, and agrees that it shall continue to take, reasonable measures (including, without limitation, the adoption of adequate policies, procedures and internal controls) appropriate to the circumstances (in any event as required by applicable requirements of law), to ensure that such Obligor and its Subsidiaries is and shall be in compliance with Anti-Terrorism Laws.

 

19.15

Validity and admissibility in evidence

 

  (a)

All Authorisations required:

 

  (i)

to enable it lawfully to enter into, exercise its rights and comply with its obligations in the Finance Documents to which it is a party; and

 

  (ii)

to make the Finance Documents to which it is a party admissible in evidence in its country of incorporation,

have been obtained or effected and are in full force and effect.

 

  (b)

All Authorisations necessary for the conduct of the business, trade and ordinary activities of members of the Group have been obtained or effected and are in full force and effect if failure to obtain or effect those Authorisations has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

61


19.16

Deduction of tax

It is not required to make any deduction for or on account of Tax from any payment it may make under any Finance Document to a Lender which is:

 

  (a)

in the case of a UK Borrower:

 

  (i)

a UK Qualifying Lender:

 

  (A)

falling within paragraph (i)(A) of the definition of UK Qualifying Lender;

 

  (B)

except where a Direction has been given under section 931 of the ITA in relation to the payment concerned, falling within paragraph (i)(B) of the definition of UK Qualifying Lender; or

 

  (C)

falling within paragraph (ii) of the definition of UK Qualifying Lender; or

 

  (ii)

a UK Treaty Lender and the payment is one specified in a direction given by the Commissioners of Revenue & Customs under Regulation 2 of the Double Taxation Relief (Taxes on Income) (General) Regulations 1970 (SI 1970/488); or

 

  (b)

in the case of a US Tax Obligor, a U.S. Qualifying Lender.

 

19.17

Sanctions

 

  (a)

The relevant members of the Group have in place policies and procedures designed to promote and achieve compliance with applicable Sanctions.

 

  (b)

No member of the Group nor, to the best of its knowledge, any director, employee, officer or Affiliate (when acting in their capacity as such) of any member of the Group, is an individual or entity currently the target of any Sanctions.

 

19.18

Repetition

 

  (a)

The Repeating Representations are deemed to be made by:

 

  (i)

the Parent and each Obligor by reference to the facts and circumstances then existing on the date of each Utilisation Request and the first day of each Interest Period; and

 

  (ii)

in the case of an Additional Obligor, by such Additional Obligor and the Parent by reference to the facts and circumstances then existing on the day on which the company becomes (or it is proposed that the company becomes) an Additional Obligor.

 

62


  (b)

The representation and warranty in paragraph (d) of Clause 19.7 (Financial Statements) shall only be given on each date of delivery of the relevant financial statements to the Agent pursuant to paragraph (a) of Clause 20.2 (Financial statements) by reference to the financial statements so delivered.

 

  (c)

The representation and warranty in Clause 19.6 (Written information) is given in respect of the relevant information on the date on which that information is delivered to the relevant Finance Party.

 

20.

Information Undertakings

The undertakings in this Clause 20 remain in force from the date of this Agreement for so long as any amount is outstanding under the Finance Documents or any Commitment is in force.

 

20.1

Satisfaction of Information Undertakings under the 2020 Facility Agreement

Whilst so long as:

 

  (a)

there is one Lender under this Agreement (or the Lenders are Affiliates of each other);

 

  (b)

such Lender (or an Affiliate of such Lender) remains a Lender under (and as defined in) the 2020 Facility Agreement; and

 

  (c)

the Parent has complied in all material respects with its obligations under Clauses 21.1, 21.2, 21.3 and 21.4 of the 2020 Facility Agreement,

the Parent will be deemed to have discharged its obligations under Clauses 20.2, 20.3, 20.4 and 20.5 of this Agreement.

 

20.2

Financial statements

The Parent shall supply to the Agent in sufficient copies for all the Lenders:

 

  (a)

as soon as the same become available, but in any event within 120 days after the end of each of its financial years, its audited consolidated financial statements for that financial year;

 

  (b)

as soon as the same become available, but in any event within 180 days after the end of each of its financial years, the audited financial statements of each Obligor for that financial year; and

 

  (c)

as soon as the same become available, but in any event within 90 days after the end of each half of each of its financial years its condensed consolidated financial statements for that financial half year.

 

20.3

Requirements as to financial statements

 

  (a)

Each set of financial statements delivered by the Parent pursuant to Clause 20.2 (Financial statements) shall be certified by a director of the relevant Obligor as fairly representing its financial condition as at the date as at which those financial statements were drawn up.

 

63


  (b)

Subject to paragraph (c) below, the Parent shall procure that each set of financial statements of an Obligor delivered pursuant to Clause 20.2 (Financial statements) is prepared using the relevant GAAP.

 

  (c)

The Parent may, in relation to any set of its financial statements, notify the Agent that there has been a change in the relevant GAAP, accounting practices or financial reference periods from IFRS to US GAAP if it delivers to the Agent a description of any change necessary for those financial statements to reflect the GAAP, accounting practices and reference periods upon which the Parent’s Original Financial Statements were prepared.

Any reference in this Agreement to any financial statements of the Parent shall be construed as a reference to those financial statements as adjusted to reflect the basis upon which the Parent’s Original Financial Statements were prepared.

 

  (d)

If the Parent notifies the Agent of a change in accordance with paragraph (c) above the Parent and the Agent shall enter into negotiations in good faith with a view to agreeing any amendments to this Agreement which are necessary as a result of the change. To the extent practicable these amendments will be such as to ensure that the change does not result in any material alteration to the commercial effect of the obligations under this Agreement. If any amendments are agreed they shall take effect and be binding on each of the Parties in accordance with their terms.

 

20.4

List of Material Subsidiaries

The Parent shall supply to the Agent, with each set of financials statements delivered pursuant to paragraph (a) or (c) of Clause 20.2 (Financial statements), a list (signed by one director of the Parent) of all Material Subsidiaries as at the date as at which those financial statements were drawn up.

 

20.5

Information: miscellaneous

The Parent shall supply to the Agent (in sufficient copies for all the Lenders, if the Agent so requests):

 

  (a)

all documents dispatched by the Parent to its shareholders (or any class of them) or its creditors generally at the same time as they are dispatched;

 

  (b)

promptly upon becoming aware of them, the details of any litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings which are current, threatened or pending against any member of the Group, and which, if adversely determined, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and

 

  (c)

promptly, such further information regarding the financial condition, business and operations of any member of the Group as any Finance Party (through the Agent) may reasonably request.

 

64


20.6

Notification of default

Each Obligor shall notify the Agent of any Default (and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it) promptly upon becoming aware of its occurrence (unless that Obligor is aware that a notification has already been provided by another Obligor).

 

20.7

Use of websites

 

  (a)

The Parent may satisfy its obligation under this Agreement to deliver any information in relation to those Lenders (the Website Lenders) who accept this method of communication by posting this information onto an electronic website designated by the Parent and the Agent (the Designated Website) if:

 

  (i)

the Agent expressly agrees (after consultation with each of the Lenders) that it will accept communication of the information by this method;

 

  (ii)

both the Parent and the Agent are aware of the address of and any relevant password specifications for the Designated Website; and

 

  (iii)

the information is in a format previously agreed between the Parent and the Agent.

If any Lender (a Paper Form Lender) does not agree to the delivery of information electronically then the Agent shall notify the Parent accordingly and the Parent shall supply the information to the Agent (in sufficient copies for each Paper Form Lender) in paper form. In any event the Parent shall supply the Agent with at least one copy in paper form of any information required to be provided by it.

 

  (b)

The Agent shall supply each Website Lender with the address of and any relevant password specifications for the Designated Website following designation of that website by the Parent and the Agent.

 

  (c)

The Parent shall promptly upon becoming aware of its occurrence notify the Agent if:

 

  (i)

the Designated Website cannot be accessed due to technical failure;

 

  (ii)

the password specifications for the Designated Website change;

 

  (iii)

any new information which is required to be provided under this Agreement is posted onto the Designated Website;

 

  (iv)

any existing information which has been provided under this Agreement and posted onto the Designated Website is amended; or

 

65


  (v)

the Parent becomes aware that the Designated Website or any information posted onto the Designated Website is or has been infected by any electronic virus or similar software.

If the Parent notifies the Agent under subparagraphs (c)(i) or paragraph (c)(v) above, all information to be provided by the Parent under this Agreement after the date of that notice shall be supplied in paper form unless and until the Agent and each Website Lender is satisfied that the circumstances giving rise to the notification are no longer continuing.

 

  (d)

Any Website Lender may request, through the Agent, one paper copy of any information required to be provided under this Agreement which is posted onto the Designated Website. The Parent shall comply with any such request within ten Business Days.

 

20.8

“Know your customer” checks

 

  (a)

If:

 

  (i)

the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation made after the date of this Agreement;

 

  (ii)

any change in the status of an Obligor (or of a Holding Company of any Obligor) after the date of this Agreement; or

 

  (iii)

a proposed assignment or transfer by a Lender of any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to a party that is not a Lender prior to such assignment or transfer,

obliges the Agent or any Lender (or, in the case of subparagraph (iii) above, any prospective new Lender) to comply with “know your customer” or similar identification procedures in circumstances where the necessary information is not already available to it, each Obligor shall promptly upon the request of the Agent or any Lender supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent (for itself or on behalf of any Lender) or any Lender (for itself or, in the case of the event described in subparagraph (iii) above, on behalf of any prospective new Lender) in order for the Agent, such Lender or, in the case of the event described in subparagraph (iii) above, any prospective new Lender to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.

 

  (b)

Each Lender shall promptly upon the request of the Agent supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent (for itself) in order for the Agent to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.

 

66


  (c)

The Parent shall, by not less than ten Business Days’ prior written notice to the Agent, notify the Agent (which shall promptly notify the Lenders) of its intention to request that the New Holding Company, any of the Subsidiaries of the New Holding Company which is also a Holding Company of the Parent or one of the Parent’s Subsidiaries becomes an Additional Obligor pursuant to Clause 24 (Changes to the Obligors).

 

  (d)

Following the giving of any notice pursuant to paragraph (c) above, if the accession of such Additional Obligor obliges the Agent or any Lender to comply with “know your customer” or similar identification procedures in circumstances where the necessary information is not already available to it, the Parent shall promptly upon the request of the Agent or any Lender supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent (for itself or on behalf of any Lender) or any Lender (for itself or on behalf of any prospective new Lender) in order for the Agent or such Lender or any prospective new Lender to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the accession of the relevant person to this Agreement as an Additional Obligor.

 

21.

General Undertakings

The undertakings in this Clause 21 remain in force from the date of this Agreement for so long as any amount is outstanding under the Finance Documents or any Commitment is in force.

 

21.1

Authorisations

Each Obligor shall promptly:

 

  (a)

obtain, comply with and do all that is necessary to maintain in full force and effect; and

 

  (b)

supply certified copies to the Agent of,

any Authorisation required under any law or regulation of its jurisdiction of incorporation to enable it to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents and to ensure the legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence in its jurisdiction of incorporation of any Finance Document.

 

21.2

Compliance with laws

Each Obligor shall comply in all respects with all laws to which it may be subject, if failure so to comply would in aggregate have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

21.3

Insurance

Each Obligor shall, and the Parent shall procure that each member of the Group shall, maintain insurances on and in relation to its business and assets with such underwriters or insurance companies, and against such risks and to such extent, as in each case it reasonably considers to be appropriate to such business and assets.

 

67


21.4

Claims Pari Passu

The Obligors shall ensure that at all times the claims of the Lenders against the Obligors under any of the Finance Documents rank at least pari passu with the claims of all its other unsecured and unsubordinated creditors save those whose claims are preferred by any bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation or other similar laws of general application.

 

21.5

Negative Pledge

No Obligor shall and the Parent shall at all times ensure that no other member of the Group will, without the prior written consent of the Majority Lenders hereunder or, so long as one Lender under this Agreement (or an Affiliate of a Lender) is a Lender under (and as defined in) the 2020 Facility Agreement without the prior written consent of the Majority Lenders in respect of the 2020 Facility Agreement (as the term “Majority Lenders” is defined therein and, for the avoidance of doubt, the Total Commitment hereunder will form no part of the calculation required to determine Majority Lender consent under Clause 1.1 of the 2020 Facility Agreement) create or permit to subsist any Security over all or any of its present or future revenues or assets other than:

 

  (a)

any Security existing on the date of this Agreement which secures only indebtedness secured thereby at the date hereof or any replacement or substitute of such Security where the principal amount secured thereby does not exceed the principal amount secured by the Security which it substitutes or replaces;

 

  (b)

any lien arising solely by operation of law securing obligations incurred in good faith in the ordinary course of business;

 

  (c)

any Security upon a specific asset or specific assets where such Security is given solely for the purpose of financing the cost of the acquisition of such specific asset or specific assets or any replacement or substitution of such Security and where the principal amount secured by each such Security does not exceed the cost of such acquisition;

 

  (d)

any rights by way of reservation or retention of title which are required by the supplier of any property in the normal course of such supplier’s business;

 

  (e)

any Security over any asset of any member of the Group acquired by such member of the Group subject to such Security and which secures only indebtedness secured thereby at the date of such acquisition;

 

  (f)

any Security created by any member of the Group prior to its becoming a member of the Group and securing only indebtedness incurred by such member of the Group prior to its becoming a member of the Group and not incurred in contemplation of its so becoming a member of the Group and which secures only indebtedness secured thereby at the date on which such member becomes a member of the Group;

 

68


  (g)

any Security on property or assets of any Subsidiary securing indebtedness owing to the Parent; and

 

  (h)

any Security in connection with cash pooling arrangements of the Group which arrangements are entered into in the ordinary course of treasury business, to the extent that such Security is granted in favour of the financial institutions or their Affiliates operating those arrangements over any of the bank accounts which are the subject thereof;

 

  (i)

any Security granted by any member of the Group over:

 

  (i)

receivables held by any member of the Group in connection with:

 

  (A)

a securitisation of receivables; or

 

  (B)

any receivables financing that is effected on an on-balance sheet basis; or

 

  (ii)

the shares in or bank accounts of an issuing vehicle that is the issuer of such securitisation,

securing Financial Indebtedness in an outstanding amount which does not exceed at any time, when aggregated with the aggregate amount of outstanding cash advances received by a member of the Group in respect of uncollected receivables which have been disposed of in accordance with paragraph (f) of Clause 21.6 (Disposals), the Receivables Cap (or its equivalent in any other currency or currencies); and

 

  (j)

Security in addition to that described in paragraphs (a) to (i) above provided that following the granting of, and giving effect to, such Security, the Obligors shall be in compliance with Clause 21.10 (Priority Indebtedness).

 

21.6

Disposals

No Obligor will, and the Parent will procure that no other member of the Group will sell, lease (as lessor) or otherwise dispose of any of their respective properties or assets, including the shares or other equity in any Subsidiary (collectively, a Disposal), except for:

 

  (a)

Disposals in the ordinary course of business and Disposals of obsolete assets no longer used in the business of the relevant Obligor or other member of the Group;

 

  (b)

Disposals to any other member of the Group for the time being;

 

  (c)

Disposals in exchange for other property or assets reasonably equivalent as to type and value;

 

  (d)

Disposals of assets in any transaction which, under GAAP, would result in the assets so disposed of, and the liabilities incurred in connection therewith, being reflected in the consolidated accounts of the Parent;

 

69


  (e)

Disposals of ownership interests in any member of the Group in exchange for interests with reasonably equivalent value in another person;

 

  (f)

Disposals by any member of the Group of receivables in connection with off balance sheet securitisations of receivables and limited recourse receivables financings provided that, at any time, the aggregate amount of outstanding cash advances received by a member of the Group in respect of all such uncollected receivables as are disposed of (construed in accordance with the following provisions of this paragraph) does not, when aggregated with the aggregate amount of any Financial Indebtedness referred to in paragraph (i) of Clause 21.5 (Negative Pledge) which is outstanding at that time, exceed the Receivables Cap (or its equivalent in any other currency or currencies). For the purposes of determining whether an uncollected receivable has been “disposed of” for these purposes, no account shall be taken of receivables which are subject to a receivables financing transaction, but in respect of which (a) no cash has been advanced to a member of the Group and (b) a member of the Group is entitled to a related receivable from the provider of the relevant financing;

 

  (g)

Disposals of assets to the extent that the proceeds are:

 

  (i)

applied within 12 Months of the receipt of such proceeds towards the purchase of other assets for use in the Group’s business provided that such business is consistent with the nature of the Group’s business as carried on at the date of this Agreement; or

 

  (ii)

applied promptly to permanently prepay (or repurchase or redeem) and cancel any outstanding Financial Indebtedness of the Group;

 

  (h)

Disposals of assets acquired or constructed after the date of this Agreement, within one year following the acquisition or construction of the relevant asset, if the disposing Group member concurrently with the Disposal enters into a leaseback arrangement in relation to the asset on arm’s length terms;

 

  (i)

the Disposal of ownership interests in any member of the Group and other assets in connection with the demerger of the business operated by the Group in the UK, by way of a distribution in specie of the entire share capital of Wolseley Group Limited (to become Wolseley Group plc) to the shareholders of the Parent; or

 

  (j)

Disposals not otherwise permitted pursuant to any of paragraphs (a) to (i) provided that:

 

  (i)

each such Disposal is made on arm’s length terms;

 

  (ii)

is contractually committed to at a time when no Event of Default is continuing; and

 

70


  (iii)

after giving effect thereto the aggregate book value of the properties and assets subject to all such Disposals pursuant to this paragraph (j) during any financial year of the Parent does not exceed 20% of Consolidated Total Assets as of the last day of the financial year of the Parent then most recently ended.

 

21.7

No substantial change

The Parent shall procure that no substantial change shall be made to the general nature of the business of the Group as carried on at the date hereof, except by reason of a disposal or disposals permitted hereunder.

 

21.8

Merger

No Obligor shall enter into any amalgamation, demerger, merger, consolidation or corporate reconstruction, other than on a solvent basis in circumstances where the relevant Obligor is the surviving entity and its obligations pursuant to the Finance Documents are not adversely affected.

 

21.9

Employee Benefit Matters

The Obligors shall promptly notify the Agent upon becoming aware of any of the following, providing a written notice setting forth the nature thereof and the action, if any, that the Parent or an ERISA Affiliate proposes to take with respect thereto:

 

  (a)

with respect to any Plan, any reportable event, as defined in section 4043(c) of ERISA and the regulations thereunder, for which notice thereof has not been waived pursuant to such regulations as in effect on the date hereof; or

 

  (b)

the taking by the PBGC of steps to institute, or the threatening by the PBGC of the institution of, proceedings under section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Plan, or the receipt by either Obligor or any ERISA Affiliate of a notice from a Multiemployer Plan that such action has been taken by the PBGC with respect to such Multiemployer Plan; or

 

  (c)

any event, transaction or condition that would be reasonably likely to result in the incurrence of any material liability by any Obligor or any ERISA Affiliate pursuant to Title I or IV of ERISA or the penalty or excise tax provisions of the Code relating to Plans, or in the imposition of any Security on any of the rights, properties or assets of any Obligor or any ERISA Affiliate pursuant to Title I or IV of ERISA or such penalty or excise tax provisions, if such liability or Security, taken together with any other such liabilities or Security then existing, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; or

 

  (d)

receipt of notice of the imposition of a material financial penalty (which for this purpose shall mean any tax, penalty or other liability, whether by way of indemnity or otherwise) with respect to one or more Non-U.S. Plans.

 

71


21.10

Priority Indebtedness

The Parent will not permit at any time Priority Indebtedness, other than Excluded Priority Indebtedness, to exceed 15% of Consolidated Total Assets.

 

21.11

Environmental

Each Obligor shall, and the Parent shall procure that each member of the Group shall, comply with all applicable Environmental Laws, and with the terms of all Environmental Approvals necessary for the ownership and operation of its businesses from time to time, in each case where failure could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

21.12

Margin Stock

No Obligor may use any Loan, directly or indirectly, to buy or carry Margin Stock or to extend credit to others for the purpose of buying or carrying Margin Stock.

 

21.13

United States Regulations

Each Obligor shall ensure that neither it, nor any other member of the Group will, by act or omission, become subject to any of the categories, laws or regulations described in Clause 19.13 (United States Regulation).

 

21.14

Anti-Terrorism Laws and Anti-Money Laundering Laws

 

  (a)

Each Obligor shall immediately notify the Lender if such Obligor obtains knowledge that any of the representations contained in Clause 19.14 (Anti-terrorism laws and anti-money laundering laws) is incorrect as of any date.

 

  (b)

Each Obligor shall not, and it will procure that none of its Affiliates shall, knowingly in contravention of any Anti-Terrorism Law:

 

  (i)

conduct any business with or engage in making or receiving any contribution of funds, goods or services to or for the benefit of any Designated Person; or

 

  (ii)

deal in, or otherwise engage in any transaction relating to, any property or interest in property blocked pursuant to any Anti-Terrorism Law.

 

  (c)

No Designated Person shall have a controlling interest of any nature whatsoever in any Obligor with the result that an investment in any Obligor (whether direct or indirect) or the Commitment would be in violation of any Anti-Terrorism Law.

 

  (d)

At all times throughout the term of the Facility, to the knowledge of each Obligor, based upon reasonable inquiry by such Obligor, none of the

 

72


  funds that are used to repay Loans shall be derived from any unlawful activity, with the result that:

 

  (i)

such repayment or any transaction contemplated by the Finance Documents (whether directly or indirectly) is prohibited by law; or

 

  (ii)

the Commitment or Loans would be in violation of law.

 

  (e)

Each Obligor shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to:

 

  (i)

violate any Anti-Terrorism Law;

 

  (ii)

require any Lender to take any action that would cause it to violate any Anti-Terrorism Law, it being understood that each Lender can refuse to honour any such request otherwise validly made by any Obligor under this Agreement;

 

  (iii)

conduct any transaction for the benefit of any Designated Person in violation of any Anti-Terrorism Law;

 

  (iv)

engage in any transaction relating to any property blocked pursuant to any Anti-Terrorism Law, in violation of any Anti-Terrorism Law;

 

  (v)

repay the Loans with any funds derived from any unlawful activity with the result that the making of the Loans would be in violation of law; or

 

  (vi)

cause or permit the proceeds of any Utilisation to be used, directly or indirectly, to make a loan or other advance to, invest or contribute or otherwise support the activities or business of any person, entity, country or governmental authority that is subject to sanctions administered under any Anti-Terrorism Law; or

 

  (vii)

engage in or conspire to engage in any transaction that evades or violates, or is intended to evade or violate, or attempts to evade or violate any Anti-Terrorism Law.

 

  (f)

Each Obligor shall deliver to the Agent any certificates or other evidence requested from time to time by any Lender in its reasonable discretion, to confirm such Obligor’s compliance with this Clause 21.14 (Anti-Terrorism Laws and Anti-Money Laundering Laws) to the extent the same is requested so as to enable such Lender to comply with an applicable law or regulation or request made of it by a regulatory body or an advisor which such Lender is customarily in the habit of complying with in respect of such matters.

 

73


21.15

Sanctions

 

  (a)

No Obligor shall (and shall procure that none of its Subsidiaries shall):

 

  (i)

knowingly (having taken the requisite due diligence), directly or indirectly, use the proceeds of the Facility or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any member of the Group, joint venture partner or other person or entity (each a Relevant Transaction) to fund any activities or business of or with any person or entity or in any country or territory where, at the time of such funding, such Relevant Transaction would be in breach of applicable Sanctions;

 

  (ii)

knowingly (after due and careful enquiry) engage in, or conspire to engage in, any transaction that breaches, or is intended to breach, any Sanctions; or

 

  (iii)

otherwise breach any Sanctions that it is aware (after due and careful enquiry) are binding on it.

 

  (b)

In relation to each Lender that notifies the Agent to this effect (each a Restricted Lender), Clause 19.17 (Sanctions) and this Clause 21.15 shall only apply for the benefit of that Restricted Lender to the extent that those provisions would not result in:

 

  (i)

any violation of, conflict with or liability under EU Regulation (EC) 2271/96 in conjunction with EU Regulation 2018/1100; or

 

  (ii)

a violation or conflict with section 7 foreign trade rules (AWV) (Außenwirtschaftsverordnung) (in connection with section 4 paragraph 1(a) no. 3 foreign trade law (AWG) (Außenwirtschaftsgesetz)) or a similar anti-boycott statute.

 

  (c)

In connection with any amendment, waiver, determination or direction relating to any part of Clause 19.17 (Sanctions) and this Clause 21.15 of which a Restricted Lender does not have the benefit, the Commitments of that Restricted Lender will be excluded for the purpose of determining whether the consent of the Majority Lenders has been obtained or whether the determination or direction by the Majority Lenders has been made.

 

22.

Events of Default

Each of the events or circumstances set out in Clause 22.1 (Non-payment) to 22.14 (Material Adverse Change) is an Event of Default.

 

22.1

Non-payment

An Obligor fails to pay any sum due from it under any of the Finance Documents at the time (or within five Business Days of the due date, unless such failure to pay is due to the Obligor’s inability or unwillingness to pay), in the currency and in the manner specified therein.

 

74


22.2

Misrepresentation

 

  (a)

Any representation or warranty made or deemed to be made by an Obligor in this Agreement or in any written notice or other document, certificate or written statement delivered by it pursuant hereto or in connection herewith is or proves to have been incorrect, untrue or misleading when made or deemed to be made in any material respect.

 

  (b)

No Event of Default under paragraph (a) above will occur if the event or circumstance giving rise to the representation or statement being incorrect, untrue or misleading is capable of remedy and is remedied within 21 days after the Agent has given notice to the Parent or relevant Obligor.

 

22.3

Other Obligations

An Obligor fails duly to perform or comply with any other obligation expressed to be assumed by it in any of the Finance Documents and such failure (if capable of remedy) is not remedied within 21 days after the Agent has given notice thereof to the Obligor.

 

22.4

Cross Acceleration

 

  (a)

Any Financial Indebtedness of any Obligor or Material Subsidiary is not paid when due nor within any originally applicable grace period.

 

  (b)

Any Financial Indebtedness of any Obligor or Material Subsidiary is declared to be or otherwise becomes due and payable prior to its specified maturity as a result of an event of default (however described).

 

  (c)

Any commitment for any Financial Indebtedness of any Obligor or Material Subsidiary is cancelled or suspended by a creditor of any Obligor or Material Subsidiary as a result of an event of default (however described).

 

  (d)

No Event of Default will occur under this Clause 22.4 if the aggregate amount of Financial Indebtedness or commitment for Financial Indebtedness falling within paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) above is less than US$25,000,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency or currencies).

 

22.5

Cross Default - USPP notes

 

  (a)

Any creditor of any member of the Group becomes entitled to declare any Financial Indebtedness of any member of the Group incurred under the 2005 USPP Notes, the 2015 USPP Notes and/or the 2017 USPP Notes due and payable prior to its specified maturity as a result of an event of default (howsoever described) occurring solely in respect of a breach of the leverage ratio covenant comparing the ratio of borrowings to earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation (howsoever described) in such financing.

 

  (b)

No Event of Default will occur under this Clause 22.5 if the aggregate amount of Financial Indebtedness falling within paragraph (a) above is less than US$75,000,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency or currencies).

 

75


22.6

Insolvency and Rescheduling

 

  (a)

Either an Obligor or any Material Subsidiary is unable to pay its debts as they fall due, commences negotiations with any one or more of its creditors with a view to the general readjustment or rescheduling of its indebtedness or makes a general assignment for the benefit of or a composition with its creditors in each case by reason of financial difficulties.

 

  (b)

Without prejudice to paragraph (a) above or paragraph (c) below, any of the following occurs in respect of any US Obligor:

 

  (i)

it makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors;

 

  (ii)

it commences a voluntary case or proceeding under any US Bankruptcy Law;

 

  (iii)

an involuntary proceeding under any US Bankruptcy Law is commenced against it and is not challenged by appropriate means within thirty (30) days and is not dismissed or stayed within sixty (60) days after commencement of such case; or

 

  (iv)

a custodian, conservator, receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other similar official is appointed under any US Bankruptcy Law for, or takes charge of, all or a substantial part of the property of such US Obligor or such appointment is requested by any Obligor.

 

  (c)

Without prejudice to paragraph (a) above or (b) above, any corporate action, legal proceedings or other procedure or step is taken in respect of any Obligor or any Material Subsidiary being declared “bankrupt” within the meaning of Article 8 of the Interpretation (Jersey) Law 1954 including a declaration of en desastre being made in respect of the property of an Obligor or any Material Subsidiary or the appointment of the Viscount of the Royal Court of Jersey in respect of the property of an Obligor or any Material Subsidiary or any corporate action, legal proceedings or other procedure or step is taken with its creditors in accordance with Article 125 (“Power of company to compromise with creditors and members”) of the Jersey Companies Law.

 

22.7

Winding-Up

Either an Obligor or any Material Subsidiary takes any corporate action or a resolution or order is passed or made for its winding-up, dissolution, administration or re-organisation including under any of the provisions of Part 21 of the Jersey Companies Law or for the appointment of a receiver, administrator, administrative receiver, trustee, the Viscount of the Royal Court of Jersey or similar officer having similar powers in any jurisdiction of it or of any or all of its revenues and assets the aggregate value of which exceeds US$10,000,000 (other than for the purposes of and followed by a reconstruction

 

76


previously approved in writing by the Majority Lenders hereunder or, so long as one Lender under this Agreement (or an Affiliate of a Lender) is a Lender under (and as defined in) the 2020 Facility Agreement, previously approved in writing by the Majority Lenders in respect of the 2020 Facility Agreement (as the term “Majority Lenders” is defined therein and, for the avoidance of doubt, the Total Commitment under this Agreement will form no part of the calculation required to determine Majority Lender consent under Clause 1.1 of the 2020 Facility Agreement), unless during or following such reconstruction any Obligor or any Material Subsidiary becomes or is declared to be insolvent).

 

22.8

Execution or Distress

Any execution or distress or attachment or legal process is levied against, enforced upon or sued out against, or an encumbrancer takes possession of, the whole or any substantial part of the assets of either of an Obligor or any Material Subsidiary and remains undischarged for 60 days.

 

22.9

Failure to comply with Final Judgment

A final judgment or judgments for the payment of money aggregating in excess of US$25,000,000 (or its equivalent in the relevant currency of payment) are rendered against one or more of the Obligors and their Material Subsidiaries and such judgments are not, within 60 days after entry thereof, complied with or stayed pending appeal, or are not complied with within 60 days after the expiration of such stay.

 

22.10

Ownership of the Obligors

An Obligor (other than the Parent) is not or ceases to be a Subsidiary of the Parent.

 

22.11

Repudiation

An Obligor repudiates any of the Finance Documents or does or causes to be done any act or thing evidencing an intention to repudiate any of the Finance Documents.

 

22.12

Illegality

At any time it is or becomes unlawful for an Obligor to perform or comply with any or all of its material obligations under any of the Finance Documents or any of the obligations of an Obligor under any of the Finance Documents is not or ceases to be legal, valid and binding (in each case, subject only to customary reservations as to legal matters) unless, in each case (other than in the case of the guarantee from the Parent (or, following a Permitted Change of Control, the New Holding Company) under this Agreement), the Lenders are satisfied that:

 

  (a)

those obligations have been promptly assumed by another Obligor and continue to be in all respects valid, binding and enforceable; and

 

  (b)

the guarantee of each Guarantor under this Agreement is in all respects valid, binding and enforceable to the obligations which have been assumed by the new Obligor.

 

77


22.13

ERISA

If:

 

  (a)

any Plan shall fail to satisfy the minimum funding standards of ERISA or the Code for any plan year or part thereof or a waiver of such standards or extension of any amortization period is sought or granted under section 412 of the Code;

 

  (b)

a notice of intent to terminate any Plan shall have been filed with the PBGC or the PBGC shall have instituted proceedings under ERISA section 4042 to terminate or appoint a trustee to administer any Plan or the PBGC shall have notified any Obligor or any ERISA Affiliate that a Plan may become a subject of any such proceedings;

 

  (c)

the sum of (x) the aggregate “amount of unfunded benefit liabilities” (within the meaning of section 4001(a)(18) of ERISA) under all Plans, determined in accordance with Title IV of ERISA, plus (y) the amount (if any) by which the aggregate present value of accrued benefit liabilities under all funded Non-U.S. Plans exceeds the aggregate current value of the assets of such Non-U.S. Plans allocable to such liabilities, shall exceed US$25,000,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency);

 

  (d)

any Obligor or any ERISA Affiliate shall have incurred or is reasonably expected to incur any liability pursuant to Title I or IV of ERISA or the penalty or excise tax provisions of the Code relating to Plans;

 

  (e)

any Obligor or any ERISA Affiliate withdraws from any Multiemployer Plan;

 

  (f)

any Obligor or any Subsidiary establishes or amends any employee welfare benefit plan that provides post-employment welfare benefits in a manner that would increase the liability of the Parent or any Subsidiary thereunder;

 

  (g)

any Obligor or any Subsidiary fails to administer or maintain a Non-U.S. Plan in compliance with the requirements of any and all applicable laws, statutes, rules, regulations or court orders or any Non-U.S. Plan is involuntarily terminated or wound up; or

 

  (h)

any Obligor or any Subsidiary becomes subject to the imposition of a financial penalty (which for this purpose shall mean any tax, penalty or other liability, whether by way of indemnity or otherwise) with respect to one or more Non-U.S. Plans,

and any such event or events described in paragraphs (a) through (h) above, either individually or together with any other such event or events, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The term employee welfare benefit plan shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3 of ERISA.

 

78


22.14

Material Adverse Change

Any change occurs in the business or financial condition of the Group taken as a whole which has a Material Adverse Effect.

 

22.15

Acceleration

 

  (a)

On and at any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default which is continuing the Agent may, and shall if so directed by the Majority Lenders, by notice to the Parent:

 

  (i)

cancel the Total Commitments whereupon they shall immediately be cancelled;

 

  (ii)

declare that all or part of the Loans, together with accrued interest, and all other amounts accrued under the Finance Documents be immediately due and payable, whereupon they shall become immediately due and payable; and/or

 

  (iii)

declare that all or part of the Loans be payable on demand, whereupon they shall immediately become payable on demand by the Agent on the instructions of the Majority Lenders.

 

  (b)

If an Event of Default occurs in a U.S. court of competent jurisdiction under paragraph (b) of Clause 22.6 (Insolvency and Rescheduling) in relation to:

 

  (i)

any US Borrower:

 

  (A)

the Total Commitments in relation to such US Borrower shall immediately be cancelled; and

 

  (B)

all of the Loans made to such US Borrower, together with accrued interest, and all other amounts accrued under the Finance Documents with respect to such US Borrower shall be immediately due and payable,

in each case automatically and without any direction, notice, declaration or other act, all of which are expressly waived; or

 

  (ii)

any US Guarantor, each amount expressed by Clause 18 (Guarantee and Indemnity) to be payable by that US Guarantor on demand shall, after that Event of Default has occurred, be immediately due and payable by that US Guarantor without the need for any demand or other claim on that US Guarantor or any other Obligor.

 

23.

Changes to the Lenders

 

23.1

Assignments and transfers by the Lenders

 

  (a)

Subject to this Clause 23, a Lender (the Existing Lender) may:

 

  (i)

assign any of its rights; or

 

79


  (ii)

transfer by novation any of its rights and obligations,

to another bank or financial institution (the New Lender).

 

  (b)

In addition to the other rights provided to Lenders under this Clause 23, each Lender may without consulting with or obtaining consent from any Obligor, at any time charge, assign or otherwise create Security in or over (whether by way of collateral or otherwise) all or any of its rights under any Finance Document to secure obligations of that Lender including, without limitation:

 

  (i)

any charge, assignment or other Security to secure obligations to a federal reserve, central bank or other applicable governing body or authority;

 

  (ii)

in the case of any Lender which is a fund, any charge, assignment or other Security granted to any holders (or trustee or representatives of holders) of obligations owed, or securities issued, by that Lender as security for those obligations or securities,

except that no such charge or assignment of Security shall:

 

  (A)

release a Lender from any of its obligations under the Finance Documents or substitute the beneficiary of the relevant charge, assignment or Security for the Lender as a party to any of the Finance Documents; or

 

  (B)

require any payments to be made by an Obligor or grant to any person any more extensive rights than those required to be made or granted to the relevant Lender under the Finance Documents.

 

23.2

Parent consent

 

  (a)

The consent of the Parent is required for an assignment or transfer by an Existing Lender, unless the assignment or transfer is to another Lender or an Affiliate of any Lender or, if at the time of such assignment or transfer there is a continuing Event of Default.

 

  (b)

The consent of the Parent to an assignment or transfer must not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. The Parent will be deemed to have given its consent ten Business Days after it has received a written request from the Existing Lender unless consent is expressly refused by the Parent within that time.

 

23.3

Other conditions of assignment or transfer

 

  (a)

An assignment will only be effective on:

 

  (i)

receipt by the Agent of written confirmation from the New Lender (in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent) that the New Lender will assume the same obligations to the other Finance Parties as it would have been under if it had been an Original Lender; and

 

80


  (ii)

performance by the Agent of all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to such assignment to a New Lender, the completion of which the Agent shall promptly notify to the Existing Lender and the New Lender.

 

  (b)

A transfer will only be effective if the procedure set out in Clause 23.6 (Procedure for transfer) is complied with.

 

  (c)

If:

 

  (i)

a Lender assigns or transfers any of its rights or obligations under the Finance Documents or changes its Facility Office; and

 

  (ii)

as a result of circumstances existing at the date the assignment, transfer or change occurs, an Obligor would be obliged to make a payment to the New Lender or Lender acting through its new Facility Office under Clause 13 (Tax Gross Up) or Clause 14 (Increased Costs),

then the New Lender or Lender acting through its new Facility Office is only entitled to receive payment under those Clauses to the same extent as the Existing Lender or Lender acting through its previous Facility Office would have been if the assignment, transfer or change had not occurred. This paragraph (c) shall not apply:

 

  (i)

in respect of an assignment or transfer made in the ordinary course of the primary syndication of any Facility; or

 

  (ii)

in relation to Clause 13.2 (Tax gross-up), to a UK Treaty Lender that has included a confirmation of its scheme reference number and its jurisdiction of tax residence in accordance with paragraph (h)(ii)(B) of Clause 13.2 (Tax gross-up), if the UK Borrower making the payment has not made a Borrower DTTP Filing in respect of that UK Treaty Lender.

 

23.4

Assignment or transfer fee

The New Lender shall, on the date upon which an assignment or transfer takes effect, pay to the Agent (for its own account) a fee of US$3,000.

 

23.5

Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders

 

  (a)

Unless expressly agreed to the contrary, an Existing Lender makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility to a New Lender for:

 

  (i)

the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of the Finance Documents or any other documents;

 

  (ii)

the financial condition of any Obligor;

 

81


  (iii)

the performance and observance by any Obligor of its obligations under the Finance Documents or any other documents; or

 

  (iv)

the accuracy of any statements (whether written or oral) made in or in connection with any Finance Document or any other document,

and any representations or warranties implied by law are excluded.

 

  (b)

Each New Lender confirms to the Existing Lender and the other Finance Parties that it:

 

  (i)

has made (and shall continue to make) its own independent investigation and assessment of the financial condition and affairs of each Obligor and its related entities in connection with its participation in this Agreement and has not relied exclusively on any information provided to it by the Existing Lender in connection with any Finance Document; and

 

  (ii)

will continue to make its own independent appraisal of the creditworthiness of each Obligor and its related entities whilst any amount is or may be outstanding under the Finance Documents or any Commitment is in force.

 

  (c)

Nothing in any Finance Document obliges an Existing Lender to:

 

  (i)

accept a re-transfer from a New Lender of any of the rights and obligations assigned or transferred under this Clause 23; or

 

  (ii)

support any losses directly or indirectly incurred by the New Lender by reason of the non-performance by any Obligor of its obligations under the Finance Documents or otherwise.

 

23.6

Procedure for transfer

 

  (a)

Subject to the conditions set out in Clause 23.2 (Parent consent) and Clause 23.3 (Other conditions of assignment or transfer) a transfer is effected in accordance with paragraph (c) below when the Agent executes an otherwise duly completed Transfer Certificate delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender and the Agent makes a corresponding entry in the Register pursuant to paragraph (g) of Clause 26.3 (Duties of the Agent). The Agent shall, subject to paragraph (b) below, as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt by it of a duly completed Transfer Certificate appearing on its face to comply with the terms of this Agreement and delivered in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, execute that Transfer Certificate.

 

  (b)

The Agent shall only be obliged to execute a Transfer Certificate delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender and make a corresponding entry in the Register once it is satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to the transfer to such New Lender.

 

82


  (c)

On the Transfer Date:

 

  (i)

to the extent that in the Transfer Certificate the Existing Lender seeks to transfer by novation its rights and obligations under the Finance Documents each of the Obligors and the Existing Lender shall be released from further obligations towards one another under the Finance Documents and their respective rights against one another under the Finance Documents shall be cancelled (being the Discharged Rights and Obligations);

 

  (ii)

each of the Obligors and the New Lender shall assume obligations towards one another and/or acquire rights against one another which differ from the Discharged Rights and Obligations only insofar as that Obligor and the New Lender have assumed and/or acquired the same in place of that Obligor and the Existing Lender;

 

  (iii)

the Agent, the Mandated Lead Arranger, the New Lender and other Lenders shall acquire the same rights and assume the same obligations between themselves as they would have acquired and assumed had the New Lender been an Original Lender with the rights and/or obligations acquired or assumed by it as a result of the transfer and to that extent the Agent, the Mandated Lead Arranger and the Existing Lender shall each be released from further obligations to each other under this Agreement; and

 

  (iv)

the New Lender shall become a Party as a Lender.

 

23.7

Copy of Transfer Certificate or Increase Confirmation to Parent

The Agent shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after it has executed a Transfer Certificate or Increase Confirmation send to the Parent a copy of that Transfer Certificate or Increase Confirmation.

 

23.8

Lender Affiliates

A Lender may by notice to the Agent nominate an Affiliate of that Lender (a Lender Affiliate) as being the entity through which that Lender will perform its obligations under this Agreement. If the Agent receives any such notice, the Agent shall treat the Lender Affiliate as being responsible for the funding obligations of the relevant Lender under this Agreement, but a breach by the Lender Affiliate of any such obligation shall not relieve the affiliated Lender of that Lender Affiliate of such obligation, in respect of which it shall remain liable.

 

23.9

Increased costs on change of Lender or Facility Office

If a Lender assigns or transfers any portion of its Commitment or changes its Facility Office or designates an Affiliate to perform its obligations pursuant to Clause 23.8 (Lender Affiliates) and, as a result of circumstances existing at the

 

83


time of the assignment, transfer or change, an Obligor would be obliged to pay an amount under Clause 13 (Tax Gross Up) or Clause 14 (Increased Costs), that Obligor need only pay such amount to the extent it would have been obliged if that assignment, transfer or change had not occurred.

 

24.

Changes to the Obligors

 

24.1

Assignments and transfer by Obligors

No Obligor may assign any of its rights or transfer any of its rights or obligations under the Finance Documents.

 

24.2

Additional Borrowers

 

  (a)

Subject to compliance with the provisions of paragraphs (c) and (d) of Clause 20.8 (Know your customer checks), the Parent may request that any of its wholly owned Subsidiaries becomes an Additional Borrower or, in connection with a Permitted Change of Control, the New Holding Company (and any of its Subsidiaries which is a Holding Company of the Parent) becomes an Additional Borrower. That Subsidiary, the New Holding Company or any of its Subsidiaries which is a Holding Company of the Parent, as the case may be, shall become an Additional Borrower if:

 

  (i)

all of the Lenders approve the addition of that entity unless such entity is incorporated in a Pre-Approved Jurisdiction;

 

  (ii)

the Parent delivers to the Agent a duly completed and executed Accession Letter;

 

  (iii)

the Parent confirms that no Default is continuing or would occur as a result of that Subsidiary becoming an Additional Borrower;

 

  (iv)

the Agent has given the notification referred to in paragraph (b) below; and

 

  (v)

the Repeating Representations, when made by the proposed Additional Borrower, are true in all materials respects and

 

  (vi)

in the case of a proposed Additional Borrower which would become a US Borrower, the Repeating Representations shall, for the purpose of this Clause 24.2 only, also include Clause 19.10 (Compliance with ERISA; Non-U.S. Plans), Clause 19.12 (Margin Stock), Clause 19.13 (United States Regulation), Clause 19.14 (Anti-terrorism laws and anti-money laundering laws) and Clause 19.17 (Sanctions). Notwithstanding the foregoing, this paragraph (vi) shall also apply to a proposed Additional Borrower which would become a Borrower for purposes of Clause 19.10 (Compliance with ERISA; Non-U.S. Plans).

 

  (b)

The Agent shall notify the Parent and the Lenders promptly upon being satisfied that it has received (in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to it) all the documents and other evidence listed in Part B of Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent) in relation to that Additional Borrower.

 

84


  (c)

Subject to paragraph (d) below, each Subsidiary acceding as an Additional Borrower must, on the date of such accession, accede as an Additional Guarantor. The Agent shall not give the notification referred to in paragraph (b) above unless the relevant Additional Borrower, on or before such notification has completed its accession as an Additional Guarantor.

 

  (d)

If any Subsidiary of the Parent becomes or is to become an Additional Borrower (and hence an Additional Guarantor also) or an Additional Guarantor only and, as a result of the application of the Guarantee Principles, or otherwise with the approval of the Agent, limitations are to be placed on the guarantee obligations of the relevant Additional Guarantor, then the Agent shall, and is hereby authorised by the Finance Parties to, enter into such amendments to the terms of Clause 18 (Guarantee and Indemnity) (by way of its countersignature of the relevant Accession Letter, which shall contain amendments to Clause 18 (Guarantee and Indemnity) in respect of the relevant Additional Borrower or Additional Guarantor) as are appropriate to give effect to those limitations.

 

24.3

Additional Guarantors

 

  (a)

Subject to compliance with the provisions of paragraphs (c) and (d) of Clause 20.8 (Know your customer checks), the Parent may request that any of its Subsidiaries become an Additional Guarantor or, in connection with a Permitted Change of Control, the New Holding Company (and any of its Subsidiaries which is a Holding Company of the Parent) becomes an Additional Guarantor. That Subsidiary, the New Holding Company or any of its Subsidiaries which is a Holding Company of the Parent, as the case may be, shall become an Additional Guarantor (subject to the Guarantee Principles) if:

 

  (i)

the Parent delivers to the Agent a duly completed and executed Accession Letter;

 

  (ii)

the Agent has received all of the documents and other evidence listed in Part B of Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent) in relation to that Additional Guarantor, each in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent; and

 

  (iii)

the Repeating Representations, when made by the proposed Additional Guarantor, are true in all materials respects and

in the case of a proposed Additional Guarantor which would become a US Guarantor, the Repeating Representations shall, for the purpose of this Clause 24.3 only, also include Clause 19.10 (Compliance with ERISA; Non-U.S. Plans), Clause 19.12 (Margin Stock), Clause 19.13 (United States Regulation), Clause 19.14 (Anti-terrorism laws and anti-money laundering laws) and Clause 19.17 (Sanctions).

 

85


  (b)

The Parent shall ensure that each Subsidiary which becomes a “Subsidiary Guarantor” or any kind of guarantor under any of the US Financings becomes an Additional Guarantor at the same time in accordance with paragraphs (a)(i) and (a)(ii) above.

 

  (c)

The Agent shall notify the Parent and the Lenders promptly upon being satisfied that it has received (in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to it) all the documents and other evidence listed in Part B of Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent).

 

24.4

Repetition of Representations

Delivery of an Accession Letter constitutes confirmation by the relevant Subsidiary or the New Holding Company, as the case may be, that the Repeating Representations are true and correct in relation to it as at the date of delivery as if made by reference to that Subsidiary or the New Holding Company, as the case may be, to the facts and circumstances then existing.

 

24.5

Resignation of a Borrower

 

  (a)

The Parent may request that a Borrower (other than the Parent) ceases to be a Borrower by delivering to the Agent a Resignation Letter.

 

  (b)

The Agent shall accept a Resignation Letter and notify the Parent and the Lenders of its acceptance if:

 

  (i)

no Default is continuing or would result from the acceptance of the Resignation Letter (and the Parent has confirmed this is the case); and

 

  (ii)

the Borrower is under no actual or contingent obligations as a Borrower under any Finance Documents,

whereupon that company shall cease to be a Borrower and shall have no further rights or obligations under the Finance Documents.

 

24.6

Resignation of a Guarantor

 

  (a)

The Parent may request that a Guarantor (other than the Parent) ceases to be a Guarantor by delivering to the Agent a Resignation Letter.

 

  (b)

The Agent shall accept a Resignation Letter and notify the Parent and the Lenders of its acceptance if:

 

  (i)

no Default is continuing or would result from the acceptance of the Resignation Letter (and the Parent has confirmed this is the case); and

 

  (ii)

where the Guarantor is also a Borrower, it is under no actual or contingent obligations as a Borrower and has resigned and ceased (or will on the same date resign and cease) to be a Borrower under Clause 24.5 (Resignation of a Borrower),

whereupon that company shall cease to be a Guarantor and shall have no further rights or obligations under the Finance Documents.

 

86


25.

Role of the Agent and the Mandated Lead Arranger

 

25.1

Appointment of the Agent

 

  (a)

Each other Finance Party appoints the Agent to act as its agent under and in connection with the Finance Documents.

 

  (b)

Each other Finance Party authorises the Agent to perform the duties, obligations and responsibilities and to exercise the rights, powers, authorities and discretions specifically given to the Agent under or in connection with the Finance Documents together with any other incidental rights, powers, authorities and discretions.

 

25.2

Instructions

 

  (a)

The Agent shall:

 

  (i)

unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, exercise or refrain from exercising any right, power, authority or discretion vested in it as Agent in accordance with any instructions given to it by:

 

  (A)

all Lenders if the relevant Finance Document stipulates the matter is an all Lender decision; and

 

  (B)

in all other cases, the Majority Lenders; and

 

  (ii)

not be liable for any act (or omission) if it acts (or refrains from acting) in accordance with paragraph (i) above.

 

  (b)

The Agent shall be entitled to request instructions, or clarification of any instruction, from the Majority Lenders (or, if the relevant Finance Document stipulates the matter is a decision for any other Lender or group of Lenders, from that Lender or group of Lenders) as to whether, and in what manner, it should exercise or refrain from exercising any right, power, authority or discretion. The Agent may refrain from acting unless and until it receives any such instructions or clarification that it has requested.

 

  (c)

Save in the case of decisions stipulated to be a matter for any other Lender or group of Lenders under the relevant Finance Document and unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, any instructions given to the Agent by the Majority Lenders shall override any conflicting instructions given by any other Parties and will be binding on all Finance Parties.

 

  (d)

The Agent may refrain from acting in accordance with any instructions of any Lender or group of Lenders until it has received any indemnification and/or security that it may in its discretion require (which may be greater in extent than that contained in the Finance Documents and which may include payment in advance) for any cost, loss or liability which it may incur in complying with those instructions.

 

87


  (e)

In the absence of instructions, the Agent may act (or refrain from acting) as it considers to be in the best interest of the Lenders.

 

  (f)

The Agent is not authorised to act on behalf of a Lender (without first obtaining that Lender’s consent) in any legal or arbitration proceedings relating to any Finance Document.

 

25.3

Duties of the Agent

 

  (a)

Subject to paragraph (b) below, the Agent shall promptly forward to a Party the original or a copy of any document which is delivered to the Agent for that Party by any other Party.

 

  (b)

Without prejudice to Clause 23.7 (Copy of Transfer Certificate or Increase Confirmation to Parent), paragraph (a) above shall not apply to any Transfer Certificate or Increase Confirmation.

 

  (c)

Except where a Finance Document specifically provides otherwise, the Agent is not obliged to review or check the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any document it forwards to another Party.

 

  (d)

If the Agent receives notice from a Party referring to this Agreement, describing a Default and stating that the circumstance described is a Default, it shall promptly notify the other Finance Parties.

 

  (e)

The Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders of any default arising under Clause 22.1 (Non-payment).

 

  (f)

The Agent shall provide to the Parent, within five Business Days of a request by the Parent (but no more frequently than once per calendar month), a list (which may be in electronic form) setting out the names of the Lenders as at the date of that request, their respective Commitments, the address and fax number (and the department or officer, if any, for whose attention any communication is to be made) of each Lender for any communication to be made or document to be delivered under or in connection with the Finance Documents, the electronic mail address and/or any other information required to enable the sending and receipt of information by electronic mail or other electronic means to and by each Lender to whom any communication under or in connection with the Finance Documents may be made by that means and the account details of each Lender for any payment to be distributed by the Agent to that Lender under the Finance Documents.

 

  (g)

The Agent, solely for this purpose acting as non-fiduciary agent of the Borrowers, shall maintain a copy of each Transfer Certificate delivered to it and a register for the recording of the names and addresses of the Finance Parties, and Commitments of, and principal amount of the Loans owing to, each Finance Party pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (for the purposes of this provision, the Register). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and the Borrowers, the Agent and the Lenders shall treat each person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement. The Register shall be

 

88


  available for inspection by the Borrowers and any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice and each Lender hereby consents to the disclosure of the information contained in the Register.

 

  (h)

The Agent’s duties under the Finance Documents are solely mechanical and administrative in nature.

 

25.4

Role of the Mandated Lead Arranger

Except as specifically provided in the Finance Documents, the Mandated Lead Arranger has no obligations of any kind to any other Party under or in connection with any Finance Document.

 

25.5

No fiduciary duties

 

  (a)

Nothing in this Agreement constitutes the Agent or the Mandated Lead Arranger as a trustee or fiduciary of any other person.

 

  (b)

Neither the Agent nor the Mandated Lead Arranger shall be bound to account to any Lender for any sum or the profit element of any sum received by it for its own account.

 

25.6

Business with the Group

The Agent and the Mandated Lead Arranger may accept deposits from, lend money to and generally engage in any kind of banking or other business with any member of the Group.

 

25.7

Rights and discretions of the Agent

 

  (a)

The Agent may:

 

  (i)

rely on any representation, communication, notice or document believed by it to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised;

 

  (ii)

assume that:

 

  (A)

any instructions received by it from the Majority Lenders, any Lenders or any group of Lenders are duly given in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents; and

 

  (B)

unless it has received notice of revocation, that those instructions have not been revoked; and

 

  (iii)

rely on a certificate from any person:

 

  (A)

as to any matter of fact or circumstance which might reasonably be expected to be within the knowledge of that person; or

 

  (B)

to the effect that such person approves of any particular dealing, transaction, step, action or thing, as sufficient evidence that that is the case and, in the case of paragraph (A) above, may assume the truth and accuracy of that certificate.

 

89


  (b)

The Agent may assume (unless it has received notice to the contrary in its capacity as agent for the Lenders) that:

 

  (i)

no Default has occurred (unless it has actual knowledge of a Default arising under Clause 22.1 (Non-payment));

 

  (ii)

any right, power, authority or discretion vested in any Party or any group of Lenders has not been exercised; and

 

  (iii)

any notice or request made by the Parent (other than a Utilisation Request) is made on behalf of and with the consent and knowledge of all the Obligors.

 

  (c)

The Agent may engage, pay for and rely on the advice or services of any lawyers, accountants, surveyors or other experts.

 

  (d)

The Agent may act in relation to the Finance Documents through its officers, employees and agents.

 

  (e)

The Agent may disclose to any other Party any information it reasonably believes it has received as agent under this Agreement.

 

  (f)

Without prejudice to the generality of paragraph (e) above, the Agent may disclose the identity of a Defaulting Lender to the other Finance Parties and the Parent and shall disclose the same upon the written request of the Parent or the Majority Lenders.

 

  (g)

Notwithstanding any other provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, neither the Agent nor the Mandated Lead Arranger is obliged to do or omit to do anything if it would or might in its reasonable opinion constitute a breach of any law or regulation or a breach of a fiduciary duty or duty of confidentiality.

 

  (h)

Notwithstanding any provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, the Agent is not obliged to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of its duties, obligations or responsibilities or the exercise of any right, power, authority or discretion if it has grounds for believing the repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against, or security for, such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.

 

25.8

Majority Lenders’ instructions

 

  (a)

Unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, the Agent shall (i) exercise any right, power, authority or discretion vested in it as Agent in accordance with any instructions given to it by the Majority Lenders (or, if so instructed by the Majority Lenders, refrain from exercising any right, power, authority or discretion vested in it as Agent) and (ii) not be liable for any act (or omission) if it acts (or refrains from taking any action) in accordance with an instruction of the Majority Lenders.

 

90


  (b)

Unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, any instructions given by the Majority Lenders will be binding on all the Finance Parties.

 

  (c)

The Agent may refrain from acting in accordance with the instructions of the Majority Lenders (or, if appropriate, the Lenders) until it has received such security as it may require for any cost, loss or liability (together with any associated VAT) which it may incur in complying with the instructions.

 

  (d)

In the absence of instructions from the Majority Lenders, (or, if appropriate, the Lenders) the Agent may act (or refrain from taking action) as it considers to be in the best interest of the Lenders.

 

  (e)

The Agent is not authorised to act on behalf of a Lender (without first obtaining that Lender’s consent) in any legal or arbitration proceedings relating to any Finance Document.

 

25.9

Responsibility for documentation

Neither the Agent nor the Mandated Lead Arranger is responsible or liable for:

 

  (a)

the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any information (whether oral or written) supplied by the Agent, the Mandated Lead Arranger, an Obligor or any other person in or in connection with any Finance Document or the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document; or

 

  (b)

the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Finance Document or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document.

 

25.10

No duty to monitor

The Agent shall not be bound to enquire:

 

  (a)

whether or not any Default has occurred;

 

  (b)

as to the performance, default or any breach by any Party of its obligations under any Finance Document; or

 

  (c)

whether any other event specified in any Finance Document has occurred.

 

91


25.11

Exclusion of liability

 

  (a)

Without limiting paragraph (i) below (and without prejudice to any other provision of any Finance Document excluding or limiting the liability of the Agent), the Agent will not be liable for:

 

  (i)

any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value, or any liability whatsoever arising as a result of taking or not taking any action under or in connection with any Finance Document, unless directly caused by its gross negligence or wilful misconduct;

 

  (ii)

exercising, or not exercising, any right, power, authority or discretion given to it by, or in connection with, any Finance Document or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with, any Finance Document, other than by reason of its gross negligence or wilful misconduct; or

 

  (iii)

without prejudice to the generality of paragraphs (i) and (ii) above, any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value or any liability whatsoever (including, without limitation, for negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever but not including any claim based on the fraud of the Agent) arising as a result of:

 

  (A)

any act, event or circumstance not reasonably within its control; or

 

  (B)

the general risks of investment in, or the holding of assets in, any jurisdiction,

including (in each case and without limitation) such damages, costs, losses, diminution in value or liability arising as a result of: nationalisation, expropriation or other governmental actions; any regulation, currency restriction, devaluation or fluctuation; market conditions affecting the execution or settlement of transactions or the value of assets (including any Disruption Event); breakdown, failure or malfunction of any third party transport, telecommunications, computer services or systems; natural disasters or acts of God; war, terrorism, insurrection or revolution; or strikes or industrial action.

 

  (b)

No Party (other than the Agent) may take any proceedings against any officer, employee or agent of the Agent in respect of any claim it might have against the Agent or in respect of any act or omission of any kind by that officer, employee or agent in relation to any Finance Document and any officer, employee or agent of the Agent may rely on this Clause.

 

  (c)

The Agent will not be liable for any delay (or any related consequences) in crediting an account with an amount required under the Finance Documents to be paid by the Agent if the Agent has taken all necessary steps as soon as reasonably practicable to comply with the regulations or operating procedures of any recognised clearing or settlement system used by the Agent for that purpose.

 

92


  (d)

Nothing in this Agreement shall oblige the Agent or the Mandated Lead Arranger to carry out:

 

  (i)

any “know your customer” or other checks in relation to any person; or

 

  (ii)

any check on the extent to which any transaction contemplated by this Agreement might be unlawful for any Lender or for any Affiliate of any Lender,

on behalf of any Lender and each Lender confirms to the Agent and the Mandated Lead Arranger that it is solely responsible for any such checks it is required to carry out and that it may not rely on any statement in relation to such checks made by the Agent or the Mandated Lead Arranger.

 

  (e)

Without prejudice to any provision of any Finance Document excluding or limiting the Agent’s liability, any liability of the Agent arising under or in connection with any Finance Document shall be limited to the amount of actual loss which has been suffered (as determined by reference to the date of default of the Agent or, if later, the date on which the loss arises as a result of such default) but without reference to any special conditions or circumstances known to the Agent at any time which increase the amount of that loss. In no event shall the Agent be liable for any loss of profits, goodwill, reputation, business opportunity or anticipated saving, or for special, punitive, indirect or consequential damages, whether or not the Agent has been advised of the possibility of such loss or damages.

 

25.12

Lenders’ indemnity to the Agent

Each Lender shall (in proportion to its share of the Total Commitments or, if the Total Commitments are then zero, to its share of the Total Commitments immediately prior to their reduction to zero) indemnify the Agent, within three Business Days of demand, against any cost, loss or liability (including, without limitation, for negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever) incurred by the Agent (otherwise than by reason of the Agent’s gross negligence or wilful misconduct) (or, in the case of any cost, loss or liability pursuant to Clause 28.11 (Disruption to Payment Systems etc.), notwithstanding the Agent’s negligence, gross negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever but not including any claim based on the fraud of the Agent) in acting as Agent under the Finance Documents (unless the Agent has been reimbursed by an Obligor pursuant to a Finance Document).

 

25.13

Resignation of the Agent

 

  (a)

The Agent may resign and appoint one of its Affiliates as successor by giving notice to the other Finance Parties and the Parent.

 

  (b)

Alternatively the Agent may resign by giving 30 days’ notice to the other Finance Parties and the Parent, in which case the Majority Lenders (after consultation with the Parent) may appoint a successor Agent.

 

  (c)

If the Majority Lenders have not appointed a successor Agent in accordance with paragraph (b) above within 30 days after notice of resignation was given, the retiring Agent (after consultation with the Parent) may appoint a successor Agent (acting through an office in the United Kingdom).

 

93


  (d)

The retiring Agent shall, at its own cost, make available to the successor Agent such documents and records and provide such assistance as the successor Agent may reasonably request for the purposes of performing its functions as Agent under the Finance Documents.

 

  (e)

The Agent’s resignation notice shall only take effect upon the appointment of a successor.

 

  (f)

Upon the appointment of a successor, the retiring Agent shall be discharged from any further obligation in respect of the Finance Documents but shall remain entitled to the benefit of Clause 15.3 (Indemnity to the Agent) and this Clause 25 (and any agency fees for the account of the retiring Agent shall cease to accrue from (and shall be payable on) that date). Its successor and each of the other Parties shall have the same rights and obligations amongst themselves as they would have had if such successor had been an original Party.

 

  (g)

The Agent shall resign in accordance with paragraph (a) (and, to the extent applicable, shall use reasonable endeavours to appoint a successor Agent pursuant to paragraph (b) if on or after the date which is three months before the earliest FATCA Application Date relating to any payment to the Agent under the Finance Documents, either:

 

  (i)

the Agent fails to respond to a request under Clause 13.7 (FATCA Information) and the Parent or a Lender reasonably believes that the Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date;

 

  (ii)

the information supplied by the Agent pursuant to Clause 13.7 (FATCA Information) indicates that the Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date; or

 

  (iii)

the Agent notifies the Parent and the Lenders that the Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date;

and (in each case) the Parent or a Lender reasonably believes that a Party will be required to make a FATCA Deduction that would not be required if the Agent were a FATCA Exempt Party, and the Parent or that Lender, by notice to the Agent, requires it to resign.

 

25.14

Replacement of the Agent

 

  (a)

After consultation with the Parent, the Majority Lenders may, by giving 30 days’ notice to the Agent (or, at any time the Agent is an Impaired Agent, by giving any shorter notice determined by the Majority Lenders) replace the Agent by appointing a successor Agent acting through an office in the UK.

 

94


  (b)

The retiring Agent shall (at its own cost if it is an Impaired Agent and otherwise at the expense of the Lenders) make available to the successor Agent such documents and records and provide such assistance as the successor Agent may reasonably request for the purposes of performing its functions as Agent under the Finance Documents.

 

  (c)

The appointment of the successor Agent shall take effect on the date specified in the notice from the Majority Lenders to the retiring Agent. As from this date, the retiring Agent shall be discharged from any further obligation in respect of the Finance Documents but shall remain entitled to the benefit of Clause 15.3 (Indemnity to the Agent) and this Clause 25 (and any agency fees for the account of the retiring Agent shall cease to accrue from (and shall be payable on) that date).

 

  (d)

Any successor Agent and each of the other Parties shall have the same rights and obligations amongst themselves as they would have had if such successor had been an original Party.

 

25.15

Confidentiality

 

  (a)

In acting as agent for the Finance Parties, the Agent shall be regarded as acting through its agency division which shall be treated as a separate entity from any other of its divisions or departments.

 

  (b)

If information is received by another division or department of the Agent, it may be treated as confidential to that division or department and the Agent shall not be deemed to have notice of it.

 

25.16

Relationship with the Lenders

 

  (a)

The Agent may treat each Lender as a Lender, entitled to payments under this Agreement and acting through its Facility Office unless it has received not less than five Business Days prior notice from that Lender to the contrary in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

  (b)

Any Lender may by notice to the Agent appoint a person to receive on its behalf all notices, communications, information and documents to be made or despatched to that Lender under the Finance Documents. Such notice shall contain the address, fax number and (where communication by electronic mail or other electronic means is permitted under Clause 31.6 (Electronic communication)) electronic mail address and/or any other information required to enable the sending and receipt of information by that means (and, in each case, the department or officer, if any, for whose attention communication is to be made) and be treated as a notification of a substitute address, fax number, electronic mail address, department and officer by that Lender for the purposes of Clause 31.2 (Addresses) and paragraph (a)(iii) of Clause 31.6 (Electronic communication) and the Agent shall be entitled to treat such person as the person entitled to receive all such notices, communications, information and documents as though that person were that Lender. Nothing in this paragraph (a) relieves any Lender of its obligations under this Agreement.

 

95


25.17

Credit appraisal by the Lenders

Without affecting the responsibility of any Obligor for information supplied by it or on its behalf in connection with any Finance Document, each Lender confirms to the Agent and the Mandated Lead Arranger that it has been, and will continue to be, solely responsible for making its own independent appraisal and investigation of all risks arising under or in connection with any Finance Document including but not limited to:

 

  (a)

the financial condition, status and nature of each member of the Group;

 

  (b)

the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Finance Document and any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document;

 

  (c)

whether that Lender has recourse, and the nature and extent of that recourse, against any Party or any of its respective assets under or in connection with any Finance Document, the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document; and

 

  (d)

the adequacy, accuracy and/or completeness of any information provided by the Agent, any Party or by any other person under or in connection with any Finance Document, the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document.

 

25.18

Deduction from amounts payable by the Agent

If any Party owes an amount to the Agent under the Finance Documents the Agent may, after giving notice to that Party, deduct an amount not exceeding that amount from any payment to that Party which the Agent would otherwise be obliged to make under the Finance Documents and apply the amount deducted in or towards satisfaction of the amount owed. For the purposes of the Finance Documents that Party shall be regarded as having received any amount so deducted.

 

25.19

Agent’s Management Time

Any amount payable to the Agent under Clause 15.3 (Indemnity to the Agent), Clause 17 (Costs and Expenses) and Clause 25.12 (Lenders’ indemnity to the Agent) shall include the cost of utilising the Agent’s management time or other resources and will be calculated on the basis of such reasonable daily or hourly rates as the Agent may notify to the Parent and the Lenders, and is in addition to any fee paid or payable to the Agent under Clause 12 (Fees).

 

96


26.

Conduct of business by the Finance Parties

No provision of this Agreement will (save as expressly provided to the contrary):

 

  (a)

interfere with the right of any Finance Party to arrange its affairs (tax or otherwise) in whatever manner it thinks fit;

 

  (b)

oblige any Finance Party to investigate or claim any credit, relief, remission or repayment available to it or the extent, order and manner of any claim; or

 

  (c)

oblige any Finance Party to disclose any information relating to its affairs (tax or otherwise) or any computations in respect of Tax.

 

27.

Sharing among the Finance Parties

 

27.1

Payments to Finance Parties

If a Finance Party (a Recovering Finance Party) receives or recovers any amount from an Obligor other than in accordance with Clause 28 (Payment Mechanics) (a Recovered Amount) and applies that amount to a payment due under the Finance Documents then:

 

  (a)

the Recovering Finance Party shall, within three Business Days, notify details of the receipt or recovery, to the Agent;

 

  (b)

the Agent shall determine whether the receipt or recovery is in excess of the amount the Recovering Finance Party would have been paid had the receipt or recovery been received or made by the Agent and distributed in accordance with Clause 28 (Payment Mechanics), without taking account of any Tax which would be imposed on the Agent in relation to the receipt, recovery or distribution; and

 

  (c)

the Recovering Finance Party shall, within three Business Days of demand by the Agent, pay to the Agent an amount (the Sharing Payment) equal to such receipt or recovery less any amount which the Agent determines may be retained by the Recovering Finance Party as its share of any payment to be made, in accordance with Clause 28.6 (Partial payments).

 

27.2

Redistribution of payments

The Agent shall treat the Sharing Payment as if it had been paid by the relevant Obligor and distribute it between the Finance Parties (other than the Recovering Finance Party) (the Sharing Finance Parties) in accordance with Clause 28.6 (Partial payments).

 

27.3

Recovering Finance Party’s rights

On a distribution by the Agent under Clause 27.2 (Redistribution of payments) of a payment received by a Recovering Finance Party from an Obligor, as between the relevant Obligor and the Recovering Finance Party, an amount of the Recovered Amount equal to the Sharing Payment will be treated as not having been paid by that Obligor.

 

97


27.4

Reversal of redistribution

If any part of the Sharing Payment received or recovered by a Recovering Finance Party becomes repayable and is repaid by that Recovering Finance Party, then:

 

  (a)

each Sharing Finance Party shall, upon request of the Agent, pay to the Agent for the account of that Recovering Finance Party an amount equal to the appropriate part of its share of the Sharing Payment (together with an amount as is necessary to reimburse that Recovering Finance Party for its proportion of any interest on the Sharing Payment which that Recovering Finance Party is required to pay) (the Redistributed Amount); and

 

  (b)

as between the relevant Obligor and each relevant Sharing Finance Party, an amount equal to the relevant Redistributed Amount will be treated as not having been paid by that Obligor.

 

27.5

Exceptions

 

  (a)

This Clause 27 shall not apply to the extent that the Recovering Finance Party would not, after making any payment pursuant to this Clause, have a valid and enforceable claim against the relevant Obligor.

 

  (b)

A Recovering Finance Party is not obliged to share with any other Lender any amount which the Recovering Finance Party has received or recovered as a result of taking legal or arbitration proceedings, if:

 

  (i)

it notified that other Finance Party of the legal or arbitration proceedings; and

 

  (ii)

that other Finance Party had an opportunity to participate in those legal or arbitration proceedings but did not do so as soon as reasonably practicable having received notice and did not take separate legal or arbitration proceedings.

 

28.

Payment mechanics

 

28.1

Payments to the Agent

 

  (a)

On each date on which an Obligor or a Lender is required to make a payment under a Finance Document, that Obligor or Lender shall make the same available to the Agent (unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document) for value on the due date at the time and in such funds specified by the Agent as being customary at the time for settlement of transactions in the relevant currency in the place of payment.

 

  (b)

Payment shall be made to such account in the principal financial centre of the country of that currency (or, in relation to euro, in a principal financial centre in a Participating Member State or London) with such bank as the Agent specifies.

 

98


28.2

Distributions by the Agent

Each payment received by the Agent under the Finance Documents for another Party shall, subject to Clause 28.3 (Distributions to an Obligor) and Clause 28.4 (Clawback) be made available by the Agent as soon as practicable after receipt to the Party entitled to receive payment in accordance with this Agreement (in the case of a Lender, for the account of its Facility Office), to such account as that Party may notify to the Agent by not less than five Business Days’ notice with a bank in the principal financial centre of the country of that currency (or, in relation to euro, in a principal financial centre in a Participating Member State or London).

 

28.3

Distributions to an Obligor

The Agent may (with the consent of the Obligor or in accordance with Clause 30 (Set-Off)) apply any amount received by it for that Obligor in or towards payment (on the date and in the currency and funds of receipt) of any amount due from that Obligor under the Finance Documents or in or towards purchase of any amount of any currency to be so applied.

 

28.4

Clawback

 

  (a)

Where a sum is to be paid to the Agent under the Finance Documents for another Party, the Agent is not obliged to pay that sum to that other Party (or to enter into or perform any related exchange contract) until it has been able to establish to its satisfaction that it has actually received that sum.

 

  (b)

If the Agent pays an amount to another Party and it proves to be the case that the Agent had not actually received that amount, then the Party to whom that amount (or the proceeds of any related exchange contract) was paid by the Agent shall on demand refund the same to the Agent together with interest on that amount from the date of payment to the date of receipt by the Agent, calculated by the Agent to reflect its cost of funds.

 

28.5

Impaired Agent

 

  (a)

If, at any time, the Agent becomes an Impaired Agent, any Obligor or a Lender which is required to make a payment under the Finance Documents to the Agent in accordance with Clause 28.1 (Payments to the Agent) may instead either pay that amount direct to the required recipient or pay that amount to an interest-bearing account held with an Acceptable Bank and in relation to which no Insolvency Event has occurred and is continuing, in the name of the Obligor or the Lender making the payment and designated as a trust account for the benefit of the Party or Parties beneficially entitled to that payment under the Finance Documents. In each case such payments must be made on the due date for payment under the Finance Documents.

 

  (b)

All interest accrued on the amount standing to the credit of the trust account shall be for the benefit of the beneficiaries of that trust account pro rata to their respective entitlements.

 

99


  (c)

A Party which has made a payment in accordance with this Clause 28.5 shall be discharged of the relevant payment obligation under the Finance Documents and shall not take any credit risk with respect to the amounts standing to the credit of the trust account.

 

  (d)

Promptly upon the appointment of a successor Agent in accordance with Clause 25.14 (Replacement of the Agent), each Party which has made a payment to a trust account in accordance with this Clause 28.5 shall give all requisite instructions to the bank with whom the trust account is held to transfer the amount (together with any accrued interest) to the successor Agent for distribution in accordance with Clause 28.2 (Distributions by the Agent).

 

28.6

Partial payments

 

  (a)

If the Agent receives a payment that is insufficient to discharge all the amounts then due and payable by an Obligor under the Finance Documents, the Agent shall apply that payment towards the obligations of that Obligor under the Finance Documents in the following order:

 

  (i)

first, in or towards payment pro rata of any unpaid fees, costs and expenses of the Agent or the Mandated Lead Arranger under the Finance Documents;

 

  (ii)

secondly, in or towards payment pro rata of any accrued interest, fee or commission due but unpaid under this Agreement;

 

  (iii)

thirdly, in or towards payment pro rata of any principal due but unpaid under this Agreement; and

 

  (iv)

fourthly, in or towards payment pro rata of any other sum due but unpaid under the Finance Documents.

 

  (b)

The Agent shall, if so directed by the Majority Lenders, vary the order set out in subparagraphs (a)(ii) to (iv) above.

 

  (c)

Paragraphs (a) and (b) above will override any appropriation made by an Obligor.

 

28.7

No set-off by Obligors

All payments to be made by an Obligor under the Finance Documents shall be calculated and be made without (and free and clear of any deduction for) set-off or counterclaim.

 

28.8

Business Days

 

  (a)

Any payment which is due to be made on a day that is not a Business Day shall be made on the next Business Day in the same calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not).

 

  (b)

During any extension of the due date for payment of any principal or Unpaid Sum under this Agreement interest is payable on the principal or Unpaid Sum at the rate payable on the original due date.

 

100


28.9

Currency of account

 

  (a)

Subject to paragraphs (b) to (e) below, US dollars is the currency of account and payment for any sum due from an Obligor under any Finance Document.

 

  (b)

A repayment of a Loan or Unpaid Sum or a part of a Loan or Unpaid Sum shall be made in the currency in which that Loan or Unpaid Sum is denominated on its due date.

 

  (c)

Each payment of interest shall be made in the currency in which the sum in respect of which the interest is payable was denominated when that interest accrued.

 

  (d)

Each payment in respect of costs, expenses or Taxes shall be made in the currency in which the costs, expenses or Taxes are incurred.

 

  (e)

Any amount expressed to be payable in a currency other than US dollars shall be paid in that other currency.

 

28.10

Change of currency

 

  (a)

Unless otherwise prohibited by law, if more than one currency or currency unit are at the same time recognised by the central bank of any country as the lawful currency of that country, then:

 

  (i)

any reference in the Finance Documents to, and any obligations arising under the Finance Documents in, the currency of that country shall be translated into, or paid in, the currency or currency unit of that country designated by the Agent (after consultation with the Parent); and

 

  (ii)

any translation from one currency or currency unit to another shall be at the official rate of exchange recognised by the central bank for the conversion of that currency or currency unit into the other, rounded up or down by the Agent (acting reasonably).

 

  (b)

If a change in any currency of a country occurs, this Agreement will, to the extent the Agent (acting reasonably and after consultation with the Parent) specifies to be necessary, be amended to comply with any generally accepted conventions and market practice in the Relevant Market and otherwise to reflect the change in currency.

 

28.11

Disruption to Payment Systems etc

If either the Agent determines (in its discretion) that a Disruption Event has occurred or the Agent is notified by the Parent that a Disruption Event has occurred:

 

  (a)

the Agent may, and shall if requested to do so by the Parent, consult with the Parent with a view to agreeing with the Parent such changes to the operation or administration of the Facility as the Agent may deem necessary in the circumstances;

 

101


  (b)

the Agent shall not be obliged to consult with the Parent in relation to any changes mentioned in paragraph (a) above if, in its opinion, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances and, in any event, shall have no obligation to agree to such changes;

 

  (c)

the Agent may consult with the Finance Parties in relation to any changes mentioned in paragraph (a) above but shall not be obliged to do so if, in its opinion, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances;

 

  (d)

any such changes agreed upon by the Agent and the Parent shall (whether or not it is finally determined that a Disruption Event has occurred) be binding upon the Parties as an amendment to (or, as the case may be, waiver of) the terms of the Finance Documents notwithstanding the provisions of Clause 35 (Amendments and Waivers);

 

  (e)

the Agent shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses whatsoever (including, without limitation for negligence, gross negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever but not including any claim based on the fraud of the Agent) arising as a result of its taking, or failing to take, any actions pursuant to or in connection with this Clause 28.11; and

 

  (f)

the Agent shall notify the Finance Parties of all changes agreed pursuant to paragraph (d) above.

 

29.

Contractual Recognition of Bail-In

 

  (a)

In this Clause 29:

Article 55 BRRD means Article 55 of Directive 2014/59/EU establishing a framework for the recovery and resolution of credit institutions and investment firms.

Bail-In Action means the exercise of any Write-down and Conversion Powers.

Bail-In Legislation means:

 

  (i)

in relation to an EEA Member Country which has implemented, or which at any time implements, Article 55 BRRD, the relevant implementing law or regulation as described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule from time to time; and

 

  (ii)

in relation to any state other than such an EEA Member Country or (to the extent that the United Kingdom is not such an EEA Member Country) the United Kingdom, any analogous law or regulation from time to time which requires contractual recognition of any Write-down and Conversion Powers contained in that law or regulation.

EEA Member Country means any member state of the European Union, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway.

 

102


EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule means the document described as such and published by the Loan Market Association (or any successor person) from time to time.

Resolution Authority means any body which has authority to exercise any Write-down and Conversion Powers.

UK Bail-In Legislation means (to the extent that the United Kingdom is not an EEA Member Country which has implemented, or implements, Article 55 BRRD) Part I of the United Kingdom Banking Act 2009 and any other law or regulation applicable in the United Kingdom relating to the resolution of unsound or failing banks, investment firms or other financial institutions or their affiliates (otherwise than through liquidation, administration or other insolvency proceedings).

Write-down and Conversion Powers means:

 

  (i)

in relation to any Bail-In Legislation described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule from time to time, the powers described as such in relation to that Bail-In Legislation in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule;

 

  (ii)

in relation to any other applicable Bail-In Legislation:

 

  (A)

any powers under that Bail-In Legislation to cancel, transfer or dilute shares issued by a person that is a bank or investment firm or other financial institution or affiliate of a bank, investment firm or other financial institution, to cancel, reduce, modify or change the form of a liability of such a person or any contract or instrument under which that liability arises, to convert all or part of that liability into shares, securities or obligations of that person or any other person, to provide that any such contract or instrument is to have effect as if a right had been exercised under it or to suspend any obligation in respect of that liability or any of the powers under that Bail-In Legislation that are related to or ancillary to any of those powers; and

 

  (B)

any similar or analogous powers under that Bail-In Legislation; and

 

  (iii)

in relation to any UK Bail-In Legislation:

 

  (A)

any powers under that UK Bail-In Legislation to cancel, transfer or dilute shares issued by a person that is a bank or investment firm or other financial institution or affiliate of a bank, investment firm or other financial institution, to cancel, reduce, modify or change the form of a liability of such a person or any contract or instrument under which that liability arises, to convert all or part of that liability into shares, securities or obligations of that person or any other person, to provide

 

103


  that any such contract or instrument is to have effect as if a right had been exercised under it or to suspend any obligation in respect of that liability or any of the powers under that UK Bail-In Legislation that are related to or ancillary to any of those powers; and

 

  (B)

any similar or analogous powers under that UK Bail-In Legislation.

 

  (b)

Notwithstanding any other term of any Finance Document or any other agreement, arrangement or understanding between the Parties, each Party acknowledges and accepts that any liability of any Party to any other Party under or in connection with the Finance Documents may be subject to Bail-In Action by the relevant Resolution Authority and acknowledges and accepts to be bound by the effect of:

 

  (i)

any Bail-In Action in relation to any such liability, including (without limitation):

 

  (A)

a reduction, in full or in part, in the principal amount, or outstanding amount due (including any accrued but unpaid interest) in respect of any such liability;

 

  (B)

a conversion of all, or part of, any such liability into shares or other instruments of ownership that may be issued to, or conferred on, it; and

 

  (C)

a cancellation of any such liability; and

 

  (ii)

a variation of any term of any Finance Document to the extent necessary to give effect to any Bail-In Action in relation to any such liability.

 

30.

Set-off

A Finance Party may set off any matured obligation due from an Obligor under the Finance Documents (to the extent beneficially owned by that Finance Party) against any matured obligation owed by that Finance Party to that Obligor, regardless of the place of payment, booking branch or currency of either obligation. If the obligations are in different currencies, the Finance Party may convert either obligation at a market rate of exchange in its usual course of business for the purpose of the set-off.

 

31.

Notices

 

31.1

Communications in writing

Any communication to be made under or in connection with the Finance Documents shall be made in writing and, unless otherwise stated, may be made by fax or letter.

 

104


31.2

Addresses

The address and fax number (and the department or officer, if any, for whose attention the communication is to be made) of each Party for any communication or document to be made or delivered under or in connection with the Finance Documents is:

 

  (a)

in the case of the Original Obligors, that identified with its signature below;

 

  (b)

in the case of each Lender or any other Additional Obligor, that notified in writing to the Agent on or prior to the date on which it becomes a Party; and

 

  (c)

in the case of the Agent, that identified with its signature below,

or any substitute address or fax number or department or officer as the Party may notify to the Agent (or the Agent may notify to the other Parties, if a change is made by the Agent) by not less than five Business Days’ notice.

 

31.3

Delivery

 

  (a)

Any communication or document made or delivered by one person to another under or in connection with the Finance Documents will only be effective:

 

  (i)

if by way of fax, when received in legible form; or

 

  (ii)

if by way of letter, when it has been left at the relevant address or five Business Days after being deposited in the post postage prepaid in an envelope addressed to it at that address;

and, if a particular department or officer is specified as part of its address details provided under Clause 31.2 (Addresses), if addressed to that department or officer.

 

  (b)

Any communication or document to be made or delivered to the Agent will be effective only when actually received by the Agent and then only if it is expressly marked for the attention of the department or officer identified with the Agent’s signature below (or any substitute department or officer as the Agent shall specify for this purpose).

 

  (c)

All notices from or to an Obligor shall be sent through the Agent.

 

  (d)

Any communication or document made or delivered to the Parent in accordance with this Clause will be deemed to have been made or delivered to each of the Obligors.

 

31.4

Notification of address and fax number

Promptly upon receipt of notification of an address or fax number or change of address or fax number pursuant to Clause 31.2 (Addresses) or changing its own address or fax number, the Agent shall notify the other Parties.

 

105


31.5

Communication when Agent is Impaired Agent

If the Agent is an Impaired Agent the Parties may, instead of communicating with each other through the Agent, communicate with each other directly and (while the Agent is an Impaired Agent) all the provisions of the Finance Documents which require communications to be made or notices to be given to or by the Agent shall be varied so that communications may be made and notices given to or by the relevant Parties directly. This provision shall not operate after a replacement Agent has been appointed.

 

31.6

Electronic communication

 

  (a)

Any communication to be made between the Agent and a Lender under or in connection with the Finance Documents may be made by electronic mail or other electronic means, if the Agent and the relevant Lender:

 

  (i)

agree that, unless and until notified to the contrary, this is to be an accepted form of communication;

 

  (ii)

notify each other in writing of their electronic mail address and/or any other information required to enable the sending and receipt of information by that means; and

 

  (iii)

notify each other of any change to their address or any other such information supplied by them.

 

  (b)

Any electronic communication made between the Agent and a Lender will be effective only when actually received in readable form and in the case of any electronic communication made by a Lender to the Agent only if it is addressed in such a manner as the Agent shall specify for this purpose.

 

31.7

English language

 

  (a)

Any notice given under or in connection with any Finance Document must be in English.

 

  (b)

All other documents provided under or in connection with any Finance Document must be:

 

  (i)

in English; or

 

  (ii)

if not in English, and if so required by the Agent, accompanied by a certified English translation and, in this case, the English translation will prevail unless the document is a constitutional, statutory or other official document.

 

32.

Calculations and certificates

 

32.1

Accounts

In any litigation or arbitration proceedings arising out of or in connection with a Finance Document, the entries made in the accounts maintained by a Finance Party are prima facie evidence of the matters to which they relate.

 

106


32.2

Certificates and Determinations

Any certification or determination by a Finance Party of a rate or amount under any Finance Document is, in the absence of manifest error, conclusive evidence of the matters to which it relates.

 

32.3

Day count convention

Any interest, commission or fee accruing under a Finance Document will accrue from day to day and is calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a year of 360 days or, in any case where the practice in the Relevant Market differs, in accordance with that market practice.

 

33.

Partial invalidity

If, at any time, any provision of the Finance Documents is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect under any law of any jurisdiction, neither the legality, validity or enforceability of the remaining provisions nor the legality, validity or enforceability of such provision under the law of any other jurisdiction will in any way be affected or impaired.

 

34.

Remedies and Waivers

No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of any Finance Party, any right or remedy under the Finance Documents shall operate as a waiver, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right or remedy prevent any further or other exercise or the exercise of any other right or remedy. The rights and remedies provided in this Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

 

35.

Amendments and Waivers

 

35.1

Required consents

 

  (a)

Subject to Clause 35.2 (Automatic Amendments), Clause 35.3 (Exceptions) and Clause 35.4 (Other exceptions), any term of the Finance Documents may be amended or waived only with the consent of the Majority Lenders and the Obligors and any such amendment or waiver will be binding on all Parties.

 

  (b)

The Agent may effect, on behalf of any Finance Party, any amendment or waiver permitted by this Clause.

 

35.2

Automatic Amendments

If any term of the 2020 Facility Agreement is amended or waived, the equivalent provision of this Agreement shall immediately be deemed to be amended or waived without further consents being required under this Agreement, provided that at the time of such amendment or waiver, there is one Lender under this Agreement (or the Lenders are Affiliates of each other) and such Lender (or an Affiliate of such Lender) is a Lender under (and as defined in) the 2020 Facility Agreement.

 

107


35.3

Exceptions

Subject to Clause 35.2 (Automatic Amendments) and Clause 35.5 (Replacement of Screen Rate), an amendment or waiver that has the effect of changing or which relates to:

 

  (a)

the definition of Majority Lenders in Clause 1.1 (Definitions);

 

  (b)

an extension to the date of payment of any amount under the Finance Documents;

 

  (c)

a reduction in the Margin or a reduction in the amount of any payment of principal, interest, fees or commission payable;

 

  (d)

other than pursuant to Clause 6 (Extension option), an increase in or an extension of any Commitment;

 

  (e)

a change to the Borrowers other than in accordance with Clause 24 (Changes to the Obligors);

 

  (f)

any provision which expressly requires the consent of all the Lenders; or

 

  (g)

Clause 2.3 (Finance Parties rights and obligations), Clause 8.1 (Illegality), Clause 23 (Changes to the Lenders), Clause 27 (Sharing among the Finance Parties) or this Clause 35,

shall not be made without the prior consent of all the Lenders.

 

35.4

Other exceptions

 

  (a)

Subject to Clause 35.2 (Automatic Amendments), an amendment or waiver which relates to the rights or obligations of the Agent or the Mandated Lead Arranger may not be effected without the consent of the Agent or the Mandated Lead Arranger (as appropriate).

 

  (b)

If any Lender fails to respond to a request for a consent, waiver or amendment of or in relation to any of the terms of any Finance Document or other vote of Lenders under the terms of this Agreement within 15 Business Days (or such longer time period in relation to that request as the Parent and the Agent may agree) of that request being made, its Commitment and/or participation shall not be included for the purpose of calculating the Total Commitments or participations under the Loans when ascertaining whether any relevant percentage (including, for the avoidance of doubt, unanimity) of Total Commitments and/or participations has been obtained to approve that request.

 

35.5

Replacement of Screen Rate

 

  (a)

Subject to Clause 35.2 (Automatic Amendments) and Clause 35.4 (Other exceptions), if a Screen Rate Replacement Event has occurred in relation to any Screen Rate for a currency which can be selected for a Loan, any amendment or waiver which relates to:

 

  (i)

providing for the use of a Replacement Benchmark in relation to that currency in place of that Screen Rate; and

 

108


  (ii)

 

  (A)

aligning any provision of any Finance Document to the use of that Replacement Benchmark;

 

  (B)

enabling that Replacement Benchmark to be used for the calculation of interest under this Agreement (including, without limitation, any consequential changes required to enable that Replacement Benchmark to be used for the purposes of this Agreement);

 

  (C)

implementing market conventions applicable to that Replacement Benchmark;

 

  (D)

providing for appropriate fallback (and market disruption) provisions for that Replacement Benchmark; or

 

  (E)

adjusting the pricing to reduce or eliminate, to the extent reasonably practicable, any transfer of economic value from one Party to another as a result of the application of that Replacement Benchmark (and if any adjustment or method for calculating any adjustment has been formally designated, nominated or recommended by the Relevant Nominating Body, the adjustment shall be determined on the basis of that designation, nomination or recommendation),

may be made with the consent of the Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) and the Obligors.

 

  (b)

If any Lender fails to respond to a request for an amendment or waiver described in paragraph (a) above within 15 Business Days (or such longer time period in relation to any request which the Parent and the Agent may agree) of that request being made:

 

  (i)

its Commitment(s) shall not be included for the purpose of calculating the Total Commitments when ascertaining whether any relevant percentage of Total Commitments has been obtained to approve that request; and

 

  (ii)

its status as a Lender shall be disregarded for the purpose of ascertaining whether the agreement of any specified group of Lenders has been obtained to approve that request.

 

109


35.6

Replacement of Lender

 

  (a)

If at any time any Lender becomes a Non-Consenting Lender (as defined in paragraph (c) below) then the Parent may, on ten Business Days’ prior written notice to the Agent and such Lender:

 

  (i)

replace such Lender by requiring such Lender to (and such Lender shall) transfer pursuant to Clause 23 (Changes to the Lenders) all (and not part only) of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to a Lender or other bank or financial institution (a Replacement Lender) selected by the Parent (which shall not be a member of the Group), which confirms its willingness to assume and does assume all the obligations of the transferring Lender (including the assumption of the transferring Lender’s participations on the same basis as the transferring Lender) for a purchase price in cash payable at the time of transfer equal to the outstanding principal amount of such Lender’s participation in the outstanding Utilisations and all accrued interest, Break Costs and other amounts payable in relation thereto under the Finance Documents; or

 

  (ii)

prepay such Lender.

 

  (b)

The replacement or prepayment of a Lender pursuant to this Clause 35.6 shall be subject to the following conditions:

 

  (i)

the Parent shall have no right to replace the Agent;

 

  (ii)

neither the Agent nor the Lender shall have any obligation to the Parent to find a Replacement Lender;

 

  (iii)

in the event of a replacement or prepayment of a Non-Consenting Lender such replacement or prepayment must take place no later than 30 days after the date the Non-Consenting Lender notifies the Parent and the Agent of its failure or refusal to give a consent in relation to, or agree to any waiver or amendment to the Finance Documents requested by the Parent;

 

  (iv)

in no event shall the Lender replaced under this paragraph (b) be required to pay or surrender to such Replacement Lender any of the fees received by such Lender pursuant to the Finance Documents; and

 

  (v)

the Lender shall only be obliged to transfer its rights and obligations pursuant to paragraph (a) above once it is satisfied that it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to that transfer.

 

  (c)

A Lender shall perform the checks described in paragraph (b)(v) above as soon as reasonably practicable following delivery of a notice referred to in paragraph (a) above and shall notify the Agent and the Parent when it is satisfied that it has complied with those checks.

 

  (d)

In the event that:

 

  (i)

the Parent or the Agent (at the request of the Parent) has requested the Lenders to give a consent in relation to, or to agree to a waiver or amendment of, any provisions of the Finance Documents;

 

110


  (ii)

the consent, waiver or amendment in question requires the approval of all the Lenders; and

 

  (iii)

Lenders whose Commitments aggregate more than 85% of the Total Commitments (or, if the Total Commitments have been reduced to zero, aggregated more than 85% of the Total Commitments prior to that reduction) have consented or agreed to such waiver or amendment,

then any Lender who does not and continues not to consent or agree to such waiver or amendment by the date falling 15 Business Days (or such longer time period as the Parent and the Agent may agree) after the date of the relevant request shall be deemed a Non-Consenting Lender.

 

35.7

Disenfranchisement of Defaulting Lenders

 

  (a)

For so long as a Defaulting Lender has any Available Commitment, in ascertaining the Majority Lenders or whether any given percentage (including, for the avoidance of doubt, unanimity) of the Total Commitments has been obtained to approve any request for a consent, waiver, amendment or other vote under the Finance Documents, that Defaulting Lender’s Commitments will be reduced by the amount of its Available Commitments.

 

  (b)

For the purposes of this Clause 35.7, the Agent may assume that the following Lenders are Defaulting Lenders:

 

  (i)

any Lender which has notified the Agent that it has become a Defaulting Lender; and

 

  (ii)

any Lender in relation to which it is aware that any of the events or circumstances referred to in paragraphs (a), (b) or (c) of the definition of Defaulting Lender has occurred,

unless it has received notice to the contrary from the Lender concerned (together with any supporting evidence reasonably requested by the Agent) or the Agent is otherwise aware that the Lender has ceased to be a Defaulting Lender.

 

35.8

Replacement of a Defaulting Lender

 

  (a)

The Parent may, at any time a Lender has become and continues to be a Defaulting Lender, by giving ten Business Days’ prior written notice to the Agent and such Lender prepay such Lender or:

 

  (i)

replace such Lender by requiring such Lender to (and to the extent permitted by law such Lender shall) transfer pursuant to Clause 23 (Changes to the Lenders) all (and not part only) of its rights and obligations under this Agreement; or

 

111


  (ii)

require such Lender to (and to the extent permitted by law such Lender shall) transfer pursuant to Clause 23 (Changes to the Lenders) all (and not part only) of the undrawn Commitment of that Lender,

to a Lender or other bank or financial institution (a Default Replacement Lender) selected by the Parent (which shall not be a member of the Group), and which (unless the Agent is an Impaired Agent) is acceptable to the Agent (acting reasonably), which confirms its willingness to assume and does assume all the obligations or all the relevant obligations of the transferring Lender (including the assumption of the transferring Lender’s participations or unfunded participations (as the case may be) on the same basis as the transferring Lender) for a purchase price in cash payable at the time of transfer equal to the outstanding principal amount of such Lender’s participation in the outstanding Utilisations and all accrued interest, Break Costs and other amounts payable in relation thereto under the Finance Documents.

 

  (b)

Any prepayment or transfer of rights and obligations of a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this Clause shall be subject to the following conditions:

 

  (i)

the Parent shall have no right to replace the Agent;

 

  (ii)

neither the Agent nor the Defaulting Lender shall have any obligation to the Parent to find a Default Replacement Lender;

 

  (iii)

the transfer or prepayment must take place no later than 90 days after the notice referred to in paragraph (a) above;

 

  (iv)

in no event shall the Defaulting Lender be required to pay or surrender to the Default Replacement Lender any of the fees received by the Defaulting Lender pursuant to the Finance Documents; and

 

  (v)

the Defaulting Lender shall only be obliged to transfer its rights and obligations pursuant to paragraph (a) above once it is satisfied that it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to that transfer to the Replacement Lender.

 

  (c)

The Defaulting Lender shall perform the checks described in paragraph (b)(v) above as soon as reasonably practicable following delivery of a notice referred to in paragraph (a) above and shall notify the Agent and the Parent when it is satisfied that it has complied with those checks.

 

36.

Confidentiality

 

36.1

Confidential Information

Each Finance Party agrees to keep all Confidential Information confidential and not to disclose it to anyone, save to the extent permitted by Clause 36.2 (Disclosure of Confidential Information) and Clause 36.3 (Disclosure to

 

112


numbering service providers) and to ensure that all Confidential Information is protected with security measures and a degree of care that would apply to its own confidential information.

 

36.2

Disclosure of Confidential Information

Any Finance Party may disclose:

 

  (a)

to any of its Affiliates and Related Funds and any of its or their officers, directors, employees, professional advisers, auditors, partners and Representatives such Confidential Information as that Finance Party shall consider appropriate if any person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given pursuant to this paragraph (a) is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no such requirement to so inform if the recipient is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of the information or is otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to the Confidential Information;

 

  (b)

to any person:

 

  (i)

to (or through) whom it assigns or transfers (or may potentially assign or transfer) all or any of its rights and/or obligations under one or more Finance Documents and to any of that person’s Affiliates, Related Funds, Representatives and professional advisers;

 

  (ii)

with (or through) whom it enters into (or may potentially enter into), whether directly or indirectly, any sub-participation in relation to, or any other transaction under which payments are to be made or may be made by reference to, one or more Finance Documents and/or one or more Obligors and to any of that person’s Affiliates, Related Funds, Representatives and professional advisers;

 

  (iii)

appointed by any Finance Party or by a person to whom paragraph (b)(i) or (b)(ii) above applies to receive communications, notices, information or documents delivered pursuant to the Finance Documents on its behalf (including, without limitation, any person appointed under paragraph (b) of Clause 25.16 (Relationship with the Lenders));

 

  (iv)

who invests in or otherwise finances (or may potentially invest in or otherwise finance), directly or indirectly, any transaction referred to in paragraph (b)(i) or (b)(ii) above;

 

  (v)

to whom information is required or requested to be disclosed by any court of competent jurisdiction or any governmental, banking, taxation or other regulatory authority or similar body, the rules of any relevant stock exchange or pursuant to any applicable law or regulation;

 

113


  (vi)

to whom or for whose benefit that Finance Party charges, assigns or otherwise creates Security (or may do so) pursuant to paragraph (b) of Clause 23.1 (Assignments and transfers by the Lenders);

 

  (vii)

to whom information is required to be disclosed in connection with, and for the purposes of, any litigation, arbitration, administrative or other investigations, proceedings or disputes;

 

  (viii)

who is a Party; or

 

  (ix)

with the consent of the Parent;

in each case, such Confidential Information as that Finance Party shall consider appropriate if:

 

  (A)

in relation to paragraphs (b)(i), (b)(ii) and (b)(iii) above, the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered into a Confidentiality Undertaking except that there shall be no requirement for a Confidentiality Undertaking if the recipient is a professional adviser and is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of the Confidential Information;

 

  (B)

in relation to paragraph (b)(iv) above, the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered into a Confidentiality Undertaking or is otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to the Confidential Information they receive and is informed that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information;

 

  (C)

in relation to paragraphs (b)(v), (b)(vi) and (b)(vii) above, the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given is informed of its confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no requirement to so inform if, in the opinion of that Finance Party, it is not practicable so to do in the circumstances;

 

  (c)

to any person appointed by that Finance Party or by a person to whom paragraph (b)(i) or (b)(ii) above applies to provide administration or settlement services in respect of one or more of the Finance Documents including without limitation, in relation to the trading of participations in respect of the Finance Documents, such Confidential Information as may be required to be disclosed to enable such service provider to provide any of the services referred to in this paragraph (c) if the service provider to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered into a confidentiality agreement substantially in the form of the LMA Master Confidentiality Undertaking for Use With Administration/Settlement Service Providers or such other form of confidentiality undertaking agreed between the Parent and the relevant Finance Party;

 

114


  (d)

to any rating agency or monoline insurer (including its professional advisers) such Confidential Information as may be required to be disclosed to enable such rating agency to carry out its normal rating activities in relation to the Finance Documents and/or the Obligors if the rating agency to whom the Confidential Information is to be given is informed of its confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information.

 

36.3

Disclosure to numbering service providers

 

  (a)

Any Finance Party may disclose to any national or international numbering service provider appointed by that Finance Party to provide identification numbering services in respect of this Agreement, the Facility and/or one or more Obligors the following information:

 

  (i)

names of Obligors;

 

  (ii)

country of domicile of Obligors;

 

  (iii)

place of incorporation of Obligors;

 

  (iv)

date of this Agreement;

 

  (v)

Clause 42 (Governing law);

 

  (vi)

the names of the Agent and the Mandated Lead Arranger;

 

  (vii)

date of each amendment and restatement of this Agreement;

 

  (viii)

amount of Total Commitments;

 

  (ix)

currencies of the Facility;

 

  (x)

type of Facility;

 

  (xi)

ranking of Facility;

 

  (xii)

relevant Termination Date for Facility;

 

  (xiii)

changes to any of the information previously supplied pursuant to paragraphs (i) to (xii) above; and

 

  (xiv)

such other information agreed between such Finance Party and the Parent,

to enable such numbering service provider to provide its usual syndicated loan numbering identification services.

 

  (b)

The Parties acknowledge and agree that each identification number assigned to this Agreement, the Facility and/or one or more Obligors by a numbering service provider and the information associated with each such number may be disclosed to users of its services in accordance with the standard terms and conditions of that numbering service provider.

 

115


  (c)

The Agent shall notify the Parent and the other Finance Parties of:

 

  (i)

the name of any numbering service provider appointed by the Agent in respect of this Agreement, the Facility and/or one or more Obligors; and

 

  (ii)

the number or, as the case may be, numbers assigned to this Agreement, the Facility and/or one or more Obligors by such numbering service provider.

 

36.4

Entire agreement

This Clause 36 (Confidentiality) constitutes the entire agreement between the Parties in relation to the obligations of the Finance Parties under the Finance Documents regarding Confidential Information and supersedes any previous agreement, whether express or implied, regarding Confidential Information.

 

36.5

Inside information

Each of the Finance Parties acknowledges that some or all of the Confidential Information is or may be price-sensitive information and that the use of such information may be regulated or prohibited by applicable legislation including securities law relating to insider dealing and market abuse and each of the Finance Parties undertakes not to use any Confidential Information for any unlawful purpose.

 

36.6

Notification of disclosure

Each of the Finance Parties agrees (to the extent permitted by law and regulation) to inform the Parent:

 

  (a)

of the circumstances of any disclosure of Confidential Information made pursuant to paragraph (b)(v) of Clause 36.2 (Disclosure of Confidential Information) except where such disclosure is made to any of the persons referred to in that paragraph during the ordinary course of its supervisory or regulatory function; and

 

  (b)

upon becoming aware that Confidential Information has been disclosed in breach of this Clause 36 (Confidentiality).

 

36.7

Continuing obligations

The obligations in this Clause 36 (Confidentiality) are continuing and, in particular, shall survive and remain binding on each Finance Party for a period of 12 Months from the earlier of:

 

  (a)

the date on which all amounts payable by the Obligors under or in connection with this Agreement have been paid in full and all Commitments have been cancelled or otherwise cease to be available; and

 

  (b)

the date on which such Finance Party otherwise ceases to be a Finance Party.

 

116


37.

Confidentiality of Funding Rates

 

37.1

Confidentiality and disclosure

 

  (a)

The Agent and each Obligor agree to keep each Funding Rate confidential and not to disclose it to anyone, save to the extent permitted by paragraphs (b) and (c) below.

 

  (b)

The Agent may disclose:

 

  (i)

any Funding Rate to the relevant Borrower pursuant to Clause 9.4 (Notification of rates of interest); and

 

  (ii)

any Funding Rate to any person appointed by it to provide administration services in respect of one or more of the Finance Documents to the extent necessary to enable such service provider to provide those services if the service provider to whom that information is to be given has entered into a confidentiality agreement substantially in the form of the LMA Master Confidentiality Undertaking for Use With Administration/Settlement Service Providers or such other form of confidentiality undertaking agreed between the Agent and the relevant Lender.

 

  (c)

The Agent and each Obligor may disclose any Funding Rate to:

 

  (i)

any of its Affiliates and any of its or their officers, directors, employees, professional advisers, auditors, partners and Representatives if any person to whom that Funding Rate is to be given pursuant to this paragraph (i) is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that it may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no such requirement to so inform if the recipient is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of that Funding Rate or is otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to it;

 

  (ii)

any person to whom information is required or requested to be disclosed by any court of competent jurisdiction or any governmental, banking, taxation or other regulatory authority or similar body, the rules of any relevant stock exchange or pursuant to any applicable law or regulation if the person to whom that Funding Rate is to be given is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that it may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no requirement to so inform if, in the opinion of the Agent or the relevant Obligor, as the case may be, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances;

 

  (iii)

any person to whom information is required to be disclosed in connection with, and for the purposes of, any litigation, arbitration, administrative or other investigations, proceedings or disputes if the person to whom that Funding Rate is to be given is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that it may

 

117


  be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no requirement to so inform if, in the opinion of the Agent or the relevant Obligor , as the case may be, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances; and

 

  (iv)

any person with the consent of the relevant Lender.

 

37.2

Related obligations

 

  (a)

The Agent and each Obligor acknowledge that each Funding Rate is or may be price-sensitive information and that its use may be regulated or prohibited by applicable legislation including securities law relating to insider dealing and market abuse and the Agent and each Obligor undertake not to use any Funding Rate for any unlawful purpose.

 

  (b)

The Agent and each Obligor agree (to the extent permitted by law and regulation) to inform the relevant Lender:

 

  (i)

of the circumstances of any disclosure made pursuant to paragraph (c)(ii) of Clause 37.1 (Confidentiality and disclosure) except where such disclosure is made to any of the persons referred to in that paragraph during the ordinary course of its supervisory or regulatory function; and

 

  (ii)

upon becoming aware that any information has been disclosed in breach of this Clause 37.

 

37.3

No Event of Default

No Event of Default will occur under Clause 22.3 (Other obligations) by reason only of an Obligor’s failure to comply with this Clause 37.

 

38.

Lending affiliates

 

38.1

Lending Affiliate definitions

In this Agreement:

Appointing Lender means in relation to a New Lending Affiliate, the Lender which is party to the New Lending Affiliate Appointment Notice relating to that New Lending Affiliate.

Appointment Date means, in relation to the appointment of a New Lending Affiliate, the later of:

 

  (a)

the proposed Appointment Date specified in the relevant New Lending Affiliate Appointment Notice; and

 

  (b)

the date on which the Agent executes the relevant New Lending Affiliate Appointment Notice.

Lending Affiliate means, in relation to a Lender, a New Lending Affiliate of that Lender, which in each case has not ceased to be a Party as such in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

118


Lending Affiliate Loan means, in relation to a Lending Affiliate, a Loan in which that Lending Affiliate has been nominated to participate pursuant to Clause 38.4 (Nomination of Lending Affiliate Loans).

Lending Affiliate Loan Notice means a notice substantially in the form set out in Schedule 11 (Form of Lending Affiliate Loan Notice).

Lending Affiliate Resignation Notice means a notice substantially in the form set out in Schedule 12 (Form of Lending Affiliate Resignation Notice).

New Lending Affiliate means, in relation to a Lender, an entity which has become a Party as a “New Lending Affiliate” of that Lender in accordance with Clause 38.2 (Appointment of New Lending Affiliates).

New Lending Affiliate Appointment Notice means a notice substantially in the form set out in Schedule 10 (Form of New Lending Affiliate Appointment Notice).

 

38.2

Appointment of New Lending Affiliates

 

  (a)

Subject to this Clause 38.2 an entity shall become a Party as a “New Lending Affiliate” of a Lender on the relevant Appointment Date if:

 

  (i)

that entity is an Affiliate of that Lender;

 

  (ii)

that Affiliate is a bank or financial institution or is a trust, fund or other entity which is regularly engaged in or established for the purpose of making, purchasing or investing in loans, securities or other financial assets;

 

  (iii)

that Lender and that Affiliate deliver to the Agent a duly completed New Lending Affiliate Appointment Notice in relation to that Affiliate; and

 

  (iv)

the Agent executes that New Lending Affiliate Appointment Notice.

 

  (b)

The Agent shall, subject to paragraph (c) below, as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt by it of a duly completed New Lending Affiliate Appointment Notice appearing on its face to comply with the terms of this Agreement and delivered in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, execute that New Lending Affiliate Appointment Notice.

 

  (c)

The Agent shall only be obliged to execute a New Lending Affiliate Appointment Notice delivered to it by a Lender and an Affiliate of that Lender once it is satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to that Affiliate becoming a Party as a New Lending Affiliate.

 

  (d)

The Agent shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after it has executed a New Lending Affiliate Appointment Notice, send to the Parent a copy of that New Lending Affiliate Appointment Notice.

 

119


  (e)

If a proposed appointment of an Affiliate of a Lender as a New Lending Affiliate obliges that Affiliate to comply with “know your customer” or similar identification procedures in circumstances where the necessary information is not already available to it, each Obligor shall promptly upon the request of that Lender supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by that Lender (on behalf of that Affiliate) in order for that Affiliate to carry out and be satisfied that it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.

 

38.3

Lending Affiliates as Lenders

 

  (a)

Subject to this Clause 38, any reference in a Finance Document to a “Lender” shall be construed to include a Lending Affiliate.

 

  (b)

An Appointing Lender and each of its Lending Affiliates shall be treated as a single Lender for the purposes of:

 

  (i)

determining an Appointing Lender’s Available Commitment or whether participations exceed an Appointing Lender’s Commitment; and

 

  (ii)

Clause 8.1 (Illegality), Clause 8.2 (Change of control), Clause 8.6 (Right of repayment and cancellation in relation to a single Lender), paragraph (b) of Clause 10.1 (Selection of Interest Periods) and Clause 35.8 (Replacement of a Defaulting Lender).

 

38.4

Nomination of Lending Affiliate Loans

 

  (a)

An Appointing Lender may, by delivery of a duly completed Lending Affiliate Loan Notice to the Agent and the Parent no later than the applicable time specified in paragraph (b) below, nominate any of its Lending Affiliates to participate in any Loan, or class of Loan, specified in that Lending Affiliate Loan Notice.

 

  (b)

Any Lending Affiliate Loan Notice delivered pursuant to paragraph (a) above shall be delivered:

 

  (i)

to the extent that a Loan specified in that Lending Affiliate Loan Notice is a Loan to which paragraph (b) of Clause 7.1 (Repayment of Loans) would have applied had that Loan not been specified in that Lending Affiliate Loan Notice, no later than five Business Days before the proposed Utilisation Date of that Loan; and

 

  (ii)

in any other case, no later than five Business Days before the proposed Utilisation Date of any Loan specified in that Lending Affiliate Loan Notice,

or, in each case, at such later time agreed by the Agent and the Parent.

 

120


  (c)

A Loan, or class of Loan, may only be specified pursuant to paragraph (a) above by reference to any of:

 

  (i)

the Borrower(s) of that Loan or those Loans;

 

  (ii)

the jurisdiction of incorporation of the Borrower(s) of that Loan or those Loans;

 

  (iii)

the currency of that Loan or those Loans; or

 

  (iv)

in the case of the specification of an individual Loan, the proposed Utilisation Date of that Loan.

 

  (d)

Clause 23 (Changes to the Lenders) shall not apply to any nomination of a Lending Affiliate Loan or to the effects of that nomination pursuant to this Clause 38.

 

38.5

Participation by Lending Affiliate

 

  (a)

An Appointing Lender which nominates its Lending Affiliate to participate in any Loan, or class of Loan, pursuant to Clause 38.4 (Nomination of Lending Affiliate Loans) will be released from its obligations under the Finance Documents which relate to that Loan, or class of Loan, and that Lending Affiliate will be bound by obligations equivalent to those obligations.

 

  (b)

Without prejudice to Clause 25.12 (Lenders’ indemnity to the Agent) an Appointing Lender shall not be responsible for, or liable for any damages, costs or losses to any person arising as a result of, the non-performance by any Lending Affiliate of that Appointing Lender of that Lending Affiliate’s obligations under the Finance Documents.

 

38.6

Payments

Notwithstanding Clause 25.16 (Relationship with the Lenders) any obligation under any Finance Document to pay an amount to a Lender, or to the Agent on a Lender’s behalf, in relation to a Lending Affiliate Loan shall be construed as an obligation to pay that amount to the Lending Affiliate nominated by that Lender to participate in that Lending Affiliate Loan or to the Agent on behalf of that Lending Affiliate.

 

38.7

Commitments and voting

 

  (a)

Without prejudice to Clause 38.5 (Participation by Lending Affiliate), a Lending Affiliate has no Commitment and any portion of a Commitment which relates to any Lending Affiliate Loan of that Lending Affiliate remains part of the Commitment of the Appointing Lender of that Lending Affiliate.

 

  (b)

Any term of this Agreement which acts to cancel or reduce a Commitment on the repayment or prepayment of a Loan shall, in the case of the repayment or prepayment of a Lending Affiliate Loan of a Lending Affiliate, operate to cancel or reduce the corresponding portion of the Commitment of the Appointing Lender of that Lending Affiliate.

 

121


  (c)

No reference in a Finance Document to a “Lender” shall be construed to include any Lending Affiliate for the purposes of ascertaining whether the agreement of any specified group of Lenders has been obtained to approve any request for a consent, waiver, amendment or any other vote of Lenders under the Finance Documents. The agreement of any Lending Affiliate is not required to approve a request for any such consent, waiver, amendment or vote.

 

38.8

Effect on assignments and transfers

 

  (a)

Any assignment or transfer by an Appointing Lender pursuant to Clause 23 (Changes to the Lenders) of its rights and/or obligations under the Finance Documents which relate to that portion of its Commitment which relates to a Lending Affiliate Loan shall be construed to include an assignment or transfer, as the case may be, by it, on behalf of its Lending Affiliate nominated to participate in that Lending Affiliate Loan, of that Lending Affiliate’s rights and/or obligations under the Finance Documents which relate to that Lending Affiliate Loan.

 

  (b)

Subject to paragraph (c) below the rights and/or obligations of a Lending Affiliate under the Finance Documents may not be assigned or transferred other than pursuant to an assignment or transfer by its Appointing Lender described in paragraph (a) above.

 

  (c)

A Lending Affiliate (the Existing Lending Affiliate) may, subject to Clause 23 (Changes to the Lenders), assign any of its rights under any Finance Document which relate to an outstanding Lending Affiliate Loan to another Lending Affiliate of its Appointing Lender (the Alternative Lending Affiliate) or to its Appointing Lender.

 

  (d)

An assignment described in paragraph (c) above will only be effective on receipt by the Agent of written confirmation from the Alternative Lending Affiliate or, as the case may be, the Appointing Lender (in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent) that the Alternative Lending Affiliate or, as the case may be, the Appointing Lender will assume the same obligations to the other Finance Parties as it would have been under if, in the case of an Alternative Lending Affiliate, it had been nominated to participate in that Lending Affiliate Loan or, in the case of an Appointing Lender, the Existing Lending Affiliate had not been nominated to participate in that Lending Affiliate Loan.

 

  (e)

Paragraph (a)(i) of Clause 23.3 (Other conditions of assignment or transfer) shall not apply to an assignment described in paragraph (c) above.

 

38.9

Communications

 

  (a)

Each Lending Affiliate shall be represented by its Appointing Lender for all administrative purposes under the Finance Documents and each Lending Affiliate shall deal with each other Party exclusively through its Appointing Lender.

 

122


  (b)

The Agent shall be entitled to carry out all dealings with a Lending Affiliate through the Appointing Lender of that Lending Affiliate and may give to that Appointing Lender any notice, document or other communication required to be given by the Agent to that Lending Affiliate.

 

38.10

Defaulting Lenders

An Appointing Lender shall be treated as a Defaulting Lender if any Lending Affiliate of that Appointing Lender is a Defaulting Lender and a Lending Affiliate shall be treated as a Defaulting Lender if its Appointing Lender is a Defaulting Lender.

 

38.11

Other adjustments

 

  (a)

Any obligation under this Agreement for a Lending Affiliate to transfer its rights and obligations under this Agreement shall be construed as an obligation for the Appointing Lender of that Lending Affiliate to transfer its rights and obligations under this Agreement which relate to that portion of its Commitment which relates to any Lending Affiliate Loan of that Lending Affiliate.

 

  (b)

If:

 

  (i)

a Lending Affiliate is nominated to participate in any Loan, or class of Loan, pursuant to the delivery of a Lending Affiliate Loan Notice; and

 

  (ii)

as a result of circumstances existing at the date of delivery of that Lending Affiliate Loan Notice an Obligor would be obliged to make a payment to that Lending Affiliate under Clause 13 (Tax Gross-Up and Indemnities) or Clause 14 (Increased Costs),

then that Lending Affiliate is only entitled to receive payment under those Clauses in respect of a Lending Affiliate Loan which is the subject of that Lending Affiliate Loan Notice to the same extent as its Appointing Lender would have been if that Loan had not been a Lending Affiliate Loan. This paragraph (b) shall not apply:

 

  (iii)

in respect of a Lending Affiliate Loan which is the subject of a Lending Affiliate Loan Notice delivered by an Appointing Lender at or about the same time as that Appointing Lender becomes a Party as a Lender in the ordinary course of the primary syndication of the Facility; or

 

  (iv)

in relation to Clause 13.2 (Tax gross-up), to a Lending Affiliate that is a UK Treaty Lender and that has included a confirmation of its scheme reference number and its jurisdiction of tax residence in accordance with paragraph (h)(ii)(B) of Clause 13.2 (Tax gross-up) if the Obligor making the payment has not made a Borrower DTTP Filing in respect of that UK Treaty Lender.

 

123


38.12

Resignation of Lending Affiliate

 

  (a)

If no Lending Affiliate Loan in respect of which a Lending Affiliate has rights or obligations under this Agreement is outstanding, that Lending Affiliate and its Appointing Lender may request that such Lending Affiliate (the Resigning Lending Affiliate) ceases to be a Lending Affiliate by delivering to the Agent a Lending Affiliate Resignation Notice.

 

  (b)

The Agent shall as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt by it of a duly completed Lending Affiliate Resignation Notice appearing on its face to comply with the terms of this Agreement, and delivered in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, accept that Lending Affiliate Resignation Notice and notify the Appointing Lender of that Resigning Lending Affiliate and the Parent of its acceptance.

 

  (c)

Upon notification by the Agent to that Appointing Lender and the Parent of its acceptance of the resignation of that Resigning Lending Affiliate:

 

  (i)

that Resigning Lending Affiliate shall cease to be a Lending Affiliate and shall have no further rights or obligations under the Finance Documents as a Lending Affiliate; and

 

  (ii)

any nomination of that Lending Affiliate to participate in any Loan, or class of Loan, shall be cancelled.

 

  (d)

A Lending Affiliate shall, and its Appointing Lender shall procure that such Lending Affiliate will, resign pursuant to this Clause 38.12 if:

 

  (i)

that Lending Affiliate ceases to be an Affiliate of its Appointing Lender; or

 

  (ii)

its Appointing Lender ceases to be a Party.

 

39.

Counterparts

Each Finance Document may be executed in any number of counterparts, and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of the Finance Document.

 

40.

USA Patriot Act

Any Lender subject to the provisions of the USA Patriot Act hereby notifies each Obligor that pursuant to the requirements of the USA Patriot Act, such Lender is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies such Obligor, which information includes the name and address of such Obligor and other information that will allow such Lender to identify such Obligor in accordance with the USA Patriot Act.

 

41.

Trial by jury

EACH PARTY HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT THAT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING

 

124


DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, ANY OTHER FINANCE DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). THIS WAIVER IS INTENDED TO APPLY TO ALL DISPUTES. EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS CLAUSE. IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, THIS AGREEMENT MAY BE FILED AS A WRITTEN CONSENT TO A TRIAL BY THE COURT.

 

42.

Governing law

This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it is governed by English law.

 

43.

Enforcement

 

43.1

Jurisdiction

 

  (a)

The courts of England have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement (including a dispute relating to the existence, validity or termination of this Agreement or any non-contractual obligation arising out of or in connection with this Agreement) (a Dispute).

 

  (b)

The Parties agree that the courts of England are the most appropriate and convenient courts to settle Disputes and accordingly no Party will argue to the contrary.

 

  (c)

Notwithstanding paragraph (a) above, no Finance Party shall be prevented from taking proceedings relating to a Dispute in any other courts with jurisdiction. To the extent allowed by law, the Finance Parties may take concurrent proceedings in any number of jurisdictions.

 

43.2

Service of process

Without prejudice to any other mode of service allowed under any relevant law, each Obligor (other than an Obligor incorporated in England and Wales):

 

  (a)

irrevocably appoints Wolseley Limited as its agent for service of process in relation to any proceedings before the English courts in connection with any Finance Document; and

 

  (b)

agrees that failure by a process agent to notify the relevant Obligor of the process will not invalidate the proceedings concerned.

 

125


THIS AGREEMENT has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement.

 

126


Schedule 1

The Original Parties


Schedule 2

Conditions precedent


Schedule 3

Utilisation Request


Schedule 4

Form of Transfer Certificate


Schedule 5

Form of Accession Letter


Schedule 6

Timetables


Schedule 7

Form of Resignation Letter


Schedule 8

Form of Increase Confirmation


Schedule 9

Guarantee Principles


Schedule 10

Form of New Lending Affiliate Appointment Notice


Schedule 11

Form of Lending Affiliate Loan Notice


Schedule 12

Form of Lending Affiliate Resignation Notice


Schedule 13

LMA Form of Confidentiality Undertaking


SIGNATORIES

Parent

FERGUSON PLC

/s/ Phil Scott                                             

Name: Phil Scott

Position: Group Chief Financial Officer/Group Head of Tax & Treasury

 

Address:

26 New Street

 

St Helier

 

Jersey

 

JE2 3RA

 

Channel Islands

With a copy to:

1020 Eskdale Road Winnersh Triangle

Berkshire

RG41 5TS

FAO: Phil Scott and Dan Smithson

 

Email:

Phil.Scott@fergusonplc.com, Dan.Smithson@fergusonplc.com

 

[Signature Page to Revolving Facility Agreement]


Original Borrowers

For and on behalf of

FERGUSON PLC

/s/ Phil Scott                                             

Name: Phil Scott

Position: Group Chief Financial Officer/Group Head of Tax & Treasury

 

Address:

26 New Street

 

St Helier

 

Jersey

 

JE2 3RA

 

Channel Islands

With a copy to:

1020 Eskdale Road Winnersh Triangle

Berkshire

RG41 5TS

FAO: Phil Scott and Dan Smithson

 

Email:

Phil.Scott@fergusonplc.com, Dan.Smithson@fergusonplc.com

WOLSELEY LIMITED

/s/ Phil Scott                                             

By: Phil Scott

 

Address:

1020 Eskdale Road Winnersh Triangle

 

Berkshire

 

RG41 5TS

 

FAO: Phil Scott and Dan Smithson

 

Email:

Phil.Scott@fergusonplc.com, Dan.Smithson@fergusonplc.com

 

[Signature Page to Revolving Facility Agreement]


Original Guarantors

FERGUSON PLC

/s/ Phil Scott                                             

Name: Phil Scott

Position: Group Chief Financial Officer/Group Head of Tax & Treasury

 

Address:

26 New Street

 

St Helier

 

Jersey

 

JE2 3RA

 

Channel Islands

With a copy to:

1020 Eskdale Road Winnersh Triangle

Berkshire

RG41 5TS

FAO: Phil Scott and Dan Smithson

 

Email:

Phil.Scott@fergusonplc.com, Dan.Smithson@fergusonplc.com

WOLSELEY LIMITED

/s/ Phil Scott                                             

By: Phil Scott

 

Address:

1020 Eskdale Road Winnersh Triangle

 

Berkshire

 

RG41 5TS

 

FAO: Phil Scott and Dan Smithson

 

Email:

Phil.Scott@fergusonplc.com, Dan.Smithson@fergusonplc.com

 

[Signature Page to Revolving Facility Agreement]


Mandated Lead Arranger

SUMITOMO MITSUI BANKING CORPORATION, LONDON BRANCH

By: /s/ Martin Kennedy                                             /s/ Andrew Jones

Original Lenders

SUMITOMO MITSUI BANKING CORPORATION, LONDON BRANCH

By: /s/ Martin Kennedy                                             /s/ Andrew Jones

Agent

SUMITOMO MITSUI BANKING CORPORATION EUROPE LIMITED

By: /s/ Martin Kennedy                                             /s/ Andrew Jones

 

Address:    99 Queen Victoria St,
   London EC4V 4EH
Attention:    SMBCE Limited, Loans Agency, FAO: Chris Sims
Facsimile:    020 7786 1994
Email:    GBLOEUROfacilityagent2@gb.smbcgroup.com

 

[Signature Page to Revolving Facility Agreement]

Exhibit 4.3

 

 

 

RECEIVABLES PURCHASE AGREEMENT

dated as of July 31, 2013

among

FERGUSON RECEIVABLES, LLC,

as Seller,

FERGUSON ENTERPRISES, LLC,

as Servicer,

THE ORIGINATORS PARTY HERETO FROM TIME TO TIME,

THE CONDUIT PURCHASERS LISTED ON SCHEDULE I FROM TIME TO TIME,

THE COMMITTED PURCHASERS LISTED ON SCHEDULE I FROM TIME TO TIME,

THE LC BANKS LISTED ON SCHEDULE III FROM TIME TO TIME,

THE FACILITY AGENTS LISTED ON SCHEDULE I FROM TIME TO TIME,

ROYAL BANK OF CANADA,

as Administrative Agent,

SUNTRUST BANK,

as Co-Administrative Agent,

and

FERGUSON PLC,

as Parent

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         PAGE  

ARTICLE I

 

DEFINITIONS; CONSTRUCTION

     2  

Section 1.01.

 

Certain Definitions

     2  

Section 1.02.

 

Interpretation and Construction

     34  

Section 1.03.

 

IFRS

     34  

Section 1.04.

 

LIBOR

     35  

Section 1.05.

 

Use of Historical Data

     35  

ARTICLE II

 

PURCHASES AND SETTLEMENTS

     35  

Section 2.01.

 

General Assignment and Conveyance; Intent of the Parties

     35  

Section 2.01A.

 

Certain Reconveyances

     36  

Section 2.02.

 

Incremental Purchases

     37  

Section 2.03.

 

Purchase Price

     38  

Section 2.04.

 

Payments to Seller

     38  

Section 2.05.

 

Reinvestment Purchases

     38  

Section 2.06.

 

[Reserved]

     39  

Section 2.07.

 

Yield and Fees; Break Funding Costs

     39  

Section 2.08.

 

Settlements and Other Payment Procedures

     40  

Section 2.09.

 

Mandatory Reduction of Aggregate Exposure Amount

     43  

Section 2.10.

 

Letters of Credit

     43  

Section 2.11.

 

Letter of Credit Reimbursements; Payments

     46  

Section 2.12.

 

Defaulting Purchasers

     49  

Section 2.13.

 

Payments and Computations, Etc.

     49  

Section 2.14.

 

Increased Costs

     50  

Section 2.15.

 

Optional Reduction of Maximum Net Investment; Optional Reduction of Aggregate Net Investment

     50  

Section 2.16.

 

Procedures for Extension of Scheduled Termination Date; Non-Extending Purchase Groups

     51  

Section 2.17.

 

Facility Termination

     51  

ARTICLE III

 

CLOSING PROCEDURES

     52  

Section 3.01.

 

Purchase and Sale Procedures

     52  

Section 3.02.

 

Conditions to Closing

     53  

Section 3.03.

 

Conditions to Purchases and Letter of Credit Usage

     55  

Section 3.04.

 

Conditions to Purchase/Acceptance of Assignment of Receivables of Additional Originator

     56  

 

-i-


ARTICLE IV

 

PROTECTION OF THE OWNERS; ADMINISTRATION AND SERVICING OF RECEIVABLES; COLLECTIONS

     58  

Section 4.01.

 

Acceptance of Appointment and Other Matters Relating to the Servicer

     58  

Section 4.02.

 

Maintenance of Information and Marking of Computer Records

     59  

Section 4.03.

 

Protection of the Interests of the Purchasers and LC Banks

     59  

Section 4.04.

 

Maintenance of Writings and Records

     60  

Section 4.05.

 

Information

     60  

Section 4.06.

 

Audits; Agreed-Upon Procedures

     60  

Section 4.07.

 

No Impairment

     61  

Section 4.08.

 

Administration and Collections

     61  

Section 4.09.

 

Complete Servicing Transfer

     62  

Section 4.10.

 

Lockboxes; Lockbox Accounts; Depositary Accounts

     64  

Section 4.11.

 

Reports

     65  

Section 4.12.

 

Servicer Indemnification of Indemnified Parties

     67  

Section 4.13.

 

Servicing Fee

     68  

ARTICLE V

 

PARENT UNDERTAKING

     68  

Section 5.01.

 

Guaranty

     68  

Section 5.02.

 

Guaranty Absolute

     69  

Section 5.03.

 

Waiver

     70  

Section 5.04.

 

Subrogation

     70  

ARTICLE VI

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

     71  

ARTICLE VII

 

COVENANTS

     76  

Section 7.01.

 

Affirmative Covenants of the Ferguson Parties

     76  

Section 7.02.

 

Negative Covenants of the Ferguson Parties

     81  

Section 7.06.

 

Separateness Covenants

     84  

ARTICLE VIII

 

TERMINATION

     86  

Section 8.01.

 

Termination Events

     86  

Section 8.02.

 

Consequences of a Termination Event

     89  

ARTICLE IX

 

THE CO-AGENTS AND THE FACILITY AGENTS

     89  

Section 9.01.

 

Authorization and Action

     89  

Section 9.02.

 

UCC Filings

     90  

Section 9.03.

 

Co-Agents’ and Facility Agents’ Reliance, Etc.

     91  

Section 9.04.

 

Non-Reliance on the Co-Agents and the Facility Agents

     92  

Section 9.05.

 

Co-Agents, Facility Agents and Affiliates

     93  

Section 9.06.

 

Indemnification

     94  

Section 9.07.

 

Successor Co-Agent

     94  

ARTICLE X

 

INDEMNIFICATION; EXPENSES

     95  

Section 10.01.

 

Indemnity by Seller

     95  

Section 10.02.

 

Indemnity for Taxes

     98  

Section 10.03.

 

Indemnity by Originators

     99  

Section 10.04.

 

Expenses

     99  

 

-ii-


ARTICLE XI

 

MISCELLANEOUS

     100  

Section 11.01.

 

Amendments and Waivers

     100  

Section 11.02.

 

Successors and Assigns; Assignments; Participations

     101  

Section 11.03.

 

No Implied Waiver; Cumulative Remedies

     102  

Section 11.04.

 

No Discharge

     102  

Section 11.05.

 

Set-Off

     103  

Section 11.06.

 

Payments Set Aside

     103  

Section 11.07.

 

Tax Forms and Status

     104  

Section 11.08.

 

Replacement of Purchase Groups

     104  

Section 11.09.

 

No Petition

     105  

Section 11.10.

 

No Recourse

     105  

Section 11.11.

 

Holidays

     106  

Section 11.12.

 

Records

     106  

Section 11.13.

 

Term of Agreement

     106  

Section 11.14.

 

Notices

     106  

Section 11.15.

 

Severability

     106  

Section 11.16.

 

Prior Understandings

     106  

Section 11.17.

 

Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction

     106  

Section 11.18.

 

Counterparts

     107  

Section 11.19.

 

Confidentiality

     107  

Section 11.20.

 

USA Patriot Act

     107  

Section 11.21.

 

Acquisitions

     108  

Section 11.22.

 

Waiver of Jury Trial

     108  

 

-iii-


EXHIBIT A      Credit and Collection Policy
EXHIBIT B      Form of Monthly Report
EXHIBIT C      Form of Assumption Agreement
EXHIBIT D      Form of Addendum/Amendment (Extension of Scheduled Termination Date)
EXHIBIT E      Form of Purchase Notice/Letter of Credit Request
EXHIBIT F      Form of Optional Reduction Notice
EXHIBIT G   —      Form of Notice of Designated Excluded Receivables
SCHEDULE I      Schedule of Purchase Groups, Purchase Group Maximum Net Investments, Purpose Group Percentages, Notice Addresses and Funds Transfer Address)
SCHEDULE II      Schedule of Depositary Banks, Lockboxes, and Accounts
SCHEDULE III      Schedule of LC Banks, LC Bank Sublimits, Notice Addresses and Funds Transfer Information
SCHEDULE IV   —      Schedule of Designated Excluded Receivables

 

-iv-


RECEIVABLES PURCHASE AGREEMENT

RECEIVABLES PURCHASE AGREEMENT, dated as of July 31, 2013, among FERGUSON RECEIVABLES, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Seller”), FERGUSON ENTERPRISES, LLC, a Virginia limited liability company (“Ferguson”), as servicer (in such capacity, the “Servicer”), FERGUSON AND THE OTHER ORIGINATORS (as defined herein) party hereto from time to time (the “Originators”), the CONDUIT PURCHASERS (as defined herein) party hereto from time to time and listed on Schedule I hereto, the COMMITTED PURCHASERS (as defined herein) party hereto from time to time and listed on Schedule I hereto, the LC BANKS (as defined herein) party hereto from time to time and listed on Schedule III hereto, the FACILITY AGENTS (as defined herein) party hereto from time to time and listed on Schedule I hereto, ROYAL BANK OF CANADA, as administrative agent for the Conduit Purchasers, the Committed Purchasers, the LC Banks and the Facility Agents (together with its successors and assigns, in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”), SUNTRUST BANK, as co-administrative agent for the Conduit Purchasers, the Committed Purchasers, the LC Banks and the Facility Agents (in such capacity, the “Co-Administrative Agent”), and FERGUSON PLC, a company incorporated in Jersey under registered number 128484 (the “Parent”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Seller intends to purchase from the Originators receivables generated by the Originators from time to time, and certain rights and interests related thereto;

WHEREAS, the Facility Agents, on behalf of their respective Purchase Groups (as defined herein), will from time to time purchase from the Seller undivided percentage ownership interests in such receivables pursuant to and in accordance with the terms hereof;

WHEREAS, the LC Banks, if any, will from time to time issue letters of credit at the request of the Seller, and the Seller will assign an undivided percentage interest in such receivables to secure its reimbursement obligations with respect to such letters of credit pursuant to and in accordance with the terms hereof;

WHEREAS, the Parent has agreed to provide a performance guaranty with respect to the obligations of the Servicer and the Originators contained herein and in the Purchase and Contribution Agreement (as defined herein); and

WHEREAS, each of the Administrative Agent and the Co-Administrative Agent will act in its respective capacity on behalf of the Facility Agents and the Purchase Groups hereunder.


NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS; CONSTRUCTION

Section 1.01.    Certain Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

“Account” shall mean any Lockbox Account, any Depositary Account, any Blocked Local Account, any Local Account, the Concentration Account or the Collection Account.

“Acquisition Receivable” shall have the meaning specified in Section 11.21 hereof.

“Administrative Agent” shall mean Royal Bank of Canada, and its successors and assigns.

“Administrative Agent Fee Letter” shall mean the agreement between the Seller and the Administrative Agent, setting forth the fees payable by the Seller to the Administrative Agent, as the same may be from time to time amended, modified or supplemented.

“Affected Person” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.14 hereof.

“Affiliate” shall mean, with respect to a specified Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified.

“Affiliated Obligor” shall mean any Obligor that is an Affiliate or Subsidiary of another Obligor.

“Aggregate Exposure Amount” shall mean, at any time, the sum of (i) the Aggregate Net Investment, (ii) the undrawn Stated Amount of all Letters of Credit outstanding and (iii) Reimbursement Obligations.

“Aggregate Net Investment” shall mean, at any time, the sum of each Purchase Group’s Net Investment at such time.

“Aggregate Unpaids” shall mean, at any time, an amount equal to the sum of (i) the aggregate accrued and unpaid Yield on the Aggregate Net Investment and the Reimbursement Obligations at such time, (ii) the Aggregate Net Investment at such time, (iii) the aggregate amount of Reimbursement Obligations at such time; (iv) all fees accrued and unpaid hereunder or under the Transaction Fee Letters at such time and (v) all other amounts owed (whether due or accrued) hereunder by the Seller to the Purchasers, the Facility Agents, the LC Banks and the Co-Agents or the Support Providers at such time.

“Agreement” shall mean this Receivables Purchase Agreement, as the same may from time to time be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified.

 

-2-


“Alternate Base Rate” shall mean, for any Purchase Group, on any day, a fluctuating interest rate per annum as shall be in effect from time to time, which rate shall be at all times equal to the highest of (i) the prime rate announced from time to time by the related Facility Agent in effect on such day, (ii) (A) the rate equal to the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers, as published for such day (or, if such day is not a Business Day, for the preceding Business Day) by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day that is a Business Day, the average of the quotations for such day for such transactions received by such Facility Agent or LC Bank, as applicable, from three Federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it, plus (B) one-half of one percent (.50%) per annum and (iii) the one-month Eurodollar Rate plus one percent (1%) per annum.

“Anti-Terrorism Law” shall mean each of: (a) the Executive Order; (b) the Patriot Act; (c) the Money Laundering Control Act of 1986, 18 U.S.C. Sect. 1956; and (d) any other Law of the United States or any member state of the European Union now or hereafter enacted to monitor, deter or otherwise prevent terrorism or the funding or support of terrorism.

“Annual Gross Write-off Ratio” shall mean the ratio (expressed as a percentage) calculated for each fiscal year ended July 31 and reported in the Monthly Report delivered to the Facility Agents on the Monthly Report Date immediately following such fiscal year of (i) the gross write-offs of Receivables during such fiscal year to (ii) the aggregate Outstanding Balance of Receivables generated during such fiscal year.

“Assumption Agreement” shall mean an agreement in the form of Exhibit C hereto (with such changes as may be appropriate under the specific circumstances) executed and delivered in accordance with Sections 2.16, 2.17, 11.02, and 11.08 hereof.

“Bail-In Action” shall mean the exercise of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by the applicable EEA Resolution Authority in respect of any liability of an EEA Financial Institution.

“Bail-In Legislation” shall mean, with respect to any EEA Member Country implementing Article 55 of Directive 2014/59/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of the European Union, the implementing law for such EEA Member Country from time to time which is described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule.

“Beneficiaries” shall mean the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of itself, the Co-Administrative Agent, the Facility Agents, the Purchasers and the LC Banks.

“Beneficial Ownership Certificate” shall mean a certificate regarding beneficial ownership as required by the Beneficial Ownership Regulation, in substantially the form prescribed in the Beneficial Ownership Regulation.

“Beneficial Ownership Regulation” shall mean 31 C.F.R. § 1010.230.

 

-3-


“Blocked Account Agreement” shall mean the “control” agreement related to each Lockbox Account, Depositary Account, Blocked Local Account and the Concentration Account, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, by and among the Seller, the Servicer, the Administrative Agent and the applicable Depositary Bank.

“Blocked Local Account” shall mean, with respect to an Originator, an account established and maintained at a Depositary Bank by the Seller into which Obligor payments with respect to Receivables, as well as payments on cash sales, in each case, generated by such Originator are deposited.

“Break Funding Costs” shall mean the amount payable by the Seller on any Reduction Date (other than a Mandatory Reduction Date or Optional Reduction Date that is a Settlement Date), equal to the sum of:

(i)    with respect to the amount, if any, of a Purchase Group’s Net Investment which is being repaid or assigned or the amount by which a Purchase Group’s Net Investment is not being increased due to a cancelled Incremental Purchase, the difference between (1) the Yield on such amount if such amount had remained or been outstanding through the last day of the Break Funding Period and (2) the income actually received during the Break Funding Period by reinvesting such amount; and

(ii)    all out-of-pocket expenses incurred and reasonably attributable to such repayment, assignment or cancelled Incremental Purchase.

In calculating Break Funding Costs, (i) if the funding source for the amount of Net Investment that is being repaid, assigned or not increased was or would have been Commercial Paper, Yield shall be calculated as set forth in clause (a) of that definition; if the funding source for the amount of Net Investment that is being repaid, assigned or not increased was or would have been LIBOR-based, Yield shall be calculated as set forth in the applicable portion of clause (b) of that definition and (ii) the “Break Funding Period” shall be the period from the applicable Reduction Date through the last day that the funding source for such repaid, assigned or cancelled Net Investment is or would have been outstanding.

“Business Day” shall mean any day on which (i) banks are not authorized or required to close under the Laws of New York, (ii) a bond market holiday is not recommended by the Securities Industry and Financial Markets Association and (iii) if used in connection with the Eurodollar Rate, dealings are carried out in the London interbank market.

“Calculation Period” shall mean a calendar month.

“Carrying Cost Reserve Amount” shall mean, on any day, the product of (i) the Carrying Cost Reserve Ratio and (ii) the Net Receivables Balance on such day.

“Carrying Cost Reserve Ratio” shall mean, on any day, calculated for the preceding Calculation Period, the product of (i) the applicable Stress Factor, (ii) the Default Rate and (iii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the highest Days Sales Outstanding for the prior 12 Calculation Periods and the denominator of which is 360.

 

-4-


“Change of Control” shall mean (i) with respect to the Seller, Ferguson shall cease to own directly or indirectly 100% of the issued and outstanding Equity Interests therein, (ii) with respect to Ferguson, the Parent shall cease to own directly or indirectly 100% of the issued and outstanding Equity Interests therein, (iii) with respect to any Originator other than Ferguson, Ferguson shall cease to own directly or indirectly 100% of the issued and outstanding Equity Interests therein, or (iv) with respect to the Parent, any Person (whether acting alone or in concert) gains Control (directly or indirectly) of the management and policies of the Parent, whether through the ownership of its Voting Stock, by contract or otherwise.

“Closing Date” shall mean July 31, 2013.

“Co-Administrative Agent” shall mean SunTrust Bank, and its successors and assigns.

“Co-Administrative Agent Fee Letter” shall mean the agreement between the Seller and the Co-Administrative Agent, setting forth the fees payable by the Seller to the Co-Administrative Agent, as the same may be from time to time amended, modified or supplemented.

“Co-Agents” shall mean the Administrative Agent and the Co-Administrative Agent.

“Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

“Collateral” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.01(b) hereof.

“Collection Account” shall mean the account, if any, established and maintained by, and in the name of, the Administrative Agent (for the benefit of the Purchase Groups), in accordance with Section 4.10(e) hereof.

“Collections” shall mean, for any Receivable as of any date, all cash collections and other cash proceeds (whether in the form of cash, wire transfer, or checks) of that Receivable, including, without limitation, all finance charges, if any, and cash proceeds of the related property with respect to such Receivable, any Deemed Collections of such Receivable and any amounts received with respect to a Participation Interest in such Receivable..

“Commercial Paper” shall mean the commercial paper notes which fund the purchase of Receivables by each Conduit Purchaser and which are issued in the commercial paper market by such Conduit Purchaser or an entity sponsored by the same financial institution to provide funding to the related Conduit Purchaser.

“Committed Purchaser” shall mean each entity which is or becomes a party to this Agreement in such capacity by executing this Agreement or an Assumption Agreement and that is identified as such from time to time on Schedule I to this Agreement, and any of its successors and assigns.

 

-5-


“Complete Servicing Transfer” shall have the meaning specified in Section 4.09(a) hereof.

“Concentration Account” shall mean the deposit account established and maintained at Bank of America, N.A., account number 4427713552, in the name of the Seller, into which account Collections received in the form of credit card payments and Collections transferred from Local Accounts are deposited.

“Concentration Limit” shall mean, on any day, the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all Receivables with respect to the following specified Obligor or type of Obligor may not exceed the applicable concentration limit of the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all Eligible Receivables: (i) in the case of a single Obligor (including a Government Obligor) and such Obligor’s Affiliated Obligors (except in the case of multiple Government Obligors), 2%; (ii) in the case of all Government Obligors, 4%; and (iii) in the case of all Federal Government Obligors, 1.5%.

“Conduit Purchaser” shall mean each entity that is or becomes a party to this Agreement in such capacity by executing this Agreement or an Assumption Agreement and that is identified as such from time to time on Schedule I to this Agreement, and any of its successors and assigns.

“Conduit Support Document” shall mean any agreement entered into by any Support Provider providing for the issuance of one or more letters of credit for the account of any Conduit Purchaser, the issuance of one or more surety bonds for which any Conduit Purchaser is obligated to reimburse the applicable Support Provider for any drawings thereunder, the sale by any Conduit Purchaser to any Support Provider of its interest in the Receivables (or any portion thereof) and/or the making of loans and/or other extensions of credit to any Conduit Purchaser in connection with such Conduit Purchaser’s securitization program (whether for liquidity or credit enhancement support), together with any letter of credit, surety bond or other instrument issued thereunder.

“Consolidated Cash” shall mean the value of cash in hand or at banks, building societies or similar financial institutions standing to the credit of any member of the Group (which must be freely transferable other than to the extent represented by uncleared balances) excluding (i) cash deposited for a fixed term exceeding 12 months, (ii) cash which is subject to any Specified Lien and (iii) cash which is subject to any other Lien apart from any Lien to secure Debt of a member of the Group (and, for these purposes, cash shall not cease to be freely transferable by reason that it is deposited for a fixed term of up to 12 months).

“Contra Account” means, when the Parent is at Leverage Level 3, a Receivable that may be offset by a current account payable due from an Originator to the related Obligor.

“Contract” shall mean a contract between an Originator and an Obligor, and/or any and all invoices and other writings which, in either case, give rise to a receivable arising from the sale by such Originator of goods or rendering of services in the ordinary course of such Originator’s business.

 

-6-


“Control” shall mean the power, directly or indirectly, to direct the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise, and “Controlling” and “Controlled” shall have meanings correlative thereto.

“Control Date” shall mean the date on which the Administrative Agent delivers a notice of exclusive control pursuant to Section 4.10(b).

“Control Event” shall mean (i) the occurrence and continuance of a Termination Event or a Downgrade Event or (ii) if the Parent is at Leverage Level 3, the occurrence and continuance of a Potential Termination Event specified in any of Sections 8.01(f) and (j) through (o).

“Credit Agreement” shall mean (i) the Credit Agreement, dated as of July 21, 2011, among the Parent and Wolseley Limited, as borrowers, the lenders party thereto from time to time, and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, as the same may from time to time be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified, or (ii) any credit agreement between the Parent and/or any of its Material Subsidiaries and a group of lenders which replaces the Credit Agreement in preceding clause (i).

“Credit and Collection Policy” shall mean the Servicer’s credit, collection, enforcement and other policies and practices relating to Contracts and Receivables existing on the date hereof and as set forth on Exhibit A hereto, as the same may be modified from time to time in compliance with Section 4.05 hereof.

“Credit Card Agreement” shall have the meaning specified in Section 3.02(i) hereof.

“Days Sales Outstanding” shall mean, on any day for the preceding Calculation Period, an amount equal to the product of (i) a fraction, the numerator of which is the Outstanding Balance of all Receivables on the first day of such Calculation Period and the denominator of which is the aggregate amount of Receivables generated during such Calculation Period and (ii) 30.

“Debt” shall mean any indebtedness in respect of:

(a)    moneys borrowed and debit balances at banks;

(b)    any debenture, bond, note, loan stock or other security;

(c)    any acceptance or documentary credit being acceptances or documentary credits in respect of finance obligations but excluding acceptance or documentary credits in respect of trade performance obligations;

(d)      receivables sold or discounted (otherwise than those accounted for under IFRS on a non-recourse basis);

 

-7-


(e)      the acquisition cost of any assets to the extent payable before or after the time of acquisition or possession by the party liable where the advance or deferred payment is arranged primarily as a method of raising finance or financing the acquisition of that asset;

(f)    finance leases and hire purchase agreements (whether in respect of land, machinery, equipment or otherwise) which would be shown as liabilities in a balance sheet in accordance with the relevant GAAP )for any relevant period prior to August 1, 2019, in accordance with IFRS);

(g)    interest swap, cap or collar arrangements (and the amount of such indebtedness shall be the mark-to-market valuation of such transaction at the relevant time);

(h)    currency swap, cap or collar arrangements (and the amount of such indebtedness shall be the mark-to-market valuation of such transaction at the relevant time);

(i)    amounts raised under any other transaction which is required to be shown as financial indebtedness in accordance with IFRS; or

(j)    any guarantee, indemnity or similar assurance against financial loss of any Person in respect of indebtedness of a type referred to in (a) to (i) above,

but any calculation of the aggregate Debt of the Group and calculation hereunder (1) shall not include any indebtedness of one member of the Group to another member of the Group and (2) shall be on a basis that no amount shall be taken into account more than once in the same calculation.    

“Deemed Collections” shall mean collections deemed received by the Seller in an amount equal to (i) all Dilutions and (ii) the aggregate Outstanding Balance of any Receivables (a) which were included in the Net Receivables Balance and which were not Eligible Receivables, (b) in which the Administrative Agent does not have a first priority perfected ownership or security interest or (c) as to which the other representations and warranties set forth in Sections 6.01(d), (e), (g) and (h) and made by the Seller or the Servicer are no longer true and correct in all material respects.

“Default/Loss Proxy Modification Election” shall mean the determination by the Seller, in its sole discretion, in May 2014 (and before the Monthly Report Date in that month) to modify the Default Ratio and Loss Horizon Ratio and components thereof, such modification to take effect for the April 2014 Calculation Period and to be first evidenced in the May 2014 Monthly Report.

“Defaulted Receivable” shall mean the debit balance of a Receivable (i) which remains unpaid for 61 days (or, if the Default/Loss Proxy Modification Election has been made, 91 days) or more from the original due date (other than the portion of a Receivable subject to retainage that is re-aged in the normal course of business), (ii) the Obligor of which is in a bankruptcy or similar proceeding as debtor, (iii) which has been identified by the Servicer or the applicable Originator as uncollectible or (iv) which, consistent with the Credit and Collection Policy, should be written off as uncollectible.

 

-8-


“Defaulting Purchaser” shall mean any Committed Purchaser that fails to make a Purchase when all conditions to such Purchase have been satisfied.

“Default Rate” shall mean the Alternate Base Rate plus 2.0% per annum.

“Default Ratio” shall mean the ratio (expressed as a percentage) calculated on any day, for the preceding Calculation Period, of (i) the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all Receivables that were not Defaulted Receivables at the beginning of such Calculation Period but that became Defaulted Receivables or that were written off the books of the applicable Originator during such Calculation Period (without duplication) to (ii) the aggregate amount payable in respect of Receivables originated three months (or, if the Default/Loss Proxy Modification Election has been made, four months) prior to such Calculation Period, provided that for the purposes of the Termination Event specified in Section 8.01(l), the Default/Loss Proxy Modification Election will be deemed not to have been made.

“Deferrable Purchase Price” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.02(b) hereof.

“Deferred Purchase Date” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.02(b) hereof.

“Delinquency Ratio” shall mean the ratio (expressed as a percentage), calculated on any day, for the preceding Calculation Period, of (i) the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all Receivables which remain unpaid 31 to 60 days from the original due date (other than the portion of a Receivable subject to retainage that is re-aged in the normal course of business) as of the last day of such Calculation Period to (ii) the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all Receivables on such last day.

“Depositary Account” shall mean an account maintained at a Depositary Bank into which Collections in the form of wire transfer or electronic funds transfers are made by Obligors.

“Depositary Bank” shall mean, at any time, any financial institution reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent which holds a Lockbox Account, a Depositary Account, a Blocked Local Account, the Concentration Account or the Collection Account.

“Designated Account” shall mean the Seller’s bank account as follows:

Bank of America

411 North Akard Stree

Dallas, TX 75201

ABA No.: 026009593

Account Name: Ferguson Receivables, LLC

Account No.: 4427713552

 

-9-


“Designated Excluded Receivables” shall mean the receivables of the Designated Types listed on Schedule IV hereto from time to time in accordance with the provisions of Section 11.23 hereof.

“Designated Person” shall mean any Person that is a designated target of any Sanctions or otherwise a subject of any Sanctions, including as a result of being (a) owned or controlled directly or indirectly by any Persons (or Person) that are designated targets of any Sanctions, or (b) organized or operating under the laws of, or a citizen or resident of, any country that is subject to any Sanctions.

“Designated Type” shall mean each (i) Obligor or (ii) Originator log-on location(s), each of which has a customer number or log-on number, as identified on Schedule IV hereto from time to time. For the avoidance of doubt, a group of Obligors taken together can constitute a Designated Type, and a group of Originator log-on locations taken together can constitute a Designated Type.

“Dilution” shall mean the portion of any Receivable which is reduced or canceled as a result of (a) any defective, rejected, returned or repossessed goods or services, any cash or other discount, or any failure by an Originator to deliver any goods or perform any services or otherwise perform under the underlying Contract, (b) any change in or cancellation of any of the terms of such Contract or any other adjustment by an Originator or the Seller which reduces the amount payable by the Obligor on the related Receivable, (c) any rebates, warranties, allowances or charge-backs, or (d) any setoff or credit in respect of any claim by the Obligor thereof (regardless of whether such claim arises out of the same or a related transaction or an unrelated transaction). The Seller shall be deemed to have received a Collection in an amount equal to the amount of such Dilution of each Receivable on the day such Dilution occurs.

“Dilution Horizon” shall mean, initially, 40 days, and thereafter, such other number of days as may be consented to by the Required Facility Agents.

“Dilution Horizon Percentage” shall mean, on any day, a fraction, expressed as a percentage, the numerator of which is the Dilution Horizon on such day minus 30 and the denominator of which is 30.

“Dilution Horizon Ratio” shall mean a fraction, calculated on any day for the preceding Calculation Period, the numerator of which equals the sum of (i) the aggregate amount of all Receivables generated during such Calculation Period and (ii) the product of the Dilution Horizon Percentage and the aggregate amount of all Receivables generated during the Calculation Period prior to such Calculation Period (or such other number of Calculation Periods (or portions thereof) as reasonably determined by the Co-Agents based on the results generated by the most recent audits) and the denominator of which equals the Net Receivables Balance at the end of such Calculation Period.

“Dilution Ratio” shall mean the ratio (expressed as a percentage), calculated on any day for the preceding Calculation Period, of (i) the amount of Dilution for such Calculation Period to (ii) the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all Receivables generated during the Calculation Period prior to such Calculation Period.

 

-10-


“Dilution Reserve Amount” shall mean, on any day, the product of (i) the Dilution Reserve Percentage and (ii) the Net Receivables Balance on such day.

“Dilution Reserve Percentage” shall mean, on any day, a percentage equal to the greater of (i) 5.0% (the “Dilution Reserve Floor”) and (ii) the amount expressed as a percentage and calculated in accordance with the following formula:

{(SF x ED) + ((DS – ED) x (DS/ED))} x DHR

Where:

 

SF    =    the applicable Stress Factor;
ED    =    the average of the Dilution Ratios for the twelve most recently ended Calculation Periods;
DS    =    (x) when the Parent is at Leverage Level 1, the highest three month average Dilution Ratio during the twelve most recently ended Calculation Periods, or (y) when the Parent is at Leverage Level 2 or Leverage Level 3, the highest Dilution Ratio during the twelve most recently ended Calculation Periods; and
DHR    =    the Dilution Horizon Ratio at such time.

“Distribution Date” shall mean each of (i) before the Termination Date, (a) the second (2nd) Business Day after each Monthly Report Date and (b) the Business Day after each Weekly Report Date and (ii) on and after the Termination Date, each Business Day.

“Dollar” and “$” shall mean lawful currency of the United States of America.

“Downgrade Event” shall mean that the Parent’s senior unsecured debt rating shall be downgraded below Ba3 from Moody’s or BB- from S&P, as applicable, or suspended or withdrawn.

“EBIT” shall mean, in relation to any period, operating profit as reported in the annual or semi-annual consolidated financial statements of the Parent for the period, before taking into account:

(a)    interest, commissions, discounts and other fees incurred or received or receivable by any member of the Group in respect of Debt or other finance charges deducted in calculating operating profit;

(b)    tax;

 

-11-


(c)    any share of profit of any associated company (as defined in IFRS) or undertaking, except for dividends received in cash by any member of the Group; and

(d)    all exceptional items as defined in the Group’s financial statements, provided that, for any relevant period on and after August 1, 2019, any interest and other finance charge in respect of any lease shown as a liability on the balance sheet shall be deducted from EBIT to the extent it is not deducted in calculating operating profit.

“EBITA” shall mean, in relation to any period, EBIT for such period after adding back all amounts provided for the amortization and impairment of intangible assets.

“EBITDA” shall mean, in relation to any period, EBITA for such period after adding back all amounts provided for depreciation and impairment of property, plant and equipment in such period (other than, for any relevant period on and after August 1, 2019, amounts provided for the depreciation of Rights of Use Assets shown as assets on the balance sheet which shall not be added back) and provided that, for the purpose of calculating the Leverage Ratio:

(a)    EBITDA shall be determined on a pro forma basis so as to give effect from the first day of the relevant period to any person that became a member of the Group or merged into or consolidated with the Parent or any member of the Group during the relevant period and as to exclude from the first day of the relevant period any former member of the Group that ceased to be a member of the Group during such period;

(b)    subject to paragraph (a) above, if a Subsidiary of the Parent is treated in the preparation of the Parent’s consolidated financial statements as a discontinued operation that is “held for sale”, EBITDA shall be determined on a pro forma basis so as to include (to the extent that Subsidiary would otherwise be excluded) that Subsidiary’s profit or loss in the calculation of EBITDA until such time as the Subsidiary concerned has ceased to be a member of the Group.

“EEA Financial Institution” shall mean (a) any credit institution or investment firm established in any EEA Member Country which is subject to the supervision of an EEA Resolution Authority, (b) any entity established in an EEA Member Country which is a parent of an institution described in clause (a) of this definition, or (c) any financial institution established in an EEA Member Country which is a subsidiary of an institution described in clauses (a) or (b) of this definition and is subject to consolidated supervision with its parent;.

“EEA Member Country” shall mean any of the member states of the European Union, Iceland, Liechtenstein, and Norway.

“EEA Resolution Authority” shall mean any public administrative authority or any person entrusted with public administrative authority of any EEA Member Country (including any delegee) having responsibility for the resolution of any EEA Financial Institution.

“Eligible Purchaser” shall mean a financial institution (i) having two of the following short-term debt ratings: A-1 or better by S&P, P-1 or better by Moody’s, and F1 or better by Fitch and (ii) which, if there are LC Banks, is acceptable to such LC Banks (such determination not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

 

-12-


“Eligible Receivable” shall mean, at any time for the determination thereof, any Receivable:

(a)    which arises from the sale of products or services of an Originator in the ordinary course of business and has been invoiced;

(b)    which is an “account” or “payment intangible” as defined in Article 9 of the UCC;

(c)    the Obligor of which is not an affiliate of the Seller or any Originator;

(d)    which is denominated in U.S. dollars and payable in the U.S.;

(e)    the Obligor of which is a U.S. Obligor, except that up to 5.0% of the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all non-Defaulted Receivables may consist of Receivables owing by Foreign Obligors (but no more than 2.0% of such aggregate Outstanding Balance may consist of Receivables owing by Foreign Obligors domiciled in Mexico or any political subdivision thereof);

(f)    the sale of or granting of a security interest in which does not contravene any law and the related Contract does not contain any enforceable restriction on assignment of such Receivable that is effective under applicable Law;

(g)    which represents a bona fide obligation of the Obligor to pay the stated amount (which stated amount does not include any service charges), and the Receivable, together with the related Contract, is enforceable against the related Obligor in accordance with its terms;

(h)    which is not subject to any asserted dispute, counterclaim, defense or asserted right of set-off (including any portion of such Receivable that is attributable to accrued rebate);

(i)    which, together with the related Contract, does not contravene in any material respect applicable law, rule or regulation (including those relating to consumer protection) and no party to such Contract is in violation of any such law, rule or regulation if such contravention or violation, as applicable, would impair the collectability of such Receivable;

(j)    which satisfies all applicable requirements of the Credit and Collection Policy in all material respects;

(k)    except as provided in clause (r)(ii) of this definition, which is due within 90 days of the original billing date therefor;

 

-13-


(l)    in and to which the applicable Originator has validly sold all of its right, title and interest in and to the Seller, and Seller owns good and marketable title to the Receivable, free and clear of any encumbrance, lien or security interest;

(m)    the representations and warranties with respect to which in the Purchase and Contribution Agreement and this Agreement are true and correct in all material respects;

(n)    which arises under a Contract that contains an obligation to pay a specified sum of money, contingent only upon the sale of goods or the provision of services;

(o)    with respect to which the Seller has not been notified by any Facility Agent of such Facility Agent’s determination in its reasonable credit judgment that such Receivable or type of Receivable or related Obligor will no longer be deemed to be an Eligible Receivable; provided that no Receivable shall cease to be an Eligible Receivable unless the Seller has received at least 10 days prior notice;

(p)    which is payable by an Obligor who is not the subject of bankruptcy or similar proceedings;

(q)    which is not a Defaulted Receivable;

(r)    which has not been extended, rewritten or otherwise modified from the original terms thereof except (i) in accordance with the Credit and Collection Policy, or (ii) with respect to retainage re-aging completed in the normal course of business, which Receivables subject to retainage re-aging shall not exceed 1% of all Receivables;

(s)    which has been fully earned by performance on the part of the applicable Originator, and no further action is required to be performed by such Originator or any other Person with respect thereto other than payment thereon by the applicable Obligor, provided, that a Receivable subject to retainage shall be considered fully earned for the purposes of this clause (s);

(t)    as to which the Obligor is required to make payments (i) directly to a Lockbox or Depositary Account, (ii) by credit card or (iii) directly to the applicable Originator for deposit to a Local Account or a Blocked Local Account;

(u)    which was originated by the applicable Originator and was not originated by a division of the applicable Originator created or resulting from the acquisition of a Person or its assets unless the Receivables originated in connection with such acquired Person or assets have been approved by the Facility Agents in accordance with Section 11.21 hereof, and which is reported by the applicable Originator on the same computer data reporting system as exists on the Closing Date;

(v)    the purchase of the obligation constitutes a current transaction within the meaning of the Section 3(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;

 

-14-


(w)    which represents the sales price of goods or services within the meaning of Section 3(c)(5) of the Investment Company Act of 1940; and

(x)    which is not a Contra Account.

“Equity Interests” shall mean with respect to any Person, all of the shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person, all of the warrants, options or other rights for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person, all of the securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person or warrants, rights or options for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of such securities (or such other interests), and all of the other ownership or profit interests in such Person (including partnership, member or trust interests therein), whether voting or nonvoting, and whether or not such shares, warrants, options, rights or other interests are outstanding on any date of determination.

“ERISA” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.

“ERISA Affiliate” shall mean any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that, together with the Parent or Ferguson, is treated as a single employer under Section 414 of the Code.

“ERISA Event” shall mean (a) any Reportable Event with respect to a Plan ; (b) a withdrawal by the Parent or Ferguson or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates from a Plan subject to Section 4063 of ERISA during a plan year in which the relevant entity is a “substantial employer” (as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA) or a cessation of operations that is treated as such a withdrawal under Section 4062(e) of ERISA which could reasonably be expected to give rise to any liability with respect to such withdrawal; (c) a complete or partial withdrawal by the Parent or Ferguson or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates from a Multiemployer Plan or notification that a Multiemployer Plan is in reorganization; (d) the filing of a notice of intent to terminate, the treatment of a Plan or Multiemployer Plan amendment as a termination under Sections 4041 or 4041A of ERISA, or the commencement of proceedings to terminate a Plan or Multiemployer Plan, other than any of the foregoing that is a standard termination; (e) an event or condition which could reasonably be expected to constitute grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Plan or Multiemployer Plan; or (f) the imposition of any liability under Title IV of ERISA, other than PBGC premiums due but not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA, upon the Parent, Ferguson or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates.

“EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule” shall mean the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule published by the Loan Market Association (or any successor person), as in effect from time to time.

“Eurodollar Liabilities” shall have the meaning assigned to that term in Regulation D of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, as in effect from time to time.

 

-15-


“Eurodollar Rate” shall mean, for any Purchase Group and any Calculation Period, the sum of LIBOR and the Eurodollar Reserve Percentage for such Purchase Group and such Calculation Period or other period.

“Eurodollar Reserve Percentage” of any Committed Purchaser or LC Bank for any Calculation Period shall mean the reserve percentage applicable two Business Days before the first day of such Calculation Period under regulations issued from time to time by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (or any successor) (or if more than one such percentage shall be applicable, the daily average of such percentages for those days in such Calculation Period or other period during which any such percentage shall be so applicable) for determining the maximum reserve requirement (including, without limitation, any emergency, supplemental or other marginal reserve, special deposit or similar requirement) for such Committed Purchaser or LC Bank with respect to liabilities or assets consisting of or including, or deposits with respect to, Eurodollar Liabilities (or with respect to any other category of liabilities that includes deposits by reference to which the interest rate on Eurodollar Liabilities is determined) having a term equal to such Calculation Period or other period.

“Excess Concentration Amount” shall mean, on any day, the sum of, without duplication of the amount of each excess concentration, (i) the aggregate amount by which the aggregate Outstanding Balance of Eligible Receivables of an Obligor and its Affiliated Obligor(s) exceeds the applicable Concentration Limit, (ii) the aggregate amount by which the Outstanding Balance of Eligible Receivables of all Government Obligors exceeds the applicable Concentration Limit and (iii) the aggregate amount by which the Outstanding Balance of Eligible Receivables of all Federal Government Obligors exceeds the applicable Concentration Limit.

“Excluded Receivables” shall mean (i) the indebtedness or payment obligations owed by Obligors arising in connection with the sale of merchandise or rendering of services by the division of Ferguson known as “Lincoln Products/Ferguson Parts and Packaging”, (ii) Designated Excluded Receivables and (iii) Acquisition Receivables.

“Excluded Taxes” shall mean, with respect to an Indemnified Party, any of the following Taxes imposed on or with respect to such Indemnified Party or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to such Indemnified Party: (a) Taxes imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated), franchise Taxes, state gross receipts Taxes, and branch profits Taxes imposed as a result of such Indemnified Party being organized under the laws of, or having its principal office or its applicable lending office located in, the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (or any political subdivision thereof) or that are Other Connection Taxes, (b) in the case of an Indemnified Party, U.S. federal withholding Taxes imposed on amounts payable to or for the account of such Indemnified Party with respect to its portion of any Exposure Amount pursuant to a law in effect on the date on which (i) such Indemnified Party acquires or becomes obligated to acquire its portion of any Exposure Amount (other than pursuant to an assignment request by the Seller under Section 11.08) or (ii) such Indemnified Party changes its lending office (unless such change is at the request of the Seller), except in each case to the extent that amounts with respect to such Taxes were payable either to such Indemnified Party’s assignor immediately before such Indemnified Party became a party hereto or to such Indemnified Party immediately before it changed its lending office, (c) any Tax, assignment or other governmental

 

-16-


charge attributable to and which would not have been imposed but for such Indemnified Party’s failure to comply with the delivery requirements contained in Section 11.07 with respect to the applicable tax forms (including any successor forms), reports and documentation required to be properly completed and duly executed by such Indemnified Party establishing such Indemnified Party’s exemption from or reduction in U.S. federal withholding tax, and (d) any U.S. Federal withholding Taxes imposed under FATCA.

“Exclusion Date” shall mean, with respect to each Designated Type, the date after which the receivables owing to an Originator of such Designated Type shall be Designated Excluded Receivables.

“Executive Order” shall mean Executive Order No. 13224 on Terrorist Financings: Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions With Persons Who Commit, Threaten To Commit, or Support Terrorism issued on 23rd September, 2001.

“Exposure Amount” shall mean, for each Purchase Group, the applicable Purchase Group Percentage of the Aggregate Exposure Amount.

“Facility” shall mean the facility governed by the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, pursuant to which (i) the Facility Agents, on behalf of their respective Purchase Groups, purchase from the Seller undivided interests in the Receivables, the Related Security and the Collections, and (ii) the LC Banks make available to the Sellers Letters of Credit in favor of beneficiaries specified by the Seller and permissible under applicable Law.

“Facility Agent” shall mean, with respect to any Conduit Purchaser, Committed Purchaser or LC Bank, the entity acting as agent for such Conduit Purchaser, Committed Purchaser or LC Bank identified from time to time on Schedule I hereto, which executes this Agreement or an Assumption Agreement, and any successor thereto.

“Facility Termination” shall mean the date on which (i) all Aggregate Unpaids have been fully paid, (ii) the Maximum Net Investment is reduced to zero and (iii) no Letters of Credit remain outstanding.

“FATCA” shall mean the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act under Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, as of the date of this Agreement (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with), any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof, and any agreements entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b)(1) of the Code.

“Federal Bankruptcy Code” shall mean Title 11 of the United States Code entitled “Bankruptcy”, as amended, and any successor statute thereto.

“Federal Government Obligor” shall mean the United States of America, any territory, possession or commonwealth of the United States of America, or any agency, department or instrumentality of any of the foregoing.

 

-17-


“Fee Collateral Amount” shall mean, on any day on and after the Termination Date, the sum of the Used Fees, the Letter of Credit Fronting Bank Fees and other fees to accrue on the Letters of Credit that are outstanding and undrawn on such day through their stated expiration dates (as such stated expiration dates may be extended in accordance with the proviso in the definition of LC Obligations herein).

“Fee Letter” shall mean the agreement among the Seller and the Facility Agents, setting forth certain fees payable by the Seller in connection with the purchase by the Facility Agents (on behalf of their respective Purchase Groups) of the Receivable Interest, as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time.

“Ferguson” shall mean Ferguson Enterprises, LLC, a Virginia limited liability company.

“Ferguson Parties” shall mean, collectively, the Seller, each Originator, the Servicer, and the Parent.

“Financial Covenant” shall mean the covenant relating to leverage ratio, net worth or other measure of the financial condition of any Ferguson Party (whether expressed as a covenant or a stand-alone default) contained in the Credit Agreement.

“Foreign Obligor” shall mean an Obligor which is domiciled in Canada or Mexico or any political subdivision thereof.

“Foreign Plan” shall mean any employee benefit plan maintained or contributed to by the Parent or any Affiliate which is mandated or governed by any Law of any Governmental Authority outside the United States.

“GAAP” shall mean generally accepted accounting principles ineffect in the United States of America from time to time.

“Government Obligor” shall mean (i) any Federal Government Obligor or (ii) any state or local government, including counties, cities and towns, any political subdivision of any of the foregoing, or any agency, department or instrumentality of any the foregoing.

“Governmental Authority” shall mean any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof and any entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government.

“Group” shall mean the Parent and its Subsidiaries, and for the purposes of the Parent’s consolidated financial statements and Parent’s Leverage Ratio, shall include subsidiary undertakings (within the meaning of Section 1162 of the Companies Act of 2006).

“IFRS” shall mean, with respect to any Person, the international accounting standards within the meaning of IAS Regulation 1606/2002, as in effect from time to time, to the extent applicable to the financial statements of that Person.

 

-18-


“Inclusion Date” shall have the meaning specified in Section 11.21 hereof.

“Incremental Purchase” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.02(a) hereof.

“Indemnified Parties” shall have the meaning specified in Section 10.01(a) hereof.

“Indemnified Taxes” shall mean (a) Taxes, other than Excluded Taxes, imposed on or with respect to any payment made by or on account of any obligation of the Seller under any Transaction Document and (b) to the extent not otherwise described in (a), Other Taxes.

“Issuance” shall mean the initial issuance by an LC Bank of a Letter of Credit in accordance with the provision of Section 2.10 hereof. “Issue” shall mean the doing of such action.

“Law” shall mean any law (including common law), constitution, statute, treaty, regulation, rule, ordinance, order, injunction, writ, decree or award of any Official Body.

“LC Bank” and “LC Banks” shall mean each financial institution which agrees to issue Letters of Credit at the request of the Seller by being or becoming a party to this Agreement by executing this Agreement or an Assumption Agreement and which is identified as such from time to time on Schedule III to this Agreement, and any of its successors.

“LC Bank Fee Letter” shall mean, for each LC Bank, the fee letter between such LC Bank and the Seller, setting forth the Letter of Credit Fronting Bank Fee and the other fees payable by the Seller to such LC Bank in connection with the Issuance and/or Modification of a Letter of Credit, as the same may be from time to time amended, modified or supplemented.

“LC Bank Sublimit” shall mean, with respect to any LC Bank, the dollar amount indicated from time to time on Schedule III to this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, although the aggregate of the LC Bank Sublimits may exceed the LC Sub-Facility, the Stated Amount of the outstanding Letters of Credit may not exceed at any time the LC Sub-Facility.

“LC Cash Collateral Account” shall mean the account designated as the LC Cash Collateral Account to be established and maintained at JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., which account shall be in the name of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Purchase Groups, in respect of the Facility.

“LC Effective Date” shall mean the date on which all of the following have occurred: (i) the LC Banks shall have agreed to provide the LC Sub-Facility and all Facility Agents shall have consented thereto; (ii) the LC Banks and their respective LC Bank Sublimits shall have been agreed upon and Schedule III shall have been completed to reflect the same; (iii) the LC Cash Collateral Account shall have been established; (iv) there shall have been delivered to each LC Bank, the LC Bank Fee Letter; (v) forms of Letter of Credit and Letter of Credit Application shall have been delivered by each LC Bank; and (vi) there shall have been delivered to the Facility Agents all certificates and opinions as are reasonably required by the Administrative Agent and the LC Banks.

 

-19-


LC Obligations” shall mean, at any time, an amount equal to the sum of (a) the aggregate Stated Amount of the then undrawn and outstanding Letters of Credit and (b) the aggregate Reimbursement Obligations described in clause (i) of the definition thereof that have not then been reimbursed pursuant to Section 2.11; provided that any Letter of Credit that has expired by its terms but may still be drawn upon in accordance with Rule 3.14 of the International Standby Practices, shall be deemed to be “outstanding” in the amount so remaining available to be drawn.

“LC Sub-Facility” shall mean the maximum aggregate amount of Letters of Credit which the LC Banks agree to Issue and have outstanding at any one time, which amount shall equal 33 1/3% of the Maximum Net Investment.

“Letter of Credit” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.10(a) of this Agreement.

“Letter of Credit Application” shall mean, for each LC Bank, such LC Bank’s form of Letter of Credit Application, or such other form agreed to from time to time by the Seller and such LC Bank.

“Letter of Credit Bank Fronting Fee” shall mean the fees payable to an LC Bank which issues a Letter of Credit, as provided in the applicable LC Bank Fee Letter.

“Letter of Credit Request” shall mean the request for the Issuance or Modification of a Letter of Credit in substantially the form of Exhibit E hereto.

“Leverage Level” shall mean the applicable level specified below, based on the Parent’s most recently reported Leverage Ratio:

 

Leverage Level

  

Leverage Ratio

Level 1

   < 1.5:1.0

Level 2

   > 1.5:1.0 but < 3.0:1.0

Level 3

   > 3.0:1.0

“Leverage Ratio” shall mean, at any time and for the “applicable period”, the ratio of Total Consolidated Net Borrowings to EBITDA. The “applicable period” shall be the 12-month period ended: (i) when the Parent is at Leverage Level 1 or at Leverage Level 2, on the last day of the fiscal year or half-year of the Parent evidenced by the consolidated financial statements most recently delivered pursuant to Section 7.01(b); (ii) in addition to (i) above, when the Parent is at Leverage Level 3, in addition to the dates listed in (i) above, on the last day of the most recent fiscal quarter occurring between the annual and half-yearly consolidated financial statements of the Parent, and (iii) in addition to (i) and (ii) above, if there shall have occurred and be continuing a material adverse change in the financial condition of the Parent and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or Ferguson and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, as of any other date specified by the Co-Agents, provided that the Parent and Ferguson shall have received at least 30 days’ notice.

 

-20-


“LIBOR” shall mean, for any Purchase Group and any Calculation Period, a rate per annum, to be reasonably determined by the related Facility Agent, equal to the rate per annum which appears on the Reuters BBA Libor Page 3750, or such other page as may replace page 3750 on that service (rounded up to the nearest 1/100 of 1%), for the purpose of displaying London interbank offered rates of major banks for deposits of Dollars, at or about 11:00 a.m. (London time) two London Business Days prior to the first day of such Calculation Period or other period, as applicable, for a period equal to such Calculation Period or other period, as applicable, in an amount substantially equal to the amount of Dollars to be funded; provided, that in the event no rate is so posted, “LIBOR” shall mean the arithmetic average (rounded up to only four decimal places) of the offered quotations by the related Facility Agent for deposits of Dollars at or about 11:00 a.m. (London time) two London Business Days prior to the Calculation Period or other period, as applicable, in an amount substantially equal to the amount of Dollars to be funded.

“Lien,” with respect to any asset, shall mean any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset (including any production payment, proceeds production payment or similar financing arrangement with respect to such asset).

“Limited Liability Company Agreement” shall mean the Limited Liability Company Agreement of the Seller dated July 29, 2013.

“Local Account” shall mean a deposit account established and maintained by a financial institution in the name of an Originator into which account Obligor payments with respect to Receivables as well as payments on cash sales generated by such Originator are deposited. Each Local Account shall be identified on Schedule II hereto, as amended from time to time with the consent of the Administrative Agent.

“Lockbox” shall mean a post office box to which Collections are sent and which is administered by a Depositary Bank.

“Lockbox Account” shall mean an account maintained in the name of the Seller at a Depositary Bank into which Collections are deposited.

“Lookback Period” shall mean, with respect to the Exclusion Date for any Designated Type, the 12 calendar month period most recently ended prior to such Exclusion Date.

“Loss Horizon Ratio” shall mean a fraction, calculated on any day, for the preceding Calculation Period, (i) the numerator of which equals the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all Receivables generated during the four most recent Calculation Periods (or, if the Default/Loss Proxy Modification Election has been made, five Calculation Periods) including such Calculation Period times the Weighted Average Term Factor and (ii) the denominator of which is equal to the Net Receivables Balance on the last day of such Calculation Period.

“Losses” shall have the meaning specified in Section 10.01(a) hereof.

 

-21-


“Loss Ratio” shall mean, on any day, the highest average of the Default Ratios for any three consecutive Calculation Periods during the twelve Calculation Periods preceding the day on which determined.

“Loss Reserve Amount” shall mean, on any day, the product of (i) the Loss Reserve Percentage and (ii) the Net Receivables Balance on such day.

“Loss Reserve Percentage” shall mean, the percentage, calculated on any day, equal to the greater of (a) 10.00% (the “Loss Reserve Floor”) and (b) the product of (i) 2.50, (ii) the Loss Ratio and (iii) the Loss Horizon Ratio.

“Mandatory Reduction Amount” shall mean the amount necessary to cause the Percentage Interest to be less than or equal to 100%, or 90% when the Parent is at Leverage Level 3.

“Mandatory Reduction Date” shall mean the date on which a Mandatory Reduction Amount is paid.

“Marketable Securities” shall mean certificates of deposit, gilt-edged securities or other European Union or United States governmental securities which are freely tradable, units in Sociétés d’Investissement à Capital Variable (managed by reputable banks or financial institutions), commercial paper rated at least A1/P1 by S&P or Moody’s, UK Certificates of Tax Deposit and such other liquid investments as the Parent may from time to time agree in writing with the Administrative Agent.

“Material Adverse Effect” shall mean a material adverse effect on (i) the financial condition or operations of (a) the Seller, (b) Ferguson and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or (c) the Parent and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; (ii) the ability of the Seller, Ferguson or any other Originator, or the Parent to perform its obligations under any Transaction Document; (iii) the legality, validity or enforceability of any Transaction Document, or (iv) any Purchaser’s or LC Bank’s interest in the Receivables generally or in any significant portion of the Receivables, the Related Security or the Collections with respect thereto.

“Material Subsidiary” shall mean, at any time (i) with respect to any Ferguson Party (other than the Parent), any Subsidiary of such Ferguson Party which as of such time meets the definition of a “significant subsidiary” contained as of the date hereof in Regulation S-X of the SEC and (ii) with respect to the Parent, any Subsidiary (a) the net assets of which represent at least 10% of the consolidated net assets of the Group and (b) whose earnings before interest and tax (calculated in the same manner as EBIT) represents 10% or more of the EBIT of the Group (calculated by reference to the latest available financial statements).

“Maximum Net Investment” shall mean $800,000,000, unless such amount shall be reduced as provided in Section 2.15 or the next sentence or following the termination of a Purchase Group pursuant to Section 11.08 hereof or increased as provided in Section 2.16. On a Non-Pro Rata Extension Date for any Non-Extending Purchase Group, unless such Non-Extending Purchase Group’s Purchase Group Maximum Net Investment has been assigned

 

-22-


pursuant to Section 2.17, the Maximum Net Investment shall be reduced by that Non-Extending Purchase Group’s Purchase Group Maximum Net Investment. On any day on and after the occurrence and continuance of a Termination Event or the Scheduled Termination Date, the Maximum Net Investment shall be equal to the Aggregate Exposure Amount.

“Minimum Funding Ratio” shall mean the ratio (expressed as a percentage) calculated on any day, of (i) the Net Receivables Balance on such day minus the Total Reserve Amount on such day to (ii) the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all Receivables.

“Modification” shall mean any renewal, extension (to the extent not automatically renewed subject to the terms of Section 2.10(a)), increase, decrease or other modification of a Letter of Credit, other than a ministerial amendment. “Modify” shall mean the doing of such action.

“Monthly Report” shall have the meaning specified in Section 4.11(a)(i) hereof.

“Monthly Report Date” shall mean the 20th calendar day of each month, or, if such day is not a Business Day, the next Business Day.

“Moody’s” shall mean Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., together with any successor that is a nationally recognized statistical rating association.

“Multiemployer Plan” shall mean a multiemployer plan within the meaning of Section 3(37) of ERISA to which the Parent, Ferguson or any ERISA Affiliate makes or is obligated to make contributions.

“Net Investment” shall mean, for each Purchase Group, at any time, the sum of the amounts of Purchase Price paid by the Purchasers in that Purchase Group to the Seller for each Incremental Purchase and Reimbursement Purchase less the aggregate amount of Collections and other amounts received and applied by the Servicer or the related Facility Agent to reduce such Net Investment in accordance with the terms hereof; provided, that each Purchase Group’s Net Investment shall be increased by the amount of any Collections so received and applied if at any time the distribution of such Collections is rescinded or must otherwise be returned or restored for any reason.

“Net Receivables Balance” shall mean, at any time, the Outstanding Balances of the Eligible Receivables at such time reduced by the sum of, without duplication of amounts reducing the amount of total Receivables to determine Eligible Receivables, the following: (i) the Excess Concentration Amount, (ii) the aggregate amount of Collections that are unidentified cash, and (iii) the sales taxes payable in connection with the Receivables.

“Non-Extending Purchase Group” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.17(c) hereof.

“Non-Pro Rata Extension Date” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.17(c) hereof.

 

-23-


“Obligor” shall mean a Person who purchased merchandise or services on credit under a Contract and who is obligated to make payments to an Originator.

“OFAC” shall mean the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of Treasury.

“Official Body” shall mean any government or political subdivision or any agency, authority, bureau, central bank, commission, department or instrumentality of either, or any court, tribunal, grand jury or arbitrator, in each case, whether foreign or domestic.

“Optional Reduction Amount” shall mean the amount of reduction of the Aggregate Net Investment specified by the Seller pursuant to Section 2.15(b) hereof.

“Optional Reduction Date” shall mean the date on which an Optional Reduction Amount is paid.

“Optional Reduction Notice” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.15(b) hereof.

“Originator” shall mean each of Ferguson and each other Subsidiary of Ferguson identified as such from time to time on the signature pages or an addendum hereto; provided that each Subsidiary of Ferguson which is not a party to this Agreement on the Closing Date shall become an Originator hereunder only upon satisfaction of the conditions precedent contained in Section 3.04 hereof.

“Other Companies” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.03(a) hereof.

“Other Connection Taxes” shall mean with respect to any Indemnified Party, Taxes imposed as a result of a present or former connection between such Indemnified Party and the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (other than connections arising from such Indemnified Party having executed, delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, engaged in any other transaction pursuant to or enforced any Transaction Document, or sold or assigned an interest in any portion of its Aggregate Exposure).

“Other Taxes” shall mean all present or future stamp, court or documentary, intangible, recording, filing or similar Taxes that arise from any payment made under, from the execution, delivery, performance, enforcement or registration of, from the receipt or perfection of a security interest under, or otherwise with respect to, any Transaction Document, except any such Taxes that are Other Connection Taxes imposed with respect to an assignment (other than an assignment made pursuant to Section 11.08).

“Outstanding Balance” of any Receivable shall mean, at any time, the then outstanding amount thereof.

“Parent” shall mean Ferguson plc, a company incorporated in Jersey under registered number 128484.

 

-24-


“Parent Undertaking” shall mean the unconditional guarantee by the Parent, for the benefit of the Beneficiaries, specified in Section 5.01 hereof.

“Participation Interest” shall mean, with respect to any Reassigned Receivable, a 100% undivided beneficial interest in the applicable Originator’s right, title and interest, whether now owned or hereafter arising, in, to and under such Receivable and all Related Security and Collections with respect thereto.

“Patriot Act” shall mean the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001, Public Law 107-56 (commonly known as the USA Patriot Act).

“PBGC” shall mean the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation referred to and defined in ERISA and any successor entity performing similar functions.

“Percentage Interest” shall mean, at any time of determination, an undivided percentage interest in the Receivables, Related Security and Collections, which percentage is equal to the following:

AEA– LCA + TRA

NRB

Where:

 

AEA    =    the Aggregate Exposure Amount at the time of such determination;
LCA    =    the amount on deposit in the LC Cash Collateral Account (other than the amount deposited therein pursuant to Section 2.12(a) or (c) hereof or allocable to the Fee Collateral Amount) at the time of determination;
TRA    =    the Total Reserve Amount at the time of such determination; and
NRB    =    the Net Receivables Balance at the time of such determination.

Following the Scheduled Termination Date or the occurrence and continuance of a Termination Event, for the purpose of allocating Collections pursuant to Section 2.08, the Percentage Interest shall be equal to 100% until the Facility Termination.

“Person” shall mean an individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership (general or limited), trust, business trust, unincorporated association, joint venture, joint-stock company, Official Body or any other entity of whatever nature.

“Plan” shall mean any “employee pension benefit plan” (as such term is defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA), other than a Multiemployer Plan and a Foreign Plan, that is subject to the provisions of Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, and in respect of which the Parent or Ferguson or any ERISA Affiliate of either of them contributes or has an obligation to contribute (or, if such plan were terminated, would under Section 4069 of ERISA be deemed to contribute or have an obligation to contribute).

 

-25-


“Potential Termination Event” shall mean any event that, with the giving of notice or the passage of time, or both, would constitute a Termination Event.

“Proceeds” shall mean “proceeds” as defined in Section 9-102(a)(64) of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of New York and the jurisdiction whose Law governs the perfection of the Administrative Agent’s ownership or security interests therein.

“Proposed Effective Date” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.17(a) hereof.

“Purchase” shall mean a purchase, including each Reinvestment Purchase, Incremental Purchase and Reimbursement Purchase, by a Facility Agent (on behalf of its related Purchasers) of the Receivable Interest.

“Purchase and Contribution Agreement” shall mean the Purchase and Contribution Agreement dated as of July 31, 2013, by and between the Seller, as purchaser, Ferguson and the Originators, as sellers, as the same may from time to time be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified.

“Purchase Group” shall mean each separate group consisting of one or more Conduit Purchasers, if any, one or more Committed Purchasers, one or more LC Banks, if any, and a Facility Agent, identified from time to time on Schedule I to this Agreement.

“Purchase Group Maximum Net Investment” shall mean, with respect to any Purchase Group, the dollar amount indicated from time to time on Schedule I to this Agreement; provided, that if any Purchase Group becomes a Non-Extending Purchase Group, then, effective on its Non-Pro Rata Extension Date, such Non-Extending Purchase Group’s Purchase Group Maximum Net Investment will equal the Net Investment until repaid in accordance with Section 2.17 hereof; and provided further, that if any Purchase Group is terminated without replacement pursuant to Section 11.08, such Purchase Group’s Purchase Group Maximum Net Investment will be reduced to $0.

“Purchase Group Percentage” shall mean, with respect to a Purchase Group, the percentage equivalent of a fraction, (i) unless the Termination Date has occurred, the numerator of which is the Purchase Group Maximum Net Investment of such Purchase Group and the denominator of which is the Maximum Net Investment and (ii) on each day on and after the Termination Date, the numerator of which is the Exposure Amount of such Purchase Group on such day and the denominator of which is the Aggregate Exposure Amount on such day.

“Purchase Notice” shall mean a notice of an Incremental Purchase or a Reimbursement Purchase substantially in the form of Exhibit E hereto.

“Purchase Price” shall mean (i) with respect to any Incremental Purchase, the amount agreed to by the Seller and the Facility Agents and paid to the Seller by the Facility Agents, on

 

-26-


behalf of the Purchasers, as set forth in the Purchase Notice related to such Incremental Purchase and (ii) with respect to any Reimbursement Purchase, the amount drawn under the Letter of Credit as specified in the related Purchase Notice.

“Purchaser” or “Purchasers” shall mean a Conduit Purchaser or a Committed Purchaser, or one or more Conduit Purchasers or Committed Purchasers, as the context so requires, and shall include a Support Provider and any of their respective successors and assigns that may purchase any portion of the Receivable Interest pursuant hereto or which acquires an undivided interest in any Conduit Purchaser’s Receivable Interest pursuant to a Conduit Support Document.

“Rating” shall mean the “Private Monitor” rating assigned by S&P to the Parent’s senior unsecured debt as in effect on the Closing Date.

“Rating Agencies” shall mean, collectively, Moody’s, S&P and Fitch Ratings.

“RBC” shall mean Royal Bank of Canada, a Canadian chartered bank.

“Reassigned Receivable” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.01A hereof.

“Receivable” shall mean all indebtedness and other payment obligations owed to an Originator by an Obligor arising from the sale of merchandise or rendering of services, by the such Originator under a Contract, including all rights to payment of any interest or finance charges and any security related thereto. “Receivables” shall not include Excluded Receivables.

“Receivable Interest” shall mean, at any time, an undivided percentage ownership or security interest in (i) each and every then outstanding Receivable owned by the Seller, (ii) all Related Security with respect to each such Receivable, (iii) all Collections with respect thereto, and (iv) all cash and non-cash Proceeds of the foregoing, equal to the Percentage Interest at such time, and only at such time (without regard to prior calculations).

“Records” shall mean correspondence, memoranda, computer programs, tapes, discs, reports, papers, books or other documents or transcribed information of any type whether expressed in ordinary or machine readable language; provided, that any intellectual property (such as software) or rights therein that are not permitted by applicable Law or contract to be assigned shall not be included herein.

“Reduction Date” shall mean any day on which any portion of a Purchase Group’s Net Investment funded with Commercial Paper or with Yield based on LIBOR (i) is reduced without compliance by the Seller with the notice requirements under this Agreement, (ii) is assigned by a Conduit Purchaser to its Support Provider pursuant to the applicable Conduit Support Document following the occurrence of a Termination Event under Section 8.01(o) hereof, (iii) is reduced in connection with the payment of an Optional Reduction Amount or a Mandatory Reduction Amount or (iv) would have increased due to an Incremental Purchase requested in a Purchase Notice delivered by the Seller in accordance with Section 2.02 but was not in fact increased.

 

-27-


“Regulatory Change” shall mean the occurrence after the Closing Date (or with respect to any Purchaser or LC Bank, such later date on which such Purchaser or LC Bank, as the case may be, becomes a party to this Agreement) of (i) the adoption of any applicable Law, rule, regulation or treaty (including any applicable law, rule, regulation or treaty regarding capital adequacy or liquidity) or any change therein, (ii) any change in the interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority, central bank or comparable agency charged with the interpretation or administration thereof, or compliance with any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) of any such authority, central bank or comparable agency, or (iii) the compliance, application or implementation, whether commenced prior to or after the Facility closing date, by any Affected Person with the requirements of (a) the final rule titled Risk-Based Capital Guidelines; Capital Adequacy Guidelines; Capital Maintenance: Regulatory Capital; Impact of Modifications to Generally Accepted Accounting Principles; Consolidation of Asset-Backed Commercial Paper Programs; and Other Related Issues, adopted by the United States bank regulatory agencies on December 15, 2009 (the “FAS 166/167 Capital Guidelines”), (b) the revised BASEL ACCORD prepared by the BASEL Committee on Banking Supervision entitled “A global regulatory framework for more resilient banks and banking systems”, revised June 2011 (“BASEL III”), or (c) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, or any existing or future rules, regulations, guidance, interpretations or directives from U.S., Canadian, or other foreign bank regulatory agencies relating to the FAS 166/167 Capital Guidelines, BASEL III or the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (whether or not having the force of law), regardless of the date any of the foregoing is enacted, adopted or issued.

“Reimbursement Obligation” shall mean the obligation of the Seller to (i) reimburse the LC Bank pursuant to Section 2.11(a) for amounts drawn under Letters of Credit that have not been satisfied by a Reimbursement Purchase in accordance with the terms of Section 2.11(a) and/or (ii) cash collateralize the Stated Amount of undrawn and outstanding Letters of Credit pursuant to Section 2.11(e), as the context requires.

“Reimbursement Purchase” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.11(a) or (b) hereof.

“Reinvestment Purchase” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.05 hereof.

“Related Parties” shall mean, with respect to any Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the respective directors, officers, employees and agents of such Person and such Person’s Affiliates.

“Related Security” shall mean with respect to any Receivable:

(a)    all Contracts with respect to such Receivable;

(b)    all of the Seller’s interest, if any, in the goods (including returned goods) sold by the applicable Originator and which gave rise to such Receivable;

 

-28-


(c)    all other security interests or Liens and property subject thereto from time to time, if any, purporting to secure payment of such Receivable, whether pursuant to the Contract related to such Receivable or otherwise, together with all financing statements signed by an Obligor describing any collateral securing such Receivable;

(d)    all guarantees, indemnities, letters of credit, insurance or other agreements or arrangements of any kind from time to time supporting or securing payment of such Receivable whether pursuant to the Contract related to such Receivable or otherwise;

(e)    all Records relating to, and all service contracts and any other contracts associated with, such Receivable, the related Contracts or the related Obligors; and

(f)    all Proceeds of the foregoing.

“Reportable Event” shall mean a “reportable event” as that term is defined in Section 4043 of ERISA or the regulations issued thereunder (other than an event for which the 30-day notice period is waived).

“Required Facility Agents” shall mean the Co-Agents and the Facility Agents representing Purchase Groups having Purchase Group Maximum Net Investments equal to more than 50% of the Maximum Net Investment; provided, that if any Facility Agent’s Purchase Group includes a Defaulting Purchaser, its Purchase Group Maximum Net Investment (including as part of the Maximum Net Investment) shall not be included for purposes of this definition.

“Required LC Cash Collateral Amount” shall mean on any day, the sum of (i) if before the Termination Date, the amount, if any, required to be deposited in the LC Cash Collateral Account to cause the Percentage Interest to be less than 100% (90% when the Parent is at Leverage Level 3) on such day, (ii) the amount required to be deposited therein pursuant to Section 2.12(a) with respect to a Defaulting Purchaser, and (iii) on and after the Termination Date, the aggregate Stated Amount of outstanding and undrawn Letters of Credit on such day plus the Fee Collateral Amount, which amount is held in the LC Cash Collateral Account for the benefit of the LC Banks, the Facility Agents and the Purchasers.

“Response Date” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.17(a) hereof.

“Responsible Officer” shall mean, with respect to each Ferguson Party, the chief executive officer, the president, the chief financial officer or treasurer of such Person and any other Person designated as a Responsible Officer by any such officers, as such Ferguson Party may from time to time notify the Administrative Agent.

“Right of Use Asset” shall mean an asset that represents a lessee’s right to use any underlying asset for the lease term.

“S&P” shall mean S&P Global Ratings, a Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC business, and any successor thereto.

 

-29-


“Sanctions” shall mean any economic or financial sanctions or trade embargoes (or similar measures) imposed, administered or enforced from time to time by (a) the United States of America (including the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury or the U.S. Department of State) or (b) the European Union or any member state thereof.

“Scheduled Termination Date” shall mean December 20, 2021, or such later date as the Seller, the Parent, Ferguson and the Facility Agents shall agree in writing in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.17 hereof.

“SEC” shall mean the United States Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor regulatory body.

“Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time and any successor statute thereto.

“Seller” shall have the meaning defined in the preamble hereto.

“Servicer” shall mean, initially, Ferguson, and thereafter, any Person which upon the termination of a Servicer succeeds to the functions performed by such Person as the Servicer of the Receivables pursuant to a Complete Servicing Transfer.

“Servicer Default” shall have the meaning specified in Section 4.12 hereof.

“Servicer Report” shall mean, as applicable, a Monthly Report or a Weekly Report.

“Servicer Report Date” shall mean, as applicable, each Monthly Report Date and each Weekly Report Date.

“Servicing Fee” shall have the meaning specified in Section 4.14.

“Servicing Fee Percentage” shall mean 1.0%.

“Servicing Fee Reserve Amount” shall mean, on any day, the product of (i) the Servicing Fee Reserve Ratio and (ii) the aggregate Outstanding Balance of all Receivables on such day.

“Servicing Fee Reserve Ratio” shall mean, on any day, for the preceding Calculation Period, the product of (i) the Servicing Fee Percentage, (ii) the applicable Stress Factor and (ii) a fraction the numerator of which is the highest Days Sales Outstanding for the preceding twelve Calculation Periods (including such Calculation Period) and the denominator of which is 360.

“Settlement Date” shall mean (i) the third (3rd) Business Day of each calendar month beginning in September, 2013, and (ii) on and after the Termination Date, each Business Day.

“Stated Amount” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.10(g) hereof.

 

-30-


“Specified Lien” shall mean: (I) a Lien upon a specific asset or specific assets where such Lien is given solely for the purpose of financing the cost of the acquisition of such specific asset or specific assets or any replacement or substitution of such Lien and where the principal amount secured by each such Lien does not exceed the cost of such acquisition; (ii) a Lien over any asset of any member of the Group acquired by such member of the Group subject to such Lien and which secures only indebtedness secured thereby at the date of such acquisition; (xii) a Lien created by any member of the Group prior to its becoming a member of the Group and securing only indebtedness incurred by such member of the Group prior to its becoming a member of the Group and not incurred in contemplation of its so becoming a member of the Group and which secures only indebtedness secured thereby at the date on which such member becomes a member of the Group; or (iv) a Lien on replacement Excluded Priority Debt (as such term is defined in the Credit Agreement) of the Parent to the extent such Lien is of the nature described in preceding clauses (i), (ii) or (iii).

“Stress Factor” shall mean (i) when the Parent is at Leverage Level 1 or Leverage Level 2, 2.25 and (ii) when the Parent is at Leverage Level 3, 2.50.

“Sub-Servicer” shall mean each Originator (other than Ferguson) in its capacity as sub-servicer of the Receivables originated by it under Section 4.01.

“Subsidiary” shall mean, with respect to any Person (the “parent”) at any date, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other entity the accounts of which would be consolidated with those of the parent in the parent’s consolidated financial statements if such financial statements were prepared in accordance with relevant IFRS as of such date, as well as any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other entity of which Voting Stock representing more than 50% of the equity or more than 50% of the ordinary voting power or, in the case of a partnership, more than 50% of the general partnership interests are, as of such date, owned, or held by the parent or one or more subsidiaries of the parent or by the parent and one or more subsidiaries of the parent.

“S&P” shall mean Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, together with any successor that is a nationally recognized statistical rating organization.

“Support Provider” shall mean and include any Person now or hereafter extending credit, or having a commitment to extend credit to or for the account of, or to make purchases from, any Conduit Purchaser or issuing a letter of credit, surety bond or other instrument to support any obligations arising under or in connection with such Conduit Purchaser’s securitization program (excluding any such Person providing any of the foregoing credit or support obligations only with respect to a transaction not related to this Agreement).

“Taxes” shall mean any all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings (including backup withholding), assessments, fees or other charges imposed on an Indemnified Party by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.

 

-31-


“Termination Date” shall mean the earlier of (i) the Scheduled Termination Date and (ii) the date on which, following the occurrence and continuance of a Termination Event, a wind-down period is determined (or deemed to have been determined) to commence pursuant to Section 8.02(a).

“Termination Event” shall have the meaning specified in Section 8.01 hereof.

“Total Consolidated Net Borrowings”, shall mean, in respect of any “applicable period” for which the Leverage Ratio is calculated, the aggregate amount of the Debt of the Group determined on a consolidated basis less (i) Consolidated Cash at such time and (ii) the Marketable Securities of the Group at such time, in each case as at the last day of such applicable period. As from (and including) each applicable period which ends after the date hereof, the foreign exchange rate used to calculate Total Consolidated Net Borrowings for that applicable period shall be the rate (or average of the rates) applied in calculating EBITDA for that applicable period.

“Total Reserve Amount” shall mean the sum of (i) the Loss Reserve Amount, (ii) the Dilution Reserve Amount, (iii) the Carrying Cost Reserve Amount and (iv) the Servicing Fee Reserve Amount.

“Transaction Documents” shall mean this Agreement, the Purchase and Contribution Agreement, the Purchase Notices, the Transaction Fee Letters, the Letter of Credit Requests, the Letter of Credit Applications, the Blocked Account Agreements, the Credit Card Agreements, the Limited Liability Company Agreement, and all other material agreements, documents and agreements executed and delivered in connection therewith.

“Transaction Fee Letters” shall mean the Fee Letter, Administrative Agent Fee Letter, the Co-Administrative Agent Fee Letter and the LC Bank Fee Letters.

“Unused Fee” shall have the meaning specified in the Fee Letter.

“Used Fee” shall have the meaning specified in the Fee Letter.

“U.S. Obligor” shall mean (i) if a natural person, is a resident of the United States or (ii) if a corporation or other business organization, (a) is organized under the laws of the United States or any political subdivision thereof and (b) has its principal place of business in the United States or any political subdivision thereof.

“UCC” shall mean, with respect to any jurisdiction, the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in such jurisdiction.

“Voting Stock” shall mean, with respect to any Person, the outstanding shares of Equity Interests voting power for the election of directors of such Person, whether at all times or only so long as no senior class of Equity Interests has such voting power because of default in dividends or such other default.

 

-32-


“Weekly Report” shall have the meaning specified in Section 4.11(a)(ii) hereof.

“Weekly Report Date” shall mean, if a Weekly Report is required to be delivered pursuant to Section 4.11(a)(ii) hereof, the second Business Day of each week.

“Weighted Average Term Factor” shall mean, on any day, the greater of (i) 1.0 and (ii) (A) the weighted average payment terms of the Receivables plus 60 (90, if the Default/Loss Proxy Modification Election has been made) (B) divided by 90 (120, if the Default/Loss Proxy Modification has been made).

“Write-Down and Conversion Powers” shall mean, with respect to any EEA Resolution Authority, the write-down and conversion powers of such EEA Resolution Authority from time to time under the Bail-In Legislation for the applicable EEA Member Country, which write-down and conversion powers are described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule.

“Yield” shall mean, for any Purchase Group, for any Calculation Period (or portion thereof), the sum of, for each day in such Calculation Period (or portion thereof):

(a)    to the extent any portion of the Net Investment of such Purchase Group is funded on such day by a Conduit Purchaser through the issuance of Commercial Paper, the product of (i) the portion of the Net Investment of such Purchase Group funded on such day by a Conduit Purchaser through the issuance of Commercial Paper, (ii) a rate of interest equal to the per annum rate (expressed as a percentage and an interest yield equivalent) or, if more than one rate, the weighted average thereof, paid or payable by such Conduit Purchaser from time to time as interest on or otherwise in respect of the Commercial Paper issued by such Conduit Purchaser that is allocated, in whole or in part, by the related Facility Agent to fund such portion of Net Investment on such day and (iii) a fraction the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is 360; and

(b)    to the extent Net Investment is funded by a Purchaser other than through the issuance of Commercial Paper, the product of (i) the Net Investment on such day of the Purchaser, (ii) a rate per annum equal to the Eurodollar Rate for such day, or, in the event (x) LIBOR cannot be determined for any reason, including the unavailability of rate bids or the general unavailability of the London interbank market for U.S. Dollar borrowings or (y) it shall become unlawful for the applicable Purchaser to obtain funds in the London interbank market to fund or maintain any portion of the Net Investment of its Purchase Group, then a rate per annum equal to the Alternate Base Rate on such day and (iii) a fraction the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is 360 (if the Eurodollar Rate is applicable) or 365 or 366, as applicable (if the Alternate Base Rate is based on the prime rate or the federal funds rate and is applicable); and

(c)    to the extent such Purchase Group includes a related LC Bank which is owed a Reimbursement Obligation described in clause (i) of the definition thereof, the product of (i) the amount of such Reimbursement Obligation owed to such LC Bank on such day, (ii) a rate per annum equal to the Eurodollar Rate for such day, or, in the event (x) LIBOR cannot be determined for any reason, including the unavailability of rate bids

 

-33-


or the general unavailability of the London interbank market for U.S. Dollar borrowings or (y) it shall become unlawful for the applicable Purchaser to obtain funds in the London interbank market to fund or maintain any portion of the Net Investment of its Purchase Group, then a rate per annum equal to the Alternate Base Rate on such day and (iii) a fraction the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is 360 (if the Eurodollar Rate is applicable) or 365 or 366, as applicable (if the Alternate Base Rate is based on the prime rate or the federal funds rate and is applicable);

provided, that at any time when any Termination Event shall have occurred and be continuing, Yield with respect to each Purchase Group’s Net Investment on each day shall be the product of (i) the Net Investments of all Purchasers in such Purchase Group on such day, (ii) a rate per annum equal to the Default Rate on such day and (iii) a fraction the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is 360 (if the Default Rate is based on the Eurodollar Rate) or 365 or 366, as applicable (if the Default Rate is based on the prime rate or the federal funds rate) and provided, further, that that at any time when any Termination Event shall have occurred and be continuing, Yield for each Purchase Group that includes an LC Bank which is owed a Reimbursement Obligation on each day shall be the product of (i) the amount of such Reimbursement Obligation owed to such LC Bank on such day, (ii) a rate per annum equal to the Default Rate on such day and (iii) a fraction the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is 360 (if the Default Rate is based on the Eurodollar Rate) or 365 or 366, as applicable (if the Default Rate is based on the prime rate or the federal funds rate).

Section 1.02.    Interpretation and Construction. Unless the context of this Agreement otherwise clearly requires, references to the plural include the singular, and references to the part include the whole. The words “hereof,” “herein,” “hereunder” and similar terms in this Agreement refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement. Unless otherwise stated in this Agreement, in the computation of a period of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word “from” means “from and including” and the words “to” and “until” each means “to but excluding.” The section and other headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not control or affect the construction of this Agreement or the interpretation hereof in any respect. Section, subsection, exhibit and schedule references are to this Agreement unless otherwise specified. As used in this Agreement, the masculine, feminine or neuter gender shall each be deemed to include the others whenever the context so indicates. Terms not otherwise defined herein which are defined in the UCC as in effect in the State of New York from time to time shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms therein unless the context otherwise clearly requires.

Section 1.03.    IFRS. If the relevant IFRS changes, as applicable, during the term of this Agreement such that any tests or covenants contained herein would then be calculated, or reports delivered pursuant to those tests or covenants would then be prepared, in a different manner or with different components, the Facility Agents and the Co-Agents agree to negotiate in good faith to amend this Agreement in such respects as are necessary to conform those tests or covenants as criteria for evaluating the Group’s financial condition to substantially the same criteria as were effective prior to such change in the relevant IFRS; provided, however, that, until the Facility Agents and the Co-Agents so amend this Agreement, all such tests or covenants shall be calculated, and all such reports prepared, in accordance with the relevant IFRS, as in effect immediately prior to such change. All accounting terms not specifically defined herein shall be construed in accordance with the relevant IFRS.

 

-34-


Section 1.04.    LIBOR. If during the term of this Agreement, it shall become no longer market standard to use the London interbank offered rate announced by the British Bankers Association as an index for floating rate borrowings made by or to financial institutions, the Seller, the Servicer, the Parent, the Co-Agents and the Facility Agents agree to negotiate in good faith to amend this Agreement as necessary to substitute for LIBOR an index that approximates the cost of funds based on LIBOR.

Section 1.05.    Use of Historical Data. When necessary to calculate any ratios or other amounts under this Agreement with reference to periods prior to the date hereof, historical data shall be used.

ARTICLE II

PURCHASES AND SETTLEMENTS

Section 2.01.    General Assignment and Conveyance; Intent of the Parties. (a) At the time of each Incremental Purchase (including the initial Incremental Purchase) pursuant and subject to Sections 2.02 and 2.03 hereof, each Reinvestment Purchase pursuant and subject to Section 2.05 hereof and each Reimbursement Purchase pursuant and subject to Section 2.11(a) or (b) hereof, the Seller hereby sells to the Facility Agents, for the benefit of the applicable Purchasers, and the Facility Agents, on behalf of the applicable Purchasers, purchases from the Seller of, all of the Seller’s right, title and interest in and to the Receivable Interest representing such Purchases. At the time of each Issuance or Modification of a Letter of Credit, as applicable, pursuant and subject to Section 2.10 hereof, and at all times as such Letters of Credit are outstanding, the Seller hereby assigns to the Facility Agents, for the benefit of the applicable Purchasers and LC Banks, and the applicable Facility Agents, on behalf of the applicable Purchasers and LC Banks, accept the assignment from the Seller of, all of the Seller’s right, title and interest in and to the Receivable Interest securing such Letters of Credit. Any change in the Receivable Interest on any day shall be deemed to be (i) in the event of an increase in the Percentage Interest, a further sale or assignment by the Seller to the Facility Agents, ratably in accordance with their respective Purchase Group Percentages, of an undivided percentage ownership or security interest in each Receivable, together with Related Security and Collections, equal to the amount of such increase or (ii) in the event of a reduction in the Percentage Interest, a reassignment by each Facility Agent, ratably in accordance with its applicable Purchase Group Percentage, to the Seller of an undivided percentage ownership or security interest in each Receivable, together with Related Security and Collections, equal to (in the aggregate for all Facility Agents) the amount of such reduction.

(b)    It is the intention of the parties hereto that each Purchase shall convey to each Facility Agent (for the benefit of its Purchasers), the applicable Purchase Group Percentage of the Receivable Interests, an undivided ownership interest in the Receivables, Related Security, Collections and Proceeds in respect thereof and that such transaction shall not constitute a secured loan. It is not the intention of the parties that the Incremental Purchases, Reinvestment

 

-35-


Purchases and Reimbursement Purchases be deemed a pledge of the Receivable Interests in the Receivables, Related Security, Collections and Proceeds from the Seller to the Facility Agents (on behalf of the Purchasers) to secure a debt or other obligation of the Seller. However, in the event that, notwithstanding the intent of the parties, the Receivable Interests in the Receivables, Related Security, Collections or Proceeds is characterized as collateral for a secured loan or otherwise held to be the property of the Seller, or if for any other reason this Agreement is held or deemed to create a security interest in the Receivable Interests in the Receivables, Related Security, Collections or Proceeds (any of the foregoing being a “Recharacterization”), then it is the intention of the parties hereto that this Agreement shall be a security agreement and the conveyance provided for in Section 2.01(a) shall be deemed to be a grant by the Seller to the Administrative Agent (for the benefit of the Facility Agents and the related Purchasers) of a first priority perfected security interest, securing repayment of the Aggregate Net Investment and all other amounts payable to the Administrative Agent, the Facility Agents and the Purchasers hereunder, in the Collateral. In the case of any Recharacterization, the Seller represents and warrants as to itself that each remittance of Collections to the Administrative Agent, the Facility Agents or the Purchasers hereunder will have been (i) in payment of a debt incurred in the ordinary course of its business or financial affairs and (ii) made in the ordinary course of its business or financial affairs. It is the intention of the parties hereto that each Issuance or Modification of a Letter of Credit shall convey to each Facility Agent (for the benefit of its related LC Bank(s) and Purchasers), the applicable Purchase Group Percentage of the Receivable Interest, a first priority security interest in the Collateral, securing repayment of all Reimbursement Obligations and all other amounts payable to the Administrative Agent, the Facility Agents, the Purchasers and the LC Banks hereunder. “Collateral” shall mean the Seller’s right, title, and interest, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, in and to (a) (i) the Receivables, (ii) the Related Security with respect to such Receivables, (iii) all Collections, (iv) all Participation Interests, and (v) the Accounts and the LC Cash Collateral Account and (b) all Proceeds of any of the foregoing.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement and in any Transaction Document, all the parties to this Agreement shall treat this Agreement as indebtedness for U.S. federal income tax purposes secured by the Receivables and shall take no position inconsistent therewith.

Section 2.01A.     Certain Reconveyances. If the Servicer determines in its reasonable judgment that (i) the filing of a mechanics lien or the making of a claim on a payment bond is necessary or advisable in order to collect a Receivable that is due from a contractor or (ii) it desires to recover any sales or similar tax paid with respect to a Receivable, the Servicer shall prepare the necessary documentation for filing such lien claim or tax refund for signature by the applicable Originator which originated such Receivable. Immediately prior to the execution of such documentation, and without any further action hereunder, the Administrative Agent (on behalf of the Facility Agents and their respective Purchase Groups) shall be deemed to have sold and assigned to the Seller and released its security interest in each such Receivable (each such Receivable, a “Reassigned Receivable”) and pursuant to the Purchase and Contribution Agreement, the Seller shall be deemed to have simultaneously sold all of its right, title and interest in each such Receivable to the applicable Originator. The purchase price paid by the applicable Originator for each sale of a Reassigned Receivable under the Purchase and

 

-36-


Contribution Agreement shall be in the form of the Seller’s retention of a Participation Interest in such Reassigned Receivable, which shall entitle the Seller to receive from such Originator (by deposit into the Concentration Account or other Account subject to a Blocked Account Agreement) all Collections subsequently received with respect to such Reassigned Receivable, but only to the extent actually received. Upon each reconveyance of a Reassigned Receivable pursuant to this Section, the Administrative Agent shall receive a security interest in the Participation Interest relating to such Reassigned Receivable and in any security interest obtained by the Seller in such Reassigned Receivable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no additional reconveyances of Receivables by the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section (and sales by the Seller to the applicable Originator pursuant to the Purchase and Contribution Agreement) shall occur (A) without the consent of the Co-Agents, if a Control Event shall have occurred and be continuing or (B) if, during the 12-month period ending on the last day of the month preceding such reconveyance, the sum of the aggregate Outstanding Balance (in each case determined as of the date of reconveyance) of Reassigned Receivables reconveyed hereunder plus the Outstanding Balance of such additional Receivables in which a reconveyance is proposed under this Section would exceed 1% of the aggregate Outstanding Balance of the Receivables generated during such 12-month period.

Section 2.02.    Incremental Purchases. (a) Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, including Section 3.03 and, as applicable, Section 3.04, (i) the Seller may at any time and from time to time at its option sell to the Facility Agents (as agents for the applicable Purchaser(s)) undivided percentage ownership interests in each and every Receivable, together with the Related Security and Collections with respect thereto (each an “Incremental Purchase”), and (ii) each Facility Agent, on behalf of the applicable Purchaser(s) shall make an Incremental Purchase. The Seller shall provide the Administrative Agent and the Facility Agents with a Purchase Notice by 1:00 p.m. (New York City time) at least two Business Days prior to each Incremental Purchase. Each Purchase Notice shall specify (a) the Purchase Price requested to be paid to the Seller and the allocation among the Purchase Groups (which shall be based on their respective Purchase Group Percentages) and (b) the date of such requested Purchase. Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, for any Purchase Group that includes a Conduit Purchaser, if any Conduit Purchaser in such Purchase Group chooses not to purchase (through its related Facility Agent) an Incremental Purchase, the applicable Committed Purchaser in such Conduit Purchaser’s Purchase Group shall purchase (through the related Facility Agent) such Incremental Purchase. Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, Incremental Purchases shall be allocated among the Facility Agents pro rata in accordance with the respective Purchase Group Percentages. No Facility Agent shall have any obligation to make an Incremental Purchase on any day if the conditions set forth in Section 3.03 and, as applicable, Section 3.04, hereof are not satisfied. No Facility Agent, on behalf of its related Purchaser(s), shall make any such Purchase on or after the Termination Date. Each Incremental Purchase shall be in an aggregate amount of at least $1,000,000 or any higher multiple of $100,000 per each Purchase Group. Each Facility Agent shall purchase its related Purchase Group Percentage of each Incremental Purchase.

(b)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, to the extent that the Seller delivers a Purchase Notice pursuant to Section 2.02(a) specifying the amount of the requested Purchase Price and the allocation thereof among the Purchase Groups, each Facility Agent may notify the Seller, the Servicer and the Administrative Agent in writing,

 

-37-


before the proposed date of the Incremental Purchase, of the election of the Purchasers in its Purchase Group to fund their portion of such requested Purchase Price (the “Deferrable Purchase Price”) not on the requested date of such Purchase, but rather on a day that falls no later than the thirty-second (32nd) day (or if such day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day) following the date on which the related Purchase Notice is delivered (a “Deferred Purchase Date”). In the event of such an election to defer by any Purchase Group, the Seller shall have the option to cancel the Purchase Notice by prompt notice to all the Purchase Groups, and in the absence of such cancellation, (i) the Committed Purchasers in the Purchase Groups which did not elect to defer the Purchase shall be obligated to fund their portion of the Purchase Price on the applicable requested date of Purchase as specified in the Purchase Notice and the Committed Purchasers in the Purchase Group which elected to defer the Purchase shall be obligated to fund the Deferrable Purchase Price on the applicable Deferred Purchase Date and (ii) the applicable Deferrable Purchase Price shall not be taken into account in determining the Net Investment of the deferring Purchase Group until such time as it has been funded other than for purposes of calculating such Purchase Group’s available Purchase Group Maximum Net Investment.

Section 2.03.    Purchase Price. (a) On the closing date for each Incremental Purchase (or Deferred Purchase Date, if applicable), each Facility Agent, on behalf of the applicable Purchaser(s), shall pay to the Seller in immediately available funds an amount equal to its Purchase Group Percentage of the Purchase Price for such Incremental Purchase. The Purchase Price of the initial Incremental Purchase shall equal the initial Aggregate Net Investment; each Facility Agent, on behalf of its Purchase Group, shall pay its Purchase Group Percentage of such initial Purchase Price. The Purchase Price of each subsequent Incremental Purchase shall equal the amount by which the Aggregate Net Investment is increased by such Incremental Purchase and shall be funded by the Facility Agents, pro rata on the basis of their respective Purchase Group Percentages. Each Purchase Notice shall be irrevocable and binding on the Seller and Seller shall pay Break Funding Costs under Section 2.07(c) incurred as a result of any failure by the Seller to complete such Incremental Purchase except in the event of a Deferred Purchase Date pursuant to Section 2.02(b).

(b)    On the day of each Reimbursement Purchase, the Facility Agents, on behalf of the applicable Purchasers shall pay to the applicable LC Bank in immediately available funds an amount equal to the Purchase Price for such Reimbursement Purchase. The Purchase Price for a Reimbursement Purchase shall be equal to the amount drawn under the applicable Letter of Credit. Each Facility Agent, on behalf of its Purchase Group, shall pay its Purchase Group Percentage of the Purchase Price for each Reimbursement Purchase. The Aggregate Net Investment shall be increased by the amount of each Purchase Price for a Reimbursement Purchase.

Section 2.04.    Payments to Seller. The Purchase Price for each Purchase and all other amounts paid by any Facility Agent or the Administrative Agent hereunder to the Seller shall be made to the Designated Account.

Section 2.05.    Reinvestment Purchases. Subject to Section 3.03 hereof, on each Business Day occurring after the initial Incremental Purchase or Reimbursement Purchase, whichever first

 

-38-


occurs hereunder, and prior to the Termination Date, the Seller hereby sells as set forth in Section 2.01 to the Facility Agents, for the benefit of the applicable Purchasers, and each Facility Agent shall, on behalf of the related Purchaser, purchase from the Seller undivided percentage ownership interests in each and every Receivable Interest not previously purchased to the extent that Collections are available for such Purchase in accordance with Section 2.08(a) hereof (each, a “Reinvestment Purchase”), such that after giving effect to such Purchase (and for each Facility Agent that is making such Reinvestment Purchase), (i) the amount of the Aggregate Net Investment of such Facility Agents, for the benefit of their respective Purchasers, at the end of each such day shall be equal to the amount of the Aggregate Net Investment of such Facility Agents, for the benefit of the related Purchasers, at the end of the day immediately preceding such day, plus the Purchase Price paid with respect to any Incremental Purchase or Reimbursement Purchase made on such day, if any, minus the reduction in Aggregate Net Investment pursuant to Section 2.08, 2.09 or 2.15(b) hereof made on such day, if any, and (ii) such Facility Agent’s (for the benefit of its related Purchaser) Purchase Group Net Investment, at the end of each such day shall be equal to the amount of its Purchase Group Net Investment at the end of the day immediately preceding such day, plus its Purchase Group Percentage of the Purchase Price paid with respect to any Incremental Purchase or Reimbursement Purchase made on such day, if any, minus its pro rata portion of the reduction in the Aggregate Net Investment pursuant to Section 2.08, 2.09 or 2.15(b) hereof made on such day. Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, each such Reinvestment Purchase shall be allocated among the Facility Agents (for the benefit of their related Purchasers) pro rata in accordance with the Purchase Group Percentage of the related Purchase Group.

Section 2.06.    [RESERVED]

Section 2.07.    Yield and Fees; Break Funding Costs. (a) The Seller shall pay the Facility Agents (for distribution to the Purchasers and LC Banks, as applicable) Yield due on their Net Investment on each Settlement Date. On the first Business Day of each calendar month, each Facility Agent will provide the Seller and the Servicer with an invoice showing (a) the Yield due on the Net Investment funded by the Purchaser(s) in its Purchase Group and (b) the Yield due on the Reimbursement Obligations owed by the Seller to the LC Banks on the related Settlement Date for the preceding Calculation Period.

(b)    The Seller shall pay the Facility Agents (for distribution to the Purchasers and LC Banks, as applicable), the Administrative Agent and the Co-Administrative Agent, as applicable, the non-refundable fees set forth in the Transaction Fee Letters on each Settlement Date. For each Settlement Date, each Co-Agent and each Facility Agent will provide the Seller and Servicer with an invoice showing the fees due to it and/or the related Purchasers and LC Banks in its Purchase Group on such Settlement Date.

(c)    The Seller shall pay Break Funding Costs to the Facility Agent for any Purchaser whose funding of its portion of Net Investment gives rise to Break Funding Costs on any Reduction Date (other than a Mandatory Reduction Date or an Optional Reduction Date that is also a Settlement Date). The Facility Agent for such Purchaser shall provide a certificate to the Seller and Servicer showing the calculation of such Break Funding Costs and the basis therefor. Break Funding Costs in connection with the payment of an Optional Reduction Amount or a

 

-39-


Mandatory Reduction Amount shall be due and payable at the time such Optional Reduction Amount and Mandatory Reduction Amount is paid. Break Funding Costs in connection with the reduction of Net Investment without the required notice or due to an assignment by a Conduit Purchaser to its Support Provider shall be due and payable on the date of such reduction or assignment. Break Funding Costs in connection with the failure to make a requested Incremental Purchase shall be due and payable on the day such Incremental Purchase was requested to be made.

(d)    All payments made by the Seller or the Servicer to any Facility Agent pursuant to this Section 2.07 shall be made to the account designated by such Facility Agent on Schedule I hereto.

(e)    The calculations of amounts owing to any Facility Agent (for itself or on behalf of its Purchase Group) or to the Administrative Agent in any invoice or certificate provided in this Section 2.07 shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.

Section 2.08.    Settlements and Other Payment Procedures. (a) The Servicer shall, on each day before the Termination Date on which Collections of Receivables are received or deemed received by it (including amounts held in the Collection Account):

(i)    set aside on its books and Records and hold in trust from the Percentage Interest in such Collections, an amount equal to (A) with respect to each Purchase Group, the aggregate amount of Yield, Used Fee, Unused Fee and other fees, costs, expenses and indemnity amounts accrued through, or payable on, such day for such Purchase Group, (B) with respect to each LC Bank to which Reimbursement Obligations are due and owing, an amount equal to accrued and unpaid Yield on any outstanding Reimbursement Obligations owed to such LC Bank, (C) with respect to each LC Bank that has issued Letters of Credit, all fees, including the Letter of Credit Fronting Bank Fee, accrued and unpaid to such LC Bank, (D) with respect to the Co-Agents, any accrued and unpaid fees due to the Co-Agents, and (E) with respect to the Servicer, any accrued and unpaid Servicing Fees;

(ii)    deposit to the LC Cash Collateral Account, the amount required to cash collateralize any Defaulting Purchaser’s pro rata share of the aggregate undrawn Stated Amount of Letters of Credit pursuant to 2.12(a) hereof;

(iii)    with respect to any LC Bank to which Reimbursement Obligations are owed, set aside the entire amount of such Reimbursement Obligations owed;

(iv)    with respect to any Non-Extending Purchase Group, on and after the applicable Non-Pro Rata Extension Date (so long as a Termination Event shall not have occurred and be continuing), set aside on its books and Records its ratable share of Collections as described in Section 2.17(c) hereof;

(v)    if the Seller has provided timely notice of an optional reduction of the Aggregate Net Investment or a Mandatory Reduction Amount is due and unpaid, set

 

-40-


aside on its books and Records from such Collections the Optional Reduction Amount and Mandatory Reduction Amount, as applicable, and any associated Break Funding Costs due and payable;

(vi)    apply all or a portion of the remainder of the Percentage Interest in such Collections, such that the Aggregate Net Investment after such receipt and Reinvestment Purchases is the same as before such receipt and Reinvestment Purchases; and

(vii)     release any remaining Collections to the Seller;

and on each Settlement Date, Distribution Date, Reduction Date or other day on which other amounts are due and payable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, pay the amounts set aside above, together with other amounts paid by the Seller, the Servicer or the Parent hereunder, to the Administrative Agent, the Facility Agents (on behalf of their Purchase Groups), the Purchasers or the LC Banks, as the case may be. If the Control Date but not the Termination Date shall have occurred, the daily set asides, applications and payments specified in this Section 2.08(a) shall be performed by the Administrative Agent, based on the information provided in the Servicer Reports and pursuant to Section 4.10(f).

(b)    On the Termination Date and each Business Day thereafter, all Collections received or deemed received (including amounts in the Collection Account), together with other amounts paid by the Seller, the Servicer or the Parent hereunder, shall be applied in the following order of priority (whether or not such funds are sufficient to pay in full all such amounts and pro rata within each level based on the amounts due at such level):

FIRST, to the Servicer in payment of all accrued and unpaid Servicing Fee and all other out-of-pocket costs and expenses owed to it, if any, in connection with the servicing, administering and collecting the Receivables;

SECOND, on a pro rata basis (a) to each Facility Agent, the accrued and unpaid Yield due on its Purchase Group’s Net Investment and (b) to any LC Bank, accrued and unpaid Yield on any outstanding Reimbursement Obligations;

THIRD, on a pro rata basis, (a) to each Facility Agent, the accrued and unpaid Used Fees and Unused Fees due to its related Purchase Group, (b) to each LC Bank, all accrued and unpaid Letter of Credit Fronting Bank Fees due to it and (c) to the Co-Agents, all accrued and unpaid fees due to the Co-Agents;

FOURTH, to the LC Cash Collateral Account, the amount necessary to cause the amount therein to equal the Required LC Cash Collateral Amount;

FIFTH, to any LC Bank, in payment in full of any outstanding Reimbursement Obligations owed to it;

 

-41-


SIXTH, to each Facility Agent, to reduce the related Purchase Group’s Net Investment to zero;

SEVENTH, to the Administrative Agent and each Facility Agent, any amounts necessary to reimburse the Administrative Agent or such Facility Agent for the costs of collection and enforcement of the Facility;

EIGHTH, to each Facility Agent and LC Bank, in payment in full of any other amounts owed by the Seller to the Purchasers and LC Banks in their related Purchase Groups pursuant to this Agreement; and

NINTH, to the Administrative Agent, in payment of expenses owed to it by the Seller pursuant to this Agreement.

(c)    After the Aggregate Net Investment, Reimbursement Obligations, Yield, fees and any other Aggregate Unpaids have been paid in full and, if required hereunder, the LC Cash Collateral Account has been funded in an amount equal to the Required LC Cash Collateral Amount, all additional Collections with respect to the Receivable Interest shall be paid to the Seller for its own account.

(d)    For the purposes of this Section 2.08:

(i)    if, on any day, there arises a Deemed Collection with respect to any Receivable, the Seller shall be deemed to have received on such day a Collection of such Receivable in the amount of such Deemed Collection;

(ii)    except as otherwise required by applicable Law or in (i) above or the relevant Contract, all Collections (other than Deemed Collections) received from an Obligor of any Receivable shall be applied to the Receivables of such Obligor in order of the age of such Receivables, starting with the oldest such Receivable, unless such Obligor designates its payment for application to specific Receivables, provided that Deemed Collections shall be applied to the applicable Receivable that gave rise to such Deemed Collection; and

(iii)    if and to the extent any Purchaser or LC Bank shall be required for any reason to pay over to an Obligor any amount received on its behalf hereunder, such amount shall be deemed not to have been so received but rather to have been retained by the Seller and, accordingly, such Purchaser or LC Bank, as applicable, shall have a claim against the Seller for such amount, payable when and to the extent that any distribution from or on behalf of such Obligor is made in respect thereof.

(e)    The funds deposited into the LC Cash Collateral Account pursuant to (i) Section 2.08, Section 2.09 or Section 2.12 may be applied as set forth in (A) Section 2.11(b) to satisfy the Seller’s Reimbursement Obligations or (B) Sections 2.12(a) or (c) to satisfy a Defaulting Purchaser’s obligations to fund its portion of Reimbursement Purchases, or (ii) Section 11.08 may be applied to satisfy the Seller’s Reimbursement Obligation and the Required

 

-42-


LC Cash Collateral Amount. If on any Monthly Report Date the amount on deposit in LC Cash Collateral Account (other than amounts deposited therein pursuant to Section 11.08 and not then applied pursuant to clause (ii) of the preceding sentence) exceeds the Required LC Cash Collateral Amount, the Administrative Agent shall, on the second Business Day after the next Monthly Report Date, withdraw such excess funds on deposit in the LC Cash Collateral Account, and pay the same to the Seller.

Section 2.09.    Mandatory Reduction of Aggregate Exposure Amount. If, on any day, the Seller knows or should know that the Percentage Interest exceeds 100% (90% when the Parent is at Leverage Level 3), the Servicer or the Seller shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent and the Facility Agents and shall specify the Mandatory Reduction Amount. By the second Business Day after the date of such notification (or, the next Business Day after such notification, if the Parent is at Leverage Level 2 or Leverage Level 3), the Seller shall pay the Mandatory Reduction Amount to the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall distribute such funds (i) first, to each LC Bank owed any Reimbursement Obligations(s), its pro rata share (based on such LC Banks’ Reimbursement Obligation(s) as a percentage of the aggregate amount of Reimbursement Obligations owed to LC Banks) of such Mandatory Reduction Amount (but in no event in excess of the Reimbursement Obligations(s) owed to each such LC Bank), (ii) second, to pay to each Facility Agent, its Purchase Group’s Purchase Group Percentage of any remaining Mandatory Reduction Amount to repay all or a portion of the related Purchase Group’s Net Investment, and (iii) third, to the LC Cash Collateral Account, any remaining Mandatory Reduction Amount. On any day on which a Mandatory Reduction Amount is due and payable, the Seller shall also be obligated to pay to each Purchaser any Break Funding Costs incurred by such Person in connection with the payment of such Mandatory Reduction Amount, if paid on a date other than a Settlement Date.

Section 2.10.    Letters of Credit. (a) On and after the LC Effective Date, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, each LC Bank, in reliance on the agreements of the Facility Agents set forth in Section 2.11, agrees to issue standby and documentary letters of credit (the “Letters of Credit”) for the account of the Seller on any Business Day during the period from the LC Effective Date to the Termination Date (or, in the case of an LC Bank in a Non-Extending Purchase Group, the applicable Non-Pro Rata Extension Date) in such form as may be approved from time to time by such LC Bank; provided that no LC Bank shall have any obligation to Issue any Letter of Credit if, after giving effect to such Issuance, (i) without the consent of the applicable LC Bank, the LC Obligations owed to such LC Bank at such time would exceed such LC Bank’s LC Bank Sublimit, (ii) the Percentage Interest would exceed 100% (90% when the Parent is at Leverage Level 3), (iii) in the event that the Scheduled Termination Date shall have been extended pursuant to Section 2.17 with respect to some but not all of the Purchase Groups, the portion of the LC Obligations attributable to Letters of Credit with expiry dates after the next Non-Pro Rata Extension Date will exceed the portion of the Maximum Net Investment attributable to the Maximum Net Investment of the Purchase Groups that are not Non-Extending Purchase Groups, or (iv) any Committed Purchaser is a Defaulting Purchaser, unless (x) arrangements with respect to such Defaulting Purchaser have been made which are reasonably satisfactory to such LC Bank to mitigate such LC Bank’s risk with respect to such Defaulting Purchaser (as to both existing Letters of Credit and any proposed new Issuance), (y) the Seller has fulfilled the requirements set forth in Section 2.12(a), or (z) such Defaulting Purchaser has

 

-43-


assigned all of its rights, interests and obligations hereunder to assignee(s) in accordance with Section 11.08 hereof. Each Letter of Credit shall (A) be denominated in Dollars, (B) have a face amount of at least $5,000,000, (C) expire no later than the earlier of (1) the first anniversary of its date of issuance and (2) the date that is five Business Days prior to the Scheduled Termination Date (or, in the case of an LC Bank in a Non-Extending Purchase Group, the applicable Non-Pro Rata Extension Date), provided that any Letter of Credit with a one-year term may provide for the automatic renewal thereof for additional one-year periods (which shall in no event extend beyond the date referred to in clause (2) above) and (D) provide for the payment of sight drafts or other written demands for payment no earlier than the next Business Day after being presented for honor thereunder (as long as presented by 2:00 p.m., New York City time, on such Business Day, and, if presented after 2:00 p.m, the second Business Day after being presented) in accordance with the terms thereof and when accompanied by the documents described therein.

(b)     The Seller may from time to time request that an LC Bank Issue or Modify a Letter of Credit, as the case may be, by delivering to such LC Bank, at its address for notices specified on Schedule I hereto (or transmit by electronic communication, if arrangements for doing so have been approved by such LC Bank) and the Administrative Agent a Letter of Credit Application therefor, completed to the satisfaction of such LC Bank, and a Letter of Credit Request. Additionally, the Seller shall furnish to the applicable LC Bank such other certificates, documents and other papers and information as such LC Bank may request. Upon receipt of any Letter of Credit Application, such LC Bank will also provide a copy thereof to the Administrative Agent and, following receipt, the Administrative Agent shall advise the Facility Agents thereof. Such LC Bank will process such Letter of Credit Application and the certificates, documents and other papers and information delivered to it in connection therewith in accordance with its customary procedures. Unless such LC Bank has knowledge, or has received written notice from any Facility Agent, the Administrative Agent or the Seller at least one Business Day prior to the requested date of the applicable Issuance or Modification, that one or more applicable conditions contained in Section 3.03 shall not then be satisfied, then, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, such LC Bank shall on the requested date of the applicable Issuance or Modification, Issue or Modify the Letter of Credit, as the case may be, requested by such Letter of Credit Application and related documentation (but in no event shall such LC Bank be required to Issue or Modify any Letter of Credit earlier than three Business Days after its receipt of the Letter of Credit Application therefor and all related documentation) by Issuing the original of such Letter of Credit (or requested Modification, if applicable) to the beneficiary thereof or as otherwise may be agreed to by such LC Bank and the Seller. Such LC Bank shall furnish a copy of such Letter of Credit or any amendment thereto to the Seller promptly following the Issuance or Modification thereof. Such LC Bank shall promptly furnish to the Administrative Agent, which shall in turn promptly furnish to the Facility Agents, notice of the Issuance or Modification, as applicable, of each Letter of Credit (including the amount thereof), each increase or decrease in the amount of such Letter of Credit (including the amount thereof) and the termination of such Letter of Credit.

(c)     Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything else to the contrary contained herein, no LC Bank shall be under any obligation to Issue any Letter of Credit if: (i) any order, judgment or decree of any Governmental Authority or arbitrator shall by its terms purport to enjoin or restrain such LC Bank from Issuing such Letter of Credit, or any Law applicable to

 

-44-


such LC Bank or any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) from any Governmental Authority with jurisdiction over such LC Bank (x) shall prohibit, or request that such LC Bank refrain from, the issuance of letters of credit generally or such Letter of Credit in particular, (y) shall impose upon such LC Bank with respect to such Letter of Credit any restriction, reserve or capital requirement (for which such LC Bank is not otherwise entitled to be compensated hereunder) not in effect on the LC Effective Date, or (z) shall impose upon such LC Bank any unreimbursed loss, cost or expense which was not applicable on the LC Effective Date and which such LC Bank in good faith deems material to it; provided that, in the cases of clauses (y) and (z), such LC Bank shall have provided written notice to the Seller of its refusal to issue any Letter of Credit and the specific reasons therefor and the Seller shall not have compensated such LC Bank for the imposition of such restriction, reserve or capital requirement or reimbursed such LC Bank for such loss, cost or expense, as applicable; (ii) the Issuance of such Letter of Credit would otherwise conflict with, or cause such LC Bank or any Purchase Group to exceed any limits imposed by, any applicable Law; or (iii) the Issuance of such Letter of Credit would violate one or more policies of such LC Bank applicable to letters of credit generally. An LC Bank shall not be obligated to Modify any Letter of Credit if (A) such LC Bank would have no obligation at such time to Issue the Letter of Credit in its amended form under the terms hereof, or (B) the beneficiary of the Letter of Credit does not accept the proposed amendment to the Letter of Credit.

(d)    The Seller shall authorize and direct each LC Bank to name the Seller as the “Applicant” or “Account Party” of each Letter of Credit; provided, that any such Letter of Credit may indicate that it is issued “on behalf of Ferguson Enterprises, LLC or an Affiliate of Ferguson Enterprises, LLC” Notwithstanding that a Letter of Credit issued or otherwise outstanding hereunder is in support of any obligations of a Person other than the Seller, the Seller shall be obligated to reimburse the applicable LC Bank hereunder for any and all drawings under such Letter of Credit as provided in this Agreement.

(e)    If any draft shall be presented for payment under any Letter of Credit, the relevant LC Bank shall promptly notify the Seller and the Administrative Agent of the date and the amount thereof and whether such LC Bank has made or will make a payment thereunder; provided that any failure to give or delay in giving such notice shall not relieve the Seller of its obligation to reimburse such LC Bank with respect to any drawing under a Letter of Credit in accordance with the terms hereof. Upon receipt of any such notice, the Administrative Agent shall promptly advise the Facility Agents thereof. The responsibility of such LC Bank to the Seller in connection with any draft presented for payment under any Letter of Credit shall, in addition to any payment obligation expressly provided for in such Letter of Credit, be limited to determining that the documents (including each draft) delivered under such Letter of Credit in connection with such presentment are substantially in conformity with such Letter of Credit.

(f)    To the extent that any provision of any Letter of Credit Application related to any Letter of Credit is inconsistent with the provisions of this Section 2.10, the provisions of this Section 2.10 shall apply.

(g)    For purposes of determining the “Stated Amount” of a Letter of Credit at any time hereunder, such amount shall be deemed to be the maximum stated amount (including any automatic increases provided by its terms) of such Letter of Credit after giving effect to all such increases, whether or not such maximum stated amount is in effect at such time.

 

-45-


(h)    The Seller shall cause the aggregate Stated Amount of all Letters of Credit outstanding hereunder and all Reimbursement Obligations under clause (i) of that definition to be secured at all times by the Receivable Interest, and shall on every Business Day make such further grant, assignment, transfer and conveyance to the Facility Agents, for the benefit of the related Purchasers and LC Banks, in the Receivables, Related Security and Collections, as is necessary (if any) to cause such Receivable Interest to be so maintained.

(i)    All payments made by an LC Bank pursuant to any Letter of Credit shall be made from funds of such LC Bank, and not from the funds of any other Person.

(j)    Whenever any LC Bank issues a Letter of Credit, each Facility Agent, on behalf of its related Purchasers, shall, automatically and without further action of any kind upon the effective date of issuance of such Letter of Credit, have irrevocably (i) agreed to acquire a participation interest therein in an amount equal to its Purchase Group Percentage of the Stated Amount of such Letter of Credit and (ii) committed to make a Reimbursement Purchase hereunder equal to its ratable share of the applicable Reimbursement Obligation in the event that such Letter of Credit is subsequently drawn and such drawn amount shall not have been reimbursed by the Seller upon such draw. In the event that any Letter of Credit expires or is surrendered to the issuing LC Bank without being drawn (in whole or in part) then, in such event, the foregoing commitment to make a Reimbursement Purchase with respect to draws under such Letter of Credit shall expire with respect to such Letter of Credit and the Aggregate Exposure Amount shall automatically reduce by the Stated Amount of the Letter of Credit which is no longer outstanding.

Section 2.11. Letter of Credit Reimbursements; Payments. (a) In the event of any request for a drawing under a Letter of Credit by the beneficiary or transferee thereof, the applicable LC Bank will promptly notify the Seller and the Administrative Agent of such request on the date such request is made, and the Administrative Agent shall, in turn, promptly advise the Facility Agents thereof. Upon such drawing, the Seller will have a Reimbursement Obligation to reimburse such LC Bank at or prior to 11:00 a.m., New York time on the date on which such draw is required to be paid, in an amount equal to the amount paid by such LC Bank under such Letter of Credit in respect of such drawing. The Seller shall use its own funds available therefor to satisfy its Reimbursement Obligation; provided, that on and after the Termination Date, the Administrative Agent shall apply funds on deposit in the LC Cash Collateral Account to pay the applicable LC Bank the Reimbursement Obligation owed to it. If the Seller shall not have satisfied its Reimbursement Obligation, the applicable LC Bank shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent, the Seller and the Facility Agents of such non-payment by the Seller of its Reimbursement Obligation and the Seller shall be deemed to have requested that a Purchase (each such Purchase, a “Reimbursement Purchase”) be made on the date of the required drawing in the amount paid by such LC Bank under such Letter of Credit in respect of such drawing on such date and (ii) the Seller will deliver promptly to the Facility Agents a Purchase Notice with respect to such Reimbursement Purchase. Such Purchase Notice will specify the amount of the Reimbursement Purchase and the allocation thereof among the

 

-46-


Purchase Groups and remittance instructions provided by the applicable LC Bank. Upon receipt of such Purchase Notice, a Reimbursement Purchase will be made by each Facility Agent (on behalf of its related Purchasers) by delivering its portion of such Reimbursement Purchase (or, in the case of a Defaulting Purchaser, by the Administrative Agent using funds in the LC Cash Collateral Account, if available, to fund such Defaulting Purchaser’s portion of the Reimbursement Purchase) to the Seller by 5:00 p.m. (New York time) on such Business Day; provided, that in no event shall any Facility Agent make a Reimbursement Purchase in the event that, after giving effect to the making of such Reimbursement Purchase, the related Purchase Group’s Exposure Amount would exceed such Purchase Group’s Maximum Net Investment. The requirement to make Reimbursement Purchases hereunder shall continue until the last to occur of any of the following events: (i) each LC Bank ceases to be obligated to issue or cause to be issued Letters of Credit hereunder; (ii) no Letter of Credit issued hereunder remains outstanding and uncancelled; and (iii) all Persons (other than the Seller or any Affiliate) have been fully reimbursed for all payments made under or relating to Letters of Credit. To the extent that any Facility Agent (on behalf of its related Purchasers) does not fund such Reimbursement Purchase hereunder, the aggregate amount of such unfunded Reimbursement Purchases shall be deemed to be a Reimbursement Obligation of the Seller until such time (if at all) that any such Facility Agent(s) (on behalf of their related Defaulting Purchaser(s)) fund their Reimbursement Purchase(s) to such LC Bank. Each Facility Agent’s funding of its ratable portion of a Reimbursement Purchase shall reduce the Seller’s Reimbursement Obligation by the amount of such funding.

(b)     If an LC Bank is required at any time to return to the Seller or any other Person, or to a trustee, receiver, liquidator, custodian, or any official in any insolvency proceeding, any portion of the payments made by the Seller to such LC Bank pursuant to this Agreement in payment of a Reimbursement Obligation, each Facility Agent’s obligation (on behalf of its related Purchaser) to make a Reimbursement Purchase in accordance with the terms of Section 2.11(a) shall thereupon arise, and following demand by such LC Bank, each such Facility Agent shall make a Reimbursement Purchase of its ratable amount of any amounts so returned by such LC Bank.

(c)    Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, prior to the date on which a drawing occurs on any Letter of Credit (each such date, a “Drawing Date”), no Yield shall accrue or be payable on the Stated Amount of such Letter of Credit, but fees with respect thereto shall be payable in accordance with the Fee Letter and each LC Bank Fee Letter. Following the Drawing Date of any Letter of Credit and funding of a Reimbursement Purchase, applicable Yield shall accrue and be payable on the outstanding unpaid amount of such Reimbursement Purchase for each day from and including the date such Reimbursement Purchase is made. In addition, following the Drawing Date of any Letter of Credit (and until a Reimbursement Purchase or payment in satisfaction of a Reimbursement Obligation in full), applicable Yield shall accrue and be payable on the outstanding amount of such Reimbursement Obligation for each day from and including the date such Reimbursement Obligation arose to but excluding the date the Seller reimburses the Reimbursement Obligation (or such time as the Reimbursement Purchase is made in full to satisfy the Reimbursement Obligation).

 

-47-


(d)     The Seller’s obligations under this Section 2.11 and the Facility Agents’ obligations to fund Reimbursement Purchases under this Section 2.11 shall be absolute and unconditional under any and all circumstances and irrespective of any setoff, counterclaim or defense to payment that the Seller or any such Facility Agent may have or have had against any LC Bank, any beneficiary of a Letter of Credit or any other Person. The Seller also agrees with each LC Bank that no LC Bank shall be responsible for, and the Seller’s Reimbursement Obligations shall not be affected by, among other things, (i) any lack of validity or enforceability of any Letter of Credit or any Transaction Document or any term or provision therein, (ii) any draft or other document presented under a Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent or invalid in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect, (iii) payment by any LC Bank under a Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or other document that does not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit, or (iv) any other event or circumstance whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, that might, but for the provisions of this Section 2.11(d), constitute a legal or equitable discharge of, or provide a right of setoff against, the Seller’s obligations hereunder. Neither the Administrative Agent, the Facility Agents, the Purchasers nor the LC Banks, nor any of their Related Parties, shall have any liability or responsibility by reason of or in connection with the issuance or transfer of any Letter of Credit or any payment or failure to make any payment thereunder (irrespective of any of the circumstances referred to in the preceding sentence), or any error, omission, interruption, loss or delay in transmission or delivery of any draft, notice or other communication under or relating to any Letter of Credit (including any document required to make a drawing thereunder), any error in interpretation of technical terms or any consequence arising from causes beyond the control of any LC Bank; provided, that the foregoing shall not be construed to excuse the relevant LC Bank from liability to the Seller to the extent of any direct damages (as opposed to consequential damages, claims in respect of which are hereby waived by the Seller to the extent permitted by applicable Law) suffered by the Seller that are caused by such LC Bank’s failure to exercise care when determining whether drafts and other documents presented under a Letter of Credit comply with the terms thereof. The parties hereto expressly agree that, in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of an LC Bank (as finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction), such LC Bank shall be deemed to have exercised care in each such determination. In furtherance of the foregoing and without limiting the generality thereof, the parties agree that, with respect to documents presented which appear on their face to be in substantial compliance with the terms of a Letter of Credit, an LC Bank may, in its sole discretion, either accept and make payment upon such documents without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary, or refuse to accept and make payment upon such documents if such documents are not in strict compliance with the terms of such Letter of Credit.

(e)    If any Letter of Credit remains outstanding and undrawn (either in full or in part) on the Termination Date, effective as of such date, the Seller shall have a Reimbursement Obligation with respect to all such Letters of Credit in an amount equal to the aggregate Stated Amount of outstanding and undrawn Letters of Credit on such day, together with the associated Fee Collateral Amount, and the Seller agrees to satisfy such Reimbursement Obligation by depositing such amount into the LC Cash Collateral Account.

 

-48-


Section 2.12.    Defaulting Purchasers. (a) If any Committed Purchaser becomes a Defaulting Purchaser at any time when there are undrawn Letters of Credit outstanding, then the Servicer shall on each day following such occurrence apply Collections to cash collateralize for the benefit of the LC Banks the portion of the amount of the then outstanding Letters of Credit equal to such Defaulting Purchaser’s ratable share of such undrawn Stated Amount of outstanding Letters of Credit by depositing all Collections available pursuant to Section 2.08 into the LC Cash Collateral Account until the amount therein is equal to such Defaulting Purchaser’s ratable share of undrawn Stated Amount of outstanding Letters of Credit (including increased amounts due to newly-issued Letters of Credit and reductions due to terminations of Letters of Credit). The Administrative Agent shall (1) apply funds deposited into the LC Cash Collateral Account pursuant to this Section 2.12(a) to satisfy a Defaulting Purchaser’s obligation to fund it portion of a Reimbursement Purchase pursuant to Section 2.11(a) or (b) hereof and (2) transfer funds in the LC Cash Collateral Account in excess of the Required LC Cash Collateral Amount to the Seller as provided in Section 2.08(e) hereof. For the avoidance of doubt, the amount required to be deposited and maintained in the LC Cash Collateral Account pursuant to this Section 2.12(a) is only one component of the Required LC Cash Collateral Amount, and other amounts may be required to be deposited and maintained in the LC Cash Collateral Account pursuant to Section 2.08 or 2.09.

(b)    The Seller shall not be required to pay any Defaulting Purchaser the portion of the Used Fee or Unused Fee pursuant to the Fee Letter with respect to the amount of the undrawn Letters of Credit that is cash collateralized pursuant to Section 2.12(a).

(c)    Except for the portion of any fees not otherwise payable to such Defaulting Purchaser pursuant to Section 2.12(b), no amount payable by the Seller for the account of a Defaulting Purchaser under this Agreement (whether on account of Net Investment, Yield, indemnity payments or other amounts) shall be paid or distributed to such Defaulting Purchaser (or its Facility Agent), but instead shall be deposited to the LC Cash Collateral Account until the amount therein is equal to the amount of such Defaulting Purchaser’s ratable share of the Stated Amount of the undrawn Letters of Credit that is not cash collateralized in accordance with Section 2.12(a), and to the extent of any remaining amounts, to pay to such Defaulting Purchaser amounts owed to it.

Section 2.13.    Payments and Computations, Etc. All per annum fees payable under this Agreement shall be calculated for the actual days elapsed on the basis of a 360-day year. All amounts to be paid or deposited by the Seller or the Servicer hereunder shall be paid or deposited in accordance with the terms hereof in immediately available funds no later than the time specified in the applicable provision of this Agreement, or, if not so specified, by 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the day when due. All such amounts shall be paid or deposited to the applicable party or account, as applicable, at the address listed on Schedule I hereto (or in the applicable Assumption Agreement); provided, that, if such amounts are payable to any Purchasers or LC Banks, they shall be paid or deposited in the applicable Facility Agent’s account indicated on Schedule I hereto (or in the applicable Assumption Agreement), until otherwise notified by such party. The Seller shall, to the extent permitted by Law, pay interest on all amounts not paid or deposited when due hereunder at a rate equal to the Default Rate. All computations of Yield hereunder shall be made on the basis of a year of 360 days for the actual

 

-49-


number of days (including the first but excluding the last day) elapsed other than computations of interest calculated by reference to the Alternate Base Rate which shall be calculated on the basis of a 365- or 366-day year, as applicable.

Section 2.14.    Increased Costs. The Seller will indemnify each Purchaser (and any of its Support Providers) and LC Bank if any Regulatory Change (i) subjects such Person (each an “Affected Person”) to any charge on or with respect to such Affected Person’s obligations in connection with the Facility, or on or with respect to the Receivables, or subjects any such Affected Person to Tax on its Exposure Amount or its obligation to fund a portion of the Aggregate Exposure Amount (except for Indemnified Taxes and Excluded Taxes), (ii) imposes, modifies or deems applicable any reserve, special deposit or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or liabilities of any Affected Person, or credit extended by any Affected Person in connection with the Facility (excluding Taxes) or (iii) imposes any other condition the result of which is to increase the cost to any Affected Person of performing its obligations in connection with the Facility, or to reduce the rate of return on any Affected Person’s capital as a consequence of its obligations in connection with the Facility, or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by any Affected Person in connection with this Facility, or to require any payment calculated by reference to the amount of interests or loans held or interest received by it (excluding Taxes). The Seller will promptly pay to the Facility Agent for the Affected Person such indemnity amount as shall be specified to the Seller in a certificate of the Affected Person (or its Facility Agent, on its behalf) setting forth the calculations of such amount, together with the basis therefor. Any such certificate submitted by or on behalf of the Affected Person shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.

Section 2.15.    Optional Reduction of Maximum Net Investment; Optional Reduction of Aggregate Net Investment. (a) The Seller may at any time and from time to time reduce in whole or in part the Maximum Net Investment (but not below the Aggregate Exposure Amount) by giving the Facility Agents written notice thereof at least five (5) Business Days before such reduction is to take place; provided, however, that any partial reduction shall be in an amount of $5,000,000 or any higher multiple of $100,000. Any reduction in the Maximum Net Investment shall be allocated ratably among the Purchase Groups. The Seller shall pay each Facility Agent any accrued and unpaid Unused Fee on the date of such reduction with respect to the reduction amount.

(b)    The Seller may reduce, in whole or in part, the Aggregate Net Investment (the amount of such reduction, the “Optional Reduction Amount”) by giving the Administrative Agent and the Facility Agents written notice thereof at least five (5) Business Days before such optional reduction (each, an “Optional Reduction Notice”) substantially in the form of Exhibit F hereto. Each such Optional Reduction Notice shall specify the requested Optional Reduction Amount and the requested optional reduction date. If the Seller has delivered an Optional Reduction Notice, then on the requested Optional Reduction Date, the Servicer shall apply Collections that would have been used for Reinvestment Purchases to pay the Facility Agents (for the benefit of their respective Purchasers) their ratable shares of the reduction amount, together with any applicable Break Funding Costs (unless such Optional Reduction Date is also a Settlement Date). Each partial reduction shall be in minimum increments of $5,000,000 or any higher multiple of $100,000.

 

-50-


Section 2.16.    Increase in Maximum Net Investment. The Seller may at any time and from time to time as long as no Termination Event or Potential Termination Event exists increase the Maximum Net Investment up to $800,000,000 by (a) either (i) adding additional Purchase Groups or (ii) causing an existing Purchase Group or Groups to increase its Purchase Group Maximum Net Investment and (b) executing an amendment to this Agreement. Each new Purchase Group shall become a party hereto by executing and delivering to the Administrative Agent, the Seller and the Servicer an Assumption Agreement (which Assumption Agreement shall be executed by all Purchasers in such new Purchase Group).

Section 2.17.    Procedures for Extension of Scheduled Termination Date. (a) No more than 90 days prior to date as of which the proposed extension would become effective (the “Proposed Effective Date”), the Seller may request in writing that each Facility Agent consent to the extension of the Scheduled Termination Date for an additional period specified in such request, which decision shall be made by each Facility Agent (after consultation with its Purchase Group) in its sole discretion. Each Facility Agent shall notify the Seller of its willingness or its determination not to consent to such extension of the Scheduled Termination Date as soon as practical after receiving such request, and in any event by the thirtieth day following the day such request is received (the “Response Date”). Any Facility Agent which does not expressly notify the Seller of its willingness to extend by the Response Date will be deemed not to have consented to such extension.

(b)    If, by the Response Date, all Facility Agents have notified the Seller of their determination to extend the Scheduled Termination Date, then on the Proposed Effective Date, the Scheduled Termination Date will be so extended by the period agreed between the Seller and the Purchase Groups, such extension to be evidenced in an addendum or amendment to this Agreement signed by all parties hereto.

(c)    If, by the Response Date, any Facility Agent has notified (or is deemed to have notified) the Seller of its determination not to extend, then such Purchase Group will become a “Non-Extending Purchase Group” on the Proposed Effective Date unless on or before such Proposed Effective Date, the Seller withdraws its request for an extension, in which case, all Purchase Groups shall maintain their existing Purchase Group Maximum Net Investments for the unextended Scheduled Termination Date. If the Seller elects not to withdraw its request, then on the Proposed Effective Date (or such date as is agreed by the parties hereto) (i) for any Facility Agents which have agreed to the extension of the Scheduled Termination Date, the Scheduled Termination Date will be extended for the period requested by the Seller and accepted by such Facility Agents and (ii) the Seller shall either (A) cause each Non-Extending Purchase Group to assign, and each Non-Extending Purchase Group hereby agrees to make such assignment, governed by the terms of Section 11.08, of its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement to existing Purchase Groups, an Eligible Purchaser, or other Purchaser acceptable to the Administrative Agent and following the LC Effective Date, the LC Banks, which agree to

 

-51-


the extended Scheduled Termination Date, or (B) declare a “Non-Pro Rata Extension Date” as of which date (1) the Maximum Net Investment (and the LC Sub-Facility) will be reduced by the amount of each Non-Extending Purchase Group’s Purchase Group Maximum Net Investment and (2) the Servicer shall set aside and hold in trust for each Non-Extending Purchase Group, a ratable percentage of Collections (based on the Exposure Amount of such Non-Extending Purchase Group as a percentage of the Aggregate Exposure Amount). If the amount so set aside on such Non-Pro Rata Extension Date is not adequate to repay each Non-Extending Purchase Group’s Net Investment, together with Yield thereon and other Aggregate Unpaids due to it, then on each Business Day after the Non-Pro Rata Extension Date, unless a Termination Event or Potential Termination Event shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur after giving effect to the payment of such amounts, the Servicer shall allocate to each Non-Extending Purchase Group its ratable portion of Collections (up to such Net Investment, Yield and other amounts) and on each Distribution Date after the Non-Pro Rata Extension Date, shall pay to the Facility Agent for the Non-Extending Purchase Group the Non-Extending Purchase Group’s Net Investment, Yield thereon and other Aggregate Unpaids due them until such amounts have been paid in full. The Facility Agent for a Non-Extending Purchase Group shall not be obligated to make any Purchases or Issue or Modify Letters of Credit on and after its Non-Pro Rata Extension Date. An extension of the Scheduled Termination Event shall be evidenced by an addendum or amendment to this Agreement executed by all parties hereto (including any new Purchasers and Facility Agents).

Section 2.18.    Facility Termination. Subject to other provisions of this Agreement requiring earlier termination, the Facility Agents’ obligations (on behalf of their respective Purchasers) to make Purchases hereunder and LC Banks’ obligations to Issue or Modify (and honor draws under) the Letters of Credit hereunder shall terminate at Facility Termination.

ARTICLE III

CLOSING PROCEDURES

Section 3.01.    Purchase and Sale Procedures.

(a)    General. Each Purchase hereunder shall constitute a purchase of, and shall transfer ownership to the Facility Agents for the benefit of the Purchasers of, undivided percentage ownership interests in each and every Receivable, together with Related Security and Collections with respect thereto, then existing.

(b)    Sale Without Recourse. The Receivable Interest sold by the Seller hereunder shall be made without recourse except as specifically provided herein.

(c)    Non-Assumption by the Purchase Groups of Obligations. No obligation or liability of the Seller to any Obligor or any third party under any Receivable or Contract which is part of the Receivables in which the Facility Agents, on behalf of their respective Purchase Groups, have acquired the Receivable Interest shall be assumed by any Facility Agent or Purchaser, and any such assumption is hereby expressly disclaimed. Each Purchaser, each LC Bank, each Facility Agent and the Co-Agents shall be indemnified by the Seller in accordance with

 

-52-


Section 10.01 hereof in respect of any Losses arising out of or incurred in connection with any Obligor’s assertion of such obligation or liability against the Purchasers, the LC Banks, the Facility Agents or the Co-Agents.

Section 3.02.    Conditions to Closing. On or prior to the date of the execution of this Agreement, the Seller shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Administrative Agent the following documents and instruments, all of which shall be in a form and substance acceptable to the Administrative Agent and each Facility Agent (with copies for the Facility Agents, and with such additional copies thereof as the Administrative Agent may request):

(a)    Copies of the resolutions of the board of managers or directors of each Ferguson Party, each certified as of the date hereof by such Person’s secretary or an assistant secretary authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement (at a potential Maximum Net Investment of $800,000,000), any other Transaction Document to which such Person is a party, and the other documents to be delivered by such Person hereunder and approving the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby;

(b)    The certificate of formation or incorporation of each Ferguson Party certified as of a date reasonably near the date hereof by the Secretary of State or other similar official of such Person’s jurisdiction of organization or incorporation, as applicable;

(c)    A good standing certificate for each Ferguson Party issued by the Secretary of State or other similar official of such Person’s jurisdiction of organization or incorporation, each such certificate to be dated a date reasonably near the date hereof;

(d)    A certificate of the secretary or, in the case of the Seller, other authorized officer, of each Ferguson Party dated the date hereof and certifying (i) the names and signatures of the officers authorized on such Person’s behalf to execute, and the Responsible Officers authorized to perform, this Agreement, any other Transaction Document to which such Person is a party, and any other documents to be delivered by such Person hereunder (on which certificate the Co-Agents, the Facility Agents, the Purchasers and the LC Banks may conclusively rely until such time as the Administrative Agent shall receive from such Person a revised certificate meeting the requirements of this clause (d)(i)) and (ii) a copy of such Person’s By-laws or, in the case of the Seller, the Limited Liability Company Agreement;

(e)    Financing statements (Form UCC-l) in proper form for filing naming (i) the Seller as the debtor/seller and RBC, as Administrative Agent (on behalf of the Facility Agents for the benefit of the Purchasers and the LC Banks), as the secured party/purchaser for filing in the State of Delaware, and (ii) each Originator as the debtor/seller, the Seller, as the secured party/purchaser, and RBC, as Administrative Agent (on behalf of the Facility Agents for the benefit of the Purchasers and the LC Banks), as assignee, for filing in the State of Delaware;

 

-53-


(f)    Executed copies of proper financing statements (Form UCC-2 or UCC-3), necessary under the laws of all appropriate jurisdictions to release all security interests and other rights of any Person in Receivables previously granted by the Seller or any Originator;

(g)    Certified copies of requests for information or copies (Form UCC-11) (or a similar search report certified by parties acceptable to the Administrative Agent) dated a date reasonably near the Closing Date listing all effective financing statements which name the Seller or each Originator as debtor and which, in each case, are filed in jurisdictions in which the filings related to each such Person were made pursuant to item (e) above, together with copies of such Liens and financing statements;

(h)    Evidence of establishment of the Lockboxes, Lockbox Accounts, Depository Accounts, Blocked Local Accounts and the Concentration Account in the name of the Seller and copies of duly executed Blocked Account Agreements in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;

(i)    Copies of an agreement or letter signed by American Express Travel Related Services Company, Inc. and First Data, each of which as party to an agreement with Ferguson for the provision of services relating to the processing of credit card payments (each, a “Credit Card Agreement”), acknowledging that such credit card processor will make credit card payments on Receivables to the Concentration Account and agreeing to look first to a Ferguson account for payment of fees, expenses, chargebacks and other amounts owing to it under its Credit Card Agreement;

(j)    An opinion of Mayer Brown LLP, as counsel to the Ferguson Parties, dated the date hereof, relating to bankruptcy matters, including (i) true sale between each Originator and the Seller, and (ii) no substantive consolidation of any Ferguson Party with the Seller;

(k)    A favorable opinion or opinions of Mayer Brown LLP, as special counsel to the Ferguson Parties (other than the Parent, except with respect to enforceability), each dated the date hereof, relating to (i) limited liability company matters with respect to the Seller, (ii) enforceability of the Transaction Documents, (iii) no conflicts with laws or agreements, (iv) no consents, (v) first priority perfected security interest of (A) the Seller’s interest in the Receivables, Related Security and Collections and (B) the Facility Agents’ interest in the Receivable Interest and (vi) such other matters as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request;

(l)    A favorable opinion of Hunton & Williams LLP, as counsel to the Ferguson Parties, dated the date hereof, relating to (i) corporate or limited liability company matters (except with respect to the Seller) and (ii) such other matters as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request;

 

-54-


(m)    A favorable opinion or opinions of Carey Olsen Jersey Partnership, as Jersey counsel to the Parent, dated the date hereof, relating to (i) corporate matters and (ii) such other matters as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request;

(n)    Certificates of authorized officers of each Ferguson Party as to (i) the truth and correctness in all material respects of the representations and warranties in the Transaction Documents and (ii) the absence of any Potential Termination Event or Termination Event;

(o)    Executed copies of the Transaction Fee Letters;

(p)    Payment to each Facility Agent, the Administrative Agent and the Co-Administrative Agent of all fees payable in accordance with the Transaction Fee Letters, and payment of rating agency fees and fees of Chapman and Cutler LLP, counsel to the Administrative Agent and Facility Agents to the extent invoiced at least two business days before the closing of the Facility;

(q)    An executed copy of the Purchase and Contribution Agreement;

(r)    A pro forma Monthly Report for the Calculation Period ended June 30, 2013;

(s)    Satisfactory completion of a final agreed-upon procedures report by Protiviti Inc.;

(t)    Evidence that the Parent has received a Rating of “BBB” or higher,

(u)    For each Purchase Group which includes a Conduit Purchaser (if so required by such Purchase Group), rating agency confirmation of the commercial paper rating of such Conduit Purchaser’s Commercial Paper;

(v)    Credit approval for the Facility from each Facility Agent; and

(w)    Such other documents as the Administrative Agent or any Facility Agent may reasonably request.

Section 3.03.    Conditions to Purchases and Letter of Credit Usage. In addition to any applicable terms set forth in Section 2.02 and 2.05, each Incremental and Reinvestment Purchase and each Issuance or Modification of a Letter of Credit shall be subject to the following terms and conditions:

(a)    in the case of the initial Issuance, the LC Effective Date shall have occurred;

(b)    the Termination Date shall not have occurred;

 

-55-


(c)    (i) in the case of an Incremental Purchase, the Administrative Agent and each Facility Agent shall have received a Purchase Notice, and (ii) in the case of an Issuance or Modification of a Letter of Credit, the applicable LC Bank and the Administrative Agent shall have received a Letter of Credit Request and, if applicable, a Letter of Credit Application;

(d)    the representations and warranties made by each of the Ferguson Parties in any Transaction Document are true and correct in all material respects as of such day, except to the extent that such representation or warranty relates to a prior date;

(e)    the Ferguson Parties are in compliance with their respective covenants and agreements in the Transaction Documents;

(f)    no Termination Event or Potential Termination Event shall have occurred and be continuing or shall occur as a result of such Purchase and/or Issuance/Modification of a Letter of Credit;

(g)    both before and after such Purchase and/or Issuance/Modification of a Letter of Credit, the Aggregate Exposure Amount shall not exceed the Maximum Net Investment (and in the case of each Purchase Group, the Exposure Amount shall not exceed the related Purchase Group Net Investment) and the aggregate Stated Amount of Letters of Credit shall not exceed the LC Sub-Facility;

(h)    the Facility Agents shall have received all reports and other information required to be delivered by any Ferguson Party; and

(i)    both before and after such Purchase and/or Issuance/Modification of a Letter of Credit, the Percentage Interest shall not exceed 100% (90% when the Parent is at Leverage Level 3).

Each Reimbursement Purchase shall be subject to the terms and conditions set forth in Section 2.11(a) or (b) hereof.

Section 3.04.    Conditions to Purchase/Acceptance of Assignment of Receivables of Additional Originator. The initial Purchase or acceptance of an assignment of security interest of Receivables generated by a Subsidiary of Ferguson which is not an Originator party hereto on the Closing Date is subject to the conditions precedent that on or prior to the date of such Purchase or acceptance, the Seller shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Administrative Agent the following documents and instruments, all of which shall be in a form and substance acceptable to the Administrative Agent and each Facility Agent (with copies for the Facility Agents, and with such additional copies thereof as the Administrative Agent may request):

(a)    Consent of all Facility Agents to the addition of such Subsidiary as an Originator hereunder;

 

-56-


(b)    A signature page or addendum to this Agreement by which such Subsidiary becomes a party to this Agreement;

(c)    A signature page or joinder agreement to the Purchase and Contribution Agreement by which such Subsidiary becomes a party to the Purchase and Contribution Agreement;

(d)     An acknowledgment by the Parent that the Obligations of such Subsidiary are guaranteed by it pursuant to the provisions of Article V of this Agreement;

(e)    For such Subsidiary, each document or certificate specified in Section 3.02(a) through (d) and Section 3.02(n), dated a date reasonably near the addition of such Subsidiary;

(f)    A financing statement (Form UCC-l) in proper form for filing naming such Subsidiary as the debtor/seller, the Seller, as the secured party/purchaser, and RBC, as Administrative Agent (on behalf of the Facility Agents for the benefit of the Purchasers and the LC Banks), as assignee, for filing in the state of such Subsidiary’s organization;

(g)    Executed copies of proper financing statements (Form UCC-2 or UCC-3), necessary under the laws of all appropriate jurisdictions to release all security interests and other rights of any Person in Receivables previously granted by such Subsidiary;

(h)    A certified copy of a request for information (Form UCC-11) (or a similar search report certified by parties acceptable to the Administrative Agent) dated a date reasonably near such addition listing all effective financing statements which name such Subsidiary as debtor and which, in each case, are filed in jurisdictions in which the filings related to each such Subsidiary were made pursuant to item (g) above, together with copies of such Liens and financing statements;

(i)    Executed Blocked Account Agreements for any Lockboxes, Lockbox Accounts, Depositary Accounts and Blocked Local Accounts holding Collections of Receivables originated by such Subsidiary;

(j)    Evidence of instructions to any financial institutions maintaining Local Accounts holding Collections of Receivables originated by such Subsidiary to transfer funds deposited into those accounts to the Concentration Account within 2 Business Days of deposit therein;

(k)    An opinion of Mayer Brown LLP, dated a date reasonably near such addition, addressing all such matters included in the opinions described in Sections 3.02(j) and (k) with respect to such Subsidiary;

(l)    Such historical portfolio information and data with respect to such Subsidiary hereunder as may be requested by the Administrative Agent;

 

-57-


(m)    Evidence satisfactory to the Co-Agents that such Subsidiary is able to provide information on a monthly basis sufficient for inclusion in the Monthly Report required by Section 4.11(a); and

(n)    Such other documents as the Administrative Agent or any Facility Agent may reasonably request.

ARTICLE IV

PROTECTION OF THE PURCHASERS;

ADMINISTRATION AND SERVICING

OF RECEIVABLES; COLLECTIONS

Section 4.01.    Acceptance of Appointment and Other Matters Relating to the Servicer. Ferguson agrees to act, and is hereby appointed by the Seller, the Administrative Agent and the Facility Agents to act, subject to the terms hereof, as the Servicer under this Agreement, and all Purchasers and the LC Banks hereby consent to Ferguson acting as Servicer. The Servicer shall collect payments due under the Receivables in accordance with the standards that would be employed by a prudent institution in servicing comparable receivables for its own account and in accordance with the Credit and Collection Policy and shall have full power and authority, acting alone or through any party properly designated by it hereunder, to do any and all things in connection with such servicing and administration which it may deem necessary or desirable.

(a)    Without limiting the generality of the foregoing and subject to Sections 2.08 and 4.09 hereof, the Servicer is hereby authorized and empowered (i) to receive and hold in trust for the Facility Agents (for the benefit of their respective Purchasers and the LC Banks) and Seller (to the extent of its interest) Collections received from Receivables as set forth in Article II and elsewhere in this Agreement and (ii) to execute and deliver, on behalf of the Seller and the Facility Agents (for the benefit of the Purchasers and the LC Banks), any and all instruments of satisfaction or cancellation, or of partial or full release or discharge, and all other comparable instruments, with respect to the Receivables permitted under and in compliance with applicable Law and regulations. To the extent Collections are transferred to or otherwise received by the Servicer, the Servicer is hereby authorized and empowered to receive and hold in trust such Collections for the Facility Agents (for the benefit of their respective Purchasers and LC Banks) and Seller (to the extent of its interest) to be allocated and distributed as provided in this Agreement.

(b)    Subject to the rights retained by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 4.09 hereof, each of the Seller, the Purchasers, the LC Banks, the Facility Agents and the Co-Agents hereby appoint the Servicer to enforce its respective rights and interests in and to the Receivable Interest. If any Person succeeds the initial Servicer as a Servicer, the replaced Servicer shall promptly deliver to such successor Servicer and the replaced Servicer shall hold in trust for the Co-Agents, the Purchasers, the LC Banks, the Facility Agents and the Seller, in accordance with their respective interests, all documents instruments and records (including computer tapes or disks) that are reasonably necessary to service or collect the Receivables.

 

-58-


(c)    Without the prior written consent of the Required Facility Agents, the Servicer shall not be permitted to delegate any of its duties or responsibilities as Servicer to any other Person other than (i) to each Originator (other than itself), acting as Sub-Servicer with respect to the Receivables which it originated, (ii) to First Data or American Express Travel Related Services Company, Inc. with respect to processing Receivables repaid by credit card, and (iii) to outside collection agencies in accordance with its customary practices with respect to written-off Receivables. The Servicer shall be responsible for coordinating the servicing of the Receivables by the Sub-Servicers and all other Persons to whom any servicing responsibilities are delegated in accordance with this Section 4.01(c). No delegation of duties by the Servicer permitted hereunder shall relieve the Servicer of its liability and responsibility with respect to such duties.

Section 4.02.    Maintenance of Information and Marking of Computer Records. The Servicer will hold in trust and keep safely for the Purchasers and the LC Banks all evidence of the Facility Agents’ (for the benefit of the Purchasers and the LC Banks) right, title and interest in and to the Receivable Interest. Each of the Servicer and each Originator acting as a Sub-Servicer will place an appropriate code or notation in its computer Records to indicate that the Facility Agents, on behalf of the Purchasers and the LC Banks, have acquired the Receivable Interest.

Section 4.03.    Protection of the Interests of the Purchasers and LC Banks. (a) The Servicer will, or will cause the Seller and the Originators to, from time to time and at Seller’s sole expense, take all actions reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent necessary to perfect or protect the Facility Agents’ (for the benefit of their respective Purchasers and LC Banks) right, title and interest in the Receivable Interest, together with Related Security and all Collections with respect thereto, against all Persons whomsoever or to enable the Facility Agents or the Co-Agents to exercise or enforce any of their respective rights hereunder.

(b)    To the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, the Seller hereby irrevocably grants to the Administrative Agent an irrevocable power of attorney, with full power of substitution, coupled with an interest, to sign and file in the name of the Seller, or in its own name, such financing statements and continuation statements (including “initial financing statements in lieu of continuation statements” under Revised Article 9 of the UCC) and amendments thereto or assignments thereof as the Administrative Agent or any Facility Agent deems necessary to protect or perfect the Receivable Interest; provided, however, that the rights of the Administrative Agent pursuant to such power of attorney shall be exercised only if a Control Event exists.

(c)    The Administrative Agent shall have the right to do all such acts and things as they may deem necessary to protect the interests of the Purchasers and the LC Banks, including, without limitation, confirmation and verification of the existence, amount and status of the Receivables; provided, however, that the Administrative Agent shall not contact any Obligor or mark any invoice as “assigned” unless a Termination Event shall have occurred and be continuing.

 

-59-


Section 4.04.    Maintenance of Writings and Records. The Servicer will, and will cause each Originator to, at all times until completion of a Complete Servicing Transfer keep each writing or Record which evidences, and which is necessary or desirable to establish or protect, including such books of account and other Records as will enable the Administrative Agent and the Facility Agents or their designees to determine at any time the status of, the Receivable Interest of the Facility Agents (for the benefit of their respective Purchasers and LC Banks). The Servicer shall at its own expense prepare and maintain such Records in electronically-readable form in such format as the Servicer customarily maintains its records; provided, however, that upon a Complete Servicing Transfer with respect to the Servicer, the replaced Servicer shall within 10 Business Days of such Complete Servicing Transfer prepare such Records in such format as may be required to permit or facilitate the transfer of such Records to the successor Servicer.

Section 4.05.    Information. The Servicer will, or will cause each Originator to, furnish to the Administrative Agent such information with respect to the Receivables (including but not limited to such Originator’s standards and procedures for selling goods or services on credit) as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request, in consultation with the Facility Agents. The Servicer will also furnish to the Administrative Agent and each Facility Agent all material modifications, adjustments or supplements to the Credit and Collection Policy; provided, however, the Servicer shall not, without each Facility Agent’s prior written consent, alter or consent to the alteration of the Credit and Collection Policy as in effect from time to time unless such alteration would not impair the collectability of any Receivables in any material respect or would not otherwise be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 4.06.    Audits; Agreed-Upon Procedures. (a) Each of the Seller, the Servicer and each Originator will, from time to time during regular business hours as requested by the Administrative Agent, the Co-Administrative Agent or any Facility Agent upon reasonable notice and subject to any applicable restrictions or limitations on access to any facility or information that is classified or restricted by contract or by law, regulation or governmental guidelines, and at the sole cost of such Person, permit the Administrative Agent, the Co-Administrative Agent, the Facility Agents or their respective agents or representatives (i) to examine and make copies of and abstracts from all Records in the possession or under the control of such Person relating to the Receivables and the Related Security, including, without limitation, the related Contracts, and (ii) to visit the offices and properties of such Person for the purpose of examining such materials described in clause (i) above, and to discuss matters relating to such Person’s financial condition or the Receivables and the Related Security or any Person’s performance under any of the Transaction Documents or any Person’s performance under the Contracts and, in each case, with any of the officers or employees of Seller, the Servicer or such Originator having knowledge of such matters; provided, that as long as no Termination Event shall have occurred and be continuing, (A) the Seller, the Servicer and each Originator shall only be responsible for the cost of one (1) such visit during any calendar year if the Parent is at Leverage Level 1 and two (2) such visits during any calendar year if the Parent is at Leverage Level 2 and (B) as long as the Parent is at Leverage Level 1 or 2, the Co-Agents and the Facility Agents hereby agree to coordinate their due diligence visits.

 

-60-


(b)    The Servicer shall cause Protiviti Inc. or another firm selected by the Co-Agents and engaged by the Co-Administrative Agent, to furnish a report to the Facility Agents pursuant to procedures agreed upon by the Servicer and the Co-Administrative Agent (in consultation with the Facility Agents) as follows: (i) as long as no Termination Event has occurred and is continuing and the Parent is at Leverage Level 1, on (a) the 6th month anniversary of the Closing Date and (b) the one year anniversary of the Closing Date and annually thereafter; (ii) if the Parent is at Leverage Level 1 but a Termination Event has occurred and is continuing, at any time upon request of the Co-Agents; (iii) if the Parent is at Leverage Level 2, (y) two times per year and (z) if a Termination Event as occurred and is continuing or a Potential Termination Event has occurred, at any time upon request of the Co-Agents; and (iv) if the Parent is at Leverage Level 3, at any time upon request of the Co-Agents. The Co-Administrative Agent shall assist the Seller and the Servicer in preparing for each audit and addressing any recommendations made in the audit report.

Section 4.07.    No Impairment. Neither the Servicer nor any Originator will not take any action or cause any action to be taken to impair the rights of any Facility Agents (for the benefit of the Purchasers and LC Banks) in the Receivable Interest.

Section 4.08.    Administration and Collections.

(a)    General. Until a Complete Servicing Transfer shall have occurred, the Servicer will be responsible for the administration, servicing and collection of the Receivables.

(b)    Administration. The Servicer shall, to the full extent permitted by Law, have the power and authority, on behalf of the Seller and each Facility Agent, to take such action in respect of any Receivable as the Servicer may deem advisable, including the resale of any repossessed, returned or rejected goods. In addition, the Servicer may adjust or modify (including by extension of time for payment or granting any discounts, allowances or credits) the Outstanding Balance of any Receivable as it determines to be appropriate to maximize Collections thereof.

(c)    Enforcement Proceedings. If there is a default under any Receivable, the Servicer shall, at the Seller’s sole expense, to the full extent permitted by Law and as it determines to be appropriate to maximize recoveries on that Receivable, have the power and authority, on behalf of the Seller and each Facility Agent (for the benefit of its related Purchasers and LC Banks), to take or cause to be taken any action in respect of any such Receivable as the Servicer may deem advisable, including, but not limited to, the authority to effectuate the reconveyance of Reassigned Receivables as provided in Section 2.01A hereof. The Servicer will apply or will cause to be applied at all times when a Termination Event does not exist the same standards and follow the same procedures with respect to deciding to commence, and in prosecuting, litigation on such Receivable as is applied and followed with respect to like accounts serviced by it that are not owned by the Facility Agents’ (for the benefit of their respective Purchasers and LC Banks). The Facility Agents hereby authorize the Servicer and each Sub-Servicer, to the extent the Servicer deems it necessary or desirable, to bring suit in the name of the Servicer or the applicable Sub-Servicer, to collect on a Receivable or enforce the terms of its related Contract. In no event shall the Servicer or the Seller, as the case may be, be entitled to make or authorize any Person to make any Facility Agent, Purchaser or LC Bank a party to any litigation without such Facility Agent’s, Purchaser’s or LC Bank’s, as the case may be, express prior written consent.

 

-61-


(d)     Facility Agents’ Rights to Enforce Receivables. At any time that a Control Event exists, the Facility Agents may, but shall have no obligation to, take any action or commence any proceeding to realize upon any Receivable, including, but not limited to, delivery to an Obligor of notice of the Facility Agents’ (for the benefit of their respective Purchasers and LC Banks) interest in the Receivables, any such action or commencement of proceeding to be at the sole expense of the Seller. At such time as the Servicer has any obligation to pursue the collection of Receivables and the Administrative Agent, the Co-Administrative Agent, the Facility Agents or any Purchaser or LC Bank possesses any documents necessary therefor, the Administrative Agent, the Co-Administrative Agent or such Facility Agent, Purchaser or LC Bank, as the case may be, agrees to furnish such documents to the Servicer, to the extent and for the period necessary for the Servicer to comply with its obligations hereunder.

Section 4.09.    Complete Servicing Transfer.

(a)    General. The Administrative Agent may, and at the request of the Required Facility Agents shall, by notice in writing to the Seller, the Servicer and each Originator terminate the Servicer’s capacity as Servicer in respect of the Receivables (such termination referred to herein as a “Complete Servicing Transfer”) if a Termination Event shall have occurred and be continuing or a Downgrade Event shall exist. Upon a Complete Servicing Transfer, the Originators’ duties as Sub-Servicers shall also be terminated. After a Complete Servicing Transfer, the Administrative Agent (or its designee approved by the Facility Agents) may itself administer, service and collect the Receivables, and in such event, may retain the Servicing Fee for its own account, in any manner it sees fit, including, without limitation, by compromise, extension or settlement of such Receivables. Alternatively, the Facility Agents may engage affiliated or unaffiliated contractors to perform all or any part of the administration, servicing and collection of the Receivables and require the Seller to pay to such contractors all or a portion of the Servicing Fee in consideration thereof.

(b)    Transition. The Servicer and each Originator, promptly but in no event later than twenty (20) days after receiving a notice pursuant to Section 4.09(a) hereof, shall, at the Seller’s sole expense, (x) deliver to the Administrative Agent, the Co-Administrative Agent and the Facility Agents or their designated agents (i) a schedule of the Receivables serviced by the Servicer or sub-serviced by such Originator, as the case maybe, in which the Facility Agents (for the benefit of their respective Purchasers and LC Banks) have a Receivable Interest indicating as to each such Receivable information as to the related Obligor, the Outstanding Balance as of such date of such Receivable and the location of the evidences of such Receivable, together with such other information as the Administrative Agent, the Co-Administrative Agent and the Facility Agents may reasonably request and (ii) true copies of such Receivables and such other Records related thereto (including, without limitation, true copies of all evidence of any computer tapes and data in computer memories), (y) permit the Co-Agents and the Facility Agents reasonable access to the Servicer’s or such Originator’s premises, equipment and files and other Records relating to the Receivables and (z) to the extent not prohibited by contract or

 

-62-


applicable Law, take all actions as are necessary to transfer or cause to be transferred to the Administrative Agent or its designated agent any software that relates to, and is necessary for the servicing of, such Receivables, in each case as the Administrative Agent and the Facility Agents may reasonably deem necessary to enable them to protect and enforce their rights and the rights of the Purchasers and LC Banks in the Receivable Interest. Following the termination of the Facility, the Administrative Agent, the Co-Administrative Agent and the Facility Agents or any of their applicable designated agents hereby agree to return to the Servicer any materials previously delivered pursuant to this Section 4.09(b) and still in their possession.

(c)    Collections. If at any time there shall be a Complete Servicing Transfer, the terminated Servicer or each Originator will cause to be transmitted and delivered directly to the successor Servicer, promptly upon receipt and in the exact form received, all Collections (properly endorsed, where required, so that such items may be collected on behalf of the Facility Agents (for the benefit of their respective Purchasers and LC Banks)) to be distributed to the Facility Agents as provided herein. All such Collections consisting of cash shall not be commingled with other items or monies of the terminated Servicer or an Originator for a period longer than two Business Days after the Servicer’s knowledge of its receipt thereof. If the successor Servicer receives items or monies that are not payments on account of the Receivables, such items or monies shall be delivered promptly to the terminated Servicer after being so identified by or to such successor Servicer. After a Complete Servicing Transfer, each of the Seller, the terminated Servicer and each Originator hereby irrevocably grants the Administrative Agent or each of its designated agents, if any, an irrevocable power of attorney, with full power of substitution, coupled with an interest, to take in the name of the Seller or the terminated Servicer, as the case may be, all steps with respect to any Receivable which the Administrative Agent, after consultation with the Facility Agents, may deem reasonably necessary or advisable to negotiate or otherwise realize on any right of any kind held or owned by the Seller or the terminated Servicer, as the case may be, or transmitted to or received by any Facility Agent or its designated agent (whether or not from the Seller or any Obligor) in connection with the Facility Agents’ (for the benefit their respective Purchasers and LC Banks) Receivable Interest, which power of attorney shall automatically terminate upon the termination of the Facility.

(d)    Collection and Administration at Expense of the Seller. The Seller agrees that in the event of a Complete Servicing Transfer it will reimburse the Co-Agents, each Facility Agent, each Purchaser and LC Bank for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’ and accountants’ and other third parties’ fees and expenses, expenses incurred by either Co-Agent, such Facility Agent, such Purchaser or such LC Bank, as the case may be, expenses of litigation or preparation therefor, and expenses of audits and visits to the offices of the Seller or any Originator) incurred by the Administrative Agent, the Co-Administrative Agent, such Facility Agent, such Purchaser or such LC Bank in connection with the transfer of functions following a Complete Servicing Transfer whenever such expenses are incurred.

(e)    Payments by Obligors. At any time, and from time to time, following a Complete Servicing Transfer, the Seller, the terminated Servicer and each Originator shall permit such Persons as the Administrative Agent, with the consent of the Facility Agents, may designate to open and inspect all mail received by the Seller or the terminated Servicer and reasonably believed to relate to the Receivables, and to remove from such mail any and all Collections.

 

-63-


Section 4.10.    Collections; Lockboxes; Accounts. (a) Each of the Servicer and each Originator, acting in its capacity as Sub-Servicer, shall have instructed all Obligors to make all payments in respect of the Receivables to a Lockbox Account or a Depositary Account (either by check mailed to the relevant Depositary Bank or directly by wire transfer or electronic funds transfer to a Depositary Account), except to the extent that the Servicer or such Originator, as of such date, in the normal course of its business and consistent with past and ongoing practices has accepted payments by credit card from Obligors or has permitted Obligors to remit payments directly to such Originator at its business locations for deposit to a Local Account or Blocked Local Account. Each of the Servicer and each Originator, acting in its capacity as Sub-Servicer, also shall have established separate collection systems that are intended to keep payments in respect of Excluded Receivables separate from payments in respect of the Receivables.

(b)    As of the Closing Date, the Seller and the Servicer shall have established the Lockboxes and related Lockbox Accounts and the Depositary Accounts specified on Schedule II hereto. The Seller and Servicer hereby agree as follows: (i) each Lockbox Account and Depositary Account shall be established in the name of the Seller as a segregated account and the funds deposited therein from time to time shall not be commingled with any other funds of the Seller or any Affiliate thereof; (ii) each Lockbox Account and Depositary Account shall be maintained with a Depositary Bank pursuant to the terms of the related Blocked Account Agreement; (iii) not to direct any funds other than Collections to be mailed to Lockboxes or deposited into related Lockbox Accounts or Depositary Accounts; (iv) not to change any Depositary Bank, any Blocked Account Agreement or the location of any Lockbox, Lockbox Account or Depositary Account without the consent of the Administrative Agent; and (v) if a Control Event exists, the Administrative Agent may, or shall at the direction of the Required Facility Agents, deliver a “shifting control notice” to the Depositary Banks, upon receipt of which notice, the Depositary Banks will, upon direction of the Administrative Agent, transfer funds in their respective Lockbox Accounts and Depositary Accounts to the Collection Account within two (2) Business Days of deposit into those Lockbox Accounts or Depositary Accounts, as applicable.

(c)    As of the Closing Date, the Seller and the Servicer shall have established the Blocked Local Accounts specified on Schedule II hereto and the Concentration Account. The Seller and Servicer hereby agree as follows: (i) each Blocked Local Account and the Concentration Account shall be established in the name of the Seller; (ii) each Blocked Local Account and the Concentration Account shall be maintained with a Depositary Bank pursuant to the terms of the related Blocked Account Agreement; (iii) not to change any Depositary Bank, any Blocked Account Agreement or the location of any Blocked Local Account or the Concentration Account without the consent of the Administrative Agent; and (iv) if a Control Event exists, the Administrative Agent may, or shall at the direction of the Required Facility Agents, deliver a “shifting control notice” to the Depositary Banks, upon receipt of which notice, the Depositary Banks will, upon direction of the Administrative Agent, be required to transfer funds in their respective Blocked Local Accounts and the Concentration Account to the Collection Account within two (2) Business Days of deposit into those Blocked Local Accounts or the Concentration Account, as applicable.

 

-64-


(d)    As of the Closing Date, each Originator shall have established and maintain the applicable Local Account(s) specified on Schedule II hereto. Each Originator hereby agrees as follows: (i) to transfer, within two (2) Business Days of deposit therein, funds therein to the Concentration Account; (ii) not to change the location of any Local Account without the consent of the Administrative Agent; and (iii) if a Downgrade Event has occurred, within 30 days of the request of the Administrative Agent, to transfer the Local Accounts to the Seller’s name and enter into Blocked Account Agreements with Depositary Banks with respect to such Local Accounts which are subject to the same terms as the Blocked Local Accounts as described in preceding clause (c).

(e)    The Co-Agents shall have the right at any time to establish the Collection Account. On or after the Control Date, the Administrative Agent shall direct the Depositary Banks to transfer funds in their respective Accounts to the Collection Account within two (2) Business Days of deposit into the respective Accounts. The Administrative Agent shall set aside and hold in trust for the Seller such portion of funds in the Collection Account as are not allocated to the Purchase Groups.

(f)     On each Business Day, the Servicer shall have the ability to identify which of the collected funds received in the Blocked Local Accounts, the Local Accounts and the Concentration Account, or if the Administrative Agent has directed that funds be transferred to the Collection Account, funds received in the Collection Account, on the second preceding Business Day do not constitute Collections on account of Receivables, and shall, upon request, provide such information to the Administrative Agent on such Business Day; provided that, on each Business Day following a Control Event the Servicer shall provide such information to the Administrative Agent on a daily basis. The parties hereto agree and acknowledge that due to the Servicer’s systems limitations, the data reported in the Monthly Report (and, if applicable, the Weekly Report) with respect to sales generated by Originators and Collections will include cash sales. For the avoidance of doubt, proceeds of cash sales remain the property of the applicable Originators, and do not constitute Collections.

(g)    If the Seller or the Servicer determines that it is advisable to add or close any Account, the Servicer shall provide written notice of such determination to the Administrative Agent at least 30 days prior to the date on which such addition or closure is proposed to take effect. If any such addition or closure necessitates changes to any Blocked Account Agreement, the Seller, the Servicer and the Administrative Agent shall work together with the Depositary Bank to make such changes. Schedule II hereof shall be deemed amended (and a replacement Schedule prepared and distributed to the Facility Agents) to reflect any addition or closure of an Account proposed by the Seller or Servicer and consented to by the Administrative Agent.

Section 4.11.    Reports. (a) (i) On or prior to the Monthly Report Date in each month, the Servicer shall deliver to each Facility Agent a monthly report, substantially in the form of Exhibit B (a “Monthly Report”), as of the close of business on the last day of the immediately preceding Calculation Period.

 

-65-


(ii)    In addition to delivery of Monthly Reports in accordance with clause (a) above, if at any time the Parent is at Leverage Level 3, the Servicer shall, on each Weekly Report Date, deliver to each Facility Agent a report in form and substance to be agreed upon by the Servicer and the Required Facility Agents (each a “Weekly Report”).

(b)     The Seller shall, or shall cause the Servicer and each Originator to, furnish to either Co-Agent (who shall promptly deliver the same to each Facility Agent) at any time and from time to time such other or further information in respect of the Receivables, the Seller and the Obligors as the Administrative Agent, the Co-Administrative Agent or any Facility Agent may reasonably request.

(c)     The Seller shall immediately notify the Servicer, the Co-Administrative Agent, and the Facility Agents of its decision to make the Default/Loss Proxy Modification Election. Failure to provide such notification shall be deemed to mean that the Seller has not made the Default/Loss Proxy Modification Election.

(d)     The Co-Administrative Agent shall assist the Seller and the Servicer (i) in preparing the Monthly Reports and Weekly Reports, (ii) if a Weekly Report is required to be delivered, in developing the form of that Weekly Report, and (iii) in updating the form of the Monthly Report from time to time as is necessary and desirable to improve the presentation of information about the Receivables and the Facility, address changed circumstances or respond to recommendations made in the agreed-upon procedures reports provided pursuant to Section 4.06(b).

Section 4.12.    Servicer Default. The occurrence of each of the following events shall constitute a “Servicer Default”:

(a)    Failure of Servicer to perform or observe any covenant or agreement under the Transaction Documents, and such failure shall continue for five (5) Business Days after the Servicer receives written notice or has actual knowledge of such failure;

(b)    Failure of the Servicer to make when due any payment or deposit required to be made by it under any Transaction Document, and such failure shall continue for two (2) Business Days;

(c)    Any representation or warranty made or deemed made by the Servicer under or in connection with any Transaction Document or any certificate, report or other statement delivered by the Servicer pursuant to the terms set forth in the Transaction Documents shall prove to have been incorrect or untrue in any material respect when made or deemed made or delivered (unless such representation or warranty in Section 6.01(d) or Section 6.01(g) herein relates solely to one or more specific Receivables and immediately following the removal of the related Receivables from the Net Receivables Balance, the Percentage Interest does not exceed 100% (90% if the Parent is a Leverage Level 3));

 

-66-


(d)    The Servicer or any of its Material Subsidiaries shall (i) apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee, liquidator or custodian or the like of itself or of all or a substantial part of its property, (ii) become unable, admit in writing its inability or fail to pay its debts generally as they become due, (iii) make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, (iv) be adjudicated a bankrupt or insolvent, (v) commence a voluntary case under the Federal Bankruptcy Code or file a voluntary petition or answer seeking reorganization, an arrangement with creditors or an order for relief or seeking to take advantage of any insolvency law or file an answer admitting the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any bankruptcy, reorganization or insolvency proceeding, or action shall be taken by it for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing, or (vi) if without the application, approval or consent of the Servicer or any of its Material Subsidiaries, a proceeding shall be instituted in any court of competent jurisdiction, under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or relief of debtors, seeking in respect of the Servicer or any of its Material Subsidiaries an order for relief or an adjudication in bankruptcy, reorganization, dissolution, winding up, liquidation, a composition or arrangement with creditors, a readjustment of debts, the appointment of a trustee, receiver, liquidator or custodian or the like of the Servicer or such Material Subsidiaries or of all or any substantial part of its assets, or other like relief in respect thereof under any bankruptcy or insolvency law, and, if such proceeding is being contested by the Servicer or such Material Subsidiaries in good faith, the same shall (A) result in the entry of an order for relief or any such adjudication or appointment or (B) continue undismissed for any period of 60 consecutive days;

(e)    the Servicer shall fail to deliver any Monthly Report or Weekly Report when required under the Transaction Documents, and such failure shall continue for one (1) Business Day;

(f)    there shall occur any change in the operations or financial condition of the Servicer which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect as specified in clauses (ii) through (iv) of that definition or the collectability of the Receivables; or

(g)    the Minimum Funding Ratio is less than (i) 25% if the Parent is at Leverage Level 1, (ii) 25% if the Parent is at Leverage Level 2, or (iii) 25% if the Parent is at Leverage Level 3.

Section 4.13.    Servicer Indemnification of Indemnified Parties. (a) The Servicer agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Indemnified Parties from and against any Losses (other than any Losses to the extent resulting from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Indemnified Party, the Indemnified Party’s breach of contract under any Transaction Document or any document delivered pursuant to any Transaction Document, Taxes (except as provided in this Agreement), or recourse (except as provided in this Agreement) for uncollectible Receivables) arising out of or resulting from (i) false or incorrect representations warranties or

 

-67-


certifications of the Servicer, acting in that capacity, in any Transaction Document or any document delivered pursuant to any Transaction Document or (ii) any breach (whether by action or omission) by the Servicer, acting in that capacity, of any of its obligations or covenants under any Transaction Document.

(b)    Promptly upon receipt by any Indemnified Party under this Section 4.13 of notice of the commencement of any suit, action, claim, proceeding or governmental investigation against such Indemnified Party, such Indemnified Party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the Servicer hereunder, notify the Servicer in writing of the commencement thereof. The Servicer may participate in and assume the defense of any such suit, action, claim, proceeding or investigation at its expense, and no settlement thereof shall be made without the approval of the Servicer and the Indemnified Party. The approval of the Servicer and the Indemnified Party will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. After notice from the Servicer to the Indemnified Party of its intention to assume the defense thereof with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Indemnified Party, and so long as the Servicer so assumes the defense thereof in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Indemnified Party, the Servicer shall not be liable for any legal expenses of counsel unless there shall be a conflict between the interests of the Servicer and the Indemnified Party, in which case the Indemnified Party(ies) shall have the right to employ counsel to represent it (them).

(c)    The Servicer will promptly pay to the Facility Agent for the Indemnified Party such indemnity amount as shall be specified to the Servicer in a certificate of the Indemnified Party (or its Facility Agent, on its behalf) setting forth the calculations of such amount, together with the basis therefor. Any such certificate submitted by or on behalf of the Indemnified Party shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error. The provisions of this Section 4.13 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

Section 4.14.    Servicing Fee. The monthly fee due to the Servicer for performing its obligations hereunder shall be equal to (A) the product of (1) the Servicing Fee Percentage, expressed as a decimal, and (2) the average daily Outstanding Balances of Receivables during the preceding Calculation Period, divided by (B) twelve (the “Servicing Fee”). Such monthly Servicing Fee shall be paid to the Servicer in arrears on the second (2nd) Business Day after each Monthly Report Date.

ARTICLE V

PARENT UNDERTAKING

Section 5.01.    Guaranty. The Parent hereby unconditionally guarantees the punctual payment and performance when due, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, of all obligations of (a) Ferguson and its successor legal entities, in its capacities as Originator, Servicer and the party requesting Letters of Credit, and (b) the other Originators and their successor legal entities, in their respective capacities as Originators and sub-servicers and parties on behalf of which the Seller will request Letters of Credit hereunder, now or hereafter existing under the Transaction Documents, whether for Collections, repurchase, indemnification payments, fees, expenses or otherwise (such obligations being the “Obligations”), and agrees to

 

-68-


pay any and all reasonable and properly documented out-of-pocket expenses (including counsel fees and expenses) incurred by any Beneficiary in enforcing any rights under this Parent Undertaking, together with interest on such amounts from the time when the Parent was notified that such amounts were due, based on a 365-day year, at a rate per annum for each day equal to 2.00% over the Alternate Base Rate on such day. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Parent’s liability shall extend to all amounts which constitute part of the Obligations and would be owed by Ferguson or any Originator to the Seller or any Beneficiary under any Transaction Document but for the fact that they are unenforceable or not allowable due to the existence of a bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding involving Ferguson or such Originator as debtor. For the avoidance of doubt, the obligations of the Parent under this Parent Undertaking do not include losses in respect to Receivables that are uncollectible on account of the insolvency, bankruptcy or lack of creditworthiness of the related Obligor.

Section 5.02.    Guaranty Absolute. The Parent guarantees that the Obligations will be performed or paid strictly in accordance with the terms of the applicable Transaction Documents, regardless of the rights of the Administrative Agent or any Beneficiary with respect thereto. The obligations of the Parent under this Parent Undertaking are independent of the Obligations, and a separate action or actions may be brought and prosecuted against the Parent to enforce this Parent Undertaking, irrespective of whether any action is brought against Ferguson or any Originator, as the case may be, or whether Ferguson or such Originator is joined in any such action or actions. The liability of the Parent under this Parent Undertaking shall be absolute and unconditional irrespective of:

(a)    any lack of validity or enforceability of any Transaction Document, or any agreement or instrument relating thereto;

(b)    any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other term of, all or any of the Obligations, or any other amendment or waiver of or any consent to departure from any Transaction Document, including, without limitation, any increase in the Obligations resulting from additional Purchases or Issuances/ Modifications of Letters of Credit or otherwise;

(c)    any failure or omission to enforce any right, power or remedy with respect to the Obligations or any part thereof or any agreement relating thereto, or any collateral securing the Obligations or any part thereof;

(d)    any waiver of any right, power or remedy or of any default with respect to the Obligations or any part thereof or any agreement relating thereto;

(e)    any taking, exchange, release or non-perfection of any collateral, or any taking, release or amendment or waiver of or consent to departure from any other guaranty, for all or any of the Obligations;

(f)    any manner of application of collateral, or proceeds thereof, to all or any of the Obligations, or any manner of sale or other disposition of any collateral for all or any of the Obligations or any other assets of Ferguson, any Originator or any of their respective Subsidiaries;

 

-69-


(g)    the existence of any claim, setoff or other rights which the Parent may have at any time against Ferguson or any Originator in connection herewith or any unrelated transaction;

(h)    any assignment or transfer of the Obligations or any part thereof permitted under the Purchase and Contribution Agreement, this Agreement or any other Transaction Document;

(i)    any change, restructuring or termination of the corporate structure or existence of Ferguson, any Originator or any of their respective Subsidiaries; or

(j)    any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of Ferguson or any Originator.

Section 5.03.    Waiver. (a) The Parent hereby waives promptness, diligence, notice of acceptance and any other notice with respect to any of the Obligations and this Parent Undertaking and any requirement that any Beneficiary protect, secure, perfect or insure any security interest or lien or any property subject thereto or exhaust any right or take any action against Ferguson, any Originator or any other Person or entity or any collateral.

(b)     The Parent irrevocably and unconditionally abandons and waives any rights which it may have at any time under the existing or future laws of Jersey: (i) whether by virtue of the droit de discussion or otherwise to require that recourse be had by the beneficiaries of this Parent Undertaking to the assets of any other person before any claim is enforced against it in respect of the obligations assumed by it under this Parent Undertaking; and (ii) whether by virtue of the droit de division or otherwise to require that any liability under any guarantee or indemnity contained in this Parent Undertaking be divided or apportioned with any other person or reduced in any manner whatsoever.

(c)     The Parent hereby waives any right to revoke this Parent Undertaking, and acknowledges that this Parent Undertaking is continuing in nature and applies to all Obligations, whether existing now or in the future.

(d)     The Parent acknowledges that it will receive substantial direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by the Transaction Documents and that the waivers set forth in this Section 5.03 are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.

Section 5.04.    Subrogation. The Parent will not exercise any rights which it may acquire by way of subrogation under this Parent Undertaking, by any payment made hereunder or otherwise, until all the Obligations and other amounts payable under this Parent Undertaking shall have been paid in full and the Facility Termination shall have occurred. If any amount shall be paid to the Parent on account of such subrogation rights at any time prior to the later of (x) the payment in full of the Obligations and all other amounts payable under this Parent Undertaking

 

-70-


and (y) the date after the Termination Date that all Aggregate Unpaids are paid in full, such amount shall be held in trust for the benefit of the Beneficiaries and shall forthwith be paid to the Administrative Agent to be credited and applied to the Obligations, whether matured or unmatured, in accordance with the terms of the applicable Transaction Document or to be held by the Administrative Agent as collateral security for any Obligations thereafter existing. If (i) the Parent shall make payment to the Beneficiaries of all or any part of the Obligations, (ii) all the Obligations and all other amounts payable under this Parent Undertaking shall be paid in full and (iii) the date after the Termination Date that all Aggregate Unpaids are paid in full shall have occurred, the Co-Agents and the Facility Agents on behalf of their respective Beneficiaries will, at the Parent’s request, execute and deliver to the Parent appropriate documents, without recourse and without representation or warranty, necessary to evidence the transfer by subrogation to the Parent of an interest in the Obligations resulting from such payment by the Parent.

ARTICLE VI

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Section 6.01.    General Representations and Warranties of the Ferguson Parties. Except as otherwise set forth below, each of the Ferguson Parties, as to itself (and, if so specified, its Subsidiaries), hereby represents and warrants to each Purchaser, each LC Bank, each Facility Agent and each Co-Agent on and as of the date hereof and on and as of the date of each Purchase and each Issuance or Modification that:

(a)    Corporate Existence, Power and Authority, Etc. It is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing in its jurisdiction of organization; it is duly qualified to do business in each jurisdiction where the conduct of its business so requires and except where failure to be so qualified would not be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; it has power and authority to execute and deliver the Transaction Documents and to carry out the transactions contemplated thereby; each of the Transaction Documents to which it is a party has been duly executed and delivered by it and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms (subject to usual and customary bankruptcy and equitable principles exceptions); it has all necessary authorizations and approvals to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under all of the Transaction Documents to which it is a party, except where failure to obtain any such authorization or approval would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; no notices to, or filings with, any governmental authority or regulatory body are required for the due execution, delivery or performance by it of any of the Transaction Documents to which it is a party, except for the filing of financing statements referred to therein and except where the failure to provide any such notice or make any such filing would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

(b)    No Conflicts. The execution and delivery by such Ferguson Party of this Agreement and each other Transaction Document to which it is a party, and the performance of its obligations hereunder and thereunder, in each case, do not contravene

 

-71-


or violate its certificate or articles of incorporation or formation, or its by-laws or limited liability company agreement, as applicable, (ii) any Law applicable to it, (iii) any restrictions under any agreement, contract or instrument to which it is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound, (iv) any order, writ, judgment, award, injunction or decree binding on or affecting it or its property, and do not result in the creation or imposition of any adverse claim on assets of such Ferguson Party or its Subsidiaries (except that created in favor of the Administrative Agent (for the benefit of the Purchasers and the LC Banks) except, in the case of Ferguson Parties other than the Seller, where any such contraventions or violations would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; and no transaction contemplated under any Transaction Document requires compliance with any bulk sales act or similar law;

(c)    No Termination Event. No Termination Event or Potential Termination Event has occurred and is continuing, or will, after giving effect to the Purchase and/or Issuance or Modification to occur on such day, occur;

(d)    Eligible Receivables. All Receivables represented as being Eligible Receivables are Eligible Receivables at such time;

(e)    Accuracy of Information. The written reports, financial statements, certificates and other written information furnished by it or on its behalf in connection with the negotiation of the Transaction Documents or delivered in connection therewith (as modified or supplemented by other written information when so furnished), when taken as a whole, did not contain as of the date such written reports, financial statements or other written information were so furnished, any material misstatement of fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

(f)    Servicer Reports. The information furnished by it or on its behalf in each Monthly Report or Weekly Report is true and complete as of the date of such report;

(g)    Good Title. In the case of each Originator, each Receivable sold under the Purchase and Contribution Agreement is owned by such Originator free and clear of any lien or adverse claim (except that created in favor of the Administrative Agent (for the benefit of the Purchasers and the LC Banks)). In the case of the Seller, the Administrative Agent (on behalf of the Purchasers and LC Banks) has acquired from the Seller a valid and perfected first priority security interest in each Receivable sold and/or assigned under this Agreement free and clear of any Lien or adverse claim (except for liens created pursuant to any of the Transaction Documents);

(h)    Ownership/Security Interest. It has taken or caused to be taken all actions, including necessary filings, to evidence the Administrative Agent’s (on behalf of the Purchasers and the LC Banks) first priority undivided percentage ownership or security interest in all Receivables (whether existing or thereafter arising) and in the Related Security and Collections with respect thereto;

 

-72-


(i)     Credit and Collection Policy. It has complied in all material respects with the Credit and Collection Policy with regard to each Receivable and the related Contract. It has not made any change in its underwriting policies or the Credit and Collection Policy that would (i) impair the collectability of any Receivables in any material respect or (ii) be reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the Servicer’s performance of its obligations under the Transaction Documents;

(j)    Litigation. There are no actions, suits or proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of the Ferguson Party, asserted against it, which would be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect as specified in clauses (ii) through (iv) of that definition;

(k)    Collections. Except as described in Section 4.10(a), all Obligors have been directed to remit their Collections to Lockboxes, Lockbox Accounts or Depositary Accounts, as applicable, listed on Schedule II to this Agreement,;

(l)    Payments to the Originators. The Seller has given reasonably equivalent value to the applicable Originator under the Purchase and Contribution Agreement in connection with each sale of Receivables thereunder, and no such sale was made for or on account of an antecedent debt owed by such Originator to the Seller or is or may be voidable as a fraudulent transfer under Section 547 of the Federal Bankruptcy Code or a voidable preference under Section 548 of the Federal Bankruptcy Code;

(m)    Change of Control. No Change of Control has occurred with respect to any Ferguson Party (other than, in the case of the Parent, a “Permitted Change of Control”, as defined in the Credit Agreement);

(n)    Subsidiaries, Business. The Seller has no subsidiaries and is engaged in no other business activities other than the business activities contemplated by the Transaction Documents;

(o)    Solvency. After giving effect to any Purchase, Issuance, or Modification on such date and the application of the proceeds therefrom, the Seller is (i) not “insolvent” (as such term is defined in the Federal Bankruptcy Code), (ii) able to pay its debts as they become due, (iii) does not have unreasonably small capital for the business in which it is engaged or for any business or transaction in which it reasonably expects to engage, and (iv) has tangible net worth equal to at least 6% of the aggregate Outstanding Balance of Receivables (for the avoidance of doubt, for the purposes of this subsection (o), the calculation of tangible net worth shall take into account any intercompany debt issued by the Seller to Ferguson or any other Originator);

(p)    Tax. The Seller has paid when due all material taxes payable in connection with the Receivables, exclusive of (i) any taxes imposed on the Conduit Purchasers, (ii) Excluded Taxes, and (iii) any taxes the validity of which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP shall have been set aside on its books. Each such other Ferguson

 

-73-


Party has filed or caused to be filed all material federal, state and local income tax returns and all other material tax returns on or before the applicable due date (as such due date may have been timely extended), and has paid or caused to be paid all taxes due pursuant to such returns or pursuant to any assessment received by it (other than those which are currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves in accordance with relevant IFRS shall have been set aside on its books).

(q)    ERISA. Such Ferguson Party and each of its ERISA Affiliates have fulfilled their respective obligations under the minimum funding standards of ERISA and the Code with respect to each Plan and are in compliance in all material respects with the presently applicable provisions of ERISA and the Code with respect to each Plan, except as any noncompliance could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. No Reportable Event has occurred with respect to any Plan nor has any prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA occurred with respect to any “Employee Benefit Plan” (as that term is defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA), of such Ferguson Party or any of its ERISA Affiliates which, in either case, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. No prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA which could be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect has occurred with respect to such Ferguson Party or any of its ERISA Affiliates or will occur upon the closing of any Purchase or any Issuance or Modification or the execution of any Transaction Document. Neither the Parent nor any of its Subsidiaries has (i) engaged in any transaction prohibited by any Law applicable to any Foreign Plan; (ii) failed to make full payment when due of all amounts due as contributions to any Foreign Plan; or (iii) otherwise failed to comply with the requirements of ay Law applicable to any Foreign Plan, where singly or cumulatively, the above could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. No ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably likely to occur which is reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

(r)    Material Adverse Effect. Since the date of its formation, the Seller is not aware of the occurrence of any event or circumstance which has had or will have a Material Adverse Effect. Since January 31, 2013, such other Ferguson Party is not aware of the occurrence of any event or circumstance which has had or would be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect as specified in clauses (ii) and (iii) of that definition;

(s)    Investment Company Act. It is not and is not required to be registered as an “investment company” or a company “controlled” by an “investment company,” each as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended;

(t)    Required Credit Enhancement. After giving effect to the Purchase and/or Issuance or Modification on such date, the Percentage Interest shall not exceed 100% (90% when the Parent is at Leverage Level 3);

 

-74-


(u)    Compliance with Capital Requirements Directive. The Seller (i) owns a net economic interest in the Receivables in an amount at least equal to 5.0% of the Net Receivables Balance as required under Article 122a of the CRD, (ii) has not changed the manner (as contemplated under Article 122a of the CRD) in which it retains such net economic interest since the Closing Date, and (iii) has not entered into any short position or hedge with respect to such net economic interest. “CRD” means the Capital Requirements Directive which is comprised of Directives 2006/48/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 14 June 2006 relating to the taking up and pursuit of the business of credit institutions and Directive 2006/49/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council of 14 June 2006 on the capital adequacy of investment firms and credit institutions, as amended from time to time;

(v)    Use of Proceeds. It has not taken and will not take any action which would cause the use of the proceeds of the Purchases to violate the provisions of Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System; and

(w)    Accuracy of Financial Statements. (i) The audited combined financial statements of the Group as of the most recent fiscal year-end fairly present in all material respects, in conformity with IFRS, the combined financial position of the Group as of such date and their combined results of operations and cash flows for such fiscal year; and (ii) the audited financial statements of Ferguson and its Subsidiaries and the operating companies under its Control as of the most recent fiscal year-end fairly present in all material respects, in conformity with IFRS, the financial position of Ferguson and its Subsidiaries and the operating companies under its Control as of such date and their results of operations and cash flows for such fiscal year;

(x)    Accounting. On its consolidated financial statements, each of the Parent and Ferguson treats the transactions contemplated by the Purchase and Contribution Agreement as financings by Ferguson or the applicable Originator, but includes appropriate notations to indicate that the Seller is a separate entity from each Ferguson Party and that the assets of the Seller are not available to satisfy the debts and obligations of any Ferguson Party;

(y)    Purpose. The Seller has determined that, from a business viewpoint, the purchase of the Receivables and the Related Security with respect thereto form the Originators under the Purchase and Contribution Agreement, and the sale of the Receivables to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Purchasers and the LC Banks, and the other transactions contemplated herein, are in the best interests of the Seller;

(z)    Parent Undertaking. The Parent’s guaranty in the Parent Undertaking is a direct and unsecured obligation of the Parent ranking pari passu as against all other present and future unsecured Debt of the Parent which is not expressed to be subordinate or junior in rank to any other Debt of the Parent, except for obligations mandatorily preferred by Law applying to companies generally; and

 

-75-


(aa)    Foreign Assets Control, Etc.

(i)     Neither it nor any of its Subsidiaries (A) is, or is controlled by, a Designated Person; (B) has received funds or other property from a Designated Person; or (C) is in violation of or is the subject of any action or investigation under any Anti-Terrorism Law or any Sanctions. None of the Ferguson Parties nor any of their respective Subsidiaries engages or will engage in any dealings or transactions, or is or will be otherwise associated, with any Designated Person. Each Ferguson Party and each Subsidiary thereof is in compliance, in all material respects, with the Patriot Act. Each Ferguson Party and each Subsidiary thereof has taken reasonable measures to ensure compliance with the Anti-Terrorism Laws including the requirement that no Person who owns any direct or indirect interest in any Ferguson Party or any Subsidiary thereof is a Designated Person, and funds invested directly or indirectly in any Ferguson Party and each Subsidiary thereof are derived from legal sources.

(ii)    No portion of the proceeds of any Purchase made hereunder has been or will be used, directly or indirectly (A) for, and no fee, commission, rebate or other value has been or will be paid to, or for the benefit of, any governmental official, political party, official of a political party or any other Person acting in an official capacity in violation of any applicable law, including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended or (B) in any manner that would result in the violation of any applicable Sanctions.

(bb)    Not a Covered Fund. The Seller is not a “covered fund” under Section 13 of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (together with the implementing regulations thereunder, commonly referred to as the “Volcker Rule”). In determining that the Seller is not a “covered fund,” the Seller is entitled to rely on the exception to the definition of “investment company” set forth in Section 3(c)(5) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended;

(cc)    Beneficial Ownership Certificate. The information included in the Beneficial Ownership Certificate is true and correct in all respects.

ARTICLE VII

COVENANTS

Section 7.01.    Affirmative Covenants of the Ferguson Parties. In addition to its other covenants contained herein or made pursuant hereto, until the Facility Termination, each of the

 

-76-


Ferguson Parties (as applicable) covenants to each Purchaser, each Facility Agent, the Administrative Agent and the Co-Administrative Agent as follows:

(a)    General:

(i)    Compliance with Laws, Etc. It will comply, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to comply, with all applicable Laws and preserve and maintain its corporate or organizational existence, rights, franchises, qualifications, and privileges except to the extent that the failure so to comply with such laws, rules and regulations or the failure so to preserve and maintain such rights, franchises, qualifications, and privileges would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(ii)    Offices, Records, and Books of Account. It will keep its jurisdiction of organization and the office where it keeps its records concerning the Receivables at the address set forth under its name on the signature pages to this Agreement or upon 30 days’ prior written notice to the Administrative Agent, at any other locations in jurisdictions where all actions reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent to protect and perfect the interest in the Receivables have been taken and completed. In the case of each of the Servicer and each Originator, it also will maintain and implement administrative and operating procedures (including, without limitation, the ability to recreate records evidencing Receivables and related Contracts in the event of the destruction of the originals thereof), and keep and maintain all documents, books, records and other information reasonably necessary or advisable for the collection of Receivables (including, without limitation, records adequate to permit the daily identification of each Receivable and all Collections of and adjustments to each existing Receivable). Each Originator will mark its data processing records and other books and records to indicate which Receivables have been sold or contributed to the Seller under the Purchase and Contribution Agreement and the Seller will mark its data processing records and other books and records to indicate that the Receivables have been sold or assigned to the Administrative Agent;

(iii)    Taxes. It will file all material tax returns and reports required by law to be filed by it and will promptly pay all taxes and governmental charges at any time owing, except when failure to pay would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or such as are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which appropriate reserves in accordance with relevant IFRS (in the case of the Seller, in accordance with GAAP) shall have been set aside on its books. It will pay when due any taxes payable in connection with the Receivables, exclusive of (i) any taxes imposed on the Purchasers, (ii) Excluded Taxes, and (iii) any taxes the validity of which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves in accordance with relevant IFRS (in the case of the Seller, in accordance with GAAP) shall have been set aside on its books;

(iv)    Performance and Compliance with Credit and Collection Policy. It will, as applicable and at its own expense, timely and fully comply in all material respects with the Credit and Collection Policy in regard to each Receivable and the related Contracts;

 

-77-


(v)    Payments to the Originators. With respect to any Receivable purchased or accepted as a capital contribution from any Originator, such sale or acceptance shall be effected under, and in strict compliance with the terms of, the Purchase and Contribution Agreement, including the terms relating to the amount and timing of payments to be made to such Originator in respect of the purchase price for such Receivable;

(vi)    Transfers from Local Accounts. It will direct the Depositary Banks holding the Local Accounts to transfer Collections received in such Local Accounts to the Concentration Account on a daily basis;

(vii)    Other Information. It will cause to be provided to each Co-Agent and each Facility Agent such other information in respect of the Receivables or its condition or operations, financial or otherwise, as the Administrative Agent, the Co-Administrative Agent or such Facility Agent may from time to time reasonably request, including, but not limited to, all notices delivered to it under the Purchase and Contribution Agreement; and

(viii)    Payments to Credit Card Processors. To the fullest extent practicable, Ferguson will use its own funds (rather than funds in the Concentration Account) to pay the entities processing the credit card payments with respect to its receivables (including the Receivables) the fees, assessments, chargebacks and other amounts owed to those processors.

(b)    Reporting:

(i)    The Parent will cause to be provided to the Administrative Agent (who shall promptly distribute the same to the Facility Agents) as soon as available and in any event within 120 days after the close of each of its fiscal years, audited and unqualified consolidated financial statements of the Group, certified by independent public accountants as having been prepared in accordance with IFRS;

(ii)    Ferguson will cause to be provided to the Administrative Agent (who shall promptly distribute the same to the Facility Agents) as soon as available and in any event within 180 days after the close of each of its fiscal years, audited and unqualified consolidated financial statements of Ferguson and its consolidated Subsidiaries and operating companies under its Control, certified by independent public accountants as having been prepared in accordance with IFRS;

(iii)    The Seller will cause to be provided to the Administrative Agent (who shall promptly distribute the same to the Facility Agents) as soon as

 

-78-


available and in any event within 180 days after the close of each of its fiscal years, financial statements of the Seller, (which may be unaudited), prepared in accordance with GAAP;

(iv)    The Parent will cause to be provided to the Administrative Agent (who shall promptly distribute the same to the Facility Agents) as soon as available and in any event within 90 days after the end of the first half of each of its fiscal years, condensed consolidated financial statements of the Group prepared in accordance with IFRS;

(v)    Each of the Parent and Ferguson will cause to be provided to the Administrative Agent (who shall promptly distribute the same to the Facility Agents) at the time of the delivery of the financial statements provided for above, a certificate of its financial officer to the effect that such financial statements fairly represent its financial condition as of the date as at which such financial statements were prepared;

(vi)    Each of the Parent and Ferguson will cause to be provided to the Administrative Agent (who shall promptly distribute the same to the Facility Agents) within 10 days after the delivery of the financial statements provided for above, a certificate of its financial officer to the effect that to the best of such officer’s knowledge, no Termination Event or Potential Termination Event has occurred and is continuing or, if any Termination Event or Potential Termination Event has occurred and is continuing, specifying the nature and extent thereof;

(vii)    Each of the Parent and Ferguson will cause the financial statements provided for above to be prepared using accounting practices and financial reference periods consistent with those applied in preparation of the financial statements provided on or before the Closing Date, unless it notifies the Administrative Agent (who shall promptly notify the Facility Agents) that there has been a change in the relevant IFRS, the relevant accounting practices or the relevant reference periods, together with a description of any change necessary for those financial statements to reflect the relevant IFRS, relevant accounting practices and relevant reference periods upon which such financial statements were prepared;

(viii)    The Parent shall report to the Administrative Agent its Leverage Ratio for the “applicable period” (as defined in the definition of Leverage Ratio) (A) at the time of delivery of its consolidated financial statements pursuant to clauses (i) and (iv) of this Section 7.01(b), (B) within 30 days of the end of each of the fiscal quarters occurring between the end period dates of its annual and half-yearly consolidated financial statements, and (C) within 30 days of each request by a Co-Agent. The Parent shall also provide to the Administrative Agent (who shall promptly distribute the same to the Facility Agents) sufficient information, in form and substance as may be reasonably required by the Administrative Agent, to allow the Facility Agents to recalculate the Leverage Ratio; and

 

-79-


(ix)    Each of the Parent and Ferguson shall provide to the Administrative Agent (who shall promptly distribute the same to the Facility Agents) such additional information regarding its and its Subsidiaries’ operations, business affairs and financial condition, or compliance with the terms of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document, as may be reasonably requested by either Co-Agent.

(c)     Notices:

(i)    Termination. It will provide or cause to be provided to the Administrative Agent (and the Administrative Agent shall promptly distribute the same to the Facility Agents) promptly and in any event within five Business Days after obtaining knowledge of the occurrence of a Termination Event or Potential Termination Event, with a statement of its financial officer setting forth details of such Termination Event or Potential Termination Event;

(ii)    Credit Agreement. It will provide to the Administrative Agent (and the Administrative Agent shall promptly distribute the same to the Facility Agents) notice of the occurrence of an “Event of Default” under the Credit Agreement, together with a copy of the same, as soon as practicable after, but in no event later than 15 days following such amendment or occurrence;

(iii)    ERISA Event. It will cause to be provided to the Administrative Agent (and the Administrative Agent shall promptly distribute the same to the Facility Agents) promptly and in any event within five Business Days after obtaining knowledge thereof, notice of the occurrence or existence of any ERISA Event which, either individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(iv)    Tax Lien. It will cause to be provided to the Administrative Agent (and the Administrative Agent shall promptly distribute the same to the Facility Agents) promptly and in any event within five Business Days after obtaining knowledge of the arising or existence of any tax Lien which, either individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and

(v)    Material Event. It will provide or cause to be provided to the Administrative Agent (and the Administrative Agent shall promptly distribute the same to the Facility Agents) promptly after the occurrence thereof, notice of any event or condition of which it has knowledge that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect with respect to any of the Ferguson Parties.

 

-80-


(vi)    Changes with respect to Beneficial Ownership Certificate; etc. The Seller shall, promptly upon a responsible officer of the Seller becoming aware thereof, notify the Administrative Agent and each Facility Agent of any change in the information provided in the Beneficial Ownership Certificate that would result in a change to the list of beneficial owners or control party identified in such certification. Without limiting the generality of the preceding sentence, promptly following any request therefor, the Seller shall provide such information and documentation reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent or any Facility Agent for purposes of compliance with the Beneficial Ownership Regulation.

Section 7.02.    Negative Covenants of the Ferguson Parties. Except as otherwise specified below and in addition to its other covenants contained herein or made pursuant hereto, until the Facility Termination, each of the Ferguson Parties (as applicable) covenants and agrees as follows:

(a)    Sales, Liens, Etc. Such Ferguson Party (other than the Seller) will not sell, assign (by operation of law or otherwise) or otherwise dispose of, or create or suffer to exist any adverse claim (except for the interest in favor of the Seller created pursuant to the Purchase and Contribution Agreement and the interest in favor of the Administrative Agent (for the benefit of the Purchasers and the LC Banks) created pursuant to this Agreement) upon or with respect to, any Receivable, Related Security, related Contract or Collections, or upon or with respect to any Account, or assign any right to receive income in respect thereof;

(b)    Change in Payment Instructions to Obligors. It will not add or terminate any bank as a Depositary Bank from those listed on Schedule II hereto provided to the Facility Agents, or make any change in its instructions to Obligors regarding payments to be made in respect of the Receivables or payments to be made to any Depositary Bank, unless the Administrative Agent will have received notice of such addition, termination or change (including an updated Schedule II)    and a fully executed Blocked Account Agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent with respect to each new Lockbox Account or Depositary Account;

(c)    Change in Name or Jurisdiction of Origination, Etc. It will not change its name, identity or organizational structure unless the Administrative Agent shall have received at least thirty (30) days’ advance written notice of such change and all action by such Ferguson Party, necessary or appropriate to perfect or maintain the perfection of the Administrative Agent’s (for the benefit of the Purchasers and the LC Banks) ownership or security interest in the Receivables, the Related Security and the Collections (including, without limitation, the filing of all financing statements and the taking of such other action as the Administrative Agent may request in connection with such change or relocation) will have been duly taken;

 

-81-


(d)    Treatment as Sales. It will not account for or treat (whether in financial statements or otherwise) the transactions contemplated by the Purchase and Contribution Agreement and this Agreement in any manner other than as the sale and/or absolute conveyance of Receivables, except that such transactions will be treated (i) under relevant IFRS as a liability in the Parent’s consolidated financial statements and in Ferguson’s consolidated financial statements and (ii) for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as a financing;

(e)    Transaction Documents. The Seller will not terminate, amend, waive or modify, or consent to any termination, amendment, waiver or modification of, any provision of any Transaction Document or grant any other consent or other indulgence under any Transaction Document, in each case without the prior written consent of the Required Facility Agents. The Seller will perform all of its obligations under the Purchase and Contribution Agreement and enforce the Purchase and Contribution Agreement in accordance with its terms;

(f)    Nature of Business. The Seller will not engage in any business activities other than those contemplated by the Transaction Documents and will not create or form any subsidiary;

(g)    Mergers, Etc. The Seller will not merge with or into or consolidate with or into, or convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of (whether in one transaction or in a series of transactions), all or substantially all of its assets (whether now owned or hereafter acquired) to, or acquire all or substantially all of the assets or capital stock or other ownership interest of, or enter into any joint venture or partnership agreement with, any Person, other than as contemplated by the Transaction Documents. No other Ferguson Party will (a) consolidate or merge with or into any other person or (b) sell, lease or otherwise transfer (in one transaction or in a series of transactions) all or substantially all of its assets to any other person; provided, that (i) any person may consolidate or merge with or into the Parent in a transaction in which the Parent is the surviving Person, (ii) any Originator may consolidate or merge with or into any other Originator in a transaction in which one or the other such Originator is the surviving Person, and (iii) if at the time thereof and immediately after giving effect thereto no Default (as defined in the Credit Agreement) or Event of Default (as defined in the Credit Agreement) under the Credit Agreement shall have occurred and be continuing, any Person may consolidate or merge with or into the Parent, and the Parent may consolidate or merge with or into any Person, as long as the surviving entity, if other than the Parent, has unsecured debt ratings at least equal to those of the Parent (prior to consolidation or merger) and the surviving entity assumes the obligations of the Parent under this Agreement pursuant to an agreement executed and delivered to the Facility Agents in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Required Facility Agents;

(h)    Distributions, Etc. The Seller will not declare or make any dividend payment or other distribution of assets, properties, cash, rights,

 

-82-


obligations or securities on account of any membership interests or other equity interests of the Seller, or return any capital to its members or other equity holders as such, or purchase, retire, defease, redeem or otherwise acquire for value or make any payment in respect of any membership interests or other equity of the Seller or any warrants, rights or options to acquire any membership interests or other equity of the Seller, now or hereafter outstanding; provided, however, that the Seller may declare and pay cash dividends to its member out of Collections available for such purpose pursuant to the Transaction Documents so long as (i) no Termination Event or Potential Termination Event shall then exist or would occur as a result thereof, (ii) such dividends are in compliance with all applicable law including the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, and (iii) such dividends have been approved by all necessary and appropriate limited liability company action of the Seller and its board of directors;

(i)    Debt. The Seller will not create, incur, guarantee, assume or suffer to exist any indebtedness or other liabilities, whether direct or contingent, other than the incurrence of obligations pursuant to, and, as contemplated in, the Transaction Documents and the incurrence of operating expenses in the ordinary course of business or other liabilities;

(j)    Sales, Liens. The Seller will not sell, assign (by operation of law or otherwise) or otherwise dispose of, or grant any option with respect to, or create or suffer to exist any adverse claim upon (including the filing of any financing statement) or with respect to, any Receivable, Related Security or Collection, or upon or with respect to any Contract under which any Receivable arises, or any Lockbox or Account or any amounts from time to time on deposit therein or credited thereto, or assign any right to receive income with respect thereto (other than, in each case the creation of the interests therein in favor of the Administrative Agent or the sale or assignment of a Reassigned Receivable pursuant to Section 2.01A hereof), and the Seller will defend the right, title and interest of the Administrative Agent in, to and under any of the foregoing property, against all claims of third parties claiming through or under the Seller or an Originator;

(k)    ERISA. (i)     Neither it nor any of its ERISA Affiliates shall (A) adopt or institute any Plan; (B) take any action which will result in the partial or complete withdrawal, within the meanings of Sections 4203 and 4205 of ERISA, from a Multiemployer Plan; (C) engage or permit any Ferguson Party, or any Subsidiary or Affiliate thereof to engage in any transaction prohibited by Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code involving any Plan which would subject such Ferguson Party or any ERISA Affiliate thereof to any tax, penalty or other liability including a liability to indemnify; (D) incur or allow to exist any failure by any Plan to satisfy the minimum funding standard (within the meaning of Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA); (E) fail to make full payment when due (including any permissible extensions) of all amounts due as contributions to any Plan or Multiemployer Plan; or (F) fail to comply with the

 

-83-


requirements of Section 4980B of the Code or Part 6 of Title I(B) of ERISA, where singly or cumulatively, the above could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and

(ii)     Neither it nor any Subsidiary thereof shall (A) engage in any transaction prohibited by any Governmental Authority applicable to any Foreign Plan; (B) fail to make full payment when due of all amounts due as contributions to any Foreign Plan; or (C) otherwise fail to comply with the requirements of any Governmental Authority applicable to any Foreign Plan, where singly or cumulatively, the above could have a Material Adverse Effect; and

(l)    Commingling. It will not direct any funds to be deposited into any Lockbox Account or Depositary Account other than Collections of Receivables.

Section 7.03.    Separateness Covenants. Until the Facility Termination, except as set forth below, each of the Ferguson Parties (as applicable) covenants and agrees as follows:

(a)    The Seller will at all times maintain at least one independent director or manager who (i) is not currently and has not been during the five years preceding the date of this Agreement an officer, director or employee of any of the Parent, Ferguson, any other Originator, the Servicer, or any of their respective Affiliates or Subsidiaries (except the Seller) (collectively, the “Other Companies”), (ii) is not a current or former officer or employee of the Seller, (iii) is not a stockholder of any of the Other Companies or any of their respective Affiliates, and (iv) who (A) has prior experience as an independent director for a corporation or manager for a limited liability company whose charter documents required the unanimous consent of all independent directors thereof before such corporation or limited liability company could consent to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against it or could file a petition seeking relief under any applicable federal or state law relating to bankruptcy and (B) has at least three years of employment experience with one or more entities that provide, in the ordinary course of their respective businesses, advisory, management or placement services to issuers of securitization or structured finance instruments, agreements or securities. The Seller will provide not less than 30 business days’ prior written notice to the Administrative Agent and the Facility Agents in the event of the replacement of the Seller’s independent director or manager;

(b)    The Seller will conduct its business in its own name and from an office separate from that of the Other Companies (but which may be located in the same facility as one or more of the Other Companies). The Seller will have stationery and other business forms separate from that of the Other Companies;

(c)    The Seller will at all times be adequately capitalized in light of its contemplated business;

 

-84-


(d)    The Seller will at all times provide for its own operating expenses and liabilities from its own funds except that common overhead expenses may be shared by the Seller one or more of the Other Companies on a basis reasonably related to use;

(e)    The Seller will maintain its assets and transactions separately from those of the Other Companies and reflect such assets and transactions in financial statements separate and distinct from those of the Other Companies and evidence such assets and transactions by appropriate entries in books and records separate and distinct from those of the Other Companies. The Seller will hold itself out to the public under the Seller’s own name as a legal entity separate and distinct from the Other Companies. The Seller will not hold itself out as having agreed to pay, or as being liable, primarily or secondarily, for, any obligations of the Other Companies;

(f)    The Seller will hold at least one annual duly noticed meeting of its board of directors, make and retain minutes of such meetings and otherwise observe all limited liability company formalities as a distinct entity;

(g)    The Seller will prepare its financial statements separately from those of any of the Other Companies and will insure that any consolidated financial statements of any Other Company that are filed with the SEC or any other Official Body or are furnished to any creditors of any Other Company will include notes clearly stating that the Seller is a separate corporate entity and that its assets are available first and foremost to satisfy the claims of the creditors of the Seller;

(h)    The Seller will not direct or participate in the management of any of the Other Companies’ operations;

(i)    The Seller will not maintain any joint account with any Other Company or become liable as a guarantor or otherwise with respect to, or grant a security interest in any of its assets to secure, any debt or contractual obligation of any Other Company;

(j)    The Seller will not engage in any transaction with, or make loans, advances or otherwise extend credit to, any of the Other Companies except as expressly contemplated by the Transaction Documents;

(k)    The Seller will maintain its Limited Liability Company Agreement in conformity with this Agreement such that it does not amend, restate, supplement or otherwise modify its Limited Liability Company Agreement in any respect that would impair its ability to comply with the terms or provisions of any of the Transaction Documents;

(l)    Such Ferguson Party (other than the Seller) will take all actions necessary to maintain the Seller as a separate, limited purpose subsidiary of Ferguson pursuant to, and in accordance with the terms of, the Seller’s Limited Liability Company Agreement; and

 

-85-


(m)    Such Ferguson Party (other than the Seller) will take such other actions as are necessary on its part to ensure that the facts and assumptions set forth in the opinion issued by Mayer Brown LLP, as counsel for Seller, in connection with the closing of the Facility and relating to substantive consolidation issues, and in the certificates accompanying such opinion, remain true and correct in all material respects at all times.

ARTICLE VIII

TERMINATION

Section 8.01.    Termination Events. The occurrence of each of the following events shall constitute a “Termination Event”:

(a)    Failure of any Ferguson Party (other than Ferguson when acting in its capacity as Servicer) to perform or observe any covenant or agreement under the Transaction Documents, and such failure shall continue for five (5) Business Days after such applicable party receives written notice or has actual knowledge of such failure;

(b)    Failure of any Ferguson Party (other than Ferguson when acting in its capacity as Servicer) to make when due any payment or deposit required to be made by it under any Transaction Document, and such failure shall continue for one (1) Business Day with respect to payments of principal and three (3) Business Days with respect to all other payments under any Transaction Document;

(c)    Any representation or warranty made or deemed made by any Ferguson Party (other than Ferguson when acting in its capacity as Servicer) under or in connection with any Transaction Document or any certificate, report or other statement delivered by such Ferguson Party pursuant to the terms set forth in the Transaction Documents shall prove to have been incorrect or untrue in any material respect when made or deemed made or delivered (unless such representation or warranty in Section 6.01(d) or Section 6.01(g) herein relates solely to one or more specific Receivables and immediately following the removal of the related Receivables from the Net Receivables Balance, the Percentage Interest does not exceed 100% (90% if the Parent is a Leverage Level 3));

(d)    the occurrence of (i) an event of default as defined in any mortgage, indenture, agreement or instrument under which there may be issued or evidenced, any Debt of the Seller in excess of $50,000; or (ii) an event of default as defined in any mortgage, indenture, agreement or instrument under which there may be issued or evidenced, any Debt of any other Ferguson Party (A) relating to the payment of principal of, or interest on, such Debt, but only if such Debt is in an aggregate amount exceeding $25,000,000, (B) relating to any Financial Covenant, or (C) of any other type which shall result in such Debt being accelerated, but only if such Debt is in an aggregate amount exceeding $25,000,000;

(e)    (i) One or more judgments or decrees involving a liability in excess of $50,000 shall be entered against the Seller; (ii) one or more judgments or decrees shall be

 

-86-


entered against any Ferguson Party (other than the Seller) or any of their respective Subsidiaries or any combination thereof involving in the aggregate a liability (not paid or fully covered by insurance) of $25,000,000 and, in the case of either clause (i) or clause (ii), such judgments or decrees shall not have been vacated, dismissed, discharged or stayed within 30 days from the entry thereof;

(f)    Any Ferguson Party or any of its Material Subsidiaries shall (i) apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee, liquidator or custodian or the like of itself or of all or a substantial part of its property, (ii) become unable, admit in writing its inability or fail to pay its debts generally as they become due, (iii) make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, (iv) be adjudicated a bankrupt or insolvent, (v) commence a voluntary case under the Federal Bankruptcy Code or any applicable bankruptcy or insolvency Law of Jersey or file a voluntary petition or answer seeking reorganization, an arrangement with creditors or an order for relief or seeking to take advantage of any insolvency law or file an answer admitting the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any bankruptcy, reorganization or insolvency proceeding, or action shall be taken by it for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing, or (vi) if without the application, approval or consent of any Ferguson Party or any of its Material Subsidiaries, a proceeding shall be instituted in any court of competent jurisdiction, under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or relief of debtors, seeking in respect of such Ferguson Party or any of its Material Subsidiaries an order for relief or an adjudication in bankruptcy, reorganization, dissolution, winding up, liquidation, a composition or arrangement with creditors, a readjustment of debts, the appointment of a trustee, receiver, liquidator or custodian or the like of such Ferguson Party or such Material Subsidiaries or of all or any substantial part of its assets, or other like relief in respect thereof under any bankruptcy or insolvency law, and, if such proceeding is being contested by such Ferguson Party or such Material Subsidiaries in good faith, the same shall (A) result in the entry of an order for relief or any such adjudication or appointment or (B) continue undismissed for any period of 60 consecutive days;

(g)    The Administrative Agent (for the benefit of the Purchasers and the LC Banks) shall cease to have, for any reason, a valid and perfected first priority ownership or security interest in the Receivables, the Related Security and the Collections;

(h)    A “purchase termination event” shall occur under the Purchase and Contribution Agreement, or any material provision thereof shall for any reason cease to be valid and binding on the Seller or any Originator, as the case may be, or the Seller or any Originator shall so state in writing;

(i)    Any Transaction Document shall terminate in whole or in part (except in accordance with its terms or with the consent of the parties thereto) or shall cease to be effective or to be legally valid, binding and enforceable obligation of any one of the Ferguson Parties, or any one of the Ferguson Parties shall directly or indirectly contest such effectiveness, validity, binding nature or enforceability of any such Transaction Document;

 

-87-


(j)    3-month rolling average Dilution Ratio exceeds 9.25% (9.25% when the Parent is at Leverage Level 2 and 9.25% when the Parent is at Leverage Level 3);

(k)    3-month rolling average Delinquency Ratio exceeds (i) for the January, February, March and December reporting months (as calculated in each such month for the preceding Calculation Period), 13.50% and (ii) for all other reporting months, 12.50% (13.50% or 12.50%, as applicable, when the Parent is at Leverage Level 2 and 13.50% or 12.50%, as applicable, when the Parent is at Leverage Level 3);

(l)    3-month rolling average Default Ratio exceeds 3.00% (3.00% when the Parent is at Leverage Level 2 and 3.00% when the Parent is at Leverage Level 3);

(m)    the Annual Gross Write-off Ratio exceeds 1.00%;

(n)    3-month rolling average of Days Sales Outstanding exceeds 46 days (46 days when the Parent is at Leverage Level 2 and 46 days when the Parent is at Leverage Level 3);

(o)    the Percentage Interest exceeds (i) 100% (90% if the Parent is at Leverage Level 3), and such circumstance continues for two (2) consecutive Business Days (one (1) Business Day if the Parent is at Leverage Level 2 or Leverage Level 3) after the Seller knows or should know of such circumstance;

(p)    a Servicer Default shall occur;

(q)    a Change of Control of Ferguson, any Originator, the Seller or the Parent (other than, in the case of the Parent, a “Permitted Change of Control” as defined in the Credit Agreement) shall occur;

(r)    there shall have been filed against any Ferguson Party (i) notice of a material federal tax Lien from the Internal Revenue Service and five (5) days shall have elapsed without such notice having been effectively withdrawn or such Lien having been released or discharged, (ii) notice of a material Lien from the PBGC under Section 430(k) of the Code or Section 303(k) of ERISA for a failure to make a required installment or other payment to plan to which either of such sections applies and five (5) days shall have elapsed without such notice having been effectively withdrawn or such Lien having been released or discharged, or (iii) a notice of any other Lien the existence of which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect with respect to such Person and thirty (30) days shall have elapsed without such notice having been effectively withdrawn or such Lien having been released or discharged; or

(s)    there shall occur any change in the business, financial or other condition of any Ferguson Party which could reasonably be expected to have, as to any Ferguson Party a Material Adverse Effect specified in clauses (ii) through (iv) of that definition (and, if the Parent is at Leverage Level 3, clause (i) of that definition) or materially impair the collectability of the Receivables.

 

-88-


Section 8.02.    Consequences of a Termination Event. (a) Upon the occurrence and continuance of any Termination Event, the Administrative Agent may, or at the direction of the Required Facility Agents shall, by written notice to the Ferguson Parties, determine to commence the wind-down period during or after which no Reinvestment Purchases shall be made; provided, that, upon the occurrence of the Termination Event specified in Section 8.01(f) above, the wind-down period shall be deemed to commence automatically. In addition, (i) upon the occurrence and continuance of any Termination Event, (A) the Percentage Interest shall be increased to 100% and all Collections will be applied to repay the Facility, (B) pricing on the Facility will be at the Default Rate, (C) the Administrative Agent may, or at the direction of the Required Facility Agents shall, deliver the notices of exclusive control to the Depositary Banks under the Blocked Account Agreements, and (D) the Administrative Agent may, or at the direction of the Required Facility Agent shall, replace the Servicer and (ii) upon the occurrence of the Termination Date, (X) the Maximum Net Investment shall be reduced as of each calendar date thereafter equal to the Aggregate Exposure Amount as of such date (and each Purchase Group’s Exposure Amount will be reduced ratably) and (Y) the Seller shall deposit into the LC Cash Collateral Account the amount necessary to cause the amount therein to be equal to the Required LC Cash Collateral Amount.

(b)    Upon the occurrence and continuance of any Termination Event, the Purchasers, the LC Banks, the Facility Agents and the Administrative Agent shall have, in addition to all rights and remedies under this Agreement or otherwise, all other rights and remedies provided under the UCC of the applicable jurisdiction and under other applicable Laws, which rights shall be cumulative.

(c)    The parties hereto acknowledge that this Agreement is, and is intended to be, a contract to extend financial accommodations to the Seller within the meaning of Section 365(e)(2)(B) of the Bankruptcy Code (11 U.S.C. § 365(e)(2)(B)) (or any amended or successor provision thereof or any amended or successor code).

ARTICLE IX

THE CO-AGENTS AND THE FACILITY AGENTS

Section 9.01.    Authorization and Action. (a) Each Facility Agent, each Purchaser and each LC Bank hereby appoints RBC as Administrative Agent and SunTrust Bank as Co-Administrative Agent hereunder and authorizes each of the Administrative Agent and the Co-Administrative Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Administrative Agent and the Co-Administrative Agent, respectively, by the terms hereof, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. When requested to do so by a Facility Agent, the Required Facility Agents or the Facility Agents (as the context herein requires or allows), each Co-Agent shall take such action or refrain from taking such action consistent with its duties hereunder and under the other Transaction Documents as a Facility Agent, the Required Facility Agents or the Facility Agents, as the case may be, direct under or in connection with or on any matter relating to any Ferguson Party, this Agreement and all other Transaction Documents. In the event of a conflict between a determination or calculation made by the Administrative Agent and a determination or calculation made by any Purchaser, LC Bank or any Facility Agent, the determination or calculation of the Purchaser, the LC Bank or the Facility Agent shall control absent manifest error.

 

-89-


(b)    Each Purchaser and LC Bank (if any) in a Purchase Group hereby accepts the appointment of the applicable Facility Agent hereunder, and authorizes such Facility Agent to take such action on its behalf under the provisions of this Agreement and to exercise such powers and perform such duties as are expressly delegated to such Facility Agent by the terms of this Agreement, if any, together with such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. Each other Purchaser or LC Bank within any other Purchase Group hereby accepts the appointment of the related Facility Agent for such Purchase Group and authorizes and empowers such Facility Agent as provided in the preceding sentence.

(c)    Except for actions which either Co-Agent or any Facility Agent is expressly required to take pursuant to this Agreement or any Conduit Support Document, neither the Administrative Agent, the Co-Administrative Agent nor any Facility Agent shall be required to take any action which exposes such Co-Agent or such Facility Agent to personal liability or which is contrary to applicable Law unless such Co-Agent or such Facility Agent shall receive further assurances to its satisfaction from the Purchasers and LC Banks of the indemnification obligations under Section 9.06 hereof against any and all liability and expense which may be incurred in taking or continuing to take such action. The Administrative Agent agrees to give to each Facility Agent, each Purchaser and each LC Bank prompt notice of each notice and determination given to it by any Ferguson Party or any Depositary Bank or by it to any Ferguson Party or any Depositary Bank, pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. Each Facility Agent agrees to give the Administrative Agent, the Co-Administrative Agent and such Facility Agent’s respective Purchasers and LC Banks prompt notice of each notice and determination given to it by any Ferguson Party, any Depositary Bank or by it to any Ferguson Party or any Depositary Bank, pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither the Administrative Agent, the Co-Administrative Agent nor any Facility Agent shall be deemed to have knowledge or notice of the occurrence and continuance of any Termination Event unless the Administrative Agent, the Co-Administrative Agent or such Facility Agent has received written notice from a Conduit Purchaser, a Committed Purchaser, any LC Bank, any other Facility Agent, the Seller or the Servicer referring to this Agreement, describing such Termination Event and stating that such notice is a “notice of a Termination Event.” Subject to Section 9.07 hereof, the appointment and authority of the Administrative Agent, the Co-Administrative Agent and each Facility Agent hereunder shall terminate on the date of Facility Termination.

(d)    For the avoidance of doubt, notwithstanding any other provision hereof, (i) no Facility Agent in its capacity as such shall have any purchase, reinvestment or funding commitment or obligation hereunder, nor be obligated to remit funds to the Seller hereunder, unless such funds are received from the applicable Conduit Purchaser or Committed Purchaser, and (ii) no Facility Agent shall have any personal liability for any default by its Conduit Purchaser or Committed Purchaser hereunder.

Section 9.02.    UCC Filings. The Co-Administrative Agent, the Purchasers, the LC Banks, the Facility Agents, the Seller, Originators, the Servicer and the Parent expressly recognize and

 

-90-


agree that the Administrative Agent may be listed as the assignee or secured party of record on, and the Co-Administrative Agent, the Facility Agents, the Purchasers, the LC Banks, expressly authorize the Administrative Agent to execute on their behalf as their agent, the various UCC filings required to be made hereunder and under the Transaction Documents in order to perfect the sale and assignment of the Receivable Interest from the Seller to the Facility Agents, for the benefit of the Purchasers and the LC Banks, that such listing and/or execution shall be for administrative convenience only in creating a record or nominee owner to take certain actions hereunder on behalf of the Facility Agents, the Purchasers and the LC Banks or to execute UCC filings on behalf of the Facility Agents, the Purchasers and the LC Banks and that such listing and/or execution will not affect in any way the status of the Co-Administrative Agent, the Facility Agents, and the Purchasers and the LC Banks as the beneficial owners of, and secured parties with respect to, the Receivable Interest. In addition, such listing or execution shall impose no duties on the Co-Administrative Agent other than those expressly and specifically undertaken in accordance with this Article IX. In furtherance of the foregoing, the Co-Administrative Agent, each Facility Agent, Purchaser and LC Bank shall be entitled to enforce their respective rights created under this Agreement without the need to conduct such enforcement through the Administrative Agent except as provided herein.

Section 9.03.    Co-Agents’ and Facility Agents’ Reliance, Etc. (a) Neither the Administrative Agent, the Co-Administrative Agent nor any Facility Agent nor any of their respective directors, officers, agents or employees shall be liable to the Purchasers, the Co-Agents or the Facility Agents for any action taken or omitted to be taken by it or them as Administrative Agent, Co-Administrative Agent or Facility Agent under or in connection with this Agreement (including, without limitation, the Administrative Agent’s servicing, administering or collecting Receivables as Servicer pursuant to Section 4.01(c) hereof), except for its or their own gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final non-appealable order. Without limiting the foregoing, each Co-Agent and each Facility Agent: (i) may consult with legal counsel, independent public accountants and other experts selected by it and shall not be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken in good faith by it in accordance with the advice of such counsel, accountants or experts; (ii) makes no warranty or representation to any Purchaser or LC Bank and shall not be responsible to any Purchaser or LC Bank for any statements, warranties or representations made by any Ferguson Party in connection with this Agreement or any Transaction Agreement; (iii) shall not have any duty to ascertain or to inquire as to the performance or observance of any of the terms, covenants or conditions of this Agreement or any Transaction Agreement on the part of any Ferguson Party or to inspect the property (including the books and records) of any Ferguson Party; (iv) shall not be responsible to any Purchaser for the due execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of this Agreement or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant hereto; and (v) shall incur no liability under or in respect of this Agreement by acting upon any notice (including notice by telephone), consent, certificate or other instrument or writing (which may be by telex or electronic means) believed by it in good faith to be genuine and signed or sent by the proper party or parties.

(b)    Each Facility Agent shall determine with its related Purchasers and LC Banks, the number of such (each, a “Voting Block”) which shall be required to request or direct such Facility Agent to take action, or refrain from taking action, under this Agreement and the other

 

-91-


Transaction Documents on behalf of such Purchasers and LC Banks. Such Facility Agent shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, under this Agreement in accordance with a request of its appropriate Voting Block, and such request and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding upon all of such Facility Agent’s Purchasers and LC Banks.

(c)    Unless otherwise advised in writing by a Facility Agent or by any Purchaser or LC Bank on whose behalf such Facility Agent is purportedly acting, each party to this Agreement may assume that (i) such Facility Agent is acting for the benefit of each of its respective Purchasers and LC Banks, as well as for the benefit of each assignee or other transferee from any such Purchaser or LC Bank, and (ii) such action taken by such Facility Agent has been duly authorized and approved by all necessary action on the part of the Purchasers and LC Banks on whose behalf it is purportedly acting. Each Conduit Purchaser (or, with the consent of all other members of the respective Purchase Group then existing, any other Purchaser or LC Bank) shall have the right to designate a Facility Agent (which may be itself) to act on its behalf and on behalf of its assignees and transferees for purposes of this Agreement by giving to the Administrative Agent written notice thereof signed by such Purchaser(s) and/or LC Bank(s) and the newly designated Facility Agent; provided, however, if such new Facility Agent is not an Affiliate of a Facility Agent that is party hereto, any such designation of a new Facility Agent shall require the consent of the Seller, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. Such notice shall be effective when receipt thereof is acknowledged by the Administrative Agent, which acknowledgement the Administrative Agent shall not unreasonably delay giving, and thereafter the party named as such therein shall be Facility Agent for such Purchasers and LC Banks under this Agreement. Each Facility Agent and its respective Purchasers and LC Banks shall agree among themselves as to the circumstances and procedures for removal and resignation of such Facility Agent.

Section 9.04.    Non-Reliance on the Co-Agents and the Facility Agents. Without limiting the generality of any other provision of this Agreement: (a) each of the Conduit Purchasers, the Committed Purchasers, the LC Banks and the Facility Agents expressly acknowledges that neither the Administrative Agent, the Co-Administrative Agent nor any of their respective officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or Affiliates has made any representations or warranties to it and that no act by the Administrative Agent or the Co-Administrative Agent hereinafter taken, including any review of the affairs of any Ferguson Party, shall be deemed to constitute any representation or warranty by the Administrative Agent or the Co-Administrative Agent to any such Person. Each of the Conduit Purchasers, the Committed Purchasers, the LC Banks and the Facility Agents represents to the Administrative Agent and the Co-Administrative Agent that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent, the Co-Administrative Agent or any other Conduit Purchaser, Committed Purchaser, LC Bank or Facility Agent and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own appraisal of and investigation into the business, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of any Ferguson Party and made its own decision to enter into this Agreement. Each of the Conduit Purchasers, the Committed Purchasers, the LC Banks and the Facility Agents also represents that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent, the Co-Administrative Agent or any other Conduit Purchaser, Committed Purchaser, LC Bank or Facility Agent, and based on such

 

-92-


documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit analysis, appraisals and decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents, and to make such investigation as it deems necessary to inform itself as to the business, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of any Ferguson Party. Except for notices, reports and other documents expressly required to be furnished to the Facility Agents, the other Purchasers and LC Banks by the Administrative Agent hereunder, the Administrative Agent shall have no duty or responsibility to provide any Conduit Purchaser, any Committed Purchaser, any LC Bank or any Facility Agent with any credit or other information concerning the business, operations, property, condition (financial or otherwise), prospects or creditworthiness of any Ferguson Party which may come into the possession of the Administrative Agent or any of its officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or Affiliates.

Each of the Committed Purchasers and LC Banks expressly acknowledges that neither its Facility Agent (or any other Facility Agent) nor any of its officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or Affiliates has made any representations or warranties to it and that no act by its Facility Agent (or any other Facility Agent) hereinafter taken, including any review of the affairs of any Ferguson Party shall be deemed to constitute any representation or warranty by any Facility Agent to any such Person. Each of the Committed Purchasers and LC Banks represents to the Facility Agents that it has, independently and without reliance upon its Facility Agent or any other Committed Purchaser, LC Bank or Facility Agent and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own appraisal of and investigation into the business, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of each Ferguson Party made its own decision to enter into this Agreement. Each of the Committed Purchasers and LC Banks also represents that it will, independently and without reliance upon its Facility Agent, any other Committed Purchaser, LC Bank or Facility Agent, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit analysis, appraisals and decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents, and to make such investigation as it deems necessary to inform itself as to the business, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of each Ferguson Party. Except for notices, reports and other documents expressly required to be furnished to any Purchaser or LC Bank by its Facility Agent hereunder, no Facility Agent shall have any duty or responsibility to provide any Purchaser or LC Bank with any credit or other information concerning the business, operations, property, condition (financial or otherwise), prospects or creditworthiness of any Ferguson Party which may come into the possession of such Facility Agent or any of its officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or Affiliates.

Section 9.05.    Co-Agents, Facility Agents and Affiliates. RBC, SunTrust Bank, each Facility Agent and their respective Affiliates may generally engage in any kind of business with any Ferguson Party or any Obligor, any of their respective Affiliates and any Person who may do business with or own securities of any Ferguson Party or any Obligor or any of their respective Affiliates, all as if such parties did not have the agency agreements contemplated by this Agreement and without any duty to account therefor to the Purchasers or the LC Banks.

 

-93-


Section 9.06.    Indemnification. (a) The Committed Purchasers and LC Banks in each Purchase Groups (proportionately, among the Purchase Groups, in accordance with their respective Purchase Group Percentages) severally agrees to indemnify each Co-Agent (to the extent not reimbursed by the Seller or the Servicer), from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever which may be imposed on, incurred by, or asserted against such Co-Agent in any way relating to or arising out of this Agreement or any action taken or omitted by such Co-Agent under this Agreement; provided, that (i) no Committed Purchaser or LC Bank shall be liable for any portion of such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements resulting or arising from such Co-Agent’s gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final non-appealable order and (ii) no Committed Purchaser or LC Bank shall be liable for any amount in respect of any compromise or settlement or any of the foregoing unless such compromise or settlement is approved by the Facility Agents. Without limitation of the generality of the foregoing, the Committed Purchasers and LC Banks in each Purchase Groups (proportionately, among the Purchase Groups, in accordance with their respective Purchase Group Percentages) agree to reimburse each Co-Agent (to the extent not reimbursed by the Seller or the Servicer), promptly upon demand, for any reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (including reasonable counsel fees) incurred by such Co-Agent in connection with the administration, modification, amendment or enforcement (whether through negotiations, legal proceedings or otherwise) of, or legal advice in respect of rights or responsibilities under, this Agreement; provided, that no Purchaser or LC Bank shall be responsible for the costs and expenses of such Co-Agent in defending itself against any claim alleging the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Co-Agent to the extent such gross negligence or willful misconduct is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final and non-appealable decision.

(b)    Each Purchaser and LC Bank also agrees to indemnify the Administrative Agent, within 10 days after demand therefor, for (i) any Indemnified Taxes attributable to such Purchaser or LC Bank (but only to the extent that the Seller has not already indemnified the Administrative Agent for such Indemnified Taxes and without limiting the obligation of the Seller to do so), (ii) any Taxes attributable to such Purchaser’s or LC Bank’s failure to comply with the provisions of Section 11.02 relating to the maintenance of a participant register and (iii) any Excluded Taxes attributable to such Purchaser or LC Bank, in each case that are payable or paid by the Administrative Agent in connection with any Transaction Document, and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority.

Section 9.07.    Successor Co-Agent. Either Co-Agent may resign at any time by giving at least sixty days’ written notice thereof to the Purchasers, the LC Banks, the Facility Agents, the Seller, Originators, the Servicer and the Parent. Upon the resignation of the Administrative Agent, the Co-Administrative Agent shall have the right to act as Administrative Agent. Provided that the Co-Administrative Agent chooses not to act as Administrative Agent pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence, upon the resignation of the Administrative Agent, the Seller shall have the right to appoint a successor Administrative Agent approved by the Facility Agents (which approval will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed). Upon the resignation of the Co-Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent shall have the right to act as the Co-

 

-94-


Administrative Agent. Provided that the Administrative Agent chooses not to act as Co-Administrative Agent pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence, upon the resignation of the Co-Administrative Agent, the Seller shall have the right to appoint a successor Co-Administrative Agent approved by the Facility Agents (which approval will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed). If no successor Administrative Agent or Co-Administrative Agent, as applicable shall have been so appointed by the Seller, and shall have accepted such appointment, within thirty days after the retiring Administrative Agent’s or Co-Administrative Agent’s, as applicable, delivery of notice of resignation, then the retiring Administrative Agent or Co-Administrative Agent, as applicable, may appoint a successor Administrative Agent or Co-Administrative Agent which, if such successor Administrative Agent or Co-Administrative Agent is not an Affiliate of any of the Facility Agents, is approved by the Seller (which approval will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), and which successor Administrative Agent or Co-Administrative Agent shall be (a) a commercial bank having a combined capital and surplus of at least $250,000,000 and (b) experienced in the types of transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Upon the acceptance of any appointment as Administrative Agent or Co-Administrative Agent, as applicable, hereunder by a successor Administrative Agent or Co-Administrative Agent, such successor Administrative Agent or Co-Administrative Agent shall thereupon succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Co-Agent, and the retiring Co-Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations under this Agreement. After any retiring Co-Agent’s resignation or removal hereunder, the provisions of this Article IX shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was Administrative Agent or Co-Administrative Agent, as applicable, under this Agreement.

ARTICLE X

INDEMNIFICATION; EXPENSES

Section 10.01.    Indemnity by Seller. (a) The Seller shall indemnify the Administrative Agent, the Co-Administrative Agent, the Facility Agents, the Purchasers, the Support Providers and the LC Banks and their respective assigns, officers, directors and employees (each, an “Indemnified Party”) against all liabilities, claims, damages, costs, expenses, or losses (“Losses”) associated with the Facility, excluding, however, (i) Losses to the extent resulting from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Indemnified Party or the Indemnified Party’s breach of contract under any Transaction Document or any document delivered pursuant to any of the Transaction Documents, (ii) recourse (except as provided in this Agreement) for uncollectable Receivables or (iii) Losses that are due to or relate to Taxes (which are addressed in Section 10.02).

Without limiting the foregoing, the Seller shall indemnify the Indemnified Parties for all Losses resulting from:

(i)    False or incorrect representations, warranties or certifications of any Ferguson Party in any Transaction Document or any document delivered pursuant to any of the Transaction Documents;

 

-95-


(ii)    Failure by any Ferguson Party to comply with applicable law, rules or regulations related to the Receivables;

(iii)    Failure to vest in the Administrative Agent (for the benefit of the Purchasers and the LC Banks) a first priority perfected ownership or security interest in the Receivables, the Related Security and the Collections, free and clear of any Liens;

(iv)    Failure to file, or delay in filing, any financing statements or similar instruments or documents under the UCC of any applicable jurisdiction or other applicable laws with respect to the Receivables, the Related Security or the Collections;

(v)    Any dispute, claim or defense of an Obligor (other than discharge in bankruptcy) to the payment of any Receivable including, without limitation, a defense based on such Receivable or the related Contract not being a legal, valid or binding obligation of such Obligor, or any other claim resulting from the sale of the goods or services related to such Receivable or the furnishing or failure to furnish such goods or services or relating to collection activities with respect to such Receivable or any Contract related thereto, or any adjustment, cash discount, warranty, rebate, return of product or cancellation with respect to such Receivable;

(vi)    Failure by any Ferguson Party to perform any of their respective duties or other obligations or comply with any of their respective covenants under the Transaction Documents;

(vii)    Any products liability, personal injury or damage suit, environmental or other claim by an Obligor or other third party arising out of the goods or services which are the subject of any Receivable;

(viii)    Any third party investigation, litigation or proceeding (actual or threatened) related to this Agreement or any other Transaction Document or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, or the use of proceeds of Purchases under this Agreement or the draw under any Letter of Credit, or in respect of any Receivable;

(ix)    Commingling of Collections with any other funds of any Ferguson Party or any set-off against Collections by any credit card servicers;

(x)    Third party claims arising from the Seller’s, any Originator’s or the Servicer’s administration of the Receivables;

(xi)    The sale of any Receivable in violation of applicable Law;

(xii)    Any setoff by any Obligor;

(xiii)    Any Letter of Credit issued pursuant to this Agreement or the use of the proceeds thereof by the applicable beneficiary or any affiliate, agent, employee or assignee thereof;

 

-96-


(xiv)    The failure of the Seller or any Originator to pay when due any sales, excise, business and occupation, property or other similar taxes payable in connection with the Receivables;

(xv)    Any action or omission by any Ferguson Party which reduces or impairs the rights of the Administrative Agent, the Co-Administrative Agent, the Facility Agents, the Purchasers or the LC Banks with respect to any Receivable and the Related Security and Collections with respect thereto or the value of any such Receivable and the Related Security and Collections with respect thereto;

(xvi)    Any dispute, suit or claim arising out of any provision in any Contract restricting or prohibiting sale and assignment of the related Receivables;

(xvii)    Overstatement of the balance of any Receivable due to provisions of the related Contract relating to retainage, data assumptions, cash on delivery sales, or bill and hold sales, or other similar provisions of comparable effect; and

(xviii)    Any dispute, suit or claim arising out of the efforts to collect on a Reassigned Receivable.

Except as set forth in Section 10.01(a)(xiv) above, all obligations of the Seller with respect to Taxes are addressed in Section 10.02.

(b)    Promptly upon receipt by any Indemnified Party under this Section 10.01 of notice of the commencement of any suit, action, claim, proceeding or governmental investigation against such Indemnified Party, such Indemnified Party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the Seller hereunder, notify the Seller in writing of the commencement thereof. Any notice claiming compensation under this Section shall set forth in reasonable detail the amount or amounts to be paid to it hereunder and shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. The Seller may participate in and assume the defense and settlement of any such suit, action, claim, proceeding or investigation at its expense, and no settlement thereof shall be made without the approval of the Seller and such Indemnified Party. The approval of the Seller and such Indemnified Party will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. After notice from the Seller to the Indemnified Party of its intention to assume the defense thereof with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Co-Agents and the Facility Agents, and so long as the Seller so assumes the defense thereof in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Co-Agents and the Facility Agents, the Seller shall not be liable for any legal expenses of counsel unless there shall be a conflict between the interests of the Seller and the Indemnified Party, in which case the Indemnified Party(ies) shall have the right to employ one counsel to so represent it (them).

(c)    The Seller will promptly pay to the Facility Agent for the Indemnified Party such indemnity amount as shall be specified to the Seller in a certificate of the Indemnified Party (or its Facility Agent, on its behalf) setting forth the calculations of such amount, together with the basis therefor. Any such certificate submitted by or on behalf of the Indemnified Party shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.

 

-97-


(d)    Each Indemnified Party, on behalf of itself, its assigns, officers, directors, officers and employees, shall use its good faith efforts to mitigate, reduce or eliminate any losses, expenses or claims for indemnification.

Section 10.02.    Indemnity for Taxes. (a) Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of the Seller under any Transaction Document shall be made without deduction or withholding for any Taxes, except as required by applicable law. If any applicable law (as determined in the good faith discretion of the Seller) requires the deduction or withholding of any Tax from any such payment by the Seller, then the Seller shall be entitled to make such deduction or withholding and shall timely pay the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law and, if such Tax is an Indemnified Tax, then the sum payable by the Seller shall be increased as necessary so that after such deduction or withholding has been made (including such deductions and withholdings applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 10.02) the applicable Indemnified Party receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deduction or withholding been made.

(b)    The Seller shall timely pay to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law, or at the written request of the applicable Indemnified Party timely reimburse it for the payment of, any Other Taxes.

(c)    The Seller shall indemnify each Indemnified Party, within 10 days after demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes (including Indemnified Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section 10.02) payable or paid by such Indemnified Party or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to such Indemnified Party and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. The Administrative Agent, the Co-Administrative Agent and each Facility Agent will promptly notify the Seller of any event of which it has knowledge, which will entitle it or any Person in its Purchase Group to compensation pursuant to this Section 10.02; provided, however, that failure of any Indemnified Party to demand indemnification for any Taxes shall not constitute a waiver of such right to indemnification, except that the Seller shall not be required to indemnify an Indemnified Party for Taxes under this Section 10.02 unless such Indemnified Party notifies the Seller of such claim no later than 180 days after such Indemnified Party has knowledge of such Taxes being imposed or arising. Any notice claiming compensation under this Section 10.02 shall set forth in reasonable detail the additional amount or amounts to be paid to it hereunder and shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. Absent manifest error, the Seller shall be obligated to any claim for tax indemnity promptly upon receipt of such notice.

(d)    Each Indemnified Party agrees that it will use reasonable efforts to reduce or eliminate any claim for indemnity pursuant to this Section 10.02 including, subject to applicable Law, a change in the funding office of such Indemnified Party; provided, however, that nothing contained herein shall obligate any Indemnified Party to take any action that imposes on such Indemnified Party any additional costs (without reimbursement) or imposes legal or regulatory burdens which such Indemnified Party reasonably considers material, nor which, in such Indemnified Party’s reasonable opinion, would have an adverse effect on its business, operations or financial condition.

 

-98-


Section 10.03.    Indemnity by Originators. (a) Each Originator shall indemnify the Indemnified Parties for all Losses (other than recourse for uncollectible Receivables) resulting from:

(i)    False or incorrect representations, warranties or certifications of such Originator in this Agreement or any document delivered pursuant to this Agreement; and

(ii)     Failure by such Originator to perform any of its duties or other obligations or comply with any of its covenants under this Agreement.

(b)    Promptly upon receipt by any Indemnified Party under this Section 10.03 of notice of the commencement of any suit, action, claim, proceeding or governmental investigation against such Indemnified Party, such Indemnified Party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against any Originator hereunder, notify such Originator in writing of the commencement thereof. Any notice claiming compensation under this Section 10.03 shall set forth in reasonable detail the amount or amounts to be paid to it hereunder and shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. Any affected Originator may participate in and assume the defense and settlement of any such suit, action, claim, proceeding or investigation at its expense, and no settlement thereof shall be made without the approval of such Originator and the Indemnified Party. The approval of such affected Originator will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. After notice from an affected Originator to the Indemnified Party of its intention to assume the defense thereof with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Facility Agents, and so long as such Originator so assumes the defense thereof in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Facility Agents, such Originator shall not be liable for any legal expenses of counsel unless there shall be a conflict between the interests of such Originator and the Indemnified Party, in which case the Indemnified Party(ies) shall have the right to employ one counsel to so represent it (them).

(c)    Each affected Originator will promptly pay to the Facility Agent for the Indemnified Party such indemnity amount as shall be specified to such Originator in a certificate of the Indemnified Party (or its Facility Agent, on its behalf) setting forth the calculations of such amount, together with the basis therefor. Any such certificate submitted by or on behalf of the Indemnified Party shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.

(d)    Each Indemnified Party, on behalf of itself, its assigns, officers, directors, officers and employees, shall use its good faith efforts to mitigate, reduce or eliminate any losses, expenses or claims for indemnification.

Section 10.04.     Expenses. The Seller agrees, promptly following receipt of a written invoice, to pay or cause to be paid, and to save each Purchaser, each LC Bank, each Facility Agent and each Co-Agent harmless against liability for the payment of, (a) all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (excluding salaries and overhead costs) incurred by or on behalf of any Purchaser, any LC Bank, any Facility Agent and either Co-Agent in connection with the

 

-99-


negotiation, execution, delivery and preparation of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents and the transactions contemplated by or undertaken pursuant to or in connection herewith or therewith (including, without limitation, rating agency fees, the reasonable fees of Protiviti Inc. in conducting the agreed-upon procedures, and the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel of one law firm representing the Co-Agents and the Facility Agents) and (b) all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (including, without limitation, the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel from one law firm representing the Co-Agents and the Facility Agents), including all reasonable costs and expenses actually incurred by or on behalf of any Purchaser, any LC Bank, any Facility Agent and the Co-Agents from time to time (i) relating to any requested amendments, waivers or consents under the Transaction Documents, (ii) arising in connection with the Purchasers’, the LC Banks’, the Facility Agents’ or the Co-Agents’ enforcement or preservation of their respective rights (including, without limitation, the perfection and protection of the Receivable Interest) under the Transaction Documents, (iii) relating to audit and due diligence fees (limited as provided in Section 4.06 hereof or (iv) relating to the maintenance of the transactions contemplated by or undertaken pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents; provided that so long as no Termination Event exists, Seller shall not be responsible for the fees and expenses of more than one law firm.

ARTICLE XI

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 11.01.    Amendments and Waivers. The Required Facility Agents may, in writing, from time to time, (a) enter into agreements with the Seller, the Originators, the Servicer and the Parent amending, modifying or supplementing this Agreement, and (b) in their sole discretion, grant waivers of the provisions of this Agreement or consents to a departure from the due performance of the obligations of the Seller, the Originators, the Servicer or the Parent under this Agreement; provided, however, that no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by all Facility Agents and LC Banks:

(i)    change the definitions of “Aggregate Exposure Amount”, “Concentration Limit”, “Downgrade Event”, “Eligible Receivable”, “Net Receivables Balance”, “Percentage Interest” or “Total Reserve Amount”, or any components of any of the foregoing, contained in this Agreement;

(ii)    change the definition of “Leverage Level” or any of the components or consequences thereof;

(iii)    reduce the amount of Aggregate Net Investment or Yield thereon or delay any scheduled date for payment thereof;

(iv)    reduce fees payable by the Seller to the Facility Agents or the Purchasers, or delay the dates on which such fees are payable;

 

-100-


(v)    extend the Scheduled Termination Date (except as extended in accordance with the terms of this Agreement);

(vi)    change any of the provisions of this Section 11.01 or the definition of “Required Facility Agents”; or

(vii)    change the first sentence of Section 11.02;

and provided, further, that no amendment, waiver or consent shall (a) increase the Purchase Group Maximum Net Investment of a Purchase Group or reduce the amount of Net Investment of, or Yield or fees payable to, any Purchase Group unless in writing and signed by the Facility Agent for such Purchase Group and its related Purchasers or (b) affect the rights of any LC Banks, including by the reduction of the amount of the Reimbursement Obligation or Yield thereon or any fees payable with respect to the Letters of Credit issued by it, unless in writing signed by such LC Bank. Any waiver of any provision hereof, and any consent to a departure by the Seller, an Originator, the Servicer or the Parent from any of the terms of this Agreement, shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given.

To the extent that any Facility Agent for any Purchase Group determines that it (or the Conduit Purchaser(s) in such Purchase Group) is obligated by S&P or Moody’s to do so, such Facility Agent will provide S&P and/or Moody’s, as applicable, with a copy of each amendment to this Agreement prior to the effectiveness thereof.

Section 11.02.    Successors and Assigns; Assignments; Participations. (a) This Agreement shall be binding on the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns; provided, however, that except as provided in Section 4.01(c), no Ferguson Party may assign any of its rights or delegate any of its duties hereunder without the prior written consent of the Facility Agents. Each of the Purchasers may assign, (a) without any prior written consent, in whole or in part, its interest in the Receivables and obligations hereunder to any other then-existing Purchaser, any Support Provider or to any other Conduit Purchaser administered by its Facility Agent and (b) to any other Person, with the consent of the Seller and the Administrative Agent (and the LC Banks following the LC Effective Date), which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed; provided, that if a Termination Event exists, the Seller’s consent shall not be required. To effectuate an assignment hereunder, both the assignee and the assignor (including, as appropriate, its Facility Agent) will be required to execute and deliver to the Seller, the Servicer and the Administrative Agent an Assumption Agreement (or other writing acceptable to the remaining parties hereunder), which will require such assignee to, among other things, deliver the tax forms required by Section 11.07, agree to the confidentiality provisions of Section 11.19 and such assignment must be recorded in book entries. Following any assignment in accordance with the foregoing criteria, the Purchase Group Percentage and Purchase Group Maximum Net Investment of each Purchase Group hereunder (after giving effect to the assignment) will be adjusted to such extent as may be necessary to reflect such assignment (and Schedule I hereto shall be deemed to be amended accordingly). The Seller, each Originator and the Parent hereby agree and consent to the complete assignment by the applicable Conduit Purchasers of all of their respective rights under, interest in, title to and obligations under the Transaction Documents to the respective collateral agent under the applicable Conduit Purchaser’s Commercial Paper programs.

 

-101-


(b)    Any Committed Purchaser may sell participating interests (each acquirer of a participating interest, a “participant”) in its rights and obligations pursuant to this Agreement; provided, however, that the selling Committed Purchaser shall retain all rights and obligations under this Agreement and all parties to this Agreement shall continue to deal solely with such selling Committed Purchaser. Each agreement between a Committed Purchaser and a participant shall provide that (i) such Committed Purchaser shall retain the sole right to enforce the Transaction Documents and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement (other than any amendment, modification or waiver of a provision described in clause (ii) in Section 11.01 that affects such participant), (ii) such participant shall be entitled to receive no greater indemnity amounts than its related Committed Purchaser would have been entitled to receive (unless the Seller consents to such participant’s receipt of such greater amounts), (iii) such participant provide its related Committed Purchaser with the applicable tax forms that it would have had to provide under Section 11.07, if it were a Purchaser and (iv) such Committed Purchaser shall, as agent of the Seller solely for the purpose of this Section 11.02(b), record in book entries the name and the amount of the participating interest of each participant entitled to receive payments in respect of such participating interests.

(c)    Any Purchaser may at any time pledge or grant a security interest in all or any portion of its rights (including, without limitation, any interests in the Receivable Interest and any rights to payment of Net investment and Yield) under this Agreement to secure obligations of such Purchaser to a Federal Reserve Bank, without notice to or consent of any Ferguson Party; provided, that no such pledge or grant of a security interest shall release a Purchaser from any of its obligations hereunder, or substitute any such pledgee or grantee for such Purchaser as a party hereto.

(d)    An LC Bank may assign its interests, rights and obligations as an LC Bank under this Agreement only with the consent of the Seller.

Section 11.03.    No Implied Waiver; Cumulative Remedies. No course of dealing and no delay or failure of any Purchaser, any LC Bank, any Facility Agent or either Co-Agent in exercising any right, power or privilege under the Transaction Documents shall affect any other or future exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right, power or privilege or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right, power or privilege preclude any further exercise thereof or of any other right, power or privilege. The rights and remedies of the Co-Agents, the Facility Agents, Purchasers and the LC Banks under the Transaction Documents are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies which either Co-Agent, any Facility Agent, any Purchaser or any LC Bank would otherwise have.

Section 11.04.    No Discharge. The respective obligations of the Seller, the Originators, the Servicer and the Parent under the Transaction Documents shall be absolute and unconditional and shall remain in full force and effect without regard to, and shall not be released, discharged or in any way affected by (a) any exercise or nonexercise of any right, remedy, power or

 

-102-


privilege under or in respect of the Transaction Documents or applicable Law, including, without limitation, any failure to set-off or release in whole or in part by either Co-Agent, any Facility Agent, any Purchaser or any LC Bank of any balance of any deposit account or credit on its books in favor of any Ferguson Party, as the case may be, or any waiver, consent, extension, indulgence or other action or inaction in respect of any thereof, or (b) any other act or thing or omission or delay to do any other act or thing which could operate as a discharge of any Ferguson Party as a matter of Law.

Section 11.05.    Set-Off. In case a Termination Event shall occur and be continuing, each Purchaser and LC Bank shall each have the right, in addition to all other rights and remedies available to it, without notice to any Ferguson Party, as the case may be, to set-off against and to appropriate and apply to any amount owing by any Ferguson Party hereunder which has become due and payable, any debt owing to, and any other funds held in any manner for the account of, such Ferguson Party by a Purchaser or an LC Bank or by any holder of any assignment, including, without limitation, all funds in all deposit accounts (whether time or demand, general or special, provisionally credited or finally credited, or otherwise), now or hereafter maintained by such Person with a Purchaser or an LC Bank, the Administrative Agent or the Co-Administrative Agent (it being understood that no such set-off with respect to any Ferguson Party shall be applied to any amounts owing by any other Person hereunder). Such right shall exist whether or not such debt owing to, or funds held for the account of, any Ferguson Party is or are matured other than by operation of this Section 11.05 and regardless of the existence or adequacy of any collateral, guaranty or any other security, right or remedy available to any Purchaser or LC Bank. Each Facility Agent agrees that if its Purchase Group shall, by reason of any of its related Purchasers and LC Banks exercising any right of set-off or counterclaim or otherwise, receive payment of a portion of the Aggregate Net Investment which exceeds such Purchase Group’s Percentage of the Aggregate Exposure Amount, such Facility Agent shall, on behalf of its Purchase Group, purchase participations (and each Purchaser and LC Bank in such Facility Agent’s Purchase Group shall immediately reimburse the Facility Agent based on its interests in such Aggregate Exposure Amount) in the portion of the Aggregate Exposure Amount funded by each other Purchase Group, and such other adjustments shall be made, as may be required so that all reductions in the Aggregate Exposure Amount shall be shared by the Purchase Groups ratably in accordance with their respective Purchase Group Percentages. Nothing in this Agreement shall (a) be deemed a waiver or prohibition or restriction of any Purchaser’s or LC Bank’s or any holder’s rights of set-off or other rights under applicable Law or any Blocked Account Agreement or (b) affect a waiver of set-off provision in any Blocked Account Agreement or in any Letter of Credit.

Section 11.06.    Payments Set Aside. To the extent that any Ferguson Party or any Obligor makes a payment to a Purchaser or an LC Bank, or a Purchaser or LC Bank exercises its rights of set-off, and such payment or set-off or any part thereof is subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside, recovered from, disgorged by, or is required to be refunded, rescinded, returned, repaid or otherwise restored to such Ferguson Party, such Obligor, a trustee, a receiver or any other Person under any Law, including, without limitation, any bankruptcy law, any state or federal law, common law or equitable cause, the obligation or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied shall, to the extent of any such restoration, be reinstated, revived and continued in full force and effect as if such payment had not been made or such set-off had not occurred. The provisions of this Section 11.06 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

-103-


Section 11.07.    Tax Forms and Status. (a) Each Purchaser and each LC Bank agrees to provide the Seller, the Servicer, the Administrative Agent and the Facility Agent for such Purchaser and LC Bank with (A) (x) two appropriately executed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-9, or any successor form, on the date hereof (or, if later, on the date on which it becomes a Purchaser or LC Bank under this Agreement) certifying that such Purchaser or LC Bank is exempt from U.S. backup withholding or (y) two appropriate executed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8ECI (or alternatively, Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN), or any successor forms, (i) on the date hereof (or, if later, the date on which it becomes an Purchaser or LC Bank under this Agreement), and (ii) upon the occurrence of any event that would require the amendment or resubmission of any such Form previously provided hereunder and (B) any other forms, certificates or information in connection therewith requested by the Seller, the Servicer, the Administrative Agent or the Facility Agent for such Purchaser or LC Bank.

(b)    If a payment made to a Purchaser under this Agreement would be subject to U.S. Federal withholding Tax imposed by FATCA if such Purchaser were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), such Purchaser shall deliver to the Seller, the Servicer and the Administrative Agent at the time or times prescribed by Law and at such time or times reasonably requested by the Seller or Servicer such documentation prescribed by applicable Law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by the Seller, the Servicer or the Administrative Agent as may be necessary for the Seller, the Servicer and the Administrative Agent to comply with their obligations under FATCA and to determine that such Purchaser has complied with such Purchaser’s obligations under FATCA or to determine the amount to deduct and withhold from such payment. Solely for the purposes of this clause (b), FATCA shall include any amendments made to FATCA after the date of this Agreement.

Each Purchaser and each LC Bank agrees that if any form or certification it previously delivered expires or becomes obsolete or inaccurate in any respect, it shall update such form or certification or promptly notify the Seller, the Servicer, and the Administrative Agent in writing of its legal inability to do so.

Section 11.08.     Replacement of Purchase Groups. If (i) any Conduit Purchaser’s Commercial Paper ceases to have a short-term debt rating of “A-1” or better by S&P, “P-1” or better by Moody’s or “F-1” or better from Fitch Ratings (but only if such Conduit Purchaser’s Commercial Paper is then rated by such Rating Agency, (ii) any Purchase Group includes a Defaulting Purchaser, (iii) any Purchaser that has delayed a pending Purchase to a Deferred Purchase Date, or (iv) any Purchase Group makes an claim for indemnity pursuant to Section 2.14 (but not all Purchase Groups make such a claim)], as long as no Potential Termination Event or Termination Event then exists (or would occur after giving effect to any termination of a Purchase Group), upon notice to the related Facility Agent and the Administrative Agent, the Seller shall have the right to terminate the interests, rights and obligations of such Purchaser and

 

-104-


its Purchase Group or require each Purchaser in such Facility Agent’s Purchase Group to assign and delegate, without recourse, all of its respective interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement to an Eligible Purchaser, or other Purchaser acceptable to the Administrative Agent, that shall execute an Assumption Agreement and, if applicable, shall not have the same cause to make a claim for indemnity pursuant to Section 2.14 or Section 10.02; provided, that each member of such terminated or assigning Purchase Group shall have received payment of an amount equal to all outstanding Net Investment, Yield in respect thereof, accrued and unpaid fees and all other Aggregate Unpaids payable to it hereunder, from the Seller or the assignee, as the case may be; and provided further, that if such terminated or assigning Purchase Group includes an LC Bank whose Letters of Credit will remain outstanding after such termination or assignment, as applicable, (i) the Seller makes a deposit to the LC Cash Collateral Account in an amount equal to the aggregate Stated Amount of such outstanding and undrawn Letters of Credit and (ii) such LC Bank (a) will remain a party hereto and shall continue to have the rights and obligations of an LC Bank under this Agreement with respect to Letters of Credit issued by it prior to such termination or assignment, other than the right to receive the Used Fee or the Unused Fee, and (b) will have no LC Bank Sublimit and no obligation to issue additional Letters of Credit. The Seller agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Letters of Credit issued by a LC Bank which is a member of a terminated or assigning Purchase Group to be terminated and replaced. The Administrative Agent shall (1) apply funds deposited to the LC Cash Collateral Account pursuant to this Section 11.08 to satisfy, as necessary, the Seller’s Reimbursement Obligations or the Required LC Cash Collateral Amount, and (2) transfer funds deposited in the LC Cash Collateral Account pursuant to this Section 11.08 to the Seller to the extent they exceed the sum of the aggregate Stated Amount of the outstanding and undrawn Letters of Credit of the LC Banks in the terminated or assigning Purchase Group and the amounts drawn on such Letters of Credit which have been reimbursed to such LC Banks.

Section 11.09.    No Petition. Each party hereto agrees, for the benefit of the holders of the privately or publicly placed indebtedness of borrowed money of any Conduit Purchaser not, prior to the date which is one (1) year and one (1) day after the payment in full of all such indebtedness, to acquiesce, petition or otherwise, directly or indirectly, invoke, or cause such Conduit Purchaser to invoke, the process of any Official Body for the purpose of (a) commencing or sustaining a case against such Conduit Purchaser under any federal or state bankruptcy insolvency or similar law (including the Federal Bankruptcy Code), (b) appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator or other similar official for such Conduit Purchaser or any substantial part of the property of such Person, or (c) ordering the winding up or liquidation of the affairs of such Conduit Purchaser.

Section 11.10.    No Recourse. The obligations of each Conduit Purchaser, under this Agreement shall be payable solely out of the funds of such Conduit Purchaser available for such purpose and shall be solely the corporate or limited liability company obligations of such Conduit Purchaser. No recourse shall be had for the payment of any amount owing by a Conduit Purchaser in respect of this Agreement or for the payment of any fee hereunder or for any other obligation or claim arising out of or based upon this Agreement against any Affected Party, any Facility Agent, the Administrative Agent, or the Co-Administrative Agent, any Affiliate of any of the foregoing, or any stockholder, employee, officer, director, incorporator or beneficial owner of any of the foregoing.

 

-105-


Section 11.11    Holidays. Except as may be otherwise provided in this Agreement, if any payment due hereunder shall be due on a day which is not a Business Day, such payment shall instead be due on the next Business Day.

Section 11.12.    Records. Except as may be otherwise provided in this Agreement to the contrary, all amounts calculated or due hereunder shall be determined from the records of the applicable Co-Agent or Facility Agent, which determinations shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

Section 11.13.    Term of Agreement. This Agreement shall terminate on the date of Facility Termination; provided, however, that (i) the indemnification and payment provisions set forth in Sections 2.14, 4.13 and 11.06 and Article X hereof and (ii) the agreement set forth in Section 11.09 and the limitations set forth in Section 11.10 hereof shall be continuing and shall survive any termination of this Agreement.

Section 11.14.    Notices. (a) All notices, requests, demands, directions and other communications (collectively “notices”) under the provisions of this Agreement shall be in writing (including telexed, facsimile or electronic communication) unless otherwise expressly permitted hereunder and shall be sent by first-class mail, first-class express mail, courier, electronic mail or other mutually acceptable method of electronic delivery, or by telex or facsimile, in all cases with charges prepaid. All notices shall be sent to the applicable party at the notice addresses appearing on the signature page hereof (in the case of each of the Ferguson Parties and each of the Co-Agents) or on Schedule I hereto (in the case of the Facility Agents, the Purchasers and the LC Banks) or in accordance with the last unrevoked written direction from such party to the other parties hereto.

(b)    All notices and other communications given to any party hereto in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been given on the date of receipt. Notices sent by e-mail shall be deemed received upon the sender’s receipt of an acknowledgment from the intended recipient.

Section 11.15.    Severability. The provisions of this Agreement are intended to be severable. If any provision of this Agreement shall be held invalid or unenforceable in whole or in part in any jurisdiction, such provision shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity or unenforceability without in any manner affecting the validity or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction or the remaining provisions hereof in any jurisdiction.

Section 11.16.    Prior Understandings. This Agreement sets forth the entire understanding of the parties relating to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes all prior understandings and agreements, whether written or oral.

Section 11.17.    Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (INCLUDING SECTION 5-1401 AND SECTION 5-1402 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, BUT OTHERWISE WITHOUT REGARD TO CHOICE OF LAWS PRINCIPLES

 

-106-


THEREOF). Each party hereto hereby submits to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of the federal courts for the Southern District of New York for the purpose of adjudicating any claim or controversy arising in connection with any of the Transaction Documents or any of the transactions contemplated thereby, and for such purpose, to the extent they may lawfully do so, waive any objection which each may now or hereafter have to such jurisdiction or to venue therein and any claim of inconvenient forum with respect thereto.

Section 11.18.    Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the different parties hereto on separate counterparts each of which, when so executed, shall be deemed an original, but all such counterparts shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

Section 11.19.    Confidentiality. Each Ferguson Party agrees to keep the information contained in the Transaction Documents that relates to Yield, fees and other pricing terms strictly confidential. Each Purchaser, each LC Bank, each Facility Agent and each Co-Agent shall keep all non-public information obtained pursuant to the Transaction Documents and the transactions contemplated or otherwise relating to the Ferguson Party hereby or thereby or effected in connection herewith or therewith confidential and will not disclose such information to outside parties. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any party hereto may make disclosure (i) if it is obligated to do so pursuant to a request or order under any Law or pursuant to a subpoena or other legal process; (ii) if it is requested to do so by any regulatory authority; (iii) in the case of the Facility Agents, the Purchasers and the LC Banks, to bank examiners, and to potential assignees and participants; (iv) to its Affiliates, to its and its Affiliates’ directors, officers, employees, agents, auditors, counsel, equity holders and advisors; (v) in connection with any litigation or dispute or the exercise of any remedies under the Transaction Documents; (vi) to any rating agency; or (vii) by way of posting a copy of this Agreement on any website maintained by such party pursuant to the commitment to any Rating Agency relating to such party’s debt rating if required under 17 CFR 240.17g5(a)(3), subject to, in the case of each of clause (iii), (iv), (v) and (vi), reasonable efforts to cause the recipient of such proprietary information to keep it confidential.

Section 11.20.    USA Patriot Act. Each Committed Purchaser that is subject to the requirements of the USA Patriot Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)) (the “Act”) hereby notifies the Ferguson Parties that pursuant to the requirements of the Act, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each of the Ferguson Parties, which information includes the name and address of each of the Ferguson Parties and other information that will allow such Committed Purchaser to identify each of the Ferguson Parties in accordance with the Act.

 

-107-


Section 11.21.    Acquisitions. At such time as any Originator acquires the assets of another Person, including that Person’s receivables (such receivables, together with receivables generated by that Person after its acquisition by such Originator as well as receivables generated by such Originator through the business units/branches/division of that Person, until their respective Inclusion Dates, collectively, “Acquisition Receivables”), the Servicer shall notify the Facility Agents. At such time as the Acquisition Receivables relating to a particular acquisition are first reported on Ferguson’s computer data reporting system as exists on the Closing Date (which, in some cases, may be their date of acquisition), such Acquisition Receivables will become Receivables hereunder and under the Purchase and Contribution Agreement (each such time, the “Inclusion Date”). In connection with each Inclusion Date, the Required Facility Agents will promptly determine, which determination will be evidenced in writing from the Required Facility Agents, after receipt from the Seller and such Originator of appropriate data and conducting of any necessary due diligence, whether the applicable Acquisition Receivables may be considered to be Eligible Receivables; provided, however, that if, on the applicable Inclusion Date, such related Acquisition Receivables, together with other Acquisition Receivables which became Receivables hereunder on their respective Inclusion Dates during the 12-month period ending the last day of month preceding such Inclusion Date (with the Outstanding Balance of each pool of Acquisition Receivables determined at the applicable Inclusion Date), are less than 5.0% of the average Outstanding Balance of all Receivables during such 12-month period (before giving effect to such most recent Inclusion Date) satisfy all eligibility criteria, then such Receivables shall automatically be determined to be “Eligible Receivables”.

Section 11.22.    Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO WAIVES ITS RESPECTIVE RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR OTHER LITIGATION OF ANY TYPE BROUGHT BY ANY OF THE PARTIES AGAINST ANY OTHER PARTY OR PARTIES, WHETHER WITH RESPECT TO CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT CLAIMS OR OTHERWISE. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGREES THAT ANY SUCH CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION SHALL BE TRIED BY A BENCH TRIAL WITHOUT A JURY. WITHOUT LIMITING THE FOREGOING, EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO FURTHER AGREES THAT ITS RESPECTIVE RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IS WAIVED BY OPERATION OF THIS SECTION 11.22 AS TO ANY ACTION, COUNTERCLAIM OR OTHER PROCEEDING THAT SEEKS, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, TO CHALLENGE THE VALIDITY OR ENFORCEABILITY OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY PROVISION HEREOF. THIS WAIVER SHALL APPLY TO ANY SUBSEQUENT AMENDMENTS, RENEWALS, SUPPLEMENTS OR MODIFICATIONS TO THIS AGREEMENT.

Section 11.23.     Designated Excluded Receivables. s. (a) The Facility Agents agree that the receivables of the Designated Types specified on Schedule IV hereto shall be Designated Excluded Receivables. Schedule IV shall specify, for each Designated Type, the applicable Exclusion Date and the Originator(s) to which such Designated Types relate.

 

-108-


(b)    The Seller shall have the right to add from time to time the receivables owing to an Originator of a Designated Type as Designated Excluded Receivables as of a specified Exclusion Date, upon satisfaction of the following conditions:

(i)    the Seller (or the Servicer, on its behalf) shall provide the Facility Agents with a notice in substantially the form of Exhibit G hereto of its intention to add the receivables owing to an Originator of such Designated Type to the list of Designated Excluded Receivables, which notice shall be delivered not less than ten (10) Business Days before the Exclusion Date specified therein and shall further specify and include: (1) the Obligor name and customer number, or the Originator log-on location and log-on number, as applicable, of such Designated Type; (2) the applicable Originator(s) for such Designated Type’s receivables to be excluded; (3) an explanation of the reason for such addition; and (4) an updated Schedule IV (including the new Designated Excluded Receivables);

(ii)    as of such Exclusion Date, no Termination Event or Potential Termination Event shall have occurred and be continuing;

(iii)    such designation of a new Designated Type shall not result in there being more than 8 such designations during the Lookback Period for such Exclusion Date;

(iv)    such designation shall not have been made for reasons relating to the credit quality of the Receivables of such Designated Type or to manipulate the pool characteristics of the Receivables in a manner that would be expected to be materially adverse to the Purchasers; and

(v)    (1) the sum of (y) the aggregate, for all Designated Types added to Schedule IV during the Lookback Period for such Exclusion Date, of the aggregate Outstanding Balances of the Receivables generated during the Lookback Period of each such prior Designated Type, plus (z) the aggregate Outstanding Balance of Receivables generated during the Lookback Period for such Exclusion Date with respect to such new Designated Type would not exceed (2) 1% of the aggregate Outstanding Balance of the Receivables generated with respect to all Obligors (other than Excluded Receivables) in the Lookback Period for such Exclusion Date (all such calculations based on the information included in the Monthly Reports delivered during the relevant Lookback Periods).

(c)    For the avoidance of doubt, with respect to any Designated Type and its related Exclusion Date, all Receivables of that Designated Type which were generated prior to that Exclusion Date shall remain Receivables under this Agreement, the Purchase and Contribution Agreement and all other Program Agreements.

 

-109-


Section 11.24.    Acknowledgement and Consent to Bail-In of EEA Financial Institutions. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any Transaction Document or in any other agreement, arrangement or understanding among any such parties, each party hereto acknowledges that any liability of any EEA Financial Institution arising under any Transaction Document, to the extent such liability is unsecured, may be subject to the write-down and conversion powers of an EEA Resolution Authority and agrees and consents to, and acknowledges and agrees to be bound by:

(a)    the application of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by an EEA Resolution Authority to any such liabilities arising hereunder which may be payable to it by any party hereto that is an EEA Financial Institution; and

(b)    the effects of any Bail-in Action on any such liability, including, if applicable:

(i)     a reduction in full or in part or cancellation of any such liability;

(ii)     a conversion of all, or a portion of, such liability into shares or other instruments of ownership in such EEA Financial Institution, its parent undertaking, or a bridge institution that may be issued to it or otherwise conferred on it, and that such shares or other instruments of ownership will be accepted by it in lieu of any rights with respect to any such liability under this Agreement or any other Transaction Document; or

(iii)     the variation of the terms of such liability in connection with the exercise of the write-down and conversion powers of any EEA Resolution Authority.

 

-110-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto, by their duly authorized signatories, have executed and delivered this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

ROYAL BANK OF CANADA, as Administrative Agent

By:  

/s/ Janine D. Marsini

  Name:   Janine D. Marsini
  Title:   Authorized Signatory
SUNTRUST BANK, as Co-Administrative Agent
By:  

/s/ Jason Meyer

  Name:   Jason Meyer
  Title:   First Vice President

 

[Signature Page to Receivables Purchase Agreement (Ferguson Receivables, LLC)]


THUNDER BAY FUNDING, LLC, as a Conduit Purchaser
By:   Royal Bank of Canada, as attorney-in-fact
By:  

/s/ Janine D. Marsini

  Name:   Janine D. Marsini
  Title:   Authorized Signatory

ROYAL BANK OF CANADA, as a Committed Purchaser and a Facility Agent

By:  

/s/ Janine D. Marsini

  Name:   Janine D. Marsini
  Title:   Authorized Signatory
By:  

/s/ Veronica L. Gallagher

  Name:   Veronica L. Gallagher
  Title:   Authorized Signatory

 

[Signature Page to Receivables Purchase Agreement (Ferguson Receivables, LLC)]


SUNTRUST BANK, as a Committed Purchaser
By:  

/s/ Jason Meyer

  Name:   Jason Meyer
  Title:   First Vice President
SUNTRUST BANK, as a Facility Agent
By:  

/s/ Jason Meyer

  Name:   Jason Meyer
  Title:   First Vice President

 

[Signature Page to Receivables Purchase Agreement (Ferguson Receivables, LLC)]


BARTON CAPITAL LLC, as a Conduit Purchaser and a Committed Purchaser
By:  

/s/ Doris J. Hearn

  Name:   Doris J. Hearn
  Title:   Vice President
SOCIÉTÉ GÉNÉRALE, as a Facility Agent
By:  

/s/ C. Steve Coffman

  Name:   C. Steve Coffman
  Title:   Director

 

[Signature Page to Receivables Purchase Agreement (Ferguson Receivables, LLC)]


MANHATTAN ASSET FUNDING COMPANY LLC, as a Conduit Purchaser
By:   MAF Receivables Corp., Its Member
By:  

/s/ Dewen Tarn

  Name:   Dewen Tarn
  Title:   Vice President
SUMITOMO MITSUI BANKING CORPORATION, as a Committed Purchaser
By:  

/s/ David Kee

  Name:  
  Title:  
SMBC NIKKO SECURITIES AMERICA, INC., as a Facility Agent
By:  

/s/ Makoto Tagaya

  Name:   Makoto Tagaya
  Title:   President

 

[Signature Page to Receivables Purchase Agreement (Ferguson Receivables, LLC)]


FERGUSON RECEIVABLES, LLC, as Seller
By:  

/s/ Brenda L. Crowder

  Name:   Brenda L. Crowder
  Title:   Treasurer
Address for Notices:
12500 Jefferson Ave.
Newport News, VA 23602
Attention: General Counsel
Telephone: (757) 874-7795
Fax: (757) 989-2985

 

[Signature Page to Receivables Purchase Agreement (Ferguson Receivables, LLC)]


FERGUSON ENTERPRISES, LLC, as Servicer and as an Originator
By:  

/s/ David L. Keltner

  Name:   David L. Keltner
  Title:   Chief Financial Officer
Address for Notices:
2500 Jefferson Ave.
Newport News, VA 23602
Attention: General Counsel
Telephone: (757) 874-7795
Fax: (757) 989-2985

 

[Signature Page to Receivables Purchase Agreement (Ferguson Receivables, LLC)]


CAL-STEAM, INC., as an Originator
By:  

/s/ David L. Keltner

  Name:   David L. Keltner
  Title:   Senior Vice President
Address for Notices:
2500 Jefferson Ave.
Newport News, VA 23602
Attention: General Counsel
Telephone: (757) 874-7795
Fax: (757) 989-2985

 

[Signature Page to Receivables Purchase Agreement (Ferguson Receivables, LLC)]


THE DAVIDSON GROUP COMPANIES, INC., as an Originator

By:  

/s/ David L. Keltner

  Name:   David L. Keltner
  Title:   Senior Vice President
Address for Notices:
2500 Jefferson Ave.
Newport News, VA 23602
Attention: General Counsel
Telephone: (757) 874-7795
Fax: (757) 989-2985

 

[Signature Page to Receivables Purchase Agreement (Ferguson Receivables, LLC)]


DAVIS & WARSHOW, INC., as an Originator
By:  

/s/ David L. Keltner

  Name:   David L. Keltner
  Title:   Senior Vice President
Address for Notices:
2500 Jefferson Ave.
Newport News, VA 23602
Attention: General Counsel
Telephone: (757) 874-7795
Fax: (757) 989-2985

 

[Signature Page to Receivables Purchase Agreement (Ferguson Receivables, LLC)]


ENERGY & PROCESS CORPORATION, as an Originator
By:  

/s/ David L. Keltner

  Name:   David L. Keltner
  Title:   Senior Vice President
Address for Notices:
2500 Jefferson Ave.
Newport News, VA 23602
Attention: General Counsel
Telephone: (757) 874-7795
Fax: (757) 989-2985

 

[Signature Page to Receivables Purchase Agreement (Ferguson Receivables, LLC)]


FERGUSON FIRE AND FABRICATION, INC., as an Originator
By:  

/s/ David L. Keltner

  Name:   David L. Keltner
  Title:   Senior Vice President
Address for Notices:
2500 Jefferson Ave.
Newport News, VA 23602
Attention: General Counsel
Telephone: (757) 874-7795
Fax: (757) 989-2985

 

[Signature Page to Receivables Purchase Agreement (Ferguson Receivables, LLC)]


L&H SUPPLY, INC., as an Originator
By:  

/s/ David L. Keltner

  Name:   David L. Keltner
  Title:   Senior Vice President
Address for Notices:
2500 Jefferson Ave.
Newport News, VA 23602
Attention: General Counsel
Telephone: (757) 874-7795
Fax: (757) 989-2985

 

[Signature Page to Receivables Purchase Agreement (Ferguson Receivables, LLC)]


ONDA-LAY PIPE AND RENTAL, INC., as an Originator
By:  

/s/ David L. Keltner

  Name:   David L. Keltner
  Title:   Senior Vice President
Address for Notices:
2500 Jefferson Ave.
Newport News, VA 23602
Attention: General Counsel
Telephone: (757) 874-7795
Fax: (757) 989-2985

 

[Signature Page to Receivables Purchase Agreement (Ferguson Receivables, LLC)]


WOLSELEY PLC, as Parent
By:  

/s/ R. Sholyekov

  Name:   R. Sholyekov
  Title:   Company Secretary
Address for Notices:
26 New Street
St. Helier
Jersey
JE2 3RA
Channel Islands
With a copy to:
Corporate Headquarters
Grafenauweg 10
CH-6301, Zug
Switzerland
Attention:
Telephone:
Fax: +41 (0) 41 723 22 31

 

 

[Signature Page to Receivables Purchase Agreement (Ferguson Receivables, LLC)]


EXHIBIT A

CREDIT AND COLLECTION POLICY

[On File with the Administrative Agent]

 

A-1


EXHIBIT B

FORM OF MONTHLY REPORT

 

 

B-1


EXHIBIT C

FORM OF ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT

This Assumption Agreement (this “Agreement”) dated as of [            ], 20     is made by [                    ] [(together with the Assignor’s Facility Agent (as defined below), the “New Purchaser”) pursuant to Section 2.16] [(together with the Assignor’s Facility Agent (as defined below), the “Assignor”) to [                    ] (the “Assignee”)] pursuant to Section [2.16] [11.02] [11.08]] of the Receivables Purchase Agreement dated as of July 31, 2013 (as modified, supplemented, amended or restated from time to time, the “Receivables Purchase Agreement”), among Ferguson Receivables, LLC, as Seller, Ferguson Enterprises, LLC, as Servicer and as an Originator, the Originators from time to time party thereto, the Conduit Purchasers listed on Schedule I thereto from time to time, the Committed Purchasers listed on Schedule I thereto from time to time, the LC Banks listed on Schedule I thereto from time to time, the Facility Agents listed on Schedule I thereto from time to time, Royal Bank of Canada, as Administrative Agent, SunTrust Bank, as Co-Administrative Agent, and Ferguson plc, as parent guarantor. Capitalized terms used (but not defined) in this Agreement shall have the meanings provided in the Receivables Purchase Agreement.

[Section 1.    Assignment and Assumption. In consideration of the payment of $         by the Assignee to the Assignor, the receipt and sufficiency of which payment is hereby acknowledged, effective on             , 20     (the “Effective Date”), the Assignor hereby assigns to the Assignee (or to                     (the “Assignee’s Facility Agent”) for the benefit of the Assignee) without recourse and (except as provided below) without representation or warranty, and the Assignee hereby purchases and assumes, an undivided     % interest in the Assignor’s portion of its Purchase Group’s Net Investment, together with the Assignor’s related undivided interest in the Receivable Interest. The Assignor represents and warrants to the Assignee (and to the Assignee’s Facility Agent) that (i) it owns the portion of its Purchase Group’s Net Investment assigned hereby and (ii) it has not created any Lien upon or with respect to the portion of its Purchase Group’s Net Investment assigned hereby.]

[Section 2.    Acceptance. The New Purchaser desires to accept a     % undivided interest in the Aggregate Net Investment, together with a related undivided interest in the Receivable Interest, and upon payment of $         to the Seller on             , 20     (the “Effective Date”) to acquire such interests will become a Purchaser under the Receivables Purchase Agreement.]

Section 3.    Effect of [Assignment and] Assumption. (a) From and after the Effective Date, (i) the [New Purchaser] [Assignee] (and the other members of its Purchase Group) shall be a party to and be bound by all of the terms of the Receivables Purchase Agreement and shall, to the extent of the interests assigned pursuant to this Assignment, have the rights and obligations of a Purchaser thereunder [and (ii) to the extent of the interests assigned pursuant to this Agreement, the Assignor shall relinquish its rights and be released from its obligations under the Receivables Purchase Agreement]. Without limiting the generality of this Section 2(a), the [Assignee] [New Purchaser] acknowledges receipt of a copy of Section 11.19 of the Receivables Purchase Agreement and agrees to be bound thereby.

 

C-1


(b)    [After giving effect to the assignment effected by this Agreement, (i) the Assignor’s Purchase Group Maximum Net Investment shall be $         and its Purchase Group Percentage [(based on information provided by the Administrative Agent)] shall be     %, (ii) the Assignee’s Purchase Group shall consist of the Assignee, [as Conduit Purchaser,] the Assignee’s Facility Agent, as its Facility Agent, [                    ], as its Committed Purchaser [and [                    ], as LC Bank], and (iii) the Assignee’s [initial] Purchase Group Maximum Net Investment shall be $         and its [initial] Purchase Group Percentage [(based on information provided by the Assignor)] shall be    %.]

(b)    [After giving effect to the purchase effected by this Agreement, (i) the New Purchaser’s Purchase Group Maximum Net Investment shall be $         and its Purchase Group Percentage [(based on information provided by the Administrative Agent)] shall be     %, and (ii) the New Purchaser’s Purchase Group shall consist of the New Purchaser, [as Conduit Purchaser,] the New Purchaser’s Facility Agent, as its Facility Agent, [                    ], as its Committed Purchaser [and [                    ], as LC Bank].]

Section 4.    The Co-Agents. The [Assignee’s] [New Purchaser’s] Facility Agent hereby accepts (for itself and the other members of its Purchase Group) the appointment of and authorizes each of the Co-Agents to take such action on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to such Co-Agent in its capacity under, by the terms of, the Receivables Purchase Agreement, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto.

Section 5.    Miscellaneous. (a) This Agreement shall be effective upon receipt by the Assignor of the payment specified in Section 1 and the delivery of a fully executed counterparts of this Agreement to each of the Administrative Agent, the Servicer and the Seller.

(b)    THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (INCLUDING SECTION 5-1401 AND SECTION 5-1402 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, BUT OTHERWISE WITHOUT REGARD TO CHOICE OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THEREOF).

(c)    The addresses for notices and for payments to the [Assignee] [New Purchaser], its Facility Agent, its Committed Purchaser [and its LC Bank] shall, for all purposes of the Receivables Purchase Agreement, be as set forth on the signature pages hereto (as such information may be changed from time to time in accordance with Section 11.14 of the Receivables Purchase Agreement). Schedule I to the Receivables Purchase Agreement shall be amended to reflect the [assignment and assumption] [purchase] effectuated by this Agreement.

(d)    This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the different parties hereto on separate counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

C-2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto, by their duly authorized signatories, have executed and delivered this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

[ASSIGNOR] [NEW PURCHASER]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
[[ASSIGNORS] [NEW PURCHASERS] FACILITY AGENT], as [                    ] Facility Agent
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
[ASSIGNEE]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
Address for Notices:
Address for Funds Transfer:

 

C-3


[ASSIGNEES FACILITY AGENT], as [                    ] Facility Agent
By:  

                         

  Name:
  Title:
Address for Notices:
Address for Funds Transfer:
[ASSIGNEES COMMITTED PURCHASER], as Committed Purchaser
By:  

                             

  Name:
  Title:
Address for Notices:
Address for Funds Transfer:

 

C-4


CONSENTED TO: (if applicable)
FERGUSON RECEIVABLES, LLC, as Seller
By:  

                             

  Name:
  Title:
ROYAL BANK OF CANADA, as Administrative Agent
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
[EACH FACILITY AGENT]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

C-5


EXHIBIT D

FORM OF ADDENDUM/AMENDMENT

(EXTENSION OF SCHEDULED TERMINATION DATE)

This Addendum/Amendment (this “Agreement”) dated as of [            ], 20     to Receivables Purchase Agreement (defined below) is entered into by and among Ferguson Receivables, LLC (the ”Seller”), Ferguson Enterprises, Inc., as Servicer and as an Originator, the Originators from time to time party to the Receivables Purchase Agreement, the Conduit Purchasers listed on Schedule I to the Receivables Purchase Agreement, the Committed Purchasers listed on Schedule I to the Receivables Purchase Agreement, the LC Banks listed on Schedule I to the Receivables Purchase Agreement, the Facility Agents listed on Schedule I to the Receivables Purchase Agreement, Royal Bank of Canada, as Administrative Agent, SunTrust Bank, as Co-Administrative Agent, and Ferguson plc, as parent guarantor, pursuant to Section 2.17 of the Receivables Purchase Agreement dated as of July 31, 2013 (as modified, supplemented, amended or restated from time to time, the “Receivables Purchase Agreement”), among the same parties. Capitalized terms used (but not defined) in this Agreement shall have the meanings provided in the Receivables Purchase Agreement.

Section 1.    Extension of Scheduled Termination Date. Pursuant to Section 2.17 of the Receivables Purchase Agreement, the Seller requested that the Scheduled Termination Date be extended. The Facility Agents, on behalf of their respective Purchase Groups, [other than [                    ] , on behalf of the [                    ] Purchase Group (the “Non-Extending Purchase Group”)] have agreed to extend the Scheduled Termination Date. As of the [Non-Pro Rata] Extension Date (defined below), the Scheduled Termination Date is hereby extended to [            , 20[    ]].

[Section 2.    Allocations and Payments to Non-Extending Purchase Group. On the Non-Pro Rata Extension Date (a) the Maximum Net Investment (and the LC Sub-Facility) is hereby reduced by $[         ] (the amount of the Non-Extending Purchase Group’s Purchase Group Maximum Net Investment) and (b) the Servicer shall set aside and hold in trust for the Non-Extending Purchase Group, a ratable percentage of Collections (based on the Exposure Amount of the Non-Extending Purchase Group as a percentage of the Aggregate Exposure Amount). If the amount so set aside on the Non-Pro Rata Extension Date is not adequate to repay the Non-Extending Purchase Group’s Net Investment, together with Yield thereon and other Aggregate Unpaids due to it, then on each Business Day after the Non-Pro Rata Extension Date, unless a Termination Event or Potential Termination Event shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur after giving effect to the payment of such amounts, the Servicer shall allocate to the Non-Extending Purchase Group its ratable portion of Collections (up to such Net Investment, Yield and other amounts). On each Distribution Date after the Non-Pro Rata Extension Date, the Servicer shall pay from the amounts so allocated and set aside, to the Facility Agent for the Non-Extending Purchase Group the Non-Extending Purchase Group’s Net Investment, Yield thereon and other Aggregate Unpaids due them until such amounts have been paid in full. The Facility Agent for the Non-Extending Purchase Group shall (i) not be obligated to make any Purchases or Issue or Modify Letters of Credit on and after the Non-Pro Rata Extension Date and (ii) relinquish its rights and be released of its obligations under the Receivables Purchase Agreement on and as of the date on which its Aggregate Unpaids have been fully repaid. ]

 

D-1


Section 3.    Representations and Warranties. Each of the Ferguson Parties hereby represents and warrants to each of the other parties hereto that, as to itself:

(a)    (i) it has all necessary corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Amendment and to perform its obligations under the Receivables Purchase Agreement (as modified by this Agreement) and the other Transaction Documents, (ii) the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the performance of its obligations under the Receivables Purchase Agreement (as modified by this Agreement) and the other Transaction Documents have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or business action on its part and (iii) this Agreement and its obligations under the Receivables Purchase Agreement (as modified by this Agreement) and the other Transaction Documents constitute its legal, valid and binding obligations, enforceable against it in accordance with the terms thereof, except as such enforcement may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar laws relating to or limiting creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law); and

(b)    on the date hereof, before and after giving effect to this Agreement, no Termination Event or Potential Termination Event has occurred and is continuing.

Section 4.    [Non-Pro Rata] Extension Date. The [Non-Pro Rata] Extension Date shall occur as of the date hereof (the “[Non-Pro Rata] Extension Date”) at such time as the Co-Agents and each Facility Agent shall have received (a) executed counterparts hereof, and [(ii) amended and restated Fee Letter and any extension fees].

Section 5.    Governing Law. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (INCLUDING SECTION 5-1401 AND SECTION 5-1402 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, BUT OTHERWISE WITHOUT REGARD TO CHOICE OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THEREOF).

Section 6. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the different parties hereto on separate counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

D-2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto, by their duly authorized signatories, have executed and delivered this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

ROYAL BANK OF CANADA, as Administrative Agent
By:  

                          

  Name:
  Title:
SUNTRUST BANK, as Co-Administrative Agent
By:  

             

  Name:
  Title:

 

D-3


THUNDER BAY FUNDING, LLC, as a Conduit Purchaser
By:   Royal Bank of Canada, as attorney-in-fact
By:  

                                 

  Name:
  Title:
ROYAL BANK OF CANADA, as a Committed Purchaser and a Facility Agent
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

D-4


SUNTRUST BANK, as a Committed Purchaser
By:  

                                         

  Name:
  Title:
SUNTRUST BANK, as a Facility Agent
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

D-5


BARTON CAPITAL LLC, as a Conduit Purchaser and a Committed Purchaser
By:  

                                 

  Name:
  Title:
SOCIÉTÉ GÉNÉRALE, as a Facility Agent
By:  

                          

  Name:
  Title:

 

D-6


MANHATTAN ASSET FUNDING COMPANY LLC, as a Conduit Purchaser
By:   MAF Receivables Corp., Its Member
By:  

                                                 

  Name:
  Title:
SUMITOMO MITSUI BANKING CORPORATION, as a Committed Purchaser
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
SMBC NIKKO SECURITIES AMERICA, INC., as a Facility Agent
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

D-7


PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as a Committed Purchaser
By:  

                                         

  Name:
  Title:
PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as a Facility Agent
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

D-8


FERGUSON RECEIVABLES, LLC, as Seller
By:  

                    

  Name:
  Title:

 

D-9


FERGUSON ENTERPRISES, LLC, as Servicer and as an Originator

By:  

                    

  Name:
  Title:

 

D-10


ENERGY & PROCESS CORPORATION, as an Originator
By:  

                    

  Name:
  Title:

 

D-11


FERGUSON FIRE & FABRICATION, INC., as an Originator
By:  

                    

  Name:
  Title:

 

D-12


FERGUSON PLC, as Parent
By:  

                    

  Name:
  Title:

 

D-13


Exhibit E

FORM OF PURCHASE NOTICE/LETTER OF CREDIT REQUEST

PURCHASE NOTICE

[DATE]

To:        Addressees on Schedule I hereto

From:    Ferguson Receivables, LLC (the “Seller”)

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This Purchase Notice is delivered to you pursuant to Section 2.02 of that certain Receivables Purchase Agreement (the “Agreement”), dated as of July 31, 2013 (as amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time), among Ferguson Receivables, LLC; Ferguson Enterprises, LLC, the Originators, the Conduit Purchasers; the Committed Purchasers; the Facility Agents; Royal Bank of Canada, as Administrative Agent; SunTrust Bank, as Co-Administrative Agent; and Ferguson plc.

 

A.    (i)    Pursuant to Section 2.02 of the Agreement, the undersigned hereby requests an Incremental Purchase in the following aggregate amount, (at least $1,000,000 or any higher multiple of $100,000 per each Purchase Group) which will be allocated among the Purchase Groups as set forth on Schedule I hereto:    [                    ]
   (ii)    The date such Incremental Purchase is requested is:    [                    ]
   (iii)    The Aggregate Net Investment under the Agreement, after giving effect to the requested Incremental Purchase under (i) above, will equal:    [                    ]
   (iv)    The amount in (iii) above does not exceed the Maximum Net Investment, which equals:    [                    ]
   (v)    The Percentage Interest under the Agreement, after giving effect to the requested Incremental Purchase under (i) above, will equal:    [                    ]
   (vi)    The amount in (v) above does not exceed the maximum Percentage Interest, which equals:    [                    ]
   (vii)    The amount in (i) above shall be wired to the Designated Account specified in the Agreement, as follows:   
     

Bank Name: Bank of America

411 North Akard Street

Dallas, TX 75201

ABA No.: 026009593

Account   Name: Ferguson Receivables, LLC

Account No.: 4427713552

  

 

E-1


B.

The undersigned Responsible Officer hereby acknowledges that the delivery of this Purchase Notice and the acceptance by the undersigned of the proceeds of the Purchase requested hereby constitute a representation and warranty by the undersigned that, on the date of such Purchase, and before and after giving effect thereto and to the application of the proceeds there from, all conditions set forth in Section 3.03 and, as applicable, Section 3.04 of the Agreement have been satisfied.

The undersigned Responsible Officer agrees that if prior to the time of the Purchase requested hereby, any matter certified to herein by it will not be true and correct at such time as if then made, it will immediately so notify both you and each Committed Purchaser and each Conduit Purchaser, if any, in your Purchase Group. Except to the extent, if any, that prior to the time of the Purchase requested hereby you and each Committed Purchaser and each Conduit Purchaser, if any, in your Purchase Group, shall receive written notice to the contrary from the undersigned, each matter certified to herein shall be deemed once again to be certified as true and correct at the date of such Purchase as if then made.

Capitalized terms used by not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Agreement.

The undersigned certifies to the accuracy of the foregoing.

 

Date:                          FERGUSON RECEIVABLES, LLC
    By:  

                    

      Name:
      Title:

 

E-2


Schedule I to Purchase Notice/Letter of Credit Request

Royal Bank of Canada, as Administrative Agent and a Facility Agent

SunTrust Bank, as Co-Administrative Agent and a Facility Agent

Societe Generale, as a Facility Agent

SMBC Nikko Securities America, Inc., asa Facility Agent

PNC Bank, National Association, as a Facility Agent


Exhibit F

FORM OF OPTIONAL REDUCTION NOTICE

FERGUSON RECEIVABLES, LLC

Reference is made to Section 2.15(b) of the Receivables Purchase Agreement dated as of July 31, 2013 (as modified, supplemented, amended or restated from time to time, the “Receivables Purchase Agreement”), among Ferguson Receivables, LLC, as Seller, Ferguson Enterprises, LLC, as Servicer and as an Originator, the Originators from time to time party thereto, the Conduit Purchasers listed on Schedule I thereto from time to time, the Committed Purchasers listed on Schedule I thereto from time to time, the LC Banks listed on Schedule I thereto from time to time, the Facility Agents listed on Schedule I thereto from time to time, Royal Bank of Canada, as Administrative Agent, SunTrust Bank, as Co-Administrative Agent, and Ferguson plc, as parent guarantor. Capitalized terms used (but not defined) in this Agreement shall have the meanings provided in the Receivables Purchase Agreement.

1.    Pursuant to Section 2.15(b) of the Receivables Purchase Agreement, the Seller has determined to reduce the Aggregate New Investment from $[        ] to $[        ], resulting in an Optional Reduction Amount of $[        ].

2.    The Optional Reduction Date will occur on [                    ], on which Optional Reduction Date, the Optional Reduction Amount will be paid to the Facility Agents in accordance with their ratable shares of the Aggregate Net Investment, together with any applicable Break Funding Costs.

3.    Each Facility Agent is responsible for providing the Seller and the Servicer with an invoice for its Break Funding Costs, if any, due on the Optional Reduction Date in advance of the Optional Reduction Date.

The Seller has caused this Optional Reduction Notice to be executed and delivered as of this      day of             , 201[  ].

 

FERGUSON RECEIVABLES, LLC
By:  

                    

  Name:
  Title:

 

F-1


Exhibit G to

Receivables Purchase Agreement

FORM OF NOTICE OF DESIGNATED EXCLUDED RECEIVABLES

FERGUSON RECEIVABLES, LLC

Reference is made to Section 11.23 of the Receivables Purchase Agreement dated as of July 31, 2013 (as modified, supplemented, amended or restated from time to time, the “Receivables Purchase Agreement” and such Section, the “Exclusion Section”), among Ferguson Receivables, LLC, as Seller, Ferguson Enterprises, LLC, as Servicer, the Originators from time to time party thereto, the Conduit Purchasers listed on Schedule I thereto from time to time, the Committed Purchasers listed on Schedule I thereto from time to time, the LC Banks listed on Schedule III thereto from time to time, the Facility Agents listed on Schedule I thereto from time to time, Royal Bank of Canada, as Administrative Agent, SunTrust Bank, as Co-Administrative Agent, and Ferguson plc, as parent guarantor.    Capitalized terms used (but not defined) in this Notice of Designated Excluded Receivables Addition (the “Notice”) shall have the meanings provided in the Receivables Purchase Agreement.

1.    Pursuant to the Exclusion Section:

(i) the Seller has determined to designate the receivables owing to [Name of Originator(s)], which are owing by [Name of Obligor] [Originator log-on location(s)], identified by [Customer Number] [Log-On Number] [#], as Designated Excluded Receivables (the “Designation” and such Receivables, the “Designated Receivables”);

(ii) such Designation shall be effective on [        ] [    ], 20[    ] (with respect to the Designated Type and Originator(s) above, the “Exclusion Date”), which date is not less than ten (10) Business Days subsequent to the date of this Notice.

2.    The reason for the Designation is [                    ].

3.    The Designation provided in this Notice shall be the [                    ] Designation of a new Designated Type in the Lookback Period for such Exclusion Date.

4.    The Seller hereby certifies that as of the date hereof:

(i)    no Termination Event or Potential Termination Event has occurred and is continuing;

(ii)    (1) the sum of (y) the aggregate, for all Designated Types added to Schedule IV during the Lookback Period for such Exclusion Date, of the aggregate Outstanding Balances of the Receivables generated during the applicable Lookback Period of each such prior Designated Type, plus (z) the aggregate Outstanding Balance of Receivables generated during the Lookback Period for such Exclusion Date with respect to such new Designated Type would not exceed (2) 1% of the aggregate Outstanding Balance of the Receivables generated with respect to all Obligors (other than Excluded Receivables) in the Lookback Period for such Exclusion Date (all such calculations based on the information included in the Monthly Reports delivered during the relevant Lookback Periods); and


(iii)    the Designation has not been made for reasons relating to the credit quality of the Designated Receivables or to manipulate the pool characteristics of the Receivables in a manner that would be expected to be materially adverse to the Purchasers.

In effecting the Designation on the date specified above, the Seller shall be deemed to re-certify the foregoing.

5.    Attached to this Notice is a copy of Schedule IV revised to include the Designated Type, the applicable customer or log-on number(s) for the Designated Type, the Originator(s) of the Designated Receivables and the Exclusion Date.

The Seller has caused this Notice to be executed and delivered as of this          day of             , 20[    ].

 

FERGUSON RECEIVABLES, LLC
By:  

                     

  Name:
  Title:

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed by their duly authorized officers, all as of the day and year first above written.

 

FERGUSON RECEIVABLES, LLC
By:  

                                          

  Name:
  Title:
FERGUSON ENTERPRISES, LLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
ENERGY & PROCESS CORPORATION
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:


FERGUSON FIRE & FABRICATION, INC.
By:  

                                          

  Name:
  Title:
FERGUSON PLC
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:


ROYAL BANK OF CANADA, as Administrative Agent and a Facility Agent

By:  

                                          

  Name:
  Title:
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:


SUNTRUST, as Co-Administrative Agent and a Facility Agent

By:  

                                                              

  Name:
  Title:


SOCIÉTÉ GÉNÉRALE, as a Facility Agent

By:  

                                          

  Name:
  Title:


SMBC NIKKO SECURITIES AMERICA, INC, as a Facility Agent

By:  

                                          

  Name:
  Title:


PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as a Facility Agent

By:  

                                          

  Name:
  Title:


SCHEDULE I

TO

RECEIVABLES PURCHASE AGREEMENT

(AS OF DECEMBER 6, 2013)


SCHEDULE II

SCHEDULE OF

DEPOSITARY BANKS,

ACCOUNTS AND

LOCKBOXES

(Effective September 8, 2017)


SCHEDULE III

LC BANKS AND LC BANK SUBLIMITS


Schedule IV to

Receivables Purchase Agreement

(Effective as of March 1, 2016)

Exhibit 4.4

 

 

 

PURCHASE AND CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

dated as of July 31, 2013

between

FERGUSON ENTERPRISES, LLC AND THE

VARIOUS SUBSIDIARIES LISTED ON SCHEDULE I HERETO FROM TIME TO TIME,

as Originators,

and

FERGUSON RECEIVABLES, LLC,

as PURCHASER

 

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

SECTION   HEADING                                    PAGE  
ARTICLE I   DEFINITIONS; CONSTRUCTION      1  

Section 1.01.

 

Certain Definitions

     1  

Section 1.02.

 

Other Defined Terms

     6  

Section 1.03.

 

Interpretation and Construction

     6  

Section 1.04.

 

IFRS

     7  

Section 1.05.

 

LIBOR

     7  
ARTICLE II   PURCHASES AND SETTLEMENTS      7  

Section 2.01.

 

General Terms; Intent of the Parties

     7  

Section 2.01A.

 

Certain Reconveyances

     8  

Section 2.02.

 

Purchase Price

     9  

Section 2.03.

 

Purchase Price Credits

     10  

Section 2.04.

 

Payments and Computations, Etc.

     10  

Section 2.05.

 

Letters of Credit

     10  

Section 2.06.

 

Access to Records

     12  

Section 2.07.

 

Characterization; Granting Clause

     12  

Section 2.08.

 

Transfer by Purchaser; Third-Party Beneficiary

     12  
ARTICLE III   CLOSING PROCEDURES      13  

Section 3.01.

 

Conditions to Each Purchase

     13  

Section 3.02.

 

Addition of Originators

     13  
ARTICLE IV   ADDITIONAL RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS IN RESPECT OF THE RECEIVABLES      14  

Section 4.01.

 

Rights of the Purchaser

     14  

Section 4.02.

 

Responsibility of each Originator

     14  

Section 4.03.

 

Further Action Evidencing Purchases

     14  
ARTICLE VI   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES      15  

Section 5.01.

 

General Representations and Warranties of the Originators

     15  
ARTICLE VII   COVENANTS      18  

Section 6.01.

 

Affirmative Covenants of the Originators

     18  

Section 6.02.

 

Negative Covenants of the Originators

     19  

Section 6.03.

 

Separateness Covenants

     20  
ARTICLE VII   PURCHASE TERMINATION EVENTS      20  

Section 7.01.

 

Purchase Termination Events

     20  

Section 7.02.

 

Consequences of a Purchase Termination Event

     21  

 

-i-


ARTICLE VIII   INDEMNIFICATION; EXPENSES      21  

Section 8.01.

 

Indemnity

     21  

Section 8.02.

 

Expenses

     24  
ARTICLE IX   MISCELLANEOUS      24  

Section 9.01.

 

Amendments and Waivers

     24  

Section 9.02.

 

Binding Effect; Assignments

     24  

Section 9.03.

 

No Implied Waiver; Cumulative Remedies

     24  

Section 9.04.

 

No Discharge

     25  

Section 9.05.

 

No Petition

     25  

Section 9.06.

 

No Recourse

     25  

Section 9.07.

 

Holidays

     25  

Section 9.08.

 

Notices

     25  

Section 9.09.

 

Severability

     25  

Section 9.10.

 

Prior Understandings

     25  

Section 9.11.

 

Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction

     26  

Section 9.12.

 

Counterparts

     26  

 

SCHEDULE I      List of Originators
SCHEDULE II      Schedule of Depositary Banks, Accounts and Lockboxes
EXHIBIT A      Credit and Collection Policy
EXHIBIT B      Form of Subordinated Note
EXHIBIT C      Form of Joinder Agreement

 

-ii-


PURCHASE AND CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

PURCHASE AND CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT, dated as of July 31, 2013, between FERGUSON ENTERPRISES, LLC, a Virginia limited liability company(“Ferguson”) THE VARIOUS SUBSIDIARIES OF FERGUSON LISTED ON SCHEDULE I HERETO (with Ferguson, each, an “Originator” and collectively, the “Originators”), and FERGUSON RECEIVABLES, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Purchaser”)

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Originators in the ordinary course of their business generate certain accounts receivable and rights and interests related thereto; and

WHEREAS, the Originators desire to sell or contribute (in the case of Ferguson) on each business day to the Purchaser accounts receivable and related rights and interests as more fully described herein and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Purchaser desires to purchase and otherwise acquire such accounts receivable and related rights and interests.

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS; CONSTRUCTION

Section 1.01.    Certain Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

“Agreement” shall mean this Purchase and Contribution Agreement, as the same may from time to time be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified.

“Anti-Terrorism Law” shall mean each of: (a) the Executive Order; (b) the Patriot Act; (c) the Money Laundering Control Act of 1986, 18 U.S.C. Sect. 1956; and (d) any other Law of the United States or any member state of the European Union now or hereafter enacted to monitor, deter or otherwise prevent terrorism or the funding or support of terrorism.

Available Funds shall mean, on any date of determination, monies then held by or on behalf of the Purchaser after deduction of (a) all Aggregate Unpaids, if any, that are accrued or due and owing under the Receivables Purchase Agreement (other than, prior to the Termination Date, all or any portion of Aggregate Net Investment which is not then due and owing), (b) all Servicing Fees that are then accrued, and (c) in the Purchaser’s discretion, the accrued and unpaid portion of all current expenses of the Purchaser (whether or not then due and owing), in each of the foregoing cases, whether or not the same have actually been paid as of the time of determination.


“Blocked Account Agreement” shall mean the “control” agreement related to each Lockbox Account, Depositary Account and Blocked Local Account in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, by and among the Purchaser, the Servicer, the Administrative Agent and the applicable Depositary Bank.

“Blocked Local Account” shall mean, with respect to an Originator, an account established and maintained at a Depositary Bank by the Purchaser into which Obligor payments with respect to Receivables, as well as payments on cash sales, in each case, generated by such Originator are deposited.

“Business Day” shall mean any day on which (i) banks are not authorized or required to close under the Laws of New York or (ii) a bond market holiday is not recommended by the Securities Industry and Financial Markets Association.

“Closing Date” shall mean July 31, 2013.

“Collections” shall mean, for any Receivable as of any date, all cash collections and other cash proceeds (whether in the form of cash, wire transfer, or checks) of that Receivable, including, without limitation, all finance charges, if any, and cash proceeds of the related property with respect to such Receivable, any Deemed Collections of such Receivable and any amounts received with respect to a Participation Interest in such Receivable.

“Contract” shall mean a contract between an Originator and an Obligor, and/or any and all invoices and other writings which, in either case, give rise to an account receivable arising from the sale by an Originator of goods or services in the ordinary course of such Originator’s business.

“Credit and Collection Policy” shall mean the Servicer’s credit, collection, enforcement and other policies and practices relating to Contracts and Receivables existing on the date hereof and as set forth on Exhibit A hereto, as the same may be modified from time to time.

“Deemed Collections” shall mean collections deemed received by an Originator in an amount equal to (i) all Dilutions and (ii) the aggregate Outstanding Balance of any Receivables (a) which were included in the Net Receivables Balance and which were not Eligible Receivables, (b) in which the Administrative Agent does not have a first priority perfected ownership or security interest and (c) as to which the other representations and warranties set forth in Sections 5.01(b), (c), (d) and (e) and made by an Originator or the Servicer are no longer true and correct in all material respects.

“Default Rate” shall mean the Alternate Base Rate plus 2.0% per annum.

“Depositary Account” shall mean an account maintained at a Depositary Bank into which Collections in the form of wire transfers or electronic funds transfers are made by Obligors.

 

-2-


“Depositary Bank” shall mean, at any time, any financial institution reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent which holds a Lockbox Account, a Depositary Account, a Blocked Local Account or the Concentration Account.

“Designated Person” shall mean any Person that is a designated target of any Sanctions or otherwise a subject of any Sanctions, including as a result of being (a) owned or controlled directly or indirectly by any Persons (or Person) that are designated targets of any Sanctions, or (b) organized or operating under the laws of, or a citizen or resident of, any country that is subject to any Sanctions.

“Dilution” shall mean the portion of any Receivable which is reduced or canceled as a result of (i) any defective, rejected, returned or repossessed goods or services, any cash or other discount, or any failure by an Originator to deliver any goods or perform any services or otherwise perform under the underlying Contract, (ii) any change in or cancellation of any of the terms of such Contract or any other adjustment by an Originator which reduces the amount payable by the Obligor on the related Receivable, (iii) any rebates, warranties, allowances or charge-backs, or (iv) any setoff or credit in respect of any claim by the Obligor thereof (whether such claim arises out of the same or a related transaction or an unrelated transaction). An Originator shall be deemed to have received a Collection in an amount equal to the amount of such Dilution of each Receivable on the day such Dilution occurs.

“Discount Factor” means a percentage calculated to provide the Purchaser with a reasonable return on its investment in the Receivables acquired from an Originator after taking into account (i) the time value of money based upon the anticipated dates of collection of the Receivables and the cost to the Purchaser of financing its investment in, or servicing and collecting, such Receivables during such period and (ii) the risk of nonpayment by the Obligors. An Originator and the Purchaser may agree from time to time to change the Discount Factor applicable to Purchases by and from such Originator based on changes in one or more of the items affecting the calculation thereof, provided that any change to the Discount Factor shall take effect as of the commencement of a Calculation Period commencing no earlier than the last day of the current Calculation Period, and shall apply only prospectively.

“Distribution Date” shall mean the second (2nd) Business Day after each Monthly Report Date.

“Excluded Receivables” shall mean (i) the indebtedness and payment obligations owed by Obligors arising in connection with the sale of merchandise or rendering of services by the divisions of Ferguson known as “Lincoln Products/Ferguson Parts and Packaging” and “Ferguson International”, (ii) Designated Excluded Receivables and (iii) Acquisition Receivables.

“Executive Order” shall mean Executive Order No. 13224 on Terrorist Financings: Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions With Persons Who Commit, Threaten To Commit, or Support Terrorism issued on 23rd September, 2001.

 

-3-


“Federal Bankruptcy Code” shall mean Title 11 of the United States Code entitled “Bankruptcy”, as amended, and any successor statute thereto.

“Indemnified Parties” shall have the meaning specified in Section 8.01(a) hereof.

“Joinder Agreement” shall mean the agreement signed by a new Originator in substantially the form of Exhibit C hereto.

“Law” shall mean any law (including common law), constitution, statute, treaty, regulation, rule, ordinance, order, injunction, writ, decree or award of any Official Body.

“Lien,” with respect to any asset, shall mean any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset (including any production payment, proceeds production payment or similar financing arrangement with respect to such asset).

“Local Account” shall mean a deposit account established and maintained by a financial institution in the name of an Originator into which account Obligor payments with respect to Receivables, as well as payments on cash sales, in each case, generated by such Originator are deposited. Each Local Account shall be identified on Schedule II hereto, as amended from time to time with the consent of the Administrative Agent.

“Lockbox” shall mean a post office box to which Collections are sent and which is administered by a Depositary Bank.

“Lockbox Account” shall mean an account maintained in the name of the Purchaser at a Depositary Bank into which Collections are deposited.

“Obligor” shall mean a Person who purchased merchandise or services on credit under a Contract and who is obligated to make payments to an Originator.

“OFAC” shall mean the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of Treasury.

“Official Body” shall mean any government or political subdivision or any agency, authority, bureau, central bank, commission, department or instrumentality of either, or any court, tribunal, grand jury or arbitrator, in each case, whether foreign or domestic.

“Originator” shall mean Ferguson and each of its Subsidiaries listed on Schedule I hereto from time to time.

“Outstanding Balance” of any Receivable shall mean, at any time, the then outstanding amount thereof.

“Participation Interest” means, with respect to any Reassigned Receivable, a 100% undivided beneficial interest in the applicable Originator’s right, title and interest, whether now owned or hereafter arising, in, to and under such Receivable and all Related Security and Collections with respect thereto.

 

-4-


“Patriot Act” shall mean the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001, Public Law 107-56 (commonly known as the USA Patriot Act).

“Proceeds” shall mean “proceeds” as defined in the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the jurisdiction whose Law governs the perfection of the Purchaser’s ownership or security interests therein.

“Purchase” shall mean a purchase by the Purchaser of Receivables, Related Security and Collections hereunder, including, without limitation, Receivables as to which a portion of the related Purchase Price is paid by means of a contribution of Receivables by Ferguson to the Purchaser’s capital.

“Purchase Date” shall mean the Closing Date (or in the case of any Originator which becomes a party hereto after the Closing Date, the day on which such Originator becomes a party hereto pursuant to Section 3.02) and each day thereafter on which Receivables arise.

“Purchase Price” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.02(a) hereof.

“Purchase Price Credit” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.03 hereof.

“Purchase Termination Event” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.01 hereof.

“Reassigned Receivable” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.01A hereof.

“Receivable” shall mean all indebtedness and any payment obligations of any Obligor owed to an Originator arising from the sale of goods from the sale of merchandise or rendering of services by such Originator under a Contract, including all rights to payment of any interest or finance charges and any security related thereto. “Receivables” shall not include Excluded Receivables.

“Receivables Purchase Agreement” shall mean the Receivables Purchase Agreement dated as of July 31, 2013, by and among Ferguson Receivables, LLC, as seller, Ferguson, as servicer and originator, the Originators party thereto from time to time, the Conduit Purchasers listed on Schedule I thereto from time to time, the Committed Purchasers listed on Schedule I thereto from time to time, the LC Banks listed on Schedule III thereto from time to time, the Facility Agents listed on Schedule I thereto from time to time, Royal Bank of Canada, as administrative agent, SunTrust Bank, as co-administrative agent, and Ferguson plc, as provider of the Parent Undertaking, as the same may from time to time be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified.

“Records” shall mean correspondence, memoranda, computer programs, tapes, discs, reports, papers, books or other documents or transcribed information of any type whether

 

-5-


expressed in ordinary or machine readable language; provided that any intellectual property (such as software) or rights therein that are not permitted by applicable Law or contract to be assigned shall not be included herein.

“Related Security” shall mean with respect to any Receivable:

(a)    all Contracts with respect to such Receivable:

(b)    all of the applicable Originator’s interest, if any, in the goods (including returned goods) sold by such Originator and which gave rise to such Receivable;

(c)    all other security interests or Liens and property subject thereto from time to time, if any, purporting to secure payment of such Receivable, whether pursuant to the Contract related to such Receivable or otherwise, together with all financing statements signed by an Obligor describing any collateral securing such Receivable;

(d)    all guarantees, indemnities, letters of credit, insurance or other agreements or arrangements of any kind from time to time supporting or securing payment of such Receivable whether pursuant to the Contract related to such Receivable or otherwise;

(e)    all Records relating to, and all service contracts and any other contracts associated with, such Receivable, the related Contracts or the related Obligors; and

(f)    all Proceeds of the foregoing.

“Responsible Officer” shall mean, with respect to each Originator, the chief executive officer, the president, the chief financial officer or treasurer of such Originator and any other Person designated as a Responsible Officer by any such officers, as such Originator may from time to time notify the Purchaser.

“Subordinated Loan” shall mean a subordinated revolving loan from an Originator to the Purchaser which is evidenced by the Subordinated Note.

“Subordinated Note” shall mean a subordinated promissory note in the form of Exhibit B hereto issued by the Purchaser to an Originator, as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time.

“UCC” shall mean, with respect to any jurisdiction, the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in such jurisdiction.

Section 1.02.    Other Defined Terms. Capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined shall have the meanings set forth in the Receivables Purchase Agreement

Section 1.03.    Interpretation and Construction. Unless the context of this Agreement otherwise clearly requires, references to the plural include the singular and references to the part include the whole. The words “hereof,” “herein,” “hereunder” and similar terms in this

 

-6-


Agreement refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement. Unless otherwise stated in this Agreement, in the computation of a period of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word “from” means “from and including” and the words “to” and “until” each means “to but excluding.” The section and other headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not control or affect the construction of this Agreement or the interpretation hereof in any respect. Section, subsection, exhibit and schedule references are to this Agreement unless otherwise specified. As used in this Agreement, the masculine, feminine or neuter gender shall each be deemed to include the others whenever the context so indicates. Terms not otherwise defined herein which are defined in the UCC as in effect in the State of New York from time to time shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms therein unless the context otherwise clearly requires.

Section 1.04.    IFRS. If the relevant IFRS changes during the term of this Agreement such that any tests or covenants contained herein would then be calculated, or reports delivered pursuant to those tests or covenants would then be prepared, in a different manner or with different components, the parties hereto agree to negotiate in good faith to amend this Agreement in such respects as are necessary to conform those tests or covenants as criteria for evaluating the applicable Originator’s financial condition to substantially the same criteria as were effective prior to such change in the relevant IFRS; provided, however, that, until the parties so amend this Agreement, all such tests or covenants shall be calculated, and all such reports prepared, in accordance with the relevant IFRS, as in effect immediately prior to such change. All accounting terms not specifically defined herein shall be construed in accordance with IFRS.

Section 1.05.    LIBOR. If during the term of this Agreement, it shall become no longer market standard to use the London interbank offered rate announced by the British Bankers Association as an index for floating rate borrowings made by or to financial institutions, the Purchaser and the Originators agree to negotiate in good faith to amend this Agreement as necessary to substitute for LIBOR an index that approximates the cost of funds based on LIBOR.

ARTICLE II

PURCHASES AND SETTLEMENTS

Section 2.01.    General Terms; Intent of the Parties. (a) On each Purchase Date, in consideration for the Purchase Price and upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, each Originator does hereby sell to the Purchaser, without recourse (except to the extent expressly provided herein), and the Purchaser does hereby purchase from such Originator, all of such Originator’s right, title and interest in and to the Receivables originated by such Originator, the Related Security, Collections and all Proceeds of each of the foregoing (other than any such assets contributed to the Purchaser pursuant to Section 2.01(d) below), in each case, whether now existing or hereafter arising or acquired.

(b)    The Receivables arising after the initial Purchase Date and while no Purchase Termination Event exists shall be deemed to have been sold by each Originator to the Purchaser immediately (and without further action by any Person) upon the creation of such Receivable by such Originator. Receivables arising while a Purchase Termination Event exists shall not be

 

-7-


deemed to have been sold by any Originator to the Purchaser unless and until the first day thereafter on which no Purchase Termination Event exists. The Related Security and Collections with respect to each Receivable (and Proceeds of such Receivable, Related Security and Collections) shall be sold at the same time as such Receivable together with all related Proceeds received thereon.

(c)    It is the intention of the parties hereto that each conveyance of Receivables made under this Agreement shall constitute an outright “sale of accounts” or “sale of general intangibles” (as such terms are used in Article 9 of the UCC) or other transfer, in each case which is absolute and irrevocable and shall provide the Purchaser with the full benefits of ownership of the Receivables and the associated Related Security, Collections and Proceeds. Each conveyance of Receivables hereunder is made without recourse to the applicable Originator and without any warranty of collectability or unconventional warranty; provided, however, that (i) each Originator will be liable to the Purchaser for all representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities made by such Originator to the Purchaser pursuant to the terms of the Transaction Documents to which such Originator is a party, and (ii) such conveyance does not constitute and is not intended to result in an assumption by the Purchaser or any assignee thereof of any obligation of such Originator or any other Person arising in connection with the Receivables, the associated Related Security or any other obligations of such Originator. In view of the intention of the parties hereto that the conveyances of Receivables made hereunder shall constitute outright sales or, in the case of Ferguson, contributions, of such Receivables rather than loans secured thereby, each Originator agrees that it will, on or prior to the applicable initial Purchase Date, mark its Records to indicate that the Receivables have been sold or contributed.

(d)    On the initial Purchase Date, Ferguson shall contribute Receivables generated by it having an aggregate Outstanding Balance of $200,000,000.00, together with associated Related Security, Collections and Proceeds, to the Purchaser’s capital. Thereafter, on each Purchase Date, Ferguson may, at its option, contribute to the Purchaser’s capital, in lieu of selling, Receivables originated by Ferguson and all associated Related Security, Collections and Proceeds, and any such contribution is made with the intention that each such contribution, if any, will be made with the same intentions as are set forth in Section 2.01(c) above. Except as provided in Section 2.02(a)(3), the Purchaser hereby acknowledges that Ferguson shall have no obligations to make capital contributions to Purchaser in respect of Ferguson’s equity interest in Purchaser or otherwise in order to provide funds to pay the Purchase Price to Ferguson under this Agreement or for any other reason.

Section 2.01A.    Certain Reconveyances. If Ferguson, as Servicer of the Receivables under the Receivables Purchase Agreement, determines in its reasonable judgment that (i) the filing of a mechanics lien or the making of a claim on a payment bond is necessary or advisable in order to collect a Receivable that is due from a contractor or (ii) it desires to recover any sales or similar tax paid with respect to a Receivable, Ferguson shall notify the Purchaser and the Originator which originated such Receivable and shall prepare the necessary documentation for filing such lien, claim or tax refund for signature by such Originator. Immediately prior to the execution of such documentation, and without any further action hereunder, the Purchaser shall be deemed to have sold all of its right, title and interest in and to such Receivable to such Originator (immediately following the Purchaser’s purchase thereof from the Administrative

 

-8-


Agent pursuant to the Receivables Purchase Agreement) (each such Receivable, a “Reassigned Receivable”) and such Originator shall be deemed to have repurchased such Receivable for a purchase price equal to a Participation Interest in such Reassigned Receivable (which such Originator shall be deemed to have sold), which shall entitle the Purchaser to receive from such Originator (by deposit into the Concentration Account or other Account subject to a Blocked Account Agreement) all Collections subsequently received with respect to such Reassigned Receivable, but only to the extent actually received. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no additional reconveyances of Receivables to any Originator pursuant to this Section shall occur (A) without the consent of the Co-Agents, if a Control Event shall have occurred and be continuing or (B) if, during the 12-month period ending on the last day of the month preceding such sale, the sum of the aggregate Outstanding Balance (in each case determined as of the date of reconveyance) of Reassigned Receivables reconveyed hereunder to all Originators plus the Outstanding Balance of such additional Receivables in which a reconveyance is proposed under this Section would exceed 1% of the aggregate Outstanding Balance of the Receivables sold to the Purchaser hereunder by the Originators during such 12-month period.

Section 2.02.    Purchase Price. (a) The purchase price (the “Purchase Price”) for the Receivables, Related Security, Collections and Proceeds payable on each Purchase Date to each Originator shall be equal to 100% of the aggregate Outstanding Balance of the Receivables conveyed by such Originator on that date multiplied by the Discount Factor. Each Originator and the Purchaser have each determined the Purchase Price payable on each Purchase Date approximates the fair value of the Receivables, Related Security, Collections and Proceeds sold by such Originator on such Purchase Date. Such Purchase Price will be payable in full by the Purchaser to such Originator on the related Purchase Date, and shall be paid to such Originator in the following manner:

(1)    first, by delivery of immediately available funds, to the extent of the Available Funds;

(2)    second, if such Originator has requested a Letter of Credit pursuant to Section 2.05, by the Purchaser’s requesting and delivering such Letter of Credit; and

(3)    third, by increasing the amount of the applicable Subordinated Loan, so long as the aggregate principal amount of such Subordinated Loan, together with the aggregate principal amount of all Subordinated Loans owed by the Purchaser, does not cause the Purchaser’s tangible net worth to be less than the 6% of the aggregate Outstanding Balance of the Receivables then owned by the Purchaser.

(b)    Subject to the limitations set forth in Section 2.02(a)(3), each Originator irrevocably agrees to make each increase in the amount of the Subordinated Loan owing to it as contemplated in Section 2.02(a)(3), so long as no Purchase Termination Event exists. The Subordinated Loan owing to each Originator will be evidenced by, and shall be payable in accordance with the terms and provisions of the related Subordinated Note and any cash repayment of such Subordinated Loan shall be payable solely from Available Funds at the time of each such payment. Each Originator is hereby authorized by the Purchaser to maintain a record with respect to the related Subordinated Note, evidencing the date and amount of each increase in such Subordinated Loan thereunder, as well as the date of each payment with respect thereto, provided that the failure to maintain such a record shall not affect any obligation of the Purchaser thereunder.

 

-9-


(c)    Although the Purchase Price for each Purchase of Receivables, Related Security, Collections and Proceeds shall be due and payable in full by the Purchaser to the applicable Originator on each Purchase Date on which Receivables are purchased from such Originator, settlement of the Purchase Price between the Purchaser and such Originator will be effected on each Distribution Date with respect to all Purchases from such Originator within the most recently ended Calculation Period. Although cash settlements shall be effected on each Distribution Date, increases or decreases in the Subordinated Loan owed to each Originator shall be deemed to have occurred and shall be effective as of the last Business Day of the Calculation Period to which such settlement relates.

(d)     Each contribution of Receivables, Related Security, Collections and Proceeds by Ferguson to Purchaser pursuant to Section 2.01(d) shall be deemed to be a Purchase of such Receivables, Related Security, Collections and Proceeds by Purchaser for all purposes of this Agreement.

Section 2.03.    Purchase Price Credits. On each Purchase Date, all Deemed Collections with respect to Receivables originated by any Originator shall be credited (each, a “Purchase Price Credit”) against the Purchase Price otherwise payable hereunder to such Originator. If, with respect to any Originator, the aggregate amount of Purchase Price Credits exceeds the Purchase Price of the Receivables to be sold by such Originator on such Purchase Date, then such Originator will pay to the Purchaser the remaining amount of such Purchase Price Credit in cash not later than the next Business Day; provided that if no Termination Event or a Potential Termination Event exists, such Originator may deduct the remaining amount of such Purchase Price Credit from any amount owed to it under the applicable Subordinated Note.

Section 2.04.    Payments and Computations, Etc. All amounts to be paid or deposited by the Purchaser hereunder shall be paid or deposited in accordance with the terms hereof on the day when due in immediately available funds to the account of each Originator designated from time to time by such Originator. In the event that any payment owed by any Person hereunder becomes due on a day that is not a Business Day, then such payment shall be made on the next Business Day. If any Person fails to pay any amount hereunder when due, such Person agrees to pay, on demand, interest on the past due amount at the Default Rate until paid in full; provided, however, that such interest shall not at any time exceed the maximum rate permitted by applicable Law. All computations of the Default Rate shall be calculated based on a 365/366 day year.

Section 2.05.    Letters of Credit. (a) With respect to any Originator, upon its request and in accordance with Section 2.02, and subject to the terms and conditions for issuing Letters of Credit under the Receivables Purchase Agreement (including any limitations therein on the amount of any such issuance), the Purchaser agrees to cause the applicable LC Bank to issue, on the Purchase Date specified by such Originator, Letters of Credit on behalf of the Purchaser (and, if applicable, on behalf of, or for the account of, such Originator in favor of such beneficiaries as

 

-10-


such Originator may elect). The aggregate Stated Amount of the Letters of Credit being issued on any Purchase Date at the request of an Originator shall constitute a credit against the aggregate Purchase Price otherwise payable by the Purchaser on such Purchase Date to such Originator pursuant to Section 2.02. To the extent that the aggregate Stated Amount of the Letters of Credit being issued on any Purchase Date exceeds the aggregate Purchase Price payable by the Purchaser to such Originator on such Purchase Date, such excess shall be deemed to be a reduction in the outstanding principal amount of (and, to the extent necessary, the accrued but unpaid interest on) the applicable Subordinated Note. The aggregate Stated Amount of Letters of Credit to be issued on any Purchase Date cannot exceed the sum of the aggregate Purchase Prices payable on such Purchase Date plus the aggregate outstanding principal amount of and accrued but unpaid interest on the Subordinated Notes on such Purchase Date. In the event that any Letter of Credit issued (i) expires or is cancelled or otherwise terminated with all or any portion of its Stated Amount undrawn or (ii) has its Stated Amount decreased (for a reason other than a drawing having been made thereunder) or that the Purchaser’s Reimbursement Obligation in respect of a Letter of Credit is reduced for any reason other than by virtue of a payment made in respect of a drawing thereunder, then an amount equal to such undrawn amount or such reduction, as the case may be, shall either be paid in cash to the applicable Originator on the next Purchase Date or, if the Purchaser does not then have cash available therefor, shall be deemed to be added to the outstanding principal amount of the Subordinated Note issued to such Originator. Under no circumstances shall any Originator (and no Affiliate thereof (other than the Company)) have any reimbursement or recourse obligations in respect of any Letter of Credit.

(b)    In the event that an Originator requests a Letter of Credit hereunder, such Originator shall on a timely basis provide the Purchaser with such information as is necessary for the Purchaser to obtain such Letter of Credit from an LC Bank.

(c)    Each Originator agrees to be bound by the terms of each Letter of Credit Application referenced in the Receivables Purchase Agreement and by an LC Bank’s interpretations of any Letter of Credit issued for the Purchaser and by the LC Bank’s written regulations and customary practices relating to letters of credit. The Purchaser agrees to enforce any rights that it has under the Receivables Purchase Agreement against an LC Bank in the event any Originator suffers any direct damages caused by such LC Bank’s failure to exercise care when honoring drafts under a Letter of Credit.

(d)    Each Originator appoints the Servicer as its agent (on which appointment the Purchaser, the Facility Agents, the Co-Agents, the LC Banks and the Purchasers may rely until such Originator provides contrary written notice to all of such Persons) to act on such Originator’s behalf to take all actions and to make all decisions in respect of the issuance, amendment and administration of the Letters of Credit, including, identification of the LC Banks to issue the Letters of Credit, requests for the issuance and extension of Letters of Credit and the allocation of the Stated Amounts of Letters of Credit against the Purchase Price owed to particular Originators and against Subordinated Notes issued to particular Originators. In the event that the Servicer requests a Letter of Credit in accordance with the terms hereof and the Receivables Purchase Agreement, the Servicer shall on a timely basis provide the Purchaser with such information as is necessary for the Purchaser to obtain such Letter of Credit from an LC

 

-11-


Bank, and shall notify the relevant Originator, the Purchaser and the Administrative Agent of the allocations described in the preceding sentence. Such allocations shall be binding on the Purchaser and each Originator, absent manifest error.

Section 2.06.    Access to Records. (a) In connection with the transfer of Records hereunder, each Originator hereby agrees that following any replacement of Ferguson as the Servicer, it will promptly grant access to the new Servicer to all data embedded in or created by all software used by such Originator to account for its Receivables.

(b)    In addition to the requirements of Section 4.03, each Originator (i) shall take such action reasonably requested by the Purchaser or its assignee that may be necessary or desirable to ensure that the Purchaser has an enforceable ownership interest in the Records relating to the Receivables purchased from, or contributed by, such Originator hereunder and (ii) shall use its reasonable efforts to ensure that the Purchaser and the Servicer each has an enforceable right (whether by license or sublicense or otherwise) to use all of the computer software used to account for the Receivables and/or to recreate such Records.

Section 2.07.    Characterization; Granting Clause. (a) If, notwithstanding the intention of the parties expressed in Section 2.01(c), any sale or contribution by any Originator to the Purchaser of Receivables, Related Security, Collections and Proceeds hereunder shall be characterized as a secured loan and not a sale or contribution, as the case may be, then this Agreement shall be deemed to constitute a security agreement under the UCC and other applicable Law. For this purpose and without being in derogation of the parties’ intention that each sale and contribution of Receivables, Related Security, Collections and Proceeds hereunder shall constitute a true sale or contribution, respectively, thereof, each Originator hereby grants to the Purchaser a duly perfected security interest in all of such Originator’s right, title and interest in, whether now existing or hereafter arising, in and to (i) (A) the Receivables originated by such Originator, (B) all Related Security with respect thereto, and (C) all Collections, (ii) with respect to all Reassigned Receivables of such Originator, all Collections subsequently received with respect thereto, and (iii) all Proceeds of any of the foregoing, which security interest shall be prior to all other Liens thereon. The Purchaser and its assigns shall have as against each Originator, in addition to the rights and remedies which they may have under this Agreement, all other rights and remedies provided to a secured creditor under the UCC and other applicable Law, which rights and remedies shall be cumulative. Each Originator hereby authorizes Purchaser (or any of its assigns), as secured party, within the meaning of Section 9-509 of any applicable enactment of the UCC, to file, without further authorization by such Originator, as debtor, the UCC financing statements contemplated hereby. In the event that a court of competent jurisdiction holds that the transactions hereunder are not true sales or contributions, each of the Purchaser and each Originator represents and warrants, as to itself, that, each remittance of Collections by such Originator to the Purchaser hereunder will have been made (i) in payment of a debt incurred by such Originator in the ordinary course of such Originator’s and the Purchaser’s business or financial affairs and (ii) made in the ordinary course of such Originator’s and the Purchaser’s business or financial affairs.

Section 2.08.    Transfer by Purchaser; Third-Party Beneficiary. (a) The Originators acknowledge and agree that the Purchaser may, pursuant to the Receivables Purchase

 

-12-


Agreement, sell and assign undivided interests in the Receivables and assign its rights under this Agreement to the Administrative Agent (for the benefit of the Facility Agents and their Purchase Groups) and (b) the Originators and the Purchaser acknowledge and agree that, by virtue of the transactions contemplated in the Receivables Purchase Agreement, the Administrative Agent (for the benefit of the Facility Agents and their Purchase Groups) shall be an assignee of this Agreement and, following the occurrence of a Termination Event, shall have the right to enforce directly all rights hereunder of Purchaser and all obligations hereunder of the Originators (but without the assumption of any obligations or liabilities hereunder).

ARTICLE III

CLOSING PROCEDURES; ADDITION OF ORIGINATORS

Section 3.01.    Conditions to Each Purchase. Each Purchase from an Originator hereunder (including the Purchase on the applicable initial Purchase Date) is subject to the conditions precedent that (i) the Purchaser shall have executed and delivered a Subordinated Note in favor of such Originator and (ii) as of such date of such Purchase, no Purchase Termination Event shall have occurred.

Section 3.02.    Addition of Originators. Any Subsidiary of Ferguson may become an Originator hereunder with the prior written consent of the Purchaser (and the Co-Agents and Facility Agents, as assignees of the Purchaser). Each Subsidiary of Ferguson that is proposed to be added as an Originator shall give to the Purchaser (and the Co-Agents and Facility Agents, as assignees of the Purchaser) prior written notice of its desire to be added as an Originator hereunder. Once the notice has been given, any addition of a Subsidiary of Ferguson as an Originator pursuant to this section shall become effective on the first Business Day following the date on which (i) such Subsidiary and the parties hereto shall have executed a Joinder Agreement and such other agreements, instruments and other documents (including, without limitation, opinions of counsel, lien searches, financing statements, Blocked Account Agreements and a Subordinated Note in favor of the new Originator) and the amendments or other modifications to the Transaction Documents, in form and substance satisfactory to the Purchaser (and the Co-Agents and Facility Agents, as assignees of the Purchaser), that the Purchaser (and the Co-Agents and Facility Agents, as assignees of the Purchaser) determines necessary or appropriate to effect the addition; and (ii) the Parent confirms in writing that the obligations of such new Originator are guaranteed by the Parent under the Parent Undertaking. Upon such effectiveness, Schedule I to this Agreement shall be deemed amended to include such added Originator and any reference to “Originator” in this Agreement or any other Transaction Document shall refer to each existing Originator and each Subsidiary of Ferguson added as an Originator pursuant to this Section 3.02.

 

-13-


ARTICLE IV

ADDITIONAL RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS IN RESPECT OF THE RECEIVABLES

Section 4.01.    Rights of the Purchaser. Each Originator hereby authorizes the Purchaser and the Servicer (if other than such Originator) to take any and all steps in such Originator’s name necessary or desirable, in their respective determination, to collect all amounts due under any and all Receivables originated by such Originator, including, without limitation, endorsing such Originator’s name on checks and other instruments representing Collections and enforcing such Receivables, the invoices and the provisions of the related Contracts that concern payment and/or enforcement of rights to payment.

Section 4.02.    Responsibility of each Originator. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding:

(a)    Servicing. Ferguson, in its capacity as Servicer, shall be responsible for the servicing, administration and collection of the Receivables, all on the terms set out in the Receivables Purchase Agreement. Each Originator shall be responsible for sub-servicing the Receivables originated by it.

(b)    Power of Attorney. It hereby grants to the Servicer (if other than such Originator) an irrevocable power of attorney, with full power of substitution, coupled with an interest, to take in the name of such Originator all steps which are necessary or advisable to endorse, negotiate, enforce, or otherwise realize on any writing or other right of any kind held or transmitted by such Originator or transmitted or received by such Originator in connection with any Receivable originated by it or under the Related Security (including the Records).

(c)    Performance under Contracts. It will perform all of its obligations under the Contracts generated by it to the same extent as if the Receivables had not been sold or contributed, as applicable, hereunder and the exercise by the Purchaser, the Servicer, either Co-Agent, any of the Facility Agents of their respective rights hereunder or under the Receivables Purchase Agreement shall not relieve such Originator from such obligations.

Section 4.03.    Further Action Evidencing Purchases. Each Originator agrees that from time to time, at its expense, it will promptly execute and deliver all further instruments and documents, and take all further action that the Purchaser (or its assigns) may reasonably request in order to perfect, protect or more fully evidence the Purchaser’s ownership of the Receivables generated by such Originator (and the Related Security and Collections) purchased by the Purchaser hereunder, or to enable the Purchaser to exercise or enforce any of its rights hereunder or under any other Transaction Document.

(b)    Each Originator hereby authorizes the Purchaser or the Administrative Agent (as Purchaser’s assignee) to file one or more financing or continuation statements, and amendments thereto and assignment thereof, relative to all or any of the Receivables (and the Related Security

 

-14-


and Collections) now existing or hereafter sold or contributed by such Originator. If any Originator fails to perform any of its agreements or obligations under this Agreement, the Purchaser (or its assigns) may (but shall not be required to) itself perform, or cause performance of, such agreement or obligation, and the expenses of the Purchaser or its designee incurred in connection therewith shall be payable by such Originator as provided in Article VIII.

ARTICLE V

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Section 5.01.    General Representations and Warranties of the Originators. Each Originator hereby represents and warrants to the Purchaser as to itself on and as of the date hereof and on and as of each Purchase Date that:

(a)    Corporate Existence, Power and Authority, Etc. It is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing in its jurisdiction of organization; it is duly qualified to do business in each jurisdiction where the conduct of its business so requires and except where failure to be so qualified would not be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; it has power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party and to carry out the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby; each of this Agreement and each of the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party has been duly executed and delivered by it and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms (subject to usual and customary bankruptcy and equitable principles exceptions); it has all necessary authorizations and approvals to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Agreement and all of the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party, except where failure to obtain any such authorization or approval would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; no notices to, or filings with, any Governmental Authority or regulatory body are required for the due execution, delivery or performance by it of this Agreement or any of the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party, except for the filing of financing statements referred to therein and except where the failure to provide any such notice or make any such filing would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

(b)    Eligible Receivables. All Receivables generated by such Originator and represented to be Eligible Receivables are Eligible Receivables at such time;

(c)    Accuracy of Information. The written reports, financial statements, certificates and other written information furnished by it or on its behalf in connection with the negotiation of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents or delivered in connection therewith (as modified or supplemented by other written information when so furnished), when taken as a whole, did not contain as of the date such written reports, financial statements or other written information were so furnished, any material misstatement of fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

 

-15-


(d)    Good Title. Each Receivable sold by such Originator under this Agreement is owned by it free and clear of any lien or adverse claim (except as provided herein);

(e)    Ownership/Security Interest. It has taken or caused to be taken all actions, including necessary filings, to evidence the Purchaser’s first priority ownership or security interest in all Receivables (whether existing or thereafter arising) sold by it;

(f)    Changes to Credit and Collection Policy. It has complied in all material respects with the Credit and Collection Policy with regard to each Receivable originated by it and the related Contract. It has not made any change in the Credit and Collection Policy that would (i) impair the collectability of any Receivables in any material respect or (ii) otherwise be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(g)    Collections.    All of its Obligors have been directed to remit their Collections to Lockboxes, Lockbox Account, or Depositary Accounts, as applicable, listed on Schedule II hereto, except for those Obligors who pay by credit card or who, in the normal course of such Originator’s business and consistent with such Originator’s past practices, pay directly to such Originator;

(h)    Payments from the Purchaser. The Purchase Price payable by Purchaser hereunder in connection with each sale by such Originator of Receivables hereunder represents a reasonable arms-length price for the Receivables sold by such Originator and constitutes reasonably equivalent value for the Receivables so sold. No sale of Receivables by such Originator hereunder was made for or on account of an antecedent debt owed by such Originator to the Purchaser or is or may be voidable as a fraudulent transfer under Section 548 of the Federal Bankruptcy Code or a voidable preference under Section 547 of the Federal Bankruptcy Code;

(i)    Taxes. It has filed or caused to be filed all material United States federal, state and local income tax returns and all other material tax returns on or before the applicable due date (as such due date may have been timely extended), and has paid or caused to be paid all taxes due pursuant to such returns or pursuant to any assessment received by it (other than those which are currently being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves in accordance with relevant IFRS shall have been set aside on its books);

(j)    ERISA. Such Originator and each of its ERISA Affiliates have fulfilled their respective obligations under the minimum funding standards of ERISA and the Code with respect to each Plan and are in compliance in all material respects with the presently applicable provisions of ERISA and the Code with respect to each Plan, except as any noncompliance could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. No Reportable Event (as defined in Section 4043 of ERISA or the regulations thereunder) has occurred with respect to any Plan nor has any prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA occurred with respect to any “Employee Benefit Plan” (as that term is defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA), of such Originator or any of its ERISA

 

-16-


Affiliates which, in either case, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. No prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA which could be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect has occurred with respect to such Originator or any of its ERISA Affiliates or will occur on any Purchase Date. No ERISA Event has occurred, is occurring, or is reasonably likely to occur which is reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

(k)    Investment Company Act. It is not and is not required to be registered as an “investment company” or a company “Controlled” by an “investment company,” each as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended;

(l)    Use of Proceeds. It has not taken and will not take any action which would cause the use of the proceeds of the Purchases to violate the provisions of Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System; and

(m)    Foreign Assets Control, Etc.

(i)    Neither it nor any of its Subsidiaries (A) is, or is controlled by, a Designated Person; (B) has received funds or other property from a Designated Person; or (C) is in breach of or is the subject of any action or investigation under any Anti-Terrorism Law. None of the Originators nor any of their respective Subsidiaries engages or will engage in any dealings or transactions, or is or will be otherwise associated, with any Designated Person. Each Originator and each Subsidiary thereof is in compliance, in all material respects, with the Patriot Act. Each Originator and each Subsidiary thereof has taken reasonable measures to ensure compliance with the Anti-Terrorism Laws including the requirement that no Person who owns any direct or indirect interest in any Originator or any Subsidiary thereof is a Designated Person, and funds invested directly or indirectly in any Ferguson Party and each Subsidiary thereof are derived from legal sources.

(ii)    No portion of the proceeds of any Purchase made hereunder has been or will be used, directly or indirectly for, and no fee, commission, rebate or other value has been or will be paid to, or for the benefit of, any governmental official, political party, official of a political party or any other Person acting in an official capacity in violation of any applicable law, including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended.

 

-17-


ARTICLE VI

COVENANTS

Section 6.01.    Affirmative Covenants of the Originators. Until the termination of this Agreement, each Originator covenants to the Purchaser as follows:

(a)    General:

(i)    Compliance with Laws, Etc. It will comply, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to comply, with all applicable Laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, and requirements of any Governmental Authority (including ERISA and consumer protection laws) except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

(ii)    Offices, Records, and Books of Account. It will keep its jurisdiction of organization and the office where it keeps its records concerning the Receivables originated by it at the address set forth under its name on the signature pages to this Agreement (or Joinder Agreement, as applicable) or upon 30 days’ prior written notice to the Purchaser (or its assignee), at any other locations in jurisdictions where all actions reasonably requested by the Purchaser (or its assignee) to protect and perfect the interest in the Receivables have been taken and completed. It also will maintain and implement administrative and operating procedures (including, without limitation, the ability to recreate records evidencing Receivables originated by it and related Contracts in the event of the destruction of the originals thereof), and keep and maintain all documents, books, records and other information reasonably necessary or advisable for the collection of all Receivables originated by it (including, without limitation, records adequate to permit the daily identification of each Receivable and all Collections of and adjustments to each existing Receivable). It will mark its data processing records and other books and records to indicate which Receivables it has sold or contributed to the Purchaser under this Agreement;

(iii)    Taxes. It will file all material tax returns and reports required by Law to be filed by it and will promptly pay all taxes and governmental charges at any time owing, except when failure to pay would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or such as are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which appropriate reserves have been established. It will pay when due any taxes payable in connection with the Receivables originated by it, except for taxes the validity of which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves in accordance with relevant IFRS shall have been set aside on its books;

(iv)    Performance and Compliance with Credit and Collection Policy. It will, as applicable and at its own expense, timely and fully comply in all material respects with the Credit and Collection Policy in regard to each Receivable originated by it and the related Contracts;

(v)    Deposits to Lockboxes or Depositary Accounts. It will instruct all Obligors to remit all their payments in respect of Receivables to Lockbox Accounts or Depositary Accounts (either by check mailed to a Lockbox maintained by the relevant Depositary Bank or directly by wire transfer or electronic funds transfer to a Depositary Account), except for those Obligors who pay by credit card or who, in the normal course of such Originator’s business and

 

-18-


consistent with such Originator’s past practices, pay directly to such Originator. If it receives any Collections directly, it will promptly (and in any event within two Business Days) cause such Collections to be deposited into the Concentration Account. It will not direct any funds to be deposited into any Lockbox Account or Depositary Account other than Collections of Receivables;

(vi)    Transfers from Local Accounts. It will direct the Depositary Banks holding the Local Accounts to transfer Collections received in such Local Accounts to the Concentration Account on a daily basis; and

(vii)    Other Information. It will cause to be provided to the Purchaser (or its assignee) such other information in respect of the Receivables or its condition or operations, financial or otherwise, as the Purchaser (or its assignee) may from time to time reasonably request.

(b)    Reporting. Ferguson shall provide to the Purchaser and the Administrative Agent (as Purchaser’s assignee) such information regarding its and its Subsidiaries’ operations, business affairs and financial condition, or compliance with the terms of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document, as may be reasonably requested by the Purchaser or the Administrative Agent (as Purchaser’s assignee).

(c)    Notice of Termination. It will cause to be provided to the Purchaser and the Administrative Agent (as Purchaser’s assignee) promptly and in any event within five business days after obtaining knowledge of the occurrence of a Termination Event or Potential Termination Event with a statement of its financial officer setting forth details of such Termination Event or Potential Termination Event; and

Section 6.02.    Negative Covenants of the Originators. Except as otherwise specified below, until the termination of this Agreement, each Originator covenants and agrees as follows:

(a)    Sales, Liens, Etc. It will not sell, assign (by operation of Law or otherwise) or otherwise dispose of, or create or suffer to exist any adverse claim (except for the interest in favor of the Purchaser created pursuant to this Agreement and the interest in favor of the Administrative Agent (for the benefit of the Purchase Groups (as defined in the Receivables Purchase Agreement) ) created pursuant to the Receivables Purchase Agreement) upon or with respect to, any Receivable, Related Security, related Contract or Collections, or upon or with respect to any Account, or assign any right to receive income in respect thereof;

(b)    Change in Payment Instructions to Obligors. It will not add or terminate any bank as a Depositary Bank from those listed on Schedule II hereto, or make any change in its instructions to Obligors regarding payments to be made in respect of the Receivables or payments to be made to any Depositary Bank, unless the Purchaser and the Administrative Agent (as assignee of Purchaser) will have received notice of such addition, termination or change (including an updated schedule) and a fully executed Blocked Account Agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent with respect to each new Lockbox Account or Depositary Account;

 

-19-


(c)    Change in Name or Jurisdiction of Origination, Etc. It will not change its name, identity or organizational structure unless the Purchaser and the Administrative Agent (as Purchaser’s assignee) shall have received at least thirty (30) days’ advance written notice of such change and all action by such Originator, necessary or appropriate to perfect or maintain the perfection of the Purchaser’s ownership or security interest in the Receivables originated by it, the Related Security and the Collections (including, without limitation, the filing of all financing statements and the taking of such other action as the Purchaser or the Administrative Agent (as Purchaser’s assignee) may request in connection with such change or relocation) will have been duly taken;

(d)    Treatment as Sales. It will not account for or treat (whether in financial statements or otherwise) the transactions contemplated by this Agreement in any manner other than as the sale and/or absolute conveyance of Receivables, except that such transactions will be treated under IFRS as a liability in the Parent’s consolidated financial statements. It (or Parent) shall treat the transactions under this Agreement, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as indebtedness secured by the Receivables and shall take no position inconsistent therewith; and

(e)    Merger.    It will not consolidate or merge with or into any other Person other than the Parent, Ferguson or any other Originator, and if the Parent is the surviving entity, unless the Parent assumes the obligations of such Originator hereunder.

Section 6.03.    Separateness Covenants. Until the termination of this Agreement, each Originator covenants and agrees that it will take such actions as are necessary on its part to ensure that the facts and assumptions set forth in the opinion issued by Mayer Brown LLP, as counsel for Purchaser, in connection with closing of the Facility and relating to substantive consolidation issues, and in the certificates accompanying such opinion, remain true and correct in all material respects at all times.

ARTICLE VII

PURCHASE TERMINATION EVENTS

Section 7.01.    Purchase Termination Events. The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute a Purchase Termination Event hereunder: (a) a Termination Date under the Receivables Purchase Agreement; or (b) any Originator, the Purchaser or the Parent or any of their respective Subsidiaries shall (i) apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee, liquidator or custodian or the like of itself or of all or a substantial part of its property, (ii) become unable, admit in writing its inability or fail to pay its debts generally as they become due, (iii) make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, (iv) be adjudicated a bankrupt or insolvent, (v) commence a voluntary case under the Federal Bankruptcy Code or any applicable bankruptcy or insolvency Law of Jersey or file a voluntary petition or answer seeking reorganization, an arrangement with creditors or an order for relief or seeking to take advantage

 

-20-


of any insolvency Law or file an answer admitting the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any bankruptcy, reorganization or insolvency proceeding, or action shall be taken by it for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing, or (vi) if without the application, approval or consent of any Originator, the Purchaser, the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries, a proceeding shall be instituted in any court of competent jurisdiction, under any Law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or relief of debtors, seeking in respect of such Originator, the Purchaser, the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries an order for relief or an adjudication in bankruptcy, reorganization, dissolution, winding up, liquidation, a composition or arrangement with creditors, a readjustment of debts, the appointment of a trustee, receiver, liquidator or custodian or the like of such Originator, the Purchaser, the Parent or its Material Subsidiaries or of all or any substantial part of its assets, or other like relief in respect thereof under any bankruptcy or insolvency Law, and, if such proceeding is being contested by such Originator, the Purchaser, the Parent or its Subsidiaries in good faith, the same shall (A) result in the entry of an order for relief or any such adjudication or appointment or (B) continue undismissed for any period of 60 consecutive days.

Section 7.02.    Consequences of a Purchase Termination Event. (a) Upon the occurrence of a Purchase Termination Event, there shall be no further sales or contributions of Receivables under this Agreement; provided, however, that the termination of this Agreement shall not discharge any Person from any obligations incurred prior to such termination, including, without limitation, any indemnification obligations.

(b)    Upon the occurrence and continuance of a Purchase Termination Event, the Purchaser shall have, in addition to all rights and remedies under this Agreement or otherwise, all other rights and remedies provided under the UCC of the applicable jurisdiction and under other applicable Laws, which rights shall be cumulative.

ARTICLE VIII

INDEMNIFICATION; EXPENSES

Section 8.01.    Indemnity. (a) Each Originator shall indemnify the Purchaser and its assigns, officers, directors and employees (each, an “Indemnified Party”) against all liabilities, claims, damages, costs, expenses, or losses (“Losses”) arising out of or as a result of this Agreement or the acquisition, either directly or indirectly, by Purchaser of the Receivables, excluding, however, (i) Losses to the extent resulting from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Indemnified Party or from the Indemnified Party’s breach of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document or (ii) recourse (except as expressly provided in this Agreement) for uncollectable Receivables.

Without limiting the foregoing, each Originator shall indemnify the Indemnified Parties for all Losses resulting from:

(i)    False or incorrect representations, warranties or certifications of such Originator in this Agreement or any report or document delivered by such Originator to the Purchaser pursuant to this Agreement;

 

-21-


(ii)    Failure by such Originator to comply with applicable Law, rules or regulations related to the Receivables;

(iii)    Failure to vest in the Purchaser a first priority perfected ownership or security interest in the Receivables originated by such Originator;

(iv)    Failure to file, or delay in filing, any financing statements or similar instruments or documents under the UCC of any applicable jurisdiction or other applicable Laws with respect to the Receivables originated by such Originator, the Related Security or the Collections;

(v)    Any dispute, claim or defense of an Obligor to the payment of any Receivable originated by such Originator including, without limitation, a defense based on such Receivable or the related Contract not being a legal, valid or binding obligation of such Obligor, or any other claim resulting from the sale of the goods or services related to such Receivable or the furnishing or failure to furnish such goods or services or relating to collection activities with respect to such Receivable or any Contract related thereto, or any adjustment, cash discount, rebate, return of product or cancellation with respect to such Receivable (provided that this clause (v) shall not be applied to provide credit recourse in respect of the portion of the Outstanding Balance of any Receivable which has been discharged in bankruptcy);

(vi)    Failure by such Originator to perform any of its duties or other obligations, or to comply with any of its covenants, under this Agreement;

(vii)    Any products liability, environmental or other claim by an Obligor or other third party arising out of the goods or services which are the subject of any Receivable;

(viii)    Any third party investigation, litigation or proceeding (actual or threatened) related to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, or the use of proceeds of Purchases under this Agreement or in respect of any Receivable;

(ix)    Commingling of Collections with any other funds of such Originator or any of its Affiliates or Subsidiaries or any set-off against Collections by any credit card servicers;

(x)    Third party claims arising from such Originator’s administration of the Receivables;

(xi)    The sale of any Receivable in violation of applicable Law;

(xii)    Any setoff by any Obligor;

(xiii)    Any Letter of Credit issued at the request of an Originator (other than costs associated with the issuance of such Letter of Credit or reimbursement obligations with respect to draws made thereunder) or the use of the proceeds thereof by the applicable beneficiary or any affiliate, agent, employee or assignee thereof;

 

-22-


(xiv)    The failure of such Originator to pay when due any sales, excise, motor fuel, business and occupation, property or other similar taxes payable in connection with the Receivables;

(xv)    Any dispute, suit or claim arising out of any provision in any Contract restricting or prohibiting sale and assignment of the related Receivables;

(xvi)    Overstatement of the balance of any Receivable of such Originator due to provisions in the related Contract relating to retainage, data assumptions cash on delivery sales, or bill and hold sales or other similar provisions of comparable effect; and

(xvii)    Taxes, other than Excluded Taxes (including U.S. federal withholding taxes which are in effect on the date of this Agreement), imposed on the Purchaser on account of payments made by or on account of its entering into this Agreement, and Other Taxes.

(b)    Promptly upon receipt by any Indemnified Party under this Section 10.01 of notice of the commencement of any suit, action, claim, proceeding or governmental investigation against such Indemnified Party, such Indemnified Party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against an Originator hereunder, notify such Originator in writing of the commencement thereof. Any notice claiming compensation under this Section shall set forth in reasonable detail the amount or amounts to be paid to it hereunder and shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. Such Originator may participate in and assume the defense and settlement of any such suit, action, claim, proceeding or investigation at its expense, and no settlement thereof shall be made without the approval of such Originator and the Indemnified Party. The approval of such Originator and the Indemnified Party will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. After notice from such Originator to the Indemnified Party of its intention to assume the defense thereof with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Purchaser (and its assignee), and so long as such Originator so assumes the defense thereof in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Purchaser (and its assignee), such Originator shall not be liable for any legal expenses of counsel unless there shall be a conflict between the interests of such Originator and the Indemnified Party, in which case the Indemnified Party(ies) shall have the right to employ one counsel to so represent it (them).

(c)    Each Originator against which an indemnification claim is made will promptly pay to each Indemnified Party such indemnity amount as shall be specified to such Originator in a certificate of the Indemnified Party setting forth the calculations of such amount, together with the basis therefor.

(d)     Each Indemnified Party, on behalf of itself, its assigns, officers, directors, officers and employees, shall use its good faith efforts to mitigate, reduce or eliminate any losses, expenses or claims for indemnification.

 

-23-


Section 8.02.    Expenses. The Originators, jointly and severally, are obligated to pay or cause to be paid, to the Purchaser (a) all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (excluding salaries and overhead costs) incurred by or on behalf of the Purchaser in connection with the negotiation, execution, delivery and preparation of this Agreement and (b) all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (including, without limitation, the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel for the Purchaser) from time to time (i) relating to any requested amendments, waivers or consents hereunder, or (ii) arising in connection with the Purchaser’s enforcement or preservation of its rights (including, without limitation, the perfection and protection of the Purchaser’s ownership of the Receivables) hereunder.

ARTICLE IX

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 9.01.    Amendments and Waivers. The provisions of this Agreement may from time to time be amended, restated, otherwise modified or waived, if such amendment, modification or waiver is in writing and consented to by the Originators, the Purchaser and the Co-Agents. No failure or delay on the part of the Purchaser (or its assigns) in exercising any power or right hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such power or right preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other power or right.

Section 9.02.    Binding Effect; Assignments. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Originators, the Purchaser and their respective successors and permitted assigns. Except as a result of a merger or consolidation permitted by Section 6.02(e), no Originator may assign its rights hereunder or any interest herein without the prior written consent of the Purchaser, the Co-Agents and the Required Facility Agents. Until the Facility Termination, the Purchaser may not assign its rights hereunder or any interest herein except to the Administrative Agent. This Agreement shall create and constitute the continuing obligations of the parties hereto in accordance with its terms, and shall remain in full force and effect until the Facility Termination. The rights and remedies with respect to any breach of any representation and warranty made by any Originator pursuant to Article V and the indemnification and payment provisions of Article VIII and the provisions of Sections 9.05 and 9.06 shall be continuing and shall survive any termination of this Agreement.

Section 9.03.    No Implied Waiver; Cumulative Remedies. No course of dealing and no delay or failure of the parties hereto (or, in the case of the Purchaser, its assigns) in exercising any right, power or privilege under this Agreement shall affect any other or future exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right, power or privilege or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right, power or privilege preclude any further exercise thereof or of any other right, power or privilege. The rights and remedies of the parties hereto (and, in the case of the Purchaser, its assigns) under this Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies which such Person would otherwise have.

 

-24-


Section 9.04.    No Discharge. The respective obligations of the Originators and the Purchaser under this Agreement shall be absolute and unconditional and shall remain in full force and effect without regard to, and shall not be released, discharged or in any way affected by any exercise or nonexercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege under or in respect of this Agreement or any other Transaction Documents or applicable Law.

Section 9.05.    No Petition.    Each Originator agrees not, prior to the date which is one (1) year and one (1) day after the Facility Termination, to acquiesce, petition or otherwise, directly or indirectly, invoke, or cause the Purchaser to invoke, the process of any Official Body for the purpose of (a) commencing or sustaining a case against the Purchaser under any federal or state bankruptcy insolvency or similar Law (including the Federal Bankruptcy Code), (b) appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator or other similar official for the Purchaser or any substantial part of the property of the Purchaser, or (c) ordering the winding up or liquidation of the affairs of the Purchaser.

Section 9.06.    No Recourse. The obligations of the Purchaser payable in cash under this Agreement shall be payable solely out of the Available Funds and shall be solely the limited liability company obligations of the Purchaser.

Section 9.07    Holidays. Except as may be otherwise provided in this Agreement, if any payment due hereunder shall be due on a day which is not a Business Day, such payment shall instead be due on the next Business Day.

Section 9.08.    Notices. (a) All notices, requests, demands, directions and other communications (collectively “notices”) under the provisions of this Agreement shall be in writing (including telexed, facsimile or electronic communication) unless otherwise expressly permitted hereunder and shall be sent by first-class mail, first-class express mail, electronic mail or courier, or by telex or facsimile, in all cases with charges prepaid. All notices shall be sent to the applicable party at the notice addresses appearing on the signature pages hereof (or such other address as such party may give by notice to the other).

(b)    All notices and other communications given to any party hereto in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been given on the date of receipt. Notices sent by e-mail shall be deemed received upon the sender’s receipt of an acknowledgment from the intended recipient.

Section 9.09.    Severability. The provisions of this Agreement are intended to be severable. If any provision of this Agreement shall be held invalid or unenforceable in whole or in part in any jurisdiction, such provision shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity or unenforceability without in any manner affecting the validity or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction or the remaining provisions hereof in any jurisdiction.

Section 9.10.    Prior Understandings. This Agreement sets forth the entire understanding of the parties relating to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes all prior understandings and agreements, whether written or oral.

 

-25-


Section 9.11.    Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (INCLUDING SECTION 5-1401 AND SECTION 5-1402 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, BUT OTHERWISE WITHOUT REGARD TO CHOICE OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THEREOF). Each party hereto hereby submits to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of the federal courts for the Southern District of New York for the purpose of adjudicating any claim or controversy arising in connection with this Agreement or any of the other Transaction Documents or any of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, and for such purpose, to the extent they may lawfully do so, waive any objection which each may now or hereafter have to such jurisdiction or to venue therein and any claim of inconvenient forum with respect hereto or thereto.

Section 9.12.    Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the different parties hereto on separate counterparts each of which, when so executed, shall be deemed an original, but all such counterparts shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

 

-26-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto, by their duly authorized signatories, have executed and delivered this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

FERGUSON RECEIVABLES, LLC, as Purchaser
By:  

/s/ Brenda L. Crowder

  Name:   Brenda L. Crowder
  Title:   Treasurer
Address for Notices:
12500 Jefferson Avenue
Newport News, VA 23602
Attention: General Counsel
Telephone: 757-874-7795
Fax: 757-989-2985

 

[Signature Page to Purchase and Contribution Agreement]


FERGUSON ENTERPRISES, LLC, as an Originator
By:  

/s/ David L. Keltner

  Name:   David L. Keltner
  Title:   Chief Financial Officer
Address for Notices:
12500 Jefferson Avenue
Newport News, VA 23602
Attention: General Counsel
Telephone: 757-874-7795
Fax: 757-989-2985

 

[Signature Page to Purchase and Contribution Agreement]


CAL-STEAM, INC., as an Originator
By:  

/s/ David L. Keltner

  Name:   David L. Keltner
  Title:   Senior Vice President
Address for Notices:
12500 Jefferson Avenue
Newport News, VA 23602
Attention: General Counsel
Telephone: 757-874-7795
Fax: 757-989-2985

 

[Signature Page to Purchase and Contribution Agreement]


THE DAVIDSON GROUP COMPANIES., as an Originator

By:  

/s/ David L. Keltner

  Name:   David L. Keltner
  Title:   Senior Vice President
Address for Notices:
12500 Jefferson Avenue
Newport News, VA 23602
Attention: General Counsel
Telephone: 757-874-7795
Fax: 757-989-2985

 

[Signature Page to Purchase and Contribution Agreement]


DAVIS & WARSHOW, INC., as an Originator
By:  

/s/ David L. Keltner

  Name:   David L. Keltner
  Title:   Senior Vice President
Address for Notices:
12500 Jefferson Avenue
Newport News, VA 23602
Attention: General Counsel
Telephone: 757-874-7795
Fax: 757-989-2985

 

[Signature Page to Purchase and Contribution Agreement]


ENERGY & PROCESS CORPORATION, as an Originator
By:  

/s/ David L. Keltner

  Name:   David L. Keltner
  Title:   Senior Vice President
Address for Notices:
12500 Jefferson Avenue
Newport News, VA 23602
Attention: General Counsel
Telephone: 757-874-7795
Fax: 757-989-2985

 

[Signature Page to Purchase and Contribution Agreement]


FERGUSON FIRE AND FABRICATION, INC., as an Originator

By:  

/s/ David L. Keltner

  Name:   David L. Keltner
  Title:   Senior Vice President
Address for Notices:
12500 Jefferson Avenue
Newport News, VA 23602
Attention: General Counsel
Telephone: 757-874-7795
Fax: 757-989-2985

 

[Signature Page to Purchase and Contribution Agreement]


L&H SUPPLY, INC., as an Originator
By:  

/s/ David L. Keltner

  Name:   David L. Keltner
  Title:   Senior Vice President
Address for Notices:
12500 Jefferson Avenue
Newport News, VA 23602
Attention: General Counsel
Telephone: 757-874-7795
Fax: 757-989-2985

 

[Signature Page to Purchase and Contribution Agreement]


ONDA-LAY PIPE AND RENTAL, INC., as an Originator

By:  

/s/ David L. Keltner

  Name:   David L. Keltner
  Title:   Senior Vice President
Address for Notices:
12500 Jefferson Avenue
Newport News, VA 23602
Attention: General Counsel
Telephone: 757-874-7795
Fax: 757-989-2985

 

[Signature Page to Purchase and Contribution Agreement]


Schedule I to

Purchase and

Contribution Agreement

LIST OF ORIGINATORS

(JURISDICTION OF ORGANIZATION)


SCHEDULE II

SCHEDULE OF

DEPOSITARY BANKS,

ACCOUNTS AND

LOCKBOXES


EXHIBIT A

CREDIT AND COLLECTION POLICY

 

A-1


EXHIBIT B

FORM OF SUBORDINATED NOTE

(Non-Negotiable)

[            ], 201[    ]

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, Ferguson Receivables, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Purchaser”), promises to pay to [                    ], a [                    ] (the “Originator”), on the terms and subject to the limitations and conditions set forth herein and in the Purchase and Contribution Agreement referred to below, the principal sum of the aggregate unpaid Purchase Price of all Receivables purchased from time to time by the Purchaser from the Originator pursuant to such Purchase and Contribution Agreement, as such unpaid Purchase Price is shown in the records of the Originator.

1.    Purchase and Contribution Agreement. This promissory note (this “Subordinated Note”) is the Subordinated Note described in, and is subject to the terms and conditions set forth in, that certain Purchase and Contribution Agreement dated as of July 31, 2013 (as the same may be amended or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Purchase and Contribution Agreement”), between the Purchaser and the Originators listed on Schedule I thereto. Reference is hereby made to the Purchase and Contribution Agreement for a statement of certain other rights and obligations of the Purchaser and the Originators.

2.    Definitions. Capitalized terms used (but not defined) herein have the meanings attributed thereto in the Purchase and Contribution Agreement. In addition, as used herein, the following terms have the following meanings:

“Bankruptcy Proceedings”: A Purchase Termination Event defined in Section 7.01 of the Purchase and Contribution Agreement with respect to the Purchaser.

“Eurodollar Rate”: With respect to the period commencing on the date hereof and ending three months thereafter and each successive three month period thereafter (each, an “Interest Period”), a rate per annum reasonably determined by the Originator by referring to (a) the rate appearing on Reuters Screen LIBOR01 Page (or on any successor or substitute page of such service, or any successor to or substitute for such service, providing rate quotations comparable to those currently provided on such page of such service, as determined by the Originator from time to time for purposes of providing quotations of interest rates applicable to dollar deposits in the London interbank market) at approximately 11:00 A.M., London time, two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period, as the rate for dollar deposits with a maturity comparable to such Interest Period or (b) the rate provided by another recognized service reporting a corresponding rate.

“Final Maturity Date”: The forty-fifth (45th) day following the Facility Termination.

“Senior Interest“: All Aggregate Unpaids.

 

B-1


“Senior Interest Holders”: Collectively, the Co-Agents, the Facility Agents, the Purchasers (as defined in the Receivables Purchase Agreement), the LC Banks, the other Affected Persons and the Indemnified Parties.

3.    Interest. The aggregate unpaid Purchase Price owing to the Originator under the Purchase and Contribution Agreement from time to time outstanding shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the Eurodollar Rate plus 2.00%. In the event that, contrary to the intent of the Originator and the Purchaser, the Purchaser pays interest hereunder and it is determined that such interest rate was in excess of the then legal maximum rate, then that portion of the interest payment representing an amount in excess of the then legal maximum rate shall be deemed a payment of principal and applied against the principal then due hereunder.

4.    Interest Payment Dates. Subject to the provisions set forth below, the Purchaser shall pay accrued interest on this Subordinated Note from Available Funds (a) on each Distribution Date, and (b) on the date of each principal payment made in cash on a date other than a Distribution Date.

5.    Basis of Computation. Interest accrued hereunder shall be computed for the actual number of days elapsed on the basis of a 360-day year.

6.    Principal Payment Dates. Subject to the provisions set forth below, payments of the principal amount of this Subordinated Note shall be made from Available Funds as follows:

(a)    The principal amount of this Subordinated Note shall be reduced from time to time in accordance with Section 2.02 of the Purchase and Contribution Agreement;

(b)    The entire remaining outstanding balance of this Subordinated Note shall be paid at the Facility Termination.

Subject to the provisions set forth below, the principal amount of and accrued interest on this Subordinated Note may be prepaid from Available Funds on any Business Day prior to the occurrence of a Purchase Termination Event without premium or penalty.

7.    Payments. All payments of principal and interest hereunder are to be made in lawful money of the United States of America.

8.    Enforcement Expenses. In addition to and not in limitation of the foregoing, but subject to the provisions set forth below and to any limitation imposed by applicable Law, the Purchaser agrees to pay all expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and legal expenses, incurred by the Originator in seeking to collect any amounts payable hereunder which are not paid when due.

 

B-2


9.    Provisions Regarding Restrictions on Payment. The Purchaser covenants and agrees, and the Originator, by its acceptance of this Subordinated Note, likewise covenants and agrees, that:

(a)    No payment or other distribution of the Purchaser’s assets of any kind or character, whether in cash, securities, or other rights or property, shall be made on account of this Subordinated Note except to the extent such payment or other distribution is permitted under the Purchase and Contribution Agreement;

(b)    In the event of the occurrence of Bankruptcy Proceedings, the Senior Interest shall first be paid and performed in full and in cash before the Originator will be entitled to receive and to retain any payment or distribution in respect to this Subordinated Note;

(c)    In the event that the Originator receives any payment or other distribution of any kind or character from the Purchaser or from any other source whatsoever, in respect of this Subordinated Note, other than as expressly permitted by the terms of this Subordinated Note or the Purchase and Contribution Agreement, such payment or other distribution shall be received for the sole benefit of the Senior Interest Holders and shall promptly be turned over by the Originator to the Administrative Agent (for the benefit of the Senior Interest Holders);

(d)    Notwithstanding any payments or distributions received by the Senior Interest Holders in respect of this Subordinated Note, while any Bankruptcy Proceedings are pending, the Originator will not be subrogated to the then existing rights of the Senior Interest Holders in respect of the Senior Interests until the Senior Interests have been paid and performed in full and in cash. Upon the occurrence of the Final Maturity Date, the Originator will be subrogated to the then existing rights of the Senior Interest Holders, if any;

(e)    The provisions set forth in this Section 9 are intended solely for the purpose of defining the relative rights of the Originator, on the one hand, and the Senior Interest Holders, on the other hand. Nothing contained in this Subordinated Note is intended to or shall impair, as between the Purchaser, its creditors (other than the Senior Interest Holders) and the Originator, the Purchaser’s obligation, which is unconditional and absolute, to pay the Originator the principal of and interest on this Subordinated Note as and when the same shall become due and payable in accordance with the terms hereof or to affect then relative rights of the Originator and creditors of the Purchaser (other than the Senior Interest Holders);

(f)    The Originator will not, until the Senior Interests have been paid and performed in full and in cash, transfer, pledge or assign, or commence legal proceedings to enforce or collect this Subordinated Note or any rights in respect hereof;

(g)    [Reserved.]

(h)    If, at any time, any payment (in whole or in part) of any Senior Interest is rescinded or must be restored or returned by a Senior Interest Holder (whether in connection with Bankruptcy Proceedings or otherwise), these provisions shall continue to be effective or shall be reinstated, as the case may be, as though such payment had not been made;

 

B-3


(i)    The Originator hereby waives; (i) notice of acceptance of these provisions by any of the Senior Interest Holders; (ii) notice of the existence, creation, non-payment or non-performance of all or any of the Senior Interests; and (iii) all diligence in enforcement, collection or protection of, or realization upon, the Senior Interests, or any thereof, or any security therefor; and

(j)    These provisions constitute a continuing offer from the holder of this Subordinated Note to all Persons who become holders of, or who continue to hold, Senior Interests; and these provisions are made for the benefit of the Senior Interest Holders, and the Administrative Agent may proceed to enforce such provisions on behalf of each of such Persons.

10.    General.

(a)    No failure or delay on the part of the Originator in exercising any power or right hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such power or right preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other power or right. No amendment, modification or waiver of, or consent with respect to, any provision of this Subordinated Note shall in any event be effective unless (i) the same shall be in writing and signed and delivered by the Purchaser and the Originator and (ii) the consent of the Required Facility Agents shall have been received with respect thereto.

(b)    The Originator hereby agrees that it will not (i) institute against, join any other Person in instituting against or take any action, direct or indirect, in furtherance or contemplation of instituting against, the Purchaser any bankruptcy, insolvency, winding up, dissolution, receivership, conservatorship or other similar proceeding or action or (ii) exercise any right of set-off or recoupment, or assert any counterclaim, against the Purchaser, in each case so long as there shall not have elapsed one year and one day since the Facility Termination has occurred.

11.    No Negotiation. This Subordinated Note is not negotiable and may not be pledged except to a Person who covenants in writing, with the Purchaser and the Facility Agents, that such Person will agree not to initiate or join any proceeding of the type described in Section 9.05 of the Purchase and Contribution Agreement. Any purported sale, transfer, assignment, pledge or negotiation of this Subordinated Note shall be void without the prior written consent of each of the Facility Agents under the Receivables Purchase Agreement.

12.    Governing Law. THIS SUBORDINATED NOTE SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE A CONTRACT MADE UNDER AND GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (INCLUDING SECTIONS 5-1401 AND 5-1402 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW, BUT OTHERWISE WITHOUT REGARD TO CHOICE OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THEREOF).

 

B-4


13.     Captions. Paragraph captions used in this Subordinated Note are for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of this Subordinated Note.

 

FERGUSON RECEIVABLES, LLC
By:  

                          

  Name:
  Title:

 

B-5


EXHIBIT C

FORM OF JOINDER AGREEMENT

THIS JOINDER AGREEMENT, dated as of             , 20     (this “Agreement”) is executed by                    , a [corporation][limited liability company] organized under the laws of                     (the “Additional Originator”), with its principal place of business located at                     .

BACKGROUND

Ferguson Receivables, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), Ferguson Enterprises, LLC(“Ferguson”) and the various subsidiaries from time to time party thereto, as Originators (collectively, the “Originators”), have entered into that certain Purchase and Contribution Agreement, dated as of July 31, 2013 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified through the date hereof, and as it may be further amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Purchase and Contribution Agreement”).

The Additional Originator desires to become an Originator pursuant to Section 3.02 of the Purchase and Contribution Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Additional Originator hereby agrees as follows:

Section 1.    Definitions. Capitalized terms used in this Agreement and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned thereto in the Purchase and Contribution Agreement or in the Receivables Purchase Agreement (as defined in the Purchase and Contribution Agreement)

Section 2.     Transaction Documents. The Additional Originator hereby agrees that it shall be bound by all of the terms, conditions and provisions of, and shall be deemed to be a party to (as if it were an original signatory to), the Purchase and Contribution Agreement and each of the other relevant Transaction Documents. From and after the later of the date hereof and the date that the Additional Originator has complied with all of the requirements of Section 3.02 of the Purchase and Contribution Agreement, the Additional Originator shall be an Originator for all purposes of the Purchase and Sale Agreement and all other Transaction Documents. The Additional Originator hereby acknowledges that it has received copies of the Purchase and Contribution Agreement and the other Transaction Documents.

Section 3.    Representations and Warranties. The Additional Originator hereby makes all of the representations and warranties set forth in Article VI (to the extent applicable) of the Purchase and Contribution Agreement as of the date hereof (unless such representations or warranties relate to an earlier date, in which case as of such earlier date), as if such

 

C-1


representations and warranties were fully set forth herein. The Additional Originator’s address for notices is as follows:

 

 

 

 
 

 

 
 

 

 

Section 4.    Miscellaneous. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (INCLUDING SECTION 5-1401 AND SECTION 5-1402 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, BUT OTHERWISE WITHOUT REGARD TO CHOICE OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THEREOF). This Agreement is executed by the Additional Originator for the benefit of the Company, and its assigns, and each of the foregoing parties may rely hereon. This Agreement shall be binding upon, and shall inure to the benefit of, the Additional Originator and its successors and permitted assigns.

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

C-2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Agreement to be executed by its duly authorized officer as of the date and year first above written.

 

[NAME OF ADDITIONAL ORIGINATOR]
By:  

                         

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

Consented to:
FERGUSON RECEIVABLES, LLC
By:  

                             

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

[ORIGINATORS]
ROYAL BANK OF CANADA, as Administrative Agent
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

SUNTRUST BANK, as Co-Administrative Agent
By:  

 

Name:  

 

Title:  

 

 

C-3

Exhibit 8.1

Significant Subsidiaries as at July 31, 2020

 

Name

  

Jurisdiction of Incorporation or

Organization

Ferguson Enterprises, LLC    United States
Ferguson Finance (Switzerland) AG    Switzerland
Ferguson Group Holdco Limited    England and Wales
Ferguson Holdings Limited    Jersey
Ferguson Holdings (Switzerland) AG    Switzerland
Ferguson Swiss Holdings Limited    England and Wales
Ferguson UK Holdings Limited    England and Wales
Woseley Capital, Inc.    United States
Woseley UK Limited    England and Wales

Exhibit 15.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form 20-F of our report dated November 20, 2020, relating to the consolidated financial statements of Ferguson plc. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Statement by Experts” in such Registration Statement.

 

/s/ Deloitte LLP
London, United Kingdom
February 12, 2021